diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'l10n-si/suite')
363 files changed, 36738 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chatzilla/chrome/about.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chatzilla/chrome/about.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cc4ca0c7ce --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chatzilla/chrome/about.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY window.title "ChatZilla පිළිබඳ"> + +<!ENTITY chatzilla.label "ChatZilla"> +<!ENTITY version.unknown.label "නිකුතුව නොදනී"> +<!ENTITY version.known.label "නිකුතුව %S"> +<!ENTITY description.label "පැහැදිලි, භාවිතයට පහසු සහ වඩා විතන්‍ය අන්තර්ජාල ප්‍රතිප්‍රචාර පිළිසඳර (IRC) සඳහා සේවාලාභියා."> + +<!ENTITY homepage.label "මුළු තිරයට යන්න"> +<!ENTITY copyversion.label "නිකුතු විස්තර පිටපත් කරන්න"> + +<!ENTITY section.core.label "මූලික සංවර්ධන කණ්ඩායම:"> +<!ENTITY section.locale.label "දේශීයකරණය:"> +<!ENTITY section.contrib.label "දායකයින්:"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chatzilla/chrome/browserOverlay.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chatzilla/chrome/browserOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..51d6699e9b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chatzilla/chrome/browserOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY czButton.label "ChatZilla"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chatzilla/chrome/channels.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chatzilla/chrome/channels.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d279ca9cdf --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chatzilla/chrome/channels.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY window.title "චැනලයකට සම්බන්ධ වීම"> + +<!ENTITY topics.label "මාතෘකා සහ චැනල නම් සෙවීම"> +<!ENTITY topics.accesskey "t"> + +<!ENTITY join.label "සම්බන්ධ වන්න"> +<!ENTITY join.accesskey "J"> + +<!ENTITY minusers.label "අවම පරිශීලකයින්:"> +<!ENTITY minusers.accesskey "n"> + +<!ENTITY maxusers.label "උපරිම පරිශීලකයින්:"> +<!ENTITY maxusers.accesskey "x"> + +<!ENTITY col.name "නම"> +<!ENTITY col.users "පරිශීලකයින්"> +<!ENTITY col.topic "මාතෘකාව"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chatzilla/chrome/chatzilla.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chatzilla/chrome/chatzilla.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a77b8bf5af --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chatzilla/chrome/chatzilla.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY Menubar.tooltip "ප්‍රධාන මෙනුව"> +<!ENTITY Toolbar.tooltip "ප්‍රධාන මෙවලම්තීරුව"> + + +<!ENTITY multiline-expand.tooltip "බහු පෙළ ඇතුළත් කිරීමට මාරු වන්න (Ctrl+Up)"> +<!ENTITY multiline-contract.tooltip "එක් පෙළ ඇතුළත් කිරීමට මාරු වන්න (Ctrl+Down)"> +<!ENTITY multiline-send.tooltip "මෙම පෙළ යවන්න (Ctrl+Enter)"> +<!ENTITY server-nick.tooltip "අපනාමය වෙනස් කරන්න හෝ බැහැරව යාම සටහන් කරන්න. ඇතුළත් කිරිමේ කොටුවට එල්ල කිරීමට Escape යතුර ඔබන්න."> + +<!ENTITY Underline.label "යට ඉර"> +<!ENTITY Bold.label "තදකුරු"> +<!ENTITY Reverse.label "ප්‍රතිවර්ත විඩීයො"> +<!ENTITY Normal.label "සාමාන්‍ය"> +<!ENTITY Color.label "වර්ණ"> +<!ENTITY ForeBack.label "xx=Fore yy=Back"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chatzilla/chrome/chatzilla.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chatzilla/chrome/chatzilla.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5ba7688a38 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chatzilla/chrome/chatzilla.properties @@ -0,0 +1,1452 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +### Notes for localizers ### +# +# The following version number is the "localisation version number", and MUST +# match the locale.version in the original locale this is based on. In other +# words, if the locale.version in two files is the same, both files MUST have +# exactly the same list of locale strings. +# +# If you always start with an en-US locale, and replace all strings, you can +# leave this value alone. If you update your locale file based on changes in +# the en-US locale, please remember to always update this in your locale to +# match en-US when you're done. +# +# locale.error is the message is the message displayed to the user if the +# locale version number does not match what ChatZilla is expecting, and will +# have the the following replacements: +# +# %1$S ChatZilla version (e.g. "0.9.69"). +# %2$S Expected locale version (e.g. "0.9.69"). +# %3$S Locale being loaded (e.g. "fr-FR"). +# %4$S Actual locale version being (e.g. "0.9.68.2"). +# +# In the example above, the user would be using ChatZilla 0.9.69, which +# expects a locale version of 0.9.69. It tried to use the fr-FR locale, +# but found it was only version 0.9.68.3. +# +# Note: the ChatZilla version and expected locale versions may not always be +# the same. For example, if only non-locale changes have been made, the +# expected locale version will stay the same. This is to make using +# localisations between versions easier. +# +### End of notes ### + +locale.authors = XXX REPLACE THIS VALUE WITH A SEMICOLON-SEPARATED LIST OF NAMES FOR YOUR LOCALIZATION TEAM XXX + +# Misc + +unknown=<නොදන්නා> +none=<කිසිවක් නැත> +na=<අ/නැ> + +# util.js + +msg.alert = Alert +msg.prompt = Prompt +msg.confirm = Confirm + +# command.js + +### Notes for localizers ### +# +# ChatZilla uses cmd.<command name>.* to construct the command's help, +# parameters and any UI labels. For the command to continue to function, the +# *.params entries MUST NOT BE CHANGED. Hopefully in the future you will be +# able to localize these items as well. +# +### DO NOT LOCALIZE THE *.params STRINGS ### +# +# All localised strings may contain certain entities for branding purposes. +# The three standard brand entities (brandShortName, brandFullName, vendorName) +# can all be used like this: +# foo.bar = Some text used in &brandFullName;! +# +### End of notes ### + +### Notes for localizers ### +# +# ChatZilla uses cmd.<command name>.* to construct the command's help, +# parameters and any UI labels. For the command to continue to function, the +# *.params entries MUST NOT BE CHANGED. Hopefully in the future you will be +# able to localize these items as well. +# +### DO NOT LOCALIZE THE *.params STRINGS ### +# +# Note also that, for every command, an accesskey may be specified: +# EITHER by prefixing the desired accesskey with "&" in the .label string, +# OR by specifying a .accesskey string, which is useful if the desired +# accesskey does not occur in the label. +# +# The following are therefore equivalent: +# cmd.foo.label = &Foo +# and +# cmd.foo.label = Foo +# cmd.foo.accesskey = F +# +# +# All localised strings may contain certain entities for branding purposes. +# The three standard brand entities (brandShortName, brandFullName, vendorName) +# can all be used like this: +# foo.bar = Some text used in &brandFullName;! +# +### End of notes ### + +### Notes for localizers ### +# +# ChatZilla uses cmd.<command name>.* to construct the command's help, +# help usage and any UI labels. +# +# Note also that, for every command, an accesskey may be specified: +# EITHER by prefixing the desired accesskey with "&" in the .label string, +# OR by specifying a .accesskey string, which is useful if the desired +# accesskey does not occur in the label. +# +# The following are therefore equivalent: +# cmd.foo.label = &Foo +# and +# cmd.foo.label = Foo +# cmd.foo.accesskey = F +# +# +# All localised strings may contain certain entities for branding purposes. +# The three standard brand entities (brandShortName, brandFullName, vendorName) +# can all be used like this: +# foo.bar = Some text used in &brandFullName;! +# +### End of notes ### + +cmd.about.label = About ChatZilla +cmd.about.help = Display information about this version of ChatZilla. + +cmd.alias.help = Defines <alias-name> as an alias for the semicolon (';') delimited list of commands specified by <command-list>. If <command-list> is a minus ('-') character, the alias will be removed. If <alias-name> is not provided, all aliases will be listed. + +cmd.attach.help = Attaches to the IRC URL specified by <irc-url>. If you are already attached, the view for <irc-url> is made current. If that view has been deleted, it is recreated. You may omit the irc:// portion of the <irc-url>. Examples are; /attach moznet, /attach moznet/chatzilla, and /attach irc.mozilla.org/mozbot,isnick. + +cmd.away.label = Away (default) +cmd.away.format = Away ($reason) +cmd.away.help = If <reason> is specified, sets you away with that message. Used without <reason>, you are marked away with a default message. + +cmd.back.label = Back +cmd.back.help = Marks you as no longer away. + +cmd.ban.label = Ban +cmd.ban.format = Ban from $channelName +cmd.ban.help = Bans a single user, or mask of users, from the current channel. A user's nickname may be specified, or a proper host mask can be used. Used without a nickname or mask, shows the list of bans currently in effect. + +cmd.cancel.help = Cancels a /attach or /server command. Use /cancel when ChatZilla is repeatedly trying to attach to a network that is not responding, to tell ChatZilla to give up before the normal number of retries. + +cmd.charset.help = Sets the character encoding mode for the current view to <new-charset>, or displays the current character encoding mode if <new-charset> is not provided. + +cmd.channel-motif.help = Sets the CSS file used for the message tab for this specific channel. <motif> can be a URL to a .css file, or the shortcut "default", "light", or "dark". If <motif> is a minus ('-') character, the motif will revert to the network motif. If <channel> is not provided, the current channel will be assumed. See the ChatZilla homepage at <http://www.mozilla.org/projects/rt-messaging/chatzilla/> for more information on how to style ChatZilla. See also |motif|. + +cmd.channel-pref.help = Sets the value of the preference named <pref-name> to the value of <pref-value> on the current channel. If <pref-value> is not provided, the current value of <pref-name> will be displayed. If both <pref-name> and <pref-value> are omitted, all preferences will be displayed. If <pref-value> is a minus ('-') character, then the preference will revert back to its default value. + +cmd.clear-view.label = Cl&ear Tab +cmd.clear-view.help = Clear the current view, discarding *all* content. + +cmd.client.help = Make the ``*client*'' view current. If the ``*client*'' view has been deleted, it will be recreated. + +cmd.cmd-undo.label = &Undo +cmd.cmd-undo.key = accel Z + +cmd.cmd-redo.label = &Redo +cmd.cmd-redo.key = accel Y + +cmd.cmd-cut.label = Cu&t +cmd.cmd-cut.key = accel X + +cmd.cmd-copy.label = &Copy +cmd.cmd-copy.key = accel C + +cmd.cmd-paste.label = &Paste +cmd.cmd-paste.key = accel V + +cmd.cmd-delete.label = &Delete +cmd.cmd-delete.key = VK_DELETE + +cmd.cmd-selectall.label = Select &All +cmd.cmd-selectall.key = accel A + +cmd.cmd-copy-link-url.label = Copy Link Location + +cmd.cmd-mozilla-prefs.label = &&brandShortName; Preferences… + +cmd.cmd-prefs.label = Pr&eferences… + +cmd.cmd-chatzilla-prefs.label = ChatZilla Pr&eferences… + +cmd.cmd-chatzilla-opts.label = &Options… + +cmd.commands.help = Lists all command names matching <pattern>, or all command names if pattern is not specified. + +cmd.custom-away.label = Away (custom)… + +cmd.ctcp.help = Sends the CTCP code <code> to the target (user or channel) <target>. If <params> are specified they are sent along as well. + +cmd.default-charset.help = Sets the global default character encoding mode to <new-charset>, or displays the current global default character encoding mode if <new-charset> is not provided. + +cmd.describe.help = Performs an 'action' at the |target|, either a channel or a user. + +cmd.dcc-accept.help = Accepts an incoming DCC Chat or Send offer. If a |nickname| is not specified, the last offer that arrived will be accepted (for security reasons, this will not work in the first 10 seconds after an offer is received). You can also use a regular expression for either <nickname> or <file>. + +cmd.dcc-accept-list.help = Displays the DCC auto-accept list for the current network. + +cmd.dcc-accept-list-add.help = Add someone to your DCC auto-accept list for the current network. + +cmd.dcc-accept-list-remove.help = Remove someone from your DCC auto-accept list for the current network. + +cmd.dcc-chat.help = Sends a DCC Chat offer to |nickname| on the current server. On a query view, |nickname| may be omitted to send the offer to the query view's user. +cmd.dcc-chat.label = Direct Chat + +cmd.dcc-close.help = Closes an existing DCC connection. |nickname| may be omitted if run from a DCC view, in which case the DCC connection for that view will be closed. |type| and |file| may be needed to identify the connection. You can also use a regular expression for either <nickname> or <file>. + +cmd.dcc-decline.help = Declines an incoming DCC Chat or Send offer. If a |nickname| is not specified, the last offer that arrived will be declined. You can also use a regular expression for <nickname>. + +cmd.dcc-list.help = Lists the currently known about DCC offers and connections. This may be limited to just "chat" or "send" using the |type| parameter. + +cmd.dcc-send.help = Offers a file to |nickname|. On a query view, |nickname| may be omitted to send the offer to the query view's user. A file may be specified directly by passing |file| or, if omitted, selected from a browse dialog. +cmd.dcc-send.label = Send File… + +cmd.delete-view.key = accel W +cmd.delete-view.label = &Close Tab +cmd.delete-view.help = Clear the current view, discarding *all* content, and drop its icon from the tab strip. If a channel view is deleted this way, you also leave the channel. + +cmd.dehop.label = Remove Half-operator Status +cmd.dehop.help = Removes half-operator status from <nickname> on current channel. Requires operator status. + +cmd.deop.label = Remove Operator Status +cmd.deop.help = Removes operator status from <nickname> on current channel. Requires operator status. + +cmd.desc.help = Changes the 'ircname' line returned when someone performs a /whois on you. You must specify this *before* connecting to the network. If you omit <description>, the current description is shown. + +cmd.devoice.label = Remove Voice Status +cmd.devoice.help = Removes voice status from <nickname> on current channel. Requires operator (or half-operator) status. + +cmd.disconnect.format = Disconnect From $networkName +cmd.disconnect.label = &Disconnect +cmd.disconnect.help = Disconnects from the server represented by the active view when the command is executed providing the reason <reason> or the default reason if <reason> is not specified. + +cmd.disconnect-all.label = &Disconnect From All Networks +cmd.disconnect-all.key = accel D +cmd.disconnect-all.help = Disconnects from all networks providing the reason <reason> or the default reason if <reason> is not specified. + +cmd.echo.help = Displays <message> in the current view, but does not send it to the server. + +cmd.enable-plugin.help = Meant to be used to re-enable a plugin after calling |disable-plugin|, this command calls the plugin's enablePlugin function. There are no guarantees that the plugin will properly enable itself. + + +cmd.eval.help = Evaluates <expression> as JavaScript code. Not for the faint of heart. + +cmd.except.help = Excepts a user from channel bans. A user's nickname may be specified, or a proper host mask can be used. Used without a nickname or mask, shows the list of exceptions currently in effect. + +cmd.exit.label = E&xit ChatZilla +cmd.exit.help = Disconnects from all active servers and networks, providing the reason <reason>, or the default reason if <reason> is not specified. Exits ChatZilla after disconnecting. + +cmd.faq.label = ChatZilla FAQ + +cmd.find.label = &Find… +cmd.find.key = accel F + +cmd.find-again.label = Find A&gain +cmd.find-again.key = accel G + +cmd.focus-input.key = VK_ESCAPE + +cmd.font-family.help = Sets or views the font family being used on the current view. Omit <font> to see the current font family. The value |default| will use your global font family, |serif|, |sans-serif| and |monospace| will use your global font settings, other values will set a font directly. + +cmd.font-family-default.label = Default &Font +cmd.font-family-serif.label = Se&rif +cmd.font-family-sans-serif.label = S&ans Serif +cmd.font-family-monospace.label = Mo&nospace + +cmd.font-family-other.format = Other ($fontFamily)… +cmd.font-family-other.label = O&ther… + +cmd.font-size.help = Sets or views the font size being used on the current view. Omit <font-size> to see the current font size. The size value is specified in points (pt). The value |default| will use your global font size, and the values |bigger| and |smaller| increase or reduce the size by a fixed amount each time. + +cmd.font-size-bigger.label = Make Text &Bigger +cmd.font-size-bigger.key = accel + +cmd.font-size-bigger2.key = accel = +cmd.font-size-smaller.label = Make Text &Smaller +cmd.font-size-smaller.key = accel - + +cmd.font-size-default.label = Default Si&ze +cmd.font-size-small.label = Sma&ll +cmd.font-size-medium.label = &Medium +cmd.font-size-large.label = Lar&ge + +cmd.font-size-other.format = Other ($fontSize pt)… +cmd.font-size-other.label = &Other… + +cmd.goto-url.label = Open Link + +cmd.goto-url-newwin.label = Open Link in New Window + +cmd.goto-url-newtab.label = Open Link in New Tab + +cmd.header.label = Header +cmd.header.key = accel shift H + +cmd.header.help = Toggles visibility of the header bar. + +cmd.help.help = Displays help on all commands matching <pattern>, if <pattern> is not given, displays help on all commands. + +cmd.hide-view.label = &Hide Tab +cmd.hide-view.help = Drop the current view's icon from the tab strip, but save its contents. The icon will reappear the next time there is activity on the view. + +cmd.homepage.label = ChatZilla Homepage + +cmd.hop.label = Give Half-operator Status +cmd.hop.help = Gives half-operator status to <nickname> on current channel. Requires operator status. + +cmd.reconnect.format = Reconnect To $networkName +cmd.reconnect.label = &Reconnect +cmd.reconnect.help = Reconnects to the network represented by the active view when the command is executed providing the reason <reason> when disconnecting, or the default reason if <reason> is not specified. + +cmd.reconnect-all.label = &Reconnect To All Networks +cmd.reconnect-all.help = Reconnects to all networks providing the reason <reason> when disconnecting, or the default reason if <reason> is not specified. + +cmd.toggle-ui.help = Toggles the visibility of various pieces of the user interface. <thing> must be one of: tabstrip, userlist, header, status. + +cmd.rtl.help = Switches text direction to Right-to-Left. +cmd.ltr.help = Switches text direction to Left-to-Right. + +cmd.irtl.help = Switches input area direction to Right-to-Left. +cmd.iltr.help = Switches input area direction to Left-to-Right. + +cmd.toggle-text-dir.label = S&witch Text Direction +cmd.toggle-text-dir.key = accel shift X + +cmd.toggle-usort.label = Sort Users By Mode +cmd.toggle-ccm.label = Collapse Co&nsecutive Messages +cmd.toggle-copy.label = Copy &Important Messages +cmd.toggle-umode.label = Show Mode as Symbol +cmd.toggle-timestamps.label = Show &Timestamps + +cmd.unban.label = Un-ban +cmd.unban.format = Un-ban from $channelName +cmd.unban.help = Removes the ban on a single user, or removes a specific ban mask from the channel's ban list. + +cmd.unexcept.help = Removes a channel ban exception. + +cmd.user.help = Sets your username to <username> and your description (``Real Name'') to <description>. Equivalent to using the |name| and |desc| command. The new name and description will be used the next time you connect to the network. You can use this command without parameters to show the current username and description. + +cmd.userlist.label = User List +cmd.userlist.key = accel shift L + +cmd.userlist.help = Toggles the visibility of the user list. + +cmd.ignore.help = Add someone to your ignore list for the current network. A nickname will suffice for <mask>, but you can also use a hostmask. With no parameters, it shows a list of all currently ignored users. + +cmd.invite.help = Invites <nickname> to <channel-name> or current channel if not supplied. Requires operator status if +i is set. + +cmd.j.help = This command is an alias for /join. + +cmd.join.label = &Join channel… +cmd.join.key = accel J +cmd.join.help = Joins the global (name starts with #), local (name starts with &), or modeless (name starts with a +) channel named <channel-name>. If no prefix is given, # is assumed. Provides the key <key> if specified. + +cmd.join-charset.help = Joins the global (name starts with #), local (name starts with &), or modeless (name starts with a +) channel named <channel-name>. Messages will be encoded and decoded according to the character encoding specified by <charset>. The <charset> parameter is independent of the default character encoding, which can be selected with the /charset command. If no prefix is given, # is assumed. Provides the key <key> if specified. + +cmd.kick.format = Kick from $channelName +cmd.kick.label = Kick +cmd.kick.help = Kicks <nickname> off the current channel. Requires operator status. + +cmd.kick-ban.format = Kickban from $channelName +cmd.kick-ban.label = Kickban +cmd.kick-ban.help = Bans *!username@hostmask from the current channel, then kicks them off. Requires operator status. + +cmd.knock.help = Requests an invitation from the specified channel with optional reason. This command is not supported by all servers. + +cmd.label-user.format = «$nickname» +cmd.label-user.label = <unknown> + +cmd.label-user-multi.format = «$userCount users» +cmd.label-user-multi.label = <unknown> + +cmd.leave.format = Leave $channelName +cmd.leave.label = &Leave +cmd.leave.help = Leaves the current channel. Use /delete to force the view to go away, losing its contents, or /hide to temporarily hide it, preserving its contents. Many servers do not support the optional <reason> parameter. Your preferences are used to determine whether to delete the tab. If you are dispatching this command from a script, you may override this behaviour with the <delete-when-done> parameter. + +cmd.links.help = Displays the "links" to the current server. This is a list of the other servers in the network which are directly connected to the one you are connected to. + +cmd.list.help = Lists channel name, user count, and topic information for the network/server you are attached to. If you omit the optional channel argument, all channels will be listed. On large networks, the server may disconnect you for asking for a complete list. + +cmd.list-plugins.help = If <plugin> is not provided, this command lists information on all loaded plugins. If <plugin> is provided, only its information will be displayed. If this command is dispatched from the console, you may specify <plugin> by either the plugin id, or index. + +cmd.load.help = Executes the contents of the url specified by <url>. See also: The |initialScripts| pref. + +cmd.reload-plugin.help = Reloads the plugin from the same url it was loaded from last time. This will only work if the currently loaded version of the plugin can be disabled. + +cmd.log.help = Turns logging on or off for the current channel. If <state> is provided and is |true|, |on|, |yes|, or |1|, logging will be turned on. Values |false|, |off|, |no| and |0| will turn logging off. Omit <state> to see the current logging state. The state will be saved in prefs, so that if logging is on when you close ChatZilla, it will resume logging the next time you join the channel. + +cmd.rlist.help = Lists channel name, user count, and topic information for the network/server you are attached to, filtered by the regular expression. + +cmd.map.help = Similar to /links, but provides a graphical "Network Map" of the IRC network. Mainly used for routing purposes. + +cmd.match-users.help = Shows a list of all users whose hostmask matches <mask>. + +cmd.me.help = Sends the text <action> to the channel as a statement in the third person. Try it and see! + +cmd.motd.help = Displays the "Message of the Day", which usually contains information about the network and current server, as well as any usage policies. + +cmd.mode.help = Changes the channel or user mode of <target> using <modestr> and any subsequent <param> if added. When used from a channel view, <target> may be omitted. For a list of modes you may use, see http://irchelp.org. + +cmd.motif.help = Sets the default CSS file used for the message tabs. <motif> can be a URL to a .css file, or the shortcut "default", "light", or "dark". See the ChatZilla homepage at <http://www.mozilla.org/projects/rt-messaging/chatzilla/> for more information on how to style ChatZilla. See also |network-motif|, |channel-motif|, |user-motif|. + +cmd.motif-dark.label = Dar&k Motif +cmd.motif-light.label = &Light Motif + +cmd.msg.help = Sends the private message <message> to <nickname>. + +cmd.name.help = Changes the username displayed before your hostmask if the server you're connecting to allows it. Some servers will only trust the username reply from the ident service. You must specify this *before* connecting to the network. If you omit <username>, the current username will be shown. + +cmd.names.help = Lists the users in a channel. + +cmd.network.help = Sets the current network to <network-name> + +cmd.networks.help = Lists all available networks as clickable links. + +cmd.network-motif.help = Sets the CSS file used for the message tab for the network <network>. <motif> can be a URL to a .css file, or the shortcut "default", "light", or "dark". If <motif> is a minus ('-') character, the motif will revert to the global motif. If <network> is not provided, the current network is assumed. See the ChatZilla homepage at <http://www.mozilla.org/projects/rt-messaging/chatzilla/> for more information on how to style ChatZilla. See also |motif|. + +cmd.network-pref.help = Sets the value of the preference named <pref-name> to the value of <pref-value> on the current network. If <pref-value> is not provided, the current value of <pref-name> will be displayed. If both <pref-name> and <pref-value> are omitted, all preferences will be displayed. If <pref-value> is a minus ('-') character, then the preference will revert back to its default value. + +cmd.nick.label = Change nickname… +cmd.nick.help = Changes your nickname. If |nickname| is omited, a prompt is shown. + +cmd.notify.help = With no parameters, /notify shows you the online/offline status of all the users on your notify list. If one or more <nickname> parameters are supplied, the nickname(s) will be added to your notify list if they are not yet on it, or removed from it if they are. + +cmd.notice.help = Sends the notice <message> to <nickname>. + +cmd.op.label = Give Operator Status +cmd.op.help = Gives operator status to <nickname> on current channel. Requires operator status. + +cmd.open-at-startup.help = Used to add the current view to the list of views that will be automatically opened at startup. If <toggle> is not provided, the status of the current view will be displayed. <toggle> can be one of: yes, on, true, 1, no, off, false, 0, or toggle, to toggle the current state. + +cmd.oper.help = Requests IRC Operator status from the current server. If <password> is not provided, you will be asked to enter the password in a prompt with a masked textfield (so nobody will be able to read it when you type it). + +cmd.print.label = &Print… +cmd.print.key = accel P +cmd.print.help = Opens the print dialog for the current view. + +cmd.save.label = Save View &As… +cmd.save.key = accel S +cmd.save.help = Save the current view as file <filename>. If <filename> is omitted, a Save As… dialog will be shown. <savetype> can be either |complete|, |htmlonly| or |text|. If it is omitted, it is deduced from the file extension. Files with the extension .html, .xhtml, .xhtm or .htm will be saved as complete views, .txt files as text files. Any other extensions will throw an error if <savetype> is not provided. + +cmd.say.help = Sends a message to the current view. This command is used automatically by ChatZilla when you type text that does not begin with the "/" character. + +cmd.stats.help = Request server statistics. Use this command with no parameters to get a server-specific list of available parameters for use with this command. + +cmd.time.help = Asks <nickname> what time it is on their machine. Their IRC client may or may not show them that you've asked for this information. ChatZilla currently does not. If you do not specify <nickname>, ChatZilla will ask the server for the time it is on the server. +cmd.time.label = Get Local Time + +cmd.timestamps.help = Sets the visibility of timestamps in the current view. If <toggle> is provided and is |true|, |on|, |yes|, or |1|, timestamps will be turned on. Values |false|, |off|, |no| and |0| will turn timestamps off, and |toggle| will toggle the state. Omit <toggle> to see the current state. + +cmd.toggle-oas.format = Open This $viewType at Startup +cmd.toggle-oas.label = Open at &Startup + +cmd.pass.help = Sends a password to the server for use when connecting to password-protected servers. + +cmd.ping.help = Ping takes its name from the technique of measuring distance with sonar. In IRC, it is used to measure the time it takes to send a message to someone, and receive a response. Specify a channel to ping everyone in that channel. Some IRC clients will display ping requests to the user. ChatZilla does not. +cmd.ping.label = Ping User + +cmd.plugin-pref.help = Sets the value of the plugin's preference named <pref-name> to the value of <pref-value>. If <pref-value> is not provided, the current value of <pref-name> will be displayed. If both <pref-name> and <pref-value> are omitted, all preferences for <plugin> will be displayed. If <pref-value> is a minus ('-') character, then the preference will revert back to its default value. + +cmd.pref.help = Sets the value of the preference named <pref-name> to the value of <pref-value>. If <pref-value> is not provided, the current value of <pref-name> will be displayed. If both <pref-name> and <pref-value> are omitted, all preferences will be displayed. If <pref-value> is a minus ('-') character, then the preference will revert back to its default value. + +cmd.query.label = Open Private Chat +cmd.query.help = Opens a one-on-one chat with <nickname>. If <message> is supplied, it is sent as the initial private message to <nickname>. + +cmd.quit.label = &Quit ChatZilla +cmd.quit.help = Quit ChatZilla. + +cmd.quote.help = Sends a raw command to the IRC server, not a good idea if you don't know what you're doing. see IRC RFC1459 <http://www.irchelp.org/irchelp/rfc1459.html> for complete details. + +cmd.rejoin.help = Rejoins the channel displayed in the current view. Only works from a channel view. +cmd.rejoin.format = Rejoin $channelName +cmd.rejoin.label = Rejoin + +cmd.server.help = Connects to server <hostname> on <port>, or 6667 if <port> is not specified. Provides the password <password> if specified. If you are already connected, the view for <hostname> is made current. If that view has been deleted, it is recreated. + +cmd.sslserver.help = Connects to server using SSL <hostname> on <port>, or 9999 if <port> is not specified. Provides the password <password> if specified. If you are already connected, the view for <hostname> is made current. If that view has been deleted, it is recreated. + +cmd.squery.help = Sends the commands <commands> to the service <service>. + +cmd.stalk.help = Add <text> to list of words for which you would like to see alerts. Whenever a person with a nickname matching <text> speaks, or someone says a phrase containing <text>, your ChatZilla window will become active (on some operating systems) and its taskbar icon will flash (on some operating systems.) If <text> is omitted the list of stalk words is displayed. + +cmd.status.help = Shows status information for the current view. + +cmd.statusbar.label = Status Bar +cmd.statusbar.key = accel shift S + +cmd.statusbar.help = Toggles the visibility of the status bar. + +cmd.supports.help = Lists the capabilities of the current server, as reported by the 005 numeric. + +cmd.testdisplay.help = Displays a sample text. Used to preview styles. + +cmd.topic.help = If <new-topic> is specified and you are a chanop, or the channel is not in 'private topic' mode (+t), the topic will be changed to <new-topic>. If <new-topic> is *not* specified, the current topic will be displayed. + +cmd.tabstrip.label = Tab Strip +cmd.tabstrip.key = accel shift T + +cmd.tabstrip.help = Toggles the visibility of the channel tab strip. + +cmd.unignore.help = Removes someone from your ignore list for the current network. A nickname will suffice for <mask>, but you can also use a hostmask. + +cmd.unstalk.help = Remove word from list of terms for which you would like to see alerts. + +cmd.urls.help = Displays the last few URLs seen by ChatZilla. Specify <number> to change how many it displays, or omit to display the default 10. + +cmd.userhost.help = Requests the hostmask of every <nickname> given. + +cmd.userip.help = Requests the IP-address of every <nickname> given. + +cmd.disable-plugin.help = This command calls the plugin's disablePlugin function, if it exists. There are no guarantees that the plugin will properly disable itself. + +cmd.usermode.help = Changes or displays the current user mode. + +cmd.user-motif.help = Sets the CSS file used for the message tab for the user <user>. <motif> can be a URL to a .css file, or the shortcut "default", "light", or "dark". If <motif> is a minus ('-') character, the motif will revert to the network motif. If <user> is not provided, the current user is assumed. See the ChatZilla homepage at <http://www.mozilla.org/projects/rt-messaging/chatzilla/> for more information on how to style ChatZilla. See also |motif|. + +cmd.user-pref.help = Sets the value of the preference named <pref-name> to the value of <pref-value> on the current user. If <pref-value> is not provided, the current value of <pref-name> will be displayed. If both <pref-name> and <pref-value> are omitted, all preferences will be displayed. If <pref-value> is a minus ('-') character, then the preference will revert back to its default value. + +cmd.version.label = Get Version Information +cmd.version.help = Asks <nickname> what irc client they're running. Their IRC client may or may not show them that you've asked for this information. ChatZilla currently does not. If you do not specify <nickname>, ChatZilla will ask the server for the version of the IRCserver software it is running. + +cmd.voice.label = Give Voice Status +cmd.voice.help = Gives voice status to <nickname> on current channel. Requires operator (or half-operator) status. + +cmd.who.help = List users who have name, host, or description information matching <rest>. + +cmd.whois.label = Who is +cmd.whois.help = Displays information about the user <nickname>, including 'real name', server connected to, idle time, and signon time. Note that some servers will lie about the idle time. The correct idle time can usually be obtained by using |wii| instead of |whois|. + +cmd.wii.help = Displays the same information as |whois|, but asks the server to include the user's real idle time. + +cmd.whowas.label = Who was +cmd.whowas.help = Displays the last known information about the user <nickname>, including 'real name', for a user that has left the server. + +## dispatch-related error messages ## +msg.err.internal.dispatch = Internal error dispatching command ``%1$S''. +msg.err.internal.hook = Internal error processing hook ``%1$S''. +msg.err.invalid.param = Invalid value for parameter %1$S (%2$S). +msg.err.disabled = Sorry, ``%1$S'' is currently disabled. +msg.err.notimplemented = Sorry, ``%1$S'' has not been implemented. +msg.err.required.param = Missing required parameter %1$S. +msg.err.ambigcommand = Ambiguous command, ``%1$S'', %2$S commands match [%3$S]. +msg.err.required.nr.param = Missing %1$S parameters. This alias requires at least %2$S parameters. +msg.err.max.dispatch.depth = Reached max dispatch depth while attempting to dispatch ``%1$S''. + +## ChatZilla error messages ## +msg.err.invalid.regex = Invalid Regular Expression. For help with regular expressions, see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression#Syntax. +msg.err.invalid.pref = Invalid value for preference %1$S (%2$S). +msg.err.invalid.file = Invalid file <%1$S> renamed to <%2$S>. +msg.err.failure = Operation Failed: %1$S. +msg.err.scriptload = Error loading subscript from <%1$S>. +msg.err.pluginapi.noid = Plugin <%1$S> does not have an id. +msg.err.pluginapi.faultyid = Plugin <%1$S> does not have a valid id. Plugin ids may only contain alphanumeric characters, underscores (_) and dashes (-). +msg.err.pluginapi.noenable = Plugin <%1$S> does not have an enable() method. +msg.err.pluginapi.nodisable = Plugin <%1$S> does not have a disable() method. +msg.err.invalid.scheme = Invalid scheme in url <%1$S>. +msg.err.item.not.found = Startup script item <%1$S> does not exist or is inaccessible. +msg.err.unknown.pref = Unknown pref name ``%1$S''. +msg.err.unknown.network = Unknown network ``%S''. +msg.err.unknown.channel = Unknown channel ``%S''. +msg.err.unknown.user = Unknown user ``%S''. +msg.err.unknown.command = Unknown command ``%S''. +msg.err.unknown.stalk = Not stalking %S. +msg.err.unknown.motif = Unknown motif ``%S''. +msg.err.invalid.charset = Invalid character encoding mode ``%S''. +msg.err.improper.view = ``%S'' cannot be used from this view. +msg.err.not.connected = Not connected. +msg.err.last.view = Cannot delete last view. +msg.err.last.view.hide = Cannot hide last view. +msg.err.bad.ircurl = Invalid IRC URL ``%S''. +msg.err.need.network = Command ``%1$S'' must be run in the context of a network. +msg.err.need.server = Command ``%1$S'' must be run in the context of an attached server. +msg.err.need.channel = Command ``%1$S'' must be run in the context of a channel. +msg.err.need.user = Command ``%1$S'' must be run in the context of a user. +msg.err.need.recip = Command ``%1$S'' must be run in the context of a user or a channel. +msg.err.no.default = Please do not just type into this tab, use an actual command instead. +msg.err.no.match = No match for ``%S''. +msg.err.no.socket = Error creating socket. +msg.err.no.secure = The network ``%S'' has no secure servers defined. +msg.err.cancelled = Connection process canceled. +msg.err.offline = &brandShortName; is in ``offline mode''. No network connections can be made in this mode. +msg.err.badalias = Malformed alias: %S" +msg.err.no.ctcp.cmd = %S is not a valid CTCP function for this client +msg.err.no.ctcp.help = %S does not have any help information +msg.err.unable.to.print = The current view does not support printing. +msg.err.unsupported.command = The server does not support the ``%S'' command. +msg.err.invalid.mode = The mode string you entered (``%S'') is invalid. A valid mode string consists of one or more sequences of a + or - followed by one or more alphabetical characters. +msg.err.away.save = Saving the list of away messages failed (%S). +msg.err.invalid.url = ``%S'' is not a valid url nor an alias for a url, and therefor could not be loaded. +msg.err.no.channel = When running the ``%S'' command, you should either provide a channel name, or run the command in the context of a channel. +msg.err.no.idleservice = ChatZilla can't determine when you're away in your version of &brandShortName;. The auto-away feature will now be disabled. + +# Ask for oper pass if not explicitly given in the command: +msg.need.oper.password = Please enter a password for obtaining IRC Operator privileges. + +# Better IRC error messages +msg.irc.381 = You are now an IRC Operator. +msg.irc.464 = Incorrect password, please try again with the correct password. +msg.irc.464.login = Please specify your password using the "/pass" command to continue connecting. +msg.irc.471 = This channel has reached its set capacity; you cannot join it. +msg.irc.473 = This channel is invite-only. You must have an invite from an existing member of the channel to join. +msg.irc.474 = You are banned from this channel. +msg.irc.475 = This channel needs a key. You must provide the correct key to join the channel. See "/help join" for details on joining a channel with a key. +msg.irc.476 = You provided a channel mask which the server considers to be invalid. +msg.irc.477 = This channel requires that you have registered and identified yourself with the network's nickname registration services (e.g. NickServ). Please see the documentation of this network's nickname registration services that should be found in the MOTD (/motd to display it). +msg.irc.491 = Only few of mere mortals may try to enter the twilight zone (your host did not match any configured 'O-lines'). + +# This is an extended version that is only used if the server support /knock. +msg.irc.471.knock = %S You might be able to use "/knock %S" to ask the channel operators to invite you in. [[Knock][Asks the channel operators to let you in][%S]] +msg.irc.473.knock = %S Use "/knock %S" to ask the channel operators to invite you in. [[Knock][Asks the channel operators to let you in][%S]] +msg.irc.475.knock = %S You might be able to use "/knock %S" to ask the channel operators to invite you in. [[Knock][Asks the channel operators to let you in][%S]] + +msg.val.on = on +msg.val.off = off + +msg.plugin.enabled = Plugin ``%S'' is now enabled. +msg.plugin.disabled = Plugin ``%S'' is now disabled. + +msg.leave.inputbox = There is nothing to tab-complete. Use F6 to cycle through the user list, input box and the chat output. + +## formatting ## +msg.fmt.usage = "%1$S %2$S" +msg.fmt.jsexception = "%1$S: %2$S @ <%3$S> %4$S" +# 1: error number, 2: error text, 3: file name, 4: line number, 5: function name +# 1: pref name 2: value +msg.fmt.pref = අභිරුචි ``%1$S'' is ``%2$S''. +msg.fmt.netpref = ජාල අභිරුචි ``%1$S'' is ``%2$S''. +msg.fmt.chanpref = නාලිකා අභිරුචි ``%1$S'' is ``%2$S''. +msg.fmt.userpref = පරිශීලක අභිරුචි ``%1$S'' is ``%2$S''. +msg.fmt.pluginpref = ප්ලගීන අභිරුචි ``%1$S'' is ``%2$S''. + +msg.fmt.plugin1 = Plugin at index %S, loaded from <%S>. +msg.fmt.plugin2 = id: %S, වෙළුම: %S, සක්‍රීයයි: %S, තත්ත්වය: %S. +msg.fmt.plugin3 = විස්තරය: %S. + +msg.fmt.usercount = "%S, %S@, %S%%, %S+" +msg.fmt.alias = "%S = %S" +msg.fmt.seconds = "%S තත්පර + +msg.fmt.matchlist = "%S matches for ``%S'': [%S] +msg.fmt.ctcpreply = CTCP %S reply ``%S'' from %S" +msg.fmt.chanlist = "%S %S %S" +msg.fmt.logged.on = "%S is logged in as %S" + +# 1: local short date/time, 2: nick info +msg.fmt.status = "%S %S" + +msg.unknown = <නොදන්නා> +msg.none = <කිසිවක් නැත> +msg.na = <අ/නැ> + +msg.always = සැමවිට +msg.and = සහ +msg.primary = ප්‍රාථමික +msg.secondary = ද්විතීක +msg.you = ඔබ +msg.network = ජාලය +msg.server = සේවාදායකය +msg.channel = නාලිකාව +msg.user = පරිශීලක +msg.client = සේවාලාභියා +msg.view = දසුන +msg.tab = ටැබය +msg.loading = පූරණය +msg.error = දෝෂය +msg.here = මෙතන +msg.gone = ගියා +msg.connecting = සම්බන්ධ වෙමින් +msg.connected = සම්බන්ද විය +msg.disconnected = විසන්ධි වීය + +msg.days = දින "%S +msg.hours = පැය "%S +msg.minutes = මිනිත්තු "%S +msg.seconds = තත්ත්පර "%S +msg.day = දින 1 +msg.hour = පැය 1 +msg.minute = මිනිත්තු 1 +msg.second = තත්ත්පර 1 + + +msg.rsp.hello = [HELLO] +msg.rsp.help = [HELP] +msg.rsp.usage = [USAGE] +msg.rsp.error = [ERROR] +msg.rsp.warn = [WARNING] +msg.rsp.info = [INFO] +msg.rsp.evin = [EVAL-IN] +msg.rsp.evout = [EVAL-OUT] +msg.rsp.disconnect = [QUIT] + +msg.mnu.chatzilla = &ChatZilla +msg.mnu.irc = &IRC +msg.mnu.edit = සැකසුම් (&E) +msg.mnu.help = උදව් (&H) +msg.mnu.view = දසුන් (&V) +msg.mnu.motifs = වරර්‍ණ (&l) +msg.mnu.opcommands = මෙහෙයුම් විධාන (&O) +msg.mnu.usercommands = පරිශීලක විධාන (&U) +msg.mnu.fonts = අකුරු සහ ප්‍රමාණ (&F) + +msg.client.name = *client* +msg.cant.disable = Unable to disable plugin %S. +msg.cant.enable = Unable to enable plugin %S. +msg.is.disabled = Plugin %S is already disabled. +msg.is.enabled = Plugin %S is already enabled. +msg.no.help = Help not available. +msg.no.cmdmatch = No commands match ``%1$S''. +msg.no.plugins = There are no plugins loaded. +msg.cmdmatch = Commands matching ``%1$S'' are [%2$S]. +msg.default.alias.help = This command is an alias for |%1$S|. +msg.extra.params = Extra parameters ``%1$S'' ignored. +msg.version.reply = ChatZilla %S [%S] +msg.source.reply = http://chatzilla.hacksrus.com/ +msg.nothing.to.cancel = No connection or /list in progress, nothing to cancel. +msg.cancelling = Cancelling connection to ``%S''… +msg.cancelling.list = Cancelling /list request… +msg.current.charset = Using ``%S'' as default character encoding. +msg.current.charset.view = Using ``%S'' as character encoding for this view. +msg.current.css = Using <%S> as default motif. +msg.current.css.net = Using <%S> as default motif for this network. +msg.current.css.chan = Using <%S> as motif for this channel. +msg.current.css.user = Using <%S> as motif for this user. +msg.no.dynamic.style = Sorry, but your version of &brandShortName; doesn't support styling the entire application with a motif. This functionality will now be disabled. +msg.subscript.loaded = Subscript <%1$S> loaded with result ``%2$S''. +msg.user.info = Default nickname, ``%S'', username ``%S'', and description ``%S''. +msg.connection.info = "%S: User %S connected via %S:%S (%S server). +msg.server.info = "%S: Connected for %S, last ping: %S, server roundtrip (lag): %S seconds. +msg.connect.via = Connected via %S" +msg.user.mode = User mode for %S is now %S" +msg.not.connected = "%S: Not connected. +msg.insecure.server = Your connection to the server ``%S'' is not secure. +msg.secure.connection = Signed by %S" +msg.security.info = Displays security information about the current connection +msg.going.offline = &brandShortName; is trying to go into offline mode. This will disconnect you from ALL the networks and channels you're connected to. +msg.really.go.offline = Go Offline +msg.dont.go.offline = Don't Go Offline +msg.offlinestate.offline = You are offline. Click the icon to go online. +msg.offlinestate.online = You are online. Click the icon to go offline. +msg.member = Member +msg.operator = Operator member +msg.voiced = Voiced member +msg.voiceop = Operator and voiced member +msg.no.mode = no mode +msg.topic.info = "%S, %S: Topic, ``%S'' +msg.notopic.info = "%S, %S: No topic. +msg.channel.info = "%S: %S of %S (%S) <%S> +msg.channel.details = "%S/%S: %S users total, %S operators, %S voiced. +msg.nonmember = "%S: No longer a member of %S. +msg.end.status = End of status. +msg.networks.heada = Available networks are [ +msg.messages.cleared = Messages Cleared. +msg.match.unchecked = (%S users were not checked) +msg.matching.nicks = The following users matched your query: %S. %S +msg.no.matching.nicks = There were no users matching your query. %S +msg.commands.header = Type /help <command-name> for information about a specific command. +msg.matching.commands = Currently implemented commands matching the pattern ``%S'' are [%S].\nType /help <command-name> for information about a specific command. +msg.all.commands = Currently implemented commands are [%S]. +msg.help.intro = Help is available from many places:\n - |/commands| lists all the built-in commands in ChatZilla. Use |/help <command-name>| to get help on individual commands.\n - The IRC Help website <http://www.irchelp.org/> provides introductory material for new IRC users. \n - The ChatZilla FAQ <http://chatzilla.hacksrus.com/faq> answers many common questions about using ChatZilla.\n - The ChatZilla Support Channel <irc://moznet/chatzilla> is always available to answer any further questions about ChatZilla. +msg.about.version = "%S [[Details][Opens the about dialog for more details][%S]] +msg.about.homepage = Please visit the ChatZilla homepage at <http://chatzilla.hacksrus.com/> for more information. +msg.newnick.you = YOU are now known as %S +msg.newnick.notyou = "%S is now known as %S + +msg.localeurl.homepage = http://chatzilla.hacksrus.com/ +msg.localeurl.faq = http://chatzilla.hacksrus.com/faq/ + +msg.no.notify.list = Your notify list is empty. +msg.notify.addone = "%S has been added to your notify list. +msg.notify.addsome = "%S have been added to your notify list. +msg.notify.delone = "%S has been removed from your notify list. +msg.notify.delsome = "%S have been removed from your notify list. + +msg.not.an.alias = No such alias: %S. +msg.alias.removed = Removed alias: %S. +msg.alias.created = Created alias: %S = %S. +msg.no.aliases = No aliases are defined. + +msg.no.stalk.list = No stalking victims. +msg.stalk.list = Currently stalking [%S]. +msg.stalk.add = Now stalking %S. +msg.stalk.del = No longer stalking %S. +msg.stalking.already = Already stalking %S. + +msg.status = තත්ත්වය +msg.title.net.on = User %S on ``%S'' (%S:%S) +msg.title.net.off = User %S, not connected to network ``%S'' +msg.title.nonick = <unregistered-user> +msg.title.no.topic = මාතෘකාවක් නැත +msg.title.no.mode = ආකාරයක් නැත +msg.title.channel = "%S on %S (%S): %S" +msg.title.user = Conversation with %S %S" +msg.title.dccchat = DCC Conversation with %S" +msg.title.dccfile.send = "%S%% of ``%S'' sent to %S" +msg.title.dccfile.get = "%S%% of ``%S'' received from %S" +msg.title.unknown = ChatZilla! +msg.title.activity = "%S -- ක්‍රියාකාරකම [%S] + +msg.output.url = URL +msg.output.knownnets = දන්නා ජාල +msg.output.connnets = සම්බන්ධිත ජාල +msg.output.notconn = සම්බන්ධ නොවූ +msg.output.lag = Lag +msg.output.mode = ආකාරය +msg.output.users = පරිශීලක +msg.output.topic = මාතෘකාව +msg.output.via = Connected via +msg.output.to = Connected to +msg.output.file = ගොනුව +msg.output.progress = ප්‍රගතිය +msg.output.cancel = අහෝසි කරන්න + +msg.logging.off = Logging is off. +msg.logging.on = Logging is on. Log output is going to file <%S>. +msg.logfile.closed = Logfile closed. +msg.logfile.error = Unable to open file <%S>. Logging disabled. +msg.logfile.opened = Now logging to <%S>. +msg.logfile.closing = Closing log file <%S>. +msg.logfile.write.error = Unable to write to file <%S>. Logging disabled. + +msg.already.connected = You are already connected to ``%S''. +msg.enter.nick = Please select a nickname +msg.network.connecting = Attempting to connect to ``%S''. Use /cancel to abort. + +msg.jumpto.button = [[%1$S][Jump to this message in %1$S][%2$S]] +msg.jumpto.err.nochan = ``%S'' is no longer open. +msg.jumpto.err.noanchor = The anchor cannot be found. + +msg.banlist.item = "%S banned %S from %S on %S. +msg.banlist.button = [[Remove][Remove this ban][%S]] +msg.banlist.end = End of %S ban list. +msg.exceptlist.item = "%S excepted %S from bans in %S on %S. +msg.exceptlist.button = [[Remove][Remove this ban exception][%S]] +msg.exceptlist.end = End of %S exception list. + +msg.channel.needops = You need to be an operator in %S to do that. + +msg.ctcphelp.clientinfo = CLIENTINFO gives information on available CTCP commands +msg.ctcphelp.action = ACTION performs an action at the user +msg.ctcphelp.time = TIME gives the local date and time for the client +msg.ctcphelp.version = VERSION returns the client's version +msg.ctcphelp.source = SOURCE returns an address where you can obtain the client +msg.ctcphelp.os = OS returns the client's host's operating system and version +msg.ctcphelp.host = HOST returns the client's host application name and version +msg.ctcphelp.ping = PING echos the parameter passed to the client +msg.ctcphelp.dcc = DCC requests a direct client connection + +# DCC CHAT messages. +msg.dccchat.sent.request = Sent DCC Chat offer to ``%S'' from YOU (%S:%S) %S. +msg.dccchat.got.request = Got DCC Chat offer from ``%S'' (%S:%S) %S. +msg.dccchat.accepting = Auto-accepting DCC Chat offer from ``%S'' (%S:%S) in %S seconds %S. +msg.dccchat.accepting.now = Auto-accepting DCC Chat offer from ``%S'' (%S:%S). +msg.dccchat.accepted = Accepted DCC Chat with ``%S'' (%S:%S). +msg.dccchat.declined = Declined DCC Chat with ``%S'' (%S:%S). +msg.dccchat.aborted = Aborted DCC Chat with ``%S'' (%S:%S). +msg.dccchat.failed = Failed DCC Chat with ``%S'' (%S:%S). +msg.dccchat.opened = DCC Chat with ``%S'' (%S:%S) connected. +msg.dccchat.closed = DCC Chat with ``%S'' (%S:%S) disconnected. + +# DCC FILE messages. +msg.dccfile.sent.request = Sent DCC File Transfer offer to ``%S'' from YOU (%S:%S) of ``%S'' (%S) %S. +msg.dccfile.got.request = Got DCC File Transfer offer from ``%S'' (%S:%S) of ``%S'' (%S) %S. +msg.dccfile.accepting = Auto-accepting DCC File Transfer offer from ``%S'' (%S:%S) of ``%S'' (%S) in %S seconds %S. +msg.dccfile.accepting.now = Auto-accepting DCC File Transfer offer from ``%S'' (%S:%S) of ``%S'' (%S). +# 1 = file, 2 = to/from, 3 = nick, 4 = IP, 5 = port. +msg.dccfile.accepted = Accepted DCC File Transfer of ``%S'' %S ``%S'' (%S:%S). +msg.dccfile.declined = Declined DCC File Transfer of ``%S'' %S ``%S'' (%S:%S). +msg.dccfile.aborted = Aborted DCC File Transfer of ``%S'' %S ``%S'' (%S:%S). +msg.dccfile.failed = Failed DCC File Transfer of ``%S'' %S ``%S'' (%S:%S). +msg.dccfile.opened = DCC File Transfer of ``%S'' %S ``%S'' (%S:%S) started. +msg.dccfile.closed.sent = DCC File Transfer of ``%S'' %S ``%S'' (%S:%S) finished. +msg.dccfile.closed.saved = DCC File Transfer of ``%S'' %S ``%S'' (%S:%S) finished. File saved to ``%S''. + +# 1 = percent, 2 = current pos, 3 = total size, 4 = speed. +msg.dccfile.progress = %S%% සම්පූර්ණයි, %S of %S, %S. +msg.dccfile.send = යැවීමට ගොනුවක් තෝරන්න +msg.dccfile.save.to = ලැබෙන (%S) ගොනුව සුරකින්න +msg.dccfile.err.notfound = දක්වන ලද ගනුව සොයාගත නොහැක. +msg.dccfile.err.notafile = දක්වන ලද ගොනුව සාමාන්‍ය ගොනුවක් නොවේ. +msg.dccfile.err.notreadable = දක්වන ලද ගොනුව කියවිය නොහැක. + +# General DCC messages. +msg.dcc.pending.matches = "%S pending incoming DCC offers matched. +msg.dcc.accepted.matches = "%S DCC connections matched. +msg.dcc.matches.help = You must specify enough of the user's nickname to uniquely identify the request, or include the request type and even the filename if necessary. + +msg.dcc.not.enabled = DCC is disabled. If you need DCC functionality, you may turn it on from the Preferences window. +msg.dcc.err.nouser = Must specify |nickname| or run the command from a query view. +msg.dcc.err.accept.time = You cannot use the short form of |/dcc-accept| within the first 10 seconds of receiving a DCC request. + +# /dcc-list words and phrases. +msg.dcclist.dir.in = එන +msg.dcclist.dir.out = යන (offer) +msg.dcclist.to = වෙතට +msg.dcclist.from = වෙතින් +## Params: index, state, direction (incoming/outgoing), DCC type, direction (to/from), user (ip:port), commands. +msg.dcclist.line = %S: %S %S DCC %S %S %S (%S:%S) %S +## Params: waiting, running, done. +msg.dcclist.summary = DCC sessions: %S pending, %S connected, %S finished. + +msg.dccaccept.disabled = Currently not auto-accepting DCC on this network. +msg.dccaccept.list = Currently auto-accepting DCC on this network from [%S]. +msg.dccaccept.add = Now auto-accepting DCC on this network from %S. +msg.dccaccept.del = No longer auto-accepting DCC on this network from %S. +msg.dccaccept.adderr = You are already auto-accepting DCC on this network from %S. +msg.dccaccept.delerr = %S not found on your DCC auto-accept list for this network. + +msg.dcc.command.accept = [[Accept][Accept this DCC offer][%S]] +msg.dcc.command.decline = [[Decline][Decline (refuse) this DCC offer][%S]] +msg.dcc.command.cancel = [[Cancel][Cancels this DCC offer][%S]] +msg.dcc.command.close = [[Close][Close (disconnect) this DCC offer][%S]] + +# DCC state names. +msg.dcc.state.abort = Aborted +msg.dcc.state.request = Requested +msg.dcc.state.accept = Accepted +msg.dcc.state.connect = Connected +# 1 = percent, 2 = current pos, 3 = total size, 4 = speed. +msg.dcc.state.connectPro = Connected (%S%% complete, %S of %S, %S) +msg.dcc.state.disconnect = Done +msg.dcc.state.decline = Declined +msg.dcc.state.fail = Failed + +# SI general format (1$ == number, 2$ == scale suffix). +msg.si.size = %1$S %2$S +msg.si.speed = %1$S %2$S + +# SI suffixes for sizes. +msg.si.size.0 = B +msg.si.size.1 = KiB +msg.si.size.2 = MiB +msg.si.size.3 = GiB +msg.si.size.4 = TiB +msg.si.size.5 = PiB +msg.si.size.6 = EiB + +# SI suffixes for speeds. +msg.si.speed.0 = B/s +msg.si.speed.1 = KiB/s +msg.si.speed.2 = MiB/s +msg.si.speed.3 = GiB/s +msg.si.speed.4 = TiB/s +msg.si.speed.5 = PiB/s +msg.si.speed.6 = EiB/s + +msg.host.password = Enter a password for the server %S: +msg.url.key = Enter key for url %S: + +msg.startup.added = <%1$S> will now open at startup. +msg.startup.removed = <%1$S> will no longer open at startup. +msg.startup.exists = <%1$S> is currently opened at startup. +msg.startup.notfound = <%1$S> is not currently opened at startup. + +msg.test.hello = Sample HELLO message, <http://testurl.com/foo.html>. +msg.test.info = Sample INFO message, <http://testurl.com/foo.html>. +msg.test.error = Sample ERROR message, <http://testurl.com/foo.html>. +msg.test.help = Sample HELP message, <http://testurl.com/foo.html>. +msg.test.usage = Sample USAGE message, <http://testurl.com/foo.html>. +msg.test.status = Sample STATUS message, <http://testurl.com/foo.html>. +msg.test.privmsg = Normal message from %S to %S, <http://testurl.com/foo.html>. +msg.test.action = Action message from %S to %S, <http://testurl.com/foo.html>. +msg.test.notice = Notice message from %S to %S, <http://testurl.com/foo.html>. +msg.test.url = Sample URL <http://www.mozilla.org> message. +msg.test.styles = Sample text styles *bold*, _underline_, /italic/, |teletype| message. +msg.test.emoticon = Sample emoticon :) :( :~( :0 :/ :P :| (* message. +msg.test.rheet = Sample Rheeeeeeeeeet! message. +msg.test.topic = Sample Topic message, <http://testurl.com/foo.html>. +msg.test.join = Sample Join message, <http://testurl.com/foo.html>. +msg.test.part = Sample Part message, <http://testurl.com/foo.html>. +msg.test.kick = Sample Kick message, <http://testurl.com/foo.html>. +msg.test.quit = Sample Quit message, <http://testurl.com/foo.html>. +msg.test.stalk = "%S : Sample /stalk match, <http://testurl.com/foo.html>. +msg.test.ctlchr = Sample control char >%01<\\1 -- >%05<\\5 -- >%10<\\10 +msg.test.color = Sample color %033c%034o%034l%033o%033r%034%20%036t%036e%032s%034t%0f message. +msg.test.quote = Sample ``double quote'' message. + +msg.welcome = Welcome to ChatZilla…\nBelow is a short selection of information to help you get started using ChatZilla. +msg.welcome.url = Because ChatZilla was launched from a URL, the target has been opened for you. You can find it on the tab bar, next to this view. +msg.tabdnd.drop = Would you like to use the file ``%S'' as your new motif? +msg.default.status = Welcome to ChatZilla! + +msg.closing = Disconnecting from IRC. Click close again to exit now. +msg.confirm.quit = You are still connected to some networks, are you sure you want to quit ChatZilla?\nConfirming will close the window, and disconnect from all the networks and channels you're connected to. +msg.quit.anyway = &Quit Anyway +msg.dont.quit = &Don't Quit +msg.warn.on.exit = Warn me when quitting while still connected + +msg.whois.name = "%S <%S@%S> ``%S'' +msg.whois.channels = "%S: member of %S" +msg.whois.server = "%S: attached to %S ``%S'' +msg.whois.idle = "%S: idle for %S (on since %S) +msg.whois.away = "%S: away with message ``%S'' +msg.whois.end = End of WHOIS information for %S. + +msg.ignore.list.1 = Currently not ignoring anyone. +msg.ignore.list.2 = Currently ignoring [%S]. +msg.ignore.add = You are now ignoring %S. +msg.ignore.adderr = You are already ignoring %S. +msg.ignore.del = You are no longer ignoring %S. +msg.ignore.delerr = "%S not found in your ignore list. + +msg.you.invite = You have invited %S to %S. +msg.invite.you = "%S (%S@%S) has invited you to [[%S][Accept invitation to channel %S][goto-url %S]]. + +msg.nick.in.use = The nickname ``%S'' is already in use, use the /nick command to pick a new one. +msg.retry.nick = The nickname ``%S'' is already in use, trying ``%S''. +msg.nick.prompt = Enter a nickname to use: + +msg.list.rerouted = List reply will appear on the ``%S'' view. +msg.list.end = Displayed %S of %S channels. +msg.list.chancount = This server has %S channels. Listing them all will probably take a long time, and may lead to ChatZilla becoming unresponsive or being disconnected by the server. [[List Channels][List all channels][%S]] + +msg.who.end = End of WHO results for ``%S'', %S user(s) found. +msg.who.match = User %S, (%S@%S) ``%S'' (%S), member of %S, is connected to <irc://%S/>, %S hop(s). + +msg.connection.attempt = Connecting to %S (%S)… [[Cancel][Cancel connecting to %S][%S]] +msg.connection.refused = Connection to %S (%S) refused. [[Help][Get more information about this error online][faq connection.refused]] +msg.connection.abort.offline = The connection to %S (%S) was aborted because you went into offline mode. +msg.connection.abort.unknown = The connection to %S (%S) was aborted with error %S. +msg.connection.timeout = Connection to %S (%S) timed out. [[Help][Get more information about this error online][faq connection.timeout]] +msg.unknown.host = Unknown host ``%S'' connecting to %S (%S). [[Help][Get more information about this error online][faq connection.unknown.host]] +msg.connection.closed = Connection to %S (%S) closed. [[Help][Get more information about this error online][faq connection.closed]] +msg.connection.reset = Connection to %S (%S) reset. [[Help][Get more information about this error online][faq connection.reset]] +msg.connection.quit = Disconnected from %S (%S). [[Reconnect][Reconnect to %S][%S]] +msg.close.status = Connection to %S (%S) closed with status %S. + +msg.proxy.connection.refused = The proxy server you configured is refusing the connection. +msg.unknown.proxy.host = Unknown proxy host connecting to %S (%S). + +# In these messages, the first replacement string is a connection error from above. +msg.connection.exhausted = "%S Connection attempts exhausted, giving up. +msg.reconnecting.in = "%S Reconnecting in %S. [[Cancel][Cancel reconnecting to %S][%S]] +msg.reconnecting.in.left = "%S %S attempts left, reconnecting in %S. [[Cancel][Cancel reconnecting to %S][%S]] +msg.reconnecting.in.left1 = "%S 1 attempt left, reconnecting in %S. [[Cancel][Cancel reconnecting to %S][%S]] + +msg.reconnecting = Reconnecting… +msg.confirm.disconnect.all = Are you sure you want to disconnect from ALL networks? +msg.no.connected.nets = You are not connected to any networks. +msg.no.reconnectable.nets = There are no networks to reconnect to. + +msg.ping.reply = Ping reply from %S in %S. +msg.ping.reply.invalid = Malformed ping reply from %S. +msg.prefix.response = "%S, your result is, + +msg.topic.changed = "%S has changed the topic to ``%S'' +msg.topic = Topic for %S is ``%S'' +msg.no.topic = No topic for channel %S" +msg.topic.date = Topic for %S was set by %S on %S" + +msg.you.joined = YOU (%S) have joined %S" +msg.someone.joined = "%S (%S@%S) has joined %S" +msg.you.left = YOU (%S) have left %S" +msg.you.left.reason = YOU (%S) have left %S (%S) +msg.someone.left = "%S has left %S" +msg.someone.left.reason = "%S has left %S (%S) +msg.youre.gone = YOU (%S) have been booted from %S by %S (%S) +msg.someone.gone = "%S was booted from %S by %S (%S) + +msg.mode.all = Mode for %S is %S" +msg.mode.changed = Mode %S by %S" + +msg.away.on = You are now marked as away (%S). Click the nickname button or use the |/back| command to return from being away. +msg.idle.away.on = You have automatically been marked as away (%S) after %S minutes of inactivity. +msg.away.off = You are no longer marked as away. +msg.away.prompt = Enter an away message to use: +msg.away.default = I'm not here right now. +msg.away.idle.default = I'm not here right now. + +msg.you.quit = YOU (%S) have left %S (%S) +msg.someone.quit = "%S has left %S (%S) + +msg.unknown.ctcp = Unknown CTCP %S (%S) from %S" + +msg.fonts.family.fmt = Font family is ``%S'' +msg.fonts.family.pick = Enter the font family you wish to use: +msg.fonts.size.fmt = Font size is %Spt +msg.fonts.size.default = Font size is default +msg.fonts.size.pick = Enter the font size you wish to use: + +msg.supports.chanTypes = Supported channel types: %S" +msg.supports.chanModesA = Supported channel modes (A: lists): %S" +msg.supports.chanModesB = Supported channel modes (B: param): %S" +msg.supports.chanModesC = Supported channel modes (C: on-param): %S" +msg.supports.chanModesD = Supported channel modes (D: boolean): %S" +msg.supports.userMode = "%S (%S) +msg.supports.userModes = Supported channel user modes: %S" +msg.supports.flagsOn = This server DOES support: %S" +msg.supports.flagsOff = This server DOESN'T support: %S" +msg.supports.miscOption = "%S=%S" +msg.supports.miscOptions = Server settings/limits: %S" + + +msg.conf.mode.on = Conference Mode has been enabled for this view; joins, leaves, quits and nickname changes will be hidden. +msg.conf.mode.stayon = Conference Mode is enabled for this view; joins, leaves, quits and nickname changes are hidden. +msg.conf.mode.off = Conference Mode has been disabled for this view; joins, leaves, quits and nickname changes will be shown. + +msg.cd.create = <create new channel> +msg.cd.filtering = Filtered %S of %S channels… +msg.cd.showing = Showing %S of %S channels. +msg.cd.wait.list = Waiting for current list operation to finish... +msg.cd.fetching = Fetching channel list… +msg.cd.fetched = Fetched %S channels… +msg.cd.error.list = There was an error loading the channel list. +msg.cd.loaded = Loaded %S channels… + + +msg.urls.none = There are no stored URLs. +msg.urls.header = Listing the %S most recent stored URLs (most recent first): +msg.urls.item = URL %S: %S" + +msg.save.completeview = View, Complete +msg.save.htmlonlyview = View, HTML Only +msg.save.plaintextview = View, Plain Text +msg.save.files.folder = %S_files +msg.save.dialogtitle = Save View ``%S'' As… +msg.save.err.no.ext = You must specify either a normal extension or <savetype>. Nothing was saved. +msg.save.err.invalid.path = The path ``%S'' is not a valid path or URL to save to. Only local file paths and file:/// urls are accepted. +msg.save.err.invalid.ext = The extension ``%S'' cannot be used without supplying a <savetype>. Use either |.xhtml|, |.xhtm|, |.html|, |.htm| or |.txt| as a file extension, or supply <savetype>. +msg.save.err.invalid.savetype = The savetype ``%S'' is not a valid type of file to save to. Use either |complete|, |htmlonly| or |text|. +msg.save.err.failed = Saving the view ``%1$S'' to ``%2$S'' failed:\n ``%3$S'' +msg.save.fileexists = The file ``%S'' already exists.\n Click OK to overwrite it, click Cancel to keep the original file. +msg.save.successful = The view ``%1$S'' has been successfully saved to ``%2$S''. + + +munger.mailto=Mailto +munger.link=URLs +munger.channel-link=IRC channel +munger.bugzilla-link=Bugzilla link +munger.face=Face +munger.ear=Ear +munger.quote=Double Quotes +munger.rheet=Rheet +munger.bold=Bold +munger.italic=Italic +munger.talkback-link=Talkback link +munger.teletype=Teletype +munger.underline=Underline +munger.ctrl-char=Control Chars + + +# Date/Time representations for strftime + +datetime.day.long = ඉරිදා^සදුදා^අඟහරුවාදා^බදාද^බ්‍රහස්පතින්දා^සිකුරාදා^සෙනසුරාදා +datetime.day.short = ඉරි^සදු^අඟ^බදා^බ්‍රහ^සිකු^සෙන +datetime.month.long = ජනවාරි^පෙබරවාරි^මාර්තු^අප්‍රේල්^මැයි^ජුනි^ජූලි^අගෝස්තු^සැප්තැම්බර්^ඔක්තෝම්බර්^නොවැම්බර්^දෙසැම්බර් +datetime.month.short = ජන^පෙබ^මාර්^අප්‍රේ^මැයි^ජුනි^ජූලි^අගෝ^සැප්^ඔක්^නොවැ^දෙසැ + +datetime.uam = පෙ.ව. +datetime.lam = පෙ.ව. +datetime.upm = ප.ව. +datetime.lpm = ප.ව. + +datetime.presets.lc = %Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S +datetime.presets.lr = %I:%M:%S %p +datetime.presets.lx = %Y-%m-%d +datetime.presets.ux = %H:%M:%S + + +# Messages used in config.js, part of the pref window. + +# We only allow one pref window open at once, this occurs when a 2nd is opened. +msg.prefs.alreadyOpen = ChatZilla's preferences are already open; you may not open a second copy. + +msg.prefs.err.save = An exception occurred trying to save the preferences: %S. + +msg.prefs.browse = ගවේශනය… +msg.prefs.browse.title = ChatZilla ගවේශනය +msg.prefs.move.up = ඉහළට ගෙනයන්න +msg.prefs.move.down = පහලට ගෙනයන්න +msg.prefs.add = එක් කරන්න… +msg.prefs.edit = සකසන්න +msg.prefs.delete = මකන්න + +msg.prefs.list.add = Enter item to add: +msg.prefs.list.edit = Edit the item as needed: +msg.prefs.list.delete = Are you sure you want to remove the item ``%S''? + +msg.prefs.object.delete = Are you sure you want to remove the object ``%S'' and all its preferences? +msg.prefs.object.reset = Are you sure you want to reset all the preferences for ``%S'' to their defaults? + +# First is for adding prefix/suffix to the overall header, and the next three +# are for the different objects (first is network name, second is channel/user +# name). +msg.prefs.fmt.header = "%S" +msg.prefs.fmt.display.network = ජාලය %S" +msg.prefs.fmt.display.channel = ජාලය %S, නාලිකාව %S" +msg.prefs.fmt.display.user = ජාලය %S, පරිශීලක %S" + +# Name for "global" object. +msg.prefs.global = ගෝලීය සැකසුම් + +# Localized names for all the prefs and tooltip "help" messages. +# NOTE: "Bugzilla", "ChatZilla" and "mIRC" are product names. +pref.activityFlashDelay.label = Activity flash delay +pref.activityFlashDelay.help = When a tab that has had activity gets more activity, the tab is flashed. This preference is the length of the flash in milliseconds: 0 disables it. +pref.aliases.label = Command aliases +pref.aliases.help = Allows you to make shortcuts to various commands or sequences of commands. Each item is of the form "<name> = <command-list>". The command-list is a list of commands (without the leading "/") along with their parameters, each separated by ";". The name of the alias will automatically be turned into a command when ChatZilla starts. +pref.autoAwayCap.label = Auto away-check user limit +pref.autoAwayCap.help = ChatZilla automatically checks which users are here and which are away in each channel you are a member of, however, this causes significant lag on larger channels. Any channel bigger than this limit won't be checked. +pref.autoAwayPeriod.label = Auto away-check period length +pref.autoAwayPeriod.help = ChatZilla automatically checks which users are here and which are away in each channel you are a member of. This specifies how many minutes should pass between checks. +pref.autoRejoin.label = Rejoin when kicked +pref.autoRejoin.help = If this is turned on, ChatZilla will try (only once) to rejoin a channel you got kicked from. Note, some channels dislike auto-rejoin, and will ban you, so be careful. +pref.away.label = Away status +pref.away.help = +pref.awayIdleTime.label = Auto-away timeout +pref.awayIdleTime.help = After how many minutes of inactivity ChatZilla will set your status to "away". This only works on newer versions of &brandShortName;. Set to 0 to disable it. +pref.awayIdleMsg.label = Auto-away message +pref.awayIdleMsg.help = The away message ChatZilla will use when you go away. +pref.awayNick.label = Nickname (away) +pref.awayNick.help = This nickname will automatically be used when you mark yourself away, if different from 'Nickname'. You may leave this blank to not change nickname when going away. +pref.bugURL.label = Bugzilla URL +pref.bugURL.help = The URL used for links to bugs. "%s" is replaced with the bug number or alias. The text "bug " followed by a number or "#" and a 1-20 letter word (bug alias) will get turned into a link using this URL. +pref.bugURL.comment.label = Bugzilla URL for Comments +pref.bugURL.comment.help = The URL or suffix used for links to specific comments within bugs. With a full URL, "%1$s" is replaced with the bug number or alias and "%2$s" with the comment number, respectively. With a suffix, "%s" is replaced with the comment number. The text "bug " followed by a number or "#" and a 1-20 letter word (bug alias) followed by " comment " followed by another number will get turned into a link using this URL or suffix. +pref.charset.label = Character encoding +pref.charset.help = For multiple clients to correctly read messages with non-ASCII characters on IRC, they need to use the same character encoding. +pref.collapseMsgs.label = Collapse messages +pref.collapseMsgs.help = Makes multiple messages from one person only show their nickname against the first, which can look cleaner than having the nickname repeated. +pref.collapseActions.label = Collapse actions when collapsing messages +pref.collapseActions.help = Makes multiple actions from one person only show their nickname against the first, which can look cleaner than having the nickname repeated. +pref.conference.limit.label = Conference mode limit +pref.conference.limit.help = When the number of users in a channel sufficiently exceeds this limit, ChatZilla switches the channel into "conference mode", during which JOIN, PART, QUIT and NICK messages for other users are hidden. When the user count drops sufficiently below the limit, normal operation is resumed automatically. Setting this to 0 will never use conference mode, likewise setting this to 1 will always use it. +pref.connectTries.label = Connection attempts +pref.connectTries.help = The number of times ChatZilla attempts to connect to a server or network. Set to -1 for unlimited attempts. +pref.copyMessages.label = Copy important messages +pref.copyMessages.help = Any message marked as "important" will be copied to the network view. It allows you to quickly see messages that were addressed to you when you were away from the computer. +pref.dcc.enabled.label = DCC Enabled +pref.dcc.enabled.help = When disabled, no DCC-related commands will do anything, and all DCC requests from other users will be ignored. +pref.dcc.autoAccept.list.label = Auto-accept list +pref.dcc.autoAccept.list.help = List of nicknames to automatically accept DCC chat/file offers from. Hostmasks are also accepted, using "*" as a wildcard. If this list is empty, all DCC requests must be manually accepted or declined. +pref.dcc.downloadsFolder.label = Downloads folder +pref.dcc.downloadsFolder.help = Specifies the default destination for files received via DCC. +pref.dcc.listenPorts.label = Listen Ports +pref.dcc.listenPorts.help = List of ports that other users can connect to remotely. Each item may be a single port number, or a range specified as "lower-upper". Leave empty to use a random, OS-picked port. Each time you offer a DCC connection to someone, the next port listed is picked. +pref.dcc.useServerIP.label = Get local IP from server +pref.dcc.useServerIP.help = When turned on, ChatZilla will ask the server for your IP address when connecting. This allows DCC to obtain the correct IP address when operating behind a gateway or NAT-based system. +pref.debugMode.label = Debug mode +pref.debugMode.help = This preference is for debugging ChatZilla and can generate a lot of debug output (usually to the console). It is a list of letters, signifying what you want debug messages about. "c" for context menus (dumps data when opening a context menu), "d" for dispatch (dumps data when dispatching commands), and "t" for trace/hook (dumps data about hooks and the event queue processing) debugging. +pref.defaultQuitMsg.label = Default quit message +pref.defaultQuitMsg.help = Specifies a default quit message to use when one is not explicitly specified. Leave blank to use the basic ChatZilla one, which simply states what version you have. +pref.desc.label = විස්තරය +pref.desc.help = Sets the "description" (aka "real name") field shown in your /whois information. It is commonly used to include one's real name, but you are not required to enter anything. +pref.deleteOnPart.label = Delete channel views on part +pref.deleteOnPart.help = Causes /leave and /part to also close the channel view. +pref.displayHeader.label = Show header +pref.displayHeader.help = Display the chat header on this view. This contains information like the URL of the current view, and the topic and modes for a channel view. +pref.font.family.label = Font Family +pref.font.family.help = Selects the font in which ChatZilla will display messages. The value "default" will use your global font family; "serif", "sans-serif" and "monospace" will use your global font settings; other values will be treated as font names. +pref.font.size.label = Font Size (pt) +pref.font.size.help = Selects the font size you want ChatZilla to display messages with. The value 0 will use your global font size, and other values will be interpreted as the size in points (pt). +pref.guessCommands.label = Guess unknown commands +pref.guessCommands.help = If you enter a command (starts with "/") that ChatZilla doesn't understand, then it can try "guessing" by sending the command to the server. You can turn this off if you don't want ChatZilla to try this. +pref.hasPrefs.label = Object has prefs +pref.hasPrefs.help = Indicates the object has preferences saved. Never shown in preferences window. :) +pref.identd.enabled.label = Enable Identification Server during connection process +pref.identd.enabled.help = Allows ChatZilla to connect to servers that require an ident response. +pref.initialURLs.label = Auto-connect URLs +pref.initialURLs.help = A list of IRC URLs to which ChatZilla should connect when starting. These will not be processed if ChatZilla was started by clicking on a hyperlink to an irc host. +pref.initialScripts.label = Auto-load scripts +pref.initialScripts.help = When ChatZilla starts, it loads all the scripts listed here. If an item is a directory, however, it loads "init.js" from that directory, and any subdirectory. +pref.inputSpellcheck.label = Spellcheck the inputbox +pref.inputSpellcheck.help = Whether or not the inputbox will be spellchecked. Only works on recent &brandShortName; builds. +pref.log.label = Log this view +pref.log.help = Makes ChatZilla log this view. The log file is usually stored in your profile, which can be overridden with "Profile path" (for the base path) or "Log file name" for a specific view's log. +pref.logFileName.label = Log file name +pref.logFileName.help = The log file used for this view. If the view is currently open and logging, changing this option won't take effect until the next time it starts logging. +pref.logFile.client.label = Log file for client +pref.logFile.client.help = Specifies the name of the log file for the client view. This is appended to the 'log folder' to create a full path. +pref.logFile.network.label = Log file for networks +pref.logFile.network.help = Specifies the name of the log file for network views. This is appended to the 'log folder' to create a full path. +pref.logFile.channel.label = Log file for channels +pref.logFile.channel.help = Specifies the name of the log file for channel views. This is appended to the 'log folder' to create a full path. +pref.logFile.user.label = Log file for users +pref.logFile.user.help = Specifies the name of the log file for user/query views. This is appended to the 'log folder' to create a full path. +pref.logFile.dccuser.label = Log file for DCC +pref.logFile.dccuser.help = Specifies the name of the log file for DCC chat/file views. This is appended to the 'log folder' to create a full path. +pref.logFolder.label = Log folder +pref.logFolder.help = Specifies the base location for all logs. The various "Log file for" preferences specify the exact names for the different types of log file. +pref.motif.dark.label = Dark motif +pref.motif.dark.help = The dark motif selectable from the View > Color Scheme menu. +pref.motif.light.label = Light motif +pref.motif.light.help = The light motif selectable from the View > Color Scheme menu. +pref.motif.current.label = Current motif +pref.motif.current.help = The currently selected motif file. A Motif is a CSS file that describes how do display the chat view, and can be used to customize the display. +pref.multiline.label = Multiline input mode +pref.multiline.help = Sets whether ChatZilla is using the multiline input box or the single-line one. +pref.munger.bold.label = Bold +pref.munger.bold.help = Makes ChatZilla display text between astersks (e.g. *bold*) in an actually bold face. +pref.munger.bugzilla-link.label = Bugzilla links +pref.munger.bugzilla-link.help = Makes ChatZilla hyperlink "bug <number>" to the specified bug, using the "Bugzilla URL" as the base link. +pref.munger.channel-link.label = Channel links +pref.munger.channel-link.help = Makes ChatZilla convert "#channel" into a link to the channel. +pref.munger.colorCodes.label = mIRC colors +pref.munger.colorCodes.help = Enables the display of colors on the chat text, as well as other mIRC codes (bold and underline). When disabled, ChatZilla will simply hide mIRC codes. +pref.munger.ctrl-char.label = Control characters +pref.munger.ctrl-char.help = Makes ChatZilla display control characters it doesn't understand. +pref.munger.face.label = Faces (emoticons) +pref.munger.face.help = Makes ChatZilla display images for common smilies, such as :-) and ;-). +pref.munger.italic.label = ඇලකුරු +pref.munger.italic.help = Makes ChatZilla italicize text between forward slashes. (e.g. /italic/) +pref.munger.link.label = Web links +pref.munger.link.help = Makes ChatZilla hyperlink text that looks like a URL. +pref.munger.mailto.label = Mail links +pref.munger.mailto.help = Makes ChatZilla hyperlink text that looks like an e-mail address. +pref.munger.quote.label = Neater quotes +pref.munger.quote.help = Makes ChatZilla replace `` with \u201C and '' with \u201D. +pref.munger.rheet.label = Rheet +pref.munger.rheet.help = Makes ChatZilla hyperlink "rheet": a very Mozilla.org-centric feature. +pref.munger.talkback-link.label = Talkback links +pref.munger.talkback-link.help = Makes ChatZilla hyperlink "TB<numbers><character>" to the specified talkback stack trace. +pref.munger.teletype.label = Teletype +pref.munger.teletype.help = Makes ChatZilla display |teletype| actually in teletype (a fixed-width font). +pref.munger.underline.label = Underline +pref.munger.underline.help = Makes ChatZilla underline text between underscores. (e.g. _underline_) +pref.munger.word-hyphenator.label = Hyphenate long words +pref.munger.word-hyphenator.help = Makes ChatZilla insert "hyphenation points" into long words and URLs so they can wrap to the screen size. +pref.newTabLimit.label = Max auto-created views +pref.newTabLimit.help = Sets the number of views (such as query views) that may be created automatically by ChatZilla. Once the limit is reached, private messages will show up on the current view instead. Set this to 0 for unlimited or 1 to disallow all auto-created views. +pref.nickCompleteStr.label = Nickname completion string +pref.nickCompleteStr.help = This string is appended to a nickname when tab-completed at the start of a line. +pref.nickname.label = Nickname +pref.nickname.help = This is the name seen by everyone else when on IRC. You can use anything you like, but it can't contain particularly "weird" characters, so keep to alpha-numeric characters. +pref.nicknameList.label = Nickname List +pref.nicknameList.help = This is a list of nicknames you want ChatZilla to try if the one you were using happens to be already in use. Your normal nickname need not be listed. +pref.notify.aggressive.label = Aggressive notify +pref.notify.aggressive.help = When someone sends you a private message, says your nickname, or mentions one of your "stalk words", ChatZilla considers the message to be worth getting your attention. This preference sets whether it's allowed to flash the window or bring it to the front (varies by OS) in order to get your attention. +pref.notifyList.label = Notify list +pref.notifyList.help = A list of nicknames to periodically check to see if they are on-line or not. Every 5 minutes, ChatZilla will check this list, and inform you if anyone is now on-line or has gone off-line. +pref.outgoing.colorCodes.label = Enable sending color codes +pref.outgoing.colorCodes.help = Allows you to send color and other mIRC codes, such as bold and underline, using special %-sequences. When enabled, simply type "%" to see a popup of the various choices. +pref.outputWindowURL.label = ප්‍රදාන කවුළුව +pref.outputWindowURL.help = You probably don't want to change this. The chat view loads this URL to display the actual messages, header, etc., and the file must correctly define certain items or you'll get JavaScript errors and a blank chat window! +pref.profilePath.label = පැතිකඩ මාර්‍ගය +pref.profilePath.help = This is the base location for ChatZilla-related files. By default, ChatZilla loads scripts from the "scripts" subdirectory, and stores log files in the "logs" subdirectory. +pref.proxy.typeOverride.label = ප්‍රොක්සි වර්ගය +pref.proxy.typeOverride.help = Override the normal proxy choice by specifying "http" to use your browser's HTTP Proxy or "none" to force no proxy to be used (not even the SOCKS proxy). Note that this usually only works when the browser is set to use a manual proxy configuration. +pref.reconnect.label = Reconnect when disconnected unexpectedly +pref.reconnect.help = When your connection is lost unexpectedly, ChatZilla can automatically reconnect to the server for you. +pref.showModeSymbols.label = Show user mode symbols +pref.showModeSymbols.help = The userlist can either show mode symbols ("@" for op, "%" for half-op, "+" for voice), or it can show colored dots (green for op, dark blue for half-op, cyan for voice, and black for normal). Turn this preference on to show mode symbols instead of colored dots. +pref.sortUsersByMode.label = Sort users by mode +pref.sortUsersByMode.help = Causes the userlist to be sorted by mode, op first, then half-op (if supported on the server), then voice, followed by everyone else. +pref.sound.enabled.label = සක්‍රීයයි +pref.sound.enabled.help = Tick this preference to allow sound, or untick to turn off all sounds. Provides nothing more than a global toggle. +pref.sound.overlapDelay.label = Overlap Delay +pref.sound.overlapDelay.help = Sets the period of time during which the same event will not trigger the sound to be played. For example, the default value of 2000ms (2 seconds) means if two stalk matches occur within 2 seconds of each other, only the first will cause the sound to be played. +##pref.sound.surpressActive.label = Suppress Sounds for active view +##pref.sound.surpressActive.help = Stops sounds generated by the active view from playing if ChatZilla is the active window. Sounds from other views, or when ChatZilla is not active, will always play. +pref.sound.channel.start.label = Channel: Start session +pref.sound.channel.start.help = +pref.sound.channel.event.label = Channel: Non-chat event +pref.sound.channel.event.help = +pref.sound.channel.chat.label = Channel: Normal chat +pref.sound.channel.chat.help = +pref.sound.channel.stalk.label = Channel: Stalk match +pref.sound.channel.stalk.help = +pref.sound.user.start.label = User: Start session +pref.sound.user.start.help = +pref.sound.user.stalk.label = User: Normal chat +pref.sound.user.stalk.help = +pref.stalkWholeWords.label = Stalk whole words only +pref.stalkWholeWords.help = This preferences toggles ChatZilla's handling of stalk words between finding matching words, or simple substrings. For example, "ChatZilla is cool" will match the stalk word "zilla" only if this preferences is off. +pref.stalkWords.label = Stalk words +pref.stalkWords.help = A list of words that will cause a line to be marked "important" and will try to get your attention if "Aggressive notify" is turned on. +pref.urls.store.max.label = Max stored URLs +pref.urls.store.max.help = Sets the maximum number of URLs collected and stored by ChatZilla. The "/urls" command displays the last 10 stored, or more if you do "/urls 20", for example. +pref.userlistLeft.label = Display the userlist on the left +pref.userlistLeft.help = Display the userlist on the left. Uncheck to display the userlist on the right instead. +pref.username.label = Username +pref.username.help = Your username is used to construct your "host mask", which is a string representing you. It includes your connection's host name and this username. It is sometimes used for setting auto-op, bans, and other things specific to one person. +pref.usermode.label = Usermode +pref.usermode.help = Your usermode is an option string that is sent to the IRC network. It is composed of a plus sign ("+") followed by one or more letters, each of which represents an option. The letter "i" represents "invisible mode". When you are are invisible, your nickname will not appear in channel userlists for people who are not in the channel with you. The letter "s" allows you to see server messages like nickname collisions. For a more complete list of available options, look up usermode on www.irchelp.org. +pref.warnOnClose.label = Warn me when quitting while still connected +pref.warnOnClose.help = When quitting while still connected to networks, a message appears asking you if you are sure you want to quit. Uncheck this to disable it. + +# Preference group labels # + +pref.group.general.label = General +pref.group.general.connect.label = Connection +pref.group.general.ident.label = Identification +pref.group.general.log.label = Logging +pref.group.appearance.label = Appearance +pref.group.appearance.misc.label = Miscellaneous +pref.group.appearance.motif.label = Motifs +pref.group.appearance.timestamps.label = Timestamps +pref.group.appearance.timestamps.help = The Format preference uses strftime replacements. For example, "%A %l:%M:%S%P" might become "Thursday 1:37:42pm". +pref.group.appearance.userlist.label = Userlist +pref.group.dcc.label = DCC +pref.group.dcc.ports.label = Ports +pref.group.dcc.autoAccept.label = Auto-accept +pref.group.munger.label = Formatting +pref.group.startup.label = Startup +pref.group.startup.initialURLs.label = Auto-connect URLs +pref.group.startup.initialScripts.label = Auto-load scripts +pref.group.lists.label = ලැයිස්තු +pref.group.lists.stalkWords.label = Stalk words +pref.group.lists.aliases.label = Command aliases +pref.group.lists.notifyList.label = Notify list +pref.group.lists.nicknameList.label = Nickname List +pref.group.lists.autoperform.label = Auto-perform +pref.group.global.label = ගෝලීය +pref.group.global.header.label = ශීර්ෂක +pref.group.global.header.help = Sets the default visibility for headers of views. Each view can override this default if necessary. +pref.group.global.log.label = Log these view types +pref.group.global.log.help = Sets the default logging state for views. Each view can override this default if necessary. +pref.group.global.maxLines.label = Scrollback size +pref.group.global.maxLines.help = The number of lines of text to keep in this view type. Once the limit is reached, the oldest lines are removed as new lines are added. +pref.group.global.sounds.label = හඬ සැකසුම් + +# These are the prefs that get grouped # + +pref.autoperform.label = Auto-perform +pref.autoperform.help = When connecting to a server, you might want to send some commands automatically. Simply enter each command in this list (without the leading "/"), with parameters, and ChatZilla will do it all for you. The commands are run in the order listed. + +pref.networkHeader.label = ජාල +pref.networkHeader.help = +pref.channelHeader.label = නාලිකා +pref.channelHeader.help = +pref.userHeader.label = පරිශීලක +pref.userHeader.help = +pref.dccUserHeader.label = DCC +pref.dccUserHeader.help = + +pref.networkLog.label = ජාල +pref.networkLog.help = +pref.channelLog.label = නාලිකා +pref.channelLog.help = +pref.userLog.label = පරිශීලක +pref.userLog.help = +pref.dccUserLog.label = DCC +pref.dccUserLog.help = + +pref.clientMaxLines.label = Client +pref.clientMaxLines.help = +pref.networkMaxLines.label = ජාල +pref.networkMaxLines.help = +pref.channelMaxLines.label = නාලිකා +pref.channelMaxLines.help = +pref.userMaxLines.label = පරිශීලක +pref.userMaxLines.help = +pref.dccUserMaxLines.label = DCC +pref.dccUserMaxLines.help = + +pref.timestamps.display.label = හැඩසවිය +pref.timestamps.display.help = +pref.timestamps.label = සක්‍රීයයි +pref.timestamps.help = + +pref.msgBeep.label = නව විමසුම් දසුන +pref.msgBeep.help = +pref.queryBeep.label = විමසුම් පණිවිඩය +pref.queryBeep.help = +pref.stalkBeep.label = වැදගත් පණිවිඩය +pref.stalkBeep.help = diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chatzilla/chrome/chatzillaOverlay.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chatzilla/chrome/chatzillaOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..af9e16bc10 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chatzilla/chrome/chatzillaOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY ircCmd.label "IRC Chat"> +<!ENTITY ircCmd.accesskey "i"> +<!ENTITY ircCmd.commandkey "6"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chatzilla/chrome/config.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chatzilla/chrome/config.dtd new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..ce0b6697e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chatzilla/chrome/config.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY window.title "ChatZilla අභිරුචි"> + +<!ENTITY loading.label "කරුණාකර රැදි සිටින්න, පූරණය වෙමින්…"> + +<!ENTITY homepage.url "http://chatzilla.hacksrus.com/"> +<!ENTITY homepage.label "ChatZilla මුල් පිටුව"> + +<!ENTITY object.add.label "එක් කරන්න…"> +<!ENTITY object.add.hint "අභිරුචි සැකසීම සඳහා නව ජාලයක්, නාලිකාවක් හෝ පරිශීලකයෙක් එක් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY object.add.accesskey "A"> + +<!ENTITY object.del.label "ඉවත් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY object.del.hint "දැනට ඇති වස්තුව ඉවත් කරන්න, එහි සියලු අභිරුචි මකන්න"> +<!ENTITY object.del.accesskey "R"> + +<!ENTITY object.reset.label "යළි සකසන්න"> +<!ENTITY object.reset.hint "මෙම වස්තුවෙ අභිරුචි පෙරනිමියට සකසන්න"> +<!ENTITY object.reset.accesskey "s"> + +<!ENTITY dialog.apply "පිහිටුවන්න"> + +<!ENTITY network "ජාලය"> +<!ENTITY channel "නාලිකාව"> +<!ENTITY user "පරිශීලක"> + +<!ENTITY config.add.title "අභිරුචි වස්තුව එක් කරන්න"> + +<!ENTITY config.type.label "වර්ගය:"> +<!ENTITY config.type.hint "අභිරුචි සඳහා එක් කළ යුතු වස්තුවෙ ආකාරය"> +<!ENTITY config.type.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY config.network.label "ජාලය:"> +<!ENTITY config.network.hint "දන්නා ජාල නාමයක් හෝ සේවාදායකයේ නම"> +<!ENTITY config.network.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY config.target.label "ඉලක්කය:"> +<!ENTITY config.target.hint "ඉලක්කගත නාලිකාව හෝ පරිශීල නාමය"> +<!ENTITY config.target.accesskey "g"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chatzilla/chrome/pref-irc.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chatzilla/chrome/pref-irc.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3749cd9737 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chatzilla/chrome/pref-irc.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref-irc.window.title "ChatZilla"> + +<!ENTITY pref-irc.open.title "ChatZilla's අභිරුචි"> +<!ENTITY pref-irc.open.desc "ChatZilla's preferences are too extensive to fit into this preference window so, instead, you can open its preferences window from here."> +<!ENTITY pref-irc.open.label "Open ChatZilla's Preferences"> +<!ENTITY pref-irc.open.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY startup.chat.label "ChatZilla"> +<!ENTITY startup.chat.accesskey "Z"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chatzilla/defines.inc b/l10n-si/suite/chatzilla/defines.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..94f441560d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chatzilla/defines.inc @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +#filter emptyLines + +#define MOZ_LANGPACK_CREATOR The ChatZilla Team + +#define MOZ_LANGPACK_HOMEPAGE http://chatzilla.hacksrus.com/ + +# If non-English locales wish to credit multiple contributors, uncomment this +# variable definition and use the format specified. +# #define MOZ_LANGPACK_CONTRIBUTORS <em:contributor>Joe Solon</em:contributor> <em:contributor>Suzy Solon</em:contributor> + +#unfilter emptyLines diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/branding/aboutRights.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/branding/aboutRights.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f46c44aa9f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/branding/aboutRights.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- +Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, + based on en-US entities. +--> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE This file is very similar to the one in Firefox from browser/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/aboutRights.dtd so you can use that file as a starting point --> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE This file is very similar to the one in Firefox from browser/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/aboutRights.dtd so you can use that file as a starting point --> +<!ENTITY rights.locale-direction "ltr"> +<!ENTITY rights.pagetitle "about:rights"> +<!ENTITY rights.intro-header "About Your Rights"> +<!ENTITY rights.intro "&brandFullName; is free and open source software, built by a community of thousands from all over the world. There are a few things you should know:"> + +<!ENTITY rights.intro-point1a "&brandShortName; is made available to you under the terms of the "> +<!ENTITY rights.intro-point1b "Mozilla Public License"> +<!ENTITY rights.intro-point1c ". This means you may use, copy and distribute &brandShortName; to others. You are also welcome to modify the source code of &brandShortName; as you want to meet your needs. The Mozilla Public License also gives you the right to distribute your modified versions."> + +<!ENTITY rights.intro-point2b "here"> +<!ENTITY rights.intro-point2c "."> + +<!ENTITY rights.intro-point3a "Privacy policies for &vendorShortName;'s products may be found "> +<!ENTITY rights.intro-point3b "here"> +<!ENTITY rights.intro-point3c "."> + +<!ENTITY rights.intro-point4b "service terms"> +<!ENTITY rights.intro-point4c "."> + +<!ENTITY rights.webservices-header "&brandFullName; Website Services"> + +<!-- Note that this paragraph references entities from extensions.dtd, + preferences.dtd, pref-smartupdate.dtd, and pref-security.dtd, + so that we can refer to text the user sees in the UI, without + this page being forgotten every time those strings are updated. --> + +<!ENTITY rights.webservices-term1 "&vendorShortName; may discontinue or change the Services at its discretion."> +<!ENTITY rights.webservices-term3 "The Services are provided "as-is." &vendorShortName;, its contributors, licensors, and distributors, disclaim all warranties, whether express or implied, including without limitation, warranties that the Services are merchantable and fit for your particular purposes. You bear the entire risk as to selecting the Services for your purposes and as to the quality and performance of the Services. Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of implied warranties, so this disclaimer may not apply to you."> +<!ENTITY rights.webservices-term4 "Except as required by law, &vendorShortName;, its contributors, licensors, and distributors will not be liable for any indirect, special, incidental, consequential, punitive, or exemplary damages arising out of or in any way relating to the use of &brandShortName; and the Services. The collective liability under these terms will not exceed $500 (five hundred dollars). Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of certain damages, so this exclusion and limitation may not apply to you."> +<!ENTITY rights.webservices-term5 "&vendorShortName; may update these terms as necessary from time to time. These terms may not be modified or cancelled without &vendorShortName;'s written agreement."> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/branding/aboutRights.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/branding/aboutRights.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..216a4f5616 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/branding/aboutRights.properties @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + + + +# +#Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, +# based on en-US entities. + + +buttonLabel = Know your rights +buttonAccessKey = K diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/browser/linkToolbar.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/browser/linkToolbar.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..59a21d6c32 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/browser/linkToolbar.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Link Toolbar Title --> +<!ENTITY linkToolbar.label "Site Navigation Bar"> +<!ENTITY linkToolbar.accesskey "a"> + +<!-- Link Toolbar visibility options --> +<!ENTITY linkToolbarAlways.label "Show Always"> +<!ENTITY linkToolbarAlways.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY linkToolbarAsNeeded.label "Show Only As Needed"> +<!ENTITY linkToolbarAsNeeded.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY linkToolbarNever.label "Hide Always"> +<!ENTITY linkToolbarNever.accesskey "H"> + +<!-- Toolbar buttons, menus, and menuitems --> +<!ENTITY topButton.label "Top"> +<!ENTITY upButton.label "Up"> +<!ENTITY firstButton.label "First"> +<!ENTITY prevButton.label "Previous"> +<!ENTITY nextButton.label "Next"> +<!ENTITY lastButton.label "Last"> + +<!ENTITY documentButton.label "Document"> + +<!ENTITY tocButton.label "Table of Contents"> +<!ENTITY chapterButton.label "Chapters"> +<!ENTITY sectionButton.label "Sections"> +<!ENTITY subSectionButton.label "Subsections"> +<!ENTITY appendixButton.label "Appendices"> +<!ENTITY glossaryButton.label "Glossary"> +<!ENTITY indexButton.label "Index"> + +<!ENTITY moreButton.label "More"> + +<!ENTITY helpButton.label "Help"> +<!ENTITY searchButton.label "Search"> + +<!ENTITY authorButton.label "Author(s)"> +<!ENTITY copyrightButton.label "Copyright"> + +<!ENTITY bookmarkButton.label "Bookmarks"> + +<!ENTITY alternateButton.label "Other Versions"> + +<!ENTITY feedButton.label "Subscribe"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/browser/mailNavigatorOverlay.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/browser/mailNavigatorOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1e1360552b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/browser/mailNavigatorOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY newMessageCmd.label "Message"> +<!ENTITY newMessageCmd.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY newMessageCmd.key "M"> + +<!ENTITY newContactCmd.label "Contact…"> +<!ENTITY newContactCmd.accesskey "C"> + +<!ENTITY sendPage.label "Send Page…"> +<!ENTITY sendPage.accesskey "S"> + +<!ENTITY contextSendThisPage.label "Send This Page…"> +<!ENTITY contextSendThisPage.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY contextSendThisLink.label "Send This Link…"> +<!ENTITY contextSendThisLink.accesskey "k"> +<!ENTITY contextSendImage.label "Send Image…"> +<!ENTITY contextSendImage.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY contextSendVideo.label "Send Video…"> +<!ENTITY contextSendVideo.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY contextSendAudio.label "Send Audio…"> +<!ENTITY contextSendAudio.accesskey "n"> + +<!-- +Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, + based on en-US entities. +--> + +<!ENTITY contextSendFrame.label "Send Frame…"> +<!ENTITY contextSendFrame.accesskey "d"> + +<!ENTITY sendLinkCmd.label "Send Link…"> +<!ENTITY sendLinkCmd.accesskey "d"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/browser/metadata.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/browser/metadata.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0355436508 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/browser/metadata.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY no-properties.label "වත්කම් කුළකය නැත."> + +<!ENTITY caption.label "අංග වත්කම්"> +<!ENTITY image-sec.label "රූපයේ වත්කම්"> +<!ENTITY image-url.label "ස්ථානය:"> +<!ENTITY image-desc.label "විස්තරය:"> +<!ENTITY image-alt.label "විකල්පීය පෙළ:"> +<!ENTITY image-width.label "පළල:"> +<!ENTITY image-height.label "උස:"> +<!ENTITY image-filesize.label "ගොනුවේ පරිමාණය:"> +<!ENTITY insdel-sec.label "වත්කම් ඇතුළත්/ඉවත් කිරීම"> +<!ENTITY insdel-cite.label "තොරතුරු:"> +<!ENTITY insdel-date.label "දිනය:"> +<!ENTITY link-sec.label "පුරුක් වත්කම්"> +<!ENTITY link-url.label "ලිපිනය:"> +<!ENTITY link-target.label "විවෘත්ත වනුයේ:"> +<!ENTITY link-type.label "ඉලක්ක වර්ගය:"> +<!ENTITY link-lang.label "ඉලක්කගත භාෂාව:"> +<!ENTITY link-rel.label "සම්බන්ධය:"> +<!ENTITY link-rev.label "ප්‍රතිවර්තිත සම්බන්ධය:"> +<!ENTITY misc-sec.label "විවිධ වත්කම්"> +<!ENTITY misc-lang.label "පෙළ භාෂාව:"> +<!ENTITY misc-title.label "සිරස්තල:"> +<!ENTITY misc-tblsummary.label "වගු සාරාංශය:"> +<!ENTITY quote-sec.label "උපුටාගත් වත්කම්"> +<!ENTITY quote-cite.label "තොරතුරු:"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/browser/metadata.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/browser/metadata.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..39b72d4920 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/browser/metadata.properties @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +sameWindowText=එකම කවුළුව +newWindowText=නව කවුළුව +parentFrameText=මව් රාමූව +sameFrameText=එකම රාමූව +embeddedText=කාවැද්දු +unableToShowProps=වත්කම් නැත. +altTextMissing=මගහැරුණු +altTextBlank=හිස් +imageSize=%S kB (%S බයිට්) +imageSizeUnknown=නොදන්නා (කැච් නොවු) + + +imageWidth=%Spx +imageHeight=%Spx +# LOCALIZATION NOTE: Next two strings are for language name representations +# %1$S = language name, %2$S = region name +languageRegionFormat=%1$S (%2$S) diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/browser/navigator.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/browser/navigator.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..495ae75bc4 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/browser/navigator.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from content/navigator.xul --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE This file contains the browser main menu items --> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE Do not translate accesskey and commandkey --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE Do not translate commandkeys --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (mainWindow.title): DONT_TRANSLATE --> +<!ENTITY mainWindow.title "&brandShortName;"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (mainWindow.titlemodifier) : DONT_TRANSLATE --> +<!ENTITY mainWindow.titlemodifier "&brandShortName;"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (mainWindow.titlemodifiermenuseparator): DONT_TRANSLATE --> +<!ENTITY mainWindow.titlemodifiermenuseparator " - "> + +<!ENTITY editPageCmd.label "Edit Page"> +<!ENTITY editPageCmd.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY editPageCmd.commandkey "e"> + +<!ENTITY navbarCmd.label "Navigation Toolbar"> +<!ENTITY navbarCmd.accesskey "N"> + +<!ENTITY closeWindow.label "Close Window"> +<!ENTITY closeWindow.accesskey "W"> + +<!ENTITY minimizeButton.tooltip "Minimize"> +<!ENTITY restoreButton.tooltip "Restore"> + +<!-- I'd like all this to move to an overlay or something --> + +<!ENTITY feedsMenu.label "Subscribe to This Page"> +<!ENTITY feedsMenu.accesskey "S"> + +<!ENTITY menuBar.tooltip "Menu Bar"> +<!ENTITY navigationToolbar.tooltip "Navigation Toolbar"> + +<!-- Toolbar items --> +<!ENTITY backButton.label "Back"> +<!ENTITY backButton.tooltip "Go back one page"> +<!ENTITY forwardButton.label "Forward"> +<!ENTITY forwardButton.tooltip "Go forward one page"> +<!ENTITY reloadButton.label "Reload"> +<!ENTITY reloadButton.tooltip "Reload current page"> +<!ENTITY stopButton.label "Stop"> +<!ENTITY stopButton.tooltip "Stop loading this page"> +<!ENTITY searchButton.label "Search"> +<!ENTITY searchButton.tooltip "Type a word in the field to the left, then click Search"> +<!ENTITY goButton.label "Go"> +<!ENTITY goButton.tooltip "Type a location in the field to the left, then click Go"> +<!ENTITY printButton.label "Print"> +<!ENTITY printButton.tooltip "Print this page"> + +<!ENTITY locationBar.tooltip "Enter search term, keyword, or web address"> +<!ENTITY locationBar.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY locationBar.title "Location"> +<!ENTITY proxyIcon.tooltip "Drag and drop this icon to create a link to this page"> + +<!-- Toolbar items --> +<!ENTITY bookmarksButton.label "Bookmarks"> +<!ENTITY bookmarksButton.tooltip "Bookmarks list"> +<!ENTITY homeButton.label "Home"> +<!ENTITY bookmarksToolbarItem.label "Bookmarks Toolbar Items"> +<!ENTITY bookmarksToolbarChevron.tooltip "Show more bookmarks"> + +<!-- Statusbar --> +<!ENTITY statusText.label "Done"> +<!ENTITY popupIcon.tooltiptext "Unblock this site's popups"> + + +<!-- +Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, + based on en-US entities. +--> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/browser/navigator.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/browser/navigator.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9c8a4e79d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/browser/navigator.properties @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +nv_done=කළා +nv_timeout=කල් ඉකුත් විය +nv_stopped=නවතා ඇත +openFile=ගොනුව විවෘත කරන්න +uploadFile=ගොනුව ලබා දීම + +droponhomebutton=Drop a link or file to make it your home page +droponhometitle=මුල් පිටුව සකසන්න +droponhomemsg=Do you want this document to be your new home page? +droponhomeokbutton=මුල් පිටුව සකසන්න + +jserror=An error has occurred on this page. Double click here for details. + +# +# localizable preference value +# + +# all.js +# +# Localization Note: font.language.group controls the initial setting of the +# language drop-down in the fonts pref panel. Set it to the value of one of the +# menuitems in the "selectLangs" menulist in +# /xpfe/components/prefwindow/resources/content/pref-fonts.xul + + +# Localization Note: Do NOT change this entry. + +# valid intl.menuitems.appendedacceskeys are: true or false, <empty string> (missing or empty preference equals false) + +# valid intl.menuitems.insertseparatorbeforeaccesskeys are: true or false, <empty string> (missing or empty preference equals false) + +#SessionHistory.js +nothingAvailable=(කිසිවක් නැත) + +#navigator.js + + +# Localization Note: Use 'true' or 'false' to control the pref:theme to +# show the English description or not +# for example, in Japanese build, instead of showing English description +# set the following value to false so it won't show up. +# menu_close labels +tabs.closeTab.label=ටැබය වසන්න +tabs.closeTab.accesskey=C +tabs.close.label=වසන්න +tabs.close.accesskey=C + +tabs.recentlyClosed.format=%1$S %2$S + +windows.recentlyClosed.format = %1$S %2$S + +tabs.historyItem=ටැබ් සමූහය + +menuOpenAllInTabs.label = Open All in Tabs + +# urlbarBindings.xml +# LOCALIZATION NOTE: This is for the location bar drop-down string: +# "Search " + search_engine_name + " for " + user_input +# e.g. "Search Google for abc" +# DO NOT change the %S order when translate, the first %S must be the search engine name. +searchFor=%S තුළ "%S" සඳහා සොයන්න + + +# +#Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, +# based on en-US entities. + + +starButtonOn.tooltip = Edit this bookmark +starButtonOff.tooltip = Bookmark this page + +editBookmarkPanel.pageBookmarkedTitle = Page Bookmarked +editBookmarkPanel.pageBookmarkedDescription = %S will always remember this page for you. +editBookmarkPanel.bookmarkedRemovedTitle = Bookmark Removed +editBookmarkPanel.editBookmarkTitle = Edit This Bookmark + +editBookmark.removeBookmarks.label = Remove Bookmark;Remove #1 Bookmarks + +# bookmark dialog strings + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/browser/pageInfo.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/browser/pageInfo.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f9a21441a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/browser/pageInfo.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +--> + +<!ENTITY pageInfoWindow.dimensions "width: 100ch; height: 30em;"> + + +<!-- +Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, + based on en-US entities. +--> + +<!ENTITY copy.key "C"> +<!ENTITY copy.label "පිටපත් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY copy.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY selectall.key "A"> +<!ENTITY selectall.label "සියල්ල තෝරන්න"> +<!ENTITY selectall.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY openHelpMac.key "?"> +<!ENTITY closeWindow.key "w"> + +<!ENTITY generalTab "සාමාන්‍ය"> +<!ENTITY generalTab.accesskey "G"> +<!ENTITY generalURL "ලිපිනය:"> +<!ENTITY generalType "ආකාරය:"> +<!ENTITY generalMode "විදැහුම් ආකාරය:"> +<!ENTITY generalSize "විශාලත්වය:"> +<!ENTITY generalReferrer "අදාළ URL:"> +<!ENTITY generalSource "කැච් මූලය:"> +<!ENTITY generalModified "වෙනස් කළේ:"> +<!ENTITY generalMetaName "නම"> +<!ENTITY generalMetaContent "අන්තර්ගතය"> +<!ENTITY generalSecurityDetails "Details"> +<!ENTITY generalSecurityDetails.accesskey "D"> + +<!ENTITY formsTab "Forms"> +<!ENTITY formsTab.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY formAction "Form Action"> +<!ENTITY formMethod "Method"> +<!ENTITY formName "Name"> +<!ENTITY formEncoding "Encoding:"> +<!ENTITY formTarget "Target:"> +<!ENTITY formFields "Fields:"> +<!ENTITY formLabel "Label"> +<!ENTITY formFName "Field Name"> +<!ENTITY formType "Type"> +<!ENTITY formCValue "Current Value"> + +<!ENTITY linksTab "Links"> +<!ENTITY linksTab.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY linkName "Name"> +<!ENTITY linkAddress "Address"> +<!ENTITY linkType "Type"> +<!ENTITY linkTarget "Target"> +<!ENTITY linkAccessKey "Access Key"> + +<!ENTITY mediaTab "Media"> +<!ENTITY mediaTab.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY mediaAltHeader "Alternate Text"> +<!ENTITY mediaAddress "Address"> +<!ENTITY mediaType "Type"> +<!ENTITY mediaSize "Size"> +<!ENTITY mediaCount "Count"> +<!ENTITY mediaLongdesc "Long Description:"> +<!ENTITY mediaBlockImage.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY mediaSaveAs "Save As…"> +<!ENTITY mediaSaveAs.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY mediaSaveAs2.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY mediaPreview "Media Preview:"> + +<!ENTITY feedTab "පෝෂක"> +<!ENTITY feedTab.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY feedSubscribe "දායකත්වය"> +<!ENTITY feedSubscribe.accesskey "u"> + +<!ENTITY permTab "අවසර"> +<!ENTITY permTab.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY permissionsFor "Permissions for:"> + +<!ENTITY securityTab "ආරක්‍ෂාව"> +<!ENTITY securityTab.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY securityHeader "Security information for this page"> +<!ENTITY securityView.certView "සහතික දර්ශනය"> +<!ENTITY securityView.accesskey "V"> +<!ENTITY securityView.unknown "නොදන්නා"> + + +<!ENTITY securityView.identity.header "වෙබ් අඩවියේ හදුනා ගැනීම"> +<!ENTITY securityView.identity.owner "හිමිකරු: "> +<!ENTITY securityView.identity.domain "වෙබ් අඩවිය: "> +<!ENTITY securityView.identity.verifier "සත්‍යායනය කළේ: "> + +<!ENTITY securityView.privacy.header "පෞද්ගලිකත්වය සහ අතීතය"> +<!ENTITY securityView.privacy.history "Have I visited this website before today?"> +<!ENTITY securityView.privacy.cookies "Is this web site storing information (cookies) on my computer?"> +<!ENTITY securityView.privacy.viewCookies "කුකි දර්ශනය"> +<!ENTITY securityView.privacy.viewCookies.accessKey "k"> +<!ENTITY securityView.privacy.passwords "Have I saved any passwords for this web site?"> +<!ENTITY securityView.privacy.viewPasswords "සුරකූ රහස්පද දර්ශනය"> +<!ENTITY securityView.privacy.viewPasswords.accessKey "w"> + +<!ENTITY securityView.technical.header "තාක්‍ෂණික විස්තර"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/browser/pageInfo.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/browser/pageInfo.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e70de7140c --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/browser/pageInfo.properties @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +pageInfo.page.title=පිටු තොරතුරු - %S +pageInfo.frame.title=රාමු තොරතුරු - %S + +noPageTitle=නිර්ණාමික පිටුව: +unknown=නොදන්නා +default=Default +notSet=Not specified + + +# +#Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, +# based on en-US entities. + + +yes=ඔව් +no=නැත + +mediaImg=රූපය +mediaBGImg=පසුතලය +mediaObject=වස්තුව +mediaEmbed=කාවැද්දූ +mediaLink=අයිකනය +mediaInput=ප්‍රධානය +mediaFileSize=%S KB +mediaSize=%Spx \u00D7 %Spx +mediaSelectFolder=රූපය සුරකීමට බහලුමක් තෝරන්න +mediaBlockImage=%S වෙතින් රූපය අවහිර කරන්න +mediaImageType = %S Image +mediaAnimatedImageType = %S Image (animated, %S frames) + +generalQuirksMode=Quirks ආකාරය +generalStrictMode=සම්මත අනුකූල ආකාරය +generalNotCached=කැච් නොවන +generalDiskCache=තැටි කැච් +generalMemoryCache=මතක කැච් +generalSize=%S කිලෝ බයිට් (%S බයිට්) +generalMetaTag=මෙටා (1 ටැගය) +generalMetaTags=මෙටා (%S ටැග්) +generalSiteIdentity=මෙම වෙබ් අඩවිය %S සතු වන අතර\nමෙය %S මඟින් සත්‍යාපනය කරන ලඳි + +# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the +formTitle=Form %S: +formUntitled=Unnamed Form: +formDefaultTarget=None (opens in same window) +formChecked=Checked +formUnchecked=Unchecked +formPassword=•••••••• + +linkAnchor=Anchor +linkArea=Area +linkSubmission=Form Submission +linkSubmit=Submit Query +linkRel=Related Item +linkStylesheet=Stylesheet +linkRev=Reverse Link +linkX=Simple XLink +linkScript=Script +linkScriptInline=inline + +feedRss=RSS +feedAtom=Atom +feedXML=XML + +securityNoOwner = This website does not supply ownership information. + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/browser/region.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/browser/region.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1ea84785d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/browser/region.properties @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# navigator.properties +# +# all.js +# +browser.startup.homepage=http://www.seamonkey-project.org/start/ + + +browser.translation.service=http://translate.google.com/translate?prev=/language_tools&u= +browser.translation.serviceDomain=translate.google.com + +#config.js +# +startup.homepage_override_url=http://www.seamonkey-project.org/start/ + +# This is the default set of web based feed handlers shown in the reader +# selection UI +browser.contentHandlers.types.0.title=Bloglines +browser.contentHandlers.types.0.uri=http://www.bloglines.com/login?r=/sub/%s +browser.contentHandlers.types.1.title=My Yahoo +browser.contentHandlers.types.1.uri=http://add.my.yahoo.com/rss?url=%s + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/browser/tabbrowser.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/browser/tabbrowser.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..324b2d7e1d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/browser/tabbrowser.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY untitledTab "(නිර්ණාමික)"> +<!ENTITY newTab.label "නව ටැබය"> +<!ENTITY newTab.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY closeTab.label "ටැබය වසන්න"> +<!ENTITY closeTab.accesskey "c"> +<!ENTITY closeOtherTabs.label "වෙනත් ටැබ් වසන්න"> +<!ENTITY closeOtherTabs.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY reloadAllTabs.label "ටැබ් සියල්ල යළි පූරණය"> +<!ENTITY reloadAllTabs.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY reloadTab.label "ටැබය යළි පූරණය"> +<!ENTITY reloadTab.accesskey "r"> +<!ENTITY bookmarkGroup.label "Bookmark This Group of Tabs"> +<!ENTITY bookmarkGroup.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY closeTabButton.tooltip "Close current tab"> +<!ENTITY newTabButton.tooltip "නව ටැබයක් විවෘත කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY undoCloseTab.label "වැසීම අහෝසි කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY undoCloseTab.accesskey "U"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/browser/tabbrowser.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/browser/tabbrowser.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..85f309e5e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/browser/tabbrowser.properties @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +tabs.loading=පූරණය වෙමින්… +tabs.untitled=(සිරස්තල රහිත) +tabs.closeWarningTitle=අනෙකුත් ටැබ් වැසීම ස්තිර කරන්න +tabs.closeButton=අනෙකුත් ටැබ් වසන්න +tabs.closeWarningPromptMe=අනෙකුත් ටැබ් වැසීමට සුදානම් වන විට මාහට අවවාද කරන්න + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/aboutSessionRestore.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/aboutSessionRestore.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b604c3ecf5 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/aboutSessionRestore.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + + +<!-- +Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, + based on en-US entities. +--> + +<!ENTITY restorepage.tabtitle "Restore Session"> +<!ENTITY restorepage.pagetitle "Would you like to restore your session?"> +<!ENTITY restorepage.issueDesc "Your previous &brandShortName; session closed unexpectedly. We sincerely apologize for the inconvenience. You can restore the tabs and windows from your previous session, or start a new session if they are no longer needed."> +<!ENTITY restorepage.remedies "If &brandShortName; closes repeatedly:"> +<!ENTITY restorepage.dueToChrome "Try disabling any recently added extensions in the Add-ons Manager."> +<!ENTITY restorepage.dueToContent "Try restoring your session without any Web pages you suspect might be causing the problem:"> + +<!ENTITY restorepage.restoreButton "Restore Previous Session"> +<!ENTITY restorepage.restore.access "R"> +<!ENTITY restorepage.cancelButton "Start New Session"> +<!ENTITY restorepage.cancel.access "S"> + +<!ENTITY restorepage.restoreHeader "Restore"> +<!ENTITY restorepage.listHeader "Windows and Tabs"> +<!ENTITY restorepage.windowLabel "Window %S"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/askViewZoom.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/askViewZoom.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eb54b669a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/askViewZoom.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY askViewZoom.title "Zoom"> +<!ENTITY selectZoom.label "Select zoom (%):"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/certError.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/certError.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3fbd63bf40 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/certError.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + + +<!-- +Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, + based on en-US entities. +--> + +<!-- These strings are used by SeaMonkey's custom about:certerror page, +a replacement for the standard security certificate errors produced +by NSS/PSM via netError.xhtml. --> + +<!ENTITY certerror.pagetitle "Untrusted Connection"> +<!ENTITY certerror.longpagetitle "This Connection is Untrusted"> + +<!ENTITY certerror.introPara2 "Normally, when you try to connect securely, +websites will present trusted identification to prove that you are +going to the right place. However, this website's identity can't be verified."> + +<!ENTITY certerror.whatShouldIDo.heading "What Should I Do?"> +<!ENTITY certerror.whatShouldIDo.content "If you usually connect to +this website without problems, this error could mean that someone is +trying to impersonate the website, and you shouldn't continue."> +<!ENTITY certerror.getMeOutOfHere.label "This sounds bad, take me to my home page instead"> + +<!ENTITY certerror.expert.heading "I Understand the Risks"> +<!ENTITY certerror.expert.content "If you understand what's going on, you +can tell &brandShortName; to start trusting this website's identification. +<b>Even if you trust the website, this error could mean that someone is +tampering with your connection.</b>"> +<!ENTITY certerror.expert.contentPara2 "Don't add an exception unless +you know there's a good reason why this website doesn't use trusted identification."> +<!ENTITY certerror.addException.label "Add Exception…"> + +<!ENTITY certerror.technical.heading "Technical Details"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/contentAreaCommands.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/contentAreaCommands.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..325c010058 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/contentAreaCommands.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY openLinkCmdInTab.label "Open Link in New Tab"> +<!ENTITY openLinkCmdInTab.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY openLinkCmd.label "Open Link in New Window"> +<!ENTITY openLinkCmd.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY openLinkInWindowCmd.label "Open"> +<!ENTITY openLinkInWindowCmd.accesskey "p"> +<!ENTITY openFrameCmd.label "Open Frame in New Window"> +<!ENTITY openFrameCmd.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY openFrameCmdInTab.label "Open Frame in New Tab"> +<!ENTITY openFrameCmdInTab.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY showOnlyThisFrameCmd.label "Show Only This Frame"> +<!ENTITY showOnlyThisFrameCmd.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY goBackCmd.label "Back"> +<!ENTITY goBackCmd.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY goForwardCmd.label "Forward"> +<!ENTITY goForwardCmd.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY goUpCmd.label "Up"> +<!ENTITY goUpCmd.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY reloadCmd.label "Reload"> +<!ENTITY reloadCmd.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY reloadCmd.commandkey "r"> +<!ENTITY stopCmd.label "Stop"> +<!ENTITY stopCmd.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY reloadFrameCmd.label "Reload Frame"> +<!ENTITY reloadFrameCmd.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY viewPartialSourceForSelectionCmd.label "View Selection Source"> +<!ENTITY viewPartialSourceForMathMLCmd.label "View MathML Source"> +<!ENTITY viewPartialSourceCmd.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY viewPageSourceCmd.label "View Page Source"> +<!ENTITY viewPageSourceCmd.accesskey "V"> +<!ENTITY viewFrameSourceCmd.label "View Frame Source"> +<!ENTITY viewFrameSourceCmd.accesskey "V"> +<!ENTITY viewPageInfoCmd.label "View Page Info"> +<!ENTITY viewPageInfoCmd.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY viewFrameInfoCmd.label "View Frame Info"> +<!ENTITY viewFrameInfoCmd.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY fitImageCmd.label "Fit Image to Window"> +<!ENTITY fitImageCmd.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY reloadImageCmd.label "Reload Image"> +<!ENTITY reloadImageCmd.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY viewImageCmd.label "View Image"> +<!ENTITY viewImageCmd.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY viewVideoCmd.label "View Video"> +<!ENTITY viewVideoCmd.accesskey "i"> +<!ENTITY viewBGImageCmd.label "View Background Image"> +<!ENTITY viewBGImageCmd.accesskey "w"> +<!ENTITY bookmarkPageCmd.label "Bookmark This Page"> +<!ENTITY bookmarkPageCmd.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY bookmarkLinkCmd.label "Bookmark This Link"> +<!ENTITY bookmarkLinkCmd.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY bookmarkFrameCmd.label "Bookmark This Frame"> +<!ENTITY bookmarkFrameCmd.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY savePageAsCmd.label "Save Page As…"> +<!ENTITY savePageCmd.label "Save Page"> +<!ENTITY savePageCmd.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY savePageCmd.commandkey "s"> +<!ENTITY saveFrameAsCmd.label "Save Frame As…"> +<!ENTITY saveFrameCmd.label "Save Frame"> +<!ENTITY saveFrameCmd.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY saveLinkAsCmd.label "Save Link Target As…"> +<!ENTITY saveLinkCmd.label "Save Link Target"> +<!ENTITY saveLinkCmd.accesskey "r"> +<!ENTITY saveImageAsCmd.label "Save Image As…"> +<!ENTITY saveImageCmd.label "Save Image"> +<!ENTITY saveImageCmd.accesskey "v"> +<!ENTITY saveVideoCmd.label "Save Video As…"> +<!ENTITY saveVideoCmd.accesskey "v"> +<!ENTITY saveAudioCmd.label "Save Audio As…"> +<!ENTITY saveAudioCmd.accesskey "v"> +<!ENTITY copyLinkCmd.label "Copy Link Location"> +<!ENTITY copyLinkCmd.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY copyImageCmd.label "Copy Image"> +<!ENTITY copyImageCmd.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY copyVideoURLCmd.label "Copy Video Location"> +<!ENTITY copyVideoURLCmd.accesskey "o"> + + +<!-- +Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, + based on en-US entities. +--> + +<!ENTITY copyAudioURLCmd.label "Copy Audio Location"> +<!ENTITY copyAudioURLCmd.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY metadataCmd.label "Properties"> +<!ENTITY metadataCmd.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY copyEmailCmd.label "Copy Email Address"> +<!ENTITY copyEmailCmd.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY thisFrameMenu.label "This Frame"> +<!ENTITY thisFrameMenu.accesskey "h"> +<!ENTITY mediaPlay.label "Play"> +<!ENTITY mediaPlay.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY mediaPause.label "Pause"> +<!ENTITY mediaPause.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY mediaMute.label "Mute"> +<!ENTITY mediaMute.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY mediaUnmute.label "Unmute"> +<!ENTITY mediaUnmute.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY mediaShowControls.label "Show Media Controls"> +<!ENTITY mediaShowControls.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY mediaHideControls.label "Hide Media Controls"> +<!ENTITY mediaHideControls.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY videoFullScreen.label "Full Screen"> +<!ENTITY videoFullScreen.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY search.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY bidiSwitchPageDirectionItem.label "Switch Page Direction"> +<!ENTITY bidiSwitchPageDirectionItem.accesskey "g"> +<!ENTITY bidiSwitchTextDirectionItem.label "Switch Text Direction"> +<!ENTITY bidiSwitchTextDirectionItem.accesskey "w"> +<!ENTITY spellAddToDictionary.label "Add to Dictionary"> +<!ENTITY spellAddToDictionary.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY spellIgnoreWord.label "Ignore Word"> +<!ENTITY spellIgnoreWord.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY spellCheckEnable.label "Check Spelling"> +<!ENTITY spellCheckEnable.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY spellNoSuggestions.label "(No Spelling Suggestions)"> +<!ENTITY spellDictionaries.label "Languages"> +<!ENTITY spellDictionaries.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY spellAddDictionaries.label "Download More Dictionaries…"> +<!ENTITY spellAddDictionaries.accesskey "D"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/contentAreaCommands.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/contentAreaCommands.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..44d4b91556 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/contentAreaCommands.properties @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# context menu strings + +blockImage=Block Images from %S +blockImage.accesskey=c +unblockImage=Unblock Images from %S +unblockImage.accesskey=c diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/dataman/dataman.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/dataman/dataman.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6cb8221a56 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/dataman/dataman.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + + +<!-- +Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, + based on en-US entities. +--> + +<!ENTITY dataman.windowTitle "Data Manager"> + +<!ENTITY selectAll.key "a"> + +<!ENTITY domain.search.placeholder "Search Domains"> +<!ENTITY domain.search.key "f"> + +<!ENTITY domain.tree.domain.label "Domain"> + +<!ENTITY domain.ctx.forgetdomain.label "Forget About This Domain"> +<!ENTITY domain.ctx.forgetdomain.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY domain.ctx.forgetglobal.label "Forget Global Data"> +<!ENTITY domain.ctx.forgetglobal.accesskey "F"> + +<!ENTITY data.search.key "k"> + +<!ENTITY tab.cookies.label "Cookies"> +<!ENTITY tab.permissions.label "Permissions"> +<!ENTITY tab.preferences.label "Preferences"> +<!ENTITY tab.passwords.label "Passwords"> +<!ENTITY tab.formdata.label "Form Data"> +<!ENTITY tab.forget.label "Forget"> + +<!ENTITY cookies.description "This domain has stored the following cookies on your computer:"> + +<!ENTITY cookies.tree.host.label "Website"> +<!ENTITY cookies.tree.name.label "Cookie Name"> +<!ENTITY cookies.tree.expires.label "Expires"> + +<!ENTITY cookies.infobox.label "Information about the selected Cookie"> + +<!ENTITY cookies.info.name.label "Name:"> +<!ENTITY cookies.info.value.label "Content:"> +<!ENTITY cookies.info.host.label "Host:"> +<!ENTITY cookies.info.domain.label "Domain:"> +<!ENTITY cookies.info.path.label "Path:"> +<!ENTITY cookies.info.sendtype.label "Send For:"> +<!ENTITY cookies.info.expires.label "Expires:"> + +<!ENTITY cookies.ctx.remove.label "Remove"> +<!ENTITY cookies.ctx.remove.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY cookies.ctx.selectAll.label "Select All"> +<!ENTITY cookies.ctx.selectAll.accesskey "A"> + +<!ENTITY cookies.button.remove.label "Remove"> +<!ENTITY cookies.button.remove.accesskey "R"> + +<!ENTITY cookies.blockOnRemove.label "When removing, block the listed websites from setting future cookies"> +<!ENTITY cookies.blockOnRemove.accesskey "W"> + +<!ENTITY perm.UseDefault "Use Default"> +<!ENTITY perm.AskAlways "Always ask"> +<!ENTITY perm.NeverSave "Never save"> +<!ENTITY perm.Allow "Allow"> +<!ENTITY perm.AllowSession "Allow for Session"> +<!ENTITY perm.Block "Block"> + +<!ENTITY prefs.description "Content preferences are a way for &brandShortName; to save its settings, like zoom levels, specifically for a website."> + +<!ENTITY prefs.tree.host.label "Website"> +<!ENTITY prefs.tree.name.label "Preference Name"> +<!ENTITY prefs.tree.value.label "Value"> + +<!ENTITY prefs.ctx.remove.label "Remove"> +<!ENTITY prefs.ctx.remove.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY prefs.ctx.selectAll.label "Select All"> +<!ENTITY prefs.ctx.selectAll.accesskey "A"> + +<!ENTITY prefs.button.remove.label "Remove"> +<!ENTITY prefs.button.remove.accesskey "R"> + +<!ENTITY pwd.description "You have the following passwords stored for this domain:"> + +<!ENTITY pwd.tree.host.label "Website"> +<!ENTITY pwd.tree.username.label "Username"> +<!ENTITY pwd.tree.password.label "Password"> + +<!ENTITY pwd.ctx.remove.label "Remove"> +<!ENTITY pwd.ctx.remove.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY pwd.ctx.copyPasswordCmd.label "Copy Password"> +<!ENTITY pwd.ctx.copyPasswordCmd.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY pwd.ctx.selectAll.label "Select All"> +<!ENTITY pwd.ctx.selectAll.accesskey "A"> + +<!ENTITY pwd.button.remove.label "Remove"> +<!ENTITY pwd.button.remove.accesskey "R"> + +<!ENTITY fdata.search.placeholder "Search Field Data"> + +<!ENTITY fdata.tree.fieldname.label "Field Name"> +<!ENTITY fdata.tree.value.label "Entered Value"> +<!ENTITY fdata.tree.usecount.label "Use Count"> +<!ENTITY fdata.tree.firstused.label "First Used"> +<!ENTITY fdata.tree.lastused.label "Last Used"> + +<!ENTITY fdata.ctx.remove.label "Remove"> +<!ENTITY fdata.ctx.remove.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY fdata.ctx.selectAll.label "Select All"> +<!ENTITY fdata.ctx.selectAll.accesskey "A"> + +<!ENTITY fdata.button.remove.label "Remove"> +<!ENTITY fdata.button.remove.accesskey "R"> + +<!ENTITY forget.cookies.label "Cookies"> +<!ENTITY forget.cookies.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY forget.permissions.label "Permissions"> +<!ENTITY forget.permissions.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY forget.preferences.label "Content Preferences"> +<!ENTITY forget.preferences.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY forget.passwords.label "Passwords"> +<!ENTITY forget.passwords.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY forget.formdata.label "Form Data"> +<!ENTITY forget.formdata.accesskey "D"> + +<!ENTITY forget.button.label "Forget This Data"> +<!ENTITY forget.button.accesskey "F"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/dataman/dataman.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/dataman/dataman.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c5442b4a2e --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/dataman/dataman.properties @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + + + +# +#Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, +# based on en-US entities. + + +cookies.expireAtEndOfSession = At end of session + +cookies.secureOnly.httponly = Encrypted connections only and no script access +cookies.secureOnly.all = Encrypted connections only +cookies.anyConnection.httponly = Any type of connection, no script access +cookies.anyConnection.all = Any type of connection + +cookies.deleteSelected = Are you sure you want to delete the selected cookies? +cookies.deleteSelectedTitle = Remove Selected Cookies +cookies.deleteSelectedYes = &Remove + +perm.allowXULXBL.label = Use XUL/XBL Markup +perm.cookie.label = Set Cookies +perm.geo.label = Share Location +perm.image.label = Load Images +perm.install.label = Install Add-ons +perm.popup.label = Open Popup Windows + +pwd.hidePasswords = Hide Passwords +pwd.hidePasswords.accesskey = P +pwd.showPasswords = Show Passwords +pwd.showPasswords.accesskey = P +pwd.noMasterPasswordPrompt = Are you sure you wish to show your passwords? + +pwd.deleteSelected = Are you sure you want to delete the selected passwords? +pwd.deleteSelectedTitle = Remove Selected Passwords +pwd.deleteSelectedYes = &Remove + +prefs.deleteSelected = Are you sure you want to delete the selected preferences? +prefs.deleteSelectedTitle = Remove Selected Preferences +prefs.deleteSelectedYes = &Remove + +# storage + +fdata.deleteSelected = Are you sure you want to delete the selected form history entries? +fdata.deleteSelectedTitle = Remove Selected Form Data +fdata.deleteSelectedYes = &Remove + +forget.desc.domain.pre = Forget about all data of the following types associated with the domain "%S": +forget.desc.domain.post = All data associated with the domain "%S" of the following types has been deleted: +forget.desc.global.pre = Forget about all global data of the following types: +forget.desc.global.post = All global data of the following types has been deleted: diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/defaultClientDialog.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/defaultClientDialog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ff0e183034 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/defaultClientDialog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY defaultClient.title "Default Client"> +<!ENTITY defaultClient.intro "Use &brandShortName; as the default client for:"> + +<!ENTITY browser.label "Browser"> +<!ENTITY email.label "E-Mail"> +<!ENTITY newsgroups.label "Newsgroups"> + +<!ENTITY feeds.label "Feeds"> + +<!ENTITY checkOnStartup.label "Always perform this check when starting &brandShortName;"> +<!ENTITY checkOnStartup.accesskey "A"> + + +<!-- +Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, + based on en-US entities. +--> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/downloads/downloadmanager.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/downloads/downloadmanager.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..51d768e85a --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/downloads/downloadmanager.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + + +<!-- +Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, + based on en-US entities. +--> + +<!ENTITY downloadManager.title "Download Manager"> + +<!ENTITY menuBar.tooltip "Menu Bar"> +<!ENTITY searchBar.tooltip "Search Bar"> + +<!ENTITY search.placeholder "Search Downloads"> +<!ENTITY search.label "Search Downloads"> +<!ENTITY search.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY search.key "f"> + +<!ENTITY cmd.clearList.label "Clear List"> +<!ENTITY cmd.clearList.tooltip "Removes completed, canceled, and failed downloads from the list"> +<!ENTITY cmd.clearList.accesskey "C"> + +<!ENTITY col.name.label "Name"> +<!ENTITY col.name.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY col.name.tooltip "File Name"> +<!ENTITY col.status.label "Status"> +<!ENTITY col.status.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY col.status.tooltip "Status"> +<!ENTITY col.actionPlay.label "Pause/Resume/Retry"> +<!ENTITY col.actionPlay.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY col.actionPlay.tooltip "Pause/Resume/Retry"> +<!ENTITY col.actionStop.label "Cancel/Remove"> +<!ENTITY col.actionStop.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY col.actionStop.tooltip "Cancel/Remove"> +<!ENTITY col.progress.label "Progress"> +<!ENTITY col.progress.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY col.progress.tooltip "Progress"> +<!ENTITY col.timeremaining.label "Time Left"> +<!ENTITY col.timeremaining.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY col.timeremaining.tooltip "Time Left"> +<!ENTITY col.transferred.label "Transferred"> +<!ENTITY col.transferred.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY col.transferred.tooltip "Transferred"> +<!ENTITY col.transferrate.label "Speed"> +<!ENTITY col.transferrate.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY col.transferrate.tooltip "Speed"> +<!ENTITY col.timeelapsed.label "Time Elapsed"> +<!ENTITY col.timeelapsed.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY col.timeelapsed.tooltip "Time Elapsed"> +<!ENTITY col.starttime.label "Start Time"> +<!ENTITY col.starttime.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY col.starttime.tooltip "Start Time"> +<!ENTITY col.endtime.label "End Time"> +<!ENTITY col.endtime.accesskey "i"> +<!ENTITY col.endtime.tooltip "End Time"> +<!ENTITY col.progresstext.label "%"> +<!ENTITY col.progresstext.accesskey "%"> +<!ENTITY col.progresstext.tooltip "Progress (%)"> +<!ENTITY col.source.label "Source"> +<!ENTITY col.source.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY col.source.tooltip "Source"> + +<!ENTITY view.columns.label "Show Columns"> +<!ENTITY view.columns.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY view.sortBy.label "Sort by"> +<!ENTITY view.sortBy.accesskey "S"> + +<!ENTITY view.unsorted.label "Unsorted"> +<!ENTITY view.unsorted.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY view.sortAscending.label "A > Z Sort Order"> +<!ENTITY view.sortAscending.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY view.sortDescending.label "Z > A Sort Order"> +<!ENTITY view.sortDescending.accesskey "Z"> + +<!ENTITY cmd.pause.label "Pause"> +<!ENTITY cmd.pause.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY cmd.resume.label "Resume"> +<!ENTITY cmd.resume.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY cmd.retry.label "Retry"> +<!ENTITY cmd.retry.accesskey "t"> +<!ENTITY cmd.cancel.label "Cancel"> +<!ENTITY cmd.cancel.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY cmd.remove.label "Remove From List"> +<!ENTITY cmd.remove.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY cmd.open.label "Open"> +<!ENTITY cmd.open.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY cmd.show.label "Open Containing Folder"> +<!ENTITY cmd.show.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY cmd.goToDownloadPage.label "Go to Download Page"> +<!ENTITY cmd.goToDownloadPage.accesskey "G"> +<!ENTITY cmd.copyDownloadLink.label "Copy Download Link"> +<!ENTITY cmd.copyDownloadLink.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY cmd.properties.label "Properties…"> +<!ENTITY cmd.properties.accesskey "s"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/downloads/downloadmanager.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/downloads/downloadmanager.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e1c80f89e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/downloads/downloadmanager.properties @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + + + +# +#Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, +# based on en-US entities. + + +fileExecutableSecurityWarning = "%S" is an executable file. Executable files may contain viruses or other malicious code that could harm your computer. Use caution when opening this file. Are you sure you want to launch "%S"? +fileExecutableSecurityWarningTitle = Open Executable File? +fileExecutableSecurityWarningDontAsk = Don't ask me this again + +downloadsTitleFiles = %1$S file - Download Manager;%1$S files - Download Manager +downloadsTitlePercent = %2$S%% of %1$S file - Download Manager;%2$S%% of %1$S files - Download Manager + +progressTitle = %1$S - %2$S +progressTitlePercent = %1$S%% of %2$S - %3$S + +percentFormat = %1$S%% + +speedFormat = %1$S %2$S/sec + +timeSingle = %1$S %2$S +timeDouble = %1$S %2$S, %3$S %4$S + +sizeSpeed = %1$S (%2$S) + +statusActive = %1$S — %2$S + +fromSource = From %S +toTarget = To %S diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/downloads/progressDialog.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/downloads/progressDialog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0aae2506fe --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/downloads/progressDialog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + + +<!-- +Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, + based on en-US entities. +--> + +<!ENTITY progress.title "Download in Progress…"> +<!ENTITY closeWindow.key "w"> +<!ENTITY cmd.pause.tooltip "Pause"> +<!ENTITY cmd.resume.tooltip "Resume"> +<!ENTITY cmd.retry.tooltip "Retry"> +<!ENTITY cmd.cancel.tooltip "Cancel"> +<!ENTITY cmd.open.label "Open"> +<!ENTITY cmd.open.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY cmd.show.label "Open Containing Folder"> +<!ENTITY cmd.show.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY cmd.goToDownloadPage.label "Go to Download Page"> +<!ENTITY cmd.goToDownloadPage.accesskey "G"> +<!ENTITY cmd.copyDownloadLink.label "Copy Download Link"> +<!ENTITY cmd.copyDownloadLink.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY closeWhenDone.label "Close this window when the download is complete."> +<!ENTITY closeWhenDone.accesskey "w"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/feeds/subscribe.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/feeds/subscribe.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ae287dd2eb --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/feeds/subscribe.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + + +<!-- +Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, + based on en-US entities. +--> + +<!ENTITY feedPage.title "Viewing Feed"> +<!ENTITY feedSubscribeNow "Subscribe Now"> +<!ENTITY feedMessenger "News & Blogs"> +<!ENTITY feedLiveBookmarks "Live Bookmarks"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/feeds/subscribe.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/feeds/subscribe.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b48a0c9127 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/feeds/subscribe.properties @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + + + +# +#Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, +# based on en-US entities. + + +linkTitleTextFormat = Go to %S +addHandler = Add "%S" (%S) as a Feed Reader? +addHandlerAddButton = Add Feed Reader +addHandlerAddButtonAccesskey = A +handlerRegistered = "%S" is already registered as a Feed Reader +subscribeNow = Subscribe Now +chooseApplicationMenuItem = Choose Application… +chooseApplicationDialogTitle = Choose Application +alwaysUse = Always use %S to subscribe to feeds +mediaLabel = Media files + +enclosureSizeText = %1$S %2$S + +bytes = bytes +kilobytes = KB +megabytes = MB +gigabytes = GB + +alwaysUseForFeeds = Always use %S to subscribe to feeds. +alwaysUseForAudioPodcasts = Always use %S to subscribe to podcasts. +alwaysUseForVideoPodcasts = Always use %S to subscribe to video podcasts. + +subscribeFeedUsing = Subscribe to this feed using +subscribeAudioPodcastUsing = Subscribe to this podcast using +subscribeVideoPodcastUsing = Subscribe to this video podcast using + +feedSubscriptionFeed1 = This is a "feed" of frequently changing content on this website. +feedSubscriptionAudioPodcast1 = This is a "podcast" of frequently changing content on this website. +feedSubscriptionVideoPodcast1 = This is a "video podcast" of frequently changing content on this website. + +feedSubscriptionFeed2 = You can subscribe to this feed to receive updates when this content changes. +feedSubscriptionAudioPodcast2 = You can subscribe to this podcast to receive updates when this content changes. +feedSubscriptionVideoPodcast2 = You can subscribe to this video podcast to receive updates when this content changes. + +addProtocolHandler = Add %S (%S) as an application for %S links? +addProtocolHandlerAddButton = Add Application +protocolHandlerRegistered = %S has already been added as an application for %S links. diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/cert_dialog_help.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/cert_dialog_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8acf4aaf7a --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/cert_dialog_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,543 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Certificate Information and Decisions</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information only. + It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security of + your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, however, + address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it represent a + recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and security + protection on the Internet.</div> + +<h1 id="certificate_information_and_decisions">Certificate Information and + Decisions</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to use various windows displayed at different times by + Certificate Manager. The additional information given here appears when you click + the Help button in one of those windows.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#certificate_viewer">Certificate Viewer</a></li> + <li><a href="#choose_security_device">Choose Security Device</a></li> + <li><a href="#encryption_key_copy">Encryption Key Copy</a></li> + <li><a href="#certificate_backup">Certificate Backup</a></li> + <li><a href="#user_identification_request">User Identification Request</a></li> + <li><a href="#new_certificate_authority">New Certificate Authority</a></li> + <li><a href="#web_site_certificates">Website Certificates</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="certificate_viewer">Certificate Viewer</h2> + +<p>The Certificate Viewer displays information about a certificate you selected + in one of the Certificate Manager tabs. The General tab summarizes + information about who issued the certificate, its verification status, what + the certificate can be used for, and so on. The Details tab provides complete + details on the certificate's contents.</p> + +<p>If you are not currently viewing the Certificate Viewer, follow these + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Certificates. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>Click Manage Certificates.</li> + <li>Click the tab for the type of certificate whose details you want to + view.</li> + <li>Select the certificate whose details you want to view.</li> + <li>Click View.</li> +</ol> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#general_tab">General Tab</a></li> + <li><a href="#details_tab">Details Tab</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="general_tab">General Tab</h3> + +<p>When you first open the Certificate Viewer, the General tab displays several + kinds of information about the selected certificate:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>This certificate has been verified for the following + uses</strong>: See + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_verification">certificate verification</a> + for a discussion of how the Certificate Manager verifies certificates. Uses + can include any of the following: + <ul> + <li><strong>SSL Client Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to identify + you to websites.</li> + <li><strong>SSL Server Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to identify + a website server to browsers.</li> + <li><strong>Email Signer Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to + identify you for the purposes of digitally signing email messages.</li> + <li><strong>Email Recipient Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to + identify someone else, for example so you can send that person + encrypted email.</li> + <li><strong>Status Responder Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to + identify an online status responder that uses the Online Certificate + Status Protocol (OCSP) to check the validity of certificates. For more + information about OCSP, see + <a href="validation_help.xhtml">Validation Settings</a>.</li> + <li><strong>SSL Certificate Authority</strong>: Certificate used to + identify a certificate authority—that is, a service that issues + certificates for use as identification over computer networks.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Issued To</strong>: Summarizes the following information about + the certificate: + <ul> + <li><strong>Common Name</strong>: The name of the person or other entity + that the certificate identifies.</li> + <li><strong>Organization</strong>: The name of the organization to which + the entity belongs (such as the name of a company).</li> + <li><strong>Organizational Unit</strong>: The name of the organizational + unit to which the entity belongs (such as Accounting Department).</li> + <li><strong>Serial Number</strong>: The certificate's serial + number.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Issued By</strong>: Summarizes information (similar to that + provided under <q>Issued To</q>; see above) about the certificate authority + (CA) that issued the certificate.</li> + <li><strong>Validity</strong>: Indicates the period during which the + certificate is valid.</li> + <li><strong>Fingerprints</strong>: Lists the certificate's fingerprints. + A fingerprint is a unique number produced by applying a mathematical + function to the certificate contents. A certificate's fingerprint can + be used to verify that the certificate has not been tampered with.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="details_tab">Details Tab</h3> + +<p>Click the Details tab at the top of the Certificate Viewer to see more + detailed information about the selected certificate. To examine information + for any certificate in the Certificate Hierarchy area, select its name, + select the field under Certificate Fields that you want to examine, and + read the field's value under Field Value:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Certificate Hierarchy</strong>: Displays the certificate chain, + with the certificate you originally selected at the bottom. A certificate + chain is a hierarchical series of certificates signed by successive + certificate authorities (CAs). A CA certificate identifies a + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority</a> + and is used to sign certificates issued by that authority. A CA certificate + can in turn be signed by the CA certificate of a parent CA and so on up to + a <a href="glossary.xhtml#root_ca">root CA</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Certificate Fields</strong>: Displays the fields of the + certificate selected under Certificate Hierarchy.</li> + <li><strong>Field Value</strong>: Displays the value of the field selected + under Certificate Fields.</li> +</ul> + +<p>The Certificate Viewer displays basic ANSI types in human-readable form + wherever possible. For fields whose contents the Certificate Manager cannot + interpret, it displays the actual values contained in the certificate.</p> + +<h2 id="choose_security_device">Choose Security Device</h2> + +<p>A security device (sometimes called a token) is a hardware or software + device that provides cryptographic services such as encryption and decryption + and stores certificates and keys. The Choose Security Device window appears + when Certificate Manager needs help deciding which security device to use + when importing a certificate or performing a cryptographic operation, such as + generating keys for a new certificate. This window allows you to select one + of two or more security devices that Certificate Manager has detected on your + machine.</p> + +<p>A smart card is one example of a security device. For example, if a smart + card reader connected to your computer has a smart card inserted in it, the + name of the smart card will show up in the drop-down menu. In this case, you + must choose the name of the smart card from the menu to let Certificate + Manager know that you want to use it.</p> + +<p>The Certificate Manager also supplies its own default, built-in security + device, which can always be used no matter what additional devices are or + aren't available.</p> + +<h2 id="encryption_key_copy">Encryption Key Copy</h2> + +<p><a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">Certificate authorities (CAs)</a> + that issue separate signing and encryption email certificates typically make + backup copies of your private + <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption_key">encryption key</a> during the + certificate enrollment process.</p> + +<p>The Encryption Key Copy dialog box allows you to approve the creation of + such a backup or cancel the certificate request. A CA that has archived a + backup copy of your encryption key has the potential capability of + decrypting any messages you receive that were encrypted with your + corresponding public key.</p> + +<p>You can take these actions from the Encryption Key Copy dialog box:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>View Certificate</strong>: To view the certificate identifying + the CA that is requesting the backup copy, click View Certificate.</li> + <li><strong>OK</strong>: If you trust the CA identified by the CA certificate + to decrypt encrypted messages that you receive, click OK. + + <p>If you are not sure whether to trust the CA that is requesting the + backup copy, talk to your system administrator.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Cancel</strong>: If you don't trust the CA that is + requesting the backup copy, don't request a certificate from it. Click + Cancel to stop both the backup procedure and the request for a + certificate.</li> +</ul> + +<p>After your CA makes a backup copy of the encryption key, you will be able to + use that key to access your encrypted mail even if you lose your password or + lose your own copy of the key. If no backup copy of your encryption key + exists and you lose your password or the key, you will have no way of reading + email messages that were encrypted with that key.</p> + +<h2 id="certificate_backup">Certificate Backup</h2> + +<p>When you receive a certificate, make a backup copy of the certificate and + its private key, then store the copy in a safe place. For example, you can + put the copy on a floppy disk and store it with other valuable items under + lock and key. That way, even if you have hard disk or file corruption + problems, you can easily restore the certificate.</p> + +<p>It can be inconvenient, at best, and in some situations catastrophic to lose + your certificate and its associated private key, depending on what you use it + for. For example:</p> + +<ul> + <li>If you lose a certificate that identifies you to important websites, you + will not be able to access those websites until you obtain a new + certificate. </li> + <li>If you lose a certificate used to encrypt email messages, you will not + be able to read any of your encrypted email—including both encrypted + messages that you have sent and encrypted messages that you have received. + In this case, if you cannot obtain a backup of the private encryption key + associated with the certificate, you will never be able to read any of the + messages encrypted with that key.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Like any other valuable data, certificates should be backed up to avoid + future trouble and expense. Do it now so you don't forget.</p> + +<h2 id="user_identification_request">User Identification Request</h2> + +<p>Some websites require that you identify yourself with a certificate rather + than a name and password, because certificates provide a more reliable form + of identification. This method of identifying yourself over the Internet is + sometimes called + <a href="glossary.xhtml#client_authentication">client authentication</a>.</p> + +<p>However, Certificate Manager may have more than one certificate on file that + can be used for the purposes of identifying yourself to a website. In this + case, Certificate Manager presents the User Identification Request dialog + box, which displays two kinds of information:</p> + +<p><strong>This site has requested that you identify yourself with a + certificate</strong>: This section of the dialog box lists the following + information:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Host name</strong>: The name of the server requesting + identification, used as part of its URL. For example, the host name for the + Netscape website is <tt>home.netscape.com</tt>.</li> + <li><strong>Organization</strong>: The name of the organization that runs the + web site.</li> + <li><strong>Issued under</strong>: The name of the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a> + that issued the certificate.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Choose a certificate to present as identification</strong>: The + certificates you have available for the purposes of identifying yourself to a + website are listed in the drop-down list in this section of the dialog box. + Choose the certificate that seems most likely to be recognized by the website + you want to visit.</p> + +<p>To help you decide, the following details of the selected certificate are + displayed:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Issued to</strong>: Lists information about the person identified + by the certificate (for example, your name and email address) and the + certificate's serial number and validity dates.</li> + <li><strong>Issued by</strong>: Summarizes information about the CA that + issued the certificate, such as its name, location, and state.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="new_certificate_authority">New Certificate Authority</h2> + +<p>The certificates that the Certificate Manager has on file, whether stored on + your computer or on an external security device such as a smart card, include + certificates that identify + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authorities (CAs)</a>. + To be able to recognize any other certificates it has on file, Certificate + Manager must have certificates for the CAs that issued or authorized issuance + of those certificates.</p> + +<p>When you decide to trust a CA, Certificate Manager downloads that CA's + certificate and can then recognize the kinds of certificates you trust that + CA to issue.</p> + +<p>Before downloading a new CA certificate, Certificate Manager allows you to + specify the purposes for which you trust the certificate, if at all. You can + select any of the following options:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Trust this CA to identify websites</strong>: Website certificates + for some sites, such as those that handle financial transactions, can be + extremely important, and inappropriate or false identification can have + negative consequences.</li> + <li><strong>Trust this CA to identify email users</strong>: If you intend to + send email users confidential information in encrypted form, or if accurate + identification of email users is important to you for any other reason, you + should consider carefully the CA's procedures for identifying + prospective certificate owners and whether they are appropriate for your + purposes before selecting this option.</li> + <li><strong>Trust this CA to identify software developers</strong>: Selecting + this option means that you trust the CA to issue certificates that identify + the origin of Java applets and JavaScript scripts requesting special access + to your computer, such as the ability to change files. Since such access + privileges can be misused, for example to destroy data stored on your hard + disk, be very careful about selecting this option unless you are certain + that you trust the CA for this purpose.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Before you decide to trust a new CA, make sure that you know who is + operating it. Make sure the CA's policies and procedures are + appropriate for the kinds of certificates it issues. For example, if the CA + issues certificates identifying websites you use for financial transactions, + make sure you are comfortable with the level of assurance the CA + provides.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>View</strong>: Click this button to view the CA certificate you + are about to download. If you decide you don't want to download this + certificate, click Cancel.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="web_site_certificates">Website Certificates</h2> + +<p>One of the windows listed here may appear when you attempt to go to a + website that supports the use of <a href="glossary.xhtml#ssl">SSL</a> for + <a href="glossary.xhtml#authentication">authentication</a> and + <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">encryption</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#web_site_certified_by_an_unknown_authority">Website Certified + by an Unknown Authority</a></li> + <li><a href="#server_certificate_expired">Server Certificate Expired</a></li> + <li><a href="#server_certificate_not_yet_valid">Server Certificate Not Yet + Valid</a></li> + <li><a href="#domain_name_mismatch">Domain Name Mismatch</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="web_site_certified_by_an_unknown_authority">Website Certified by an Unknown + Authority</h3> + +<p>Many websites use certificates to identify themselves when you visit the + site. If Certificate Manager doesn't recognize the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority"> certificate authority (CA)</a> + that issued a website's certificate, it displays an alert that allows + you to examine the new website certificate and decide what to do.</p> + +<p>Use the buttons to perform the following actions:</p> +<ul> + <li><strong>View Certificate</strong>: Examine the website's + certificate.</li> + <li><strong>Cancel</strong>: Cancel the operation. Certificate Manager + will not recognize the certificate as legitimate identification and will not + connect to the website.</li> + <li><strong>OK</strong>: Accept the certificate and connect to the website. + Choose for how long the certificate should be accepted: + <ul> + <li><strong>Accept this certificate permanently</strong>: Certificate + Manager will recognize the certificate as legitimate identification + until the certificate expires.</li> + <li><strong>Accept this certificate temporarily for this session</strong>: + Certificate Manager will recognize the certificate as legitimate + identification only during your current &brandShortName; session. You + will see the alert again if you restart &brandShortName; and attempt to + visit the website.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Important note for server administrators</strong>: This alert may be + triggered by a server that is not configured correctly. To find out if this + is the case, the server administrator or webmaster for the site you are + attempting to visit should check the status of any required intermediate CAs + and if necessary, install the missing certificate in the server.</p> + +<p>If you decide to contact the website's webmaster about this issue, you + can include the following information:</p> + +<ul> + <li>The server administrator can obtain more information about intermediate + CAs from here: + <a href="http://knowledge.verisign.com/search/solution.jsp?id=vs2119">What + is the purpose of the Intermediate CA certificate?</a></li> + <li>If the server is using a VeriSign certificate, the server administrator + can download the appropriate certificate from here: + <a href="http://www.verisign.com/support/ssl-certificates-support/install-ssl-certificate.html">SSL + Certificates Support</a></li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>For advanced users</strong>: To ensure that Certificate Manager + trusts all certificates issued by a given CA, you can edit the trust + settings for the corresponding CA certificate. To do so, follow these + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Certificates. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>Click Manage Certificates.</li> + <li>Click the Authorities tab.</li> + <li>Select the CA certificate whose trust settings you want to edit.</li> + <li>Click the Edit button and select the appropriate trust settings.</li> +</ol> + +<h3 id="server_certificate_expired">Server Certificate Expired</h3> + +<p>Like a credit card, a driver's license, and many other forms of + identification, a <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a> is + valid for a specified period of time. When a certificate expires, the owner + of the certificate needs to get a new one.</p> + +<p>Certificate Manager warns you when you attempt to visit a website whose + server certificate has expired. The first thing you should do is make sure + the time and date displayed by your computer is correct. If your + computer's clock is set to a date that is after the expiration date, + Certificate Manager treats the website's certificate as expired.</p> + +<p>If your computer's clock is set correctly, you need to make a decision + about whether to trust the site. This decision depends on what you intend to + do at the site and what else you know about it. Most commercial sites will + make sure that they replace their certificates before they expire.</p> + +<p>You can take these actions from the Expired Server Certificate dialog + box:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>View Certificate</strong>: To examine information about the + certificate, including its validity period, click View Certificate.</li> + <li><strong>Continue</strong>: If you have reason to believe the + certificate's expiration is an inadvertent error, you may choose to + click Continue to accept the certificate anyway for this session, and let + the webmaster for the site know about the problem. + + <p>Be cautious about any actions you take while you are visiting the + site.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Cancel</strong>: If you suspect that there may be a significant + problem and you don't want to risk visiting the site at all, click + Cancel (in which case Certificate Manager will not connect you to the + site).</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="server_certificate_not_yet_valid">Server Certificate Not Yet Valid</h3> + +<p>Like a credit card, a driver's license, and many other forms of + identification, a <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a> is + valid for a specified period of time.</p> + +<p>Certificate Manager warns you when you attempt to visit a website whose + server certificate's validity period has not yet started. The first + thing you should do is make sure the time and date displayed by your own + computer is correct. If your computer's clock is set to the wrong date, + Certificate Manager may treat the server certificate as not yet valid even + if this is not the case.</p> + +<p>If your computer's clock is set correctly, you need to make a decision + about whether to trust the site. This decision depends on what you intend to + do at the site and what else you know about it. Most commercial sites will + make sure that the validity period for their certificates has begun before + beginning to use them.</p> + +<p>You can take these actions from the Server Certificate Not Yet Valid dialog + box:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>View Certificate</strong>: To examine information about the + certificate, including its validity period, click View Certificate.</li> + <li><strong>OK</strong>: If you have reason to believe the problem is an + inadvertent error, you may choose to click OK to accept the certificate + anyway for this session, and let the webmaster for the site know about the + problem. + + <p>Be cautious about any actions you take while you are visiting the + site.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Cancel</strong>: If you suspect that there may be a significant + problem and you don't want to risk visiting the site at all, click + Cancel (in which case Certificate Manager will not connect you to the + site).</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="domain_name_mismatch">Domain Name Mismatch</h3> + +<p>A server <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a> specifies the + name of the server in the form of the site's domain name. For example, + the domain name for the Mozilla website is <tt>www.mozilla.org</tt>. If the + domain name in a server's certificate doesn't match the actual + domain name of the website, it may be a sign that someone is attempting to + intercept your communication with the website.</p> + +<p>The decision whether to trust the site anyway depends on what you intend to + do at the site and what else you know about it. Most commercial sites will + make sure that the host name for a website certificate matches + the website's actual host name.</p> + +<p>You can take these actions from the Domain Name Mismatch dialog box:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>View Certificate</strong>: To examine information about the + certificate, click View Certificate.</li> + <li><strong>OK</strong>: If you have reason to believe the problem is an + inadvertent error, you may choose to click OK to accept the certificate + anyway for this session, and let the webmaster for the site know about + the problem. + + <p>Be cautious about any actions you take while you are visiting the site, + and treat any information you find there as potentially suspect.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Cancel</strong>: If you suspect that there may be a significant + problem and you don't want to risk visiting the site at all, click + Cancel (in which case Certificate Manager will not connect you to the + site).</li> +</ul> + +<p>If you decide to accept the certificate anyway for this session, you should + be cautious about what you do on the website, and you should treat any + information you find there as potentially suspect.</p> + +<p>©right.string;</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_help.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7c76e70e41 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,418 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Certificate Manager</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information only. + It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security of + your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, however, + address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it represent a + recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and security + protection on the Internet.</div> + +<h1 id="certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Certificate Manager. For more + information on using certificates, see <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml">Using + Certificates</a>.</p> + +<p>If you are not currently viewing the Certificate Manager window, follow + these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Certificates. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>Click Manage Certificates.</li> +</ol> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a></li> + <li><a href="#other_peoples_certificates">Other People's + Certificates</a></li> + <li><a href="#web_site_certificates">Website Certificates</a></li> + <li><a href="#authorities">Authorities</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="your_certificates">Your Certificates</h2> + +<p>The Your Certificates tab in the <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate + Manager</a> displays the certificates on file that identify you. Your + certificates are listed under the names of the organizations that issued + them:</p> + +<ul> + <li>If you can't see certificate names under an organization's + name, double-click the name.</li> + <li>To select a certificate, click its name.</li> + <li>To select more than one certificate, hold down the Control key and click + their names.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To perform the following actions, select one or more certificates and click + one of the following buttons:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected + certificates.</li> + <li><strong>Backup</strong>: Initiate the process of saving the selected + certificates. A window appears that allows you to choose a password to + protect the backup. You can then save the backup in a directory of your + choice.</li> + <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li> +</ul> + +<p>These actions do not require a certificate to be selected:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Import</strong>: Import a file containing one or more + certificates that were previously backed up. When you click Import, + Certificate Manager first asks you to locate the file that contains the + backup. The names of certificate backup files typically end in + <tt>.p12</tt>; for example, <tt>MyCert.p12</tt>. After you select the file + to be imported, Certificate Manager asks you to enter the password that you + set when you backed up the certificate.</li> + <li><strong>Backup All</strong>: Initiate the process of saving all the + certificates stored in the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device">Software Security + Device</a>. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Certificates on smart cards cannot be backed up. + Whether you select some of your certificates and click Backup, or click + Backup All, the resulting backup file will not include any certificates + stored on smart cards or other external security devices. You can only + back up certificates that are stored on the built-in Software Security + Device.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="choose_a_certificate_backup_password">Choose a Certificate Backup + Password</h3> + +<p>A certificate backup password protects one or more certificates that you are + backing up from the <a href="#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a> tab in + the Certificate Manager.</p> + +<p>The Certificate Manager asks you to set this password when you back up + certificates, and requests it when you attempt to import certificates that + have previously been backed up.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Certificate backup password</strong>: Type your backup password + into this field.</li> + <li><strong>Certificate backup password (again)</strong>: Type your backup + password again. If you don't type it the second time exactly as you + did the first time, the OK button remains inactive. If this happens, try + typing the new password again.</li> +</ul> + +<p>If someone obtains the file containing a certificate that you have backed up + and successfully imports the certificate, that person can send messages or + access websites while pretending to be you. This can be a problem, for + example, if you digitally sign important email messages or manage your bank + or investment accounts over the Internet.</p> + +<p>Therefore, it's important to select a certificate backup password that + is difficult to guess. The <strong>password quality meter</strong> gives you + a rough idea of the quality of your password as you type it based on factors + such as length and the use of uppercase letters, lowercase letters, numbers, + and symbols. It does not guarantee that your password cannot be guessed, + however.</p> + +<p>For further guidelines, see + <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good + Password</a>.</p> + +<p>It's also important to record the password in a safe place—and + not anywhere that's easily accessible to someone else. If you forget + this password, you can't import the backup of your certificate.</p> + +<h3 id="delete_your_certificates">Delete Your Certificates</h3> + +<p>Before deleting one of your own expired certificates from the + <a href="#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a> tab in the Certificate + Manager, make sure you won't need it again some day for reading old + email messages that you may have encrypted with the corresponding private + key.</p> + +<h2 id="other_peoples_certificates">Other People's Certificates</h2> + +<p>The Other People's tab in the <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate + Manager</a> displays email certificates you have on file that identify other + people.</p> + +<p>When people send you digitally signed email messages, Certificate Manager + imports their certificates automatically. You can use these certificates to + send encrypted messages to those people.</p> + +<p>Other people's certificates are listed under the names of the + organizations that issued them:</p> + +<ul> + <li>If you can't see certificate names under an organization's + name, double-click the name.</li> + <li>To select a certificate, click its name.</li> + <li>To select more than one certificate, hold down the Control key and click + their names.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To perform the following actions, select one or more certificates and click + one of the following buttons:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected + certificates.</li> + <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="delete_email_certificates">Delete Email Certificates</h3> + +<p>Before deleting someone else's certificate from the + <a href="#other_peoples_certificates">Other People's</a> tab in the + Certificate Manager, make sure you won't need it again some day to send + encrypted email to that person or to verify digital signatures on messages + from that person.</p> + +<h2 id="web_site_certificates">Website Certificates</h2> + +<p>The Websites tab in the Certificate Manager displays certificates you have + on file that identify websites.</p> + +<p>Website certificates are grouped under the names of the organizations that + issued them:</p> + +<ul> + <li>If you can't see certificate names under an organization's + name, double-click the name.</li> + <li>To select a certificate, click its name.</li> + <li>To select more than one certificate, hold down the Control key and click + their names.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To perform the following actions, select one or more certificates and click + one of the following buttons:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected + certificates.</li> + <li><strong>Edit</strong>: View or change the trust settings that Certificate + Manager associates with the selected certificates. You can use these + settings to designate a website certificate as one that you trust or + don't trust for identification purposes.</li> + <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="edit_web_site_certificate_trust_settings">Edit Website Certificate + Trust Settings</h3> + +<p>When you select a website certificate from the + <a href="#web_site_certificates">Websites</a> tab in the Certificate Manager + and click Edit, you see a window entitled <q>Edit website certificate trust + settings</q>. Here you specify whether you want to trust the selected + certificate for identifying the website and setting up an encrypted + connection.</p> + +<p>The dialog box contains these elements:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>The certificate <q><em>name of certificate</em></q> was + issued by</strong>: Provides information about the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority</a> + that issued this certificate.</li> + <li><strong>Edit certificate trust settings</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Trust the authenticity of this certificate</strong>: If you + select this option, Certificate Manager will henceforth trust this + certificate for the purposes of identifying this website or setting up + an encrypted connection. If you select this option and then attempt to + visit the website, your browser will access the site with few, if any, + warnings.</li> + <li><strong>Do not trust the authenticity of this certificate</strong>: + If you select this option, Certificate Manager will no longer trust + this certificate for the purposes of identifying this website or + setting up an encrypted connection. If you select this option and + then attempt to visit the website, you will see one or more warning + messages before you can access the site.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Edit CA Trust</strong>: Click this button to specify trust + settings for the certificate authority (CA) that issued the website + certificate. These settings allow you to trust or not to trust different + kinds of certificates issued by that certificate authority. For example, + you can choose to trust all website certificates issued by the + authority.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Click OK to confirm your choice.</p> + +<h3 id="delete_web_site_certificates">Delete Website Certificates</h3> + +<p>Before deleting a website certificate from the + <a href="#web_site_certificates">Websites</a> tab in the Certificate + Manager, make sure that you won't need it again for the purposes of + identifying a website and setting up an encrypted connection.</p> + +<h2 id="authorities">Authorities</h2> + +<p>The Authorities tab in the <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate + Manager</a> displays the certificates you have on file that identify + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authorities + (CAs)</a>.</p> + +<p>CA certificates are grouped under the names of the organizations that issued + them:</p> + +<ul> + <li>If you can't see CA certificate names under an organization's + name, double-click the name.</li> + <li>To select a CA certificate, click its name.</li> + <li>To select more than one CA certificate, hold down the Control key and + click their names.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To perform these actions, select the certificates on which you want to act + and click one of these buttons:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected + certificates.</li> + <li><strong>Edit</strong>: View or change the settings that Certificate + Manager associates with the selected certificates. You can use these + settings to designate what kinds of certificates, if any, you trust that + are issued by the corresponding CAs.</li> + <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To ensure that an entire + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_chain">certificate chain</a> of CAs are + all trusted, you need to edit the root CA certifiate only.</p> + +<p>To import the chain, you click a link on a web page provided by the CA. You + can then use the authorities tab to locate the root certificate and edit its + trust settings.</p> + +<p>The root and intermediate CAs all appear under the same organization. The + root certificate is the one that lists itself as the the issuer.</p> + +<p><strong>If you download an intermediate CA</strong>: If you download an + intermediate CA certificate that chains to a root certificate already marked + as trusted in your browser, you don't have to indicate what purposes you + trust it for. Intermediate certificates automatically inherit the trust + settings of their roots.</p> + +<h3 id="edit_ca_certificate_trust_settings">Edit CA Certificate Trust + Settings</h3> + +<p>When you select a CA certificate from the + <a href="#authorities">Authorities</a> tab in the Certificate Manager and + click Edit, you see a window entitled <q>Edit CA certificate trust + settings</q>. Here you specify the kinds of certificates you trust this CA + to certify. If you deselect all the checkboxes, Certificate Manager will not + trust any certificates issued by this CA.</p> + +<p>The settings have these effects:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>This certificate can identify websites</strong>: Certificate + Manager will trust certificates issued by this CA for the purpose of + identifying websites and encrypting website connections. If you deselect + this checkbox, Certificate Manager will not trust website certificates + issued by this CA.</li> + <li><strong>This certificate can identify mail users</strong>: Certificate + Manager will trust certificates issued by this CA for the purpose of + signing or encrypting email. If you deselect this checkbox, Certificate + Manager will not trust email certificates issued by this CA.</li> + <li><strong>This certificate can identify software makers</strong>: + Certificate Manager will trust certificates issued by this CA for the + purpose of identifying software makers. If you deselect this checkbox, + Certificate Manager will not trust such certificates issued by this + CA.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Click OK to confirm the settings you have selected.</p> + +<h3 id="delete_ca_certificates">Delete CA Certificates</h3> + +<p>Before deleting a CA certificate from the + <a href="#authorities">Authorities</a> tab in the Certificate Manager, + make sure that you won't need it again to validate certificates issued + by that CA. If you delete the only valid certificate you have for a CA, + Certificate Manager will no longer trust any certificates issued by that + CA.</p> + +<h2 id="device_manager">Device Manager</h2> + +<p>This section describes the options available in the Device Manager window. + For background information and step-by-step instructions on the use of the + Device Manager, see + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Managing + Smart Cards and Other Security Devices</a>.</p> + +<p>If you are not currently viewing the Device Manager window, follow these + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Certificates. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>In the Certificates panel, click Manage Security Devices.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Device Manager lists each available PKCS #11 module, and the security + devices managed by each module below the module's name.</p> + +<p>When you select a module or device, information about the selected item + appears in the middle of the window, and some of the buttons on the right + side of the window become available. In general, you perform an action on + a module or device by selecting its name and clicking the appropriate + button:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Log In</strong>: Log into the selected security device. After you + have logged in to the device, the frequency with which you will be asked to + enter the master password for the device depends on the + <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#master_password_timeout">Master Password + Timeout</a> settings.</li> + <li><strong>Log Out</strong>: Log out of the selected security device. After + you have logged out of the device, the device and the certificates it + contains will not be available until you log in again.</li> + <li><strong>Change Password</strong>: Change the master password for the + selected security device.</li> + <li><strong>Load</strong>: Displays a dialog box that allows you to specify + the name and location of a new PKCS #11 module. Before adding a new module, + you should first install the module software on your computer and if + necessary connect any associated hardware device. Follow the instructions + provided by the vendor.</li> + <li><strong>Unload</strong>: Unload the selected module. If you unload a + module, both the module and its security devices are no longer available + for use by the browser.</li> + <li><strong>Enable FIPS</strong>: Turns the FIPS mode on and off. For more + information, see + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#enable_fips_mode">Enable FIPS + Mode</a>.</li> +</ul> + +<p>©right.string;</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_prefs_help.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_prefs_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b3748e7381 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_prefs_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Privacy & Security Preferences - Certificates</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="certificate_settings">Certificate Settings</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to set your certificate preferences and how to + use the Certificate Manager, Device Manager, and other dialog boxes related + to certificates.</p> + +<p>For step-by-step descriptions of various tasks related to certificates, see + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml">Using Certificates</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates">Certificate + Preferences</a></li> + <li><a href="certs_help.xhtml">Certificate Manager</a></li> + <li><a href="certs_help.xhtml#device_manager">Device Manager</a></li> + <li><a href="cert_dialog_help.xhtml">Certificate Information and + Decisions</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h1 id="privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates">Privacy & Security + Preferences - Certificates</h1> + +<p>This section describes use the Certificates preferences panel. To view + Certificates preferences, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Certificates. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<h3 id="client_certificate_selection">Client Certificate Selection</h3> + +<p>Some websites require you to identify yourself with a certificate. The + option you select here determines how the browser identifies the certificate + to present among those you may have on file:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Select Automatically:</strong> Click this option if you want + the browser to select a certificate without asking you. This is the default + setting.</li> + <li><strong>Ask Every Time:</strong> Click this option if you want the browser + to ask you which certificate to use each time a website requests one.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="manage_certificates">Manage Certificates</h3> + +<p>Certificates are the digital equivalent of ID cards—they help other + people identify you, and they help you identify other people, websites, and + organizations.</p> + +<p>To examine or configure the certificates you have on file, click Manage + Certificates.</p> + +<h3 id="manage_security_devices">Manage Security Devices</h3> + +<p>A security device is a hardware or software device that stores your + certificates and keys. For example, a smart card is a security device. Your + browser has its own built-in software security device, and you can use + additional security devices, such as smart cards, at the same time.</p> + +<p>To examine or configure your security devices, click Manage Security + Devices.</p> + + +<p>©right.string;</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/composer_help.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/composer_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..788ce3453e --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/composer_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,2499 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Creating Web Pages with &brandShortName; Composer</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="creating_web_pages_with_mozilla_composer">Creating Web Pages with + &brandShortName; Composer</h1> + +<p>&brandShortName; Composer lets you create your own web pages and publish + them on the web. You don't have to know HTML to use Composer; it is as + easy to use as a word processor.</p> + +<p>Toolbar buttons let you add lists, tables, images, links to other pages, + colors, and font styles. You can see what your document will look like on + the Web as you create it, and you can easily share your document with + other users, no matter what type of browser or HTML-capable email program + they use.</p> + +<p>To start using &brandShortName; Composer:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the Composer icon in the lower-left corner of any + &brandShortName; window.</li> +</ul> + +<div><img src="images/composer_icon.png" width="128" height="23" + alt="" /></div> +<div style="margin-left: 80px;"><strong>Composer icon</strong></div> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#starting_a_new_page">Starting a New Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Formatting Your Web Pages</a></li> + <li><a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Adding Tables to Your Web + Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#adding_images_to_your_web_page">Adding Pictures (Images) to + Your Web Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#setting_page_properties">Setting Page Properties</a></li> + <li><a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Creating Links in + Composer</a></li> + <li><a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Publishing Your Pages on + the Web</a></li> + <li><a href="#composer_preferences">Composer Preferences</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h1 id="starting_a_new_page" style="margin-top: 50px;">Starting a New Page</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#creating_a_new_page">Creating a New Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#saving_and_browsing_your_new_page">Saving and Browsing Your + New Page</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="creating_a_new_page">Creating a New Page</h2> + +<p>&brandShortName; Composer is an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) editor that + allows you to create and edit web pages. Composer is a <em>WYSIWYG</em> (What + You See Is What You Get) editor, so you can display how your page will look + to the reader as you're creating it. It is not necessary for you to know + HTML, since most of the basic HTML functions are available as commands from + the toolbars and menus.</p> + +<p>Composer also lets you edit the HTML source if you want. To view or edit the + HTML source code, open the View menu, and choose HTML Source, or click the + <HTML> Source tab in the Edit Mode toolbar at the bottom of the + Composer window.</p> + +<p>To create a web page, use one of the methods described below. Once + you've started a page, you can add and edit text just as you would + in a word processor.</p> + +<p><strong>To create a new page from the browser</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the File menu, choose New, and then Composer Page. A Composer + window containing a blank page opens.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>To edit a page you're currently viewing in the + browser</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>In the browser window of the page you're viewing, open the File + menu and choose Edit Page. You see a Composer window that contains the + page you're viewing.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>To create a new page in Composer</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the New button in Composer's toolbar.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>To start from an HTML file stored on your local drive</strong>:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Window menu and choose Composer. You see the Composer + window.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Open File. You see the Open HTML File + dialog box.</li> + <li>On your local drive, locate the file that you want to edit.</li> + <li>Click Open to display the specified file in a Composer window.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>To edit a web page</strong>:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Window menu and choose Browser.</li> + <li>Go to a web page: type the URL of the page (for example, + <tt>http://www.mozilla.org</tt>) in the Location Bar and press + <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Edit Page.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: In the Composer window you can quickly open the most + recent file you've been working on by opening the File menu, choosing + Recent Pages, and then selecting the file you want from the list.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#starting_a_new_page">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="saving_and_browsing_your_new_page">Saving and Browsing Your New + Page</h2> + +<p>You can save Composer documents in HTML or text-only format. Saving a + document in HTML format preserves the document's formatting, such + as text styles (for example, bold or italic), tables, links, and images. + Saving a document in text-only format removes all the HTML tags but + preserves the document's text.</p> + +<p>To save a document as an HTML file:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Save or click the Save button on the + Composition toolbar. + + <p>If you haven't already given your page a title, Composer prompts + you to do so. Composer displays the page title in the browser + window's title bar when you view the page in the browser. The + document's page title also appears in your list of bookmarks + if you bookmark the page.</p> + + <p>Composer then prompts you to enter a filename and specify the location + where you want to save the file. Make sure you preserve the .html + extension in the filename.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>To change the filename or location of an existing HTML file:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Choose Save As and select a different filename or location.</li> +</ul> + +<p>When you save a page in Composer, all parts of the page (the HTML, images + and other files, such as sound files and style sheets), are saved locally + on your hard drive. If you only want to save the HTML part of the page, you + must change the Composer preference for saving pages. See + <a href="#composer">Composer Preferences - Composer</a> for more information + on changing Composer's setting for saving pages.</p> + +<p>If an image location is absolute (starts with <q>http://</q>) and you are + connected to the Internet, you will still see that image in the document in + Composer and the browser. However, if the image location is relative to the + page location (starts with <q>file:///</q>), then you won't see the + image in the local version of the document.</p> + +<p>To save a document as a text-only file:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Export to Text.</li> + <li>Enter the filename and specify the location where you want to save the + file.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Images do not appear in documents saved in the + text-only format.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can choose Revert to Last Saved from the File + menu to retrieve the most recently saved copy of the document in which + you're working. Keep in mind that your current changes will be lost.</p> + +<p>To view your page in a browser window in order to test your links:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Browse Page (or click Browse in the + Composition toolbar). If you have not yet saved your document, Composer + prompts you to enter a page title, filename, and location. The Composer + window remains open behind the new browser window.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#starting_a_new_page">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="formatting_your_web_pages">Formatting Your Web Pages</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists">Formatting + Paragraphs, Headings, and Lists</a></li> + <li><a href="#working_with_lists">Working with Lists</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_text_color_style_and_font">Changing Text Color, + Style, and Font</a></li> + <li><a href="#removing_or_discontinuing_text_styles">Removing or + Discontinuing Text Styles</a></li> + <li><a href="#finding_and_replacing_text">Finding and Replacing + Text</a></li> + <li><a href="#inserting_horizontal_lines">Inserting Horizontal + Lines</a></li> + <li><a href="#inserting_special_characters">Inserting Special + Characters</a></li> + <li><a href="#inserting_html_elements_and_attributes">Inserting HTML + Elements and Attributes</a></li> + <li><a href="#validating_the_html">Validating the HTML</a></li> + <li><a href="#choosing_the_right_editing_mode">Choosing the Right Editing + Mode</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists">Formatting Paragraphs, + Headings, and Lists</h2> + +<p>To apply a format to a paragraph, begin from the Composer window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the format to begin, + or select the text you want to format.</li> + <li>Choose a paragraph format using the drop-down list in the Format toolbar: + <ul> + <li><strong>Body Text</strong>: Applies the application default font and + style for regular text, without affecting the spacing before or after + the text.</li> + <li><strong>Paragraph</strong>: Inserts a paragraph tag (use this to + begin a new paragraph). The paragraph includes top and bottom + margins.</li> + <li><strong>Heading 1</strong> - <strong>Heading 6</strong>: Formats the + paragraph as a heading. Heading 1 is the highest-level heading, while + Heading 6 is the lowest-level heading.</li> + <li><strong>Address</strong>: Can be used for a web page <q>signature</q> + that indicates the author of the page and the person to contact for + more information, for example: <tt>user@example.com</tt> + + <p>You might want to include the date and a copyright notice. This + format usually appears at the bottom of the web page under a + horizontal line. The browser displays the address format in + italics.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Preformat</strong>: This is useful for elements such as code + examples, column data, and mail messages that you want displayed in a + fixed-width font. In normal text, most browsers remove extra spaces, + tabs, and paragraph returns. However, text that uses the Preformatted + style is displayed with the white space intact, preserving the layout + of the original text.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>To format text as a heading:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point anywhere within the text that you + want to format.</li> + <li>Using the drop-down list in the Format toolbar, choose the level of + heading you want, from 1 (largest) to 6 (smallest). Choose <q>Heading 1</q> + for your main heading, <q>Heading 2</q> for the next level, and so + forth.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To apply a list item format:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point within the line of text that you want + to format.</li> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose List.</li> + <li>Choose the list style: + <ul> + <li><strong>Bulleted</strong>: Each item has a bullet (dot) next to it + (as in this list).</li> + <li><strong>Numbered</strong>: Items are numbered.</li> + <li><strong>Term</strong> and <strong>Definition</strong>: These two + styles work together, creating a glossary-style appearance. Use the + Term tag for the word being defined, and the Definition tag for the + definition. The Term text appears flush left, and the Definition + text appears indented.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can quickly apply a list style to a block of + text by selecting the text and clicking the Numbered List + <img src="images/numbers.gif" width="21" height="21" alt="" /> + or Bulleted List + <img src="images/bullets.gif" width="20" height="20" alt="" /> + buttons on the Format toolbar.</p> + +<p>To change the style of bullets or numbers:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point within the text of the list item you + want to change, or select one or more items in the list if you want to + apply a new style to the entire list.</li> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose List Properties.</li> + <li>Select a bullet or number style from the drop-down list. For numbered + lists, you can specify a starting number. For bulleted lists, you can + change the bullet style.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can also double-click on a bullet or number in a + list to display the List Properties dialog box.</p> + +<p>To align a paragraph or text in your page, for example, centering or + aligning to the left or right:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point within the paragraph or line of text + you want to align.</li> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose Align; then choose an alignment + option.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: You can also use the Format toolbar to align + text.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="working_with_lists">Working with Lists</h2> + +<p>To end a list and continue typing body text:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click to place the insertion point at the end of the last list item and + press <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> twice to + end the list.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To change one or more list items to body text:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point within the list item, or select the + list items.</li> + <li>In a numbered list, click the numbered list button (or in a bulleted + list, click the bulleted list button) in the Format toolbar.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To position indented text below a list item:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point within the list item.</li> + <li>Press <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd + class="noMac">Enter</kbd>to create the hanging indent.</li> + <li>Type the text you want to indent.</li> + <li>Press <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd + class="noMac">Enter</kbd> to create another indented paragraph, or press + <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> to create the + next list item.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can increase or decrease the indentation of list + items by clicking anywhere in a list item and then clicking the Indent or + Outdent button on the Format toolbar. Alternatively, click anywhere in a + list item and press <kbd>Tab</kbd> to indent one level. Press + <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>Tab</kbd> to outdent one level.</p> + +<p>To merge two adjacent lists:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the two lists that you want to merge. Be sure to select all of + the elements in both lists. Note that any text in between the two lists + will also become part of the merged list.</li> + <li>Click the bulleted or numbered list button in the Format toolbar to + merge the lists.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="changing_text_color_style_and_font">Changing Text Color, Style, and + Font</h2> + +<p>To change the style, color, or font of selected text:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the text you want to format.</li> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose one of the following: + <ul> + <li><strong>Font</strong>: Use this to choose a font. If you prefer to + use fonts specified by the reader's browser, select Variable + Width or Fixed Width. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Not all fonts installed on your computer + appear. Instead of specifying a font that may not be available to all + who view your web page, it's generally best to select one of the + fonts provided in the menu since these fonts work on every computer. + For example, the fonts Helvetica, Arial, Times, and Courier generally + look the same when viewed on different computers. If you select a + different font, it may not look the same when viewed using a + different computer.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Size</strong>: Use this to choose a <em>relative</em> font + size or select an option to increase or decrease text size (relative + to the surrounding text).</li> + <li><strong>Text Style</strong>: Use this to select a style, such as + italic, bold, or underline, or to apply a structured style, for + example, Code.</li> + <li><strong>Text Color</strong>: Use this to choose a color from the + color picker. If you are familiar with HTML hexadecimal color codes, + you can type a specific code or you can just type a color name (for + example, <q>blue</q>). You'll find the official W3C list of CSS + supported color names + <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/syndata.html#color-units">here</a>, + and another list of commonly supported color names + <a href="http://www.w3schools.com/html/html_colornames.asp">here</a>. + </li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>To change the background color of the page:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click anywhere in the page.</li> + <li>Click the background color block in the Format toolbar.</li> + <li>Choose a background color from the Block Background Color dialog + box.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly change the color of text to the color + last used, select the text, then press Shift and click on the text color + block in the Format toolbar. This is useful when you want to use one + color for separate lines of text.</p> + +<p>You can also use an image as a background. See + <a href="#setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds">Setting Page Colors and + Backgrounds</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="removing_or_discontinuing_text_styles">Removing or Discontinuing Text + Styles</h2> + +<p>To remove all text styles (bold, italic, and so on) from selected text:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the text.</li> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose Remove All Text Styles.</li> + <li>Continue typing.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To continue typing text with all text styles removed:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Place the insertion point where you want to discontinue the text + styles.</li> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose Discontinue Text Styles.</li> + <li>Continue typing.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="finding_and_replacing_text">Finding and Replacing Text</h2> + +<p>To find text in the page you're currently working on:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want to begin your + search.</li> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Find and Replace. You see the Find and + Replace dialog box.</li> + <li>Type the text you want to locate in the <q>Find what</q> field. To narrow + the search, check one or more of the following options: + <ul> + <li><strong>Match exact case</strong>: Use this to specify whether + the search is for case-sensitive text.</li> + <li><strong>Wrap around</strong>: Use this to search to the end of the + page and then start again from the top or bottom, depending on whether + you are searching forward or backwards.</li> + <li><strong>Search backwards</strong>: Use this to search back from the + insertion point to the beginning of the page.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click Find Next to begin searching. When Composer locates the first + occurrence of the text, click Find Next to search for the next + occurrence.</li> + <li>Click Close when you are done.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To find and replace text in the page you're currently working on:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want to begin your + search.</li> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Find and Replace. You see the Find and + Replace dialog box.</li> + <li>Type the text you want to find and then type the replacement text.</li> + <li>To narrow the search, check one or more of the following options: + <ul> + <li><strong>Match exact case</strong>: Use this to specify whether + the search is for case-sensitive text. If you don't select this + option, the search will find matching text in both upper and lower + case.</li> + <li><strong>Wrap around</strong>: Use this to search to the end of the + page and then start again from the top.</li> + <li><strong>Search backwards</strong>: Use this to search from the end + to the beginning of the page.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click Find Next to search for the next occurrence. Composer selects the + next occurrence of the text.</li> + <li>Click Replace to replace the selected text with the replacement text. + Click Replace and Find to replace the selected text and find the next + occurrence. Click Replace All to replace every occurrence in the document + with the replacement text.</li> + <li>Click Close when you are done.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="inserting_horizontal_lines">Inserting Horizontal Lines</h2> + +<p>Horizontal lines are typically used to separate different sections of a + document visually. To insert a horizontal line (also called a <em>rule</em>) + in your page, begin from the Composer window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the line to + appear.</li> + <li>Open the Insert menu and choose Horizontal Line.</li> +</ol> + +<h3 id="setting_horizontal_line_properties">Setting Horizontal Line + Properties</h3> + +<p>You can customize a line's height, length, width, alignment, and + shading.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Double-click the line to display the Horizontal Line Properties dialog + box.</li> + <li>Edit any of these properties: + <ul> + <li><strong>Width</strong>: Enter the width and then choose <q>% of + window</q> or <q>pixels</q>. If you specify width as a percentage, + the line's width changes whenever the Composer window's + or browser window's width changes.</li> + <li><strong>Height</strong>: Type a number for the line's height + (in pixels).</li> + <li><strong>3-D Shading</strong>: Select this to add depth to the line + by adding a bevel shading.</li> + <li><strong>Alignment</strong>: Specify where you want to place the + line (left, center, or right).</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click Use as Default to use these settings as the default the next time + you insert a horizontal line.</li> + <li>To edit the properties of a horizontal line manually, click Advanced + Edit. See the section, + <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>, + for details.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can select <q>HTML Tags</q> from the View menu to + show all the HTML elements in yellow boxes. Click any yellow box to select + everything within that HTML tag or element. Double-click any yellow box to + display the + <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a> + dialog box for that HTML tag or element.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="inserting_special_characters">Inserting Special Characters</h2> + +<p>To insert special characters such as accent marks, copyrights, or currency + symbols:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the special character + to appear.</li> + <li>Open the Insert menu and choose Characters and Symbols. You see the + Insert Character dialog box.</li> + <li>Select a category of characters. + <ul> + <li>If you choose Accent Uppercase or Accent Lowercase, then open the + Letter drop-down list and select the letter you wish to apply an + accent to. (Note: not all letters have accented forms.) Select + Common Symbols to insert special characters such as copyright symbols + or fractions.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>From the Character drop-down list, select the character you want to + insert.</li> + <li>Click Insert. + + <p>You can continue typing in your document (or in a mail compose window) + while you keep this dialog box open, in case you want to use it + again.</p> + </li> + <li>Click Close when you are done inserting special characters.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="inserting_html_elements_and_attributes">Inserting HTML Elements and + Attributes</h2> + +<p>If you understand how to work with HTML source code, you can insert + additional tags, style attributes, and JavaScript into your page. If you are + not sure how to work with HTML source code, it's best not to change it. + To work with HTML code, use one of these methods:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Place the insertion point where you want to insert the HTML code, or + select the text you want to edit, and then open the Insert menu and choose + HTML. In the Insert HTML dialog box, enter HTML tags and text, and then + click Insert.</li> + <li>Select an element such as a table, named anchor, image, link, or + horizontal line. Double-click the element to open the associated properties + dialog box for that item. Click Advanced Edit to open the Advanced Property + Editor. You can use the Advanced Property Editor to add HTML attributes, + JavaScript, and CSS to objects.</li> + <li>Open the View menu, and choose HTML Source, or click the <HTML> + Source tab in the Edit Mode toolbar at the bottom of the Composer window. + (If you don't see the Edit Mode toolbar, open the View menu and choose + Show/Hide; then make sure the Edit Mode Toolbar is checked.)</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="using_the_advanced_property_editor">Using the Advanced Property + Editor</h3> + +<p>To add HTML attributes and JavaScript to objects such as tables, images, + and horizontal lines, you can use the Advanced Property Editor.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Unless you clearly understand how to add, delete, or + modify HTML attributes and their associated values, it's best not to do + so.</p> + +<p>If you are not currently viewing the Advanced Property Editor dialog box, + follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>From the View menu (or the Edit Mode toolbar), choose HTML Tags.</li> + <li>Double-click the object that you want to modify to open its Properties + dialog box.</li> + <li>Click Advanced Edit to open the object's Advanced Property Editor. + The Advanced Property Editor has three tabs, each of which lists the + current properties for the selected object: + <ul> + <li><strong>HTML Attributes</strong>: Click this tab to view or enter + additional HTML attributes.</li> + <li><strong>Inline Style</strong>: Click this tab to view or enter + additional CSS (cascading style sheet) properties through the + <style> attribute. For more information on using CSS styles + in Composer, see + <a href="#composer">Composer Preferences -Composer</a>.</li> + <li><strong>JavaScript Events</strong>: Click this tab to view or enter + JavaScript events.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>To edit a property or attribute in any of the three lists, select the + attribute you want to edit. You can then edit the attribute's name + or value using the editable Attribute and Value fields at the bottom of + the dialog box. To add a new attribute, type it in the Attribute field + at the bottom of the dialog box. The new attribute is automatically added + when you click in the Value field. To remove an attribute, select it in + the list, and click Remove Attribute. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Required attributes are highlighted in the + Attribute list.</p> + </li> + <li>Click OK to apply your changes to the Advanced Property Editor dialog + box.</li> + <li>Click OK again to exit the Properties dialog box.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Composer automatically places quotation marks around any attribute text.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="validating_the_html">Validating the HTML</h2> + +<p>Before you put your document on a web server so that others can see it, you + should first check the document's HTML formatting to make sure it + conforms to web standards. Documents containing validated HTML are less + likely to cause problems when viewed by different browsers. Just visually + checking your web pages in the browser doesn't ensure that your document + will appear correctly when viewed in other web browsers.</p> + +<p>Composer provides a convenient way for you to check that your document + conforms to W3C (World Wide Web Consortium) HTML standards. Composer uses + the W3C HTML Validation Service, which checks your document's HTML + syntax for compliance with HTML 4.01 standards. This service also provides + information on how to correct errors.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: You must be connected to the Internet to use this + feature.</p> + +<p>To validate your document's HTML syntax:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Validate HTML. If you have unsaved + changes, Composer asks you to save them before proceeding.</li> + <li>When the W3C HTML Validation Service page appears, click Browse and + locate the file on your hard disk that you want to validate.</li> + <li>Click <q>Validate this document</q>.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="choosing_the_right_editing_mode">Choosing the Right Editing Mode</h2> + +<p>Typically, you won't need to change the editing mode from the default + (Normal). However, if you want to work with the document's HTML source + code, you may want to change editing modes.</p> + +<p>Composer allows you to quickly switch between four editing modes or views. + Each editing mode allows you to continue working on your document, but + displays varying levels of HTML tags (and tag icons).</p> + +<p>Before you choose an editing mode:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the View menu, choose Show/Hide, and then make sure there is a + checkmark next to Edit Mode Toolbar.</li> +</ul> + +<p>The Edit Mode toolbar has four tabs:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Normal</strong>: Choose this editing mode to see how the document + will look online while you are creating it. Choose this mode to + show table borders and named anchor icons. All other HTML tag icons + are hidden.</li> + <li><strong>HTML Tags</strong>: Choose this mode to show all HTML tag + icons.</li> + <li><strong><HTML> Source</strong>: Choose this mode to view and edit + the document as unformatted HTML source code. When you save the + document, the Normal mode reappears.</li> + <li><strong>Preview</strong>: Choose this mode to display and edit the + document exactly as it would appear in a browser window, except + that links and JavaScript functions will not be active.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: JavaScript functions, frames, links, Java, + embedded objects and animated GIF files are not active in any of + the editing modes. To display these items in their active + state, click the Browse button on the Composition toolbar to + load the page into a browser window.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Adding Tables to Your Web Page</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#inserting_a_table">Inserting a Table</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_a_tables_properties">Changing a Table's + Properties</a></li> + <li><a href="#adding_and_deleting_rows_columns_and_cells">Adding and + Deleting Rows, Columns, and Cells</a></li> + <li><a href="#selecting_table_elements">Selecting Table Elements</a></li> + <li><a href="#moving_copying_and_deleting_tables">Moving, Copying, and + Deleting Tables</a></li> + <li><a href="#converting_text_into_a_table">Converting Text into a + Table</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="inserting_a_table">Inserting a Table</h2> + +<p>Tables are useful for organizing text, pictures, and data into formatted + rows and columns. To insert a table:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the table to appear.</li> + <li>Click the Table button + <img src="images/table.gif" width="25" height="26" alt="" /> on the + Composition toolbar. The Insert Table dialog box appears.</li> + <li>Type the number of rows and columns you want. + <ul> + <li>(Optional) Enter a size for the table width, and select either + percentage of the window or pixels.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Enter a number for the border thickness (in pixels); enter zero for no + border. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Composer uses a red dotted line to indicate + tables with a zero border; the dotted line disappears when the page + is viewed in a browser.</p> + </li> + <li>To apply additional table attributes or JavaScript, click Advanced Edit + to display the + <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>. + </li> + <li>Click OK to confirm your settings and view your new table.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To change additional properties for your new table, see + <a href="#changing_a_tables_properties">Changing a Table's + Properties</a>. +</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To insert a table within a table, open the + Insert menu and choose Table.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="changing_a_tables_properties">Changing a Table's Properties</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to modify properties that apply to an entire + table as well as the rows, columns, or individual cells within a table. If + you are not currently viewing the Table Properties dialog box, follow these + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the table, or click anywhere inside it.</li> + <li>Click the Table button + <img src="images/table.gif" width="25" height="26" alt="" /> on the + toolbar, or open the Table menu and choose Table Properties. The Table + Properties dialog box contains two tabs: Table and Cells.</li> + <li>Click the Table tab to edit these properties: + <ul> + <li><strong>Size</strong>: Use this to specify the number of rows and + columns. Enter the width of the table and then choose <q>% of + window</q> or <q>pixels</q>. If you specify width as a percentage, the + table's width changes whenever the Composer window's or + browser window's width changes.</li> + <li><strong>Borders and Spacing</strong>: Use this to specify, in pixels, + the border line width, the space between cells, and the cell padding + (the space between the contents of the cell and its border). + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Composer uses a dotted outline to display + tables with a zero border; the dotted line disappears when the page + is viewed in a browser.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Table Alignment</strong>: Use this to align the table within + the page. Choose an option from the drop-down list.</li> + <li><strong>Caption</strong>: Choose the caption placement from the + drop-down list.</li> + <li><strong>Background Color</strong>: Use this to choose a color for + the table background, or leave it as transparent.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events, click Advanced Edit + to display the <a href="#formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists">Advanced + Property Editor</a>. + </li> + <li>Click Apply to preview your changes without closing the dialog box, or + click OK to confirm them.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To view, change, or add properties for one or more cells:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the row, column, or cell, then open the Table menu and choose + Table Properties. The Table Properties dialog box appears.</li> + <li>Click the Cells tab to edit the following properties: + <ul> + <li><strong>Selection</strong>: Choose Cell, Row, or Column from the + drop-down list. Click Previous or Next to move through rows, columns, + or cells.</li> + <li><strong>Size</strong>: Type a number for Height and Width, and then + choose <q>% of table</q> or <q>pixels</q>.</li> + <li><strong>Content Alignment</strong>: Select a vertical and horizontal + alignment type for the text or data inside each cell.</li> + <li><strong>Cell Style</strong>: Select Header from the drop-down list + for column or row headers (which centers and bolds the text in the + cell); otherwise choose Normal.</li> + <li><strong>Text Wrap</strong>: Select <q>Don't wrap</q> from the + drop-down list to keep text from wrapping to the next line unless you + insert a paragraph break. Otherwise, choose Wrap.</li> + <li><strong>Background Color</strong>: Select a color for the cell + background or leave it as transparent. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: To apply additional attributes or JavaScript + events, click Advanced Edit to display the + <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property + Editor</a> + </p> + </li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click Apply to preview your changes without closing the dialog box, or + click OK to confirm them.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To change the text color or background color of one + or more selected cells or the entire table, select the cells or click + anywhere in the table and then click the text color or background color + icon in the Format toolbar.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To change the color of cells to the color last used, + select the cell, then press Shift and click on the background color picker. + This is useful when you want to use one color for individual cells.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="adding_and_deleting_rows_columns_and_cells">Adding and Deleting Rows, + Columns, and Cells</h2> + +<p>Composer allows you to quickly add or delete one or more cells, columns, + or rows in a table. In addition, you can set options that allow you to + maintain the original rectangular structure or layout of the table while + you perform editing tasks.</p> + +<p>To add a cell, row, or column to your table:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click inside the table where you want to add a cell (or cells).</li> + <li>Open the Table menu and then choose Insert.</li> + <li>Choose one of the cell groupings. (You can also insert a new table + within a table cell.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>To delete a cell, row, or column:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click a row, column, or cell to place the insertion point. Or, + select neighboring cells to delete more than one row at a time. To + select neighboring cells, drag over the cells you want to select. + To select individual cells in a table, hold down the + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd> key and click + on the cells you want to select.</li> + <li>Open the Table menu and choose Delete.</li> + <li>Choose the item you want to delete.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To join (or merge) a cell with the cell on its right:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click inside the cell on the left, open the Table menu, and + choose Join with Cell to the Right.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To join (or merge) adjacent cells:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Select adjacent cells by dragging over them.</li> + <li>Open the Table menu, and choose Join Selected Cells.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To split a joined cell back into two or more cells:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click inside the joined cell, open the Table menu, and then + choose Split Cell. Composer puts the entire contents of the joined + cell into the first of the two cells.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Refer to <a href="#selecting_table_elements">Selecting Table Elements</a> + for information on how to select non-adjacent cells, rows, and + columns.</p> + +<h3 id="changing_the_default_table_editing_behavior">Changing the Default Table + Editing Behavior</h3> + +<p>By default, when you delete one or more cells, Composer preserves the + table's structure by adding cells at the end of a row, wherever + needed. This allows you to delete one or more cells but still maintain + the table's original rectangular layout, or structure. Otherwise, + deleting cells can result in a table with empty spaces, or whose outline + appears irregular due to an uneven number of cells.</p> + +<p>To change the default table editing behavior, begin from the Composer + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu, choose Preferences, and then choose Composer.</li> + <li>Under Table Editing, set the following preference: + <ul> + <li>Make sure that <q>Maintain table layout when inserting or + deleting cells</q> is checked to ensure that you don't get an + irregularly shaped table.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>See also <a href="#composer">Setting General Composer Preferences</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="selecting_table_elements">Selecting Table Elements</h2> + +<p>You can use one of two ways to quickly select a table, cell, or group of + cells:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click in the table, open the Table menu, choose Select, and then choose + an item from the submenu. For example, to select a table, click anywhere + inside the table, open the Table menu, choose Select, and then choose + Table.</li> + <li>Or, you can use the mouse as a selection tool: + <ul> + <li>To select a group of adjacent cells: click in a cell, and then + drag to select the cells you want. Drag the mouse left or right to + select a row; up or down to select a column.</li> + <li>To select non-adjacent cells: press <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd> + <kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd> and then click inside a cell. Keep + pressing <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd> <kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd> + as you click to select additional cells.</li> + <li>To extend a selection to include adjacent cells: click inside a + cell and then drag over additional cells to extend the selection.</li> + <li>To select one or more adjacent columns or rows: drag up or down + to select the first column or row, and then drag left or right to + select additional adjacent columns or rows. Press <kbd>Shift</kbd> + and drag to the right to select an entire row. Press <kbd>Shift</kbd> + and drag up or down to select an entire column.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="moving_copying_and_deleting_tables">Moving, Copying, and Deleting + Tables</h2> + +<p>To move a table:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click inside the table.</li> + <li>Open the Table menu, choose Select, and then choose Table.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li>To copy or move the table: Use the Edit menu's cut, copy, and + paste options.</li> + <li>To delete the table: Open the Table menu again, choose Delete, and + then choose Table.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="converting_text_into_a_table">Converting Text into a Table</h2> + +<p>To convert text into a table:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the text that you want to convert into a table. Keep in mind that + Composer creates a new table row for each paragraph in the selection.</li> + <li>Open the Table menu and choose Create Table from Selection. You see the + Convert to Table dialog box.</li> + <li>Choose the character Composer uses to separate the selection into + columns, or specify a different character to use. If you choose Space as + the separator for columns, choose whether or not you want Composer to + ignore multiple space and treat them as one space.</li> + <li>Leave <q>Delete separator character</q> checked to have Composer remove + the separator character when it converts the text into a table. If you + don't want Composer to delete the separator character, uncheck this + option.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Text formatting is removed when the selected text + is converted to a table.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="adding_images_to_your_web_page">Adding Pictures (Images) to Your Web + Page</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#inserting_an_image_into_your_page">Inserting an Image into + Your Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#editing_image_properties">Editing Image Properties</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="inserting_an_image_into_your_page">Inserting an Image into Your + Page</h2> + +<p>You can insert GIF, JPEG, BMP, and PNG (Portable Network Graphics) images + into your web page. You can also use them to + <a href="#using_images_as_links">create links</a>. When you insert an image, + Composer saves a reference to the image in your page.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you plan to publish your pages to the web, + it's best not to use BMP images in your pages.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: It's best to first save or publish your page + before you insert images into it. This allows Composer to automatically + use relative references to images once you insert them.</p> + +<p>To insert an image:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the image to + appear.</li> + <li>Click the Image button + <img src="images/image.gif" width="23" height="25" alt="" /> + on the toolbar, or open the Insert menu and choose Image. You see the + Image Properties dialog box.</li> + <li>Type the location and filename of the image file, or click Choose File + to search for an image file on your hard drive or network.</li> + <li>Type a simple description of your image as the alternate text that will + appear in text-only browsers (as well as other browsers) when an image is + loading or when image loading is disabled. + + <p>Alternatively, you can choose not to include alternate text.</p> + </li> + <li>If needed, click other tabs so you can adjust the settings (for + example, alignment) in the + <a href="#editing_image_properties">Image Properties</a> dialog box.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly insert an image: Drag and drop it onto + your page.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To insert a line break after all images in a + paragraph, choose Break Below Images from the Insert menu.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#adding_images_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="editing_image_properties">Editing Image Properties</h2> + +<p>Once you've inserted an image into your page, you can edit its + properties and customize the layout in your page, such as the height, + width, spacing, and text alignment. If you are not currently viewing + the Image Properties dialog box, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Double-click the image, or select it and click the Image button + <img src="images/image.gif" width="23" height="25" alt="" /> on the toolbar + to display the Image Properties dialog box.</li> + <li>Click the Location tab to edit these properties: + <ul> + <li><strong>Image Location</strong>: Type the filename and location of + the image file. Click Choose File to search for an image file on your + hard drive or network.</li> + <li><strong>URL is relative to page location</strong>: If checked, + Composer converts the URL to be relative to the page's location. + This is especially useful if you plan to publish your pages on a web + server so that others can view them. Using relative URLs allows you + to keep all your linked files in the same place relative to each other, + regardless of their location on your hard disk or a web server. + + <p>Unchecking this box causes Composer to convert the URL to a full + (absolute) URL. You typically use absolute URLs when linking to + images on other web servers (not stored locally on your hard + disk).</p> + + <p>If you have never saved or published the page, you must first save + the page in order to enable this checkbox. (This checkbox is not + available if you open the Image Properties dialog box in a message + compose window.)</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Attach this image to the message</strong>: If checked, + the image is attached to the message you are sending. If unchecked, a + link to the image location is inserted instead. (This checkbox is only + available if you open the Image Properties dialog box in a message + compose window.)</li> + <li><strong>Alternate Text</strong>: Enter text that will display in + place of the original image; for example, a caption or a brief + description of the image. It's a good practice to specify + alternate text for readers who use text-only web browsers or who have + image loading turned off.</li> + <li><strong>Don't use alternate text</strong>: Choose this option + if the image does not require alternate text or if you don't want + to include it.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click the Dimensions tab to edit these properties: + <ul> + <li><strong>Actual Size</strong>: Select this option to undo any changes + you've made to the dimensions and return the image to its original + size.</li> + <li><strong>Custom Size</strong>: Select this option and specify the new + height and width, in pixels or as a percentage. This setting + doesn't affect the original image file, just the image inserted + in your page.</li> + <li><strong>Constrain</strong>: If you change the image size, it's + a good idea to select this in order to maintain the image's aspect + ratio (so that it doesn't appear distorted). If you choose this + option, then you only need to change the height or width, but not + both.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click the Appearance Tab to edit these properties: + <ul> + <li><strong>Spacing</strong>: Specify the amount of space surrounding + the image; between the image and adjoining text. You can also put a + solid black border around the image and specify its width in pixels. + Specify zero for no border.</li> + <li><strong>Align Text to Image</strong>: If you've placed your + image next to any text, select an alignment icon to indicate how you + want text positioned relative to the image.</li> + <li><strong>Image Map</strong>: Click Remove to remove any image map + settings.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click the Link tab to edit these properties: + <ul> + <li><strong>Enter a web page location</strong>: If you want to define + a link for this image, enter the URL of a remote or local page, or + select a named anchor or heading from the drop-down list. Click Choose + File to search for a file on your hard drive or network.</li> + <li><strong>URL is relative to page location</strong>: If checked, + Composer converts the URL to be relative to the page's location. + This is especially useful if you plan to publish your pages to a web + server so that others can view them. Using relative URLs allows you to + keep all your linked files in the same place relative to each other, + regardless of their location on your hard disk or a web server. + + <p>Unchecking this box causes Composer to convert the URL to a full + (absolute) URL. You typically use absolute URLs when linking to files + on other web servers (not stored locally on your hard disk).</p> + + <p>If you have unsaved changes, you must first save the page in order + to enable this checkbox. (This checkbox is not available if you open + the Image Properties dialog box in a message compose window.)</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Show border around linked image</strong>: If checked, + displays the link highlight color around the image.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events, click Advanced Edit + to display the + <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>. + </li> + <li>Click OK to confirm your changes.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#adding_images_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="setting_page_properties">Setting Page Properties</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#setting_page_properties_and_meta_tags">Setting Page + Properties and Meta Tags</a></li> + <li><a href="#setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds">Setting Page Colors and + Backgrounds</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="setting_page_properties_and_meta_tags">Setting Page Properties and Meta + Tags</h2> + +<p>Use the Page Properties dialog box to enter properties such as the title, + author, and description of the document you're currently working on. + This information is useful if you plan to use the page on a website, since + search engines use this type of information to index your page. You can view + this information from the browser window by opening the View menu and + choosing Page Info.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose Page Title and Properties.</li> + <li>Edit any of the following properties: + <ul> + <li><strong>Title</strong>: Type the text you want to appear as the + window title when someone views the page through a browser. This + is how most web search tools locate web pages, so choose a title + that conveys what your page is about.</li> + <li><strong>Author</strong>: Type the name of the person who created the + document. This information is helpful to readers who locate the + document by using a web search tool to search on name. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you enter the Author name in + Composer's <a href="#new_page_settings">preferences</a>, then + you won't have to enter it each time you create a new page.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Description</strong>: Enter a brief description of the + document's contents.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#setting_page_properties">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds">Setting Page Colors and + Backgrounds</h2> + +<p>You can change the background color or specify a background + image for the page you're currently working on. These choices + affect the way text and links in your page appear to people viewing + the page through a browser.</p> + +<p>To set the colors and background for the current page, begin + from the Composer window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose Page Colors and Background.</li> + <li>Edit any of the following properties: + <ul> + <li><strong>Reader's default colors</strong>: Select this if you + want your page to use the color settings from the viewer's browser + for text and links.</li> + <li><strong>Use custom colors</strong>: Select this if you want to + specify the colors of text and links. For each element, select a color + from the Color selection dialog. Sample output for each type of link + appears in the pane on the right.</li> + <li><strong>Background image</strong>: Select this if you want the + background of your page to be an image. Type the name of the image + file or click Choose File to locate the image file on your hard + drive or network. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Background images are tiled and override + background color selections.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>URL is relative to page location</strong>: If checked, + Composer converts the URL to be relative to the page's location. + This is especially useful if you plan to publish your pages on a web + server so that others can view them. + + <p>Using relative URLs allows you to keep all your linked files in + the same place relative to each other, regardless of their location + on your hard disk or a web server.</p> + + <p>Deselecting this option causes Composer to convert the URL to a + full (absolute) URL. You typically use absolute URLs when linking + to images on other web servers (not stored locally on your hard + disk).</p> + + <p>If you have unsaved changes, you must first save the page in + order to enable this checkbox.</p> + </li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events, + click Advanced Edit to display the + <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property + Editor</a>.</p> + +<p>You can also set the <a href="#new_page_settings">default page + background and colors</a> for every new page you create in Composer.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#setting_page_properties">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="creating_links_in_composer">Creating Links in Composer</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#creating_links_within_the_same_page">Creating Links Within + the Same Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#creating_links_to_other_pages">Creating Links to Other + Pages</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_images_as_links">Using Images as Links</a></li> + <li><a href="#removing_or_discontinuing_links">Removing or Discontinuing + Links</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="creating_links_within_the_same_page">Creating Links Within the Same + Page</h2> + +<p>To create a link within the same page, for example a link that the reader + can use to jump from one section to another, you must create an + <em>anchor</em> (target location), and then create a link that points to the + anchor. Anchors are also called <em>named anchors</em>. To create an anchor, + follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point at the beginning of a line where you + want to create an anchor, or select some text.</li> + <li>Open the Insert menu and choose Named Anchor. You see the Named Anchor + Properties dialog box.</li> + <li>Type a unique name for the anchor in the Anchor Name field (up to 30 + characters). If you include spaces, they will be converted to underscores + ( _ ). If you selected some text in step 1, this box already contains a + name.</li> + <li>Click OK. An anchor icon appears in your document to mark the + anchor's location: + <img src="images/anchor-in-doc.gif" width="20" height="17" alt="" /></li> +</ol> + +<p>To create the link on which readers can click to jump to the object:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the text or image that you want to link to the anchor.</li> + <li>Click the Link button or open the Insert menu and choose Link. You see + the Link Properties dialog box. + <ul> + <li>If you're creating a link to an HTML file on your computer, + click Choose File to locate it.</li> + <li>If you're creating a link to a named anchor (target), select + it from the list of the anchors currently available in the page.</li> + <li>If you're creating a link to a level heading (for example, + Heading 1 - Heading 6), select it from the list of headings currently + available in the page.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: To test the link you just created, open the File + menu and choose Browse Page, then click the link.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you did not first create named anchors, you can + use the Link dialog box to create links to headings that already occur in + the page.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="creating_links_to_other_pages">Creating Links to Other Pages</h2> + +<p>You can create links from your page to local pages on your own computer or + on your workplace's network, or to remote pages on the Internet.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: It's best to first save or publish your page + before you create links to other pages. This allows Composer to automatically + use relative references for links once you create them.</p> + +<p>To create a link to another page:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want to create a link, or + select the text or image that you want to link to the anchor.</li> + <li>Click the Link button. You see the Link Properties dialog box.</li> + <li>Define your link: + <ul> + <li><strong>Link text</strong>: If you've already selected an image + file or text before clicking the Link button, the selected text or + file will be entered here. Otherwise, you must enter the text that you + want to use as the link.</li> + <li><strong>Link Location</strong>: Type the local path and filename or + remote URL of the page you want to link to. If you're not sure of + the path and filename for a local file, click Choose File to look for + it on your hard disk or network. For remote URLs, you can copy the URL + from the browser's Location Bar. Alternatively, you can select a + named anchor or a heading in the current page that you want to link + to.</li> + <li><strong>URL is relative to page location</strong>: If checked, + Composer converts the URL to be relative to the page's location. + This is especially useful if you plan to publish your pages to a web + server so that others can view them. Using relative URLs allows you to + keep all your linked files in the same place relative to each other, + regardless of their location on your hard disk or a web server. + + <p>Deselecting this option causes Composer to convert the URL to a full + (absolute) URL. You typically use absolute URLs when linking to pages + on other web servers (not stored locally on your hard disk).</p> + + <p>If you have unsaved changes, you must first save the page in order + to enable this checkbox. (This checkbox is not available if you open + the Link Properties dialog box in a message compose window.)</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Attach the source of this link to the message</strong>: If + checked, the source of the specified link is added as an attachment to + the message you are sending. If unchecked, just a link to the location + is inserted instead. (This checkbox is only available if you open the + Link Properties dialog box in a message compose window.)</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events, click Advanced Edit + to display the + <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>. + </li> + <li>Click OK.</li> + <li>To test the link you just created, click the Browse button and then click + the link to make sure it works as expected.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can copy a link quickly by clicking and dragging + the link from another window and then dropping it onto your page. For + example, you can click and drag a link from a web page, bookmark, or Mail + window and drop it onto your page. You can also right-click<span class="mac"> + or, if you have a one-button mouse, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> a link on a + web page and choose Copy Link Location from the menu. Then you can paste the + link location into the Link Location field in the Link Properties dialog + box.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_images_as_links">Using Images as Links</h2> + +<p>You can make images, such as JPEG, GIF, or PNG files, behave like links in + your pages. When the reader clicks a linked image, the browser window + displays the page that the image is linked to.</p> + +<p>To make an image behaving like a link:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select an image on your page.</li> + <li>Click the Link button + <img src="images/link.gif" width="22" height="20" alt="" /> + on the toolbar, or open the Insert menu and choose Link.</li> + <li>Use the Link Properties dialog box to link the image to a + <a href="#creating_links_within_the_same_page">named anchor or heading + within the page</a>, or to a + <a href="#creating_links_to_other_pages">separate local or remote page</a>. + </li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Drag and drop a linked image from the browser window + into a Composer window to copy both the image and the link.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: To remove the blue border on images used as links, + open the Link Properties dialog box, click the Link tab, and uncheck <q>Show + border around linked image</q>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="removing_or_discontinuing_links">Removing or Discontinuing Links</h2> + +<p>To remove a link:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the linked text (normally blue and underlined) or image.</li> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose Remove Links.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To discontinue a link, so that text you type after the link is not included + as part of the link:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the link to end.</li> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose Discontinue Link.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Publishing Your Pages on the Web</h1> + +<p>If your pages exist only on your local hard disk, you can browse your pages, + but no one else can. Composer lets you publish your pages to a remote + computer called a web server.</p> + +<p>When you publish your pages to a web server, Composer copies (uploads) your + pages to a computer that lets others browse your pages. Most ISPs provide + space on their web servers for web page publishing. To find a web server + where you can publish your pages, ask your ISP, help desk, or system + administrator.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#publishing_a_document">Publishing a Document</a></li> + <li><a href="#updating_a_published_document">Updating a Published + Document</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_the_filename_or_publishing_location">Changing the + Filename or Publishing Location</a></li> + <li><a href="#creating_a_new_publishing_site">Creating a New Publishing + Site</a></li> + <li><a href="#choosing_the_default_publishing_site">Choosing the Default + Publishing Site</a></li> + <li><a href="#deleting_a_publishing_site">Deleting a Publishing + Site</a></li> + <li><a href="#solving_common_publishing_problems">Solving Common Publishing + Problems</a></li> + <li><a href="#publishing_settings">Publishing Settings</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="publishing_a_document">Publishing a Document</h2> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: It's best to first save or publish your page + before you insert links or images into it. This allows Composer to + automatically use relative references for links and images once you insert + them.</p> + +<p>To publish a document:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the HTML document that you want to publish, or create a new Composer + document.</li> + <li>When you're ready to publish the document remotely, click the + Publish button. + + <p>If you have published this document before, Composer remembers the + document's publishing settings and starts publishing the document. + While publishing is in progress, Composer displays a publishing status + dialog box.</p> + <ul> + <li>If you have never published this document before, Composer displays + the Settings tab in the Publish Page dialog box so you can enter + information about the document's remote publishing location. See + <a href="#publish_page_settings">Publish Page - Settings</a> for more + information. When you're done entering information, click Publish. + </li> + <li>If you have never saved the document, Composer displays the Publish + tab in the Publish Page dialog box, so you can enter the + document's filename. See + <a href="#publish_page_publish">Publish Page - Publish</a> for more + information. After entering the filename, click Publish.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>To browse your published page, click the Browse button. Test the + page's links and make sure there are no missing images.</li> + <li>Continue editing the page as necessary. When you're ready to update + the remote page with your changes, click the Publish button.</li> +</ol> + +<p>When you publish a document for the first time, Composer changes the + document's <tt>file:///</tt> URL to an <tt>http://</tt> URL to indicate + that you are now editing the published document. If you want to save the + document locally (on your computer's hard disk), click the Save button. + You'll be prompted to choose a filename and location on your hard disk + for the document.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="tips_for_avoiding_broken_links_or_missing_images">Tips for Avoiding + Broken Links or Missing Images</h3> + +<ul> + <li>Make sure your Composer filenames end with the .html or .htm file + extension. Make sure your image filenames end with the .JPG, .GIF, or .PNG + file extension. Don't use spaces or other special symbols in your + filenames. Keep your filenames short and only use lowercase or uppercase + letters and numbers.</li> + <li>If your images appear as broken links when you browse a document on the + web server, you may have forgotten to include the images when you + published. Open the File menu, and choose Publish As to display the Publish + Page dialog box. In the Publish tab, make sure you check <q>Include images + and other files</q> and then click Publish.</li> +</ul> + +<p>For more troubleshooting tips, see + <a href="#solving_common_publishing_problems">Solving Common Publishing + Problems</a>. +</p> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="updating_a_published_document">Updating a Published Document</h2> + +<p>To update a published document:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In a Composer window, open the File menu, and choose Recent Pages, then + select the document from the list. <p>Alternatively, browse to the location + of the document you want to update by entering the document's HTTP + address (the document's web address) in the browser's + Location Bar.</p></li> + <li>Edit the document as necessary.</li> + <li>When you're ready to update the remote page with your changes, click + Publish in Composer's toolbar.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To delete a page or image you've published on a + web server, you must use an <a href="glossary.xhtml#ftp">FTP (File Transfer + Protocol)</a> program. You also must use an FTP program if you want to create + subdirectories or to rename files on the web server. Ask your service + provider if they recommend a particular FTP program. You can usually find + information on FTP programs in the Help or Support sections of your service + provider's website. FTP programs are also available from shareware sites + such as ZDNet Downloads.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="changing_the_filename_or_publishing_location">Changing the Filename or + Publishing Location</h2> + +<p>To change a document's filename or publishing location:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In a Composer window, open the File menu, and choose Recent Pages, then + select the document from the list. + + <p>Alternatively, browse to the location of the document you want to update + by entering the document's HTTP address (the document's web + address) in the browser's Location Bar.</p> + </li> + <li>Edit the document as necessary.</li> + <li>Open Composer's File menu and choose Publish As. Composer displays + the Publish tab in the Publish Page dialog box.</li> + <li>Enter a different page title, if necessary.</li> + <li>Enter a different filename for the page, if necessary.</li> + <li>From the Site Name list, choose the publishing location you want to use. + To set up a new publishing location, click New Site. See + <a href="#publish_page_settings">Publish Page - Settings</a> for more + information.</li> + <li>Click Publish to save the document to the new location.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="creating_a_new_publishing_site">Creating a New Publishing Site</h2> + +<p>If you plan to publish documents to more than one remote location, you can + set up Composer to save the publishing information for each remote site you + use, so that you don't have to enter it each time you want to + publish.</p> + +<p>To create a new publishing site, begin from a Composer window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Publishing Site Settings. Composer + displays the Publish Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Click New Site.</li> + <li>For <q>Site Name</q>, enter the nickname by which you want to refer to + this publishing site. + + <p>For example, if you will use the new site to publish documents + related to the <q>Meteor</q> project, you might want to use the site + name <q>Meteor</q>. Site names remind you about the types of documents + you publish at each site.</p> + </li> + <li>For <q>Publishing address</q>, enter the complete URL provided to + you by your ISP, system administrator, or web hosting service. This + URL must begin with either <tt>ftp://</tt> or <tt>http://</tt>. + + <p>The publishing address specifies the location where documents are + published (uploaded) at this site. If you are not sure what to enter, + ask your ISP or system administrator.</p> + </li> + <li>For <q>HTTP address of your home page</q>, enter the complete URL + that you would enter in the browser to view pages at this + site. Do not include a filename or subdirectory as part of the URL. + + <p>This URL must always begin with <tt>http://</tt>. In some cases, + this URL is the same as the publishing address. If you are not sure + what to enter, ask your ISP or system administrator, or else leave + it blank.</p> + </li> + <li>For <q>user name</q>, enter the user name you use to log in to your ISP + or web hosting service.</li> + <li>For <q>password</q>, enter the password for your user name.</li> + <li>Select <q>Save Password</q> to save your password securely using + Password Manager so that you don't have to enter it each time you + publish pages at this site.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="choosing_the_default_publishing_site">Choosing the Default Publishing + Site</h2> + +<p>If you have set up more than one publishing site, but you typically use + only one site for most of your publishing needs, you can designate the site + you use most often as the default publishing site. Composer will use the + default publishing site for all documents that you publish, unless you + specifically choose an alternate site.</p> + +<p>Regardless of how many sites you've set up, you can always publish a + document to a different site by choosing Publish As from Composer's + File menu. See + <a href="#changing_the_filename_or_publishing_location">Changing the Filename + or Publishing Location</a> for more information.</p> + +<p>To choose the default publishing site, begin from a Composer + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Publishing Site Settings. + Composer displays the Publish Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select a publishing site from the list. + + <p>If you only have one publishing site set up, Composer uses that + one as the default site.</p> + </li> + <li>Click Set as Default.</li> + <li>Click OK to confirm your changes.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="deleting_a_publishing_site">Deleting a Publishing Site</h2> + +<p>Deleting a publishing site removes the site's settings from Composer. + If you later wish to publish to the site, you must re-enter the site's + settings.</p> + +<p>To delete a publishing site's settings, begin from a Composer + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Publishing Site Settings. Composer + displays the Publish Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select a publishing site from the list.</li> + <li>Click Remove Site. + + <p>Composer only removes the site's settings; the remote site itself + is not affected.</p> + </li> + <li>Click OK to confirm your changes.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="solving_common_publishing_problems">Solving Common Publishing + Problems</h2> + +<p>If one or more of your files fail to publish, the Publishing + Status dialog box displays an error message that can help you + determine what went wrong and how to fix it.</p> + +<p>If you are still unable to publish a file, save the file to your + hard disk by opening Composer's File menu, and choosing Save. You + can then open the file at a later time to try to publish it. To + quickly locate the file later, open Composer's File menu, and + choose Recent Pages.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#verifying_your_publishing_settings">Verifying Your Publishing + Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#checking_your_filenames">Checking Your Filenames</a></li> + <li><a href="#fixing_publishing_errors">Fixing Publishing Errors</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="verifying_your_publishing_settings">Verifying Your Publishing + Settings</h3> + +<p>To verify your publishing settings:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Close the Publishing Status dialog box, if it is open.</li> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Publishing Site Settings.</li> + <li>In the Publish Settings dialog box, confirm that the site settings are + correct for the site you are trying to publish to. If you're not + sure, check with your ISP or web hosting service. + <ul> + <li><strong>Verify that you correctly entered the publishing + settings</strong>: You may have accidentally mis-typed one of the + settings.</li> + <li><strong>Verify that you entered the correct publishing + address</strong>: Web hosting services or ISPs may refer to the + publishing address as the <q>server name</q>, the <q>hostname</q>, or + the <q>server/host</q>. They often specify the publishing location as + <tt>ftp.myisp.com/username</tt>, where <tt>username</tt> is your + user name. + + <p>For the publishing address to be correct, you must precede the + publishing location with either <tt>ftp://</tt> or <tt>http://</tt>. + For example, the correct publishing address for the above-mentioned + site would be <tt>ftp://ftp.myisp.com/username</tt>.</p> + </li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<h3 id="checking_your_filenames">Checking Your Filenames</h3> + +<p>Examine the names of any files that failed to publish. Make sure that the + filenames:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Use only numbers or lowercase or uppercase letters. While it's + acceptable to create filenames that use uppercase letters, you can avoid + potential errors in later locating the published file if you only use + lowercase letters in your filenames. + + <p>When you publish files to a web server, filenames become + case-sensitive on the web server. It may be harder for you to remember + files names that use only uppercase letters or that use a mix of + uppercase and lowercase letters.</p> + + <p>For example, when you try to locate a published file by typing the + filename's web address into the browser's Location Bar, you + must enter the filename exactly as you created it, using the same + combination of uppercase and lowercase letters.</p> + </li> + <li>Don't use punctuation characters or spaces. Underscores ( _ ) + or hyphens ( - ) are OK.</li> + <li>End with .html or .htm (for Composer filenames).</li> + <li>Use less than 32 characters.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="fixing_publishing_errors">Fixing Publishing Errors</h3> + +<p>If one or more of your files fails to publish, look at the messages + Composer displays in the Publishing Status area of the Publishing dialog box. + You can use these error messages to help determine what went wrong and what + to do to fix the problem.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;"> + <p>Error Messages:</p> + <p><a href="#file_not_found"><tt><var>Filename</var> not found.</tt></a></p> + <p><a href="#file_not_found"><tt><var>X</var> of <var>Y</var> files failed to + publish.</tt></a></p> + <p><a href="#subdir_not_found"><tt>The subdirectory <var>directory name</var> + doesn't exist on this site or the filename <var>filename</var> is + already in use by another subdirectory.</tt></a></p> + <p><a href="#subdir_not_found"><tt>The filename <var>filename</var> is + already in use by another subdirectory.</tt></a></p> + <p><a href="#server_not_found"><tt>The server is not available. Check your + connection and try again later.</tt></a></p> + <p><a href="#no_permission"><tt>You do not have permission to publish to this + location.</tt></a></p> + <p><a href="#offline_error"><tt>You are currently offline. Click the icon + near the lower-right corner of any window to go online.</tt></a></p> + <p><a href="#no_disk_space"><tt>There is not enough disk space available to + save the file <var>filename</var>.</tt></a></p> + <p><a href="#name_too_long"><tt>The filename or subdirectory name is too + long.</tt></a></p> +</div> + +<div class="errorMessage"> + <p id="file_not_found"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p> + + <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;"> + <tt><var>Filename</var> not found.</tt> + <p>or</p> + <tt><var>X</var> of <var>Y</var> files failed to publish.</tt> + </div> + + <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: One or more image files or CSS files + failed to publish because Composer could not find them. Some typical + reasons might be:</p> + + <ul> + <li>The file location you typed is incorrect.</li> + <li>The file's location on the web is not accessible.</li> + <li>The file's location was changed or the file was deleted or + moved to another location.</li> + </ul> + + <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p> + + <ul> + <li>Look for broken images in the page you are trying to publish. Broken + images will appear with this icon + <img src="images/broken.gif" width="20" height="20" alt="" /> in the + page. To correct the image's address, double-click the broken + image to display the Image Properties dialog box so you can enter the + correct address.</li> + <li>Remove the broken image from the page by selecting it (click once on + the image), and then pressing <kbd>Backspace</kbd> or <kbd>Delete</kbd> + on your keyboard.</li> + <li>If the image is unavailable because the server where the image resides + is inaccessible, try publishing the page at a later time.</li> + <li>If the missing file is a CSS file, you must first verify the correct + location of the CSS file. To fix the file's address in Composer, + click the HTML Source tab and edit the file's location in the HTML + source code. You should only edit the HTML source if you are familiar + with HTML tags.</li> + </ul> +</div> + +<div class="errorMessage"> + <p id="subdir_not_found"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p> + + <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;"> + <tt>The subdirectory <var>directory name</var> doesn't exist on this + site or the filename <var>filename</var> is already in use by another + subdirectory</tt> + <p>or</p> + <tt>The filename <var>filename</var> is already in use by another + subdirectory</tt> + </div> + + <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: You specified the name of a remote + subdirectory that does not exist at the publishing site. Composer can only + publish to a remote subdirectory that already exists at the publishing + location. Or, you specified a filename that is identical to the name of an + existing subdirectory at the publishing site.</p> + + <p>For example, in the Publish Page dialog box, under the Publish tab:</p> + + <ul> + <li>for <q>Site subdirectory for this page</q>, you may have typed the name + of a subdirectory that does not exist at the publishing location.</li> + <li>you checked <q>Include images and other files</q>, and then you typed + the name of a subdirectory that does not exist at the publishing + location.</li> + <li>one of the files you are attempting to publish has the same name as a + subdirectory at the publishing site.</li> + </ul> + + <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p> + + <ul> + <li>Use a separate FTP program if you want to create, rename, or delete + subdirectories at the publishing site. Ask your service provider if they + recommend a particular FTP program. You can usually find information on + FTP programs in the Help or Support sections of your service + provider's website. FTP programs are also available from shareware + sites such as ZDNet Downloads.</li> + <li>Don't use subdirectory names that end with <q>.html</q> or + <q>.htm</q>. Only your Composer filenames should end with <q>.html</q> + or <q>.htm</q>.</li> + <li>Subdirectory names are case-sensitive, so be sure to enter a + subdirectory name exactly as it appears at the publishing location.</li> + </ul> +</div> + +<div class="errorMessage"> + <p id="server_not_found"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p> + + <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;"> + <tt>The server is not available. Check your connection and try again + later.</tt> + </div> + + <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: This error can have many causes. For + example:</p> + + <ul> + <li>Your publishing site settings may not be correct.</li> + <li>Your Internet connection may have been lost.</li> + <li>Your modem or other equipment that you use to connect to the Internet + might not be functioning correctly.</li> + <li>The web server that you are trying to publish to might be unavailable + due to a technical problem or to an unknown circumstance.</li> + <li>Your ISP or web hosting service may be experiencing technical + problems.</li> + </ul> + + <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p> + + <ul> + <li>Verify that your publishing settings are correct and that you entered + them correctly. See + <a href="#verifying_your_publishing_settings">Verifying Your Publishing + Settings</a> for more information.</li> + <li>Make sure your Internet connection is working by attempting to view a + web page using the browser. For example, confirm that you can + successfully view the page <tt>http://www.mozilla.org</tt>.</li> + <li>If your Internet connection is not working, verify that all hardware, + telephone connections, modems, and network connections are functioning + properly.</li> + <li>Use the browser to try to view a page at the website you are + attempting to publish to. If you can successfully view other websites but + cannot view a page at the publishing site, your ISP or web hosting + service may be experiencing technical problems.</li> + <li>Try publishing again later. Your ISP, web hosting service, or the web + server may be experiencing temporary technical difficulties.</li> + </ul> +</div> + +<div class="errorMessage"> + <p id="no_permission"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p> + + <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;"> + <tt>You do not have permission to publish to this location.</tt> + </div> + + <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: You are attempting to publish to a + location that you are not authorized to use. You can only publish to sites + where you have been granted access by your ISP or web hosting service.</p> + + <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p> + + <ul> + <li>Verify that you entered the correct user name and password in the + Publishing Site Settings dialog box, or in the Publish tab of the + Publish dialog box.</li> + <li>Contact your ISP to find out where you can publish your pages at their + site.</li> + <li>Find a web hosting service that you can use to publish your pages. In + the browser, search for <q>web hosting</q>.</li> + <li>Use Netscape My Webpage <a href="http://mywebpage.netscape.com/"> + <tt>http://mywebpage.netscape.com/</tt></a> to host your web pages, up + to 20 megabytes for free.</li> + </ul> +</div> + +<div class="errorMessage"> + <p id="offline_error"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p> + + <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;"> + <tt>You are currently offline. Click the icon near the lower-right corner + of any window to go online.</tt> + </div> + + <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: You are attempting to publish, but + your &brandShortName; Internet connection is currently in the + <q>offline</q> state. Your Internet connection must be in the <q>online</q> + state (connected to the Internet) in order to publish your pages.</p> + + <p>Verify that your Internet connection is currently offline by looking at + the online/offline icon in the lower right corner of any &brandShortName; + window. If you are currently offline, the icon appears as + <img src="images/offline.png" width="32" height="21" alt="" />.</p> + + <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p> + + <ul> + <li>Click the online/offline icon to go online. In the online state, the + icon should look like this: + <img src="images/online.png" width="32" height="20" alt="" />.</li> + <li>Make sure your Internet connection is working by attempting to view a + web page using the browser. For example, confirm that you can + successfully view the page <tt>http://www.mozilla.org</tt>.</li> + </ul> +</div> + +<div class="errorMessage"> + <p id="no_disk_space"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p> + + <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;"> + <tt>There is not enough disk space available to save the file + <var>filename</var>.</tt> + </div> + + <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: The remote web server's hard + disk is full, or you may have exceeded the amount of disk space allocated + to you by your ISP or web hosting service.</p> + + <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p> + + <ul> + <li>Use a separate FTP program to delete unnecessary files at your + publishing site. Ask your service provider if they recommend a + particular FTP program. You can usually find information on FTP programs + in the Help or Support sections of your service provider's website. + FTP programs are also available from shareware sites such as ZDNet + Downloads.</li> + <li>Find out from your ISP or web hosting service about increasing your + disk space allocation, or switch to a different service that can satisfy + your needs.</li> + <li>If the web server is located at your company or school, contact the + network administrator to find out if you can publish to a different + location that has more disk space, or if you can request that + additional disk space be allocated to your current publishing + location.</li> + </ul> +</div> + +<div class="errorMessage"> + <p id="name_too_long"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p> + + <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;"> + <tt>The filename or subdirectory name is too long.</tt> + </div> + + <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: The number of characters in the + filename or the subdirectory name is not supported by the web server + computer that you are trying to publish to.</p> + + <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p> + + <ul> + <li>Limit the length of your filenames and subdirectory names to less than + 32 characters. Some operating systems do not support names longer than 32 + characters.</li> + </ul> +</div> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="publishing_settings">Publishing Settings</h2> + +<p>This section describes Composer's publishing settings. For + information on Composer's general and new page settings, see + <a href="#composer_preferences">Composer Preferences</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#publish_page_publish">Publish Page - Publish</a></li> + <li><a href="#publish_page_settings">Publish Page - Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#publish_settings">Publish Settings</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="publish_page_publish">Publish Page - Publish</h3> + +<p>The Publish Page - Publish tab lets you specify where you want + to publish a document. These settings apply to the current + document.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Publish Page - Publish tab, + follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Publish As. The Publish Page + dialog box appears.</li> + <li>Click the Publish tab.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Site Name</strong>: Lists all the publishing sites you've + created, so you can choose the site that you want to publish to. To + create a new site, click New Site.</li> + <li><strong>Page Title</strong>: Specifies the document's page title as + it appears in the browser window's title bar when you view the page in + the browser. The document's page title also appears in your list of + bookmarks if you bookmark the page.</li> + <li><strong>Filename</strong>: Specifies the document's filename. Make + sure you include the .html or .htm extension in the filename. + + <p><strong>Warning</strong>: If a file on the remote site you're + publishing to has the same filename as one you're uploading, the + newly uploaded file will replace the existing one. You will not be + asked to confirm the action.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Site subdirectory for this page</strong>: If you leave this + blank, Composer publishes the page to the main (root) publishing + directory at this site. If you want to publish the page to a remote + subdirectory that resides underneath the main publishing directory + at this site, enter the name of the subdirectory or choose it from + the list. Composer keeps track of the locations you type here, so + you can select from a list of remote locations you've previously + used. Keep in mind that subdirectory names are case-sensitive. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: The site subdirectory you choose must + already exist at the remote server.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Include images and other files</strong>: If checked, + Composer publishes any images and other files referenced by this + page. You can choose to publish these files to the same location as + the page, or else you can choose to publish these files into a + remote subdirectory that exists underneath the main publishing + directory.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To create remote subdirectories or delete + published pages or images, you must use an FTP (File Transfer + Protocol) program. Ask your service provider if they recommend a + particular FTP program. You can usually find information on FTP + programs in the Help or Support sections of your service provider's + website. FTP programs are also available from shareware sites such + as ZDNet Downloads.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="publish_page_settings">Publish Page - Settings</h3> + +<p>The Publish Page - Settings tab lets you specify your login information for + the remote publishing site, as well as the publishing settings for the remote + site. These settings apply to the current document and any other files you + publish to this location.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Publish Page - Settings tab, follow + these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Publish As. The Publish Page dialog box + appears.</li> + <li>Click the Settings tab.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Site Name</strong>: Specifies the nickname you want to use for + this publishing site. Enter a short name that will help you identify this + publishing site.</li> + <li><strong>Publishing address</strong>: Specifies the complete URL provided + to you by your ISP or system administrator. This URL should begin with + either <tt>ftp://</tt> or <tt>http://</tt>. This name is often referred to + as the <q>host name</q> or the <q>host server name</q>. + + <p>The publishing address specifies the location where documents are + published (uploaded) at this site. If you are not sure what to enter, + ask your ISP or system administrator.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>HTTP address of your home page</strong>: Specifies the complete + address of your publishing home directory. This is the web address of the + home page at your website. Do not include a filename or subdirectory as + part of the URL. + + <p>This URL must always begin with <tt>http://</tt>. In some cases, this + URL is the same as the publishing address. If you are not sure what to + enter, ask your ISP or system administrator, or else leave it blank.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>User name</strong>: Specifies the user name you use to log into + your ISP or network.</li> + <li><strong>Password</strong>: Specifies the password for your user + name.</li> + <li><strong>Save Password</strong>: Select this to encrypt and save your + password securely using Password Manager so that you don't have to + enter it each time you publish pages at this site.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="publish_settings">Publish Settings</h3> + +<p>The Publish Settings dialog box lets you create, edit, and + delete publishing site settings, and also lets you set the default + publishing site.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Publish Settings dialog box, + follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Publishing Site Settings. + Composer displays the Publish Settings dialog box.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>New Site</strong>: Lets you specify settings for a new publishing + site. Composer adds the name of the new publishing site to the list + of available publishing sites.</li> + <li><strong>Set as Default</strong>: Sets the selected publishing site as the + default publishing site. Typically, the default publishing site is + the remote location that you most often use for publishing + documents. All documents you create or edit will be published to + the default publishing site, unless you specifically choose an + alternate site in the Publish Page dialog box. + + <p>To publish a document to a different remote location, open the + File menu and choose Publish As to choose a different publishing + destination.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Remove Site</strong>: Removes the selected site and its settings + from Composer.</li> + <li><strong>Site Name</strong>: Specifies the name by which you want to refer + to this publishing site.</li> + <li><strong>Publishing address</strong>: Specifies the complete URL provided + to you by your ISP or system administrator. This URL should begin + with either <tt>ftp://</tt> or <tt>http://</tt>. + + <p>The publishing address specifies the location where documents + are published (uploaded) at this site. If you are not sure what to + enter, ask your ISP or system administrator.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>HTTP address of your homepage</strong>: Specifies the HTTP + address of your publishing home directory. Do not include a + filename or subdirectory as part of the URL. + + <p>This URL must always begin with <tt>http://</tt>. In some cases, + this URL is the same as the publishing address. If you are not sure + what to enter, ask your ISP or system administrator, or else leave + it blank.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>User name</strong>: Specifies the user name you use to log in to + your ISP or network.</li> + <li><strong>Password</strong>: Specifies the password for your user + name.</li> + <li><strong>Save Password</strong>: Select this to save your + password securely using Password Manager so you don't have to enter + it each time you publish pages at this site.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="composer_preferences">Composer Preferences</h1> + +<p>This section describes the settings in the Composer preferences panel. If + you are not currently viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Double-click the Composer category to expand the list.</li> +</ol> + +<p>For information on Composer's publishing settings, see + <a href="#publishing_settings">Publishing Settings</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#composer">Composer</a></li> + <li><a href="#new_page_settings">New Page Settings</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="composer">Composer Preferences - Composer</h2> + +<p>Composer preferences allow you to specify settings for saving files and for + table editing. These settings apply to every document you create.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Composer preferences, follow these + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Click the Composer category.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Maximum number of pages listed</strong>: Specify the maximum + number of pages that are listed under Recent Pages in the File menu.</li> + <li><strong>Preserve original source formatting</strong>: Select this if you + want to preserve the original white space (extra lines, tabs, etc.) in the + HTML source code. Deselect this if you prefer Composer to indent and add + linebreaks to the code in order to make it more readable. <em>This + preference does not affect how your pages appear in a browser + window.</em></li> + <li><strong>Save images and other associated files when saving + pages</strong>: If checked, all images, JavaScript (JS), Cascading Style + Sheet (CSS), and other associated files are saved in the same location as + the document when the document is saved for the first time or when the + document is saved to a new location. If unchecked, only the HTML file is + saved. + + <p>For example, when editing a remote page, this setting ensures that all + related files associated with the remote page will be saved locally when + you save the page to your hard disk.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Always show Publish dialog when publishing pages</strong>: If + checked, Composer always displays the Publish Page dialog box when you + click the Publish button or choose Publish from the File menu. If not + checked, Composer only displays the Publish Page dialog box if it needs + more information in order to publish the page.</li> + <li><strong>Maintain table layout when inserting or deleting cells</strong>: + Select this if you want Composer to always preserve the table's + layout (that is, keep it in a rectangular shape) by adding cells where + needed. If you deselect this option, when you delete one or more cells, + Composer removes the cell border as well, which can result in a table with + empty spaces, or an outline that appears irregular due to an uneven number + of cells.</li> + <li><strong>Use CSS styles instead of HTML elements and attributes</strong>: + Enables the use of Cascading Style Sheet (CSS) formatting in your Composer + documents. With this preference enabled, Composer generates HTML 4.01 + formatting with CSS inline styles for elements. + + <p>If this preference is not enabled, Composer generates HTML 4.01 + formatting, but does not use CSS styles.</p> + + <p>Compared to HTML, HTML with CSS formatting is more portable, more + maintainable, and more compatible when viewed with different browsers. + If you enable this preference and then edit a document created without + CSS, Composer replaces the edited elements with CSS styles.</p> + + <p>If you enable CSS styles, you can choose a text highlight color for + selected text using the text highlight color button on the Format + toolbar. You can also choose a color background for any element on the + page. (These features are not available if this preference is not + enabled.)</p> + </li> + <li><strong><kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> in a + paragraph always creates a new paragraph</strong>: If selected, a new + paragraph will be added everytime you press the <kbd class="mac">Return + </kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> key inside a paragraph. If + deselected, a linebreak will be added when you press the <kbd + class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> key.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#composer_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="new_page_settings">Composer Preferences - New Page Settings</h2> + +<p>New page preferences allow you to specify settings for colors and + background images that apply to every document you create.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the New Page Settings, follow these + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Double-click the Composer category and click New Page Settings.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Author</strong>: Enter your name. This will add your name to the + HTML source code for each new page you create.</li> + <li><strong>Reader's default colors</strong>: Select this if you always + want your pages to use the color settings from the viewer's browser + for text and link elements.</li> + <li><strong>Use custom colors</strong>: Select this if you always want to + specify the colors that are applied to text and link elements. Then for + each element, select a color by clicking the color button next to each + element.</li> + <li><strong>Background image</strong>: Type the location and name of an image + file, or click Choose File to locate the image file on your hard disk or + network. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Background images are tiled and override + background color.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>To change the author name for an individual page: Open the Format menu and + choose Page Title and Properties.</p> + +<p>To change the page colors and background image for an individual page: Open + the Format menu and choose Page Colors and Background.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#composer_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<p>©right.string;</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a8242f98cb --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,502 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>&brandShortName; Advanced Preferences Help</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="advanced_preferences">Advanced Preferences</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Advanced preferences panel. If you are + not already viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Click the Advanced category.</li> +</ol> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#advanced">Advanced</a></li> + <li><a href="#scripts_and_plugins">Scripts & Plugins</a></li> + <li><a href="#keyboard_navigation">Keyboard Navigation</a></li> + <li><a href="#cache">Cache</a></li> + <li><a href="#proxies">Proxies</a></li> + <li><a href="#http_networking">HTTP Networking</a></li> + <li><a href="#software_installation">Software Installation</a></li> + <li><a href="#mouse_wheel">Mouse Wheel</a></li> + <li><a href="#dom_inspector">DOM Inspector</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="advanced">Advanced Preferences - Advanced</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the main Advanced preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Click the Advanced category.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The main Advanced preferences panel allows you to enable or disable + Java:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Enable Java</strong>: Select this to allow &brandShortName; to + interpret pages containing Java. Java is used on some Web page to + incorporate interactive and multimedia content.</li> + <li class="unix"><strong>Use Preferences from System</strong>: Select this to + use the already set system preferences, overriding &brandShortName;' + ones. + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="scripts_and_plugins">Advanced Preferences - Scripts & + Plugins</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Scripts & Plugins preferences + panel. If you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Scripts & Plugins. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Scripts & Plugins preferences panel allows you to control how + JavaScript and plugins are used:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Enable JavaScript for</strong>: Select these checkboxes to turn + JavaScript on: + <ul> + <li><strong>Browser</strong>: Toggles JavaScript for web pages opened + in the browser.</li> + <li><strong>Mail & Newsgroups</strong>: Toggles JavaScript for web + pages opened in Mail & Newsgroups.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Allow scripts to</strong>: Select these checkboxes to control + how JavaScript can be used: + <ul> + <li><strong>Move or resize existing windows</strong>: Allows open windows + to be resized or moved.</li> + <li><strong>Raise or lower windows</strong>: Allows windows to be placed + under or on top of other windows.</li> + <li><strong>Hide the status bar</strong>: Allows the status bar to be + hidden.</li> + <li><strong>Change status bar text</strong>: Allows status bar text to be + changed, such as in scrolling text in the status bar.</li> + <li><strong>Change images</strong>: Allows images to be changed or + animated, such as in image rollovers (images that change when the mouse + cursor is placed over them).</li> + <li><strong>Disable or replace context menus</strong>: Allows right-click + menus<span class="mac"> or, if you're using a one-button mouse, + <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click menus</span> to be replaced or disabled by + webpages.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Enable Plugins for</strong>: Check this checkbox to control how + plugins are used: + <ul> + <li><strong>Mail & Newsgroups</strong>: Allows plugins to be used in + Mail & Newsgroups.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>For more information about plugins, see + <a href="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and Downloads</a>. +</p> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="keyboard_navigation">Advanced Preferences - Keyboard Navigation</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Keyboard Navigation preferences + panel. If you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Keyboard Navigation. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Keyboard Navigation preferences panel allows you to control how you use + the keyboard to <span class="noMac">navigate and </span>search for text in + web pages:</p> + +<ul> + <li class="noMac"><strong>Links</strong>: If checked, pressing <kbd>Tab</kbd> + or <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>Tab</kbd> moves between links.</li> + <li class="noMac"><strong>Buttons, radio buttons, check boxes, and selection + lists</strong>: If checked, pressing <kbd>Tab</kbd> or + <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>Tab</kbd> moves between buttons, radio buttons, check + boxes, and selection lists.</li> + <li><strong>Find automatically when typing within a web page</strong>: If + checked, typing text in a web page automatically activates Find As You Type + and locates the text you typed (if it exists in the page). Choose whether + you want typing to find any text in the page or links only. If unchecked, + you must choose Find Links As You Type or Find Text As You Type from the + Edit menu before typing the text you want to find.</li> + <li><strong>Play a sound when typed text isn't found</strong>: If + checked, Find As You Type plays a sound when the typed text isn't + found in the web page.</li> + <li><strong>Clear the current search after a few seconds of + inactivity</strong>: If checked, cancels the search after a few seconds of + keyboard inactivity.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="cache">Advanced Preferences - Cache</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Cache preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Cache. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Cache preferences panel allows you to adjust the &brandShortName; memory + and disk cache:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Size</strong>: Type in the amount of disk cache you want to + allocate for &brandShortName;. Disk cache is saved to your hard disk + (drive) and can be used again even if you have turned your computer + off.</li> + <li><strong>Clear Cache</strong>: Click this to clear the disk cache.</li> + <li><strong>Cache Folder</strong>: Shows the current location of the disk + cache folder + <ul> + <li><strong>Choose Folder</strong>: Click this to choose a folder + location for the disk cache.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Compare the page in the cache to the page on the + network</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Every time I view the page</strong>: Select this if you want + &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache every time you view + it.</li> + <li><strong>When the page is out of date</strong>: Select this if you + want &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache when the page + is determined by the server to have expired.</li> + <li><strong>Once per session</strong>: Select this if you want + &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache once for each time + you start &brandShortName;.</li> + <li><strong>Never</strong>: Select this if you do not want + &brandShortName; to compare cached information to the network.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Prefetch web pages when idle, so that links in web pages + designed for prefetching can load faster</strong>: Select this to decrease + the time it takes to load web pages when you click a link in a web page + that uses prefetching. For more information about Link Prefetching, see the + online + <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/projects/netlib/Link_Prefetching_FAQ.html">Link + Prefetching FAQ</a>.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="proxies">Advanced Preferences - Proxies</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Proxies preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Proxies. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Proxies preferences panel allows you to set up &brandShortName; to use a + <a href="glossary.xhtml#proxy">proxy</a>:</p> + +<p><strong>Before you start</strong>: Ask your network administrator if you + have a proxy configuration file or for the names and port numbers of the + proxy.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Direct connection to the Internet</strong>: Choose this if you + don't want to use a proxy.</li> + <li><strong>Automatically discover the proxy configuration</strong>: Choose + this if you want &brandShortName; to automatically detect and configure the + proxy settings, using the <a href="glossary.xhtml#wpad">WPAD protocol</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Automatic proxy configuration URL</strong>: Choose this if you + have a proxy configuration file or URL, then enter the configuration + URL. + <ul> + <li><strong>Reload</strong>: Click this to reload the configuration file. + + <p>For more information about Automatic Proxy Configuration, see the + online + <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/catalog/end-user/customizing/enduserPAC.html">End + User Guide to Proxy AutoConfiguration</a>.</p> + </li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Manual proxy configuration</strong>: Choose this if you + don't have a proxy location (URL), or the automatic proxy discovery + was unable to setup the proxy settings correctly. + <ul> + <li><strong>Proxy</strong>: Enter the name or numeric IP address of + the proxy server.</li> + <li><strong>Port</strong>: Enter the port number in the Port field. Click + on <q>Advanced</q> to set + <a href="#advanced_proxy_preferences">Advanced Proxy Preferences</a></li> + <li><strong>No Proxy for</strong>: Type the domains and/or IP addresses + that you do not want to use a proxy for. Separate each entry with a + comma. (Example: <kbd>.mozilla.org, .net.nz, 192.168.1.0/24</kbd>.) + </li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="advanced_proxy_preferences">Advanced Proxy Preferences</h3> + +<p>If you want to use different proxies for different protocols or need to use + a SOCKS proxy:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>HTTP Proxy</strong>, <strong>SSL Proxy</strong>, + <strong>FTP Proxy</strong>, <strong>Gopher Proxy</strong>: Enter the name + or numeric IP address of the proxy server. Type the port in the Port fields. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you're using the same settings + for all types of proxies, click on <q>Use HTTP Proxy settings + for all protocols</q>.</p> + + </li> + <li><strong>SOCKS Proxy</strong>: Enter the name or numeric IP address + of the proxy server. Enter the port number in the Port field. + <ul> + <li><strong>SOCKS v4, SOCKS v5</strong>: When entering a SOCKS Proxy, + select <q>SOCKS v4</q> or <q>SOCKS v5</q>, depending on what version + of <a href="glossary.xhtml#socks">SOCKS</a> is used for the proxy.</li> + <li><strong>Use for resolving hostnames</strong>: Select this to + use the SOCKS Proxy for resolving hostnames. This is + recommended for SOCKS v5 proxies.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="http_networking">Advanced Preferences - HTTP Networking</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the HTTP Networking preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click HTTP Networking. (If no subcategories + are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The HTTP Networking preferences panel is used to configure HTTP-based + networking:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Direct Connection Options, Proxy Connection Options</strong>: + Choose the HTTP version and options for direct and proxy connections. + <ul> + <li><strong>Use HTTP 1.0</strong>: Choose this to use the original + version of HTTP, standardized in 1996.</li> + <li><strong>Use HTTP 1.1</strong>: Choose this to use the new version of + HTTP, which offers performance enhancements, including more efficient + use of HTTP connections, better support for client-side caching, + multiple HTTP requests (pipelining), and more refined control over + cache expiration and replacement policies.</li> + <li><strong>Enable Keep-Alive</strong>: Select this to keep a connection + open to make additional HTTP requests, increasing speed.</li> + <li><strong>Enable Pipelining</strong>: Select this to + enable pipelining, which allows for more than one HTTP request to be + sent to the server at once, reducing delays loading web pages. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Pipelining is only available with + HTTP 1.1.</p></li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="software_installation">Advanced Preferences - Software + Installation</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Software Installation preferences + panel. If you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Software Installation. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Software Installation preferences panel is used to enable software + installation and update notification:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Allow web sites to install extensions and updates</strong>: + Select this if you want to allow web sites to install extensions and + updates to be used with &brandShortName;. You will be prompted before each + installation.</li> + <li><strong>Allowed Sites</strong>: Click this to open the Allowed Sites + dialog box, where you can view and edit the list of web sites that you + want to allow to install software: + <ul> + <li><strong>Allow</strong>: Click this to add a typed web site to the + list of allowed sites.</li> + <li><strong>Remove Site</strong>: Click this to remove a selected web + site.</li> + <li><strong>Remove All Sites</strong>: Click this to remove all of the + web sites in the current list.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Automatically check for updates to</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>&brandShortName;</strong>: Select this to be notified when + new versions of &brandShortName; are available. Your personal + information is not shared when verifying your version of + &brandShortName;. Choose whether you want &brandShortName; to do a + <strong>daily</strong> or a <strong>weekly</strong> check for new + versions.</li> + <li><strong>Installed add-ons</strong>: Select this to be notified when a + new version of one of your installed add-ons is available. Choose + whether you want &brandShortName; to do a <strong>daily</strong> or a + <strong>weekly</strong> check for new versions.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Add-on Manager</strong>: Click this to open the + Add-on Manager, where you can view and manage all your installed + extensions and themes.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="mouse_wheel">Advanced Preferences - Mouse Wheel</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Mouse Wheel preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Mouse Wheel. (If no subcategories + are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Mouse Wheel preferences panel allows you to control how the mouse wheel + on your mouse (in between your mouse buttons) is used in &brandShortName;. + Modern mice may have two wheels or a button that can be used to switch the + scroll direction of the wheel. The behaviour for the vertical wheel function + is set in the upper panel <strong>Vertical scrolling</strong> while the + horizontal mode is controlled by the lower panel <strong>Horizontal + scrolling</strong>.</p> + +<ul> + <li>Select <q>No modifier key</q> or select a key that you want to use + along with the mouse wheel. Use the checkboxes below to configure mouse + wheel behavior: + + <ul> + <li><strong>Scroll the document by</strong>: Choose this to scroll the + document by the number of lines (or characters for horizontal movement) + typed in the field. + <ul> + <li><strong>Use system default</strong>: Choose this to use your + system's default setting—the number of lines (characters) + you may have previously entered will be overridden.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Scroll a page up (left) or a page down (right)</strong>: + Choose this to scroll up or down one page at a time. This setting allows + faster, but less accurate scrolling through a page with your mouse + wheel.</li> + <li><strong>Move back and forward in the browsing history</strong>: + Choose this to use the mouse wheel to navigate back or forward to + previous pages you've visited.</li> + <li><strong>Make the text larger or smaller</strong>: Choose this to use + the mouse wheel to increase or decrease the size of text on a web page. + This setting can help you better read a page, or make text fit on the + screen.</li> + </ul> + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Each modifier key can be assigned to a different + function.</p> + </li> + <li>If your mouse does not have a mode for horizontal scrolling, any setting + in the lower panel <strong>Horizontal scrolling</strong> will be ignored. + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="dom_inspector">Advanced Preferences - DOM Inspector</h2> + +<p>DOM Inspector is an optional <a href="developer_tools.xhtml">Web development + component</a>. This section describes how to use its preferences panel. + If you are not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click DOM Inspector. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>When you select an element, DOM Inspector can automatically highlight it by + flashing it or its border:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Blink Selected Element</strong>: Check this option to enable the + highlighting of an element that you select. By default, a flashing border + will appear around the element. + <ul> + <li><strong>Border Color</strong>: Select the color of the border around + the element.</li> + <li><strong>Border Width</strong>: Enter the width of the border around + the element.</li> + <li><strong>Blink Duration</strong>: Enter the length of time + (in milliseconds) for which you want the flashing to occur.</li> + <li><strong>Blink Speed</strong>: Enter the time interval + (in milliseconds) between the flashes.</li> + <li><strong>Invert Color</strong>: Check this option to paint the + selected element with the inverted border color. This will cause the + whole element—including its border—to flash.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>©right.string;</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..85ae12182e --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,245 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>&brandShortName; Appearance Preferences Help</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="appearance_preferences">Appearance Preferences</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Appearance preference panel. If you + are not already viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Double-click Appearance to expand the list, then click the name for the + preferences you want to view.</li> +</ol> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#appearance">Appearance</a></li> + <li><a href="#content">Content</a></li> + <li><a href="#fonts">Fonts</a></li> + <li><a href="#colors">Colors</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="appearance">Appearance Preferences - Appearance</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Appearance preferences panels. If + you're not already viewing one of these panels, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Click the Appearance category.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Appearance preferences panel allows you to set &brandShortName; startup + options and customize the user interface:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>When &brandShortName; starts up, open</strong>: Select the + components you want to use when you start up &brandShortName;</li> + <li>Show toolbars as: + <ul> + <li><strong>Pictures and text</strong>: Select this to see text + underneath each of the toolbar buttons..</li> + <li><strong>Pictures only</strong>: Select this to show the toolbar + buttons only.</li> + <li><strong>Text only</strong>: Select this to show text buttons + only.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Show Tooltips</strong>: Select this if you want to have + <a href="glossary.xhtml#tooltip">tooltips</a> appear when the cursor + is placed over parts of the &brandShortName; user interface and some + websites.</li> + <li><strong>User Interface Language</strong>: This setting allows you to + change the language used in the user interface of &brandShortName;. + Additional languages can be installed from the &brandShortName; home page. + <strong>Note</strong>: You must restart &brandShortName; for a new language + setting to take effect. + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="content">Appearance Preferences - Content</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Content preferences panel. + If you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Appearance category, click Content. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Appearance to expand the + list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Content preferences panel allows you to change settings that influence + how website and message content appears in &brandShortName;.</p> + +<ul> + <li>Website Icons: + <ul> + <li><strong>Show website icons</strong>: Select this if you want see + site-specific icons, if available, in place of the bookmark icon + <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.gif" + alt="Bookmark item icon"/>. Website icons are shown to the left of the + Location Bar and Browser tabs.</li> + <li><strong>Aggressively look for website icons when the page does not + define one</strong>: If the page itself does not define a website + icon, turning on this setting makes &brandShortName; look for a + "favicon" on the server and use that instead.</li> + <li>Display website icons in bookmarks menu and toolbar: + <ul> + <li><strong>Never show icons for bookmarks</strong>: Select this if + you only want to see the default icons but not the website's + own icon in the bookmarks menu or the personal toolbar.</li> + <li><strong>Only when website was loaded recently</strong>: Select + this to show the website's own icon only if the website has + been recently loaded and the icon is currently in the + browser's cache.</li> + <li><strong>Always load website icons for bookmarks</strong>: Select + this to always load website icons to be displayed in the bookmarks + menu or personal toolbar, even if it's not in the cache.</li> + </ul> + </li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Use smooth scrolling</strong>: Select this to enable smooth + scrolling. Pressing the Page Down key when this is enabled + will—instead of an immediate jump—smoothly scroll the content + down to the next page.</li> + <li><strong>Resize large images to fit in the browser window</strong>: Select + this if you want &brandShortName; to automatically shrink large stand-alone + images so they will fit in the browser window. Clicking on the resized + image will make it appear at full size.</li> + <li><strong>Zoom only text instead of full pages</strong>: Select this if you + want &brandShortName; to only resize text of websites when using the + "Zoom" function. If this is not selected, the whole page, + including images, will be zoomed.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: See the separate preferences panels for colors, fonts + and languages to further customize content appearance and the Privacy & + Security section for privacy-related settings that also might influence how + content appears to you.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="fonts">Appearance Preferences - Fonts</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Fonts preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Appearance category, click Fonts. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Appearance to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Fonts preferences panel allows you to set page font type and size.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Some font styles may not be selectable because the + selected language does not have fonts available for that style.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Fonts for</strong>: Choose a language group/script. For instance, + to set default fonts for West European languages/script (Latin), choose + <q>Western.</q> For a language/script not yet in the list, choose <q>Other + Languages.</q> + <ul> + <li><strong>Proportional</strong>: Select whether proportional text + should be serif (like Times Roman) or sans-serif (like Arial). You can + also specify what font size you want for proportional text. + Proportional text is variable in width, so characters and letters vary + in width.</li> + <li><strong>Serif</strong>: Select a serif font you want to use for + web pages.</li> + <li><strong>Sans-serif</strong>: Select a sans-serif font you want to use + for web pages.</li> + <li><strong>Cursive</strong>: Select a cursive font you want to use for + web pages.</li> + <li><strong>Fantasy</strong>: Select a fantasy font you want to use for + web pages.</li> + <li><strong>Monospace</strong>: Select a monospace font (like Courier) + and size you want to use for web pages. Monospace text is fixed in + width, so each character or letter takes the same amount of space.</li> + <li><strong>Minimum font size</strong>: Select the smallest font size you + want to be shown on web pages.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Allow documents to use other fonts</strong>: Select + this checkbox to keep a web page's font and size settings instead of + your own preferences.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="colors">Appearance Preferences - Colors</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Colors preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Appearance category, click Colors. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Appearance to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Colors preferences panel allows you to set the background and text + colors on web pages:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Text and Background</strong>: Click the colored blocks to select + a color for displaying text and backgrounds on web pages. + <ul> + <li><strong>Use system colors</strong>: Select this to use your system + color settings.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Link Colors</strong>: Click the colored blocks to select a color + for displaying unvisited, active, and visited links on web pages. + <ul> + <li><strong>Underline links</strong>: Select this to display underlined + links on web pages.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>When a web page provides its own colors and + backgrounds</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Always use the colors and background specified by the web + page</strong>: Allows the web page to choose displayed colors and + backgrounds.</li> + <li><strong>Use my chosen colors, ignoring the colors and background + image specified</strong>: Allow you to choose displayed colors, + ignoring the web page colors and background image.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<p>©right.string;</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9386ad336a --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,586 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>&brandShortName; Browser Preferences Help</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="navigator_preferences">Browser Preferences</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Browser preference panel. If + you're not already viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Choose Browser.</li> +</ol> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#navigator">Browser</a></li> + <li><a href="#history">History</a></li> + <li><a href="#languages">Languages</a></li> + <li><a href="#helper_applications">Helper Applications</a></li> + <li><a href="#location_bar">Location Bar</a></li> + <li><a href="#internet_search">Internet Search</a></li> + <li><a href="#tabbed_browsing">Tabbed Browsing</a></li> + <li><a href="#downloads">Downloads</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="navigator">Browser Preferences - Browser</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the main browser preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Click the Browser category.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Browser preferences panel allows you to customize certain aspects of + the browser.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Display on</strong>: Use the drop-down list in combination with + the checkboxes to control what will be displayed at startup or when you + open a new window or tab: + <ol> + <li> + <ul> + <li>Select <strong>Browser Startup</strong> to set what the browser + will display at startup.</li> + <li>Select <strong>New Window</strong> to set what will be displayed + when opening a new browser window.</li> + <li>Select <strong>New Tab</strong> to set what will be displayed + when opening a new tab.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Select one of the following checkboxes: + <ul> + <li><strong>Blank page</strong>: Causes the browser to display a blank + page.</li> + <li><strong>Home page</strong>: Causes the browser to load your home + page (specified below).</li> + <li><strong>Last page visited</strong>: Causes the browser to load the + page you were viewing right before you last exited + &brandShortName;.</li> + </ul> + </li> + </ol> + </li> + <li class="win"><strong>Default Browser</strong>: Allows you to set + &brandShortName; as the default browser or shows you that it is. + <ul> + <li><strong>Set Default Browser</strong>: Unless it is greyed out, click + this to set &brandShortName; as your default browser.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Home Page</strong>: In the field, type the web page you want as + your home page or do one of the following: + <ul> + <li><strong>Use Current Page</strong>: Click this to use the web page + currently displayed in the browser as your home page.</li> + <li><strong>Use Current Group</strong>: If you have two or more browser + tabs open, click this to set them as your Home Page Group (a group of + tabs that are opened as your home page). After clicking this button, + the message <q>Home Page Group is Set</q> appears in the location + field. + + <p><strong>Caution</strong>: If you edit the field after clicking Use + Current Group, your Home Page Group will be lost.</p> + + </li> + <li><strong>Restore Default</strong>: Click this to revert to the + the default home page.</li> + <li><strong>Choose File</strong>: Click this to locate a file on disk + that you want to load as your home page.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Select the buttons you want to see in the toolbars</strong>: + Select any of the available checkboxes to see them on your + toolbars. + + <p>The Go, Search, and Print buttons appear in the Navigation Toolbar near + the upper-right corner of the browser window. All other buttons appear + in the Personal Toolbar. For information about adding your own bookmarks + to this toolbar, see + <a href="customize_help.xhtml#personal_toolbar">Personal + Toolbar</a>.</p> + + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="history">Browser Preferences - History</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the History preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span>menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click History. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The History preferences panel allows you to configure three history settings + for the browser.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Browsing History</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Remember visited pages for the last [__] days</strong>: Type + the number of days you want &brandShortName; to keep track of the web + pages you have previously visited. For example, if you set this number + to 10 days, pages 10 days old or less will be kept in the history + list.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Clear History</strong>: Click this to delete the list of sites + visited.</li> + <li><strong>Location Bar History</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Clear Location Bar</strong>: Click this to clear the list of + sites in the Location bar menu.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>For more information about history in &brandShortName;, see + <a href="nav_help.xhtml#retracing_your_steps">Retracing Your Steps</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="languages">Browser Preferences - Languages</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Languages preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click Languages. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Languages preferences panel allows you to choose the languages and + character encoding for displaying web pages and choose if and how your typing + is spell checked:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Languages for Web Pages</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Move Up / Move Down</strong>: Click one of these buttons to + move a selected language up or down, which sets the order of preference + for the listed languages.</li> + <li><strong>Add</strong>: Click this to add additional languages for + displaying web pages.</li> + <li><strong>Remove</strong>: Click this to remove a selected + language.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Character Encoding</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Default Character Encoding</strong>: Use the drop-down list + to select the character encoding you want for displaying web + pages.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Spelling</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>When typing check my spelling</strong>: Use the drop-down + list to select if and how your typing is spell checked.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="helper_applications">Browser Preferences - Helper Applications</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Helper Applications preferences panel. + If you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click Helper Applications. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Helper Applications preferences panel lets you choose applications and + other handlers to handle different types of content (e.g. PDF documents). + It shows you a list of content types and lets you select a handler for each + type. To filter the list, use the search field. Text entered in there will + narrow the list to entries containing that text either in the type description + or the currently selected action.</p> +<p>You can choose a local application to handle any type. For some types, you + can also choose a web application to handle the type, choose + <!-- a feature (like <a href="glossary.xhtml#live_bookmark">Live Bookmarks</a> for + feeds) or --> a <a href="glossary.xhtml#plugin">plugin</a> in &brandShortName; to + handle the type, or save the type on your computer.</p> +<p>To choose a handler for a type, select the type from the list. The current + handler for the type will turn into a menu. Open the menu and select the + handler you want to handle the type. Depending on the actual type, you can:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Choose an application by selecting it from the menu. If you want a local + application that is not in the menu to handle the type, select + <strong>Use other…</strong> from the menu and navigate to its location.</li> + <li>Choose a <!-- feature or --> plugin by selecting it from the menu.</li> + <li>Save files of this type on your computer by selecting + <strong>Save File</strong> from the menu. If you have selected the + <strong>Automatically download files to specified download folder</strong> + preference in the <strong>Downloads</strong> panel, &brandShortName; will + save content of this type on your computer automatically. Otherwise, when + you encounter this type, &brandShortName; will prompt you for a location on + your computer to save it to.</li> + <li>Tell &brandShortName; to <strong>always ask</strong> what to do when + encountering this type. When you choose this option, a dialog will always be + shown when files of this type are accessed, and you can choose how to handle + that specific file from there.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Note:</strong> When a plugin is available to handle a type, and you + choose another handler for that type, &brandShortName; will only use your + chosen handler when you access the type directly. When the type is embedded + inside a web page, &brandShortName; will continue to use the plugin to handle + it. See also + <a href="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and Downloads</a>. +</p> + +<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="location_bar">Browser Preferences - Location Bar</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Location Bar preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click Location Bar. (If no subcategories + are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Location Bar Preferences panel lets you fine-tune the behavior of the + Location Bar.</p> + +<ul> + <li id="location_bar_autocomplete"><strong>Autocomplete</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Autocomplete from your browsing history as you type</strong>: + Select this to let &brandShortName; automatically show suggestions from + your browsing history when you type in the Location Bar. + <ul> + <li><strong>Match only website's you've typed + previously</strong>: Shows only websites that you've typed in + the Location Bar and not sites that were opened in other ways, such + as clicking a link on a web page.</li> + <li><strong>Automatically prefill the best match</strong>: As you + type in the Location Bar, &brandShortName; will automatically + complete your web address using the visited website it most closely + matches. <span class="unix"><strong>Note</strong>: Having this + option on will prefill local addresses (like paths to files on your + hard drive) even if you have turned off <q>Autocomplete from your + browsing history as you type</q>.</span></li> + <li><strong>Show list of matching results</strong>: As you type in + the Location Bar, &brandShortName; will show a drop-down list of + matching visited web addresses. + <span class="unix"><strong>Note</strong>: If you have turned off + <q>Autocomplete from your browsing history as you type</q> + matching results from locations on your hard drive will still be + shown in the drop-down list.</span></li> + </ul></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Internet Search Engine</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Show default search engine</strong>: Shows a drop-down list item, + allowing you to search with the default search engine for words you + enter.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Unknown Locations</strong> + <ul> + <li><strong>Add <q>www.</q> and <q>.com</q> to the location if a web page + is not found</strong>: Select this if you want &brandShortName; to + automatically add <tt>www.</tt> to the beginning and <tt>.com</tt> to + the end of a web page location that can't be found. For more + detailed information about this feature, see the online document + <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/docs/end-user/domain-guessing.html"> + Domain Guessing</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Perform a web search when entered text is not a web + location</strong>: Select this to let &brandShortName; automatically + search the web for text entered in the Location Bar. If the text + you've typed is not a web location, &brandShortName; will do a web + search when you press <kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> + <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd> in the Location Bar. See the online + document + <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/docs/end-user/internet-keywords.html"> + Internet Keywords</a> for a more technical description about this + feature. <strong>Note</strong>: The search engine used can not be + changed by the <a href="#internet_search">Internet Search + Preferences</a>.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="internet_search">Browser Preferences - Internet Search</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Internet Search preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click Internet Search. (If no subcategories + are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Internet Search preferences panel allows you to configure how you search + using &brandShortName;:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Default Search Engine</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Search using</strong>: Use the drop-down list to select the + search engine you want use for web searching.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Search Results</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Open the Search tab in the Sidebar when search results are + available</strong>: Select this to have &brandShortName; open the + Sidebar and show your search results.</li> + <li><strong>Open tab instead of window for a context menu web + search</strong>: Select this to have &brandShortName; show your search + results in a new tab rather than a new window when you search on + selected words in a web page.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Sidebar Search Tab Preference</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Basic</strong>: Choose this to use one search engine when + searching in &brandShortName;.</li> + <li><strong>Advanced</strong>: <strong></strong>Choose this to select one + or more search engines from a list when searching in + &brandShortName;.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="tabbed_browsing">Browser Preferences - Tabbed Browsing</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Tabbed Browsing preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click Tabbed Browsing. (If no subcategories + are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Tabbed Browsing preferences panel allows you to set up Tabbed + Browsing:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Tab Display</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Hide the tab bar when only one tab is open</strong>: Select + this to display the Tabbed Browsing bar only when more then one + browser tab is open.</li> + <li><strong>Switch to new tabs opened from links</strong>: Select this to + make &brandShortName; switch to the new tab when using <q>Open in a + New Tab</q> to open a link.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>When opening a bookmark group</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Add tabs</strong>: Select this if you want a bookmark group + to be opened in new tabs.</li> + <li><strong>Replace existing tabs</strong>: Select this if you want a + bookmark group to replace your existing tabs.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Open tabs instead of windows for</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong><span class="mac"><kbd>Cmd</kbd>+click or + <kbd>Cmd</kbd>+<kbd>Return</kbd></span> + <span class="noMac">Middle-click, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+click or + <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Enter</kbd> on links in a Web + page</span></strong>: Select this to open Web page links in a new tab + when clicking a link <span class="mac">and holding down the + <kbd>Command</kbd> key or holding down the <kbd>Command</kbd> key and + pressing <kbd>Return</kbd> on links</span> <span class="noMac">with the + middle mouse button, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-clicking on links, and pressing + <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Enter</kbd> on links</span>. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: Use Find Links as You Type to navigate to the + link you want to open with the keyboard commands above.</p> + </li> + + <li><strong> + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd + class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> in the Location + bar</strong>: Select this to open a Web page in a new tab when you type + the URL of the page in the Location Bar and press + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd + class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Link open behavior</strong>: If a webpage is designed so that + certain links open in a new window by default (either through the target + attribute in HTML or through embedded JavaScript), you may want to + override this: + <ul> + <li><strong>The current tab/window</strong>: Open the linked page in the + current tab of the active window.</li> + <li><strong>A new tab in the current window</strong>: Open the linked + page in a new tab instead of a new window.</li> + <li><strong>A new window</strong>: Open the linked page in a new window. + (This is the default and does not override the webpage design).</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Links from other applications</strong>: If &brandShortName; is + called from another application with a webpage address as an argument (like + a click on a link in an external email program), you can control where the + page will be loaded: + <ul> + <li><strong>The current tab/window</strong>: Open the linked page in the + current tab of the active window.</li> + <li><strong>A new tab in the current window</strong>: Open the linked + page in a new tab instead of a new window.</li> + <li><strong>A new window</strong>: Open the linked page in a new window. + (This is the default).</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<div class="win"> + <p>To ensure that &brandShortName; opens a new window, select the Browser + option in <a href= "cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance + Preferences - Appearance</a>.</p> + + <p>If you want &brandShortName; to open a new tab instead of a new window when + you launch it and it is already running, ensure the following:</p> + + <ul> + <li>If you launch &brandShortName; by command line, do not use command-line + parameters that open windows.</li> + <li>Nothing is set in the + <a href= "cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance Preferences + - Appearance</a>.</li> + <li>Set <q>Links from other applications</q> preference to <q>A new tab in + the current window</q>.</li> + </ul> +</div> + +<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="downloads">Browser Preferences - Downloads</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Downloads preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click Downloads. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Downloads preferences panel allows you to set up how &brandShortName; + handles files you download from web pages:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>When starting a download</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Open the download manager</strong>: Select this to display + the Download Manager, which displays the status for current and + previous downloads. The status of all downloads is kept in a single + window.</li> + <li><strong>Open a progress dialog</strong>: Select this to display a + progress dialog box, which display the status for your current + download. The status of each download is kept in a separate + window.</li> + <li><strong>Don't open anything</strong>: Select this if you want to + download files invisibly. No status is given for all your + downloads.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<ul> + <li><strong>When saving a file</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Prompt for download location and default to</strong>: Select + this if you always want to be able to choose a folder for the file to + be saved. Choose one of the following folders to be the default + location for the file: + <ul> + <li><strong>Last download folder</strong>: The default location will + be the folder you last downloaded a file to.</li> + <li><strong>Specified download folder</strong>: The default location + will be your Current Download Folder.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Automatically download files to specified download + folder</strong>: Select this if you want files to be saved to your + Current Download Folder without &brandShortName; prompting you for + the download location.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Current Download Folder</strong>: Use the button to navigate + to a folder that you want to use as your specified download folder.</li> +</ul> + +<ul> + <li><strong>When a download completes</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Play a sound</strong>: Select this if you want + &brandShortName; to play a custom sound (typically in WAV format) when + a download is completed. Use the Browse button to select the sound file + in the file locator. To listen to the sound you've chosen, click + Preview.</li> + <li><strong>Show an alert</strong>: Select this if you want + &brandShortName; to show an alert on the screen when a download is + completed.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>For more information about downloading files from web pages, see + <a href= "nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and + Downloads</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<p>©right.string;</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..71aaaf062d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>&brandShortName; Popup Blocking Help</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information only. + It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security of + your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, however, + address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it represent a + recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and security + protection on the Internet.</div> + +<h1 id="controlling_popups">Controlling Popups</h1> + +<p><strong>What are Popups?</strong></p> + +<p>Pop-up windows, or popups, are windows that appear automatically and without + your permission. They vary in size, but usually don't cover the whole + screen. Some popups open on top of the current browser window, thus popping + up, while others appear underneath the browser (popunders).</p> + +<p>&brandShortName; allows you to control both popups and popunders through the + <a href="#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows">Popup Windows + preferences panel</a>. Since popup blocking is turned off by default, you + must enable it to prevent popups from appearing in the browser.</p> + +<p>When blocking a popup, &brandShortName; can be set up to play a sound, as + well as display an icon + <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/popup-blocked.png" alt="Popup control + icon"/> in the status bar. You can use this icon to add a website + you're viewing to an exceptions list so that the site is allowed to + again display popups.</p> + +<p><strong>Blocking popups may interfere with some websites</strong>: Some web + sites, including some banking sites, use popups for important features. + Blocking all popups disables such features. To allow specific websites to + use popups, while blocking all others, you can add specific websites to the + list of allowed sites. For more information, see + <a href="#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows">Privacy & + Security Preferences - Popup Windows</a>.</p> + +<p><strong>Blocking popups doesn't always work</strong>: Although + &brandShortName; blocks most popups, some websites, even when blocked, may + use other methods to show popups.</p> + +<p><strong>Allowing popups from certain websites</strong>: After you've + enabled popup blocking, you can still allow specific sites to display popups. + Browse to the website, and then from the Tools menu, choose Popup Manager, + and then choose Allow Popups From This Site.</p> + +<p>The next section describes how to control popups through preferences and + through the popup control icon.</p> + +<h2 id="privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows">Privacy & Security + Preferences - Popup Windows</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Popup Windows preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security Preferences category, click Popup + Windows. (If no subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & + Security to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Block unrequested popup windows</strong>: Select this to prevent + popups from appearing in the browser.</li> + <li><strong>Allowed Sites</strong>: Click this to view and edit the list of + web sites that you want to allow to display popups. + <ul> + <li><strong>Allowed websites</strong>: The list of allowed websites + appears when you click <q>Allowed Sites</q>. You can add or remove + websites that should be allowed to show popups.</li> + <li><strong>Add</strong>: Click this after typing in a website that you + want to add to the list.</li> + <li><strong>Remove</strong>: Click this to remove a selected website.</li> + <li><strong>Remove All</strong>: Click this to remove all of the websites + in the current list.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<h3>When a popup window has been blocked</h3> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Play a sound</strong>: If you want a sound to play each time + the browser blocks a popup, select this option and type the location of the + sound file. + <ul> + <li><strong>Select</strong>: Click this to choose a sound file instead of + typing its location in the field.</li> + <li><strong>Preview</strong>: Click this to listen to the chosen + sound.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Display an icon in the browser status bar</strong>: Select this + to display an icon + <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/popup-blocked.png" alt="Popup control + icon"/> in the browser status bar to indicate that a popup is blocked. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: After the popup control icon + <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/popup-blocked.png" alt="Popup + control icon"/> appears, it remains visible until you visit another + website.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Using the popup control icon to add allowed websites</strong>: You + can use the popup control icon to quickly add a website to the list of + allowed websites. Click the icon + <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/popup-blocked.png" alt="Popup control + icon"/> to open the list of allowed websites. The current website is + already filled in. Click Add and then click OK to confirm your addition.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Blocking popups may not always work and may interfere + with some websites. For more information about blocking popups, see + <a href="#controlling_popups">Controlling Popups</a>.</p> + +<p>©right.string;</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/customize_help.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/customize_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0e8aaec136 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/customize_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,1114 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Customizing &brandShortName;</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information + only. It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security + of your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, + however, address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it + represent a recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and + security protection on the Internet.</div> + +<h1 id="customizing_mozilla">Customizing &brandShortName;</h1> + +<p>You can customize &brandShortName; to better suit your needs using features + like Sidebar, bookmarks, and Tabbed Browsing.</p> + +<p>This section describes the customizable aspects of &brandShortName;'s + browser component.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#sidebar">Sidebar</a></li> + <li><a href="#tabbed_browsing">Tabbed Browsing</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Changing Fonts, Colors, and + Themes</a></li> + <li><a href="#toolbars">Toolbars</a></li> + <li><a href="#bookmarks">Bookmarks</a></li> + <li><a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Specifying How + &brandShortName; Starts Up</a></li> + <li><a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml">Appearance + Preferences</a></li> + <li><a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml">Browser + Preferences</a></li> + <li><a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml">Advanced Preferences</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="sidebar">Sidebar</h2> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#what_is_sidebar">What is Sidebar?</a></li> + <li><a href="#opening_closing_and_resizing_sidebar">Opening, Closing and + Resizing Sidebar</a></li> + <li><a href="#viewing_sidebar_tabs">Viewing Sidebar Tabs</a></li> + <li><a href="#adding_sidebar_tabs">Adding Sidebar Tabs</a></li> + <li><a href="#customizing_individual_sidebar_tabs">Customizing Individual + Sidebar Tabs</a></li> + <li><a href="#reorganizing_sidebar_tabs">Reorganizing Sidebar Tabs</a></li> + <li><a href="#removing_sidebar_tabs">Removing Sidebar Tabs</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="what_is_sidebar">What is Sidebar?</h3> + +<p>Sidebar is a customizable area in your browser where you can keep items + that you need to use all the time—the latest news and weather, your + address book, stock quotes, a calendar—and many other available + options. Sidebar presents these items to you in tabs that are continually + updated.</p> + +<p>&brandShortName; comes with some Sidebar tabs already set up, but you can + customize Sidebar by adding, removing, and rearranging tabs.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="opening_closing_and_resizing_sidebar">Opening, Closing and Resizing + Sidebar</h3> + +<p>To open Sidebar, <span class="noMac">press <kbd>F9</kbd> or</span> open the + View menu in the browser, choose Show/Hide, and then Sidebar from the + submenu.</p> + +<p>Once Sidebar is opened, you can use its handle to close, open and resize + Sidebar's frame. Move the mouse pointer up and down along the left edge + of the &brandShortName; window. The pointer changes to a hand when it touches + the <q>handle</q> for Sidebar, as shown in the picture.</p> + +<table summary="Image table"> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"></td> + </tr> + <tr style="vertical-align: top;"> + <td><img src="images/sidebar.png" alt="image of sidebar with + handle"/></td> + <td style="vertical-align: middle;"> + <p><strong>Sidebar<br/>Handle</strong></p> + </td> + </tr> +</table> + +<ul> + <li>Click the handle to close/open Sidebar's frame</li> + <li>Click and drag the handle to resize Sidebar's frame</li> +</ul> + +<p>To close Sidebar with its handle, do one of the following:</p> + +<ul> + <li class="noMac">Press <kbd>F9</kbd></li> + <li>Click the X in the upper-right corner of Sidebar</li> + <li>Open the View menu, choose Show/Hide, and then Sidebar from the + submenu</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="viewing_sidebar_tabs">Viewing Sidebar Tabs</h3> + +<p>To view a tab:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click a tab's title; for instance, click the word <q>Search</q>. The + Search tab opens, which allows you to search for web pages.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To reload a Sidebar tab, right-click on the tab title + and choose Reload from the pop-up menu.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="adding_sidebar_tabs">Adding Sidebar Tabs</h3> + +<p>To add a new tab:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar, and select Customize + Sidebar from the menu</li> + <li>In the Customize Sidebar dialog box, select a tab from the list on the + left. Double-click the folders to open or close folders.</li> + <li>Click Add.</li> + <li>Continue adding as many tabs as you want.</li> + <li>Click OK to finish.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you add more than eight tabs to Sidebar, + &brandShortName; hides the remaining tabs to reduce clutter. To scroll + through the hidden tabs, click the down arrow button at the bottom of Sidebar + until you see the desired tab. Click the up arrow button to once again scroll + up.</p> + +<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>To preview a Sidebar tab before adding it, select a tab from the list + on the left side of the Customize Sidebar dialog box and click Preview. + After a few seconds, the tab displays in the Tab Preview pop-up + window.</li> + <li>To view an extensive and categorized list of tabs available for Sidebar, + click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar, and select Sidebar + Directory.</li> +</ul> + +<p>You can also turn Sidebar tabs on and off.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar. Current tabs are listed in + the lower part of the menu.</li> + <li>Select the tabs you want displayed in Sidebar. Remove the checkmark + (deselect) to turn a tab off (it will still be available from the + menu).</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly turn off a Sidebar tab, right-click on its + name and choose Hide Tab.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="customizing_individual_sidebar_tabs">Customizing Individual Sidebar + Tabs</h3> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Not all tabs can be customized.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar and select Customize Sidebar + from the menu.</li> + <li>Select an available tab from the list on the right.</li> + <li>Click Customize Tab if it is enabled. A window appears with information + and options for customizing the tab. + + <p>The instructions vary depending on the source of the tab—in + addition to &brandShortName;, tab providers can be any company, + organization, or individual who uses the Internet.</p> + </li> + <li>After you follow the tab provider's instructions, close the + customization window (or follow the provider's instructions to close + it).</li> + <li>Click OK to finish.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="reorganizing_sidebar_tabs">Reorganizing Sidebar Tabs</h3> + +<ol> + <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar and select Customize Sidebar from + the menu.</li> + <li>Select a tab from the list on the right.</li> + <li>Click Up and Down to change the tab's placement.</li> + <li>Repeat steps 1 and 2 to continue reorganizing as many tabs as you + like.</li> + <li>Click OK to finish.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="removing_sidebar_tabs">Removing Sidebar Tabs</h3> + +<ol> + <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar and select Customize Sidebar from + the menu.</li> + <li>Select a tab from the list on the right.</li> + <li>Click Remove.</li> + <li>Continue removing as many tabs as you like.</li> + <li>Click OK to finish.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="tabbed_browsing">Tabbed Browsing</h2> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#what_is_tabbed_browsing">What is Tabbed Browsing?</a></li> + <li><a href="#setting_up_tabbed_browsing">Setting up Tabbed Browsing</a></li> + <li><a href="#opening_tabs">Opening Tabs</a></li> + <li><a href="#moving_tabs">Moving Tabs</a></li> + <li><a href="#bookmarking_tabs">Bookmarking Tabs</a></li> + <li><a href="#closing_tabs">Closing Tabs</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="what_is_tabbed_browsing">What is Tabbed Browsing?</h3> + +<p>Tabbed Browsing lets you open more than one web page in a single window. + Each web page has its own tab across the top of a single browser window. + Each tab appears on the Tab Bar. For example, you can visit mozilla.org, + icq.com, and cnn.com within one window instead of three windows.</p> + +<table summary="Image table"> + <tr> + <td>Click this to open a new tab.</td> + <td></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"> + <img src="images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png" alt="tab bar"/> + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="text-align: left;">Tab being viewed.</td> + <td style="text-align: right;">Click this to close the tab being + viewed.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"><strong>Tab Bar</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>You don't need to have several windows open to visit several web pages; + thus, freeing up more space on your desktop. Instead, you can open, close, + and reload web pages conveniently in one place without having to switch to + another window.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="setting_up_tabbed_browsing">Setting up Tabbed Browsing</h3> + +<p>There are several ways to customize Tabbed Browsing. For example, you can + change your preferences to open new browser tabs from the Location Bar. You + can set up Tabbed Browsing in other ways too, such as loading new browser + tabs in the background so the first page is kept on top while the second page + is loading. To learn more about setting up Tabbed Browsing in + &brandShortName;, see + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing">Browser Preferences + - Tabbed Browsing</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="opening_tabs">Opening Tabs</h3> + +<p>You can open a browser tab in the following ways:</p> + +<p><strong>Opening a New Blank Browser Tab</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>From the File menu</strong>: Open the File menu, choose New, and + then Browser Tab.</li> + <li><strong>From the Tab Bar</strong>: If visible, click the <q>new + tab</q> icon + <img src="chrome://global/skin/icons/tab-new.gif" alt="new tab icon"/> + on the left side of the Tab Bar.</li> + <li><strong>From a pop-up menu</strong>: If the Tab Bar is visible, + right-click on it, and choose New Tab from the pop.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Opening a Web Page Link in a Browser Tab</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>From a pop-up menu</strong>: Right-click<span class="mac"> or, if + you have a one-button mouse, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> on a web page + link and choose Open Link in New Tab.</li> + <li><strong>From the Location Bar</strong>: Type a web page location in the + Location Bar and press <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac"> + Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: You must set your Tabbed Browsing preferences to + open a browser tab from the Location Bar. See + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing">Browser + Preferences - Tabbed Browsing</a> for more information.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>To quickly open a new browser tab, press + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd> + <kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>T</kbd>.</li> + <li>To reload one or all browser tabs, right-click<span class="mac"> or, if + you have a one-button mouse, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> anywhere on the + Tab Bar and select Reload Tab or Reload All Tabs, respectively.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="moving_tabs">Moving Tabs</h3> + +<p>Tabs are displayed in the order you open them, which may not always be what + you want. To move a tab to a different location within a &brandShortName; + window, simply drag it there using your mouse. While you are dragging the + tab, &brandShortName; displays an indicator to show where the tab will be + moved. Alternately, you can use + <a href="shortcuts-navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing_shortcuts">keyboard + shortcuts</a> to move tabs within a window if desired.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: The keyboard shortcuts don't work when a text box has + focus.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="bookmarking_tabs">Bookmarking Tabs</h3> + +<p>A bookmarked group of tabs is called a Groupmark. To bookmark the group of + browser tabs in the current window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose <q>Bookmark This Group of + Tabs</q>.</li> + <li>Type a name for the bookmark group in the Name field.</li> + <li>Choose a folder in which to create your Groupmark, or click New Folder to + create a new folder for your Groupmark.</li> + <li>Click OK to add the Groupmark.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To learn how to use a group of tabs as your home page, + see <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator">Browser Preferences - + Browser</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="closing_tabs">Closing Tabs</h3> + +<p>You can close browser tabs in several ways:</p> + +<p><strong>Closing the Browser Tab Being Viewed</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Close Tab.</li> + <li>Click the <q>X</q> button on the right side of the Tab Bar.</li> +</ul> + +<table summary="Image table"> + <tr> + <td> Click this to open a new tab.</td> + <td></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"> + <img src="images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png" alt="tab bar"/> + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="text-align: left;">Tab being viewed.</td> + <td style="text-align: right;">Click this to close the tab being + viewed.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"><strong>Tab Bar</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>To close any browser tab, even if hidden, right-click on the tab and + choose Close Tab from the pop-up menu.</li> + <li>To keep only one browser tab open, while closing all other tabs, + right-click on the browser tab and choose Close Other Tabs.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Changing Fonts, Colors, and + Themes</h2> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#changing_the_default_fonts">Changing the Default Fonts</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_the_default_colors">Changing the Default + Colors</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_the_theme">Changing the Theme</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="changing_the_default_fonts">Changing the Default Fonts</h3> + +<p>Normally, web pages are displayed in the default font set by your browser + or in a font chosen by the web pages' authors.</p> + +<p>To change the default fonts:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Appearance category, choose Fonts. (If no options are visible + in this category, double-click Appearance to expand the list.)</li> + <li>From the "Fonts for" drop-down list, choose a language group/script. + For instance, to set default fonts for West European languages/script + (Latin), choose <q>Western</q>.</li> + <li>Select whether proportional text should be serif (like Times Roman) or + sans-serif (like Arial). Then specify the font size you want for + proportional text.</li> + <li>If an appropriate font is available for your language/script, select + fonts for Serif, Sans-Serif, Cursive, Fantasy, and Monospace. You can also + specify what font size you want for monospace text.</li> + <li>Specify whether the default font should be serif or sans serif.</li> + <li>Select a fixed-width font and size. Certain types of text, such as + equations and formulas, are displayed in a fixed-width font.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Many web page authors choose their own fonts and font sizes. To allow fonts + other than the ones specified in your preferences, check <q>Allow + documents to use other fonts</q>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="changing_the_default_colors">Changing the Default Colors</h3> + +<p>Normally, the background and text colors on web pages are determined by the + default colors set by your browser or by the pages' authors.</p> + +<p>To change the default colors:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Appearance category, choose Colors. (If no options are visible + in this category, click to expand the list.)</li> + <li>Click the colored blocks next to Text, Background, Unvisited Links, and + Visited Links. Choose a color for each from the color chart. You can also + specify that links should be underlined.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Most web page authors choose their own colors. You can override the + authors' intentions by selecting <q>Use my chosen colors, ignoring + the colors specified</q>.</p> + +<p>When viewing the source of a web page, you can see the HTML syntax of the + source of a web page highlighted in specific colors by selecting <q>Enable + syntax highlighting</q>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="changing_the_theme">Changing the Theme</h3> + +<p>You can change the look and feel of &brandShortName; by using a different + theme. Changing the theme can be done either from the View menu or from the + Add-on Manager.</p> + +<p>From the View menu:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the View menu and choose Apply Theme, and then select a theme from + the menu.</li> + <li>Quit and restart &brandShortName;.</li> +</ol> + +<p>From the Add-on Manager:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Add-on Manager.</li> + <li>Click the Themes button in the toolbar.</li> + <li>Select a theme from the list, and then click the Use Theme button.</li> + <li>Quit and restart &brandShortName;.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="toolbars">Toolbars</h2> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#navigation_toolbar">Navigation Toolbar</a></li> + <li><a href="#personal_toolbar">Personal Toolbar</a></li> + <li><a href="#status_bar">Status Bar</a></li> + <li><a href="#component_bar">Component Bar</a></li> + <li><a href="#hiding_a_toolbar">Hiding a Toolbar</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="navigation_toolbar">Navigation Toolbar</h3> + +<p>The Navigation Toolbar, pictured here, helps you move around the Web.</p> + +<table summary="Image table"> + <tr> + <td colspan="4"> + <img src="images/reload.gif" alt="navigation toolbar"/> + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><strong>Back</strong></td> + <td><strong>Forward</strong></td> + <td><strong>Reload</strong></td> + <td><strong>Stop</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="personal_toolbar">Personal Toolbar</h3> + +<p>The Personal Toolbar is completely customizable—you decide what you + want to keep there.</p> + +<table summary="Image table"> + <tr> + <td><img src="images/personalbar.png" alt="Personal Toolbar"/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="text-align: center;"><strong>Personal Toolbar</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>You can easily add, delete, and rearrange items in the Personal Toolbar.</p> + +<h4 id="turning_buttons_on_and_off">Turning Buttons On and Off</h4> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Click Browser.</li> + <li>Under <q>Select the buttons you want to see in the toolbars</q>, + choose the buttons that you want on your toolbar.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<h4 id="adding_personal_toolbar_bookmarks">Adding Personal Toolbar + Bookmarks</h4> + +<p>You can add buttons for your favorite bookmarks, or folders containing + groups of bookmarks. To create a new bookmark to add to the Personal + Toolbar:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open a web page you want to bookmark.</li> + <li>Drag the bookmark icon + <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.gif" + alt="image of bookmark icon"/>(located to the left of URL in the + Location Bar) to a desired place on the Personal Toolbar. You can drag the + icon directly to the Personal Toolbar, or to a folder on the Personal + Toolbar. For more information, see + <a href="#adding_bookmark_folders_to_the_personal_toolbar">Adding Bookmark + Folders to the Personal Toolbar</a>.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: The bookmark icon + <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.gif" alt="image + of bookmark icon"/> may appear as another page-specific icon if you have + checked Show Website Icons in preferences. See + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance Preferences - + Appearance</a> for more information on changing this preferences.</p> + +<p>Each item in the Personal Toolbar folder appears as a toolbar button. You + may need to enlarge the browser window to see them all.</p> + +<p id="adding_bookmark_folders_to_the_personal_toolbar"><strong>Adding + Bookmark Folders to the Personal Toolbar</strong></p> + +<p>You can add bookmark folders to the Personal Toolbar to sort your favorite + bookmarks into categories. For example, you can have one folder on the + Personal Toolbar for hobby-related bookmarks and another folder for + work-related bookmarks. To add a new bookmark to the Personal Toolbar:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li> + <li>Select your designated <q>Personal Toolbar Folder</q>.</li> + <li>Click New Folder on the toolbar.</li> + <li> Type a name for your new bookmark folder. By default, the name is + <q>New Folder</q>.</li> + <li>Click OK to confirm your new bookmark folder name.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The new bookmark folder will appear at the end of the Personal Toolbar.</p> + +<h4>Designating a Bookmark Folder as Your Personal Toolbar Folder</h4> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li> + <li>Select the bookmark folder whose items you want to appear on the + toolbar.</li> + <li>From the View menu, choose Set as Personal Toolbar Folder.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The buttons in your Personal Toolbar now correspond to the bookmarks in the + folder you designated.</p> + +<h4>Removing Bookmarks from the Personal Toolbar</h4> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li> + <li>Click the Personal Toolbar Folder.</li> + <li>Select the bookmark or folder you want to delete.</li> + <li>Press Delete on your keyboard.</li> + <li>Close the Manage Bookmarks window.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly remove a bookmark placed on the Personal + Toolbar (not in a folder), right-click on the bookmark and select Delete.</p> + +<h4>Rearranging the Personal Toolbar</h4> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li> + <li>In your Bookmarks window, click the Personal Toolbar Folder.</li> + <li>Select a bookmark or folder and drag it to a new location.</li> + <li>When you are finished rearranging items, close your Bookmarks + window.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Standard buttons on the Personal Toolbar such as + Bookmarks, Search, Go, Print and Home cannot be rearranged, but they can + be <a href="#turning_buttons_on_and_off">turned off and on</a>.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To move a bookmark placed on the Personal Toolbar + quickly, click and drag the bookmark to another location on the Personal + Toolbar or to a folder.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="status_bar">Status Bar</h3> + +<p>The Status Bar is located at the bottom of any &brandShortName; window. It + includes the following:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Component Bar: Allows you to switch between components. For more + information, see <a href="#component_bar">Component Bar</a>.</li> + <li>Status information: Displays information like the web-page URL and load + status information.</li> + <li>Cookie notification icon + <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/permissions/taskbar-cookie.gif" + alt="cookie notification icon"/>: + Appears when a website has used a cookie in a way that requires you to be + notified. For more information, see + <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookie_notification">Cookie + Notification</a>.</li> + <li>Work Offline + <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/offline.gif" + alt="work offline icon"/> or Work Online + <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/online.gif" + alt="work online icon"/> icon: Click the icon to toggle working + offline or online. Working offline prevents &brandShortName; from + attempting to connect to the Internet, for example to load images on web + pages or automatically check email.</li> + <li>Lock icon (Example: + <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-insecure.gif" + alt="lock icon"/>): Indicates whether the entire contents of the page + was encrypted while it was being received by your computer. For more + information, see + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page">Checking + Security for a Web Page</a>.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="component_bar">Component Bar</h3> + +<p>Use the Component Bar at the bottom left of any &brandShortName; window to + switch between tasks (such as browsing or mail).</p> + +<p><img src="images/taskbar.png" alt="component bar"/></p> + +<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="hiding_a_toolbar">Hiding a Toolbar</h3> + +<p>There are two ways to hide the toolbars.</p> + +<p>To minimize a toolbar:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the small triangle at the left of the toolbar. To show the toolbar, + click the triangle again. (Note: You cannot hide the Component Bar using + this method.)</li> +</ul> + +<p>To completely hide a toolbar, including its triangle:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the View menu.</li> + <li>Choose Show/Hide and uncheck the toolbars you want to hide.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To reverse this action, open the View menu, choose Show, and then select + the toolbars you want to show.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="bookmarks">Bookmarks</h2> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#what_are_bookmarks">What Are Bookmarks?</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_bookmarks">Using Bookmarks</a></li> + <li><a href="#creating_new_bookmarks">Creating New Bookmarks</a></li> + <li><a href="#organizing_your_bookmarks">Organizing Your Bookmarks</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_individual_bookmarks">Changing Individual + Bookmarks</a></li> + <li><a href="#searching_your_bookmarks">Searching Your Bookmarks</a></li> + <li><a href="#exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list">Exporting or + Importing a Bookmark List</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="what_are_bookmarks">What Are Bookmarks?</h3> + +<p>Bookmarks are shortcuts to your favorite and most-visited web pages. Rather + than typing in long URLs (web addresses), you can create bookmarks that take + you directly to the pages you want to see.</p> + +<p>You access your bookmarks through the Bookmarks menu, the Bookmarks tab on + Sidebar, and the Manage Bookmarks window. You can control what's listed + in the Bookmarks menu by adding bookmarks for your favorite web pages and + organizing your list of bookmarks any way you want.</p> + +<h3 id="using_bookmarks">Using Bookmarks</h3> + +<p>&brandShortName; comes with some bookmarks already available. To use a + bookmark:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu.</li> + <li>Choose a bookmark from the list or from a folder in the list.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="creating_new_bookmarks">Creating New Bookmarks</h3> + +<p>You can bookmark your favorite websites to make it easy to return to + them.</p> + +<p>To bookmark the current page, perform one of these steps:</p> + +<ul> + <li>To add a bookmark to the Bookmarks menu, open the Bookmarks menu and + choose Bookmark This Page.</li> + <li>To add a bookmark to a specific folder on the Bookmarks menu, or to + provide a specific name or URL for your bookmark: + <ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose File Bookmark. Choose from any of + these options: + <ul> + <li><strong>Name</strong>: Enter a name for the bookmark if you want + a different name.</li> + <li><strong>Location</strong>: Enter a URL for the bookmark if you + want a different URL.</li> + <li><strong>Keyword</strong>: Enter a keyword for the bookmark if you + want to be able to open the bookmarked page from the Location + Bar (see + <a href="nav_help.xhtml#custom_keywords">Using Custom Bookmark + Keywords</a>).</li> + <li><strong>Destination</strong>: Choose a folder in which to create + your bookmark.</li> + <li><strong>New Folder</strong>: Click this to create a new folder in + which to create your bookmark.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK to add the bookmark.</li> + </ol> + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you have multiple browser tabs open in a + window, you can select <q>Bookmark this groups of tabs</q> to add a + single bookmark that will open all of the open tabs in the current + window.</p> + </li> + <li>To add a bookmark to the Personal Toolbar, drag the bookmark icon + <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.gif" + alt="image of bookmark icon"/> next to the Location Bar to a place on + the Personal Toolbar. You can drag a bookmark to the following places: + <ul> + <li>In the Bookmarks folder on the Personal Toolbar.</li> + <li>In a bookmarks folder you've created on the Personal + Toolbar.</li> + <li>To the Personal Toolbar itself, on the right side of all bookmarks + folders. + <p>For more information about adding bookmarks to the Personal Toolbar, + see <a href="#adding_personal_toolbar_bookmarks">Adding Personal + Toolbar bookmarks</a>.</p> + </li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<table summary="Image table"> + <tr> + <td><img src="images/personalbar.png" alt="Personal Toolbar"/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><strong>Personal Toolbar</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<ul> + <li>To add a bookmark to the Bookmarks tab in Sidebar, open Sidebar, select + the Bookmarks tab, and drag the bookmark icon + <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.gif" + alt="image of bookmark icon"/> next to the Location Bar to a place on + the bookmark list in the Bookmarks tab. + </li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Notes</strong>:</p> +<ul> + <li>The bookmark icon + <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.gif" + alt="image of bookmark icon"/> may appear as another page-specific + icon if you have checked Show Website Icons in preferences. See + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance Preferences - + Appearance</a> for more information on changing this preferences.</li> + <li>After adding a bookmark using any of the methods listed above, it can be + accessed using the Sidebar Bookmarks tab, the Manage Bookmarks window, and + the Bookmarks menu.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="organizing_your_bookmarks">Organizing Your Bookmarks</h3> + +<p>To organize your bookmarks, open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage + Bookmarks. Perform any of the following tasks in your Manage Bookmarks + window.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can open the Manage Bookmarks window from the + Bookmarks tab in Sidebar. Click on Manage at the top of the Bookmarks + tab.</p> + +<p>To view bookmarks inside of folders:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Double-click a folder to view its contents.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To move a bookmark or a folder to another location in the list:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Drag the bookmark or folder that you want to move to the new location. To + put a bookmark in a folder, drag it to the folder.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To create a new folder or separator:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click New Folder or New Separator at the top of the Bookmarks window. The + new folder or separator appears below the current selection.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To remove a bookmark or a folder from the list:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to highlight the bookmark or folder that you want to remove.</li> + <li>Press the Delete key on your keyboard, or click Delete in the Bookmarks + window.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To sort your bookmarks in the Manage Bookmarks window:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the View menu and select how you want the list sorted (such as Sort + by Name or Sort by Location). + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To add more columns, open the View menu, open + <q>Show columns</q>, and select a column header in the list.</p></li> +</ul> + +<h4>Designating a New Bookmark Folder</h4> + +<p>When you create a new bookmark, &brandShortName; normally adds it to the + bottom of your bookmarks list. If you prefer to file your bookmarks in a + folder, you can designate a new bookmarks folder.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li> + <li>In your Bookmarks window, select a folder to hold new bookmarks.</li> + <li>Open the View menu and choose Set as New Bookmark Folder.</li> +</ol> + +<p> [<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="changing_individual_bookmarks">Changing Individual Bookmarks</h3> + +<p>You can change the information for any individual bookmark.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li> + <li>In your Bookmarks window, click a bookmark.</li> + <li>Click Properties.</li> + <li>In the bookmark Properties dialog box window, click the Info tab.</li> +</ol> + +<p>You can rename the bookmark (the name appears in your bookmark list), + add descriptive information, or set a + <a href="nav_help.xhtml#custom_keywords">keyword</a>.</p> + +<p>You can also set &brandShortName; to check bookmarked websites for + changes.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li> + <li>In your Bookmarks window, click a bookmark.</li> + <li>Click Properties.</li> + <li>In the bookmark Properties dialog box, click the Schedule tab.</li> + <li>Use the pull down lists to specify how frequently you want + &brandShortName; to check the bookmarked page for changes.</li> + <li>If you want to be notified when the bookmarked page changes, click the + Notify tab and choose a notification option.</li> +</ol> + +<p> [<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="searching_your_bookmarks">Searching Your Bookmarks</h3> + +<p>To search the bookmarks list:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li> + <li>In your Bookmarks window, open the Tools menu and choose Search + Bookmarks. You see the Find Bookmarks dialog box.</li> + <li>In the drop-down lists, choose options to define your search, and then + click Find. Bookmarks that match your search criteria are displayed. Choose + from the following Search options: + <ul> + <li>Choose "contains," "starts with," or "ends with" if you know only + part of the word or phrase for which you're searching.</li> + <li>Choose "is" if you know exactly what you're searching for.</li> + <li>Choose "is not" or "doesn't contain" to exclude pages.</li> + <li>Click the fill-in field and type all or part of name or URL + (web address) for the bookmarks or history listings that you want to + find or exclude.</li> + <li>Select <q>Save query in bookmarks</q> to save this search for + later use.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Double-click a bookmark in the list to go to that page.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: If the list is hard to read, try expanding the search + results window.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list">Exporting or Importing a + Bookmark List</h3> + +<p>Your bookmarks are stored in a file named bookmarks.html. You can export a + copy of this file and save it in a folder of your choosing. You can then edit + it and treat it as you would any HTML file.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li> + <li>In your Bookmarks window, open the Tools menu, and choose Export.</li> + <li>In the <q>Export Bookmarks File</q> dialog box, choose a folder. + Your bookmarks.html file will be copied into the folder you designate.</li> + <li>Click Save.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Your &brandShortName; bookmarks are not altered by this procedure.</p> + +<p>You can also import bookmarks files from other sources. For example, you can + import bookmarks files from earlier &brandShortName; versions, other + browsers, or from bookmarks files that your friends send you.</p> + +<p>Before you start, make sure that the bookmarks file you want to import is an + HTML file.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li> + <li>In your Bookmarks window, open the Tools menu and choose Import.</li> + <li>In the <q>Import Bookmarks File</q> dialog box, locate and select + the bookmarks file you want to import.</li> + <li>Click Open.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The imported bookmarks file is treated as a group of new bookmarks and added + to the bottom of your bookmarks list. If you have designated a new bookmark + folder, the imported bookmarks are added to that folder.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Importing a bookmarks file imports the bookmarks and + folders from that file. It does not create two bookmarks files.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Specifying How &brandShortName; + Starts Up</h2> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#specifying_a_starting_page">Specifying a Starting Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_your_home_page">Changing Your Home Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#specifying_which_components_open_at_launch">Specifying Which + Components Open at Launch</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="specifying_a_starting_page">Specifying a Starting Page</h3> + +<p>You can specify the page that loads when the browser starts:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under "Display on Browser Startup" choose whether you want a + blank page, your home page, or the last web page visited to open + automatically when you launch your browser. + <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you selected Home Page, type the URL in the + Location Bar.</p></li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="changing_your_home_page">Changing Your Home Page</h3> + +<p>Your home page is the page that opens when you click the Home button in the + Personal Toolbar. Depending on how your preferences are set, it may also be + the page that opens automatically when you launch &brandShortName;.</p> + +<p>To specify your home page:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Click the Browser category.</li> + <li>In the Home page section, perform one of the following: + <ul> + <li>Type your home page's URL (web address) in the Location + field.</li> + <li>Click Use Current Page to make the page currently displayed in the + browser window your home page.</li> + <li>Click Choose File to select a file from your computer's hard + drive.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To specify your home page quickly, drag the bookmark + icon <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.gif" + alt="image of bookmark icon"/> from the Location Bar to the Home Page + button on the Personal Toolbar.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="specifying_which_components_open_at_launch">Specifying Which Components + Open at Launch</h3> + +<p>You can choose components (such as Mail & Newsgroups and Composer) to + launch when you start &brandShortName;:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Click the Appearance category.</li> + <li>Select the components you want opened automatically each time you start + &brandShortName;.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<p>©right.string;</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/developer_tools.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/developer_tools.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..718fbd4b7c --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/developer_tools.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>&brandShortName; Tools and Development</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="web_development_tools">Web Development Tools</h1> + +<p>For web developers, &brandShortName; provides several tools to aid in + developing and debugging Web applications. Some of these are optional + installs. To access these tools, open the Tools menu and choose Web + Development.</p> + +<ul class="separate"> + <li id="js_console"> + <strong>Error Console</strong>: a console window that reports problems + with <a href="glossary.xhtml#javascript">JavaScript</a> and CSS code in + Web applications and the &brandShortName; application itself. By default, + CSS parsing errors and JavaScript errors are displayed. The console can + also be used to display logged messages from <a href="glossary.xhtml#xul"> + XUL</a> and JavaScript code. + </li> + <li id="inspector"> + <strong>DOM Inspector</strong>: a tool that can be + used to inspect and edit the DOM of any web document or XUL + application. + + <p>Online resources:</p> + + <ul> + <li><a href="http://www.brownhen.com/DI/">Introduction to the DOM + Inspector</a> (Ian Oeschger)</li> + <li><a href="http://www.mozilla.org/projects/inspector/faq.html">DOM + Inspector FAQ</a> (mozilla.org)</li> + <!-- 2006-01-27: Removed link (404). + <li><a href="http://gr.ayre.st/moz/evangelism/tutorials/dominspectortutorial.shtml">grayrest's + Guide to the DOM Inspector</a></li> + --> + <li>Creating Applications with Mozilla - Appendix B3: + <a href="http://books.mozdev.org/html/mozilla-app-b-sect-3.html">The + DOM Inspector</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li id="venkman"> + <strong>JavaScript Debugger</strong>: also known as Venkman, this utility + allows you to debug JavaScript in &brandShortName;. It supports stepping, + breakpoints and many other features. + + <p>Online resources:</p> + + <ul> + <li><a href="http://www.mozilla.org/projects/venkman/">Venkman JavaScript + Debugger Homepage</a></li> + <li><a href="http://www.svendtofte.com/code/learning_venkman/">Learning + the JavaScript debugger Venkman</a> (Svend Tofte)</li> + <li><a href="http://www.webreference.com/programming/javascript/venkman/">Debugging + JavaScript Using Venkman</a> (webreference.com, article series)</li> + <li><a href="http://www.hacksrus.com/~ginda/venkman/">Venkman Development + Homepage</a></li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>©right.string;</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/forieusers.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/forieusers.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ce5ec8590c --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/forieusers.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>For Microsoft Internet Explorer Users</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="for_internet_explorer_users">For Internet Explorer Users</h1> + +<p>If you've been using Microsoft® Internet Explorer, you'll find + that it's easy to begin using &brandShortName; for + <a href="nav_help.xhtml#browsing_the_web">browsing the web</a>, + <a href="mail_help.xhtml">managing your mail</a>, and much more.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#mozilla_and_internet_explorer_terminology_differences">&brandShortName; + and Internet Explorer Terminology Differences</a></li> + <li><a href="#about_your_ie_favorites">About Your IE Favorites</a></li> + <li><a href="#browser_features">Browser Features</a></li> + <li><a href="#other_features">Other Features</a></li> + <li><a href="#keyboard_shortcuts">Keyboard Shortcuts</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="mozilla_and_internet_explorer_terminology_differences">&brandShortName; + and Internet Explorer Terminology Differences</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> + <thead> + <tr> + <th>Internet Explorer</th> + <th>&brandShortName;</th> + </tr> + </thead> + <tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Internet Options</td> + <td><a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml">Preferences</a></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Temporary Internet Files</td> + <td><a href="nav_help.xhtml#changing_cache_settings">Cache</a></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Favorites</td> + <td><a href="customize_help.xhtml#bookmarks">Bookmarks</a></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Address Bar</td> + <td><a href="nav_help.xhtml#moving_to_another_page">Location Bar</a></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Refresh</td> + <td><a href="nav_help.xhtml#stopping_and_reloading">Reload</a></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Links Bar</td> + <td><a href="customize_help.xhtml#personal_toolbar">Personal Toolbar</a></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Copy Shortcut</td> + <td>Copy Link Location</td> + </tr> + </tbody> +</table> + +<h2 id="about_your_ie_favorites">About Your IE Favorites</h2> + +<p>Your IE Favorites are imported automatically. To access them, open the + Bookmarks menu and choose Imported IE Favorites.</p> + +<h2 id="browser_features">Browser Features</h2> + +<ul> + <li><strong><a href="nav_help.xhtml#using_tabbed_browsing">Tabbed + Browsing</a></strong>: Instead of opening a separate browser window for + each site you want to visit, you can open multiple sites within the same + window and tab between them. You can also + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator">set a group of tabs as + your home page</a>.</li> + <li><strong><a href="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml">Pop-up Window + Controls</a></strong>: Lets you allow or suppress both popup and popunder + windows.</li> + <li><strong><a href="customize_help.xhtml#sidebar">Sidebar</a></strong>: + Customize &brandShortName; with frequently accessed content and tools such + as news, stock quotes, your bookmarks, browser history, and many other + options.</li> + <li><strong><a href="profiles_help.xhtml#managing_profiles">Profile + Manager</a></strong>: Create different profiles, each with its own + bookmarks, preferences, mail settings, and so on. This is useful if you + must share &brandShortName; on the same computer with other people, or + if you want to keep your work and personal settings separate.</li> + <li><strong><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml">Cookie Manager</a></strong>: Lets + you change what &brandShortName; will do when accepting cookies through its + support for the <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#privacy_settings">P3P + privacy standard</a>.</li> + <li><strong><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_images">Image + Manager</a></strong>: Enables you to disable images from certain websites, + or disable them all together. This is useful if you wish to decrease the + amount of time it takes for websites to load.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="other_features">Other Features</h2> + +<p>In the lower left-hand corner of your browser, a component bar gives you + quick access to several useful features:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong><a href="mail_help.xhtml">Mail & Newsgroups</a></strong>: + Conveniently manage all your Internet communications. You can set up and + maintain multiple business and personal mail accounts and Internet + newsgroups, all from one window. You can + <a href="mail_help.xhtml#importing_mail_from_other_programs">import</a> + mail and settings from other popular email programs.</li> + <li><strong><a href="mail_help.xhtml#using_address_books">Address + Books</a></strong>: Create an address book or + <a href="mail_help.xhtml#importing_address_books">import</a> contact + information from other popular mail programs.</li> + <li><strong><a href="composer_help.xhtml">Composer</a></strong>: + Create, edit, and publish your pages on the web with this built-in web page + editor.</li> + <li><strong>ChatZilla</strong>: Built-in IRC client that lets you chat with + other people over IRC networks.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="keyboard_shortcuts">Keyboard Shortcuts</h2> + +<p>You will notice that Microsoft Internet Explorer and &brandShortName; + share many of the same shortcut keys. For a full list of shortcut keys, see + the List of <a href="shortcuts.xhtml">&brandShortName; Keyboard + Shortcuts</a>.</p> + +<p>©right.string;</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/glossary.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/glossary.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7b5c0c25a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/glossary.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,745 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Glossary</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<div class="boilerPlate">This glossary is provided for your information only, + and is not meant to be relied upon as a complete or authoritative description + of the terms defined below or of the privacy and/or security ramifications of + the technologies described.</div> + +<h1 id="glossary">Glossary</h1> + +<dl> + +<dt id="authentication">authentication</dt><dd>The use of a password, + certificate, personal identification number (PIN), or other information to + validate an identity over a computer network. See also + <a href="#password-based_authentication">password-based authentication</a>, + <a href="#certificate-based_authentication">certificate-based + authentication</a>, <a href="#client_authentication">client + authentication</a>, <a href="#server_authentication">server + authentication</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="bookmark">bookmark</dt><dd>A stored <a href="#web_page">web page</a> + address (<a href="#url">URL</a>) that you can go to easily by clicking a + bookmark icon in the <a href="#personal_toolbar">Personal Toolbar</a> or + choosing the bookmark's name from the Bookmarks menu.</dd> + +<dt id="ca">CA</dt><dd>See <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate + authority (CA)</a></dd> + +<dt id="ca_certificate">CA certificate</dt><dd>A certificate that + identifies a certificate authority. See also + <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a>, + <a href="#subordinate_ca">subordinate CA</a>, <a href="#root_ca">root + CA</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="cache">cache</dt><dd>A collection of web page copies stored + on your computer's hard disk or in its random-access memory (RAM). The + browser accumulates these copies as you browse the Web. When you click a link + or type a <a href="#url">URL</a> to fetch a particular web page for which the + cache already contains a copy, the browser compares the cached copy to the + original. If there have been no changes, the browser uses the cached copy + rather than refetching the original, saving processing and download + time.</dd> + +<dt id="certificate">certificate</dt><dd>The digital equivalent of an ID card. + A certificate specifies the name of an individual, company, or other entity + and certifies that a public key, which is included in the certificate, + belongs to that entity. When you digitally sign a message or other data, the + digital signature for that message is created with the aid of the private key + that corresponds to the public key in your certificate. A certificate is + issued and digitally signed by a <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate + authority (CA)</a>. A certificate's validity can be verified by checking + the CA's <a href="#digital_signature">digital signature</a>. Also called + digital ID, digital passport, public-key certificate, X.509 certificate, and + security certificate. See also <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key + cryptography</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</dt><dd>A service + that issues a certificate after verifying the identity of the person or + entity the certificate is intended to identify. A CA also renews and revokes + certificates and generates a list of revoked certificates at regular + intervals. CAs can be independent vendors or a person or organization using + certificate-issuing server software (such as &brandShortName; Certificate + Management System). See also <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>, + <a href="#crl">CRL (certificate revocation list)</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="certificate_backup_password">certificate backup password</dt><dd>A + password that protects a certificate that you are backing up or have + previously backed up. Certificate Manager asks you to set this password when + you back up a certificate, and requests it when you attempt to restore a + certificate that has previously been backed up.</dd> + +<dt id="certificate-based_authentication">certificate-based + authentication</dt><dd>Verification of identity based on certificates and + public-key cryptography. See also + <a href="#password-based_authentication">password-based + authentication</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="certificate_chain">certificate chain</dt><dd>A hierarchical series of + certificates signed by successive certificate authorities. A CA certificate + identifies a <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a> + and is used to sign certificates issued by that authority. A CA certificate + can in turn be signed by the CA certificate of a parent CA and so on up to a + <a href="#root_ca">root CA</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="certificate_fingerprint">certificate fingerprint</dt><dd> + A unique number associated with a certificate. The number is not part of + the certificate itself but is produced by applying a mathematical function to + the contents of the certificate. If the contents of the certificate change, + even by a single character, the function produces a different number. + Certificate fingerprints can therefore be used to verify that certificates + have not been tampered with.</dd> + +<dt id="certificate_manager">Certificate + Manager</dt><dd>The part of the browser that allows you to view and manage + certificates. To view the main Certificate Manager window: Open the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu, choose Preferences, click Privacy and Security, and then click Manage + Certificates.</dd> + +<dt id="certificate_renewal">certificate renewal</dt><dd>The process of + renewing a <a href="#certificate">certificate</a> that is about to + expire.</dd> + +<dt id="certificate_verification">certificate verification</dt><dd>When + <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> verifies a + certificate, it confirms that the digital signature was created by a CA whose + own CA certificate is both on file with Certificate Manager and marked as + trusted for issuing that kind of certificate. It also confirms that the + certificate being verified has not itself been marked as untrusted. Finally, + if the <a href="#ocsp">OCSP (Online Certificate Status Protocol)</a> has been + activated, Certificate Manager also performs an online check. It does so by + looking up the certificate in a list of valid certificates maintained at a + <a href="#url">URL</a> that is specified either in the certificate itself or + in the browser's Validation preferences. If any of these checks fail, + Certificate Manager marks the certificate as unverified and won't + recognize the identity it certifies.</dd> + +<dt id="cipher">cipher</dt><dd>See + <a href="#cryptographic_algorithm">cryptographic algorithm</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="client">client</dt><dd>Software (such as browser software) that sends + requests to and receives information from a <a href="#server">server</a>, + which is usually running on a different computer. A computer on which client + software runs is also described as a client.</dd> + +<dt id="client_authentication">client authentication</dt><dd>The process of + identifying a <a href="#client">client</a> to a <a href="#server">server</a>, + for example with a name and password or with a + <a href="#client_ssl_certificate">client SSL certificate</a> and some + digitally signed data. See also <a href="#ssl">SSL (Secure + Sockets Layer)</a>, <a href="#server_authentication">server + authentication</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="client_ssl_certificate">client SSL certificate</dt><dd>A certificate + that a <a href="#client">client</a> (such as browser software) presents to a + <a href="#server">server</a> to authenticate the identity of the client + (or the identity of the person using the client) using the + <a href="#ssl">SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)</a> protocol. See + also <a href="#client_authentication">client authentication</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="component_bar">Component Bar</dt><dd>The toolbar located at the bottom + left of any &brandShortName; window. The Component Bar allows you to switch + between &brandShortName; components by clicking icons for Browser, + Mail & Newsgroups, Composer, and so on.</dd> + +<dt id="cookie">cookie</dt><dd>A small bit of information stored on your + computer by some <a href="#web_site">websites</a>. When you visit such a + site, the site asks your browser to place one or more cookies on your hard + disk. Later, when you return to the site, your browser sends the site the + cookies that belong to it. Cookies help websites keep track of information + about you, such as the contents of your shopping cart. You can set your + cookie preferences to control how cookies are used and how much information + you are willing to let websites store on them. See also + <a href="#foreign_cookie">foreign cookie</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="cookie_manager">Cookie Manager</dt><dd>The part of the browser + that you can use to control <a href="#cookie">cookies</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="crl">CRL (certificate revocation list)</dt><dd>A list of revoked + certificates that is generated and signed by a + <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a>. You can + download the latest CRL to your browser or to a server, then check against it + to make sure that certificates are still valid before permitting their use + for authentication.</dd> + +<dt id="cryptographic_algorithm">cryptographic algorithm</dt><dd>A set of + rules or directions used to perform cryptographic operations such as + <a href="#encryption">encryption</a> and + <a href="#decryption">decryption</a>. Sometimes called a + <em>cipher.</em></dd> + +<dt id="cryptography">cryptography</dt><dd>The art and practice of scrambling + (encrypting) and unscrambling (decrypting) information. For example, + cryptographic techniques are used to scramble an unscramble information + flowing between commercial websites and your browser. See also + <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key cryptography</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="decryption">decryption</dt><dd>The process of unscrambling data that + has been encrypted. See also <a href="#encryption">encryption</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="digital_id">digital ID</dt><dd> + See <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="digital_signature">digital signature</dt><dd>A code created from both + the data to be signed and the private key of the signer. This code is unique + for each new piece of data. Even a single comma added to a message changes + the digital signature for that message. Successful validation of your digital + signature by appropriate software not only provides evidence that you + approved the transaction or message, but also provides evidence that the data + has not changed since you digitally signed it. A digital signature has + nothing to do with a handwritten signature, although it can sometimes be used + for similar legal purposes. See also + <a href="#nonrepudiation">nonrepudiation</a>, + <a href="#tamper_detection">tamper detection</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="distinguished_name">distinguished name (DN)</dt><dd>A specially + formatted name that uniquely identifies the subject of a + <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="dual_key_pairs">dual key pairs</dt><dd>Two public-private key + pairs—four keys altogether—corresponding to two separate + certificates. The private key of one pair is used for signing operations, and + the public and private keys of the other pair are used for encryption and + decryption operations. Each pair corresponds to a separate + <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>. See also + <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key cryptography</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="eavesdropping">eavesdropping</dt><dd>Surreptitious interception of + information sent over a network by an entity for which the information is not + intended.</dd> + +<dt id="encryption">encryption</dt><dd>The process of scrambling information in + a way that disguises its meaning. For example, encrypted connections between + computers make it very difficult for third-parties to unscramble, or + <em>decrypt</em>, information flowing over the connection. Encrypted + information can be decrypted only by someone who possesses the appropriate + key. See also <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key + cryptography</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="encryption_certificate">encryption certificate</dt><dd>A + <a href="#certificate">certificate</a> whose public key is used for + encryption only. Encryption certificates are not used for signing operations. + See also <a href="#dual_key_pairs">dual key pairs</a>, + <a href="#signing_certificate">signing certificate</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="encryption_key">encryption key</dt><dd>A private key used for + encryption only. An encryption key and its equivalent private key, plus a + <a href="#signing_key">signing key</a> and its equivalent public key, + constitute a <a href="#dual_key_pairs">dual key pairs</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="fingerprint">fingerprint</dt><dd>See + <a href="#certificate_fingerprint">certificate fingerprint</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="fips_pubs_140-1">FIPS PUBS 140-1</dt><dd>Federal Information Processing + Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) 140-1 is a US government standard for + implementations of cryptographic modules—that is, hardware or software + that encrypts and decrypts data or performs other cryptographic operations + (such as creating or verifying digital signatures). Many products sold to the + US government must comply with one or more of the FIPS standards.</dd> + +<dt id="foreign_cookie">foreign cookie</dt><dd>A <a href="#cookie">cookie</a> + from one site that gets stored on your computer when you visit a different + site. Sometimes a <a href="#web_site">website</a> displays content that is + hosted on another website. That content can be anything from an image to text + or an advertisement. The second website that hosts such elements also has the + ability to store a cookie in your browser, even though you don't visit + it directly. Also known as <q>third-party cookie</q>.</dd> + +<dt id="form_manager">Form Manager</dt><dd>The part of the browser that can + help you save the personal data you enter into online forms, such as your + name, address, phone, and so on. Then, when a website presents you with a + form, Form Manager can fill it in automatically.</dd> + +<dt id="frame">frame</dt><dd>Frames are <a href="#web_page">web pages</a> + contained inside of an all-encompasssing <q>meta</q> page.</dd> + +<dt id="ftp">FTP (File Transfer Protocol)</dt><dd>A + standard that allows users to transfer files from one computer to another + over a network. You can use your browser to fetch files using FTP.</dd> + +<dt id="gopher">Gopher</dt><dd>A protocol used to search and retrieve + information on Internet <a href="#server">servers</a>, common before the + emergence of the <a href="#world_wide_web">World Wide Web</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="helper_application">helper application</dt><dd>Any application that is + used to open or view a file downloaded by the browser. A + <a href="#plugin">plugin</a> is a special kind of helper application that + installs itself into the Plugins directory of the main browser installation + directory and can typically be opened within the browser itself (internally). + Microsoft Word, Adobe Photoshop, and other external applications are + considered helper applications but not plugins, since they don't + install themselves into the browser directory, but can be opened from the + download dialog box.</dd> + +<dt id="home_page">home page</dt><dd>The page your browser is set to display + every time you launch it or when you click the Home button. Also used to + refer to the main page for a website, from which you can explore the rest of + the site.</dd> + +<dt id="html">HTML (HyperText Markup Language)</dt><dd>The document format used + for web pages. The HTML standard defines tags, or codes, used to define the + text layout, fonts, style, images, and other elements that make up a web + page.</dd> + +<dt id="http">HTTP (HyperText Transfer Protocol)</dt><dd>The protocol used to + transfer <a href="#web_page">web pages</a> (HyperText documents) between + browsers and <a href="#server">servers</a> over the + <a href="#world_wide_web">World Wide Web</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="https">HTTPS (HyperText Transfer Protocol Secure)</dt><dd>The secure + version of the HTTP protocol that uses <a href="#ssl">SSL</a> to ensure the + privacy of customer data (such as credit card information) while en route + over the <a href="#internet">Internet</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="imap">IMAP (Internet Message Access Protocol)</dt><dd>A standard mail + server protocol that allows you to store all your messages and any changes to + them on the server rather than on your computer's hard disk. Using IMAP + rather than <a href="#pop">POP</a> saves disk space and allows you to access + your entire mailbox, including sent mail, drafts, and custom folders, from + any location. Using an IMAP server over a modem is generally faster than + using a POP mail server, since you initially download message headers only. + Not all <a href="#isp">ISPs</a> support IMAP.</dd> + +<dt id="implicit_consent">implicit consent</dt><dd>Also known as implied or + <q>opt-out</q> consent. Used to describe privacy settings that may allow + websites to gather information about you (for example by means of + <a href="#cookie">cookies</a> and online forms) unless you explicitly choose + to withhold your consent by selecting an option on a page that the website + provides for that purpose. Your consent may not be requested when the + information is actually gathered.</dd> + +<dt id="internet">Internet</dt><dd>A worldwide network of millions of computers + that communicate with each other using standard protocols such as + <a href="#tcp_ip">TCP/IP</a>. Originally developed for the US military in + 1969, the Internet grew to include educational and research institutions and, + in the late 1990s, millions of businesses, organizations, and individuals. + Today the Internet is used for email, browsing the + <a href="#world_wide_web">World Wide Web (WWW)</a>, instant messaging, + usegroups, and many other purposes.</dd> + +<dt id="ip_address">IP address (Internet protocol address)</dt><dd>The address + of a computer on a <a href="#tcp_ip">TCP/IP</a> network. Every computer on + the <a href="#internet">Internet</a> has an IP address. + <a href="#client">Clients</a> have either a permanent IP address or one that + is dynamically assigned to them each time they connect with the network. IP + addresses are written as four sets of numbers, like this: 204.171.64.2.</dd> + +<dt id="irc">IRC (Internet Relay Chat)</dt><dd>A protocol used to chat with + other people in real-time using an IRC <a href="#client">client</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="isp">ISP (Internet Service Provider)</dt><dd>A company/institution + that provides <a href="#internet">Internet</a> connections.</dd> + +<dt id="java">Java</dt><dd>A programming language developed by Sun + Microsystems. A single Java program can run on many different kinds of + computers, thus avoiding the need for programmers to create a separate + version of each program for each kind of computer. Your browser can + automatically download and run Java programs (also called applets).</dd> + +<dt id="javascript">JavaScript</dt><dd>A scripting language commonly used to + construct <a href="#web_page">web pages</a>. Programmers use JavaScript to + make web pages more interactive; for example, to display forms and buttons. + JavaScript can be used with <a href="#java">Java</a>, but is technically a + separate language. Java is not required for JavaScript to work + correctly.</dd> + +<dt id="key">key</dt><dd>A large number used by a + <a href="#cryptographic_algorithm">cryptographic algorithm</a> to encrypt or + decrypt data. A person's public key, for example, allows other people to + encrypt messages to that person. The encrypted messages must be decrypted + with the corresponding private key. See also + <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key cryptography</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="ldap">LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol)</dt><dd>A standard + protocol for accessing directory services, such as corporate address books, + across multiple platforms. You can set up your browser to access LDAP + directories from the Address Book. You can also set up Mail & Newsgroups + to use an LDAP directory for email address autocompletion.</dd> + +<dt id="location_bar">Location Bar</dt><dd>The field (and associated buttons) + near the top of a browser window where you can type a + <a href="#url">URL</a> or search terms.</dd> + +<dt id="master_key">master key</dt><dd>A symmetric key used by + <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> to encrypt + information. For example, <a href="#password_manager">Password Manager</a> + uses Certificate Manager and your master key to encrypt email passwords, + website passwords, and other stored sensitive information. See also + <a href="#symmetric_encryption">symmetric encryption</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="master_password">master password</dt><dd>A password used by + Certificate Manager to protect the master key and/or private keys stored on a + <a href="#security_device">security device</a>. Certificate Manager needs to + access your private keys, for example, when you sign email messages or use + one of your own certificates to identify yourself to a website. It needs to + access your master key when Password Manager or Form Manager reads or adds to + your personal information. You can set or change your master password from + the Master Passwords preferences panel. Each security device requires a + separate master password. See also <a href="#private_key">private key</a>, + <a href="#master_key">master key</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="misrepresentation">misrepresentation</dt><dd>Presentation of an entity + as a person or organization that it is not. For example, a website might + pretend to be a furniture store when it is really just a site that takes + credit card payments but never sends any goods. See also + <a href="#spoofing">spoofing</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="navigation_toolbar">Navigation Toolbar</dt><dd>The toolbar near the top + of the browser window that includes the Back and Forward buttons.</dd> + +<dt id="nonrepudiation">nonrepudiation</dt><dd>The inability, of the sender of + a message, to deny having sent the message. A regular hand-written signature + provides one form of nonrepudiation. A + <a href="#digital_signature">digital signature</a> provides another.</dd> + +<dt id="object_signing">object signing</dt><dd>A technology that allows + software developers to sign Java code, JavaScript scripts, or any kind of + file, and that allows users to identify the signers and control access by + signed code to local system resources.</dd> + +<dt id="object-signing_certificate">object-signing certificate</dt><dd>A + certificate whose corresponding private key is used to sign objects such as + code files. See also <a href="#object_signing">object signing</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="ocsp">OCSP (Online Certificate Status Protocol)</dt><dd>A set of rules + that <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> follows to + perform an online check of a certificate's validity each time the + certificate is used. This process involves checking the certificate against a + list of valid certificates maintained at a specified website. Your computer + must be online for OCSP to work.</dd> + +<dt id="p3p">P3P (Platform for Privacy Preferences)</dt><dd>A standard + published by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) designed to help users to + gain more control over the use of personal information by websites they + visit. For general information on the standard itself, see the online + document <a href="http://www.w3.org/P3P/">P3P Public Overview</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="password-based_authentication">password-based + authentication</dt><dd>Confident identification by means of a name and + password. See also <a href="#authentication">authentication</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="password_manager">Password Manager</dt><dd>The part of the + browser that can help you remember some or all of your names and passwords by + storing them on your computer's hard disk, and entering them for you + automatically when you visit such sites.</dd> + +<dt id="personal_toolbar">Personal Toolbar</dt><dd>The customizable toolbar + that appears just below the location bar by default in the browser. It + contains standard buttons such as Home, Bookmarks, and so on that you can add + or remove. You can also add buttons for your favorite bookmarks, or folders + containing groups of bookmarks.</dd> + +<dt id="phishing">Phishing</dt><dd>Phishing is a fraudulent business scheme in + which a party creates counterfeit websites, hijacking brand names of banks, + e-retailers and credit card companies, trying to collect victims' + personal information.</dd> + +<dt id="pkcs_11">PKCS #11</dt><dd>The public-key cryptography standard that + governs security devices such as smart cards. See also + <a href="#security_device">security device</a>, <a href="#smart_card">smart + card</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="pkcs_11_module">PKCS #11 module</dt><dd>A program on your computer + that manages cryptographic services such as encryption and decryption using + the PKCS #11 standard. Also called <em>cryptographic modules</em>, + <em>cryptographic service providers</em>, or <em>security modules</em>, + PKCS #11 modules control either hardware or software devices. A PKCS #11 + module always controls one or more slots, which may be implemented as some + form of physical reader (for example, for reading smart cards) or in + software. Each slot for a PKCS #11 module can in turn contain a + <a href="#security_device">security device</a> (also called <em>token</em>), + which is the hardware or software device that provides cryptographic services + and stores certificates and keys. <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate + Manager</a> provides two built-in PKCS #11 modules. You may install + additional modules on your computer to control smart card readers or other + hardware devices.</dd> + +<dt id="pki">PKI (public-key infrastructure)</dt><dd>The standards and services + that facilitate the use of public-key cryptography and certificates in a + networked environment.</dd> + +<dt id="plugin">plugin</dt><dd>A type of + <a href="#helper_application">helper application</a> that adds new + capabilities to your browser, such as the ability to play audio or video + clips. Unlike other kinds of helper applications, a plugin application + installs itself into the Plugins directory within the main browser + installation directory and typically can be opened within the browser itself + (internally). For example, an audio plugin lets you listen to audio files on + a <a href="#web_page">web page</a> or in an email message. Macromedia Flash + Player and Java are both examples of plugin applications.</dd> + +<dt id="pop">POP (Post Office Protocol)</dt><dd>A standard mail server protocol + that requires you to download new messages to your local + computer—although you can choose to leave copies on the server. With + POP, you can store all your messages, including sent mail, drafts, and custom + folders, on one computer only. By contrast, + <a href="#imap">IMAP</a> allows you to permanently store all your messages + and any changes to them on the server, where you can access them from any + computer. Most <a href="#isp">ISPs</a> currently support POP.</dd> + +<dt id="private_key">private key</dt><dd>One of a pair of + <a href="#key">keys</a> used in public-key cryptography. The private key is + kept secret and is used to decrypt data that has been encrypted with the + corresponding public key.</dd> + +<dt id="proxy">proxy</dt><dd>An intermediary or <q>go-between</q> program that + acts as both a <a href="#server">server</a> and a + <a href="#client">client</a> for the purpose of making requests on behalf of + other clients.</dd> + +<dt id="public_key">public key</dt><dd> + One of a pair of <a href="#key">keys</a> used in public-key cryptography. + The public key is distributed freely and published as part of a + <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>. It is typically used to encrypt data + sent to the public key's owner, who then decrypts the data with the + corresponding private key.</dd> + +<dt id="public-key_cryptography">public-key cryptography</dt><dd>A set of + well-established techniques and standards that allow an entity (such as a + person, an organization, or hardware such as a router) to verify its identity + electronically or to sign and encrypt electronic data. Two keys are involved: + a <a href="#public_key">public key</a> and a <a href="#private_key">private + key</a>. The public key is published as part of a + <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>, which associates that key with a + particular identity. The corresponding private key is kept secret. Data + encrypted with the public key can be decrypted only with the private key. + </dd> + +<dt id="roaming_profile">roaming profile</dt><dd>A user profile (or parts of + it) stored on a remote <a href="#server">server</a> and used for sharing the + same settings and data across multiple computers.</dd> + +<dt id="root_ca">root CA</dt><dd>The + <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a> with a + self-signed certificate at the top of a + <a href="#certificate_chain">certificate chain</a>. See also + <a href="#subordinate_ca">subordinate CA</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="search_engine">search engine</dt><dd>A web-based program that allows + users to search for and retrieve specific information from the + <a href="#world_wide_web">World Wide Web (WWW)</a>. The search engine may + search the full text of web documents or a list of keywords, or use + librarians who review web documents and index them manually for retrieval. + Typically, the user types a word or phrase, also called a query, into a + search box, and the search engine displays links to relevant web pages.</dd> + +<dt id="security_certificate">security certificate</dt><dd>See + <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="security_device">security device</dt><dd>Hardware or software that + provides cryptographic services such as encryption and decryption and can + store certificates and keys. A <a href="#smart_card">smart card</a> is one + example of a security device implemented in hardware. + <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> contains its own + built-in security device, called the + <a href="#software_security_device">software security device</a>, that is + always available while the browser is running. Each security device is + protected by its own <a href="#master_password">master password</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="security_module">security module</dt><dd>See + <a href="#pkcs_11_module">PKCS #11 module</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="security_token">security token</dt><dd>See + <a href="#security_device">security device</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="server">server</dt><dd>Software (such as software that serves up web + pages) that receives requests from and sends information to a + <a href="#client">client</a>, which is usually running on a different + computer. A computer on which server software runs is also described as a + server.</dd> + +<dt id="server_authentication">server authentication</dt><dd>The process of + identifying a <a href="#server">server</a> to a <a href="#client">client</a> + by using a <a href="#server_ssl_certificate">server SSL certificate</a>. See + also <a href="#client_authentication">client authentication</a>, + <a href="#ssl">SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="server_ssl_certificate">server SSL certificate</dt><dd>A + certificate that a <a href="#server">server</a> presents to a + <a href="#client">client</a> to authenticate the server's identity using + the <a href="#ssl">SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)</a> protocol.</dd> + +<dt id="signing_certificate">signing certificate</dt><dd>A certificate whose + corresponding <a href="#private_key">private key</a> is used to sign + transmitted data, so that the receiver can verify the identity of the sender. + Certificate authorities (CAs) often issue a signing certificate that will be + used to sign email messages at the same time as an + <a href="#encryption_certificate">encryption certificate</a> that will be + used to encrypt email messages. See also <a href="#dual_key_pairs">dual key + pairs</a>, <a href="#digital_signature">digital signature</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="signing_key">signing key</dt><dd>A private key used for signing only. + A signing key and its equivalent public key, together with an + <a href="#encryption_key">encryption key</a> and its equivalent private key, + constitute <a href="#dual_key_pairs">dual key pairs</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="slot">slot</dt><dd>A piece of hardware, or its equivalent in software, + that is controlled by a <a href="#pkcs_11_module">PKCS #11 module</a> and + designed to contain a <a href="#security_device">security device</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="smart_card">smart card</dt><dd>A small device, typically about the size + of a credit card, that contains a microprocessor and is capable of storing + cryptographic information (such as keys and certificates) and performing + cryptographic operations. Smart cards use the <a href="#pkcs_11">PKCS #11</a> + standard. A smart card is one kind of <a href="#security_device">security + device</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="smtp">SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol)</dt><dd>A protocol that + sends email messages across the <a href="#internet">Internet</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="socks">SOCKS</dt><dd>A protocol that a <a href="#proxy">proxy</a> + server can use to accept requests from client users in an internal network + so that it can forward them across the <a href="#internet">Internet</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="software_security_device">software security device</dt><dd>The default + <a href="#security_device">security device</a> used by + <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> to store private keys + associated with your certificates. In addition to private keys, the software + security device stores the master key used by + <a href="#password_manager">Password Manager</a> to encrypt email passwords, + website passwords, and other sensitive information. See also + <a href="#private_key">private key</a> and <a href="#master_password">master + key</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="spoofing">spoofing</dt><dd>Pretending to be someone else. For example, + a person can pretend to have the email address <tt>jdoe@mozilla.com</tt>, or + a computer can identify itself as a site called <tt>www.mozilla.com</tt> when + it is not. Spoofing is one form of + <a href="#misrepresentation">misrepresentation</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="ssl">SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)</dt><dd>A protocol that allows mutual + authentication between a <a href="#client">client</a> and a + <a href="#server">server</a> for the purpose of establishing an authenticated + and encrypted connection. SSL runs above <a href="#tcp_ip">TCP/IP</a> and + below <a href="#http">HTTP</a>, <a href="#ldap">LDAP</a>, + <a href="#imap">IMAP</a>, NNTP, and other high-level network protocols. + The new Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) standard called Transport + Layer Security (TLS) is based on SSL. See also + <a href="#authentication">authentication</a>, + <a href="#encryption">encryption</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="status_bar">Status Bar</dt><dd>The toolbar that appears at the bottom + of any &brandShortName; window. It includes the + <a href="#component_bar">Component Bar</a> on the left and status icons on + the right.</dd> + +<dt id="subject">subject</dt><dd>The entity (such as a person, organization, + or router) identified by a <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>. In + particular, the subject field of a certificate contains the certified + entity's <a href="#subject_name">subject name</a> and other + characteristics.</dd> + +<dt id="subject_name">subject name</dt><dd>A + <a href="#distinguished_name">distinguished name (DN)</a> that uniquely + describes the <a href="#subject">subject</a> of a + <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="subordinate_ca">subordinate CA</dt><dd>A + <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a> whose + certificate is signed by another subordinate CA or by the root CA. See also + <a href="#certificate_chain">certificate chain</a>, <a href="#root_ca">root + CA</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="symmetric_encryption">symmetric encryption</dt><dd>An encryption method + that uses a single cryptographic key to both encrypt and decrypt a given + message.</dd> + +<dt id="tamper_detection">tamper detection</dt><dd>A mechanism ensuring that + data received in electronic form has not been tampered with; that is, that + the data received corresponds entirely with the original version of the same + data.</dd> + +<dt id="tcp">TCP</dt><dd>See <a href="#tcp_ip">TCP/IP</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="tcp_ip">TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/Internet + Protocol)</dt><dd>A Unix protocol used to connect computers running a variety + of operating systems. TCP/IP is an essential Internet protocol and has become + a global standard.</dd> + +<dt id="third-party_cookie">third-party cookie</dt><dd>See + <a href="#foreign_cookie">foreign cookie</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="tls">TLS</dt><dd>See <a href="#ssl">SSL + (Secure Sockets Layer).</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="token">token</dt><dd>See <a href="#security_device">security + device</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="tooltip">tooltip</dt><dd>A small box with text that appears when + you hover your mouse's cursor over certain items. It usually contains + information regarding the item being hovered over.</dd> + +<dt id="trust">trust</dt><dd>Confident reliance on a person or other entity. In + the context of <a href="#pki">PKI (public-key infrastructure)</a>, trust + usually refers to the relationship between the user of a certificate and the + <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a> that issued + the certificate. If you use Certificate Manager to specify that you trust a + CA, Certificate Manager trusts valid certificates issued by that CA unless + you specify otherwise in the settings for individual certificates. You use + the Authorities tab in Certificate Manager to specify the kinds of + certificates you do or don't trust specific CAs to issue.</dd> + +<dt id="url">URL (Uniform Resource Locator)</dt><dd>The standardized address + that tells your browser how to locate a file or other resource on the Web. + For example: <tt>http://www.mozilla.org.</tt> You can type URLs into the + browser's <a href="#location_bar">Location Bar</a> to access + <a href="#web_page">web pages</a>. URLs are also used in the links on web + pages that you can click to go to other web pages. Also known as an Internet + address or Web address.</dd> + +<dt id="web_page">web page</dt><dd>A single document on the World Wide Web that + is specified by a unique address or <a href="#url">URL</a> and that may + contain text, hyperlinks, and graphics.</dd> + +<dt id="web_site">website</dt><dd>A group of related web pages linked by + hyperlinks and managed by a single company, organization, or individual. A + website may include text, graphics, audio and video files, and links to + other websites.</dd> + +<dt id="world_wide_web">World Wide Web (WWW)</dt><dd>Also known as the Web. A + portion of the <a href="#internet">Internet</a> that is made up of web pages + stored by web <a href="#server">servers</a> and displayed by + <a href="#client">clients</a> called web browsers (such as + &brandShortName;).</dd> + +<dt id="wpad">WPAD (Web Proxy AutoDiscovery)</dt><dd>A proposed Internet + protocol that allows a Web browser to automatically locate and interface + with <a href="#proxy">proxy</a> services in a network.</dd> + +<dt id="xml">XML (Extensible Markup Language)</dt><dd>An open standard for + describing data. Unlike <a href="#html">HTML</a>, XML allows the developer of + a web page to define special tags. For more information, see the online W3C + document + <a href="http://www.w3.org/XML/">Extensible Markup Language (XML)</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="xslt">XSLT (Extensible Stylesheet Language Transformation)</dt><dd>A + language used to convert an XML document into another XML document or into + some other format.</dd> + +<dt id="xul">XUL (XML User Interface Language)</dt><dd>A XML markup language + for creating user interfaces in applications.</dd> + +</dl> + +<p>©right.string;</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/help-glossary.rdf b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/help-glossary.rdf new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..a26ec5a34e --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/help-glossary.rdf @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +<?xml version="1.0"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" + xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#"> + +<!-- HELP Glossary SECTION --> + <rdf:Description about="urn:root"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#authentication"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="bookmark" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#bookmark"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="CA" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ca"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="CA certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ca_certificate"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cache" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cache"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate authority (CA)" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate backup password" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_backup_password"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate-based authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate-based_authentication"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate chain" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_chain"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate fingerprint" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_fingerprint"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Certificate Manager" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_manager"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate renewal" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_renewal"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate verification" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_verification"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cipher" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cipher"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="client" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#client"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="client authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#client_authentication"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="client SSL certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#client_ssl_certificate"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Component Bar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#component_bar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cookie" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cookie"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Cookie Manager" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cookie_manager"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="CRL" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#crl"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cryptographic algorithm" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cryptographic_algorithm"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cryptography" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cryptography"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="decryption" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#decryption"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="digital ID" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#digital_id"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="digital signature" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#digital_signature"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="distinguished name (DN)" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#distinguished_name"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="dual key pairs" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#dual_key_pairs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="eavesdropping" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#eavesdropping"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="encryption" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#encryption"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="encryption certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#encryption_certificate"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="encryption key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#encryption_key"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="fingerprint" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#fingerprint"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="FIPS PUBS 140-1" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#fips_pubs_140-1"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="foreign cookie" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#foreign_cookie"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Form Manager" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#form_manager"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="frame" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#frame"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="FTP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ftp"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Gopher" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#gopher"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="helper application" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#helper_application"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="home page" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#home_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="HTML" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#html"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="HTTP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#http"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="HTTPS" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#https"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="IMAP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#imap"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="implicit consent" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#implicit_consent"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Internet" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#internet"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="IP address" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ip_address"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="IRC" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#irc"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="ISP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#isp"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Java" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#java"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="JavaScript" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#javascript"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#key"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="LDAP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ldap"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Location Bar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#location_bar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="master key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#master_key"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="master password" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#master_password"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="misrepresentation" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#misrepresentation"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Navigation Toolbar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#navigation_toolbar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="nonrepudiation" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#nonrepudiation"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="object signing" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#object_signing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="object-signing certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#object-signing_certificate"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="OCSP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ocsp"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="P3P" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#p3p"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="password-based authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#password-based_authentication"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Password Manager" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#password_manager"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Personal Toolbar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#personal_toolbar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="phishing" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#phishing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="PKCS #11" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#pkcs_11"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="PKCS #11 module" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#pkcs_11_module"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="PKI" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#pki"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="plugin" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#plugin"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="POP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#pop"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="private key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#private_key"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="proxy" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#proxy"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="public key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#public_key"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="public-key cryptography" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#public-key_cryptography"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="roaming profile" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#roaming_profile"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="root CA" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#root_ca"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="search engine" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#search_engine"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="security certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#security_certificate"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="security device" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#security_device"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="security module" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#security_module"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="security token" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#security_token"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="server" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#server"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="server authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#server_authentication"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="server SSL certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#server_ssl_certificate"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="signing certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#signing_certificate"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="signing key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#signing_key"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="slot" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#slot"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="smart card" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#smart_card"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="SMTP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#smtp"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="SOCKS" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#socks"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="software security device" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="spoofing" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#spoofing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="SSL" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ssl"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Status Bar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#status_bar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="subject" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#subject"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="subject name" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#subject_name"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="subordinate CA" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#subordinate_ca"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="symmetric encryption" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#symmetric_encryption"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="tamper detection" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tamper_detection"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="TCP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tcp"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="TCP/IP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tcp_ip"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="third-party cookie" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#third-party_cookie"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="TLS" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tls"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="token" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#token"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="tooltip" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tooltip"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="trust" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#trust"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="URL" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#url"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="web page" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#web_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="website" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#web_site"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="World Wide Web (WWW)" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#world_wide_web"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="WPAD" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#wpad"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="XML" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#xml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="XSLT" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#xslt"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="XUL" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#xul"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +</rdf:RDF> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/help-index1.rdf b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/help-index1.rdf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b7559e9e02 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/help-index1.rdf @@ -0,0 +1,2240 @@ +<?xml version="1.0"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" + xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#"> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#a"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Account_Settings" + nc:name="Account Settings" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#changing_the_settings_for_an_account"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="adding" + nc:name="adding"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="address_books" + nc:name="address books" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#about_address_books"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="attaching_files_to_messages" + nc:name="attaching files to messages" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#attaching_a_file_or_web_page"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#adding"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="adding:images_to_web_pages" + nc:name="inserting images to web pages" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_an_image_into_your_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="adding:mail_account" + nc:name="creating a new mail account" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="adding:newsgroup_account" + nc:name="adding a new newsgroup account" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="adding:table_elements" + nc:name="inserting table elements" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_and_deleting_rows_columns_and_cells"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#address_books"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="address_books:adding_entries" + nc:name="adding address book entries" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#adding_entries_to_your_address_books"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="address_books:creating" + nc:name="creating a new address book" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_address_book"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="address_books:creating_mailing_lists" + nc:name="creating mailing lists" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_a_mailing_list"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="address_books:exporting" + nc:name="exporting address books" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#exporting_address_books"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="address_books:importing" + nc:name="importing address books" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#importing_address_books"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="address_books:LDAP_directories" + nc:name="LDAP directories" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="address_books:searching" + nc:name="searching your address book" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#searching_address_books_and_directories"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#b"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="backing_up_certificates" + nc:name="backing up certificates" + nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks" + nc:name="bookmarks" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#visiting_bookmarked_pages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser" + nc:name="browser" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browsing_anonymously" + nc:name="browsing anonymously" + nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_make_sure_unauthorized_people_dont_use_information_about_me"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#bookmarks"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:changing_bookmarks" + nc:name="changing bookmarks" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_individual_bookmarks"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:creating_bookmarks" + nc:name="creating bookmarks" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#creating_new_bookmarks"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:exporting_bookmarks" + nc:name="exporting bookmarks" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:organizing_bookmarks" + nc:name="organizing bookmarks" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#organizing_your_bookmarks"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:searching_bookmarks" + nc:name="searching bookmarks" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#searching_your_bookmarks"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:using_bookmarks" + nc:name="using bookmarks" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#using_bookmarks"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:visiting" + nc:name="visiting bookmarked pages" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#visiting_bookmarked_pages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:what_are_bookmarks" + nc:name="what are bookmarks" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_are_bookmarks"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#browser"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:changing_your_home_page" + nc:name="changing your home page" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_your_home_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:controlling_popups" + nc:name="controlling popups" + nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#controlling_popups"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:Download_Manager" + nc:name="Download Manager" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:full_screen_mode" + nc:name="Full screen mode" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#full_screen_mode"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:helper_applications" + nc:name="helper applications" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#helper_applications"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:home_page" + nc:name="home page" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#viewing_your_home_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:keyboard_shortcuts" + nc:name="keyboard shortcuts" + nc:link="shortcuts-navigator.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:opening_pages" + nc:name="opening pages" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#moving_to_another_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:preferences" + nc:name="Browser Preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator_preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:set_as_wallpaper" + nc:name="set as wallpaper" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_image_as_wallpaper"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:start_page" + nc:name="start page" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_a_starting_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:start_up_components" + nc:name="start up components" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_which_components_open_at_launch"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#c"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cache" + nc:name="cache" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#changing_cache_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates" + nc:name="Certificates" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#using_certificates"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer" + nc:name="Composer" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Cookie_Manager" + nc:name="Cookie Manager" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cookies" + nc:name="cookies" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/> + </rdf:li><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="copy web pages" + nc:name="copy" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="CRLs" + nc:name="CRLs" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#how_validation_works"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Customizing" + nc:name="Customizing Fonts and Colors" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cache"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cache:changing_settings" + nc:name="changing cache settings" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#changing_cache_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cache:preferences" + nc:name="cache preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#cache"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Certificates"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:certificate_authority" + nc:name="certificate authority" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_certificate_authorities"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:getting" + nc:name="getting certificates" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#getting_your_own_certificate"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:managing" + nc:name="Managing Certificates" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:preferences" + nc:name="Certificate Preferences" + nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:selecting_for_client_authentication" + nc:name="Selecting for client authentication" + nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#client_certificate_selection"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:using" + nc:name="Using Certificates" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#using_certificates"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:validation" + nc:name="certificate validation" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#controlling_validation"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:web_site" + nc:name="website identity" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_websites"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:your_own" + nc:name="Your own identity" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_you"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Composer"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:adding_tables" + nc:name="adding tables" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_tables_to_your_web_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:Advanced_Property_Editor" + nc:name="Advanced Property Editor" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#using_the_advanced_property_editor"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:changing_text_color" + nc:name="changing text color" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_text_color_style_and_font"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:changing_text_font" + nc:name="changing text font" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_text_color_style_and_font"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:checking_html" + nc:name="checking html" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#validating_the_html"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:creating_links" + nc:name="creating links" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_links_in_composer"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:creating_new_pages" + nc:name="creating new pages" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:editing_image_properties" + nc:name="editing image properties" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#editing_image_properties"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:editing_modes" + nc:name="editing modes" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#choosing_the_right_editing_mode"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:finding_replacing_text" + nc:name="finding replacing text" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#finding_and_replacing_text"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:formatting_lists" + nc:name="formatting lists" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:formatting_paragraphs" + nc:name="formatting paragraphs" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:general_preferences" + nc:name="general preferences" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#composer_preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:inserting_horizontal_lines" + nc:name="inserting horizontal lines" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_horizontal_lines"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:inserting_images" + nc:name="inserting images" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_an_image_into_your_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:keyboard_shortcuts" + nc:name="keyboard shortcuts" + nc:link="shortcuts-composer.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:removing_text_styles" + nc:name="removing text styles" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#removing_or_discontinuing_text_styles"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:saving_pages" + nc:name="saving pages in composer" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#saving_and_browsing_your_new_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:setting_page_colors" + nc:name="setting page colors" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:setting_page_properties" + nc:name="setting page properties" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_properties_and_meta_tags"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:special_characters" + nc:name="special characters" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_special_characters"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:working_with_lists" + nc:name="working with lists" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#working_with_lists"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Cookie_Manager"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Cookie_Manager:cookies_stored_by" + nc:name="stored cookies" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#stored_cookies"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Cookie_Manager:using" + nc:name="using cookies" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cookies"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cookies:about" + nc:name="about cookies" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cookies:email_and" + nc:name="e-mail and cookies" + nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cookies:foreign" + nc:name="foreign cookies" + nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_third-party_cookies"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cookies:managing_per_site" + nc:name="managing cookies per site" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_cookies_site-by-site"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cookies:notification_icon" + nc:name="notification icon" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookie_notification"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cookies:preferences" + nc:name="cookie preferences" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cookies:privacy_levels_for" + nc:name="privacy levels" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#setting_privacy_levels"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cookies:removing" + nc:name="removing cookies" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#removing_cookies"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cookies:viewing" + nc:name="viewing cookies" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#viewing_cookies"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#CRLs"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="CRLs:about" + nc:name="about CRLs" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#how_validation_works"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="CRLs:auto_upates_for" + nc:name="CRL auto update" + nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#automatic_crl_update_preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="CRLs:managing" + nc:name="managing CRLs" + nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#manage_crls"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="CRLs:Next_Update_date" + nc:name="Next Update date" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_the_next_update_date"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="CRLs:preferences" + nc:name="CRL preferences" + nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_validation"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#d"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="device_manager" + nc:name="Device Manager" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_security_devices_and_modules"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="DOM_Inspector" + nc:name="DOM Inspector" + nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#inspector"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Download_Manager" + nc:name="Download Manager" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Download_Manager"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Download_Manager:preferences" + nc:name="downoad manager preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#downloads"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#e"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="email_addresses" + nc:name="e-mail addresses"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="encryption" + nc:name="encryption" + nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="JSConsole" + nc:name="error console" + nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#js_console"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#email_addresses"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="email_addresses:address_books_and" + nc:name="adding e-mail addresses to address books" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#adding_entries_to_your_address_books"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="email_addresses:in_mail_messages" + nc:name="e-mail address in messages" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#addressing_a_message"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#encryption"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="encryption:about" + nc:name="about encryption and signing" + nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#about_digital_signatures_and_encryption"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="encryption:of_email_messages" + nc:name="encrypted e-mail messages" + nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="encryption:of_stored_sensitive_information" + nc:name="storing sensitive information" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="encryption:settings_for_email" + nc:name="encryption settings" + nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#configuring_security_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="encryption:status_of_web_page" + nc:name="security of a web page" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#f"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="file_types" + nc:name="file types" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Filing_messages" + nc:name="Filing messages" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#filing_messages_in_folders"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Find_Links_As_You_Type" + nc:name="Find Links As You Type" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Find_Text_As_You_Type" + nc:name="Find Text As You Type" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="FIPS_mode" + nc:name="FIPS mode" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#enable_fips_mode"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="font_changing_in_composer" + nc:name="Font changing in Composer" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_text_color_style_and_font"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Form_Manager" + nc:name="Form Manager" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_form_manager"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Form_Manager"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Form_Manager:encrypting_stored_information" + nc:name="encrypting stored information" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Form_Manager:preferences" + nc:name="form manager preferences" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#forms"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Form_Manager:settings" + nc:name="form manager settings" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#form_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Form_Manager:using" + nc:name="using the form manager" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_form_manager"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="forms" + nc:name="forms" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#forms"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="forms:encrypting_stored_information" + nc:name="encrypting stored information" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="forms:filling_out_automatically" + nc:name="filling out automatically" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#filling_out_forms_automatically"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="forms:preferences" + nc:name="form preferences" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#forms"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="forms:saving_data" + nc:name="saving data from forms" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#saving_form_data"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="forms:storing_data_from" + nc:name="storing data from forms" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_stored_form_data"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#g"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="GIF" + nc:name="GIF, inserting" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_an_image_into_your_page"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#h"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="helper_applications" + nc:name="helper applications" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="home_page" + nc:name="home page" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="HTML" + nc:name="HTML"/> + </rdf:li><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="HTTP_Networking" + nc:name="HTTP Networking" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#http_networking"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#HTML"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="HTML:editing_in_mail_messages" + nc:name="editing HTML in mail messages" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#editing_or_inserting_html_elements"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="HTML:using_in_Composer" + nc:name="inserting HTML in Composer" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_html_elements_and_attributes"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="HTML:using_in_mail_messages" + nc:name="using HTML in mail messages" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_html_in_your_messages"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#i"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="images" + nc:name="images"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="IMAP" + nc:name="IMAP" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#about_internet_message_access_protocol"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="import" + nc:name="import"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="intermediate_server_CA_certificates" + nc:name="intermediate server CA certificates" + nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#web_site_certified_by_an_unknown_authority"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + + +<rdf:Description about="#images"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="images:email_and" + nc:name="e-mail and images" + nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="images:managing" + nc:name="managing images" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_images"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="images:preferences" + nc:name="image preferences" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#images"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="images:set_as_wallpaper" + nc:name="set as wallpaper" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_image_as_wallpaper"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#IMAP"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="IMAP:about" + nc:name="about IMAP" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#about_internet_message_access_protocol"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="IMAP:advanced_mail_settings" + nc:name="advanced IMAP mail settings" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#advanced_imap_server_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="IMAP:server_settings" + nc:name="IMAP server settings" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#imap_server_settings"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#import"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="import:address_book" + nc:name="import address books" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#importing_address_books"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="import:bookmark_list" + nc:name="import bookmarks" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="import:certificates" + nc:name="import certificates" + nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="import:crls" + nc:name="import CRLs" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#importing_crls"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="import:mail" + nc:name="import mail or settings from other programs" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#importing_mail_from_other_programs"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#j"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="java" + nc:name="Java" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="JavaScript" + nc:name="JavaScript"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Venkman" + nc:name="JavaScript Debugger" + nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#venkman"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#JavaScript"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="JavaScript:preferences" + nc:name="JavaScript Preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#k"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_preferences" + nc:name="keyboard preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts" + nc:name="keyboard shortcuts" + nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="keywords" + nc:name="keywords" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#custom_keywords"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#keyboard_shortcuts"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:Composer" + nc:name="Composer keyboard shortcuts" + nc:link="shortcuts-composer.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:general" + nc:name="general keyboard shortcuts" + nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#general_mozilla_shortcuts"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:help" + nc:name="help keyboard shortcuts" + nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#using_shortcuts"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:Mail_and_Newsgroups" + nc:name="Mail and Newsgroups keyboard shortcuts" + nc:link="shortcuts-mailnews.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:Navigator" + nc:name="Browser keyboard shortcuts" + nc:link="shortcuts-navigator.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#l"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="languages" + nc:name="languages" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_languages_and_international_content"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="LDAP" + nc:name="LDAP" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="lock_icon" + nc:name="lock icon" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#languages"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="languages:and_international_content" + nc:name="language and international content" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_languages_and_international_content"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="languages:Appearance_preferences" + nc:name="User interface languages" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#LDAP"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="LDAP:adding_to_address_book" + nc:name="adding directories to address book" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="LDAP:directory_server_settings" + nc:name="directory server settings" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#directory_server_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="LDAP:global_settings" + nc:name="LDAP settings" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#addressing_preferences"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#m"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="mail" + nc:name="mail security settings" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#security"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups" + nc:name="Mail and Newsgroups" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="master_password" + nc:name="Master Password" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#change_master_password"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="mouse_wheel" + nc:name="mouse wheel" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_a_mouse_wheel"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Mail_and_Newsgroups"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:Account_Setup_Wizard" + nc:name="Account Setup Wizard" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_the_mail_account_setup_wizard"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:adding_accounts" + nc:name="adding accounts" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:address_autocompletion" + nc:name="address autocompletion" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#address_autocompletion"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:addressing_messages" + nc:name="addressing messages" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#addressing_a_message"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:addressing_preferences" + nc:name="addressing preferences" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#addressing_preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:Advanced_IMAP_settings" + nc:name="Advanced IMAP settings" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#advanced_imap_server_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:attaching_files" + nc:name="attaching files" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#attaching_a_file_or_web_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:changing_account_settings" + nc:name="changing account settings" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#changing_the_settings_for_an_account"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:Character_Encoding" + nc:name="Character Encoding" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#character_encoding"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:Compose_window" + nc:name="Compose window" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_the_message_composition_window"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:composing_messages" + nc:name="composing messages" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:copies_and_folder_settings" + nc:name="copies and folder settings" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#copies_and_folders"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:copying_folders" + nc:name="copying folders" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#moving_or_copying_a_folder"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:creating_filters" + nc:name="creating filters" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_message_filters"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:creating_folders" + nc:name="creating folders" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_a_folder"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:creating_HTML_mail_messages" + nc:name="creating HTML mail messages" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_html_mail_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:Disk_Space_settings" + nc:name="Disk Space settings" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#offline_and_disk_space"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:filing_messages" + nc:name="filing messages" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#filing_messages_in_folders"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:forwarding_messages" + nc:name="forwarding messages" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#forwarding_a_message"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:general_preferences" + nc:name="general mail preferences" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:getting_new_messages" + nc:name="getting new messages" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#getting_new_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:HTML_mail_recipients" + nc:name="HTML mail recipients" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#specifying_recipients_for_html_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:HTML_mail_sending_options" + nc:name="HTML mail sending options" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#choosing_html_mail_sending_options"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:HTML_Message_Source" + nc:name="HTML Message Source" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#viewing_the_message_source_for_html_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:identity_settings" + nc:name="identity settings" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#account_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:mail_window_layout" + nc:name="mail window layout" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#choosing_how_you_view_the_mail_window"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:message_searching" + nc:name="message searching" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#searching_through_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:POP_settings" + nc:name="POP settings" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#pop_server_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:renaming_folders" + nc:name="renaming folders" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#renaming_a_folder"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:replying_to_messages" + nc:name="replying to messages" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#replying_to_a_message"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:saving_and_printing_messages" + nc:name="saving and printing messages" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#saving_and_printing_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:saving_attachments" + nc:name="saving attachments" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#saving_attachments"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:saving_messages_drafts" + nc:name="saving messages drafts" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#saving_and_editing_a_message_draft"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:sending_messages" + nc:name="sending messages" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#sending_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:sending_options" + nc:name="sending options" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#selecting_message_sending_options"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:SMTP_settings" + nc:name="SMTP settings" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#outgoing_server"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:sorting_and_threading_messages" + nc:name="sorting and threading messages" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#sorting_and_threading_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:using_address_books" + nc:name="using address books" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_address_books"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:using_attachments" + nc:name="using attachments" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_attachments"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:using_HTML_in_messages" + nc:name="using HTML in messages" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_html_in_your_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:viewing_attachments" + nc:name="viewing attachments" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#viewing_and_opening_attachments"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:working_offline" + nc:name="working offline" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#working_offline"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#master_password"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="master_password:changing" + nc:name="Changing master password" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#change_master_password"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="master_password:forgetting" + nc:name="Forgetting your master password" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#what_to_do_if_you_forget_your_master_password"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="master_password:preferences" + nc:name="Master Password Preferences" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#master_passwords"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="master_password:timeout" + nc:name="Master Password Timeout" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#master_password_timeout"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#n"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="navigation" + nc:name="navigation" + nc:link="help_help.xhtml#finding_the_topic_you_want"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Newsgroups" + nc:name="Newsgroups" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#getting_started_with_newsgroups"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Newsgroups"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Newsgroups:getting_started" + nc:name="getting started with newsgroups" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#getting_started_with_newsgroups"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Newsgroups:server_settings" + nc:name="newsgroup server settings" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#server_settings"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#o"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="OSCP" + nc:name="OSCP" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#how_validation_works"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Offline" + nc:name="Offline"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Offline"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Offline:general_preferences" + nc:name="offline preferences" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#offline_and_disk_space_preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Offline:Mail_and_Newsgroups" + nc:name="Offline Mail and News" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#working_offline"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#p"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="page_info" + nc:name="page info" + nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#viewing_page_info"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="password_manager" + nc:name="Password Manager" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="phishing" + nc:name="phishing" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#phishing_detection"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="plugins" + nc:name="plugins" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="POP" + nc:name="POP" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#about_post_office_protocol"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="passwords" + nc:name="Passwords" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="popup_windows" + nc:name="popup windows" + nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#controlling_popups"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="popups" + nc:name="popups" + nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#controlling_popups"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences" + nc:name="preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="print" + nc:name="print" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="privacy" + nc:name="privacy" + nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#privacy_on_the_internet"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="profiles" + nc:name="profiles" + nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="proxies" + nc:name="proxies" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="publishing_pages" + nc:name="publishing pages" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + + +<rdf:Description about="#password_manager"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="password_manager:encrypting_stored_passwords" + nc:name="Encrypting Stored Passwords" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="password_manager:master_password" + nc:name="Master Password" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#setting_a_master_password"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="password_manager:preferences" + nc:name="Password Preferences" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#password_manager"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#passwords"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="passwords:choosing" + nc:name="Choosing a Good Password" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="passwords:preferences" + nc:name="Password Preferences" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="passwords:remembering_automatically" + nc:name="Remembering Automatically" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="passwords:timeout_for_master_password" + nc:name="Timeout for Master Password" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#master_password_timeout"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#POP"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="POP:server_settings" + nc:name="POP server settings" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#pop_server_settings"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#popup_windows"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="popup_windows:preferences" + nc:name="popup window preferences" + nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#preferences"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:advanced" + nc:name="advanced preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#advanced_preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:appearance" + nc:name="appearance preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:cache" + nc:name="cache preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#cache"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:certificates" + nc:name="certificates preferences" + nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:colors" + nc:name="colors preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#colors"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:content" + nc:name="content preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#content"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:cookies" + nc:name="cookies preferences" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:Downloads" + nc:name="Downloads preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#downloads"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:fonts" + nc:name="fonts preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#fonts"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:forms" + nc:name="form preferences" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#forms"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:helper_applications" + nc:name="helper application preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#helper_applications"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:history" + nc:name="history preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#history"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:images" + nc:name="image preferences" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#images"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:internet_search" + nc:name="internet search preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#internet_search"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:JavaScript" + nc:name="JavaScript preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:keyboard" + nc:name="keyboard preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:languages" + nc:name="languages preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#languages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:Navigator" + nc:name="Browser preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator_preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:passwords" + nc:name="passwords preferences" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:popup_windows" + nc:name="popup windows preferences" + nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:privacy" + nc:name="privacy preferences" + nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:proxies" + nc:name="proxies preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:security" + nc:name="security preferences" + nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:smart_browsing" + nc:name="smart browsing preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#smart_browsing"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:SSL" + nc:name="SSL preferences" + nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssl"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:Tabbed_Browsing" + nc:name="Tabbed Browsing preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:validation" + nc:name="validation preferences" + nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_validation"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#privacy"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="privacy:about" + nc:name="about privacy" + nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#privacy_on_the_internet"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="privacy:cookies_and" + nc:name="cookies and privacy" + nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="privacy:IP_address" + nc:name="IP address" + nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#internet_address"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="privacy:P3P_levels" + nc:name="P3P levels" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#setting_privacy_levels"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="privacy:P3P_standard_and" + nc:name="P3P standard" + nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="privacy:preferences" + nc:name="privacy preferences" + nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="privacy:protecting" + nc:name="protecting your privacy" + nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#using_privacy_features"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="privacy:settings" + nc:name="privacy settings" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#privacy_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="privacy:viewing_site_policy" + nc:name="viewing site policy" + nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#profiles"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="profiles:creating" + nc:name="creating a profile" + nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_profile"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="profiles:deleting" + nc:name="deleting a profile" + nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#deleting_or_renaming_a_profile"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="profiles:managing" + nc:name="managing profiles" + nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#managing_profiles"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="profiles:renaming" + nc:name="renaming a profile" + nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#deleting_or_renaming_a_profile"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="profiles:roaming" + nc:name="roaming profile" + nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#roaming_profiles"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#proxies"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="proxies:advanced" + nc:name="advanced proxy preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#advanced_proxy_preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="proxies:preferences" + nc:name="proxy preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="proxies:setting" + nc:name="setting proxy values" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#proxies"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#publishing_pages"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="publishing_pages:settings" + nc:name="publish page settings" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="publishing_pages:tips" + nc:name="publish page tips" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#tips_for_avoiding_broken_links_or_missing_images"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#r"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="resetting_master_password" + nc:name="resetting master password" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#reset_master_password"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="return_receipts" + nc:name="return receipts" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#return_receipts"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#return_receipts"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="return_receipts:general_preferences" + nc:name="return receipts preferences" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences"/> + </rdf:li><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="return_receipts:using" + nc:name="using return receipts" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#confirming_that_your_message_was_opened"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#s"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="save" + nc:name="save"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="security" + nc:name="security"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="security_devices" + nc:name="security devices" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_security_devices_and_modules"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="server_certificate_problems" + nc:name="server certificate problems" + nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#web_site_certified_by_an_unknown_authority"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="settings" + nc:name="settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="security_modules" + nc:name="security modules" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_security_devices_and_modules"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="search" + nc:name="search" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_web"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar" + nc:name="Sidebar" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_sidebar"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="signing_email_messages" + nc:name="signing e-mail messages" + nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="smart_cards" + nc:name="smart cards" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="SSL" + nc:name="SSL" + nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="SMTP" + nc:name="SMTP"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="software_installation" + nc:name="software installation" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#software_installation"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + + +<rdf:Description about="#save"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="save:web_pages" + nc:name="saving and printing web pages" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="save:messages" + nc:name="saving and printing messages" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#saving_and_printing_messages"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#search"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="search:Advanced_mode" + nc:name="Sidebar Advanced Search Mode" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#sidebar_advanced_search_mode"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="search:bookmarks" + nc:name="search bookmarks" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_bookmarks_or_history_list"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="search:setting_preferences" + nc:name="search preferences" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_search_preferences"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#security"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="security:checking_before_sending_message" + nc:name="checking security before sending message" + nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#message_security_compose_window"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="security:checking_for_a_web_page" + nc:name="checking security for a web page" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="security:checking_for_received_messages" + nc:name="checking security for received messages" + nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#reading_signed_and_encrypted_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="security:preferences" + nc:name="security preferences" + nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#security_devices"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="security_devices:managing" + nc:name="Managing security devices" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#security_modules"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="security_modules:managing" + nc:name="Managing security modules" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#settings"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="settings:certificate" + nc:name="certificate settings" + nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#certificate_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="settings:signed_and_encrypted mail" + nc:name="signed and encrypted mail settings" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#security"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="settings:SSL" + nc:name="SSL settings" + nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#ssl_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="settings:validation" + nc:name="validation settings" + nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#validation_settings"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Sidebar"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:adding_tabs" + nc:name="adding sidebar tabs" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#adding_sidebar_tabs"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:customizing_tabs" + nc:name="customizing sidebar tabs" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#customizing_individual_sidebar_tabs"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:description" + nc:name="what is Sidebar?" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_sidebar"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:opening_closing_resizing" + nc:name="opening, closing, and resizing sidebar" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#opening_closing_and_resizing_sidebar"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:removing_tabs" + nc:name="removing sidebar tabs" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#removing_sidebar_tabs"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:reorganizing_tabs" + nc:name="reorganizing sidebar tabs" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#reorganizing_sidebar_tabs"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:search_categories" + nc:name="search categories" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#customizing_search_categories"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:searching_from" + nc:name="searching from Sidebar" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_from_sidebar"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:viewing_tabs" + nc:name="viewing sidebar tabs" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#viewing_sidebar_tabs"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#SMTP"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="SMTP:choosing_a_different" + nc:name="choosing a different SMTP server" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#account_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="SMTP:server_settings" + nc:name="SMTP server settings" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#outgoing_server"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#SSL"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="SSL:preferences" + nc:name="SSL preferences" + nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssl"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="SSL:protocols" + nc:name="SSL protocols" + nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#ssl_protocol_versions"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#t"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tab_Key_Navigation" + nc:name="Tab Key Navigation" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing" + nc:name="Tabbed Browsing" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tags" + nc:name="Tags" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#tagging_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="themes" + nc:name="themes" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_the_theme"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="toolbar" + nc:name="toolbar"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Tabbed_Browsing"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:bookmarking_tabs" + nc:name="bookmarking tabs" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#bookmarking_tabs"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:closing_tabs" + nc:name="closing tabs" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#closing_tabs"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:introduction" + nc:name="using tabbed browsing" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_tabbed_browsing"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:moving_tabs" + nc:name="moving tabs" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#moving_tabs"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:opening_tabs" + nc:name="opening tabs" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#opening_tabs"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:setting_up" + nc:name="setting up tabbed browsing" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#setting_up_tabbed_browsing"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:what_is" + nc:name="what is tabbed browsing" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_tabbed_browsing"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Tags"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tags:general_preferences" + nc:name="tag preferences" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#tags"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#toolbar"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="toolbar:hiding_a_toolbar" + nc:name="hiding a toolbar" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#hiding_a_toolbar"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="toolbar:navigation_toolbar" + nc:name="navigation toolbar" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#navigation_toolbar"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="toolbar:personal_toolbar" + nc:name="personal toolbar" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#personal_toolbar"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#u"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="uploading_pages" + nc:name="uploading pages" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#v"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="validation" + nc:name="validation" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#how_validation_works"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#validation"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="validation:about" + nc:name="about validation" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#how_validation_works"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="validation:auto_updating_CRLs" + nc:name="auto updating CRLs" + nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#automatic_crl_update_preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="validation:CRLs" + nc:name="CRLs" + nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_validation"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="validation:managing_CRLs" + nc:name="managing CRLs" + nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#manage_crls"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="validation:OCSP" + nc:name="OCSP" + nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_validation"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="validation:settings" + nc:name="validation settings" + nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#validation_settings"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#w"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="web_pages" + nc:name="web pages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Working_Offline" + nc:name="Working Offline" + nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#working_offline"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#web_pages"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:copying" + nc:name="copying web pages" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:customizing_fonts" + nc:name="customizing fonts" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:finding_within" + nc:name="finding text within a web page" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_within_a_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:history" + nc:name="web page history" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#about_history_lists"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:navigating" + nc:name="navigating web pages" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#browsing_the_web"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:searching" + nc:name="searching web pages" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_web"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:stopping" + nc:name="stopping" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#stopping_and_reloading"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +</rdf:RDF> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/help-indexAZ.rdf b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/help-indexAZ.rdf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..22cae57917 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/help-indexAZ.rdf @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +<?xml version="1.0"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" + xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#"> + + <rdf:Description about="urn:root"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="a" nc:name="A"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="b" nc:name="B"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="c" nc:name="C"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="d" nc:name="D"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="e" nc:name="E"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="f" nc:name="F"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="g" nc:name="G"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="h" nc:name="H"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="i" nc:name="I"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="j" nc:name="J"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="k" nc:name="K"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="l" nc:name="L"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="m" nc:name="M"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="n" nc:name="N"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="o" nc:name="O"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="p" nc:name="P"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="q" nc:name="Q"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="r" nc:name="R"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="s" nc:name="S"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="t" nc:name="T"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="u" nc:name="U"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="v" nc:name="V"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="w" nc:name="W"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="x" nc:name="X"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="y" nc:name="Y"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="z" nc:name="Z"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> +</rdf:RDF> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/help-win.rdf b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/help-win.rdf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3285a45e90 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/help-win.rdf @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +<?xml version="1.0"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE rdf:RDF SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + +<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" + xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#"> + +<rdf:Description about="suite-toc.rdf#ieusers" + nc:name="For Internet Explorer Users" + nc:link="forieusers.xhtml"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="terms" + nc:name="Terminology Differences" + nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#mozilla_and_internet_explorer_terminology_differences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="favorites" + nc:name="About Your IE Favorites" + nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#about_your_ie_favorites"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="key-features" + nc:name="Browser Features" + nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#browser_features"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="more-features" + nc:name="Other Features" + nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#other_features"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="keyboard-shortcuts" + nc:name="Keyboard Shortcuts" + nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#keyboard_shortcuts"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="suite-toc.rdf#nav-doc-ses"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-default" + nc:name="Making &brandShortName; Your Default Browser" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#making_mozilla_your_default_browser"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-index1.rdf#browser"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:default" + nc:name="default browser" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#making_mozilla_your_default_browser"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#d"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="default_browser_preferences" + nc:name="default browser preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#i"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="ieusers" + nc:name="Internet Explorer User Help" + nc:link="forieusers.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#ieusers"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="ieusers:terminology-differences" + nc:name="Terminology Differences" + nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#mozilla_and_internet_explorer_terminology_differences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="ieusers:your-favorites" + nc:name="About Your IE Favorites" + nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#about_your_ie_favorites"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="ieusers:additional-software" + nc:name="Other Features" + nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#other_features"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="ieusers:keyboard-shortcuts" + nc:name="Keyboard Shortcuts" + nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#keyboard_shortcuts"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-index1.rdf#preferences"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:default_browser" + nc:name="default browser preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#s"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="System" + nc:name="System Preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#system"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +</rdf:RDF> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/helpFileLayout.css b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/helpFileLayout.css new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..63e643fea9 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/helpFileLayout.css @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */ +@import url("chrome://help/content/platformClasses.css"); + +body { + margin: 2ex; + font-family: sans-serif; + font-size: 0.75em; + max-width: 120ex; +} + +dd { margin-left: 0px; margin-bottom: 1em; } +dt { font-size: 10pt; font-weight: bold; } +tt { font-size: 10pt; } + +:link:hover, +:visited:hover { color: -moz-activehyperlinktext; } + +h1 { font-size: 20pt; } +h2 { border-top: 1px solid black; font-size: 16pt; padding-top: 0.2em; } +h3 { color: #009; font-size: 10pt; margin-bottom: 0px; margin-top: 35px; } + +kbd { font-family: sans-serif; } + +.defaultTable { border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid grey; + width: 100%; } + +.defaultTable td { border: 1px solid grey; padding: 4px; } + +.defaultTable th { background-color: #99ccff; + border: 1px solid grey; font-size: 10pt; padding: 4px; text-align: left; } + +.tbody-default > tr:nth-child(2n) { + background-color: #eeeeee; +} + +.boilerPlate { font-size: 7pt; } + +.commandColumn { width: 40%; } +.osFirstColumn { width: 20%; } +.osSecondColumn { width: 20%; } +.osThirdColumn { width: 20%; } + +p:first-child { padding-top: 0; margin-top: 0; } + +.separate > li { margin-bottom: 0.5em; } + +.contentsBox { + margin-top: 12px; + background-color: #cccccc; + border: 1px solid black; + width: 300px; + padding: 1em; +} + +.contentsBox > ul { + list-style-type: none; +} + +a[href^="http://"]:after, a[href^="https://"]:after, a[href^="x-moz-url-link:"]:after { + content: url("images/web-links.png"); +} diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/help_help.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/help_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..99cd10ef35 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/help_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Using the Help Window</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="help_window_top">Using the Help Window</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Help window (the entire window in + which this text and the sidebar on the left are displayed).</p> + +<p>For additional sources of support and information, click the links displayed + in the bottom portion of the <a href="welcome_help.xhtml">Help and Support + Center</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#finding_the_topic_you_want">Finding the Topic You Want</a></li> + <li><a href="#retracing_your_steps">Retracing Your Steps and Printing</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_help_buttons">Using Help Buttons</a></li> + <li><a href="#search_tips">Search Tips</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="finding_the_topic_you_want">Finding the Topic You Want</h2> + + +<ul> + <li>Main topics are listed in the left sidebar. Click a topic to read about + it. To see its subtopics, double-click or click the <span class="noMac"> + plus-sign</span><span class="mac">triangle</span> at the left.</li> + <li>Type a word or phrase in the search field to display a list of related + topics. + + <p>If your search doesn't return anything, try typing fewer words or a + different combination of words.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>To see information related to the Help topic you are reading, click + links in the Help window just as you would in a regular web page.</p> + +<h2 id="retracing_your_steps">Retracing Your Steps and Printing</h2> + +<p>To retrace your steps in Help, click the buttons near the top left corner of + the Help window:</p> + +<p><img src="images/help_nav.png" alt="" width="124" height="38"/></p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the Back button to move back through pages you have previously + visited. It works just like the Back button in the main &brandShortName; + window.</li> + <li>Click the Forward button to move forward through pages you have + previously visited. It works just like the Forward button in the main + &brandShortName; window.</li> + <li>Click the Home button to see the Help and Support Center, which includes + links to support options and web-based resources.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Alternatively, print the instructions you want to follow:</p> + +<ul> + <li>To print the whole page that's currently displayed in the Help + window, click the Print button near the top-right corner of the Help + window: + + <p><img src="images/help_print.gif" alt="" width="37" height="31"/></p> + </li> + <li>To print just a portion of the page, first click and drag to select the + area you want to print and then click the Print button.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="using_help_buttons">Using Help Buttons</h2> + +<p>Many specialized &brandShortName; windows and dialog boxes include a help + button.</p> + +<p>Click any help button to see detailed information about the window in + which it appears.</p> + +<h2 id="search_tips">Search Tips</h2> + +<p>If you don't find what you want in your search, here are a few helpful + tips:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Be sure that you are searching for something that relates to + &brandShortName;; this is not a general Internet search.</li> + <li>Try to broaden your search—don't be too specific; terms + could be worded differently than your search.</li> + <li>At the same time, you should avoid being too broad with your + search terms: a word like <q>web</q> will probably return far too + many hits.</li> +</ul> + +<p>©right.string;</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/anchor-in-doc.gif b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/anchor-in-doc.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100755 index 0000000000..7b401120e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/anchor-in-doc.gif diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/broken.gif b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/broken.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e0c46300df --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/broken.gif diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/bullets.gif b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/bullets.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a8457a591b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/bullets.gif diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/columns.png b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/columns.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..771674caac --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/columns.png diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/composer_icon.png b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/composer_icon.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e057575a55 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/composer_icon.png diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/frown.png b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/frown.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eb43a5754b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/frown.png diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_nav.png b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_nav.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4fde0f6907 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_nav.png diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_print.gif b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_print.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..73b523d02d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_print.gif diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/image.gif b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/image.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d5236e7f45 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/image.gif diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/link.gif b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/link.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100755 index 0000000000..4a40004b2c --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/link.gif diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/locationbar.png b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/locationbar.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..06cf2fd047 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/locationbar.png diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag.png b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..82f512dbad --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag.png diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag_column.png b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag_column.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0afa995c99 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag_column.png diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_junk_column.png b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_junk_column.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..271a55164d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_junk_column.png diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_alert.png b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_alert.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..763503f8f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_alert.png diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_trayicon.png b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_trayicon.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e385cc4792 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_trayicon.png diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_quicksearch.png b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_quicksearch.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b8e2a49873 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_quicksearch.png diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read.png b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f6892be58b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read.png diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read_column.png b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read_column.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d842c2f9a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read_column.png diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_unread.png b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_unread.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c4231dbd31 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_unread.png diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/numbers.gif b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/numbers.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2721565883 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/numbers.gif diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/offline.png b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/offline.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..011b6fd8ec --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/offline.png diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/online.png b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/online.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6756ead790 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/online.png diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/personalbar.png b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/personalbar.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..21d8ed2446 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/personalbar.png diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/reload.gif b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/reload.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f0c23aca63 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/reload.gif diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search.png b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..46577e4dbc --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search.png diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search_personal_toolbar.gif b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search_personal_toolbar.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100755 index 0000000000..945dd4fed4 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search_personal_toolbar.gif diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/sick.png b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/sick.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d799d351a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/sick.png diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/sidebar.png b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/sidebar.png Binary files differnew file mode 100755 index 0000000000..e3e4b331c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/sidebar.png diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/smile.png b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/smile.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2b2077ae5e --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/smile.png diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..759da1eb1f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/table.gif b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/table.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d0e0add2a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/table.gif diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_mail.png b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_mail.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..60a8126325 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_mail.png diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_newmail.png b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_newmail.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ce912d26d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_newmail.png diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar-ab.png b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar-ab.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f4dc956c08 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar-ab.png diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar.png b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b4f73645e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar.png diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/threadbutton.png b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/threadbutton.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..62bdcaa1bf --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/threadbutton.png diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/web-links.png b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/web-links.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..863aba0466 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/web-links.png diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/wink.png b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/wink.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..620055136a --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/images/wink.png diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_account_settings.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_account_settings.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6f45a11797 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_account_settings.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,1100 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Mail & Newsgroups Account + Settings</h1> + +<p>This section describes the settings in the Mail & Newsgroups Account + Settings dialog box. Unlike the Preferences dialog box, which applies + settings to all accounts, the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog + box lets you specify settings on a per-account basis.</p> + +<p>If you are not currently viewing the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings + dialog box, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Begin from the Mail window.</li> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account + Settings.</li> + <li>Select the name of the account whose settings you want to view or + change.</li> +</ol> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#account_settings">Account Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#server_settings">Server Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#copies_and_folders">Copies & Folders</a></li> + <li><a href="#addressing">Composition & Addressing</a></li> + <li><a href="#synchronization_and_storage">Synchronization & Storage</a></li> + <li><a href="#junk_settings">Junk Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#return_receipts">Return Receipts</a></li> + <li><a href="#security">Security</a></li> + <li><a href="#local_folders">Local Folders</a></li> + <li><a href="#outgoing_server">Outgoing Server (SMTP)</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="account_settings">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Account + Settings</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to view or change your Account Settings, such as + your user name, reply-to address, and signature. If you are not already + viewing the Account Settings, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the name of the account to display the Account Settings + panel.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Account Name</strong>: The name for this account.</li> + <li>For any type of account but Blogs & News Feeds: + <ul> + <li><strong>Identity</strong>: Stores your name, email address, reply-to + address (only if different from your email address), and organization + (optional).</li> + <li><strong>Signature text</strong>: If you want to attach a signature to + all outgoing messages, type its text into this box. Check <strong>Use + HTML</strong> to enable HTML code, e.g., <b>bold</b> + (optional).</li> + <li><strong>Attach the signature from a file instead</strong>: Lets you + choose to attach the signature from a file (in text, HTML, or image + format) rather than entering its text. Checking this option overrides + any text entered into the signature box. Click Choose to locate the + signature file (optional). + + <p>More signature options are located in + <a href="#addressing">Composition & Addressing</a>.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Attach my vCard to messages</strong>: Lets you choose if your + vCard should be attached to your outgoing messages. Click Edit Card to + edit the card information (optional).</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>For Blogs & News Feeds accounts: + <ul> + <li><strong>Check for new articles at startup</strong>: Select this + checkbox if you want to check this account automatically for new blogs + & news messages whenever you start Mail & Newsgroups.</li> + <li><strong>Check for new articles every [__] minutes</strong>: Select + this checkbox if you want to specify the number of minutes between feed + checks. You can also check for new blogs & news messages at any time + by clicking Get Msgs in the Mail window.</li> + <li><strong>By default, show the article summary instead of loading the + web page</strong>: Select this checkbox if you want &brandShortName; + to display a brief summary of the article (bundled inside the feed) + instead of loading the full web page. Showing the article summary is + slightly faster than the full web page, but you may miss part of the + article content.</li> + <li><strong>Empty Trash on Exit</strong>: Empties the Trash folder + whenever you quit Mail & Newsgroups.</li> + <li><strong>Manage Subscriptions...</strong>: Shows the Feed Subscriptions + dialog, that allows you to add, edit and remove feeds to this blogs + & news feeds account.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="server_settings">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Server + Settings</h2> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups can work with two types of mail + servers: IMAP and POP. If you are not sure which server type your Internet + service provider supports, ask your service provider. If your Internet + service provider supports both, the following descriptions may help you + choose which one to use.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#about_internet_message_access_protocol">About Internet + Message Access Protocol (IMAP)</a></li> + <li><a href="#about_post_office_protocol">About Internet Post Office + Protocol (POP)</a></li> + <li><a href="#imap_server_settings">IMAP Server Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#advanced_imap_server_settings">Advanced IMAP Server + Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#pop_server_settings">POP Server Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#news_server_settings">News Server Settings</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="about_internet_message_access_protocol">About Internet Message Access + Protocol (IMAP)</h3> + +<p><strong>Advantages</strong>: Your messages and any changes to them stay on + your server, saving local disk space. Also, you always have access to an + updated mailbox, and you can get your mail from multiple locations. + Performance on a modem is faster, since you initially download message + headers only.</p> + +<p><strong>Disadvantages</strong>: Not all ISPs support IMAP.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="about_post_office_protocol">About Post Office Protocol (POP)</h3> + +<p><strong>Advantages</strong>: Your messages are downloaded to your local + computer all at once, but you can also specify whether to keep copies of the + messages on the server and delete messages on the server when they are + deleted locally. Most ISPs currently support POP.</p> + +<p><strong>Disadvantages</strong>: If you use more than one computer, messages + might reside on one or the other, but not both. POP doesn't work as well + as IMAP over a slow link connection. Also, you can't access all mail + folders from multiple locations.</p> + +<p>Note that more recent POP servers have features that allow retrieving only + the headers instead of the full message, like IMAP allows. Using these + features allows performance with POP to be nearly as fast as with IMAP.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="imap_server_settings">IMAP Server Settings</h3> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the IMAP server settings, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the account name and click the Server Settings category. (If you + chose an IMAP server when you set up this account, you see your IMAP server + settings.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Server Type</strong>: The server type (IMAP Mail Server) that you + specified when you created this account. To change the server type + associated with this account, you must delete the account and then + re-create it.</li> + <li><strong>Server Name</strong>: The server name that you specified when you + created this account. If you are having problems getting mail from this + account, verify with your service provider or system administrator that the + server name you entered is correct.</li> + <li><strong>User Name</strong>: The user name that you specified when you + created this account.</li> + <li><strong>Port</strong>: Unless otherwise instructed to do so by your + service provider or system administrator, leave this setting + unchanged.</li> + <li><strong>Connection security</strong>: Choose one of the available options + to establish a <a href="glossary.xhtml#secure_connection">secure + connection</a> to your incoming IMAP server. You can choose one of these: + <ul> + <li><strong>None</strong>: &brandShortName; will use a plain connection, + without encryption at all. You should choose this <strong>only</strong> + if your incoming server doesn't support any type of security.</li> + <li><strong>STARTTLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#starttls">STARTTLS</a> method. This mechanism + will usually run on the standard IMAP port 143.</li> + <li><strong>SSL/TLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the + IMAP-over-SSL method. The default port for this is 993. + </li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Use secure authentication</strong>: Choose this setting if you + want to use secure mechanisms for logging in like CRAM-MD5. If you are + unsure if your service supports this, contact your service provider or + system administrator.</li> + <li><strong>Check for new messages at startup</strong>: Choose this setting + if you want Mail & Newsgroups to automatically check this account for + new messages whenever you start Mail & Newsgroups.</li> + <li><strong>Check for new messages every [__] minutes</strong>: Choose this + setting to automatically check for new messages, and then specify the + number of minutes between mail checks. If you do not select this setting, + you can check for new messages at any time by clicking Get Msgs in the Mail + window.</li> + <li id="when_i_delete_a_message"><strong>When I delete a message</strong>: + Choose the behavior you want for deleted messages. <q>Move it to this + folder</q>, where you can choose the specific folder to use, is recommended + unless you are instructed to use a different setting by your system + administrator or service provider. Messages marked as deleted are removed + only when you compact folders.</li> + <li><strong>Clean up (Expunge) Inbox on Exit</strong>: Removes deleted + messages from the Inbox when you exit Mail & Newsgroups. Choose this + if you chose to mark messages as deleted.</li> + <li><strong>Empty Trash on Exit</strong>: Empties the Trash folder whenever + you quit Mail & Newsgroups.</li> + <li><strong>Advanced</strong>: Lets you choose a different outgoing server + (SMTP) for outgoing messages from this account. You can also reach the + <a href="#advanced_imap_server_settings">Advanced IMAP Server Settings</a> + through this button.</li> + <li><strong>Local directory</strong>: The location on your hard disk where + mail for this account is stored.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="advanced_imap_server_settings">Advanced IMAP Server Settings</h3> + +<p>In most cases, advanced IMAP server settings are automatically supplied by + the server. If you are unsure about the settings for this dialog box, + contact your ISP or system administrator.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the advanced IMAP server settings, begin + from the Mail window.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the account name and click the Server Settings category.</li> + <li>If the mail server type is an IMAP server, you can click Advanced to set + additional IMAP options, such as: + <ul> + <li>the IMAP server directory path</li> + <li>showing only <q>subscribed folders</q></li> + <li>support for subfolders</li> + <li>any personal and public (shared folder) namespaces for this + directory</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>For more information, see + <a href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding + and Removing LDAP Directories</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="pop_server_settings">POP Server Settings</h3> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the POP server settings, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the account name and click the Server Settings category name. (If + you chose a POP server when you set up this account, you see your POP + server settings.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Server Type</strong>: The server type (POP Mail Server) that you + specified when you created this account. To change the server type + associated with this account, you must delete the account and then + re-create it.</li> + <li><strong>Server Name</strong>: The server name that you specified when you + created this account. If you are having problems getting mail from this + account, verify with your service provider or system administrator that the + server name you entered is correct.</li> + <li><strong>User Name</strong>: The user name that you specified when you + created this account.</li> + <li><strong>Port</strong>: Unless otherwise instructed to do so by your + service provider or system administrator, leave this setting + unchanged.</li> + <li><strong>Connection security</strong>: Choose one of the available options + to establish a <a href="glossary.xhtml#secure_connection">secure + connection</a> to your incoming POP server. You can choose one of these: + <ul> + <li><strong>None</strong>: &brandShortName; will use a plain connection, + without encryption at all. You should choose this <strong>only</strong> + if your incoming server doesn't support any type of security.</li> + <li><strong>STARTTLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#starttls">STARTTLS</a> method. This mechanism + will usually run on the standard POP port 110.</li> + <li><strong>SSL/TLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the + POP-over-SSL method. The default port for this is 995. + </li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Use secure authentication</strong>: Choose this setting if you + want to use secure mechanisms for logging in like CRAM-MD5 and APOP. If you + are unsure if your server supports this, contact your service provider or + system administrator.</li> + <li><strong>Check for new messages at startup</strong>: Choose this setting + if you want Mail & Newsgroups to automatically check this account for + new messages whenever you start Mail & Newsgroups. For POP accounts, + Mail & Newsgroups doesn't download the new messages until you + click Get Msgs on the Mail toolbar.</li> + <li><strong>Check for new messages every [__] minutes</strong>: Choose this + setting to automatically check for new messages, and then specify the + number of minutes between mail checks. If you do not select this setting, + you can check for new messages at any time by clicking Get Msgs in the Mail + window.</li> + <li><strong>Automatically download any new messages</strong>: Choose this + setting if you want Mail & Newsgroups to retrieve messages immediately + each time it checks the server.</li> + <li><strong>Fetch headers only</strong>: Choose this setting if you want to + only download the headers instead of entire messages when downloading new + mail. This option requires your POP server to support the <q>TOP</q> + command. Most recent POP servers support it, but if you are unsure about + your server, contact your service provider or system administrator.</li> + <li><strong>Leave messages on server</strong>: Choose this setting to store a + copy of messages on the mail server in addition to downloading them to your + computer. + <ul> + <li><strong>For at most [__] days</strong>: Choose this setting to remove + messages from the server automatically after the number of days you + enter here.</li> + <li><strong>Until I delete them</strong>: Choose this setting to remove + messages from the server once you delete them.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Empty Trash on Exit</strong>: Choose this setting to empty the + Trash folder whenever you quit Mail & Newsgroups.</li> + <li><strong>Advanced</strong>: Lets you choose where new messages should be + put. You can also set the server to be queried when checking for new + messages.</li> + <li><strong>Local directory</strong>: The location on your hard disk where + mail for this account is stored.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="news_server_settings">News Server Settings</h3> + +<p>This section describes how to change news server settings. If you are not + already viewing news server settings, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the account name and click the Server Settings category. (If you + chose a newsgroup server when you set up this account, you see your + newsgroup server settings.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Server Type</strong>: The server type (NNTP) that you specified + when you created this account.</li> + <li><strong>Server Name</strong>: The server name that you specified when you + created this account. If you are having problems receiving messages from + this account, verify with your service provider or system administrator + that the server name you entered is correct.</li> + <li><strong>Port</strong>: Unless otherwise instructed to do so by your + service provider or system administrator, leave this setting + unchanged.</li> + <li><strong>Connection security</strong>: Choose "SSL/TLS" if your + news server is configured to send and receive encrypted messages, or + "None" if it doesn't support it. If you are unsure, contact + your service provider or system administrator.</li> + <li><strong>Check for new messages at startup</strong>: Choose this setting + to automatically check for new messages when you first open the Mail & + Newsgroup component of &brandShortName;.</li> + <li><strong>Check for new messages every [__] minutes</strong>: Choose this + setting to automatically check for new messages, and then specify the + number of minutes between mail checks. If you do not select this setting, + you can check for new messages at any time by clicking Get Msgs in the Mail + window.</li> + <li><strong>Ask me before downloading more than [__] messages</strong>: + Choose this setting to conserve disk space and download time, by setting a + limit for the number of messages you can retrieve at one time.</li> + <li><strong>Always request authentication when connecting to this + server</strong>: Some servers allow you to talk to them without logging in, + but will silently hide all the <em>private</em> groups/postings unless you + are logged in. Choose this setting to force &brandShortName; to + authenticate each time it connects to this server even when the server + doesn't ask (also called <q>Pushed Authentication</q>).</li> + <li><strong>newsrc file</strong>: The path to the newsrc file is mostly + displayed for your information. The newsrc file stores information about + the newsgroups to which you are subscribed and the messages you have read + in each newsgroup.</li> + <li><strong>Local directory</strong>: The location on your hard disk where + mail for this account is stored.</li> + <li><strong>Default Character Encoding</strong>: Click this drop-down list to + select the character encoding you want Mail & Newsgroups to use as the + default for incoming newsgroup messages. This is recommended if it's + likely you might receive messages in which the character encoding (MIME + charset) is not indicated, such as when reading messages in international + newsgroups.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="copies_and_folders">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Copies + & Folders</h2> + +<p>This section describes the settings for sending automatic copies, and for + storing copies of outgoing messages, message drafts, and message + templates.</p> + +<p>By default, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups stores copies of your + outgoing messages in the Sent folder for the current account. + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups also stores message drafts in the + Drafts folder and message templates in the Templates folder for the + current account.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the settings for Copies & Folders, begin + from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the account, and click Copies & Folders. You see the Copies + & Folders panel.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Place a copy in</strong>: Select where to store copies of your + outgoing mail and newsgroup messages. If you don't want to use the + default Sent folder for the current account, click Other and then choose + an account and then choose the folder for storing copies.</li> + <li><strong>Bcc these email addresses</strong>: Select whether you want to + always send a blind carbon copy (bcc) to another addressee, and enter the + address. If you want to always send a blind carbon copy to yourself, just + add your address to this list. Separate addresses with comma (,).</li> + <li><strong>Keep message drafts in</strong>: Select where to store message + drafts. If you don't want to use the default Drafts folder for the + current account, click Other and then choose another account and folder + for storing drafts.</li> + <li><strong>Keep message templates in</strong>: Select where to store + message templates. If you don't want to use the default Templates + folder for the current account, click Other and then choose another account + and folder for storing templates.</li> + <li><strong>Show confirmation dialog when messages are saved</strong>: Choose + this option if you want Mail & Newsgroups to display a confirmation + dialog box when you save a draft message or a template. If checked, a + dialog box will appear when you save a draft or template to remind you + where &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups is saving the draft or + template.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="addressing">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Composition & + Addressing</h2> + +<p>You use Composition settings to choose how to format text, handle replies, + and how a signature you defined is included.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Composition settings, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the account and click the Composition & Addressing + category.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Compose messages in HTML format</strong>: Use the HTML editor as + the default editor for writing mail and newsgroup messages. Leave this item + unchecked to use the plain-text editor by default. HTML messages can + include formatted text, links, images, and tables, just like a web page. + However, some recipients may not be able to receive HTML messages. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you only want to use an editor occasionally, + you can hold down the Shift key while clicking the Compose or the Reply + button to switch to the non-default on an as-needed basis.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Automatically quote the original message when replying</strong>: + Select this to include the original message text in your reply. Use the + drop-down list to select if the cursor should be positioned below or above + the quoted text. You can also choose the quoting to be automatically + selected. + <ul> + <li><strong>and place my signature</strong>: This drop-down list lets you + choose where you want your signature to be placed. It's only + applicable if you decided to <a href="#account_settings">attach a + signature</a> and to place the cursor above the quoted text.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Include signature for replies</strong>: If you have created a + signature, select this option to include it in your reply to a message. + The signature is added according to your settings for quote and signature + placement.</li> + <li><strong>Include signature for forwards</strong>: If you have created a + signature, select this option to include it when you forward a message. + The signature is placed according to your reply settings when + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#composition">forwarding inline</a>.</li> +</ul> + +<p>You use Addressing settings to override the global LDAP server settings + specified for all <a + href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#addressing_preferences">address books</a> in + the Preferences dialog box. LDAP server settings affect the behavior of + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#address_autocompletion">address + autocompletion</a>, and you can change these settings for each account if + necessary.</p> + +<p>Address autocompletion uses your address books to find matching entries when + you type email addresses in the addressing area of the Compose window.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Addressing settings, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the account and click the Composition & Addressing + category.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Automatically append my domain to addresses</strong>: Select + this if you want Mail & Newsgroups to automatically complete + addresses you type with the domain from your account's address.</li> + <li><strong>Use my global LDAP server preferences for this account</strong>: + This is the default. Select this if you don't want to override the + global LDAP server preferences for this account.</li> + <li><strong>Use a different LDAP server</strong>: Select this option and then + choose another LDAP server from the list if you want to use a different + LDAP directory server for address autocompletion with this account. If + necessary, click Edit Directories to edit individual directory server + settings, add a directory server, or delete a directory server. For more + information, see <a + href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding + and Removing LDAP Directories</a>.</li> +</ul> + +<p>The directory you select will also be searched for matching certificates + when you attempt to send an encrypted message to one or more recipients for + whom you don't have certificates on file.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="synchronization_and_storage">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - + Synchronization & Storage</h2> + +<p>Synchronization & Storage settings let you conserve disk space or set + up an account so that you can use it while offline (disconnected from the + Internet). The settings available depend on the mail server type (IMAP, POP, + or News) associated with the account.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox"> + <ul> + <li><a href="#synchronization_and_storage_settings_imap">Synchronization + & Storage Settings (IMAP)</a></li> + <li><a href="#disk_space_settings_pop">Disk Space Settings (POP)</a></li> + <li><a href="#disk_space_settings_blogs">Disk Space Settings + (Blogs)</a></li> + <li><a href="#synchronization_and_storage_settings_nntp">Synchronization + & Storage Settings (News)</a></li> + <li><a href="#retention_policy">Common Retention Policy Settings</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="synchronization_and_storage_settings_imap">Synchronization & + Storage Settings (IMAP)</h3> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the synchronization and storage preferences + for an IMAP account, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Choose the Synchronization & Storage category for an IMAP + account.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Keep messages for this account on this computer</strong>: Select + this option so that messages in your folders will be available when you + are working offline. This setting also applies to any new folders + created or subscribed to.</li> + <li><strong>Advanced</strong>: Click to open a dialog to select the + folders that you want to make available for offline use. See <a + href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting + Items for Offline Viewing</a> for more information. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: While the default setting can be overridden for + an individual folder, those per-folder settings are <em>removed</em> + whenever the <q>Keep messages for this account</q> box is toggled.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Synchronize all messages locally regardless of age</strong>: + When synchronization is enabled for an account or a folder, <em>all</em> + messages are downloaded and local copies of them kept on disk, unless + a size limit is specified.</li> + <li><strong>Synchronize the most recent [__] [days]</strong>: Only copies of + messages younger than the specified number of days (weeks, months, years) + are kept locally for synchronization, after that they are removed from the + offline storage. This does <em>not</em> affect the originals on the server, + only the local copies are removed if the given age is reached.</li> + <li><strong>Don't download messages larger than [__] KB</strong>: Select this + option to conserve disk space by preventing large messages from being + downloaded. Enter the maximum size for downloaded messages. Changing + this option does <em>not</em> affect messages that have already been + downloaded.</li> + <li>The <a href="#retention_policy">retention settings</a> can be used to + free up space by deleting old messages. Note that these settings apply + to <em>both</em> local copies and their originals on the server.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="disk_space_settings_pop">Disk Space Settings (POP)</h3> + +<p>Messages from POP accounts are fully downloaded to your local machine unless + you have enabled the <q>Fetch headers only</q> setting. This section + describes how you can save disk space for a POP account. If your account has + the <q>Fetch headers only</q> setting enabled, then these Disk Space + preferences are ignored. If you are not already viewing the Disk Space + preferences for a POP account, follow these steps:</p> + +<p>Begin from the Mail window.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu, choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Click the Disk Space category for a POP account.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Messages larger than [__] KB</strong>: Select this option to + conserve disk space by preventing large messages from being downloaded. + Enter the maximum size for downloaded messages.</li> + <li>The <a href="#retention_policy">retention settings</a> can be used to + free up space by deleting old messages. Note that these settings apply + to <em>both</em> local copies and their originals on the server. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: If your POP account is set up to use a Global + Inbox, the retention period settings of the target Inbox apply.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="disk_space_settings_blogs">Disk Space Settings (Blogs)</h3> + +<p>Messages from blogs & news feeds accounts are only stored in your local + machine in their short form, ie. the article summary, regardless of whether + your settings are to show the full articles by default. Still, there are + options to control how much disk space is used by your blogs & news feeds + account. If you are not already viewing the Disk Space preferences for a + blogs & news feeds account, follow these steps:</p> + +<p>Begin from the Mail window.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu, choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Click the Disk Space category for a blogs & news feeds account.</li> +</ol> + +<p>There, you can specify which messages should be deleted to recover disk + space:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Don't delete any messages</strong>: Select this option to + keep all messages forever. Keep in mind that, if you are subscribed to very + high-traffic blogs, this will increase the occupied disk space steadily and + could eventually fill up your hard disk.</li> + <li><strong>Delete all but the most recent [____] messages</strong>: Select this + option to keep in each feed only a maximum number of messages. Enter the + maximum number of messages (being 1,000 by default).</li> + <li><strong>Delete messages more than [__] days old</strong>: Select this + option to keep in each feed only messages that are not older than the number + of days you enter here (being 30 days by default).</li> + <li><strong>Always keep flagged messages</strong>: Check this option to + save (not delete) flagged messages, regardless of its age.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="synchronization_and_storage_settings_nntp">Synchronization & + Storage Settings (News)</h3> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the offline and disk space settings for a + News account, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. + You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Choose the Synchronization & Storage category for a News account.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Select newsgroups for offline use</strong>: Click to select the + newsgroups that you want to make available for offline use. See <a + href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting + Items for Offline Viewing</a> for more information.</li> +</ul> + +<p>The following settings help to save disk space and download time. Specify + which messages you don't want to download locally:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Read messages</strong>: Select this option to only download + message bodies from messages you haven't already read.</li> + <li><strong>Messages larger than [__] KB</strong>: Select this option to + conserve disk space by preventing large messages from being downloaded. + Enter the maximum size for downloaded messages.</li> + <li><strong>Messages more than [__] days old</strong>: Select this option to + only download messages that are not older than the number of days you enter + here.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="retention_policy">Common Retention Policy Settings</h3> + +<p>&brandShortName; can automatically delete old messages for you. You + can configure this process with the options listed below + <strong>To recover disk space, old messages can be permanently + deleted</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Don't delete any messages</strong>: Keep all messages. Never + delete messages automatically based on their age.</li> + <li><strong>Delete all but the most recent [__] messages</strong>: Enter the + number of messages to keep. With this setting only messages older than these + messages are deleted.</li> + <li><strong>Delete messages more than [__] days old </strong>: + Keep all messages that arrived within the given number of days.</li> +</ul> + +<p>With the following settings you can further constrain the three options to + delete messages automatically. This is especially useful in combination with + the option to keep all messages.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Always keep flagged messages</strong>: Use this option to deny + &brandShortName; to delete any messages you have flagged.</li> + <li><strong>Remove bodies from message more than [__] days old</strong>: + Select this option to retain all headers but to delete message bodies that + are older than the number of days you specify here (news accounts only). + Any option to delete the entire message based on age still applies.</li> +</ul> + +<p>This policy can be overridden for an individual folder in the Folder + Properties, Retention Policy tab.</p> + +<p><strong>Note:</strong> If message synchronization is enabled (for IMAP), or + messages are left on the server (for POP accounts), the settings apply to + <em>both</em> local copies and their originals on the server.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="junk_settings">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Junk + Settings</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the account junk settings. If + you are not currently viewing the Junk Settings, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. + You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Click the Junk Settings category for your mail account.</li> +</ol> + +<p>You use the Junk Settings panel to define your account-specific settings + for the adaptive mail filter. Global junk settings are changed under + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#junk_and_suspect_preferences">Mail & + Newsgroups Preferences - Junk & Suspect Mail</a>.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Enable adaptive junk mail controls for this account</strong>: + Toggle this option to activate or deactivate junk mail classification.</li> + <li><strong>Do not mark mail as junk if the sender is in [the address + book chosen from all your address books available in the drop down + box]</strong>: + Choose this option to prevent messages from people you know inadvertently + classified as junk mail.</li> + <li><strong>Trust junk mail headers set by [an external junk filter + like Spam Assassin or Spam Pal]</strong>: Choose this option if you want to + trust the junk classification of external filter programs.</li> + <li><strong>Move new junk messages to</strong>: + Check this option to automatically move messages flagged as Junk to a + special folder. + <ul> + <li><strong><q>Junk</q> folder on [account]</strong>: Select this to use + the default Junk folder.</li> + <li><strong>Other: [account]</strong>: Select this to choose your own + custom-named junk folder.</li> + <li><strong>Automatically delete junk messages older than [__] days from + this folder</strong>: If you are confident old messages classified as + junk are indeed junk mail, check this option to automatically delete + old junk messages after a grace period.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="return_receipts">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Return + Receipts</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Return Receipts account settings. If + you are not currently viewing the Return Receipts settings, follow these + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. + You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Click the Return Receipts category for your mail account.</li> +</ol> + +<p>You use the Return Receipts settings to define return receipt settings for + outgoing messages from this mail account. You also use the Return Receipt + settings to specify how to manage requests you receive for return receipts. + These settings override global return receipt preferences you specified using + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Mail & + Newsgroups Preferences - Return Receipts</a>.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Use my global return receipt preferences for this + account</strong>: By default, this account uses the return receipt + preferences specified by <a + href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Mail & + Newsgroups Preferences - Return Receipts</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Customize return receipts for this account</strong>: Lets you + change the return receipt preferences for this account. + <ul> + <li><strong>When sending messages, always request a return + receipt</strong>: Enables automatic return receipt requests for all + outgoing messages from this mail account.</li> + <li><strong>Leave it in my Inbox</strong>: Return receipt + confirmation messages are delivered to the Inbox for this account. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: Choose this option if you want to use a + filter that automatically moves return receipt confirmation + messages to a folder you specify. For information on creating and + using filters, see <a + href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_message_filters">Creating + Message Filters</a>.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Move it to my Sent Mail folder</strong>: Incoming return + receipt confirmation messages are moved to the Sent mail folder for + this account.</li> + <li><strong>Never send a return receipt</strong>: Choose this option if + you do not want to send a return receipt in response to requests for + return receipts from others.</li> + <li><strong>Allow return receipts for some messages</strong>: Choose how + you want to respond to requests you receive for return receipts.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="security">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Security</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to configure the Mail & Newsgroup Account + Settings that control mail message security. Before you do so, however, you + must obtain one or more mail certificates. For details, see + <a href="mailnews_security.xhtml">Signing & Encrypting + Messages</a>.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Security settings for your mail account, + begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account + Settings.</li> + <li>Click Security under the name of the mail account whose security settings + you want to configure.</li> +</ol> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#about_certificates">About Certificates</a></li> + <li><a href="#digital_signing">Digital Signing</a></li> + <li><a href="#encryption">Encryption</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="about_certificates">About Certificates</h3> + +<p>The main purpose of the Security panel in Mail & Newsgroup Account + Settings is to select two certificates:</p> + +<ul> + <li>The email certificate you want to use for signing mail messages you send + to other people.</li> + <li>The email certificate you want other people to use when they encrypt + messages they send to you.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Depending on the policies of the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a> + that issues your certificate(s), you can use one certificate for both + purposes or two different certificates. Even if you use just one, you must + specify it twice, once for digital signing and once for encryption.</p> + +<p>The certificates you select here are included with every signed message you + send. These certificates allow your recipients to verify your digital + signature and to encrypt messages that they send to you.</p> + +<h3 id="digital_signing">Digital Signing</h3> + +<p>You use the Digital Signing area in the <a href="#security">Security + panel</a> to specify how you want to sign your email messages:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Use this certificate to digitally sign messages you + send</strong>: If this field is empty or if it displays the wrong + certificate, click Select to choose from the certificates you have on + file.</li> + <li><strong>Digitally sign messages</strong>: Select this checkbox if you + want to digitally sign all the messages you send. (A personal certificate + must be specified below before you can select this checkbox.)</li> +</ul> + +<p>Regardless of whether the <q>Digitally sign messages</q> checkbox is + selected here, you can change your mind before you send an individual + message.</p> + +<p>To change the digital signature setting for a message you are writing in + the Compose window, click the arrow below the Security icon near the top of + the window and select or deselect <q>Digital Sign This Message</q>. For + details, see <a + href="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing + & Encrypting a New Message.</a></p> + +<h3 id="encryption">Encryption</h3> + +<p>You use the Encryption area in the <a href="#security">Security panel</a> to + specify how you routinely want to use encryption when sending your + messages:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Use this certificate to encrypt & decrypt messages sent to + you</strong>: If this field is empty or if it displays the wrong + certificate, click Select to choose from the certificates you have on + file.</li> + <li><strong>Never</strong>: Select this option if you never want to use + encryption, or only occasionally.</li> + <li><strong>Required</strong>: Select this option if you always want to use + encryption. If you don't have all the necessary certificates, the + message won't be sent unless you explicitly turn off encryption for + that message only.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Regardless of which encryption option you select, you can change your mind + before you send an individual message.</p> + +<p>To change the encryption setting for a message you are writing in the + Compose window, click the arrow below the Security icon near the top of the + window and choose the encryption setting you want. For details, see <a + href="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing + & Encrypting a New Message.</a></p> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="local_folders">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Local + Folders</h2> + +<p>Local Folders is the account where &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups + saves any messages that you send while working offline. Messages you send + while working offline are saved in the Unsent Messages folder under Local + Folders. Any folders you create under the Local Folders account reside on + your hard disk, so Local Folders is a good place to save messages that you + want to keep.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Local Folders settings, begin from the + Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the Local Folders category.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Account Name</strong>: The name associated with the Local Folders + account.</li> + <li><strong>Local directory</strong>: The location on your hard disk where + mail for this account is stored.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning + of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="outgoing_server">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Outgoing + Server (SMTP)</h2> + +<p>The outgoing server will transport your outgoing mail to the intended + recipients.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Outgoing Server (SMTP) settings, begin + from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click on any Mail window.</li> + <li>From the Edit menu, choose Mail & Newsgroup Account Settings.</li> + <li>Select Outgoing Server (SMTP) and either edit an existing server or + add a new one. If you are not sure which option to choose, check with + your ISP or system administrator)<br/> + You can choose from these servers via the Outgoing Server dropdown in + the <a href="#account_settings">Identity Settings</a>.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Description</strong>: A short freetext description of that server + configuration. This will show up as first part in the server list.</li> + <li><strong>Server name</strong>: The SMTP server that will deliver your + outgoing mail. To use a different SMTP server, change this field.</li> + <li><strong>Port</strong>: The port on which the SMTP server will be + connected. By default it holds the standard port for the specified + encryption. Change it if the mail server is listening for connections + on a non-standard port.</li> + <li><strong>Use name and password</strong>: If your SMTP server requires + authentication to send mail, select this option and enter your user name. + The first time you send mail, you will be prompted for your password. At + that time you can instruct &brandShortName; to save your password for + future sessions.</li> + <li><strong>Use secure authentication</strong>: Choose this setting if you + want to use secure mechanisms for logging in like CRAM-MD5. If you are + unsure if your service supports this, contact your service provider or + system administrator.</li> + <li><strong>Use secure connection</strong>: There are two methods for + establishing a <a href="glossary.xhtml#secure_connection">secure + connection</a> to your outgoing server. Pick the one your server supports + (if you make a choice for which your server is not configured, you will + get an error message when sending mail). + <ul> + <li><strong>STARTTLS, if available</strong>: &brandShortName; will try to + negotiate encryption using the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#starttls">STARTTLS</a> method. If the server + doesn't support it, an unencrypted connection is used.</li> + <li><strong>STARTTLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#starttls">STARTTLS</a> method. This mechanism + will usually run on the standard SMTP port 25.</li> + <li><strong>SSL/TLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the + SMTP-over-SSL (also known as SMTPS) method. The default port for this + is 465.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0c3e04de32 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,572 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Using Address Books</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> +<h1 id="using_address_books">Using Address Books</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#about_address_books">About Address Books</a></li> + <li><a href="#adding_entries_to_your_address_books">Adding Entries to Your + Address Books</a></li> + <li><a href="#creating_a_new_address_book">Creating a New Address + Book</a></li> + <li><a href="#creating_a_new_address_book_card">Creating a New Address Book + Card</a></li> + <li><a href="#creating_a_mailing_list">Creating a Mailing List</a></li> + <li><a href="#editing_a_mailing_list">Editing a Mailing List</a></li> + <li><a href="#searching_address_books_and_directories">Searching Address + Books and Directories</a></li> + <li><a href="#importing_address_books">Importing Address Books</a></li> + <li><a href="#exporting_address_books">Exporting Address Books</a></li> + <li><a href="#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding and Removing + LDAP Directories</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="about_address_books">About Address Books</h2> + +<p>Address books store email addresses and contact information for people you + typically send mail to, such as colleagues, friends, and family. + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups provides you with two address books: + the Personal Address Book and the Collected Addresses—and you can + create additional address books as well. You can also import address books + from other mail programs and previous versions of &brandShortName;. The + contents of these address books are stored locally on your hard disk.</p> + +<p>Your address book may also list email addresses from an LDAP directory, + which is located on an LDAP directory server. The directory server stores + email addresses of people that are not included in your locally-stored + address books. The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is an + industry-standard method for accessing Internet or intranet directory + services such as corporate address books.</p> + +<h4>Personal Address Book</h4> + +<p>Use the Personal Address Book to add specific names of your choice. You can + create mailing lists and edit individual address entries.</p> + +<h4>Collected Addresses</h4> + +<p>By default, the Collected Addresses automatically collects the email + addresses contained in outgoing mail messages. Addresses from outgoing + messages are stored in the Collected Addresses as soon as you click Send.</p> + +<h4>LDAP Directory (if available)</h4> + +<p>An LDAP directory (also known as an address lookup service) stores email + addresses of recipients who are not in your locally-stored address books. + LDAP directories offer you access to large, centrally maintained databases + of email addresses, which is especially useful with + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#address_autocompletion">address + autocompletion</a>.</p> + +<p>Automatic address collection is enabled by default. To change automatic + address collection settings, begin in the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Addressing. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the + list.)</li> + <li>Under Email Address Collection, select <q>Add email addresses to my</q> + and choose whether you want: + <ul> + <li>Personal Address Book.</li> + <li>Collected Addresses.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<h4>Opening the Address Book Window</h4> + +<p>To open the Address Book window:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the Window menu and choose Address Book, or click the Address Book + icon in the lower-left corner of any &brandShortName; window. + + <table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/taskbar-ab.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 80px;"></td> + <td><strong>Address Book icon</strong></td> + </tr> + </table> + </li> +</ul> + +<h4>Changing the Address Book Window Display</h4> + +<p>To customize how the Address Book window and the cards are displayed:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Window menu and choose Address Book. You see the Address Book + window.</li> + <li>In the Address Book window, open the View menu and choose from the + following display options: + <ul> + <li>Choose Show/Hide, and then select the item you wish to uncheck (hide) + or check (show).</li> + <li>Choose Show Name As, and then select how you want card names + displayed (first/last, last/first, or Display Name).</li> + <li>Choose Sort by, and then select a sort option.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="adding_entries_to_your_address_books">Adding Entries to Your Address + Books</h2> + +<p>You can use any of the following ways to add entries to your address + books:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click a name in the From or recipient fields (for example, To or Cc) in a + message you've received, and then select <q>Add to Address Book</q> + from the drop-down list.</li> + <li>In the Address Book window, click New Card to create a new address book + card.</li> + <li>Send a message, which automatically adds the recipient's address + to your address book (if enabled).</li> + <li>In the Address Book window, copy entries to another address book by + selecting the entries and dragging them over the name of the address book + you want to copy them to.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="creating_a_new_address_book">Creating a New Address Book</h2> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups provides a default personal address + book, but you can create additional address books.</p> + +<p>To create a new address book:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the Address Book icon in the lower-left corner of any + &brandShortName; window, or open the Window menu and choose Address Book. + You see the Address Book window. + + <table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/taskbar-ab.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 80px;"></td> + <td><strong>Address Book icon</strong></td> + </tr> + </table> + </li> + <li>In the Address Book window, open the File menu, choose New, and choose + Address Book. You see the New Address Book dialog box.</li> + <li>Type the name of the new address book, and click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="creating_a_new_address_book_card">Creating a New Address Book Card</h2> + +<p>Address book cards can be used to store names, postal addresses, email + addresses, phone numbers, and information such as whether the addressee + prefers to receive plain-text or HTML-formatted messages.</p> + +<p>To create an address book card for an individual:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the Address Book icon on the status bar or open the Window menu and + choose Address Book.</li> + <li>Click New Card. (If you have multiple address books, select the one to + which you want to add a card.)</li> + <li>Each New Card dialog box has three tabs: + <ul> + <li><strong>Contact</strong>: Enter the following information: + <ul> + <li>First and Last (first and last name of person as you want it to + appear in the address book).</li> + <li>Display name (the name that appears in the <q>To</q> field of the + Compose window).</li> + <li>Nickname (a shortcut or alias for the real name).</li> + <li>Email address (primary and additional address).</li> + <li>Prefers to receive messages formatted as: If you know this + recipient can read HTML-formatted messages (such as messages that + include links, images, or tables), choose HTML. If this recipient + can only read messages sent as plain text (no formatting), then + choose Plain Text. If you don't know or are not sure, choose + Unknown. If you choose Unknown, &brandShortName; Mail & + Newsgroups determines the sending format based on the Mail & + Newsgroups Send Format settings in the Preferences dialog box. If + Mail & Newsgroups still can't determine the correct + format, Mail & Newsgroups will prompt you to choose a sending + format when you send the message.</li> + <li>Allow remote images in HTML mail: If you want to allow this + sender to have remote content they send you displayed in your + message window.</li> + <li>Screen name (the AIM contact name).</li> + <li>Phones (enter phone numbers for this person)</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Address</strong>: Type additional information such as street + address, phone number, and URL. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you enter address information, + &brandShortName; displays a Get Map button next to the address when + you view this entry's address book card in your address book. + Clicking the Get Map button displays a web page that contains a map + to the address.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Other</strong>: Store any additional information you + want.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly add entries to your address book, click any + email address in messages you receive and select Add to Address Book from the + drop-down list. The New Card dialog box appears where you can complete the + information.</p> + +<h3 id="viewing_or_editing_card_properties">Viewing or Editing Card + Properties</h3> + +<p>To view or edit the properties for an individual card:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the card from the list of entries in the Address Book window.</li> + <li>Click Properties.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="creating_a_mailing_list">Creating a Mailing List</h2> + +<p>If you regularly send messages to a group of recipients, you can quickly + address a message by using a mailing list that contains the names you + want.</p> + +<p>To create a mailing list and add it to your address book:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the Address Book window, click New List.</li> + <li>Enter the following information in the Mailing List dialog box: + <ul> + <li>Click the drop-down list at <q>Add to</q> to choose an address book + in which to store the list.</li> + <li>List name: When you enter the list name in the <q>To</q> field of a + message, everyone on the list receives your message.</li> + <li>List nickname: Alias (or shortcut) for the list name.</li> + <li>Description: Appears after the list name in the address line of + the Compose window.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Type email addresses to add them to the mailing list.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>In the left side of the Address Book window, the mailing list appears + underneath the address book you added it to.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="editing_a_mailing_list">Editing a Mailing List</h2> + +<p>Mailing lists are stored in the address book in which you created them.</p> + +<p>To remove a member from the list, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Window menu and choose Address Book.</li> + <li>Expand the address book containing your mailing list by clicking the + small triangle beside the address book title.</li> + <li>Highlight the mailing list by clicking its name. The list members appear + to the right of the mailing list name.</li> + <li>Click the entry you wish to delete.</li> + <li>Click the Delete button.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To add members to a mailing list:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open Window menu and choose Address Book.</li> + <li>Expand the address book containing your mailing list by clicking the + small triangle beside the address book title.</li> + <li>Highlight the mailing list by clicking its name.</li> + <li>Click Properties.</li> + <li>Add or remove entries as necessary.</li> + <li>Click OK when you are done.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="searching_address_books_and_directories">Searching Address Books and + Directories</h2> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups lets you quickly search an address + book or directory by name or email address, or use a combination of criteria + to perform a more specific search through an address book or directory.</p> + +<p>To quickly search an address book or directory for a name or email address, + begin from the Address Book window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the Address Book window, in the list of address books, select the + address book or directory that you want to search.</li> + <li>In the <q>Name or Email contains</q> field, type the name or email + address that you want to find. You can type only part of the name or email + address, or you can type the exact text that you want to find. + + <p>As soon as you stop typing, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups + displays only those entries where the name or email address contains the + search text you entered.</p> + </li> + <li>Click Clear to erase the search text and show all entries.</li> +</ol> + +<h3 id="searching_for_specific_entries">Searching for Specific Entries</h3> + +<p>You can search address books or directories for specific entries. If you are + not already viewing the Advanced Address Book Search dialog box, begin from + the Address Book window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Search Addresses. You see the Advanced + Address Book Search dialog box.</li> + <li>Next to <q>Search in</q>, choose the address book or directory through + which you want to search.</li> + <li>Select the matching option Mail & Newsgroups uses to search for + entries either that match all or at least one of the conditions (criteria) + that you choose.</li> + <li>Click More to add criteria and Fewer to remove them.</li> + <li>Click Search to begin, or click Clear to reset your entries. The search + results appear in lower part of the dialog box.</li> + <li>To sort the entries in a different order, click the column that you want + to sort by.</li> + <li>To view the card for an entry, select the entry and click + Properties.</li> + <li>To compose a message to selected recipients, select one or more entries + and click Compose.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="importing_address_books">Importing Address Books</h2> + +<p>If you have a &brandShortName; address book from another user profile or + computer, or if you have an address book from another mail program, you can + import its entries into the Address Book window as a new address book. Keep + in mind that when you upgrade a user profile from an earlier version of + &brandShortName;, your address books are automatically included, so + there's no need to import them.</p> + +<p>You can import address books from Netscape 6, Netscape 7, Eudora, Outlook, + Outlook Express, or text files (LDIF, tab-delimited (.tab), comma-separated + (.csv), or text (.txt) formats). When you import an address book, Mail & + Newsgroups creates a new address book with the imported entries.</p> + +<p>You can also + <a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#importing_mail_from_other_programs">import + mail messages and settings</a> from Communicator, Eudora, Outlook, and + Outlook Express.</p> + +<p>To import an address book, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Import. You see the Mail Import + Wizard.</li> + <li>Follow the instructions to import address books.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="exporting_address_books">Exporting Address Books</h2> + +<p>You can export a &brandShortName; address book if you later want to import + it into another user profile, move it to another computer, or use it with + another program that can import address books. You can export an address + book to one of these file formats: &brandShortName; (.ldif), tab-delimited + (.tab), comma-separated (.csv), or text (.txt) formats.</p> + +<p>To export an address book, begin from the Address Book window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the address book that you want to export.</li> + <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Export.</li> + <li>In the Export Address Book dialog box, browse to the location where you + want to save the address book file.</li> + <li>Choose the file format for the exported address book (.ldif, + comma-separated, or tab-delimited).</li> + <li>Enter a name for the address book file. Be sure to include the + appropriate file extension (.ldif, .csv, .tab, or .txt).</li> + <li>Click Save.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding and Removing LDAP + Directories</h2> + +<p>Adding an LDAP directory to your address book allows you to search the + directory for email addresses and other contact information. You can also use + the directory for address autocompletion when addressing mail messages.</p> + +<p>You typically add or remove LDAP directories using instructions provided by + your system administrator. Check with your system administrator for the + information you will need in order to add a new directory to your address + book.</p> + +<p>To add a new directory, begin from the Address Book window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the File menu, and choose New, and then choose LDAP Directory. You + see the Directory Server Properties dialog box.</li> + <li>Type the following information in the Directory Server Properties dialog + box General tab: + <ul> + <li><strong>Name</strong>: Enter the name of the directory service (for + example, InfoSpace Directory).</li> + <li><strong>Host Name</strong>: Enter the name of the host name server, + such as ldap.infospace.com.</li> + <li><strong>Base DN</strong>: This setting is used to set the Base + distinguished name. Enter codes to restrict searching to a specific + country or organization. For example, c=JP restricts the search to + Japan only. Base DN also specifies the organization to search on + within the directory (for instance, o=Netscape Communications + Corporation, c=US).</li> + <li><strong>Port Number</strong>: Enter the port number for the LDAP + server. The default is 389.</li> + <li><strong>Bind DN</strong>: The distinguished name that is used to + authenticate (log in) to the LDAP server. If left blank, the LDAP + server binds anonymously.</li> + <li><strong>Use secure connection (SSL)</strong>: Choose this setting + if your LDAP server supports secure (encrypted) connections. If you are + unsure, contact your system administrator.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click the Advanced tab to configure LDAP directory server settings.</li> + <li>Type the following information: + <ul> + <li><strong>Don't return more than _ results</strong>: This setting + lets you limit the number of autocompletion matches returned by the + directory server. Enter the maximum number of email address matches + to display for autocompletion.</li> + <li><strong>Scope</strong>: Defines the limits of the search. Choose one + of the following: + <ul> + <li><strong>One Level</strong>: Retrieves matching entries by + searching the base DN and one level below the base DN.</li> + <li><strong>Subtree</strong>: Retrieves matching entries by searching + the base DN in addition to all levels below the base DN. This is + the least restrictive search.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Search filter</strong>: Enter the search filter to apply to + matching results that are within the specified scope of the + search.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK to close the Directory Server Properties dialog box.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The directory you added appears in the list of address books in the Address + Book window.</p> + +<p>To delete a directory:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the + Preferences dialog box.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, select Addressing. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>Under Address Autocompletion on the right side of the dialog box, click + Edit Directories.</li> + <li>In the LDAP Directory Servers dialog box, select the directory that you + want to delete and click Delete.</li> + <li>Click OK, then click OK again to close the Preferences dialog box.</li> +</ol> + +<p>For information on downloading or synchronizing a directory for offline use + so that you can search it or use it for address book autocompletion while + working offline, see + <a href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_directory_entries_for_offline_use">Downloading + Directory Entries for Offline Use</a>.</p> + +<h3 id="directory_server_settings">Directory Server Settings</h3> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Directory Server Settings dialog box, + begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Window menu, and choose Address Book.</li> + <li>In the list of address books, select a directory.</li> + <li>Click Properties.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>General Tab</strong></p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Name</strong>: The name of the directory service (for example, + InfoSpace Directory).</li> + <li><strong>Host Name</strong>: The name of the host name server, such as + ldap.infospace.com.</li> + <li><strong>Base DN</strong>: The Base Distinguished Name. Codes entered here + restrict searching to a specific country or organization. For example, c=JP + restricts the search to Japan only. Base DN also specifies the organization + to search on within the directory (for instance, o=Netscape Communications + Corporation, c=US).</li> + <li><strong>Port Number</strong>: Enter the port number for the LDAP server. + The default is 389.</li> + <li><strong>Bind DN</strong>: The distinguished name that is used to + authenticate (log in) to the LDAP server. If left blank, the LDAP server + binds anonymously.</li> + <li><strong>Use secure connection (SSL)</strong>: Choose this setting if your + LDAP server supports secure (encrypted) connections. If you are unsure, + contact your system administrator.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Advanced Tab</strong></p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Don't return more than _ results</strong>: This setting lets + you limit the number of autocompletion matches returned by the directory + server. Specify the maximum number of email address matches to display for + autocompletion.</li> + <li><strong>Scope</strong>: Defines the limits of the search: + <ul> + <li><strong>One Level</strong>: Retrieves matching entries by searching + the base DN and one level below the base DN.</li> + <li><strong>Subtree</strong>: Retrieves matching entries by searching the + base DN in addition to all levels below the base DN. This is the least + restrictive search.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Search filter</strong>: Specifies the search filter to apply to + matching results that are within the specified scope of the search.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d96199b4e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,388 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Getting started with Blogs & News Feeds</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> +<h1 id="getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Getting + started with Blogs & News Feeds</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds">Subscribing to blogs + & news feeds</a></li> + <li><a href="#subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds_from_browser">Subscribing + to blogs & news feeds from a browser window</a></li> + <li><a href="#reading_blogs_and_news_feed_messages">Reading blogs & + news feeds messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#posting_blog_messages">Posting blog messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#adding_comments_to_a_blog_post">Adding comments to a blog + post</a></li> + <li><a href="#exporting_and_importing_feeds">Exporting and importing + feeds</a></li> + <li><a href="#editing_a_feed">Editing a feed</a></li> + <li><a href="#removing_a_feed">Removing a feed</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_different_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts">Using + different blogs & news feeds accounts</a></li> + <li><a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Organizing your feeds</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds">Subscribing to blogs & news + feeds</h2> + +<p>If you have set up a + <a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Blogs + & News account</a>, you can subscribe to Blogs & News feeds.</p> + +<p>To subscribe to a feed, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li id="getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">Get into the Feed + Subscriptions dialog. There are several ways to do this: + <ul> + <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs & News Feeds + account to manage, then click in the Manage Subscriptions in the right + pane.</li> + <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs & News Feeds + account to manage, or a feed inside it, then open the File menu and + choose Subscribe.</li> + <li>In the accounts pane, <strong>right click</strong> your desired Blogs + & News Feeds account to manage and choose Subscribe...</li> + <li>Open the Edit menu and select the Mail & Newsgroups Account + Settings option. In the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog, + click on a Blogs & News Feeds account main section, and then + click the Manage Subscriptions... button.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Once in the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click the Add button. The Feed + properties dialog will appear.</li> + <li>Type (or copy and paste) the feed URL into the Feed URL field.</li> + <li>Click <q>Store articles in</q> dropdown list to choose the item list + where you want the articles to be stored. This allows you to merge + multiple feeds in one list item.</li> + <li>Set <q>Show the article summary instead of loading the web page</q> to + display a brief summary that blog feeds usually include for each article. + + <p><strong>Tip:</strong> Showing the article summary reduces the bandwidth + traffic and is faster, since the summary is already downloaded when the + feed is checked for new items. However, if you usually are interested in + the full article, you will save time by unchecking this option.</p> + </li> + <li>Click OK to confirm the feed addition.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds_from_browser">Subscribing to blogs + & news feeds from a browser window</h2> + +<p>While browsing the web using &brandShortName;, you may find the Feed + discovery icon (<img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/feedIcon.png" + style="width: 16px; height: 16px;" />) while visiting a web page. You + can click on it to see a list of available feeds and choose one to get it + added to your first Blogs & News Feeds account.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="reading_blogs_and_news_feed_messages">Reading blogs & news feeds + messages</h2> + +<p>When you open your Blogs & News account, you see the list of feeds to + which you subscribed. &brandShortName; checks and downloads every feed for + new messages.</p> + +<p>To read blogs & news messages, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Double-click a blogs & news account to see its feeds. (If there are + no feeds, you may need to subscribe to one.)</li> + <li>Click a feed name to see its messages.</li> + <li>Click a message to read it. The header will show the original URL of the + article, which you can click to open a browser window with the + corresponding webpage.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Depending on your settings for the Blogs & News account and each + individual feed, the message will be shown in its summarized view or the + full view. You can change it by choosing the menu option View, and then Feed + Message Body As. You can then select one of these options:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Web Page</strong>: Select this to show the full web page of this + message.</li> + <li><strong>Summary</strong>: Select this to show the summarized, short + version of this message.</li> + <li><strong>Default format</strong>: Select this to show the article in its + default format, as specified in the feed options or, otherwise, the Blogs + & News account.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="posting_blog_messages">Posting blog messages</h2> + +<p>To post a blog message, you need an account in the corresponding blog. Also, + there is no standardized way to post blog messages, so you won't + normally be able to post messages from &brandShortName; Mail component. + Instead, you will need to open a browser window, log in to your blog account + and use the web interface.</p> + +<p>Some blog systems, however, allow posting blog messages by sending an email + message to a specific address. You will need to find out if your blog service + implements this feature, and the correct email address to use.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="adding_comments_to_a_blog_post">Adding comments to a blog post</h2> + +<p>Since there is no standardized way to add comments to a blog post, you will + usually need to open a browser window and use the web interface.</p> + +<p>Some blog systems, however, allow adding comments by sending an email + message to a specific address. You will need to find out if the blog service + implements this feature, and the correct email address to use.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="exporting_and_importing_feeds">Exporting and importing feeds</h2> + +<p>If you have set up a + <a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Blogs + & News account</a>, you can export or import Blogs & News feed + collections using the OPML format (Outline Processor Markup Language).</p> + +<p>To export the feeds in your selected blogs & news account, begin from + the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs & News account to + manage, or a feed inside it.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the + <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>. + to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li> + <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click the Export button. The Export + feeds as an OPML file dialog will appear.</li> + <li>Select the directory and filename to save the OPML file, and click + Save.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To import the feeds in your selected blogs & news account, begin from + the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs & News account to + manage, or a feed inside it.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the + <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>. + to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li> + <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click the Import button. The Select + OPML file to import dialog will appear.</li> + <li>Select the directory and filename to load the OPML file, and click + Save.</li> + <li>All the feeds defined in the OPML file will be added to your blogs & + feeds account.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="editing_a_feed">Editing a feed</h2> + +<p>If you want to change the properties of one of the feeds in your blogs & + news account, you can edit it.</p> + +<p>To edit a feed in your selected blogs & news account, begin from the + Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs & News account to + manage, or a feed inside it.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the + <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>. + to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li> + <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click on a feed in the feed list. You + may need to expand the folders in the feed list to see each individual + feed.</li> + <li>Click the Edit button. The Feed properties dialog will appear.</li> + <li>You can change where you want the articles to be stored clicking the + <q>Store articles in</q> dropdown list.</li> + <li>You may mark <q>Show the article summary instead of loading the web + page</q> to display a brief summary that blog feeds usually include for + each article. + + <p><strong>Tip:</strong> Showing the article summary reduces the bandwidth + traffic and is faster, since the summary is already downloaded when the + feed is checked for new items. However, if you usually are interested in + the full article, you will save time by unchecking this option.</p> + </li> + <li>Click OK to confirm the changes.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="removing_a_feed">Removing a feed</h2> + +<p>If you no longer want to follow one of the feeds in your blogs & news + account, you can remove it.</p> + +<p>To remove a feed in your selected blogs & news account, begin from the + Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs & News account to + manage, or a feed inside it.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the + <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>. + to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li> + <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click on a feed in the feed list. You + may need to expand the folders in the feed list to see each individual + feed.</li> + <li>Click the Remove button. You will be asked to confirm the deletion of the + feed.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note:</strong> don't confuse a feed with a folder in a Blogs + & News account. Removing a feed doesn't delete the folder in which + the feed articles are stored, and thus, such articles will stay in the folder + until you delete either the whole folder or the articles themselves. To get + a better understanding, see <a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Organizing your + feeds</a> later in this section.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_different_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts">Using different blogs + & news feeds accounts</h2> + +<p>A single blogs & news feeds account can contain any number of feeds in + it, so you don't strictly need more than one blogs & news feeds + account. However, you may want to create several blogs & news feeds + accounts. Some reasons to do that are:</p> + +<ul> + <li>You can use different accounts to categorize your feeds. For example, you + can create an account named <q>Mozilla News</q> to put in it all your + feeds related to Mozilla, and another one named <q>Today Headlines</q> to + put in it all your feeds with general news.</li> + <li>If you have several accounts, each one can have different settings. This + way, you can choose, for example, different time intervals for each account + (and, therefore, their feeds.)</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="organizing_your_feeds">Organizing your feeds</h2> + +<p>The default operation mode when adding a feed to a Blogs & News Feeds + account in &brandShortName; is to create a folder and a feed inside it. + However, &brandShortName; allows you a great deal of flexibility. This section + helps you to better organize your feeds:</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#feeds_vs_folders">Feeds versus folders</a></li> + <li><a href="#organizing_folders_in_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts">Organizing + folders in Blogs & News Feeds accounts</a></li> + <li><a href="#downloading_multiple_feeds_in_a_single_folder">Downloading + multiple feeds in a single folder</a></li> + <li><a href="#moving_a_feed_to_another_folder">Moving a feed to another + folder</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="feeds_vs_folders">Feeds versus folders</h3> + +<p>Blogs & News Feeds accounts are organized through two main concepts: + <strong>feeds</strong> and <strong>folders</strong>.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Feeds</strong> are sources for articles/posts. They provide + the means to get new articles from blogs. You subscribe to feeds.</li> + <li><strong>Folders</strong> in Blogs & News Feeds accounts work pretty + much like in any other account type. Folders store articles/posts you got + through the feeds.</li> +</ul> + +<p>You use the Feed Subscriptions dialog to tell &brandShortName; which feed + messages are downloaded in which folders. As feeds provide new articles and + folders provide the store to put such articles, you will want to have them + connected, usually linking a feed to a folder. However, keep in mind that + removing a feed will not automatically delete the associated folder, nor + will remove the articles/posts from the removed feed, since they are + stored into the folder.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="organizing_folders_in_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts">Organizing folders + in Blogs & News Feeds accounts</h3> + +<p>You can create, rename, move or copy folders in Blogs & News Feeds + accounts just like with any other account type. See + <a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_a_folder">Creating a folder</a>, + <a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#renaming_a_folder">Renaming a folder</a> + and <a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#moving_or_copying_a_folder">Moving or + copying a folder</a> for more details.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="downloading_multiple_feeds_in_a_single_folder">Downloading multiple + feeds in a single folder</h3> + +<p>You may want to use a single folder to store articles/items coming from + more than one feed. To do this, you just need to add additional feeds in + that folder. Begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs & News Feeds account + to manage, or a feed inside it.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the + <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>. + to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li> + <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click in the desired folder, then click + the Add button. The Feed properties dialog will appear.</li> + <li>Type (or copy and paste) the feed URL in the Feed URL field.</li> + <li>Click OK to confirm the feed addition.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="moving_a_feed_to_another_folder">Moving a feed to another folder</h3> + +<p>You can move a feed from a folder to another one using any of these + methods:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Drag & drop a feed while inside the Feed Subscriptions window.</li> + <li><a href="#editing_a_feed">Edit the feed</a> to change in what folder it + downloads articles/items.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Remember that moving the feed doesn't move + existing articles from the folder in which they have been + downloaded.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_getting_started.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_getting_started.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..024aa9cc7d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_getting_started.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,388 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Using &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information only. + It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security of + your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, however, + address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it represent a + recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and security + protection on the Internet.</div> + +<h1 id="using_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Using &brandShortName; Mail & + Newsgroups</h1> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups lets you conveniently manage all your + Internet communications from one place. You can set up and maintain multiple + business and personal mail accounts and Internet newsgroups, all from one + window — the Mail & Newsgroups window.</p> + +<p>To start using &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the Mail & Newsgroups icon in the lower-left corner of the + &brandShortName; browser window.</li> +</ul> + +<table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/task_mail.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 20px;"></td> + <td><strong>Mail & Newsgroups icon</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Getting + Started with &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups</a></li> + <li><a href="#importing_mail_from_other_programs">Importing Mail from Other + Programs</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#reading_messages">Reading + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#sending_messages">Sending + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#creating_html_mail_messages">Creating + HTML Mail Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_attachments">Using + Attachments</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#deleting_messages">Deleting + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml">Using Address Books</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml">Organizing Your Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#controlling_junk_mail">Controlling + Junk Mail</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml">Getting Started with + Newsgroups</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml">Getting Started + with Blogs & News Feeds</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_offline.xhtml">Working Offline</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_security.xhtml">Signing & Encrypting + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml">Mail & Newsgroups + Account Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml">Mail & Newsgroups + Preferences</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h1 id="getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Getting Started with + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#using_the_mail_account_setup_wizard">Using the Mail Account + Setup Wizard</a></li> + <li><a href="#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Setting Up + Additional Mail and News Accounts</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_the_settings_for_an_account">Changing the Settings + for an Account</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="using_the_mail_account_setup_wizard">Using the Mail Account Setup + Wizard</h2> + +<p>To set up a mail, newsgroup or blogs & news feeds account, first open + the Window menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups. If you haven't + already set up an account, the Account Wizard appears automatically, enabling + you to set up an account.</p> + +<p>The Account Wizard guides you through the process of creating a new account. + If you don't know a setting, click Cancel and ask your Internet service + provider (ISP) or help desk.</p> + +<p>If an account already exists, the Account Wizard doesn't appear + automatically when the Mail window opens. Instead, after opening the Mail + window, open the File menu and choose New, then Account. For more details, + see <a href="#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Setting Up + Additional Mail, News & Blogs & News Feeds Accounts</a>.</p> + +<h3 id="setting_up_mail_accounts_with_an_isp_or_email_provider">Setting Up Mail + Accounts with an ISP or Email Provider</h3> + +<p>Before you set up a mail account, your ISP or email provider should give you + the following information:</p> + +<ul> + <li>your user name</li> + <li>your email address</li> + <li>the incoming and outgoing mail server names</li> + <li>the incoming server type (<a href="glossary.xhtml#imap">IMAP</a> or + <a href="glossary.xhtml#pop">POP</a>)</li> +</ul> + +<p>Before you set up a newsgroup account, your ISP or email provider should + give you the following information:</p> + +<ul> + <li>your email address</li> + <li>newsgroup server name</li> + <li>account name</li> +</ul> + +<p>To set up a new mail, newsgroup or blogs & news feeds account, begin + from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Click Add Account to start the Account Wizard. + + <p>The information requested by the Account Wizard depends on the type of + new account you specify in its first window. The boldface headings that + follow correspond to the windows you'll see when you're setting + up an ISP or email provider account.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>New Account Setup</strong>: Choose the type of account you want + to set up, then click the right arrow.</li> + <li><strong>Identity</strong>: Enter the name and email address appropriate + for this account, then click the right arrow. This window is not available + for the Blogs & News Feeds account type.</li> + <li><strong>Server Information</strong>: This window is not available for + for the Blogs & News Feeds account type. + <ul> + <li>Indicate whether you want a POP account or an IMAP account. Not all + service providers can support both options. For more information, see + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#server_settings">Mail & + Newsgroups Account Settings - Server Settings</a>.</li> + <li>Enter the name of your incoming mail server.</li> + <li>If you want this account to be a part of the Local Folders Global + Inbox account, check the <q>Use Global Inbox</q> box. Mail for + this account will then be stored in your Local Folders. Otherwise, if + the checkbox is unchecked, mail will be stored in its own + directory.</li> + <li>Enter the name of your outgoing mail server (SMTP). + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: You need to specify only one outgoing mail + server (SMTP), even if you have several mail accounts. The name of + your <a href="glossary.xhtml#smtp">SMTP</a> host may not have been + explicitly listed in the account setup information provided to you. + For example, your SMTP host may be the same as your POP or IMAP host. + If in doubt, contact your ISP or system administrator.</p> + </li> + <li>Click the right arrow to continue.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>User Names</strong>: Enter the incoming and outgoing user names + provided by your ISP or email provider, then click the right arrow. This + window is not available for the Blogs & News Feeds account type.</li> + <li><strong>Account Name</strong>: Enter whatever name you want to use to + refer to this account, then click the right arrow.</li> + <li><strong>Congratulations!</strong> Verify that the information you entered + is correct. If necessary, verify the information you entered with your ISP + or system administrator. When you are sure that it's correct, click + Finish to set up your account.</li> + <li>You see your new account listed in the left side of the Mail & + Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box. Click OK to start using your new + account.</li> +</ol> + +<p>You are now ready to get messages from your account. &brandShortName; Mail + & Newsgroups will prompt you for your password when you retrieve mail for + the first time every session. For detailed instructions on how to retrieve + mail, see <a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#getting_new_messages">Getting + New Messages</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Return to + beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Setting Up Additional + Mail and News Accounts</h2> + +<p>You use the Account Settings dialog box to add a new account or to change + information for an existing account, including:</p> + +<ul> + <li>mail and newsgroup server settings (for example, message deletion and + download preferences)</li> + <li>storage settings for message copies and folders</li> + <li>your reply-to address, organization name, and signature</li> +</ul> + +<p>To add a new account or change settings for an existing account, begin from + the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box. You can perform + these tasks: + <ul> + <li><strong>Add Account</strong>: Click this button to set up a new mail, + news or blogs & news feeds account. Be sure to type the account + information exactly as it is given to you. Move through the screens + with the arrows, or click Cancel to stop account creation.</li> + <li id="set_as_default"><strong>Set as Default</strong>: Select an + account, then click this button to make the selected account the + default one. The default account will appear at the top of your list + of accounts in the Mail window. The change takes effect the next time + you open Mail & Newsgroups. + + <p>The default account determines which address is filled into the + From: field when you compose a new mail with either no other mail or + news account active (i.e. Local Folders or a blogs & news feeds + account is selected), through an external application request, or by + following a mailto: link.</p> + + <p><strong>Note:</strong> You can't set a blogs & news feeds + account as default.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Remove Account</strong>: Select an account, then click this + button to remove it completely from your Mail window.</li> + <li><strong>Outgoing Server (SMTP)</strong>: Click this (at the bottom of + the list of accounts) to modify information about the outgoing mail + server. See + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#outgoing_server">Mail & + Newsgroups Account Settings - Outgoing Server (SMTP)</a> for more + information.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click headings under any account's name and modify the corresponding + settings in the panel on the right.</li> + <li>Click OK to save your changes.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Return to + beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="changing_the_settings_for_an_account">Changing the Settings for an + Account</h2> + +<p>To view or change information for an existing mail or newsgroup account, + begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Click the account name in the left-hand side of the Account Settings + dialog box. You see information about the account, such as your email + address and signature, in the right side of the dialog box.</li> + <li>Click any of these items beneath the name of an account to see the + corresponding settings: + <ul> + <li><strong>Server Settings</strong>: The settings available depend on + the type of server (IMAP, POP, or newsgroup server). For more + information, see + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#server_settings">Mail & + Newsgroups Account Settings - Server Settings</a>. + + <p><strong>Important</strong>: If you need to change the server type + (for example, from POP to IMAP) you must first remove the existing + account. Next, you must exit &brandShortName; and restart it. You can + then reopen the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box and + recreate an account with the new server type by clicking Add + Account.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Copies & Folders</strong>: These settings determine + whether to send automatic messages (blind carbon copies) and where you + want to store copies of outgoing messages, message drafts, and message + templates. For more information, see + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#copies_and_folders">Mail + & Newsgroups Account Settings - Copies & Folders</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Composition & Addressing</strong>: These settings allow + you to choose your default format and quoting behavior when composing a + message. You can also override the global directory server settings + specified for all address books in the Preferences dialog box. For more + information, see + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Mail & + Newsgroups Account Settings - Composition & Addressing</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Synchronization & Storage (IMAP and News accounts + only)</strong>: These settings apply when you are working offline + (disconnected from the Internet) or need to save download time and + conserve disk space. For more information, see + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_imap">Synchronization + & Storage Settings (IMAP)</a> or + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_nntp">Synchronization + & Storage Settings (News)</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Disk Space (POP and blogs & news feeds accounts + only)</strong>: This setting helps you manage the amount of disk + space that downloaded messages take up on your hard disk. For more + information, see + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_pop">Disk + Space Settings (POP)</a> or + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_blogs">Disk + Space Settings (Blogs)</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Security</strong>: These settings determine which + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificates</a> are used to + digitally sign and encrypt mail messages that you send. Digital + signatures allow you to identify yourself reliably to others in + mail messages that you send. Encryption helps ensure that your + messages remain private while they are in transit over the + Internet. For more information, see + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security">Mail & + Newsgroups Account Settings - Security</a>.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK to save your changes.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Return to + beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="importing_mail_from_other_programs">Importing Mail from Other + Programs</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to import mail messages and settings from + Netscape Communicator, Outlook, Outlook Express, and Eudora. To import + address books from these programs, see + <a href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#importing_address_books">Importing + Address Books</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#importing_mail_messages">Importing Mail Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#importing_mail_settings">Importing Mail Settings</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="importing_mail_messages">Importing Mail Messages</h2> + +<p>To import mail messages from Netscape Communicator, Outlook, Outlook + Express, or Eudora, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Import. You see the Import Wizard.</li> + <li>Follow the instructions to import mail messages.</li> +</ol> + +<p>For Netscape Communicator, the wizard imports a copy of all Communicator + mail folders included under Local Folders. Imported mail is added as a new + folder under Local Folders in the Mail window. (The Communicator mail + folders still remain in their original location).</p> + +<p>[<a href="#importing_mail_from_other_programs">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="importing_mail_settings">Importing Mail Settings</h2> + +<p>To import mail settings from Outlook, Outlook Express, or Eudora, begin from + the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Import. You see the Import Wizard.</li> + <li>Follow the instructions to import mail settings.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#importing_mail_from_other_programs">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6c790958d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,203 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Getting Started With Newsgroups</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> +<h1 id="getting_started_with_newsgroups">Getting Started With Newsgroups</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#subscribing_to_newsgroups">Subscribing to Newsgroups</a></li> + <li><a href="#reading_newsgroup_messages">Reading Newsgroup + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#posting_newsgroup_messages">Posting Newsgroup + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#contributing_to_ongoing_discussions">Contributing to Ongoing + Discussions</a></li> + <li><a href="#monitoring_threads">Monitoring Threads</a></li> + <li><a href="#removing_a_newsgroup">Removing a Newsgroup</a></li> + <li><a href="#adding_a_newsgroup_server">Adding a Newsgroup Server</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="subscribing_to_newsgroups">Subscribing to Newsgroups</h2> + +<p>If you have set up an <a href="#adding_a_newsgroup_server">account</a> on a + newsgroup server, you can join (subscribe) to newsgroups (also called + discussion groups).</p> + +<p>To subscribe to a newsgroup, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe. You see the Subscribe dialog + box.</li> + <li>If necessary, click the Account drop-down list to choose another + newsgroup account.</li> + <li>Select a newsgroup. To select more than one newsgroup, + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>-click additional + newsgroup.</li> + <li>Click Subscribe or click in the Subscribe column next to the newsgroup. + You see a checkmark next to each newsgroup to which you subscribe. Click + Unsubscribe to cancel a selection.</li> + <li>Click OK. The list of your subscribed newsgroups appears in the Mail + window.</li> +</ol> + +<p>If you are an IMAP mail user, you can also subscribe to message folders + located on an IMAP server. (Your Inbox is a type of message folder.) Follow + the instructions above for subscribing, but select an IMAP account from the + Account drop-down list. For more information on sharing folders and + subscribing to folders, see + <a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#sharing_folders_with_other_users">Sharing + Folders With Other Users (IMAP Only)</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="reading_newsgroup_messages">Reading Newsgroup Messages</h2> + +<p>When you open your newsgroup server, you see the list of newsgroups to which + you subscribe. The server downloads the <em>headers</em> of new messages in + each newsgroup.</p> + +<p>To read newsgroup messages, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Double-click a newsgroup server icon to see its newsgroups. (If there are + no newsgroups, you may need to subscribe to one.)</li> + <li>Click a newsgroup name to see its messages.</li> + <li>Click a message to read it. Click the thread button to display all the + responses below the original message. You can click any header to display + its message. You can <a href="#posting_newsgroup_messages">start a new + thread</a> or <a href="#contributing_to_ongoing_discussions">post a + message</a> in response.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="posting_newsgroup_messages">Posting Newsgroup Messages</h2> + +<p>To start new threads (discussions):</p> + +<ol> + <li>From the list of your subscribed newsgroups in the Mail window, select a + newsgroup.</li> + <li>Click Compose.</li> + <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages">Compose</a> + your message, and click Send to post it.</li> + <li>Click Get Msgs to see your posting on the newsgroup.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="contributing_to_ongoing_discussions">Contributing to Ongoing + Discussions</h2> + +<p>To post a response to the newsgroup:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the message list, select a message to reply to.</li> + <li>Click Reply.</li> + <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages">Compose</a> + your message, and click Send to post it.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To reply to an individual as well as post a response to the group:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the message list, select a message to reply to.</li> + <li>Click Reply All.</li> + <li>Compose your message, and click Send to post it.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To redirect a posting to another newsgroup:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click Reply and choose <q>Followup-To</q> from the <q>Newsgroup</q> + drop-down list. Subsequent responses will be posted to the newsgroup you + enter.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="monitoring_threads">Monitoring Threads</h2> + +<p>To monitor unread messages in threads that are of interest to you:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select a message in a thread.</li> + <li>Open the Message menu, and choose Watch Thread.</li> + <li>If you want to monitor additional threads, repeat steps 1 and 2 for + messages in additional threads.</li> + <li>When you're ready to monitor messages in these threads, open the + View menu, choose Messages, and then choose Watched Threads with Unread. + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups only displays the watched threads + that contain unread messages.</li> + <li>Open the View menu, choose Messages, and then choose All to return to + viewing all messages in the newsgroup.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To ignore a message thread:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select a message in the thread.</li> + <li>Open the Message menu, and choose Ignore Thread. &brandShortName; Mail + & Newsgroups marks all messages in the thread as read, and new replies + posted to the thread will appear as read.</li> + <li>To view ignored threads, open the View menu, choose Messages, and then + choose Ignored Threads.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="removing_a_newsgroup">Removing a Newsgroup</h2> + +<p>To remove a newsgroup from your list:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Select the newsgroup icon and press Delete.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="adding_a_newsgroup_server">Adding a Newsgroup Server</h2> + +<p>If the newsgroup you want to subscribe to is on a different server, you must + first set up access to that server.</p> + +<p>To set up an additional newsgroup server, open the File menu in the Mail + window and choose New, then Account.</p> + +<ul> + <li>Using the Account Wizard, indicate that the new account you want to set + up is a newsgroup account.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Once you've set up access to the new server, you can + <a href="#subscribing_to_newsgroups">subscribe</a> to newsgroups on that + server. In the Mail window, open the File menu, and choose Subscribe.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_offline.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_offline.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2c958051af --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_offline.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,504 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Working Offline</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="working_offline">Working Offline</h1> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups includes advanced features to help + you manage your messaging needs when you are not connected to the Internet. + You can download mail and news messages before going offline for later + reading, and you can defer sending mail messages and newsgroup posts until + you get back online. All of these features are explained in this + document.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#setting_up_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups_to_work_offline">Setting + Up &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups to Work Offline</a></li> + <li><a href="#downloading_all_messages_for_offline_use">Downloading All + Messages for Offline Use</a></li> + <li><a href="#downloading_an_individual_folder_for_offline_use">Downloading + an Individual Folder for Offline Use</a></li> + <li><a href="#downloading_selected_or_flagged_messages_for_offline_use">Downloading + Selected or Flagged Messages for Offline Use</a></li> + <li><a href="#downloading_directory_entries_for_offline_use">Downloading + Directory Entries for Offline Use</a></li> + <li><a href="#setting_up_your_accounts_for_working_offline">Setting Up Your + Accounts for Working Offline</a></li> + <li><a href="#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting Items for + Offline Viewing</a></li> + <li><a href="#downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages">Downloading and + Synchronizing Your Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#working_offline_and_reconnecting_later">Working Offline and + Reconnecting Later</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="setting_up_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups_to_work_offline">Setting Up + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups to Work Offline</h2> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups' offline feature lets you + download your mail and read it offline (while disconnected from the + Internet). If you use a dial-up (modem) connection to access your mail and + you want to reduce the time you are connected, or, if you need to temporarily + disconnect from your company's network while traveling or switching + locations, you can download your mail so that you can read it offline. The + offline feature can automatically download incoming messages and then later + send all your outgoing messages when you reconnect.</p> + +<p>Note that for POP accounts your mail is already downloaded by default, so + most of these offline features aren't relevant for POP accounts.</p> + +<p>If you occasionally want to work offline, &brandShortName; Mail & + Newsgroups lets you easily:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Download your Inbox for offline use.</li> + <li>Download an individual folder for offline use.</li> + <li>Download only selected or flagged messages for offline use.</li> + <li>Download directory entries in your address book for offline use.</li> +</ul> + +<p>If you frequently work offline, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups also + lets you:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Set up one or more of your accounts for offline use.</li> + <li>Set offline and disk space preferences for each account.</li> + <li>Select the folders and newsgroups that you want to view offline.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="downloading_all_messages_for_offline_use">Downloading All Messages for + Offline Use</h2> + +<p>You can tell &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups to automatically + download your messages for offline use. Later, when you go back online, + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups automatically synchronizes your + messages with the server.</p> + +<p>Note that the Inbox for POP accounts is downloaded by default, so this + section does not apply for POP accounts.</p> + +<p>To automatically download your messages for offline use, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>In the left side of the dialog box, under the name of the account you + want to use offline, select Synchronization & Storage. (This category + is not available for POP accounts.)</li> + <li>Check the box labeled <q>Keep messages for this account on this + computer</q>.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> + <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/online.png" alt=""/> + in the lower right corner of the Mail window (to the left of the Cookie + icon) to go offline. You will be asked to download messages for them to be + available while offline. Click on <q>Download</q> to proceed.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: This setting also applies to any new folders + created. While the per-account setting can be overridden for an + <a href="#downloading_an_individual_folder_for_offline_use">individual + folder</a>, those per-folder settings are <em>removed</em> when the + <q>Keep messages</q> box is toggled.</p> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups automatically downloads all messages + in your Inbox so you can read and respond to them while working offline. + After disconnecting, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups remains open so + you can continue to work with your messages.</p> + +<p>To reconnect to the Internet so you can work online:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/offline.png" + alt=""/> in the lower right corner of the Mail window (to the left of the + Cookie icon) to go back online.</li> +</ul> + +<p>When you go back online, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups + automatically synchronizes your Inbox messages with the server, by + replicating any changes you made while working offline.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups saves any + messages that you send while working offline in the Unsent Messages folder + under Local Folders. To have &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups + automatically send your unsent messages when you reconnect, use the + Preferences command on the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu to change the + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences">offline + preferences</a> for all your accounts.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="downloading_an_individual_folder_for_offline_use">Downloading an + Individual Folder for Offline Use</h2> + +<p>Note that POP accounts don't allow you to manage folders on the POP + server, so this section does not apply to POP accounts.</p> + +<p>To download a specific folder for offline use, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the left side of the Mail window, select the folder that you want to + download for offline use.</li> + <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Folder Properties. You see the Properties + dialog box.</li> + <li>Click the Synchronization tab.</li> + <li>Check <q>Select this folder for offline use</q>.</li> + <li>Click Download Now if you want to immediately begin downloading the + folder's messages. Alternatively, you can continue working, and when + you are ready to go offline, proceed to the next step.</li> + <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/online.png" alt=""/> + in the lower right corner of the Mail window to go offline.</li> + <li>In the Work Offline dialog box, click Download.</li> +</ol> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups automatically downloads all messages + in the selected folder so you can read and respond to them while working + offline. After disconnecting, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups remains + open so you can continue to work with your messages.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Message headers that have been downloaded for reading + offline display a darker gray envelope or newsgroup icon.</p> + +<p>To reconnect to the Internet so you can work online:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/offline.png" + alt=""/> in the lower right corner of the Mail window (to the left of the + Cookie icon) to go back online.</li> +</ul> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups automatically synchronizes the + offline folders with the server, by replicating any changes you made while + working offline.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups saves any + messages that you sent while working offline in the Unsent Messages folder + under Local Folders. When you reconnect, choose Send Unsent Messages from the + File menu to send all your saved messages at once. To have &brandShortName; + Mail & Newsgroups automatically send your unsent messages when you + reconnect, use the Preferences command on the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu to change your <a + href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences">offline + preferences</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="downloading_selected_or_flagged_messages_for_offline_use">Downloading + Selected or Flagged Messages for Offline Use</h2> + +<p>Note that messages are downloaded by default for POP accounts. However, if + you have enabled the <q>Fetch headers only</q> setting in the POP account + settings, then only the headers will be downloaded, and you will need to use + the commands in this section to download the complete messages.</p> + +<p>To download selected messages for offline use, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.</li> + <li>Select the messages you want to download, as follows: + <ul> + <li>To select a group of adjacent messages, click the first message, and + then Shift-click to select the last message in the group.</li> + <li>To select messages anywhere in the message list, hold down the + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd> key and click + each message.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Get Selected Messages + from the submenu. &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups downloads the + selected messages.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To download flagged messages for offline use, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.</li> + <li>Click in the flag column of each message you want to download. A flag + appears where you clicked to indicate that the message has been marked. If + the flag column is not visible, click the Show/Hide Columns icon + <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/> and select Flag from the list.</li> + <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Get Flagged Messages. + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups downloads the flagged messages.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Once downloading is complete, click the Online/Offline indicator in the + lower right corner of the Mail window (to the left of the Cookie icon) to go + offline. After you disconnect, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups remains + open so you can continue to work with your messages.</p> + +<p>Note that the <q>Get Selected Messages</q> and <q>Get Flagged Messages</q> + menu items are also available in the pop-up thread context menu, for faster + access.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Message headers that have been downloaded for reading + offline display a darker gray envelope or newsgroup icon.</p> + +<p>To reconnect to the Internet so you can work online:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/offline.png" + alt=""/> in the lower right corner of the Mail window to go online.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups saves any + messages that you sent while working offline in the Unsent Messages folder + under Local Folders. When you reconnect, choose Send Unsent Messages from the + File menu to send all your saved messages at once. To have &brandShortName; + Mail & Newsgroups automatically send your unsent messages when you + reconnect, use the Preferences command on the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu to change your <a + href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences">offline + preferences</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="downloading_directory_entries_for_offline_use">Downloading + Directory Entries for Offline Use</h2> + +<p>You can download (replicate) the entries in a directory server to your + computer so that they are available when you work offline. Once you've + downloaded directory entries, you can use the same procedure to update your + local copy of the entries with the latest entries on the directory + server.</p> + +<p>To download or update an address book LDAP directory for offline use:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Make sure you're online.</li> + <li>Open the Window menu, and choose Address Book.</li> + <li>In the Address Book window, select the directory that you want to + download (replicate).</li> + <li>Click Properties in the Address Book toolbar. The Directory Server + Properties dialog box appears.</li> + <li>Click the Offline tab.</li> + <li>Click Download Now to start copying the entries to your computer.</li> + <li>If prompted, enter your network user name and password, and click OK to + start the download. + + <p>Depending on the number of directory entries, the download process may + take a while, so please be patient.</p> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>After the download finishes, you can work offline and search the directory + or use it for address autocompletion when composing messages. After + you've been using your local copy of the directory for a while, you may + wish to update it to get the latest entries from the directory server. To + update your local copy, use the procedure described above.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="setting_up_your_accounts_for_working_offline">Setting Up Your Accounts + for Working Offline</h2> + +<p>To set up one or more accounts for working offline, you use the Offline and + Disk Space preferences in the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog + box. Once set, you don't need to change these preferences each time you + want to work offline. The offline and disk space preferences you can set for + an account depend on the type of account (IMAP, POP, or Newsgroup).</p> + +<p>Here's a summary of the steps you will follow to set up your accounts + for offline use:</p> + +<ol> + <li>For each account that you want to work with while offline, use the Mail + & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box to set the Synchronization + & Storage preferences for that account. You must select the items + (folders and newsgroups) that you want to download for offline use. See + <a href="#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting Items for Offline + Viewing</a> for more information. + + <p>Once set, you don't need to change these settings. See the sections + below for information on setting offline and disk space preferences for + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_imap">IMAP</a>, + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_pop">POP</a>, + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_blogs">Blogs</a>, and + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_nntp">Newsgroup</a> + accounts.</p> + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To set the Synchronization & Storage + preferences for the current account, open the File menu, choose Offline, + and then choose Offline Settings.</p> + </li> + <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Download/Sync Now + from the submenu.</li> + <li>Select the type of messages (mail or newsgroup or both) that you want to + download. + + <p><strong>Important</strong>: You must select at least one category (mail + messages or newsgroup messages) in order for the download to work.</p> + </li> + <li>Select <q>Work offline once download and/or sync is complete</q>.</li> + <li>Click OK to download the selected items and then go offline. See + <a href="#downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages">Downloading and + Synchronizing Your Messages</a> for more information.</li> +</ol> + +<p>For subsequent offline sessions, you can skip step 1.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting Items for Offline + Viewing</h2> + +<p>Before you can read mail and newsgroup messages while offline, you must + first select them for downloading. You can set up an entire account for + offline use. You can also choose which folders and newsgroups that you + want to use offline.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Keep in mind that selecting more items may increase + download time and disk space used.</p> + +<p>To select accounts, folders, and newsgroups for offline viewing, begin from + the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu, choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Choose the Synchronization & Storage category for the account you + want to change.</li> + <li>Click <q>Advanced</q> to see your IMAP folders, or <q>Select newsgroups + for offline use</q> for your subscribed newsgroups. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: You see only the newsgroups and folders that + you've already <a + href="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#subscribing_to_newsgroups">subscribed</a> + to. POP accounts and local mail folders don't appear in the + list.</p> + </li> + <li>Select the items (folders, newsgroups) that you want to make available + for offline use.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Once set, you don't need to change these settings each time you want to + go offline. However, if you do want to change them, you can easily do so + before going offline, since the same Select button is available when using + the <a href="#downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages">Download and + Sync</a> command.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages">Downloading and + Synchronizing Your Messages</h2> + +<p>If you have already selected mail folders and newsgroups for offline use, + you are now ready to download and synchronize them. If you haven't yet + selected items to download, you can choose them before you go offline.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Download/Sync Now dialog box, follow + these steps:</p> + +<p>To download and synchronize your messages, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Download/Sync + Now.</li> + <li>Select the categories (mail messages or newsgroup messages) that you want + to download. + + <p><strong>Important</strong>: You must select at least one category (Mail + messages, Newsgroup messages) in order for the download to work. If the + checkboxes are disabled, it means that you haven't yet selected + items to download. Use the Select button to select items to download.</p> + </li> + <li>To send messages in your Unsent Messages folder before going offline, + check <q>Send Unsent Messages</q>.</li> + <li>To go offline immediately after &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups + finishes downloading, select <q>Work offline once download and/or sync is + complete</q>.</li> + <li>To set or change the items to download, click Select. See + <a href="#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting Items for Offline + Viewing</a> for more information. You can skip this step if you've + already selected items for download.</li> + <li>Click OK. &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups begins downloading the + selected items.</li> +</ol> + +<p>If you chose to work offline once the download completes, then + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups immediately switches to offline mode. + Otherwise, when you are ready to go offline, click the Online/Offline + indicator <img src="images/online.png" alt=""/> in the lower right corner of + the Mail window to go offline.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="working_offline_and_reconnecting_later">Working Offline and + Reconnecting Later</h2> + +<p>To work offline and reconnect later, begin from the Mail window.</p> + +<p>When you are ready to work offline:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the online/offline indicator <img src="images/online.png" alt=""/> + in the lower-right corner of the Mail window. Mail & Newsgroups prompts + you to download messages, if you want, before going offline.</li> + <li>Click Download to download messages before going offline. If you want to + work offline without downloading messages, click Don't Download.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Message headers that have been downloaded for reading + offline display a darker gray envelope or newsgroup icon.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To set &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups' + download behavior when going offline, open the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu, choose Preferences, and then under the Mail & Newsgroups category, + select Network & Storage (if no subcategories are visible, double-click + Mail & Newsgroups to expand the list). You can choose to have + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups prompt you to download messages when + going offline, to automatically download messages, or to not download any + messages.</p> + +<p>To reconnect and synchronize your messages:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the online/offline indicator <img src="images/offline.png" + alt=""/> in the lower-right corner of any &brandShortName; window.</li> + <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Download/Sync + Now.</li> +</ol> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups synchronizes your messages with the + server by replicating any changes you made while working offline.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To set &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups' + behavior when going online, open the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu, choose Preferences, and then choose the Synchronization & Storage + category. You can choose to have &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups + prompt you to send unsent messages, to automatically send unsent messages, + or to not send unsent messages.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_organizing.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_organizing.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..58a435403d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_organizing.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,838 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Organizing Your Messages and Controlling Junk</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> +<h1 id="organizing_your_messages">Organizing Your Messages</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox"> + <ul> + <li><a href="#creating_a_folder">Creating a Folder</a></li> + <li><a href="#renaming_a_folder">Renaming a Folder</a></li> + <li><a href="#moving_or_copying_a_folder">Moving or Copying a + Folder</a></li> + <li><a href="#filing_messages_in_folders">Filing Messages in + Folders</a></li> + <li><a href="#sharing_folders_with_other_users">Sharing Folders With Other + Users (IMAP Only)</a></li> + <li><a href="#tagging_messages">Tagging Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#marking_or_flagging_messages">Marking or Flagging + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_message_views">Using Message Views</a></li> + <li><a href="#creating_message_filters">Creating Message Filters</a></li> + <li><a href="#searching_through_messages">Searching Through + Messages</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="creating_a_folder">Creating a Folder</h2> + +<p>To create a message folder, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the File menu, choose New, and then Folder. You see the New Folder + dialog box.</li> + <li>Type the name of the folder.</li> + <li>Click the drop-down list and choose a folder location and click OK. Your + new folder appears in your Mail Folders list.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="renaming_a_folder">Renaming a Folder</h2> + +<p>To rename an existing folder, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the folder you want to rename.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Rename Folder. You see the Rename Folder + dialog box.</li> + <li>Type the new name and click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you rename a folder that you've been using to + store <a href="#creating_message_filters">filtered messages</a>, the filter + will automatically update to use the renamed folder.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="moving_or_copying_a_folder">Moving or Copying a Folder</h2> + +<p>You can copy a folder and its contents to another mail account, or move a + folder within the same mail account.</p> + +<p>To move or copy a folder, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the folder you want to move or copy.</li> + <li>Do one of the following: + <ul> + <li>To move the folder under another folder within the same account, drag + the folder over the name of the other folder. The folder you moved + becomes a subfolder of the other folder.</li> + <li>To copy the folder to another account, drag the folder over the name + of another account.</li> + <li>To copy the folder under another folder in another account, drag the + folder over the name of another folder in another account. The folder + you copied becomes a subfolder of the other folder.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="filing_messages_in_folders">Filing Messages in Folders</h2> + +<p>You can move messages from one folder to another by using either of these + methods:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Select the message, click the File button on the toolbar, and choose the + destination folder.</li> + <li>Drag and drop messages into the desired folder. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you drag and drop a message from an IMAP or + POP mail server folder to a local folder on your hard drive, the message + is moved to the local folder and removed from the server folder.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>To copy a message from one folder to another:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the message and right-click to display the pop-up menu.</li> + <li>Select <q>Copy To</q> and then select the destination account and folder + from the drop-down list.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Alternatively, you can copy a message between folders + by holding down the Shift key while dragging the message from the message + list over another folder.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="sharing_folders_with_other_users">Sharing Folders With Other Users + (IMAP Only)</h2> + +<p>Users with IMAP mail accounts can share mail folders with other users on the + same network. Sharing folders allows several users to see and work with the + same messages, similar to a newsgroup. To use shared folders, your IMAP mail + server must support Access Control List (ACL) management. Check with your + system administrator or help desk if you are not sure that shared folders + are supported by your IMAP mail server.</p> + +<p>To share a mail folder with other users on your network, or to view sharing + information for a folder, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Within an IMAP account, select a folder that you want to share, or select + a folder whose sharing privileges you want to view. + + <p>Folders listed under Local Folders, or folders listed under a POP mail + account cannot be shared.</p> + </li> + <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Folder Properties.</li> + <li>Click the Sharing tab.</li> + <li>Click Privileges. You may be prompted to enter your network user name and + password. + + <p>The Privileges button is only available if the IMAP mail server allows + you to set folder sharing privileges. If this button is not available, + you can view the folder sharing privileges for this folder but cannot + change them.</p> + </li> + <li>Follow the instructions on the screen to add users and to set their + folder access privileges. + <ul> + <li><strong>Read privileges</strong>: Users can read messages and copy + their contents, but they cannot modify or delete messages, or copy + messages into the folder. Users can flag messages as read or unread. + See <a href="#marking_or_flagging_messages">Marking or Flagging + Messages</a> for instructions on flagging messages.</li> + <li><strong>Read and Write privileges</strong>: In addition to Read + privileges, users can modify and delete messages. Users can also copy + or move messages into the folder.</li> + <li><strong>Manage privileges</strong>: In addition to Read and Write + privileges, users can add and remove users and change their folder + permissions.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK to confirm your changes.</li> + <li>Click OK to close the Folder Properties dialog box.</li> +</ol> + +<p>In the list of folders for your mail account, a shared folder displays a + distinctive folder icon to indicate that it is shared.</p> + +<p>To send a message that tells others how they can subscribe to your shared + folder, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the shared folder.</li> + <li>Right-click to display a pop-up menu, and choose Copy Folder + Location.</li> + <li>Click Compose to display a Mail compose window.</li> + <li>Click in the message body, open the Edit menu, and choose Paste.</li> + <li>Address the message, type a subject, and type the message text. Tell + message recipients that they can subscribe to the shared folder by clicking + the link you pasted into the message. + + <p>Only message recipients who share the same network will be able to + subscribe to your shared folder.</p> + </li> + <li>Click Send.</li> +</ol> + +<h3 id="subscribing_to_a_shared_folder">Subscribing to a Shared Folder</h3> + +<p>Subscribing to a shared folder is similar to subscribing to a newsgroup. To + subscribe to a shared folder, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe. You see the Subscribe dialog + box.</li> + <li>If necessary, click the Account drop-down list to choose another IMAP + mail account.</li> + <li>Select the folder that you want to subscribe to.</li> + <li>Click Subscribe or click in the Subscribe column next to the folder. You + see a checkmark next to each folder to which you subscribe. Click + Unsubscribe to cancel a selection.</li> + <li>Click OK. The list of your subscribed folders appears in the Mail + window.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="tagging_messages">Tagging Messages</h2> + +<p>You can apply tags to messages to help you organize and prioritize them. + You can apply a standard color and tag text to messages, or you can create + your own color and tag text to suit your needs.</p> + +<p>One powerful way to use tags is to set up a message filter to + automatically tag incoming messages from a specific sender. For example, + you can set up a message filter so that incoming messages from your boss are + tagged <q>Important</q> and appear in red. See + <a href="#creating_message_filters">Creating Message Filters</a> for more + information.</p> + +<h3 id="applying_a_tag">Applying a Tag</h3> + +<p>To apply a tag to a message, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the message you want to tag.</li> + <li>Open the Message menu, and choose Tag.</li> + <li>Choose the tag you want to apply from the list.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The message summary row changes to the color of the tag with the topmost + priority. To see the tag text, you must display the Tags column in the Mail + window.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly tag messages or remove a tag, select + one or more messages and press one of the number keys 1-9 on your keyboard. + Press 0 to remove all tags.</p> + +<p>To display the Tags column, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the Show/Hide Columns icon <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/> + and select Tags from the list.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Message tags apply on a per-account basis. For + example, if you move or copy a tagged message to another mail account, the + tags are not preserved. Similarly, if you forward a tagged message to + another recipient, the tags are not preserved. For IMAP mail accounts, if + your IMAP server supports user-defined keywords, message tags will persist + when you log in to your mail account from a different location.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="customizing_tags">Customizing Tags</h3> + +<p>You can customize tag colors and text and their order to suit your needs.</p> + +<p>To customize tags, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the + Preferences dialog box.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Tags. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the + list.)</li> + <li>Edit the tag text, or replace it with your own tag text. The tag + can be up to 32 characters long.</li> + <li>To change the tag color, click the color block next to that tag and + select a new color.</li> + <li>Click the Move Up and Move Down buttons to reorder the tags. Tags at + the top will have higher priority when coloring messages.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Your changes are immediately applied to all tagged messages in all your + mail accounts.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To undo all customizations and restore just the + default tags' text and colors, follow the steps above to display the tag + settings, and click Restore Defaults.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="sorting_messages_by_tags">Sorting Messages by Tags</h3> + +<p>To sort messages by tags, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>To display the Tags column if it is hidden, click the Show/Hide Columns + icon <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/> and select Tags from the + list.</li> + <li>Click the Tags column to sort messages by tags, and within each tag + type, to sort messages by date.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="removing_tags">Removing Tags</h3> + +<p>To remove a message tag, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select one or more tagged messages.</li> + <li>Open the Message menu, and choose Tag.</li> + <li>Choose the tag you want to remove or <q>None</q> to remove all tags + from this message.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="marking_or_flagging_messages">Marking or Flagging Messages</h2> + +<p>You might want to mark a message you've read as unread if you later + want to re-read the message or respond to it.</p> + +<p>To mark a message as unread, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.</li> + <li>Click in the Read column of each message you want to mark as unread. + Messages marked as unread display a <img src="images/mail_unread.png" + alt=""/> symbol in the Read column. Messages marked as read display a + <img src="images/mail_read.png" alt=""/> symbol in the Read column. If the + Read column is not visible, click the Show/Hide Columns icon + <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/> and select Read from the list.</li> +</ol> + +<table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/mail_read_column.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><strong>Read column</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>You can flag messages that you later want to download for + <a href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_selected_or_flagged_messages_for_offline_use">offline + use</a>.</p> + +<p>To flag messages, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.</li> + <li>Click in the Flag column of each message you want to download. A flag + <img src="images/mail_flag.png" alt=""/> appears where you clicked to + indicate that the message has been flagged. If the Flag column is not + visible, click the Show/Hide Columns icon <img src="images/columns.png" + alt=""/> and select Flag from the list.</li> +</ol> + +<table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/mail_flag_column.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><strong>Flag column</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_message_views">Using Message Views</h2> + +<p>You can apply preset or custom message views to help you manage messages by + filtering displayed messages.</p> + +<p>To use a message view, open the View menu and choose Messages. Choose an + option from the submenu.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>All</strong>: Choose this option to view all messages.</li> + <li><strong>Unread</strong>: Choose this option to view only unread + messages.</li> + <li><strong>Tags</strong>: Choose a <a href="#tagging_messages">tag</a> + to view tagged messages.</li> + <li><strong>Custom views</strong>: Choose a custom view. By default you have + four preset views: <q>People I Know</q>, <q>Recent Mail</q>, <q>Last 5 + Days</q>, and <q>Not Junk</q>.</li> + <li><strong>Customize</strong>: Choose this option to view or modify + settings for custom views.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can quickly change message view from the View box + in the Search Bar. If you do not see the Search Bar, open the View menu, + choose Show/Hide, and then choose Search Bar.</p> + +<table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/mail_quicksearch.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 80px;"></td> + <td><strong>Quick mail search bar</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<h3 id="creating_a_custom_view">Creating a Custom View</h3> + +<p>You can create custom message views to only display messages matching + certain criteria.</p> + +<p>To change or create a custom message view:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the View menu, choose Messages, and then choose Customize.</li> + <li>To create a new view, click New. To modify a view, select a view and + click Edit.</li> + <li>Type a name for the message view.</li> + <li>Select the matching option you want Mail to use: <q><em>all</em> of the + following</q> conditions (criteria) you choose, or <q><em>any</em> of the + following</q>.</li> + <li>Use the drop-down lists to choose the search criteria (for example, + <q>Subject</q>, <q>Sender</q>, <q>contains</q>, <q>doesn't + contain</q>) and then type the text or phrase you want to match. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To search for messages that contain a header not + listed in the first drop-down menu (for example, if you want to search + for messages that include the header Resent-From), choose Customize and + type the header you want to search for. &brandShortName; Mail & + Newsgroups adds your custom header to the drop-down list, so you can then + choose it to search for matching entries. Make sure you enter the custom + header correctly, since Mail will only find entries that exactly match + what you type.</p> + </li> + <li>Click More to add criteria and Fewer to remove them.</li> + <li>Click OK to confirm your settings.</li> + <li>Click OK in the Customize Message Views dialog box. The selected view + setting applies automatically.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="creating_message_filters">Creating Message Filters</h2> + +<p>Message filters allow you to manage and organize your messages. You can + create message filters that &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups uses to + automatically perform certain actions on incoming messages based on criteria + you specify. For example, you can create a message filter that automatically + moves incoming messages to a particular folder. Message filters operate on a + per-account basis.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Message Filters dialog box, begin from + the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Message Filters. You see the Message + Filters dialog box.</li> + <li>If you have multiple mail accounts, choose the one to which you want to + apply the filter.</li> + <li>Click New. You use the Filter Rules dialog box to specify the types of + messages to act on, and the actions you want the filter to perform.</li> + <li>Type a name for the filter.</li> + <li>Select when you want the filter to be applied. This setting enables you + to define some filters to be applied in an automatic way (when checking + mail), on demand (manually run), or both. <q>After classification</q> means + that junk and phishing controls will be run before applying the + filter.</li> + <li>Select the matching option you want Mail to use: <q><em>all</em> of the + following</q> conditions (criteria) you choose, <q><em>any</em> of the + following</q> conditions you choose, or <q><em>all messages</em></q>.</li> + <li>Use the drop-down lists to choose the search criteria (for example, + <q>Subject</q>, <q>Sender</q>, <q>contains</q>, <q>doesn't + contain</q>) and then type the text or phrase you want to match. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To search for messages that contain a header not + listed in the first drop-down menu (for example, if you want to search + for messages that include the header Resent-From), choose Customize and + type the header you want to search for. &brandShortName; Mail & + Newsgroups adds your custom header to the drop-down list, so you can then + choose it to search for matching entries. Make sure you enter the custom + header correctly, since Mail will only find entries that exactly match + what you type.</p> + </li> + <li>Click <q>+</q> to add criteria and <q>-</q> to remove them.</li> + <li>Use the list to choose the action you want the filter to perform on the + messages (for example, Move Message To). Use <q>+</q> and <q>-</q> to add + or remove additional actions. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To automatically tag incoming messages, choose + <q>Tag Message</q> from the drop-down list.</p> + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: Message filters are applied one after another. It + could be that you don't want all filters to be run if one or more + messages match some conditions. For instance, you may want to tag all + messages from your boss's email address as <q>Important</q>, and + you may want all messages containing the word <q>Memorandum</q> in their + subject to be moved to a folder named <q>Pending Reads</q>, but you + don't want any message from your boss to be moved to another folder, + even if it contains <q>Memorandum</q> in the subject. So the first + message filter you define should match your boss's email address, + and would contain two actions: <q>Tag Message</q> as <q>Important</q> and + <q>Stop Filter Execution</q>.</p> + </li> + <li>If you have chosen <q>Move</q> or <q>Copy</q> message to a folder, then + select a destination folder in which to store the messages, or create a + new folder.</li> + <li>Click OK to confirm your settings.</li> + <li>To run filters on existing messages in a folder, select the folder + in the bottom dropdown list and click the <q>Run Now</q> button.</li> + <li>Click OK in the Message Filters dialog box. The filter begins filtering + incoming messages as soon as you click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: You can also run message filters manually at any + time. In the Mail window, choose Tools, and then select Run Filters on Folder + to apply filters to the current folder, or Run Filters on Message to apply + filters to the selected message (if any).</p> + +<p>To manage your filters, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Message Filters. You see the Message + Filters dialog box.</li> + <li>If you have multiple mail accounts, choose the one to which you want to + apply the filter.</li> + <li>Choose from the following: + <ul> + <li><strong>To turn a filter on or off</strong>: Click the checkbox to + the right of the filter name to enable it, or click it again to turn it + off.</li> + <li><strong>To edit a filter</strong>: Select the filter name and click + Edit (or double-click the filter name). Use the Filter Rules dialog box + to make your changes.</li> + <li><strong>To delete a filter</strong>: Select the filter name and click + Delete.</li> + <li><strong>To change the order in which filters are applied</strong>: In + the filter list, click a filter's name, and click <q>Move Up</q> + or <q>Move Down</q> to move it. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Filters are applied to each incoming message + in the order you choose, until a filter action results in the message + being deleted or moved from the Inbox folder.</p> + </li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK when you are done managing your filters. If you created a new + filter, it begins filtering incoming messages as soon as you click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you delete a folder that you've been using to + store filtered messages, the filter will no longer work. Incoming messages + that match the filter criteria will appear in your Inbox. If you rename or + move the folder, the filter will automatically update to use the renamed or + moved folder.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you have existing messages that you want to move to + another folder, use the Run Filters on Messages option in the Tools menu.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="filtering_messages_from_a_specific_sender">Filtering Messages From a + Specific Sender</h3> + +<p>You can quickly create a filter for messages from a particular sender. For + example, if you want to automatically move all incoming messages from your + child's teacher into a folder called <q>School</q>, you can quickly set + up a filter to do this.</p> + +<p>To create a filter for messages from a specific sender, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select a message from a specific sender.</li> + <li>Open the Message menu and choose Create Filter From Message. Or, in the + message header pane, right click the sender name and choose Create Filter + From.</li> + <li>You see the Filter Rules dialog box. Using the sender's email + address, &brandShortName; prefills the filter matching criteria and the + filter action (Move Message to). You can change or add new rules to the + matching criteria.</li> + <li>Choose a destination folder in which to store the incoming messages from + the specified sender, or create a new folder. You can also choose other + actions for this filter, or change the default one.</li> + <li>Note that, if you leave the filter name empty, &brandShortName; will + provide a name for it based on the first criterion.</li> + <li>Click OK to confirm your settings. You see the + <a href="#creating_message_filters">Message Filters</a> dialog box, where + you can create, delete, or edit message filters.</li> + <li>Click OK. The filter begins filtering incoming messages from the + specified sender as soon as you click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="searching_through_messages">Searching Through Messages</h2> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups lets you quickly find text in a + single message, search messages by subject or sender, or use a combination of + criteria to perform a thorough search through all messages in a specific mail + folder, newsgroup, or account.</p> + +<p>To locate text in a single message, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the message, open the Edit menu, and choose Find in This + Message.</li> + <li>Type the text that you want to locate in the dialog box.</li> + <li>Click Find to locate the first occurrence of the text.</li> + <li>Continue clicking Find to locate additional occurrences, or click Cancel + when you are done.</li> + <li>Choose Find Again from the Edit menu to continue searching for the text + throughout the rest of the message.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To quickly search for messages in a selected folder by subject or sender, + begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>To the right of <q>Subject or Sender contains:</q>, type the subject text + or sender name that you want to find. You can type only part of the subject + or sender, or you can type the exact word or name that you want to find. + + <p>As soon as you stop typing, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups + displays only those messages in the selected folder where the subject or + sender contains the search text you entered.</p> + </li> + <li>Click Clear to erase the search text and show all messages in the + selected folder.</li> +</ol> + +<h3 id="searching_for_specific_messages">Searching for Specific Messages</h3> + +<p>You can search mail folders or newsgroups for specific messages. If you are + not already viewing the Search Messages dialog box, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Search Messages. You see the Search + Messages dialog box.</li> + <li>Next to <q>Search for messages in</q>, choose the account, newsgroup, or + folder through which you want to search.</li> + <li>Select <q>Search subfolders</q> to include all subfolders in the + search.</li> + <li>Select <q>Search local system</q> to search only messages from newsgroups + or IMAP accounts that have been saved locally. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: The checkbox will be disabled if it's not + possible to search remotely stored messages.</p> + </li> + <li>Select which matching option Mail & Newsgroups will use to search for + messages that match all or at least one of the conditions (criteria) that + you choose.</li> + <li>Use the drop-down lists to indicate the search criteria (for example, + <q>Subject</q> and <q>contains</q>) and then type the text or phrase that + you want to match. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To search for messages that contain a header not + listed in the first drop-down menu (for example, if you want to search + for messages that include the header Resent-From), choose Customize and + type the header you want to search for. &brandShortName; Mail & + Newsgroups adds your custom header to the drop-down list, so you can then + choose it to search for matching entries. Make sure you enter the custom + header correctly, since Mail will only find entries that exactly match + what you type.</p> + </li> + <li>Click More to add criteria and Fewer to remove them.</li> + <li>Click Search to begin, or click Clear to reset your entries. The search + results appear in lower part of the Search Messages dialog box. + <ul> + <li>To open a message so you can read it, select the message and click + Open, or double-click the message.</li> + <li>To sort the messages in a different order, click the column that you + want to sort by.</li> + <li>To move or copy a message in the Results area to another folder, + select the message and then choose the destination folder from the File + drop-down list. If the destination folder is within the same account, + the message is moved to that folder. If the destination folder is + within a different account, the message is copied to that folder.</li> + <li>To delete a message in the Results area, select the message and then + click Delete.</li> + <li>To open the folder where the message is stored, select the message + and click Open Message Folder.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="controlling_junk_mail">Controlling Junk Mail</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to use &brandShortName;'s Junk Mail Controls +to filter unwanted mail, and how phishing detection works.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#using_junk_mail_controls">Using Junk Mail Controls</a></li> + <li><a href="#junk_controls_options">Junk Mail Controls Options</a></li> + <li><a href="#junk_controls_and_filters">Junk Mail Controls and + Filters</a></li> + <li><a href="#phishing_detection">Phishing Detection</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + + +<h2 id="using_junk_mail_controls">Using Junk Mail Controls</h2> + +<p>&brandShortName;'s Junk Mail Controls feature can evaluate your + incoming messages and identify possible junk (or unsolicited) messages. The + feature uses the Bayesian classification method. You first train + &brandShortName; by showing it a bunch of mail that is junk, and a bunch of + mail that is not. Then, you let it auto-classify new mail for you. If + &brandShortName; makes any mistakes, you can correct them.</p> + +<p>To use Junk Mail Controls:</p> + +<ol> + <li>First, train &brandShortName; to recognize Junk messages and Non-Junk + messages. There are three ways to toggle junk status of the selected + message(s): + <ul> + <li>Open the Message menu, select <q>Mark</q> and choose <q>As Junk</q> + or <q>As Not Junk</q>.</li> + <li>Click on the Junk toolbar button.</li> + <li><img src="images/mail_junk_column.png" style="float:right" alt=""/> + + <p>Click to toggle the Junk Status column in the message list. (If you + do not see it, click the right-most button ( + <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/>) in the list header bar and + select Junk Status from the pop-up menu.)</p> + </li> + </ul> + + <p>When you toggle junk status, a trash-can icon will appear or disappear + in the Junk status column to indicate the junk status of the selected + message.</p> + </li> + + <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. + You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Click the Junk Settings category for your mail account.</li> + <li>Enable the feature and &brandShortName; will automatically classify + incoming messages. (See + <a href="#junk_controls_options">Junk Mail Controls Options</a>. + Details on the other settings there can be found in the + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#junk_settings">Junk Settings</a> + preference panel description.) + </li> + <li>If you have trained it on virus mail, consider disabling the white + listing (many mail viruses send bulk messages to people in the address book + of the infected computer).</li> + <li>Make sure to correct the Junk Mail Controls when it incorrectly labels + messages either as junk or not junk.</li> + <li>To analyze existing messages, select messages, open the Tools menu + and choose <q>Run Junk Mail Controls</q>.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: &brandShortName; will only run Junk Mail Controls + when the training database has information on non-Junk messages. If Junk Mail + Controls do not work, select some messages and explicitly mark them as Not + Junk.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#controlling_junk_mail">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="junk_controls_options">Junk Mail Controls Options</h2> + +<p>To fine-tune how Junk Mail Controls work, use the + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#junk_and_suspect_preferences">Junk & + Suspect Mail preference panel</a> for account-independent settings and the + account manager's <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#junk_settings">Junk + Settings</a> for settings of a specific mail account.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#controlling_junk_mail">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="junk_controls_and_filters">Junk Mail Controls and Filters</h2> + +<p>Junk Mail Controls run after mail filters (unless you set the filter to run + after classification, where <q>classification</q> includes junk and phishing + scanning) and apply only to the Inbox folder and its sub-folders. Use this to + your advantage, for example, you can filter mail you are sure not to be Junk + to a special folder outside of Inbox so that the messages will not be + classified as Junk (especially useful if you subscribe to newsletters or if + you are on a moderated mailing list).</p> + +<p>[<a href="#controlling_junk_mail">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="phishing_detection">Phishing Detection</h2> + +<p>Phishing is a particularly common fraudulent business scheme in which + a party creates counterfeit websites designed to trick recipients into + divulging personal data such as credit card numbers, account usernames, + passwords and social security numbers. Hijacking brand names of banks, + e-retailers and credit card companies, phishers often convince + recipients to respond.</p> + +<p>In many cases, you'll receive a link to a phishing page via an email + which claims to come from an official-looking address. You can also end up + at these pages by following links that you find on the Web or in IM + messages.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Since a forged <a href="glossary.xhtml#url">URL</a> + can look very similar to a genuine one, it's safer to use a bookmark + you've created or to type the URL into the location bar by hand instead + of following a link in an email message. Always consider the risk of a forged + URL if you're asked to log in or provide private information on a + website.</p> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail phishing detector is enabled by default. When it + encounters a mail which seems to be scam, it will show a warning bar in the + message window.</p> + +<p>If you think that the email is a valid one, you can click on the <q>Not + Scam</q> button, and the warning bar will disappear.</p> + +<p>When a user clicks on a link in an email that appears to be a phishing URL, + &brandShortName; will prompt the user with a dialog box before the website + is opened.</p> + +<p>This prompt will appear if either of the following is true: the host name of + the actual URL is an <a href="glossary.xhtml#ip_address">IP address</a>, or + the link text is a URL whose host name does not match the host name of the + actual URL.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Phishing detection has a higher precedence than Junk + Mail detection.</p> + +<p>For more technical details on this subject, see the online document + <a href="http://www.honeynet.org/papers/phishing/">Know your Enemy: + Phishing</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#controlling_junk_mail">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_preferences.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_preferences.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1fd5c91a28 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_preferences.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,648 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Mail & Newsgroups Preferences</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Mail & Newsgroup Preferences</h1> + +<p>The sections listed below describe the Mail & Newsgroups preferences + that apply to all your mail and newsgroup accounts. To see these + preferences:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the list.</li> +</ol> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#mail_and_newsgroups">Mail & Newsgroups</a></li> + <li><a href="#message_display">Message Display</a></li> + <li><a href="#notifications">Notifications</a></li> + <li><a href="#composition">Composition</a></li> + <li><a href="#send_format">Send Format</a></li> + <li><a href="#addressing_preferences">Addressing</a></li> + <li><a href="#junk_and_suspect_preferences">Junk & Suspect Mail</a></li> + <li><a href="#tags">Tags</a></li> + <li><a href="#return_receipts_preferences">Return Receipts</a></li> + <li><a href="#character_encoding">Character Encoding</a></li> + <li><a href="#network_and_storage_preferences">Network & Storage + Preferences</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="mail_and_newsgroups">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Mail & + Newsgroups</h2> + +<p>This section describes the main Mail & Newsgroups preferences. If you + are not already viewing the Mail & Newsgroups main preferences, follow + these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the + Preferences dialog box.</li> + <li>Click the Mail & Newsgroups category.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Confirm when moving folders to the Trash</strong>: Choose to + allow Mail & Newsgroups to prompt you before deleting folders.</li> + <li class="win"><strong>Use &brandShortName; Mail as the default mail + application</strong>: Select &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups as the + default mail application for Windows and from within other applications + such as Microsoft Word. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Setting &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups as + the default mail application may disable another mail application. To + restore the other mail application as the default, deselect this + option.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Remember the last selected message</strong>: Choose this option + if you want &brandShortName; to select the message you had selected last + before leaving a folder when you reenter a folder.</li> + <li><strong>Preserve threading when sorting messages</strong>: Select this + option if you want &brandShortName; to preserve the threaded message + grouping + <a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#sorting_and_threading_messages">when + sorting messages</a>. If it is not selected, &brandShortName; automatically + displays the messages unthreaded when you sort them by clicking on the + column headers.</li> + <li><strong>When Mail launches, show the Start Page in the message + area</strong>: Select this to enable the Start Page. The Start Page + appears in the message area when you first open &brandShortName; Mail & + Newsgroups. This page is the default page, but you can enter a different + web page or URL of your choice. To disable the Start Page, deselect this + option. Click Restore Default to return to the original page provided by + &brandShortName;.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="message_display">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Message + Display</h2> + +<p>Message Display preferences allow you to choose how messages are + displayed (for example, font style and color) in all accounts. If you are not + already viewing the Message Display settings, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the + Preferences dialog box.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Message Display. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>When opening messages, display them in</strong>: Here you can + choose if you want to reuse a message window for the next mail or if you + want to open a new one for each.</li> + <li><strong>Block images and other content from remote sources</strong>: + Select this checkbox if you do not want to display remote images and other + content in received messages, except from senders in your address books + whom you have allowed. (This checkbox is selected by default.)</li> + <li><strong>Wait [__] seconds before marking a message as read</strong>: + Choose this option if you do not want a message to be marked as read when + you are only taking a brief look at it. Enter the number of seconds you + want a message to be displayed before it gets marked as read automatically. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you do not want Mail & Newsgroups to mark + your messages as read automatically at all, you can select this option + and enter a very large number of seconds.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Plain Text Messages</strong>: Select the font you prefer for + viewing plain-text messages: fixed width or variable width. Choosing a font + style, size, and color for quoted plain-text messages can help you more + easily distinguish quoted text (usually a message that's been + forwarded to you or by you). + <ul> + <li><strong>Wrap text to fit window width</strong>: Select this so that + incoming messages are word-wrapped to fit the width of your Mail + window.</li> + <li><strong>Display emoticons as graphics</strong>: Select this so that + when you receive messages that contain emoticons (also called smiley + faces) Mail & Newsgroups can convert them to graphics, for example: + <table border="1"> + <tr align="center"> + <td><strong>This</strong>:</td> + <td><strong>Converts to</strong>:</td> + </tr> + <tr align="center"> + <td>:-)</td> + <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s1"/></td> + </tr> + <tr align="center"> + <td>:)</td> + <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s1"/></td> + </tr> + <tr align="center"> + <td>:-(</td> + <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s2"/></td> + </tr> + <tr align="center"> + <td>:(</td> + <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s2"/></td> + </tr> + <tr align="center"> + <td>;-)</td> + <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s3"/></td> + </tr> + <tr align="center"> + <td>;-p</td> + <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s4"/></td> + </tr> + </table> + </li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="notifications">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Notifications</h2> + +<p>Notification preferences allow you to select different methods for informing + you on arrival of a new message. So you don't have to always look in the + folders.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Notifications. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li class="win"><strong>Show an alert</strong>: Select this if you want + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups to display a sliding alert above + your system tray in the lower right corner of your screen when new + messages arrive. The sliding alert only appears once when new messages + arrive, and won't appear again until you bring the Mail & + Newsgroups window to the front. + <table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/mail_newmail_alert.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 20px;"></td> + <td><strong>Sliding new mail alert</strong></td> + </tr> + </table> + + <p>When the alert appears, clicking the link displayed in the alert will + take you to the first folder that has new mail. + </p> + + <p>The new message alert will continue to work even after you close the + Mail window (as long as another &brandShortName; application is running). + </p> + </li> + + <li class="win"><strong>Show a tray icon</strong>: Select this if you want + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups to display an icon in your system + tray (which is usually found in the lower right corner of your screen) when + new messages arrive. This icon will stay in the system tray until you have + visited one of your folders with new mail or checked for new messages + manually. + <p style="text-indent: 20px"><img src="images/mail_newmail_trayicon.png" + alt=""/> <strong>New mail tray icon</strong></p> + <p>When the icon appears, double-clicking it will open the &brandShortName; + Mail & Newsgroups main window.</p> + </li> + + <li class="mac"><strong>Animate the Dock icon</strong>: Select this if you + want Mail & Newsgroups to bounce the &brandShortName; Dock icon when + new messages arrive.</li> + <li><strong>Play a sound</strong>: Select this if you want &brandShortName; + Mail & Newsgroups to play a sound when new messages arrive. You can + choose between the default system sound and a custom sound in WAV format. + If you choose the latter, use the Browse button to select the sound file in + the file locator. Click on the Preview button to listen to the chosen sound + file. + + <p>Once &brandShortName; Mail has been started, the new messages sound will + continue to work even after you close the Mail window (as long as another + &brandShortName; application is running).</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="composition">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Composition</h2> + +<p>Composition preferences affect how you create messages (for example, + forwarding options and address autocompletion) in all accounts. If you are + not already viewing the Composition settings, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Composition. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Forward Messages</strong>: Choose how you want forwarded + message text to appear: as an attachment or inline (in the body of your + message).</li> + <li><strong>Quote attachments viewed inline in replies</strong>: If this + option is checked, then attachments (such as images, text, or messages) + viewed inline are included in the quote when replying to an email.</li> + <li><strong>Automatically save the message every [__] minutes</strong>: + Choose this option if you want Mail & Newsgroups to save the message + you are currently composing automatically at the given interval. After a + computer crash or program failure you can find the latest saved version of + the message in your Drafts folder.</li> + <li><strong>Confirm when using keyboard shortcut to send message</strong>: + Check this option if want to be asked if you're sure to be ready to + send the message when you're pressing Ctrl+Return in message editor. + This may help you avoid accidentally sending the message if you enter the + keyboard shortcut by mistake when composing a message.</li> + <li><strong>Wrap plain text messages at [__] characters</strong>: Enter a + number to set the right margin for text in the message area.</li> + <li><strong>Check spelling before sending</strong>: Select this option to + have Mail & Newsgroups always check the spelling of your message before + you send it.</li> + <li><strong>Check spelling as you type</strong>: Select this option to have + Mail & Newsgroups always check the spelling of your message as you type + it.</li> + <li><strong>Language</strong>: Use the drop-down list to select the language + you want to use to check the spelling in your messages or to download more + dictionaries.</li> + <li><strong>Defaults for HTML Messages</strong>: Here you can define what the + defaults are for font, size, text and background color if you choose to + send mails in HTML format.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="send_format">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Send Format</h2> + +<p>Send Format preferences allow you to specify how you want to format your + outgoing messages. If you are not already viewing the Send Format settings, + follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the + Preferences dialog box.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Send Format. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Ask me what to do</strong>: This option requires Mail & + Newsgroups to prompt you to choose a format before you send the + message.</li> + <li><strong>Convert the message to plain text</strong>: This option may + cause your message to lose formatting such as bold text.</li> + <li><strong>Send the message in HTML anyway</strong>: If you select this + option, keep in mind that some mail programs may have trouble displaying + the message.</li> + <li><strong>Send the message in both plain text and HTML</strong>: This + option uses more disk space. + + <p>You can always override these preferences for an individual message by + using the Options menu in the Mail Compose window.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>HTML and Plain Text Domains</strong>: Use the Add button to add + the domain names that you typically send mail to, if you know which domains + can display HTML-formatted mail messages, and which domains can only + display plain text.</li> +</ul> + +<p>For example, if you typically send mail to multiple recipients that have the + same domain name (for example, your colleagues all have email addresses that + end in <q>netscape.net</q>), and you know that this domain name is capable of + displaying HTML messages, then you can add the netscape.net domain to the + list of HTML Domains so that Mail & Newsgroups will automatically send + messages in HTML format to these recipients.</p> + +<p>Similarly, if you typically send mail to recipients at a domain that you + know can only receive Plain Text messages, you can add that domain name to + the list of Plain Text domains, so that Mail & Newsgroups automatically + sends messages to that domain in plain-text format.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you regularly compose HTML (formatted) mail + messages, keep in mind that sometimes not all recipients use mail programs + that can display HTML formatting properly. Send Format preferences allow you + to specify how you want to format messages that go to recipients who cannot + display HTML-formatted mail. You can convert messages to plain text, format + them only as HTML, or format them as both HTML and plain text. These + preferences apply to all your mail accounts, but only to mail messages and + not to newsgroup messages.</p> + +<p>Whenever you add a person or address card to your address book, you can + specify whether that addressee can receive HTML-formatted messages. However, + when this information is unknown, you can set Send Format preferences for how + Mail & Newsgroups formats these messages.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="addressing_preferences">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - + Addressing</h2> + +<p>Addressing preferences allow you to control the settings for + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups address books (for example, email + address collection and address autocompletion). If you are not already + viewing the Addressing settings, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the + Preferences dialog box.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, select Addressing. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Email Address Collection</strong>: Select this if you want Mail + & Newsgroups to automatically collect recipients' email addresses. + Use the drop-down list to choose between having the addresses added to your + Collected Addresses or your Personal Address Book.</li> + <li id="address_autocompletion"><strong>Address Autocompletion</strong>: + Address autocompletion allows you to quickly address mail without having to + search for names or type names completely. Select from which location Mail + & Newsgroups will search for matching addresses: <q>Local Address + Books</q> (Personal Address Book, Collected Addresses, or any other local + address book) or <q>Directory Server</q> (an available LDAP directory + server) or both. If you want Mail & Newsgroups to highlight addresses + that do not autocomplete, then select that option. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: If while addressing mail, multiple email address + matches are found, Mail & Newsgroups displays a list of all possible + choices.</p> + + <p>If you select Directory Server, choose a directory server from the list. + A directory server lets you look up addresses that are not stored in one + of your local address books. The directory you select will also be + searched for matching certificates when you attempt to send an encrypted + message to one or more recipients for whom you don't have + certificates on file.</p> + + <p>See <a + href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding + and Removing LDAP Directories</a> for information on setting LDAP + directory server settings.</p> + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Directory server settings you enter from the + Preferences dialog box apply to all your mail accounts. You can override + these settings for individual accounts by specifying different LDAP + directory servers or server settings using the Addressing settings for an + account in the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box. To set + different addressing options for a specific account, open the Edit menu + and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="junk_and_suspect_preferences">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - + Junk & Suspect Mail</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Junk & Suspect Mail preferences + panel. If you are not currently viewing the Junk & Suspect Mail panel, + follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, select Junk & Suspect Mail. + (If no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to + expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>When I mark messages as junk</strong>: Choose this to + set what you want &brandShortName; to do when you manually mark messages + as Junk. + <ul> + <li><strong>Move them to the account's <q>Junk</q> folder</strong>: + Choose this to move manually-marked Junk messages to the Junk folder. + </li> + <li><strong>Delete them</strong>: Choose this to move manually-marked + Junk messages to the trash folder.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Mark messages as read</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>When &brandShortName; determines that they are junk</strong>: + Select this option to mark junk messages as read, so they will not show + up as new.</li> + <li><strong>When I manually mark them as junk</strong>: Select this + option to mark messages as read when you manually mark them as junk. + </li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Enable junk filter logging</strong>: Select this option to allow + logging the history of Junk mail detections. Click the <strong>Show log + </strong> button to open a dialog showing this log.</li> + <li><strong>Reset training data</strong>: Click this button to clear the + training data of the adaptive junk filter. Since this will effectively + destroy your personal junk profile, you will be asked for confirmation. + </li> + <li><strong>Tell me if the message I'm reading is a suspected email + scam</strong>: Choose this to make &brandShortName; analyze messages for + suspected email scams by looking for common techniques used to deceive + people.</li> + <li><strong>Allow anti-virus clients to scan incoming messages more + easily</strong>: Choose this to let &brandShortName; make it easier for + anti-virus software to analyze incoming mail messages for viruses before + they are stored locally.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + + +<h2 id="tags">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Tags</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Tags preferences panel. You use the + Tags preferences to define the tag text, colors and order for message tags. + If you are not currently viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, select Tags. (If no options + are visible, double-click the Mail & Newsgroups category to expand the + list.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Customize Tags</strong>: Specifies the tag text and the color + for each tag. You can edit or replace the default tag text with your + own text (up to 32 characters). To change the tag color, click the color + chip next to that tag and select a new color. Use the Move Up and Move Down + buttons to order your tags by descending importance. Messages with + multiple tags will be colored according to their most important tag.</li> + <li><strong>Restore Defaults</strong>: Removes all customized tags and + restores just the default tags' text and colors.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="return_receipts_preferences">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Return + Receipts</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Return Receipts preferences panel. If + you are not currently viewing the Return Receipts panel, follow these + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, select Return Receipts. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the + list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>You use the Return Receipts preferences to define return receipt settings + for outgoing messages from all your mail accounts. You also use the Return + Receipt preferences to specify how to manage requests you receive for return + receipts.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>When sending messages, always request a return receipt</strong>: + Enables automatic return receipt requests for all outgoing messages in all + your mail accounts.</li> + <li><strong>Leave it in my Inbox</strong>: Return receipt confirmation + messages are delivered to your Inbox. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: Choose this option if you want to use a filter + that automatically moves return receipt confirmation messages to a folder + you specify. For information on creating and using filters, see + <a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_message_filters">Creating + Message Filters</a>.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Move it to my Sent Mail folder</strong>: Incoming return receipt + confirmation messages are moved to your Sent mail folder.</li> + <li><strong>Never send a return receipt</strong>: Choose this option if you + do not want to send a return receipt in response to requests for return + receipts from others.</li> + <li><strong>Allow return receipts for some messages</strong>: Choose how you + want to respond to requests you receive for return receipts.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To override these global preferences for individual accounts, see + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#return_receipts">Mail & + Newsgroups Account Settings - Return Receipts</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="character_encoding">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Character + Encoding</h2> + +<p>Character encoding preferences allow you to choose how messages are encoded + when being displayed or created in all accounts. If you are not already + viewing the Character Encoding settings, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the + Preferences dialog box.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Character Encoding. (If + no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Default Character Encoding</strong>: Click this drop-down list to + select the character encoding you want Mail & Newsgroups to use as the + default for incoming mail and newsgroup messages. This is recommended if + it's likely you might receive messages in which the character encoding + (MIME charset) is not indicated, such as when reading messages in + international newsgroups.</li> + <li><strong>Always use this default character encoding when messages are + displayed</strong>: Select this to apply the default character encoding to + all messages. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can later view or change the character + encoding for a specific folder. In the Mail window, select a folder from + the list of Mail folders. Open the View menu, and choose Character + Encoding.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>For messages that contain 8-bit characters, use 'quoted + printable' MIME encoding</strong>: Choose to have Mail & + Newsgroups use <q>quoted printable</q> MIME encoding when sending regular + messages that use an 8-bit character encoding (for example, Latin + ISO-8859-3).</li> + <li><strong>Default Character Encoding</strong>: Select the character + encoding you want Mail & Newsgroups to use as the default for outgoing + mail and newsgroup messages. Note that this character encoding is + <strong>not</strong> used when replying to a message. Instead, the + character encoding of the message being replied to is used by default. + Choose <strong>Always use this default character encoding in + replies</strong> to use the default character encoding for outgoing + messages even when replying.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="network_and_storage_preferences">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - + Network & Storage</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Network & Storage preferences + panel. If you are not currently viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, select Network & Storage. + (If no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to + expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Network & Storage preferences allow you to set preferences for + working offline, going online, mail connections and disk space.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Offline</strong>: Select how you want Mail & Newsgroups to + handle messages when going online or offline.</li> + <li><strong>Mail Connections</strong>: Choose how long you want Mail & + Newsgroups to keep trying to contact the server before timing out.</li> + <li><strong>Disk Space</strong>: Select this to conserve disk space by + automatically compacting message folders when it will save the amount + of disk space you enter.</li> +</ul> + +<p>See <a href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#working_offline">Working Offline</a> for + information on working offline.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_security.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_security.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4f794f8833 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_security.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,459 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Signing & Encrypting Messages</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="signing_and_encrypting_messages">Signing & Encrypting Messages</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#about_digital_signatures_and_encryption">About Digital + Signatures & Encryption</a></li> + <li><a href="#getting_other_peoples_certificates">Getting Other + People's Certificates</a></li> + <li><a href="#configuring_security_settings">Configuring Security + Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing & + Encrypting a New Message</a></li> + <li><a href="#reading_signed_and_encrypted_messages">Reading Signed & + Encrypted Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#message_security_compose_window">Message Security - + Compose Window</a></li> + <li><a href="#message_security_received_message">Message Security - + Received Message</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="about_digital_signatures_and_encryption">About Digital Signatures & + Encryption </h2> + +<p>When you compose a mail message, you can choose to attach your digital + signature to it. A <a href="glossary.xhtml#digital_signature">digital + signature</a> allows recipients of the message to verify that the message + really comes from you and hasn't been tampered with since you sent + it.</p> + +<p>When you compose a mail message, you can also choose to encrypt it. + <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">Encryption</a> makes it very difficult + for anyone other than the intended recipient to read the message while it is + in transit over the Internet.</p> + +<p>Signing and encryption are not available for newsgroup messages.</p> + +<p>Before you can sign or encrypt a message, you must take these preliminary + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Obtain one or more <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificates</a> + (the digital equivalents of ID cards). For details, see + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#getting_your_own_certificate">Getting Your + Own Certificate</a>.</li> + <li>Configure the security settings for your email account. For details, see + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security">Configuring Your + Security Settings</a>. + </li> +</ol> + +<p>Once you have completed these steps, you can complete the instructions in + <a href="#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing & Encrypting a + New Message</a>.</p> + +<p>The sections that follow provide a brief overview of how digital signatures + and encryption work. For more technical details on this subject, see the + online document + <a href="http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Introduction_to_Public-Key_Cryptography">Introduction + to Public-Key Cryptography</a>.</p> + +<h3 id="how_digital_signatures_work">How Digital Signatures Work</h3> + +<p>A digital signature is a special code, unique to each message, created by + means of <a href="glossary.xhtml#public-key_cryptography">public-key + cryptography</a>.</p> + +<p>A digital signature is completely different from a handwritten signature, + although it can sometimes be used for similar legal purposes, such as signing + a contract.</p> + +<p>To create a digital signature for an email message that you are sending, you + need two things:</p> + +<ul> + <li>A <a href="glossary.xhtml#signing_certificate">signing certificate</a> + that identifies you for this purpose. Every time you sign a message, your + signing certificate is included with the message. The certificate includes + a <a href="glossary.xhtml#public_key">public key</a>. The presence of the + certificate in the message permits the recipient to verify your digital + signature. + + <p>Your certificate is a bit like your name and phone number in the + phonebook—it is public information that helps other people + communicate with you.</p> + </li> + <li>A <a href="glossary.xhtml#private_key">private key</a>, which is created + and stored on your computer when you first obtain a certificate. + + <p>Your private key for a signing certificate is protected by your + <a href="glossary.xhtml#master_password">Master Password</a>, and the + &brandShortName; program does not disclose it to anyone else. The Mail + & Newsgroup software uses your private key to create a unique, + verifiable digital signature for every message you choose to sign.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="how_encryption_works">How Encryption Works</h3> + +<p>To encrypt an email message, you must have an + <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption_certificate">encryption certificate</a> + for each of the message's recipients. The public key in each certificate + is used to encrypt the message for that recipient.</p> + +<p>If you don't have a certificate for even a single recipient, the + message cannot be encrypted.</p> + +<p>The recipient's software uses the recipient's private key, which + remains on that person's computer, to decrypt the message.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="getting_other_peoples_certificates">Getting Other People's + Certificates</h2> + +<p>Every time you send a digitally signed message, your encryption certificate + is automatically included with the message. Therefore, one of the easiest + ways to obtain someone else's certificate is for that person to send you + a digitally signed message.</p> + +<p>When you receive such a message, the person's certificate is + automatically stored by the <a href="certs_help.xhtml">Certificate + Manager</a>, which is the part of the browser that keeps track of + certificates. This is useful because you need to have a certificate for each + recipient of any email message that you want to send in encrypted form.</p> + +<p>Another way to obtain certificates is to look them up in a public directory, + such as the <q>phonebook</q> directories maintained by many companies.</p> + +<p>It's also possible to look up certificates automatically. This feature + is controlled by + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#addressing_preferences">Mail & + Newsgroups Preferences - Addressing</a> or + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Mail & Newsgroups + Account Settings - Addressing</a>, which can be configured to look up + recipients' email addresses in a directory.</p> + +<p>When you are using any account that is configured to look up addresses in a + directory, the same directory will be searched for matching certificates when + you attempt to send an encrypted message to one or more recipients for whom + you don't have certificates on file.</p> + +<p>The directory will also be searched for missing certificates when you open + the drop-down menu below the Security icon in the Compose window and choose + View Security Info.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="configuring_security_settings">Configuring Security Settings</h2> + +<p>Once you have obtained an email certificate (or certificates), you must + specify the certificates you want to use for signing and encrypting + messages.</p> + +<p>For information about obtaining email certificates, see + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#getting_your_own_certificate">Getting Your + Own Certificate</a>.</p> + +<p>To specify which signing and encryption certificates to use with a + particular account, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings.</li> + <li>Click Security under the name of the mail account whose security settings + you want to configure.</li> + <li>Under Digital Signing, click Select. (You may be asked to provide your + <a href="glossary.xhtml#master_password">Master Password</a> before you can + proceed further.) + + <p>A dialog box appears that allows you to select from among your available + signing certificates.</p> + </li> + <li>Choose the signing certificate you want to use, then click OK.</li> + <li>Follow the same steps under Encryption: click the Select button, select + the encryption certificate you want to use, and click OK.</li> + + <p>In some cases you may be able to specify the same certificate under + Encryption that you specified under Digital Signing; check with your system + administrator to find out for sure.</p> +</ol> + +<p>Optionally, you can also indicate that you normally want to sign or encrypt + all messages sent from a particular account. These account-specific settings + are for convenience only; you can override the default settings for + individual messages.</p> + +<p>To configure your default signing and encryption settings, start from the + Security panel for the account (described above) and select your settings as + follows:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Under Digital Signing: + <ul> + <li><strong>Digitally sign messages</strong>: When this checkbox is + selected, all the messages you send from this account will be digitally + signed unless you indicate otherwise before you send the message. To + turn off this default setting, deselect the checkbox.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Under Encryption (choose one): + <ul> + <li><strong>Never</strong>: When this option is selected, messages you + send from this account will be not be encrypted unless you indicate + otherwise before you send them.</li> + <li><strong>Required</strong>: When this option is selected, all the + messages you send from this account will be encrypted—but only if + you have valid certificates for each of the message's recipients. + If you don't have all the necessary certificates, the message + can't be sent unless you turn off encryption for that message.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>When you have finished configuring your mail security settings, click OK to + confirm them.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing & Encrypting a New + Message</h2> + +<p>Before you can digitally sign or encrypt any message, you must obtain at + least one email certificate and configure your mail security settings + correctly. For background information on these tasks, see + <a href="#about_digital_signatures_and_encryption">About Digital Signatures + & Encryption</a>.</p> + +<p>The settings specified in + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security">Mail & Newsgroups + Account Settings - Security</a> determine the default settings for each new + Compose window you open when you set out to write an email.</p> + +<p>To open a Compose window, start from the Mail window and click Compose. You + can immediately identify the default security settings from the presence or + absence of these icons near the lower-right corner of the window:</p> + +<table> + <tr> + <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrSignOk.gif" + alt="digital signature icon"/></td><td>The message will be digitally + signed (assuming you have a valid email certificate that + identifies you).</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrCryptoOk.gif" + alt="encryption icon"/></td><td>The message will be encrypted + (assuming you have valid certificates for all recipients).</td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>To turn these settings off or on, click the arrow just below the Security + icon in the Mail toolbar near the top of the window. Then select the item you + want from the drop-down list:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Do Not Encrypt This Message</strong>: Choose this to turn off + encryption for this message. The message will not be encrypted when it is + sent over the Internet.</li> + <li><strong>Encrypt This Message</strong>: Choose this to turn on encryption + for this message. The message will be sent in encrypted form. However, it + can't be sent unless you have valid certificates for all + recipients.</li> + <li><strong>Digitally Sign This Message</strong>: Choose this to turn digital + signing on or off for this message. A checkmark indicates the message will + be signed.</li> + <li><strong>View Security Info</strong>: Choose this to view detailed + information about the security status of this message—to help you + determine, for example, whether you need to obtain a certificate for one of + the recipients.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To view detailed information about the message's security status, you + can also click the key or lock icon as described in + <a href="#message_security_compose_window">Message Security - Compose + Window</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="reading_signed_and_encrypted_messages">Reading Signed & Encrypted + Messages</h2> + +<p>When you view a signed or encrypted message in the Mail window, these icons + near the upper-right corner of the message header indicate the security + status of the message:</p> + +<table> + <tr> + <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrSignOk.gif" + alt="digital signature icon"/></td><td>The message is digitally + signed and has been validated. If there is a problem with the signature, + the pen is broken.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrSignUnknown.gif" + alt="unknown icon"/></td><td>The message is signed, but it has a + large attachment that has not yet been downloaded from the IMAP server. + As a result, the signature cannot be validated. Click the icon to + download the attachment and validate the signature.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrCryptoOk.gif" + alt="encryption icon"/></td><td>The message is encrypted. If there + is a problem with the encryption, the key is broken.</td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>For information about certificate validation, see + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#controlling_validation">Controlling + Validation</a>.</p> + +<p>To see more detailed information about the message's security, click + the key or lock icon, or follow the instructions in + <a href="#message_security_received_message">Message Security - Received + Message</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="message_security_compose_window">Message Security - Compose Window</h2> + +<p>This section describes the Message Security window that you can open for any + message you are composing. If you're not already viewing Message + Security, click the Security icon in the toolbar of the Compose window.</p> + +<p>The Message Security window describes how your message will be sent:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Digitally Signed</strong>: This line describes whether your + message will be signed. There are three possibilities: + <ul> + <li><strong>Yes</strong>: Digital signing has been enabled for this + message, you have a valid certificate identifying you, and the message + can be signed.</li> + <li><strong>No</strong>: Digital signing has been disabled for this + message.</li> + <li><strong>Not possible</strong>: Digital signing has been enabled for + this message. However, a valid + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a> identifying you + for this purpose is not available, or there is some other problem that + makes signing impossible.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Encrypted</strong>: This line describes whether your message will + be encrypted. There are three possibilities: + <ul> + <li><strong>Yes</strong>: Encryption has been enabled for this message, + valid certificates for all listed recipients are available, and the + message can be encrypted.</li> + <li><strong>No</strong>: Encryption has been disabled or is not possible + for this message.</li> + <li><strong>Not possible</strong>: Encryption has been enabled for this + message. However, a valid certificate for at least one of the listed + recipients is not available, or no recipients are listed, or there is + some other problem that makes encryption impossible.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>The Message Security window also lists the certificates available for the + recipients of your message:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>View</strong>: To view the details for any certificate in the + list, select its name, then click View.</li> +</ul> + +<p>For more information about obtaining certificates and configuring message + security settings, see <a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Signing + & Encrypting Messages</a>.</p> + +<p>To indicate your signing or encryption choices for an individual message, + click the arrow beside the Security button in the Compose window, then select + the options you want.</p> + +<p>To indicate your default signing and encryption preferences for all + messages, see <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security">Mail & + Newsgroups Account Settings - Security</a></p> + +<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="message_security_received_message">Message Security - Received + Message</h2> + +<p>This section describes the Message Security window that you can open for any + message you have received. If you're not already viewing Message + Security for a received message, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the Mail window, select the message for which you want to view + security information.</li> + <li>Open the View menu and choose Message Security Info.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Message Security window displays the following information:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Digital Signature</strong>: The top section describes whether the + message is digitally signed and if so, whether the signature is valid.</li> + + <p>If validation failed while OCSP was enabled, check the OCSP settings in + <a href="validation_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_validation">Privacy + & Security Preferences - Validation</a>. If you are not familiar with + OCSP, confirm the settings with your system administrator. If your settings + are correct, there may be a problem with the OCSP service or the + certificate used to create the signature is no longer valid.</p> + + <p>If the signature is invalid because of a problem with a certificate's + trust settings, you can use the <a href="certs_help.xhtml">Certificate + Manager</a> to view or edit those settings.</p> + + <li><strong>View Signature Certificate</strong>: If the message is signed, + click this button to view the certificate that was used to sign it.</li> + <li><strong>Encryption</strong>: The bottom section reports whether the + message is encrypted and any decrypting problems. + <ul> + <li>If the message's contents have been altered during transit, you + should ask the sender to resend it. The changes may have been caused by + network problems.</li> + <li>If a copy of your own certificate (used by the sender to encrypt the + message) is not available on your computer, the private key required to + decrypt the message cannot be retrieved. The only solution is to import + a backup copy of your certificate and its private key (see + <a href="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a> for + details.) If you don't have access to a backup certificate, you + will not be able to decrypt the message.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_using_mail.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_using_mail.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0af1d77a0c --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_using_mail.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,1185 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Using &brandShortName; Mail</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> +<h1 id="reading_messages">Reading Messages</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#getting_new_messages">Getting New Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#choosing_how_you_view_the_mail_window">Choosing How You View + the Mail Window</a></li> + <li><a href="#sorting_and_threading_messages">Sorting and Threading + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#saving_and_printing_messages">Saving and Printing + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#controlling_images_scripts_and_plugins">Controlling Images, + Scripts, and Plugins</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="getting_new_messages">Getting New Messages</h2> + +<p>For an IMAP account, you can retrieve new messages automatically and display + them in the Inbox by opening Mail & Newsgroups and selecting the Inbox + for the IMAP account.</p> + +<p>For a POP account, you must select the Inbox and click Get Msgs to retrieve + your messages. By default, messages from your POP account are downloaded in + full and deleted from the POP server when you retrieve them. You can + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#pop_server_settings">change your POP + server settings</a> to retrieve just the headers and/or store a copy of + messages on the server in addition to downloading them to your computer.</p> + +<p>For news accounts, expanding the account newsgroups list will automatically + check for new items, as it will by just selecting one of the newsgroups. + While reading a newsgroup, you can force checking for new items by clicking + Get Msgs.</p> + +<p>For blogs & feeds accounts, the first time you expand the account, it + will be checked for new items. Besides that, you can force checking for new + items at any time by clicking Get Msgs.</p> + +<p>You can also set up Mail & Newsgroups to get new messages at startup and + to check for new messages at timed intervals.</p> + +<table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/task_mail.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 20px;"></td> + <td><strong>Mail & Newsgroups icon</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>The Mail & Newsgroups icon on the status bar displays a green arrow to + notify you when new messages have arrived.</p> + +<table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/task_newmail.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 20px;"></td> + <td><strong>New mail notification</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>To set up a mail account to automatically check for new messages, begin from + the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>If you have multiple accounts, select an account and click the Server + Settings category for that account.</li> + <li>Select one or both of the following options in the Server Settings + section: + <ul> + <li><strong>Check for new mail at startup</strong>: Select this checkbox + if you want to check this account automatically for new messages + whenever you start Mail & Newsgroups. For POP accounts, Mail & + Newsgroups checks for new mail, but doesn't download new messages + until you click Get Msgs or unless you choose <q>Automatically download + any new messages</q>.</li> + <li><strong>Check for new messages every [__] minutes</strong>: Select + this checkbox if you want to specify the number of minutes between mail + checks. You can also check for new messages at any time by clicking Get + Msgs in the Mail window.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK. Your settings take effect the next time you start + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To set up &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups to play a sound or display + an alert when new mail arrives, see <a + href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#notifications">Mail & Newsgroups + Preferences - Notifications</a>.</p> + +<p>You can always retrieve messages manually at any time. To get new messages + for the selected account or newsgroup, do one of the following:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click Get Msgs on the Mail toolbar.</li> + <li>Open the File menu (in the Mail window) and choose Get New Messages.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To get new messages for all your mail accounts, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the triangle on the Get Msgs button in the Mail toolbar.</li> + <li>Choose Get All New Messages. &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups + retrieves new messages for all your mail accounts. + + <p>If you are not currently logged into one of your mail accounts, Mail + & Newsgroups first prompts you to enter your user name and password + before retrieving new messages for that account. (If you have already + stored your user name and password using the Password Manager, Mail & + Newsgroups doesn't prompt you for this information.)</p> + </li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: You can also open the File menu (in the Mail window) + and choose <q>Get New Messages for</q>.</p> + +<p>To get new messages for a specific mail account, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the triangle on the Get Msgs button on the Mail toolbar.</li> + <li>Choose the account for which you want to retrieve mail.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Mail & Newsgroups prompts you for your password + the first time you retrieve messages for an account. You can choose to have + Mail & Newsgroups store your password in the Password Manager at that + time.</p> + +<p>Password Manager can save all your user names and passwords on your own + computer and enter them for you automatically. For more information, see + <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Using the Password + Manager</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="choosing_how_you_view_the_mail_window">Choosing How You View the Mail + Window</h2> + +<p>You can customize the layout of the Mail window (the window you see when you + choose Mail & Newsgroups from the Window menu):</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the View menu and choose Show/Hide to show or hide the Mail toolbar, + search bar, or the status bar.</li> + <li>Open the View menu and choose Layout to select the type of three-pane + window layout to use.</li> + <li>Expand and collapse any pane to switch between a three-pane or two-pane + view.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="sorting_and_threading_messages">Sorting and Threading Messages</h2> + +<p>To sort messages by categories such as subject, sender, date, or priority, + begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the appropriate column heading in the message list window. Or, open + the View menu, choose Sort by, and then select the column you want to sort + by.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To reorder column headings, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click and drag a column heading to the left or right to reposition the + column.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To change which columns are displayed, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the Show/Hide Columns icon <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/> + and select the column to be added/removed from the list.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To group messages by threading (subject), so each message is grouped with + all its responses:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the thread button to the left of the Subject, Sender, and Date + column headings. Or, open the View menu, choose Sort by, and then select + Threaded.</li> +</ul> + +<table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/threadbutton.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 20px;"></td> + <td><strong>Thread button</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: The thread button automatically sorts the threads by + the age of their parent messages. If you want to use another sort criterion + for the threads, open the View menu and select the desired option from the + Sort by submenu.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Select <q>Preserve threading when sorting messages</q> + in the <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroups">Mail & + Newsgroups Preferences</a> if you want &brandShortName; to preserve the + threaded message grouping when sorting messages with column header clicks. The + thread button just toggles between threaded and unthreaded message grouping in + this mode. If <q>Preserve threading when sorting messages</q> is not selected, + &brandShortName; automatically displays the messages unthreaded when you sort + them by clicking on a column header.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To help you identify unread messages in a collapsed + thread where you've read the parent message, &brandShortName; Mail & + Newsgroups underlines the parent message.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="saving_and_printing_messages">Saving and Printing Messages</h2> + +<p>To save a mail message as a plain-text, HTML, or Outlook Express file:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the Mail window, select the message.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Save As, and then choose File.</li> + <li>For <q>Save as type</q>, choose a file type (HTML, Text, or Mail file). + Choose Mail file if you want to save the message so it can be opened by + Microsoft Outlook or Outlook Express.</li> + <li>Change the filename's extension to end in .html, .txt, or .eml, + depending on the file type you chose in step 3.</li> + <li>Choose a destination for the file and click Save.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To print a selected message:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click Print.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="controlling_images_scripts_and_plugins">Controlling Images, Scripts, + and Plugins</h2> + +<p>By default, images and other content, that is hosted remotely, will not + display in messages you receive, except from senders in your address books + whom you have allowed. To change these settings:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Message Display. (If + no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to + expand the list.)</li> + <li>Uncheck <q>Block images and other content from remote sources</q>.</li> + <li>Click OK to have your change take effect.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: See <q>Allow remote images in HTML mail</q> in <a + href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#creating_a_new_address_book_card">Creating + a New Address Book Card</a> for details of how to change which senders can + show remote content.</p> + +<p>By default, plugins are not enabled for mail messages you receive. To change + this setting:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Scripts & Plugins. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the + list.) + <ul> + <li>Under <q>Enable Plugins for</q>, check <q>Mail & Newsgroups</q> + to enable plugins.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK to have your changes take effect.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="sending_messages">Sending Messages</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages">Composing Mail and + Newsgroup Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_the_message_composition_window">Using the Message + Composition Window</a></li> + <li><a href="#addressing_a_message">Addressing a Message</a></li> + <li><a href="#selecting_message_sending_options">Selecting Message + Sending Options</a></li> + <li><a href="#replying_to_a_message">Replying to a Message</a></li> + <li><a href="#forwarding_a_message">Forwarding a Message</a></li> + <li><a href="#confirming_that_your_message_was_opened">Confirming That Your + Message Was Opened</a></li> + <li><a href="#saving_and_editing_a_message_draft">Saving and Editing a + Message Draft</a></li> + <li><a href="#creating_and_using_templates">Creating and Using + Templates</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages">Composing Mail and Newsgroup + Messages</h2> + +<p>You can address, compose, reply to, or send a new message by doing one of + the following:</p> + +<ul> + <li>In any &brandShortName; window, open the File menu and choose New, then + Message.</li> + <li>Click Compose on the Mail toolbar.</li> + <li>While displaying a message, click Reply, Forward, or Reply All on the + Mail toolbar.</li> + <li>From the Address Book window, select an address and click Compose on the + Address Book.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Use the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Composition & + Addressing</a> dialog box to specify the HTML text editor to use for + composing messages sent from this account. (You can specify a different + editor for each of your accounts.) See + <a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#changing_the_settings_for_an_account">Changing + the Settings for an Account</a> for more information.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: It is generally not possible to compose messages for + them to be published in blogs & news feeds accounts. If you want to + publish posts in a blog (and you have the appropiate rights to do it), you + will need to use the mechanisms provided by the specific blog system. In some + cases, this can even include sending a mail message to a specific address.</p> + +<p>Composing messages in HTML format allows you to use different fonts, text + styles (such as bold or italic) and text colors, tables, numbered or bulleted + lists, and pictures in your messages. However, some recipients may only be + able to read messages composed in plain text format. If you want to use the + plain-text editor occasionally, you can hold down the Shift key while + clicking the Compose or the Reply button to use the plain-text editor on an + as-needed basis.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_the_message_composition_window">Using the Message Composition + Window</h2> + +<p>Use the Compose window to address, compose, and send mail and newsgroup + messages. First specify whether you want to compose messages in plain text or + HTML by default in the <a + href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Composition & + Addressing</a> Preferences panel (open the Edit menu and choose Mail & + Newsgroups Account Settings).</p> + +<p>To view the Compose window, click the Compose button on the Mail + toolbar.</p> + +<p>The Compose window contains the following:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Mail Toolbar + + <p>You can click the following buttons:</p> + <ul> + <li><strong>Send</strong>: To send a completed message.</li> + <li><strong>Address</strong>: To search for names in your address + books.</li> + <li><strong>Attach</strong>: To attach a file to a message. See + <a href="#using_attachments">Using Attachments</a> for more + information.</li> + <li><strong>Spell</strong>: To check the spelling of your message + text.</li> + <li><strong>Security</strong>: To display information about whether + your message will be sent encrypted or digitally signed (or + both).</li> + <li><strong>Save</strong>: To save the message as a draft.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Addressing area: Where you enter the email addresses of recipients.</li> + <li>Attachments area: When you attach files to a message (by clicking in this + area or by clicking the Attach button), the filenames will be listed in the + Attachments area to the right of the Addressing area.</li> + <li>Message body area: Where you type the contents of your message.</li> +</ul> + +<p>If you've chosen to compose messages using the HTML editor, you see an + additional toolbar with text formatting buttons similar to those in + &brandShortName; Composer.</p> + +<p>For help using the HTML editor, see + <a href="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_your_web_pages">Formatting Your Web + Pages</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="addressing_a_message">Addressing a Message</h2> + +<p>To address a mail message:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Type the name in the addressing area. + + <p>If you have <a + href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#address_autocompletion">address + autocompletion</a> enabled (it's enabled by default), type the first + few letters of the recipient's name and wait for Mail & + Newsgroups to complete the address. (Or you can type part of the name and + immediately press <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd + class="noMac">Enter</kbd> to have Mail & Newsgroups try to complete + the address.)</p> + </li> + <li>If multiple addresses are displayed, select an address and press + <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Use a comma to separate multiple addresses on the + same line. Do not use a comma to separate first or last names. For + example, multiple entries might be:</p> + + <p><tt>user1@netscape.net,user2@netscape.net</tt></p> + </li> + <li>If you want this message to be sent from a different account, click the + <q>From</q> field to select the account you want. See + <a href="#changing_the_account_from_which_a_message_is_sent">Changing the + Account From Which a Message is Sent</a> for more information.</li> + <li>If necessary, click <q>To</q> to choose a different recipient type: + <ul> + <li><strong>To</strong>: For primary recipients of your message.</li> + <li><strong>Cc</strong>: For secondary recipients (carbon copy).</li> + <li><strong>Bcc</strong>: For secondary recipients not identified to the + other recipients, including those in the cc list (blind carbon + copy).</li> + <li><strong>Reply-To</strong>: For recipients to reply to a different + email address other than the one the message is sent from.</li> + <li><strong>Newsgroup</strong>: For posting to a newsgroup.</li> + <li><strong>Followup-To</strong>: For redirecting a newsgroup posting, so + that subsequent replies go directly to the redirected newsgroup instead + of the original newsgroup.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can quickly address a message by clicking the + email address contained in a message you're reading, and then selecting + Compose Mail To from the pop-up menu.</p> + +<p id="changing_the_account_from_which_a_message_is_sent"><strong>Changing the + Account From Which a Message is Sent</strong></p> + +<p>If you have multiple mail accounts, the account listed in the From field is + based on the account (or server) you selected when you choose to create a new + message. However, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups also allows you to + change the account a message is sent from while you're composing a + message. Click the From field to view a list of your accounts and then select + the account you want. A copy of the message is saved in the Sent folder of + the account where you sent the message from.</p> + +<p><strong>About Address Autocompletion</strong></p> + +<p>Address autocompletion allows you to address mail easily from the Compose + window without having to search for names or type complete names. Mail & + Newsgroups automatically checks your address books and an + <a href="glossary.xhtml#ldap">LDAP</a> directory server (if available) and + completes the name if it finds a unique match. It also prevents mistakes by + showing all possible choices with additional information if it finds multiple + matches. Address autocompletion is enabled by default.</p> + +<p>If you don't want to use an address that Mail & Newsgroups + provides, press Backspace or Delete to remove characters and then enter an + alternate address.</p> + +<p>To disable address autocompletion:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Addressing. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand + the list).</li> + <li>In the Address Autocompletion section, deselect <q>Local Address + Books</q> and <q>Directory Server</q>.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="selecting_message_sending_options">Selecting Message Sending + Options</h2> + +<p>While you're composing a message, you can select these additional + message sending options from the Options menu:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Select Addresses</strong>: The Select Addresses option lets you + choose the recipient's email address from your Address Books or a + remote directory. To look up an address in an address book or directory, + enter the first few letters of the recipient's first or last name to + start the search. Select an address and then click To:, Cc:, or Bcc: to + address your message.</li> + <li><strong>Check Spelling</strong>: Checks the spelling of the message text + before you send it. You can also click Spell.</li> + <li><strong>Spellcheck As You Type</strong>: Choose this option to have the + spelling of the message text checked as you type.</li> + <li><strong>Quote Message</strong>: Choose this option to have the selection + of the message text shown as quoted text.</li> + <li><strong>Return Receipt</strong>: Choose this option to request a + confirmation message when the recipient displays (opens) the message. Keep + in mind that the recipient may choose not to send you a return receipt. + This option lets you enable or disable return receipt requests on a + per-message basis. To automatically request return receipts for all + messages you send, use the return receipts preferences. See + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Mail & + Newsgroups Preferences - Return Receipts</a> for more information.</li> + <li><strong>Format</strong>: Send the message as plain text, or HTML + (formatted), or both. If you choose <q>Auto-Detect</q>, Mail & + Newsgroups prompts you for the format to use if it's unknown whether + the recipient's mail program can display an HTML message. The format + you choose here overrides the send format you specified using the + Preferences command on the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu.</li> + <li><strong>Priority</strong>: Choose a priority to indicate whether the + message has lowest, low, normal, high, or highest priority.</li> + <li><strong>Character Encoding</strong>: Choose a character encoding used for + this message.</li> + <li><strong>Send a Copy To</strong>: Choose this if you want to file an + additional copy of the sent message in a different folder than your default + Sent folder. Then select the folder you want.</li> + <li><strong>Security</strong>: Choose this to change the default security + options for this message.</li> +</ul> + +<p>An additional message formatting option is available from the Edit menu:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Rewrap</strong>: If you are composing a message using the + plain-text editor, you can use the Rewrap command to rewrap long lines of + quoted text to fit the Compose window. This command rewraps selected quoted + text to the number of characters specified by the + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#composition">Composition</a> + preferences. This command is primarily useful when you are replying to a + message where the original message is quoted in your reply, and the original + message contains long lines. + + <p>You use the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings command on the Edit + menu to specify that you want to use the plain-text editor for composing + messages. Select the Composition & Addressing panel of the account + and uncheck <q>Compose messages in HTML format</q> to use the plain-text + editor for all messages. If you only want to use the plain-text editor + occasionally, you can hold down the Shift key while clicking the Compose + or the Reply button to use the plain-text editor on an as-needed + basis.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="replying_to_a_message">Replying to a Message</h2> + +<p>To reply to a mail message:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Select the message.</li> + <li>Click Reply to respond to the sender alone.</li> + <li>Click Reply All to respond to all addressees in the message.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To include the original message each time you reply to any message, and to + specify how to place the original message in the reply:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. + You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>If you have multiple accounts, select an account and click the + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Composition & + Addressing</a> category for that account.</li> + <li>Select <q>Automatically quote the original message when + replying</q>.</li> + <li>Specify where in the message to place your reply. <q>Start my reply below + the quote</q> is the default.</li> + <li>If you have decided to <a + href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#account_settings">attach a + signature</a> to every outgoing message and selected to start your reply + above the quote here, you can additionally configure where your signature + is placed: + <ul> + <li>Select <q>below the quote (recommended)</q> to place your signature + at the very end of the message below the quoted text.</li> + <li>Select <q>below my reply (above the quote)</q> to place your + signature between your reply and the quoted text.</li> + </ul> + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you have created a signature, you can + optionally <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">omit + it</a> when replying to a message.</p> + </li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="forwarding_a_message">Forwarding a Message</h2> + +<p>When you forward a message, you can specify how its contents are included + in the new message: <em>inline</em> (in the body of the message), or as an + <em>attachment</em>.</p> + +<p>To forward a message:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the message and click Forward.</li> + <li>Type the name or email address of the recipient.</li> + <li>Click Send.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To set the default for forwarding messages:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#composition">Composition</a>. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the + list.)</li> + <li>For forwarding messages, choose Inline (in the message body) or As + Attachment. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you have created a signature and forward + inline, its placement depends on the respective reply setting. You can + optionally <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">omit the + signature</a> when forwarding a message.</p> + </li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To override the default for forwarding a message, + select the message, open the Message menu, and choose Forward As, then + choose Inline or Attachment.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="confirming_that_your_message_was_opened">Confirming That Your Message + Was Opened</h2> + +<p>You can use return receipts to notify you when a recipient has displayed + (opened) your message. The recipient must be using a mail program that + supports the Message Disposition Notification (MDN) standard. Keep in mind + that the recipient may choose not to send you a return receipt, even if + you've requested one. Messages you send to a newsgroup address will not + include a return receipt request, since news servers don't support this + feature.</p> + +<p>To request return receipts for all messages you send, you can use the global + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Return + Receipt</a> preferences to specify how to manage requests you receive for + return receipts. You can override these global preferences for individual + accounts.</p> + +<p>To request a return receipt on a per-message basis:</p> + +<ul> + <li>From a Mail Compose window, open the Options menu, and choose Return + Receipt.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To automatically request return receipts when sending messages from each of + your mail accounts:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Return + Receipts</a>. (If no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & + Newsgroups to expand the list.)</li> + <li>Select <q>When sending messages, always request a return receipt</q>.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>For more information on setting return receipt preferences, see + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Mail & + Newsgroups Preferences - Return Receipts</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="saving_and_editing_a_message_draft">Saving and Editing a Message + Draft</h2> + +<p>To save a mail message as a draft so you can complete it later:</p> + +<ul> + <li>In the Compose window, click Save, or open the File menu and choose Save + as Draft. By default, the message is saved in the Drafts folder for the + current account. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Your mail message will stay open after you save + it as a draft.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>To edit or send a message draft, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the Drafts folder for the account where you created the message + draft.</li> + <li>Click the message that you want to edit.</li> + <li>In the top-right corner of the message, click the Edit Draft + button.</li> + <li>Edit the message as necessary.</li> + <li>Click Send to send the message or click Save to save the message so you + can complete it later. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Sending the message removes it from the Drafts + folder.</p> + </li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can also double-click the message to open it for + editing. This is especially useful if the message pane is closed.</p> + +<p>To delete one or more unwanted message drafts, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the Drafts folder for the account where you created the message + drafts.</li> + <li>Select the message drafts that you want to delete.</li> + <li>Click Delete in the Mail toolbar.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="creating_and_using_templates">Creating and Using Templates</h2> + +<p>Templates are useful for setting the default format for messages that you + send regularly, such as weekly status reports. You can save a message as a + template from any window in which it is displayed, including from within a + Mail compose window.</p> + +<p>To save a message to use as a template:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the Mail window, click Compose to create a new message and then set + the default font, text size, text color, background color, and any other + default formatting you want. + + <p>Alternatively, open an existing message that already has the formatting + you want.</p> + </li> + <li>While displaying the message, open the File menu, choose Save As, then + choose Template. The message is stored as a template in the Templates + folder for the current mail account.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To compose a message using a template:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the Mail window, select the Templates folder for the account where you + created the message template.</li> + <li>Double-click the message template to open it.</li> + <li>Edit the message, then save it (to put it in the Drafts folder) or send + it. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Sending the message does not remove the template + from the Templates folder. The template is preserved for future use.</p> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>To delete one or more unwanted message templates, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the Templates folder for the account where you created the message + templates.</li> + <li>Select the message templates that you want to delete.</li> + <li>Click Delete in the Mail toolbar.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="creating_html_mail_messages">Creating HTML Mail Messages</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#using_html_in_your_messages">Using HTML in Your + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#choosing_html_mail_sending_options">Choosing HTML Message + Sending Options</a></li> + <li><a href="#specifying_recipients_for_html_messages">Specifying + Recipients for HTML Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#viewing_the_message_source_for_html_messages">Viewing the + Message Source for HTML Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_the_html_mail_question_dialog_box">Using the HTML Mail + Question Dialog Box</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="using_html_in_your_messages">Using HTML in Your Messages</h2> + +<p>HTML messages can include formatted text, links, images, and + tables—just like a web page. However, some recipients may not be able + to receive HTML messages. &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups allows you + to compose mail and newsgroup messages using either the HTML (rich-text) + formatting editor or the plain-text editor for each mail account you have. + In addition, you can choose whether your addressees should receive HTML or + plain-text messages by default, and how Mail & Newsgroups should handle + messages when it's not known if an addressee can receive HTML-formatted + mail.</p> + +<p>To specify whether to use the HTML editor as the default for composing + messages, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the mail or newsgroup account you want to use.</li> + <li>Go to the Composition & Addressing panel and select <q>Compose + messages in HTML format</q>. You see the Formatting toolbar in the Compose + window. Leave this box unchecked to use the plain-text editor for this + account.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="editing_or_inserting_html_elements">Editing or Inserting HTML + Elements</h3> + +<p>If you understand how to work with HTML source code, you can edit or insert + additional HTML tags, style attributes, and JavaScript in your mail message. + If you are not sure how to work with HTML source code, it's best not to + change it. To work with HTML code, use one of these methods:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Place the insertion point where you want to insert the HTML code, then + open the Insert menu and choose HTML. In the Insert HTML dialog box, enter + HTML tags and text, and then click Insert to insert your changes.</li> + <li>Select the HTML source code that you want to edit, then open the Insert + menu and choose HTML. In the Insert HTML dialog box, edit HTML tags and + text, and then click Insert to insert your changes.</li> + <li>Select an element such as a table, named anchor, image, link, or + horizontal line. Double-click the element to open the associated properties + dialog box for that item. Click Advanced Edit to open the Advanced Property + Editor. You can use the Advanced Property Editor to add HTML attributes and + JavaScript to objects.</li> +</ul> + +<p>For more information on editing HTML source code, see + <a href="composer_help.xhtml#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Using the + Advanced Property Editor</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="choosing_html_mail_sending_options">Choosing HTML Mail Sending + Options</h2> + +<p>By default, Mail & Newsgroups prompts you before sending HTML messages + when it's not known whether the recipient's mail program can + display HTML-formatted messages.</p> + +<p>To choose sending-format options for mail messages, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#send_format">Send Format</a>. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the + list). + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: This preference applies only to mail messages, + not to newsgroup messages.</p> + </li> + <li>Select the option you want and then click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>If while composing a message you realize that one or more recipients may not + be able to receive HTML-formatted mail, you can easily convert the message to + a different format when you click Send:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the Compose window, open the Options menu and choose Format.</li> + <li>Select the format you want to use for sending the message from the + submenu: + <ul> + <li><strong>Auto Detect</strong>: Mail & Newsgroups chooses the + appropriate format for the message text. If it can't determine the + format, it asks you to choose a format.</li> + <li><strong>Plain Text Only</strong>: The message may not display + formatting such as bold text, but all mail programs will be able to + display the message.</li> + <li><strong>Rich Text (HTML) Only</strong>: Some mail programs may have + trouble displaying an HTML-formatted message. Choose this option only + if you are sure the recipient's mail program can display + HTML-formatted mail.</li> + <li><strong>Plain and Rich (HTML) Text</strong>: This uses more disk + space, but may be the best choice if you are not sure whether the + recipient's mail program can display HTML-formatted mail.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>When you've finished composing the message, click Send.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="specifying_recipients_for_html_messages">Specifying Recipients for HTML + Messages</h2> + +<p>You can save time by indicating whether individuals in your address books + prefer to receive either HTML messages or plain text messages.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Window menu and choose Address Book.</li> + <li>Select the address book on the left and then select the individual's + card on the right.</li> + <li>Click Properties to display the <q>Card for</q> dialog box.</li> + <li>In the Contact tab, use the <q>Prefers to receive messages formatted + as</q> drop-down list to select HTML if you know this recipient can read + HTML-formatted messages (such as messages that include links, images, or + tables). + + <p>If this recipient can only read messages sent as plain text (no + formatting), then choose Plain Text. If you don't know or are not + sure, choose Unknown.</p> + + <p>If you choose Unknown, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups determines + the sending format based on the Send Format settings for Mail & + Newsgroups in the Preferences dialog box. If Mail & Newsgroups still + can't determine the correct format, it will prompt you to choose a + sending format when you send the message.</p> + </li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="viewing_the_message_source_for_html_messages">Viewing the Message + Source for HTML Messages</h2> + +<p>You can quickly view the HTML and other code that generates an HTML message + you've received:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the message list window, open the message.</li> + <li>Open the View menu and choose Message Source.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_the_html_mail_question_dialog_box">Using the HTML Mail Question + Dialog Box</h2> + +<p>The HTML Mail Question dialog box appears when you try to send a message to + someone whose mail program may not be able to display HTML messages or when + Mail & Newsgroups cannot determine whether your recipient can display + HTML messages. If you are in doubt, send the message in both HTML and + plain-text formats.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="using_attachments">Using Attachments</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#attaching_a_file_or_web_page">Attaching a File or Web + Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#viewing_and_opening_attachments">Viewing and Opening + Attachments</a></li> + <li><a href="#saving_attachments">Saving Attachments</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="attaching_a_file_or_web_page">Attaching a File or Web Page</h2> + +<p>To attach a file to an outgoing mail message:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the Compose window, click Attach or open the File menu and choose + Attach File. You see the <q>Enter file to attach</q> dialog box. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can also click inside the Attachments area to + attach a file.</p> + </li> + <li>Type the name of the file you want to attach, or select a file from your + hard drive that you want to attach.</li> + <li>Click Open. The filename appears in the Attachments area.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can also drag and drop one or more files from your + desktop into the Attachments area in the Compose window.</p> + +<p>To attach a web page to an outgoing mail message:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the Compose window, open the File menu and choose Attach Web Page.</li> + <li>In the dialog box, enter the URL of the page and then click OK. The web + page URL appears in the Attachments area.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: When you are viewing a page in the browser, + you can send the page to someone by opening the File menu and choosing Send + Page.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_attachments">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="viewing_and_opening_attachments">Viewing and Opening Attachments</h2> + +<p>If you receive a mail attachment that consists of a file type that + &brandShortName; can display (such as graphic files and HTML files), you see + the attachment displayed inline (in the body of the message). For other file + types, Mail & Newsgroups lets you open the attachment using another + application, or you can save the attachment on your hard disk.</p> + +<p>To open the attachment, make sure you have a program on your computer that + can open files of the same type as the attachment's file format. For + example, if you want to open a .DOC file, make sure you have a program on + your computer that can open .DOC files.</p> + +<p>To open an attachment:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Double-click the attachment you want (if there is more than one).</li> + <li>In the Downloading dialog box, choose what you want &brandShortName; to + do with the attachment: + <ul> + <li>If &brandShortName; finds an application on your hard disk that can + open the attachment, you can open the attachment using that + application. Click <q>Choose</q> to use a different application to open + the attachment.</li> + <li>If &brandShortName; can't find an application on your hard disk + that can open the attachment, you can save the attachment. You + won't be able to open the attachment, but at least you can save + it on your hard disk until you can install an application that can open + it.</li> + <li>Click <q>Advanced</q> to add a new file type to the list of helper + applications. &brandShortName; uses helper applications to determine + how different file types are opened by other applications from within + &brandShortName;. For more information, see + <a href="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and + Downloads</a>.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you are viewing your mail using an IMAP mail + server, all attachments remain on the server.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_attachments">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="saving_attachments">Saving Attachments</h2> + +<p>To save an attachment:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the right side of the message envelope, under <q>Attachments</q>, + select the attachment that you want to save.</li> + <li>Right-click <span class="mac">or, if you have a one-button mouse, + <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span>the attachment and choose Save As from the + pop-up menu.</li> + <li>Choose a filename and location for the attachment on your hard disk and + then click OK. Mail & Newsgroups downloads the attachment and saves it + to the specified location.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To save all attachments, right-click + <span class="mac">or, if you have a one-button mouse, + <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span>the first one in the attachment list, and choose + Save All. You can then specify the location where you want all the + attachments to be saved.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_attachments">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="deleting_messages">Deleting Messages</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#deleting_pop_or_imap_messages">Deleting POP or IMAP + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#moving_messages_to_and_from_the_trash">Moving Messages to and + from the Trash</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="deleting_pop_or_imap_messages">Deleting POP or IMAP Messages</h2> + +<p>How you delete messages depends on your mail server type: POP or IMAP. + Deleted POP messages are automatically moved to the Trash folder. IMAP users + can set different options for deleting messages.</p> + +<p>To delete messages from your Inbox or other folders, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the message list, select the messages and click Delete. By default, + Mail & Newsgroups moves the selected messages to the Trash folder.</li> + <li>To delete messages permanently, open the File menu and choose Empty + Trash.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To delete messages without opening them, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the View menu and choose Layout, and then uncheck Message Pane. + + <p>Alternatively, click the Message Pane handle (the ridged area centered + at the bottom of the message list) to close the message pane.</p> + </li> + <li>In the message list, select the messages and click Delete.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To set deletion preferences for IMAP messages:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Locate the IMAP account you want, and then click the Server Settings + category under the account name.</li> + <li>Select the <a + href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#when_i_delete_a_message">options</a> + you want for deleting messages and click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#deleting_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="moving_messages_to_and_from_the_trash">Moving Messages To and From the + Trash</h2> + +<p>If you use a POP server to deliver your mail, or if you set up IMAP to use + the Trash folder, follow these steps to delete messages from your Inbox or + other folders:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the message list, select the messages you want to delete.</li> + <li>Click Delete. Mail & Newsgroups moves the messages to the Trash + folder.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To recover messages from the Trash:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the Trash folder.</li> + <li>Select the messages you want to recover and drag them to another + folder.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To delete messages permanently:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Empty Trash.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#deleting_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/nav_help.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/nav_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ca4828836d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/nav_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,1616 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Browsing the Web</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="browsing_the_web">Browsing the Web</h1> + +<p>Welcome to &brandShortName;! One of the most popular ways people use + &brandShortName; is to browse the Web. The &brandShortName; browser + component that lets you visit web pages, offers many ways to visit web pages + and search the Web.</p> + +<p>This section introduces you to the browser, and how you can use it to + navigate, search, and save web pages.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#navigating_web_pages">Navigating Web Pages</a></li> + <li><a href="#searching_the_web">Searching the Web</a></li> + <li><a href="#copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Copying, Saving, and + Printing Pages</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_languages_and_international_content">Using Languages + and International Content</a></li> + <li><a href="#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and Downloads</a></li> + <li><a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Improving Speed and + Efficiency</a></li> + <li><a href="#proxies">Proxies</a></li> + <li><a href="page_info_help.xhtml">Viewing Page Info</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h1 id="navigating_web_pages">Navigating Web Pages</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#viewing_your_home_page">Viewing Your Home Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#moving_to_another_page">Moving to Another Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#clicking_a_link">Clicking a Link</a></li> + <li><a href="#retracing_your_steps">Retracing Your Steps</a></li> + <li><a href="#stopping_and_reloading">Stopping and Reloading</a></li> + <li><a href="#visiting_bookmarked_pages">Visiting Bookmarked Pages</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_tabbed_browsing">Using Tabbed Browsing</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_sidebar">Using Sidebar</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="viewing_your_home_page">Viewing Your Home Page</h2> + +<p>After the first launch, you will normally see your home page when you launch + &brandShortName;. Unless you choose a home page yourself, your home page is + chosen by your network or Internet service provider, or you see + &brandShortName;'s home page.</p> + +<p>To choose your own home page, see + <a href="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Specifying + How &brandShortName; Starts Up</a>.</p> + +<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li class="noMac" id="full_screen_mode">To streamline the &brandShortName; + interface, you can use Full Screen mode to display web pages using almost + all of your screen. In the browser, open the View menu and choose Full + Screen. You can also press <kbd>F11</kbd>.</li> + <li>To go to your home page quickly, press <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd + class="noMac">Alt</kbd>+<kbd>Home</kbd>.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="moving_to_another_page">Moving to Another Page</h2> + +<p>You move to a new page by typing its URL—its location (address) on the + Web. URLs normally begin with <q>http://</q>, followed by one or more + names that identify the address. For instance, + <q>http://www.mozilla.org</q>.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the Location Bar to select the URL that is already there.</li> + <li>Type the URL of the page you want to visit. The URL you type replaces any + text already in the Location Bar.</li> + <li>Press <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Using the lock icon near the lower-right corner of the window, you can check + a web page's security status at any time. For details, see + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page">Checking + Security for a Web Page</a>.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly select the URL in the Location Bar, press + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>L</kbd>.</p> + +<table summary="table for images"> + <tr> + <td><img src="images/locationbar.png" + alt="Location Bar"/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="text-align: center;"><strong>Location Bar</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p><strong>Don't know a URL?</strong> You can type part of a URL, such as + <q>cnn</q> (for www.cnn.com); or you can type a general word, such as + <q>gifts</q> or <q>flowers</q>. The browser guesses what page you + want to view, or displays a page with a choice of links related to the word + you typed.</p> + +<p>If you are new to the Internet, see the + <a href="http://www.internet-guide.co.uk/help.html">Internet Guide</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="clicking_a_link">Clicking a Link</h2> + +<p>Most web pages contain links you can click to move to other pages.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Move the pointer until it changes to a pointing finger. This happens + whenever the pointer is over a link. Most links are underlined text, but + buttons and images can also be links.</li> + <li>Click the link once. While the network locates the page that the link + points to, status messages appear at the bottom of the window.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="retracing_your_steps">Retracing Your Steps</h2> + +<p>There are several ways to re-visit pages:</p> + +<ul> + <li>To go back or forward one page, click the Back or Forward arrow.</li> + <li>To go back or forward more than one page, click the small triangles on + the Back and Forward buttons. You'll see a list of pages you've + visited; to return to a page, choose it from the list.</li> +</ul> + +<table summary="table for images"> + <tr> + <td colspan="4"><img src="images/reload.gif" + alt="Navigation Buttons"/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 8px;"></td> + <td style="width: 34px;"><strong>Back</strong></td> + <td style="width: 45px;"><strong>Forward</strong></td> + <td></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<ul> + <li>To see a list of any URLs you've typed into the Location Bar, click + the arrow at the right end of the Location Bar. To view a page, choose it + from the list.</li> +</ul> + +<table summary="table for images"> + <tr> + <td><img src="images/locationbar.png" alt="Location Bar"/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="text-align: center;"><strong>Location Bar</strong> </td> + </tr> +</table> + +<ul> + <li>To choose from pages you've visited during the current session, open + the Go menu and use the list in the bottom section of the menu.</li> + + <li>To choose from pages you've visited during the past several + sessions, open the Go menu and choose History. You see the history list. + The history list displays a list of folders. Double clicking the folders + displays subfolders or bookmarks to web pages. You can double-click the URL + next to the Bookmark icon to view that page.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: The Sidebar History tab also allows you to choose from + pages you've visited during the past several sessions. For + information, see + <a href="customize_help.xhtml#adding_sidebar_tabs">Adding Sidebar Tabs</a>. +</p> + +<h3 id="about_history_lists">About History Lists</h3> + +<p>The history list contains links to recently visited pages. The Location Bar + list contains links to pages you've typed into the Location Bar and then + visited.</p> + +<p>To access the history list from the browser, open the Go menu and choose + History. To access the Location Bar list, click the arrow at the right end of + the Location Bar.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly open the history list, press + <span class="mac"><kbd>Cmd</kbd>+<kbd>Shift</kbd></span><kbd + class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>H</kbd>.</p> + +<p>If you don't want the Location Bar or history list to display the pages + you've been visiting, you can clear the history list and Location Bar + history entirely or selectively.</p> + +<p>To delete all pages from the Location Bar or history list, begin from the + browser window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span><span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click History. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li> + <li>Click Clear History and Clear Location Bar to remove all previously + visited web pages from the lists.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: In <q>Remember visited pages for the last [__] + days</q>, you can set the number of days pages will remain in the history + list.</p> + +<p>To selectively delete pages from the history list, do any of the + following:</p> + +<ul> + <li>To delete all pages from a domain, select a page within that domain + (folder) in the History list, open the Edit menu, and select <q>Delete + entire domain <em>*.[domain name]</em></q>. For example, use this command + if you want to delete all pages that end in <q>mozilla.org</q>.</li> + <li>To delete pages from a subdomain, select a page within that subdomain in + the History list, open the Edit menu, and select <q>Delete all from + <em>[subdomain]</em></q>. For example, use this command if you want to + delete all pages from <q>bugzilla.mozilla.org</q> but not + <q>mozilla.org</q>.</li> + <li>To delete a single page or folder, select it in the history list and + press Delete.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To sort the history list, click one of the categories + (Title, Location, or Last Visited). Click the title again to reverse the + order.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="stopping_and_reloading">Stopping and Reloading</h2> + +<p>If a page is taking too long to appear, or you change your mind and + don't want to view it, click the Stop button.</p> + +<p>To refresh the current page, or get the most up-to-date version, click the + Reload button, or press + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>R</kbd>.</p> + +<table summary="table for images"> + <tr> + <td colspan="3"><img src="images/reload.gif" + alt="Navigation Buttons"/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 87px;"></td> + <td style="width: 45px;"><strong>Reload</strong></td> + <td style="width: 47px;"><strong>Stop</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>To refresh the current page and reset all changes made (if the page contains + a form), hold down the <kbd>Shift</kbd> key and click the Reload button, or + press <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd + class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>R</kbd>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="visiting_bookmarked_pages">Visiting Bookmarked Pages</h2> + +<p>The addresses, or URLs, of web pages can be quite long and difficult to + remember. Fortunately, it's not necessary to memorize URLs in order to + browse the Web. Your browser has a list of bookmarks, which are pointers to + interesting web pages.</p> + +<p>To go to a bookmarked page, begin from the Browser window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu. The menu contains bookmarks represented by a + bookmark icon, and folders that contain more bookmarks.</li> + <li>To visit a bookmarked page, choose a bookmark from the menu, or open a + folder and choose a bookmark.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To retrace your steps, click the Back arrow.</p> + +<p>You can save your own bookmarks to point to pages you frequently visit, or + to other interesting places on the Web. See + <a href="customize_help.xhtml#creating_new_bookmarks">Creating New + Bookmarks</a> for more information.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_tabbed_browsing">Using Tabbed Browsing</h2> + +<p>When you visit more then one web page at a time, you can use Tabbed Browsing + to navigate the Web faster and easier.</p> + +<p>Tabbed Browsing lets you open tabs, each displaying a web page, within a + single browser window. You don't have to have several windows open to + visit several different web pages. This frees up space on your desktop. You + can open, close, and reload web pages conveniently in one place without + having to switch to another window.</p> + +<p>You can manage your navigation tabs easily and control when tabs are opened + automatically. For more information about setting Tabbed Browsing + preferences, see + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing">Browser Preferences + - Tabbed Browsing</a>.</p> + +<p>To learn more about using Tabbed Browsing, see + <a href="customize_help.xhtml#tabbed_browsing">Tabbed Browsing</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_sidebar">Using Sidebar</h2> + +<p>In addition to navigating the Web with the browser, you can let the Web come + to you by using Sidebar.</p> + +<p>Sidebar is a customizable frame in your browser where you can keep items + that you need to use all the time—the latest news and weather, your + address book, stock quotes, a calendar—and many other available + options. Sidebar presents these items to you in tabs that it continually + updates.</p> + +<p>&brandShortName; comes with some Sidebar tabs already set up, but you can + customize Sidebar by adding, removing, and rearranging tabs. For details, + see <a href="customize_help.xhtml#sidebar">Sidebar</a>.</p> + +<p>To view an item in Sidebar, click its tab.</p> + +<table summary="table for images"> + <tr> + <td><img src="images/sidebar.png" + alt="Sidebar Handle"/></td> + <td style="vertical-align: + middle; padding-right: 20px;"><strong>Sidebar<br/>Handle</strong></td> + <td style="vertical-align: middle;">If it is not already open, open Sidebar + by clicking its handle. If the handle is missing, open the View menu in + the browser, choose Show/Hide, and then Sidebar from the submenu.</td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p class="noMac"><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly open or close the Sidebar, + press <kbd>F9</kbd>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="searching_the_web">Searching the Web</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#fast_searches">Fast Searches</a></li> + <li><a href="#sidebar_advanced_search_mode">Sidebar Advanced Search + Mode</a></li> + <li><a href="#setting_search_preferences">Setting Search + Preferences</a></li> + <li><a href="#searching_within_a_page">Searching Within a Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_find_as_you_type">Using Find-as-you-type</a></li> + <li><a href="#searching_the_bookmarks_or_history_list">Searching the + Bookmarks or History List</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="fast_searches">Fast Searches</h2> + +<p>There are four ways to search quickly: from the Location Bar, from Sidebar, + from the Net Search page, and by selecting words in a web page.</p> + +<h3 id="searching_from_the_location_bar">Searching from the Location Bar</h3> + +<p>Searching for web pages on a particular topic is as easy as typing a + question, or just a word or two, into the browser's Location Bar, as + shown below.</p> + +<p><img src="images/search.png" width="305" height="40" alt= + "Location Bar with Search Term"/></p> + +<p>For example, if you want to find information about baby dolls:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Double-click in the Location Bar to select the current text.</li> + <li>Type the word <q>baby doll</q>. Your typing replaces the current + text.</li> + <li>Perform one of these steps: + <ul> + <li>Click the Search button.</li> + <li>Click <q>Search Google for <q>baby doll</q></q> at the bottom of the + drop-down list in the Location Bar. (Your default search engine may be + different.) + + <p>The default search engine you choose in the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#internet_search">Internet + Search Preferences</a> is used. Search results for <q>baby doll</q> + appear in both the browser window and in Sidebar. Click the links to + visit web pages about baby dolls.</p> + </li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>After you perform a search, the results are saved in Sidebar's Search + tab until you do a new search. You don't have to click the Back button + to retrieve the search results.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: In the <q>Unknown Locations</q> section of the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#location_bar">Location Bar + Preferences</a>, you can set up the Location Bar so a search is automatically + performed if the text you have typed is not a web location. Typing a word in + the Location Bar and pressing <kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd><kbd class="mac"> + Return</kbd> will then perform a search. For a more technical description of + this feature, see the online document + <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/docs/end-user/internet-keywords.html"> + Internet Keywords</a>.</p> + +<h3 id="searching_from_sidebar">Searching from Sidebar</h3> + +<p>The Sidebar Search tab lets you quickly search and bookmark your search + results. For example, if you want to find information about toy cars:</p> + +<ol> + <li>If it is not already open, open Sidebar by clicking its handle. If the + handle is missing, <span class="noMac">press <kbd>F9</kbd> or </span>open + the View menu in the browser, choose Show/Hide, and then Sidebar from the + submenu.</li> + <li>Click the Search tab in Sidebar.</li> + <li>Open the <q>using</q> drop-down list, and choose a search + engine.</li> + <li>Type <q>toy car</q> in the search field.</li> + <li>Click Search. Search results for 'toy car' appear in both the + browser window and in Sidebar. Click the links to visit web pages about toy + cars.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: If the Sidebar Search tab contains a list of search + engines from which to choose, then it is set to search in + <a href ="#sidebar_advanced_search_mode">Advanced mode</a> and you will have + to choose one or more search engines before clicking Search. You can keep it + that way or change to a basic setting in Preferences.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To display the next or previous page of search results + quickly, click the Next and Previous buttons at the bottom of the Sidebar + Search tab.</p> + +<p>See <a href="customize_help.xhtml#sidebar">Sidebar</a> for more information + on how to use Sidebar.</p> + +<h3 id="searching_from_the_net_search_page">Searching from the Net + Search page</h3> + +<p>The Net Search page lets you type in a Search term or phrase, or explore + several categories (such as Arts & Entertainment, Business, and many + more) that may interest you. To visit the Net Search page, perform one of + these steps:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click on the Search button <img src="images/search_personal_toolbar.gif" + width="66" height="20" alt="search button"/> on the Navigation Toolbar.</li> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Search the Web.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="searching_on_selected_words_in_a_web_page">Searching on Selected Words + in a Web Page</h3> + +<p>&brandShortName; allows you to search for words you select within a web + page:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select (highlight) any words in a web page.</li> + <li>Right-click<span class="mac"> or, if you have a one-button mouse, + <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> and choose <q>Search Web for + [your selected words]</q> for the menu.</li> +</ol> + +<p>&brandShortName; opens a new window or tab (depending on your preferences) + and uses your default search engine to search for your selected words. To + learn how to change the search engine used to search for your selected words + and the way your search results are displayed, see + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#internet_search">Browser Preferences + - Internet Search</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="sidebar_advanced_search_mode">Sidebar Advanced Search Mode</h2> + +<p>You can set the Sidebar Search tab to Advanced mode, which lets you narrow a + search or choose one or more search engines.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click Internet Search. (If no subcategories + are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li> + <li>Under Sidebar Search Tab Preferences, click Advanced, and then OK.</li> + <li>If it is not already open, open Sidebar by clicking its handle. If the + handle is missing, <span class="noMac">press <kbd>F9</kbd> or</span>open + the View menu in the browser, choose Show/Hide, and then Sidebar from the + submenu.</li> + <li>Click the Search tab in Sidebar.</li> + <li>Open the <q>within</q> drop-down list, and choose a category.</li> + <li>Choose one or more search engines for the selected category (if + available).</li> + <li>In the search field, type the word for which you want to search.</li> + <li>Click Search.</li> +</ol> + +<p><img src="images/sidebar-advanced.png" alt="Sidebar Search"/></p> + +<h3 id="customizing_search_categories">Customizing Search Categories</h3> + +<p>You can specify which search engines should be used for different categories + of searches. For example, you can select one set of search engines to search + for travel, and select another set of search engines to search for + software.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Set Sidebar Search to Advanced Search Mode. See + <a href="#sidebar_advanced_search_mode">Sidebar Advanced Search Mode</a> + for details.</li> + <li>If it is not already open, open Sidebar by clicking its handle. If the + handle is missing, open the View menu in the browser, choose Show/Hide, and + then Sidebar from the submenu.</li> + <li>Click the Search tab in Sidebar.</li> + <li>Open the <q>within</q> drop-down list, click <q>Edit + Categories</q>. You see the Edit Categories dialog box.</li> + <li>From the Categories drop-down list, choose the category you want to + customize.<br/> + Or<br/> + To create a new category, click New and type a name for the category in the + dialog box. The drop-down list now displays the name of the selected + category.</li> + <li>Do one of the following: + <ul> + <li>To add a search engine for the selected category, highlight the + search engine in the list on the left, and click Add.</li> + <li>To remove a search engine for the selected category, highlight the + engine in the list on the right, and click Remove.</li> + <li>To rename the selected category, click Rename and type a new + name.</li> + <li>To delete the selected category, click Delete.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK when you are finished customizing.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="setting_search_preferences">Setting Search Preferences</h2> + +<p>You can choose a different search engine as the default. You can also + specify how you want search results displayed in Sidebar.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click Internet Search. (If no subcategories + are visible, double-click the Browser to expand the list.)</li> + <li>Under Default Search Engine, choose a search engine you want to use for + web searching.</li> + <li>Under Search Results, select <q>Open the Search tab in the Sidebar + when search results are available</q> if you want the Sidebar search tab + to open and show your search results.</li> + <li>Under Sidebar Search Tab Preference, select Basic if you want to search + using a single search engine, or select Advanced to be able to search using + multiple search engines.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="searching_within_a_page">Searching Within a Page</h2> + +<p>To find text within the page you are currently viewing in the browser:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose <q>Find in This Page</q>. If the page + you are viewing contains frames, you may need to click within a frame + before you begin your search. You see the <q>Find in this Page</q> + dialog box.</li> + <li>Type the text you want to find.</li> + <li>Choose from the following search options: + <ul> + <li><strong>Match exact case</strong>: Choose this to search for a + word or phrase that matches the word you typed exactly (including + uppercase and lowercase letters).</li> + <li><strong>Wrap around</strong>: Choose this to allow the browser to + search from the where the cursor is to the bottom of the page and then + continue searching from the top of the page. Note: Normally, the page + is searched from the place where you last clicked your mouse to the + bottom of the page.</li> + <li><strong>Search backwards</strong>: Choose this to search from the + insertion point backwards to the top of the page.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click Find to begin the search.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To find the same word or phrase again:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Find Again.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_find_as_you_type">Using Find-as-you-type</h2> + +<p>Other than searching text through the Find dialog, you can also search by + typing directly into a Web page.</p> + +<ol> + <li>To search for a link, type several characters into the active browser + window to navigate to any link with that text in it. + + <p>If you repeat the same character, it will start to cycle through all + the links that begin with that character. However, if it can find a + match with the exact string you've typed, such as + <q><tt>oo</tt></q> in <q><tt>woods</tt></q>, it will go there + first.</p> + + </li> + <li>To search for all text (normal text and linked text), type <kbd>/</kbd> + before your search string. For example, type <q><kbd>/hello</kbd></q> to + search any text containing the string <q>hello</q>.</li> + <li>The status bar (at the bottom of your browser window) displays your + search string and whether or not the search is successful.</li> + <li>Use the backspace key to undo the last character typed.</li> + <li>To cancel a find, change focus or scroll, press Escape, or wait for the + timeout.</li> + <li>Press + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>G</kbd> or + <kbd>F3</kbd> to find the same search text again. Press + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd + class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>G</kbd> or + <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>F3</kbd> to find previous occurence of the search + text.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Type Ahead Find works with any window, such as this help file (try it!).</p> + +<p>This feature also works with international characters such as Chinese and + Japanese.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="searching_the_bookmarks_or_history_list">Searching the Bookmarks or + History List</h2> + +<p>To search the bookmarks list, begin from the browser window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks. You see your + Bookmarks window.</li> + <li>In the Bookmarks window, open the Tools menu and choose Search Bookmarks. + You see the Find Bookmarks dialog box.</li> + <li>Use the drop-down lists to select options to define your search. Choose + from the following search options: + <ul> + <li>Choose <q>name</q>, <q>location</q>, <q>description</q>, or + <q>keyword</q> to choose where you would like to search.</li> + <li>Choose <q>contains</q>, <q>starts with</q>, or <q>ends + with</q> if you know only part of the word or phrase for which + you're searching.</li> + <li>Choose <q>is</q> if you know exactly what you're searching + for.</li> + <li>Choose <q>is not</q> or <q>doesn't contain</q> to + exclude pages.</li> + <li>Click in the field and type all or part of search word or URL (web + address) for the bookmarks that you want to find or exclude.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click Find. Bookmarks that match your search criteria are displayed in + the Search Results-Bookmarks window.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly open the Bookmark Manager, press + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>B</kbd>.</p> + +<p>To search the History list:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Go menu and choose History. You see the history list.</li> + <li>In the History list, open the Tools menu and choose Search History. You + see the Find in History dialog box.</li> + <li>Use the drop-down lists to select options to define your search. Choose + from the following search options: + <ul> + <li>Choose <q>title</q> or <q>location</q> to choose where you + would like to search.</li> + <li>Choose <q>contains</q>, <q>starts with</q>, or <q>ends + with</q> if you know only part of the word or phrase for which + you're searching.</li> + <li>Choose <q>is</q> if you know exactly what you're searching + for.</li> + <li>Choose <q>is not</q> or <q>doesn't contain</q> to + exclude pages.</li> + <li>Click in the field and type all or part of word or URL (web address) + for the bookmarks or history listings that you want to find or + exclude.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click Find. History listings that match your search criteria are + displayed in the Search Results window.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To use the search results:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Double-click a bookmark in the Search Results window to go to that web + page.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>To open the History list quickly, press <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd> + <kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>H</kbd>.</li> + <li>If the list is hard to read, try expanding the Search Results + window.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Copying, Saving, and Printing + Pages</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#copying_part_of_a_page">Copying Part of a Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#saving_all_or_part_of_a_page">Saving All or Part of a + Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#printing_a_page">Printing a Page</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="copying_part_of_a_page">Copying Part of a Page</h2> + +<p>To copy some text from a page, begin from the browser window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the text.</li> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Copy.</li> +</ol> + +<p>You can paste the text into other programs.</p> + +<p>To copy a link (URL) or an image link from a page:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Position the pointer over the link or image.</li> + <li>Right-click<span class="mac"> or, if you have a one-button mouse, + <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click,</span> the link or image to display a pop-up + menu.</li> + <li>Choose Copy Link Location or Copy Image Location. If an image is also a + link, you are offered both options.</li> +</ol> + +<p>You can paste the link into other programs or into browser's Location + Bar.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="saving_all_or_part_of_a_page">Saving All or Part of a Page</h2> + +<p>To save an entire page, begin from the browser window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Save Page As. You see the Save As dialog + box.</li> + <li>Choose a folder in which to save this file.</li> + <li>Choose a format for the page you want to save: + <ul> + <li><strong>Web Page, Complete</strong>: Save the whole web page, along + with images and other supporting files. This option allows you to view + it as originally displayed with images. &brandShortName; creates a new + directory (where the page is saved) to save images and other files + necessary to show the whole web page.</li> + <li><strong>Web Page, HTML Only</strong>: Save the original page as-is + without images.</li> + <li><strong>Text file</strong>: Save the original page as a text file. + This option will not preserve the original HTML link structure, but + will allow you to see a text version of the web page in any text + editor.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Type a file name for the page and click Save.</li> +</ol> + +<p>When you view a page containing frames and a frame is currently selected, + the Save Frame As option is offered in the drop-down list in addition to Save + Page As. This lets you save only the page within the selected frame.</p> + +<p>Saving a file onto your hard drive lets you view the page (or its HTML code) + when you're not connected to the Internet.</p> + +<p>To save an image from a page:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Position the mouse pointer over the image.</li> + <li>Right-click<span class="mac"> or, if you have a one-button mouse, + <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> the image to display a pop-up menu.</li> + <li>Choose Save Image As. You see the Save File dialog box.</li> + <li>Choose a folder in which to save this image.</li> + <li>Type a file name for the image and click Save.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To save a page without displaying it (which is useful for retrieving a + non-formatted page, like a data file, that's not intended for + viewing):</p> + +<ol> + <li>Position the mouse pointer over the page's link.</li> + <li>Right-click<span class="mac"> or, if you have a one-button mouse, + <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> the hyperlink on the page to display a pop-up + menu.</li> + <li>Choose Save Link Target As. You see the Save File dialog box.</li> + <li>Choose a folder in which to save this file.</li> + <li>Type a file name for the page and click Save.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Important</strong>: Some links automatically download and save files + to your hard drive after you click them. The URLs for these links often begin + with <q>ftp</q> or end with a file-type extension such as <q>au</q> + or <q>mpeg</q>. These links might transmit software, sound, or movie + files, and can launch helper applications that support the files.</p> + +<p id="setting_image_as_wallpaper"><strong>Tip</strong>: To set an image as + your desktop wallpaper on Windows, right-click on an image and choose Set As + Wallpaper from the pop-up menu.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="printing_a_page">Printing a Page</h2> + +<p>To print the current page, begin from the browser window:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Print.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To print selected text, begin from the browser window:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Select the text in the current page.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Print. The print dialog box appears.</li> + <li>Under Print Range, click Selection.</li> +</ul> + +<p>The size of the printed page, not the size of the onscreen window, + determines placement of content on the printed page. Text is wrapped and + graphics are repositioned to accommodate paper size.</p> + +<div class="noMac"> + +<h3 id="print_preview">Using Print Preview</h3> + +<p>To have an early look at how a page will look before it is + printed, you can use Print Preview. Begin from the browser window:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Print Preview.</li> +</ul> + +<p>In Print Preview, you have the following options:</p> + +<ul> + <li class="win"><strong>Print</strong>: Click this to print pages.</li> + <li class="win"><strong>Page Setup</strong>: Click to further customize pages + you want to print.</li> + <li><strong>Page [__] of X</strong>: Enter a page number (less than X) to + jump to its preview. Click the First + <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/btn1/first.gif" alt="first button"/>, + Previous <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/btn1/previous.gif" + alt="previous button"/>, Next + <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/btn1/next.gif" alt="next button"/>, + or Last + <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/btn1/last.gif" alt="last button"/> button + to move between pages.</li> + <li class="win"><strong>Scale</strong>: Changes the scale (size) of pages, + using the dropdown list. You can choose between a fixed percentage of the + original page and two special options: + <ul> + <li><strong>Shrink To Fit Page Width</strong>: Select this to + automatically resize the page to the width of the paper.</li> + <li><strong>Custom</strong>: Type in the percentage of the original size + and press Enter. For example, type <q>50</q> and press Enter to make + each page half the size of the original page.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li class="win"><strong>Portrait</strong>: Click on this to position the page + normally, with the shorter side facing up.</li> + <li class="win"><strong>Landscape</strong>: Click on this to position the + page sideways, with the longer side facing up.</li> + <li><strong>Close</strong>: Click on this to close the Print Preview + dialog.</li> +</ul> + +</div> + +<h3 id="using_page_setup">Using Page Setup</h3> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Some Page Setup functions are different or + unavailable on Mac OS, Linux or Unix.</p> + +<p>To customize how pages are printed in &brandShortName;, you can use Page + Setup. From the browser, open the File menu and choose Page Setup.</p> + +<p>In Page Setup, you can change the following settings for pages you want to + print:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Format & Options</strong>: Choose the orientation, scale, and + other options: + <ul> + <li><strong>Orientation</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Portrait</strong>: Choose this + <img src="chrome://global/skin/icons/pg-portrait-small.gif" + alt="portrait button"/> to position the page normally, with the + shorter side facing up.</li> + <li><strong>Landscape</strong>: Choose this + <img src="chrome://global/skin/icons/pg-landscape-small.gif" + alt="landscape button"/> to position the page sideways, with the + longer side facing up.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Scale</strong>: Type in a percentage of the original size. + For example, type <kbd>50</kbd> and to make each page half the size of + the original page. + <ul> + <li><strong>Shrink To Fit Page Width</strong>: Select this to + automatically resize the page to the width of the paper.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Options</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Print Background (colors and images)</strong>: Select + this to print background images and colors. If unselected, only + images and color in the foreground (in front) are printed.</li> + </ul> + </li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Margins & Header/Footer</strong>: Click this tab to set up + margins, headers, and footers: + <ul> + <li><strong>Margins</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Top, Bottom, Left, Right</strong>: Type a margin in + inches for the top, bottom, left, and right margin.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Headers & Footers</strong>: Each drop-down list + represents either a header or a footer area. The top row of drop-down + lists are for the left, center, and right header areas. The bottom row + are for the left, center, and right footer areas. In each drop-dop + list, choose one of the following options: + <ul> + <li><strong>--blank--</strong>: Show nothing in this area.</li> + <li><strong>Title</strong>: Show the web page title.</li> + <li><strong>URL</strong>: Show the web page URL (URL's usually + start with <q>http://</q>).</li> + <li><strong>Date/Time</strong>: Show the date and time when the web + page is printed.</li> + <li><strong>Page #</strong>: Show the page number of each page.</li> + <li><strong>Page # of #</strong>: Show the page number along with the + total number of pages. For example, if you print a five page web + page, <q>3 of 5</q> would be shown on the third page.</li> + <li><strong>Custom</strong>: Type your own text. You can include any + of the following codes to print specific information: + <ul> + <li><strong>&PT</strong>: Page Number with Total (Example: + <q>3 of 5</q>)</li> + <li><strong>&P</strong>: Page Number</li> + <li><strong>&D</strong>: Date</li> + <li><strong>&U</strong>: URL</li> + <li><strong>&T</strong>: Page Title</li> + </ul> + </li> + </ul> + </li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p class="noMac"><strong>Tip</strong>: To see a preview of changes made to Page + Setup, use <a href="#print_preview">Print Preview</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="using_languages_and_international_content">Using Languages and + International Content</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#selecting_character_encodings_and_fonts">Selecting Character + Encodings and Fonts</a></li> + <li><a href="#setting_language_preferences">Setting Language + Preferences</a></li> + <li><a href="#finding_localized_version">Finding a &brandShortName; version + in your own language</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="selecting_character_encodings_and_fonts">Selecting Character Encodings + and Fonts</h2> + +<p>If you browse, compose, or send and receive email in more than one language, + you need to select the appropriate character encodings and fonts.</p> + +<p>A character encoding method is the way a document or message has been + converted to data to be used by your computer. All web documents and mail and + news messages use a character encoding method (also known as a character set, + character coding, or charset).</p> + +<p>The character encoding method for a document may depend on its language. + Some languages e.g. most West European languages, share the same encoding + method. Others such as Chinese, Japanese, and Russian use different methods. + In contrast, Unicode provides language-independent encoding methods. UTF-8, + for examples, can be used for any language document.</p> + +<p>Your version of &brandShortName; is set to a default character encoding + appropriate for your region. However, if you use more than one language, you + may need to select appropriate character encoding methods and designate the + fonts you wish to use for your language/script.</p> + +<p>To select character encodings, begin from the browser window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the View menu, choose Character Encoding, and then choose More.</li> + <li>Choose a region from the top section of the submenu.</li> + <li>Choose a character encoding within the region submenu. Repeat steps + 1-3 for each character encoding method you want.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The character encoding methods you select are added to the Character + Encoding menu. If you have more than one encoding method selected, the active + one has a bullet (dot) next to it.</p> + +<p>&brandShortName; can detect which character encoding a document uses, and + can display it correctly on your screen. To take advantage of this + capability, begin from the browser window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the View menu, choose Character Encoding, and then choose + Auto-Detect.</li> + <li>Choose one of the Auto-Detect options, or choose Off from the + submenu.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To make changes to your list of active character encodings:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the View menu, choose Character Encoding, and then choose Customize. + You can see the Customize Encoding dialog box.</li> + <li>Choose from the following procedures: + <ul> + <li>To add to the list of active character encodings, choose a character + encoding from the list on the left and click Add.</li> + <li>To remove a character encoding from the active list, choose a + character encoding from the list on the right and click Remove.</li> + <li>To change the order in which active encodings appear in the Character + Encoding menu, highlight character encodings in the list on the right, + and use the arrow buttons to move the character encodings up or down in + the list.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>To change the default fonts within a language group:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Appearance category, click Fonts. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Appearance to expand the list.)</li> + <li>From the <q>Fonts for</q> drop-down list, choose a language + group/script. For instance, to set default fonts for West European + languages/script, choose <q>Western</q>.</li> + <li>Select whether proportional text should be serif (like Times Roman) or + sans serif (like Arial). You can also specify what font size you want for + proportional text. Proportional text varies in width.</li> + <li>(If available) Select a font for Serif, Sans-Serif, Cursive, and + Fantasy.</li> + <li>Select the monospace font (like Courier) that you want to use for web + pages. Monospace text is fixed in width, so each character or letter takes + the same amount of space.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Many web page authors choose their own fonts and font sizes. You can use the + author's font settings by selecting <q>Allow documents to use other + fonts</q>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_languages_and_international_content">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="setting_language_preferences">Setting Language Preferences</h2> + +<p>The language you use for &brandShortName; affects the text of buttons, + dialog boxes, menus, tools, and other items. The functionality of these items + remains the same.</p> + +<p>To set your preferred language:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Appearance category, click Languages/Content. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Appearance to expand the + list.)</li> + <li>Under <q>Installed language packs</q> select a language pack.</li> + <li>Click OK. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: You must restart &brandShortName; after you + change your preferred language.</p> + + </li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To download more language packs, click Download + More.</p> + +<p>Web pages are sometimes available in several languages. &brandShortName; + presents pages in the language you prefer, if it is available. You can + specify the languages you wish to see, in order of preference.</p> + +<p>To set language preferences:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click Languages. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li> + <li>Click Add. You see the Add Languages dialog box.</li> + <li>Select a language and its code. If you wish to add a code not on the + list, type the language and its code in the Others field (see note below). + If you want to reorder the languages in the list, select a language and + click Move Up or Move Down.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Two-letter codes enclosed in brackets appear next to + each language in the list. These are standard abbreviations for languages. + For a complete list, see the online document, + <a href="http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/langcodes.html">Codes for the + Representation of Names of Languages</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_languages_and_international_content">Return to beginning + of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="finding_localized_version">Finding a &brandShortName; version in your + own language</h2> + +<p>If you're looking for a version of &brandShortName; in a language other + than American English, you can download it from the + <a href="http://www.seamonkey-project.org/releases/">SeaMonkey + Project Releases</a> page.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_languages_and_international_content">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and Downloads</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#plugins">Plugins</a></li> + <li><a href="#helper_applications">Helper Applications</a></li> + <li><a href="#download_manager">Download Manager</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<p>The browser can handle many types of files. However, for some files, such as + movies or music, &brandShortName; needs plugins or <q>helper</q> applications + that can handle those files. If the browser doesn't have the needed + helper application or plugin, it can still save the file to your hard disk. + When saving files, you can keep track of them using Download Manager.</p> + +<h2 id="plugins">Plugins</h2> + +<p>Plugins are helper applications that extend the functionality within the + browser and run within &brandShortName;. Plugins like Sun Java, Macromedia + Flash, and RealNetworks RealPlayer allow &brandShortName; to show multimedia + files and run small applications, such as movies, animations, and games.</p> + +<p>&brandShortName; comes with no additional plugins installed, so you have + to add them separately.</p> + +<p>To see a full list of &brandShortName; plugins you can install, see the + <a href="http://plugindoc.mozdev.org/">PluginDoc</a> page on MozDev.org.</p> + +<p>To see what plugins you currently have installed, do any of the following: +</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the Help menu and choose About Plugins.</li> + <li>Click in the Location Bar, type <kbd>about:plugins</kbd> and press + <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#plugins_and_downloads">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="helper_applications">Helper Applications</h2> + +<p>When files can not be used within &brandShortName;, you have the option to + launch helper applications that open outside of &brandShortName;. For + example, to play MP3 files, programs like Winamp can be opened outside of + &brandShortName;.</p> + +<p>The settings for this are explained in detail in + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#helper_applications">Preferences + - Helper Applications</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#plugins_and_downloads">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="download_manager">Download Manager</h2> + +<p>You can use Download Manager to keep track of files you download. Download + Manager shows the following information:</p> + +<ul> + <li>filename</li> + <li>time remaining before download is complete</li> + <li>transfer speed</li> + <li>percent complete</li> + <li>time elapsed</li> + <li>web location (source)</li> +</ul> + +<p>To open Download Manager, do the following:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Download Manager.</li> +</ul> + +<p>The following menu options are available in Download Manager:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Properties</strong>: Select a file being downloaded and click + Properties to show the progress dialog box.</li> + <li><strong>Cancel</strong>: Select a file being downloaded and click Cancel + to stop the download.</li> + <li><strong>Remove from List</strong>: Select a file and click Remove from + List to remove a canceled or finished download. This will not delete the + file from your hard disk.</li> + <li><strong>Launch File</strong>: Click this to open a selected file.</li> + <li><strong>Show in<span class="win"> Explorer</span><span class="unix"> + Browser</span><span class="mac"> Finder</span></strong>: Click this to show + the location of a selected file.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#plugins_and_downloads">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="improving_speed_and_efficiency">Improving Speed and Efficiency</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#automatic_loading">Automatic Loading</a></li> + <li><a href="#custom_keywords">Using Custom Bookmark Keywords</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_cache_settings">Changing Cache Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#getting_the_latest_software_automatically">Getting the Latest + Software Automatically</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_a_mouse_wheel">Using a Mouse Wheel</a></li> + <li class="win"><a href="#making_mozilla_your_default_browser">Making + &brandShortName; Your Default Browser</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="automatic_loading">Automatic Loading</h2> + +<p>When you bring a web page to your screen, &brandShortName; automatically + loads (starts up) several features that help interpret web pages. These + features, Java and JavaScript, can make web pages more lively, but they take + time to load.</p> + +<p>To learn how to turn off Java, see + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#advanced">Advanced Preferences - + Advanced</a>.</p> + +<p>To learn how to turn off JavaScript, see + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins">Advanced + Preferences - Scripts & Plugins</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="custom_keywords">Using Custom Bookmark Keywords</h2> + +<p>Bookmark keywords allow you to create shorthand aliases for bookmarks and + Web searches. For example, if you give the bookmark to http://www.mozilla.org + the keyword <q>m.o</q>, you can enter <kbd>m.o</kbd> in the Location Bar and + the browser will load http://www.mozilla.org.</p> + +<p>To set a keyword, you must first create a bookmark for the URL. Then,</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li> + <li>In the Bookmarks window, click on the bookmark that you created.</li> + <li>Click Properties.</li> + <li>In the bookmark Properties dialog box window, enter a short string into + the Keyword field and close that dialog.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Now, you can enter the keyword in the Location Bar, and &brandShortName; + will load that URL.</p> + +<h3 id="search_with_keywords">Search with Keywords</h3> + +<p>Custom keywords can be used to create shortcuts for your favorite search + engines, too. For example, you can create a keyword so that entering + <kbd>g Lord of the Rings</kbd> will perform a Google I-Feel-Lucky search + on Lord of the Rings.</p> + +<p>To create a custom keyword for use with a Web search:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Go to your search form (e.g. <kbd>www.google.com</kbd>).</li> + <li>Enter a dummy search string (e.g. <kbd>ILoveMozilla</kbd>).</li> + <li>Submit the search query.</li> + <li>After the results have loaded, open the Bookmarks menu and choose File + Bookmark.</li> + <li>In the File Bookmark dialog, look the Location field. Replace the + dummy string (e.g. <tt>ILoveMozilla</tt>) with <kbd>%s</kbd>. + For example, the location might become + <kbd>http://www.google.com/search?q=<strong>%s</strong>&btnI=I'mFeelingLucky</kbd>.</li> + <li>Enter a keyword in the Keyword field.</li> + <li>Give the bookmark a name and choose the location for the bookmark.</li> + <li>Close the dialog.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Now you can search without going to the search page first by entering + <kbd><var>keyword</var> <var>search_words</var></kbd> in the Location Bar. +</p> + +<p>For more details and examples, see +<a href="http://www.mozilla.org/docs/end-user/keywords.html">How Cool are Custom Keywords?</a></p> + +<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="changing_cache_settings">Changing Cache Settings</h2> + +<p>Your computer stores copies of frequently accessed pages in the cache. This + way, the computer doesn't have to retrieve the page from the network + each time you view it.</p> + +<p>To set the size of the cache or to clear it:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Cache. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> + <li>Enter a number in the Size field to specify the size of the cache. 50 MB + is sufficient. To clear the cache immediately, click Clear Cache.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Important</strong>: A larger disk cache allows more pages to be + quickly retrieved, but more of your hard disk space is used.</p> + +<p>When you quit &brandShortName;, it performs cache maintenance. If + maintenance takes longer than you wish, try reducing the size of the disk + cache.</p> + +<p>To specify how often the browser checks the network for page revisions (so + that you don't keep <q>stale</q> pages in the cache too long):</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Cache. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> + <li>Choose from the following options: + <ul> + <li><strong>Every time I view the page</strong>: Select this if you want + &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache every time you view + it.</li> + <li><strong>When the page is out of date</strong>: Select this if you + want &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache when the page + is determined by the server to have expired.</li> + <li><strong>Once per session</strong>: Select this if you want + &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache once for each time + you start &brandShortName;.</li> + <li><strong>Never</strong>: Select this if you do not want + &brandShortName; to compare cached information to the network.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>If pages that should be in the cache are taking longer to appear than they + should, make sure the preference is not set to <q>Every time I view the + page</q>, because the verification requires a network connection that takes + time.</p> + +<p>To refresh a page at any time:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the Reload button in the browser's Navigation Toolbar. The + computer checks the network to make sure you have the latest version of the + page.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="getting_the_latest_software_automatically">Getting the Latest Software + Automatically</h2> + +<p>&brandShortName; can notify you when updates for your software are + available, and it can install the updates automatically. &brandShortName; can + also inform you when new versions of &brandShortName; and installed add-ons + are available.</p> + +<p>To learn about setting up automatic software installation, see + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#software_installation">Advanced + Preferences - Software Installation</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_a_mouse_wheel">Using a Mouse Wheel</h2> + +<p>If your mouse has a mouse wheel, you can control how the mouse wheel + functions in &brandShortName;.</p> + +<p>To learn more about setting up a mouse wheel, see + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#mouse_wheel">Advanced Preferences - + Mouse Wheel</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + + +<div class="win"> + + <h2 id="making_mozilla_your_default_browser">Making &brandShortName; Your + Default Browser</h2> + + <p>&brandShortName; is best known for displaying web pages, both on the + Internet and on your computer. To easily open web pages, you can make + &brandShortName; your default browser.</p> + + <h3 id="common_internet_files_and_protocols">Common Internet Files and + Protocols</h3> + + <p>Making &brandShortName; your default browser allows it to automatically + open common file formats and protocols used on the Internet. Common + Internet file formats and protocols include the following:</p> + + <ul> + <li><strong>Image Files</strong>: + <ul> + <li>JPEG, GIF, PNG, BMP and ICO</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Internet Document and Language Files</strong>: + <ul> + <li><a href="glossary.xhtml#html">HTML</a>, XHTML, + <a href="glossary.xhtml#xml">XML</a>, and + <a href="glossary.xhtml#xul">XUL</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Internet Protocols</strong>: + <ul> + <li><a href="glossary.xhtml#http">HTTP</a>, + <a href="glossary.xhtml#https">HTTPS</a>, + <a href="glossary.xhtml#ftp">FTP</a>, Chrome, + <a href="glossary.xhtml#gopher">Gopher</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + </ul> + + <h3 id="changing_default_browser_settings_automatically">Changing Default + Browser Settings Automatically</h3> + + <p>After installation is finished, &brandShortName; checks to see if it is + the default browser for any of the common Internet file formats or + protocols. If it isn't, you are asked, <q>&brandShortName; is not + currently set as your default browser. Would you like to make it your + default browser?</q></p> + + <p>Click Yes to make &brandShortName; the default browser. If you click No, + you will be prompted with this question each time &brandShortName; + starts, unless you deselect the checkbox <q>Check at startup next time, + too</q>.</p> + + <p>If you deselect the checkbox, <q>Check at startup next time, too</q>, + you can still make &brandShortName; the default browser by changing your + settings in Preferences. To learn how to set &brandShortName; as the + default browser through &brandShortName; preferences, see + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator">Browser Preferences - + Browser</a>.</p> + + <h3 id="customizing_default_browser_settings">Customizing Default Browser + Settings</h3> + + <p>You can manually customize how &brandShortName; handles various file + formats and protocols. For more information, see + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#system">Advanced Preferences - + System</a>.</p> + + <p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> +</div> + +<h1 id="proxies">Proxies</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#setting_proxy_values">Setting Proxy Values</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<p>This section explains how to work with proxies.</p> + +<h2 id="setting_proxy_values">Setting Proxy Values</h2> + +<p>Many organizations block access from the Internet to their networks. This + prevents outside parties from gaining access to sensitive information. The + protection is called a firewall.</p> + +<p>If your organization has a firewall, the browser may need to go through a + proxy server before connecting you to the Internet. The proxy server prevents + outsiders from breaking into your organization's private network.</p> + +<p>Before you start:</p> + +<ul> + <li>If there's a proxy configuration file at your workplace, ask the + system administrator for its URL.</li> + <li>If there's no proxy configuration file, ask your system + administrator for the names and port numbers of the servers running proxy + software for each network service.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To set the browser to work with the proxy:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Proxies. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li> + <li>Select one of the following: + <ul> + <li><strong>Direct connection to the Internet</strong>: Choose this if + you don't want to use a proxy.</li> + <li><strong>Automatically discover the proxy configuration</strong>: + Choose this if you want &brandShortName; to automatically detect and + configure the proxy settings, using the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#wpad">WPAD protocol</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Automatic proxy configuration URL</strong>: Choose this if + you have a proxy configuration file or URL, then enter the + configuration URL.</li> + <li><strong>Manual proxy configuration</strong>: Choose this if you + don't have a proxy location (URL), or the automatic proxy + discovery was unable to setup the proxy settings correctly. + <ul> + <li><strong>Proxy</strong>: Enter the name or numeric IP address of + the proxy server.</li> + <li><strong>Port</strong>: Enter the port number in the Port field. + Click on <q>Advanced</q> to set + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#advanced_proxy_preferences">Advanced + Proxy Preferences</a></li> + <li><strong>No Proxy for</strong>: Type the domains and/or IP + addresses that you do not want to use a proxy for. Separate each + entry with a comma. (Example: <kbd>.mozilla.org, .net.nz, + 192.168.1.0/24</kbd>.)</li> + </ul> + </li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>Domain names are the part of a URL that contains the name of an + organization, business, or school—such as mozilla.org or + washington.org. If you use local host names without the domain name, list + them the same way. Use commas to separate multiple host names. The wildcard + character [*] cannot be used.</p> + +<p>For more information on using the Proxy preferences panel, see + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies">Advanced Preferences - + Proxies</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#proxies">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<p>©right.string;</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/page_info_help.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/page_info_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e6f6e4f849 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/page_info_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,276 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Viewing Page Info</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="viewing_page_info">Viewing Page Info</h1> + +<p>The Page Info dialog box consists of several tabs that display different + kinds of information about the page you are viewing. This section provides a + brief overview of the information available in each tab.</p> + +<p>To view Page Info for the page currently displayed by the browser, open the + View menu and choose Page Info. You can then click the tab that corresponds + to the kind of information you want to view.</p> + +<p>Most of the information displayed by the General, Forms, Links and Media + tabs in Page Info is taken from the HTML source for the page. This + information is usually of interest only to web developers and other + specialists.</p> + +<p>For detailed information about HTML, including the tags displayed by Page + Info, see the <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/">HTML 4.01 + Specification</a>.</p> + +<p>The Privacy and Security tabs include information about the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#p3p">Platform for + Privacy Preferences (P3P)</a> policies of the website whose page you are + viewing and the security status of that page.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#general_tab">General Tab</a></li> + <li><a href="#forms_tab">Forms Tab</a></li> + <li><a href="#links_tab">Links Tab</a></li> + <li><a href="#media_tab">Media Tab</a></li> + <li><a href="#privacy_tab">Privacy Tab</a></li> + <li><a href="#security_tab">Security Tab</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="general_tab">General (Page Info Tab)</h2> + +<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu, the General tab displays basic + information about the page that you are viewing in the browser.</p> + +<p>The top portion displays the the name of the page (if it has one) and the + following information:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>URL</strong>: The + <a href="glossary.xhtml#url">Uniform Resource Locator</a> for the + page—that is, the standardized address that appears in the Location + Bar near the top of the browser window.</li> + <li><strong>Render mode</strong>: Indicates whether the browser is using + <strong>quirks mode</strong> or <strong>standards compliance mode</strong> + to lay out the page. Quirks mode takes account of nonstandard behavior that + may be used by some older web pages designed for older versions of web + browsers that are not fully standards compliant. Standards compliance mode + adheres strictly to standards specifications. Your browser chooses the + render mode automatically according to information contained in the web + page itself.</li> + <li><strong>Source</strong>: Indicates whether the source code for this page + has been cached.</li> + <li><strong>Encoding</strong>: The character encoding used for this HTML + document.</li> + <li><strong>Size</strong>: The size of the file, if available.</li> + <li><strong>Modified</strong>: The date the page was last modified, if + available.</li> + <li><strong>Expires</strong>: The date on which the information displayed by + the page expires.</li> +</ul> + +<p>The bottom portion displays the metatags specified by the page. Metatags + provide information about the type of content displayed by a page, such as a + general description of the page, keywords for search engines, copyright + information, and so on.</p> + +<h2 id="forms_tab">Forms (Page Info Tab)</h2> + +<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu and click the Forms tab, you + see information about all the forms displayed by the page you are currently + viewing in the browser.</p> + +<p>The top portion lists basic information about the way each form in the page + is specified in the HTML source:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Name</strong>: The form's name, if any.</li> + <li><strong>Method</strong>: The HTML method used to send information + captured by the form back to the web server. <tt>GET</tt> appends your + filled-in values to the website address to which it submits the form. + <tt>POST</tt> sends the values to the website as parameters that can be + read by a program on the website.</li> + <li><strong>Form Action</strong>: The URL of the program to be invoked when + the form is submitted.</li> +</ul> + +<p>When you select a form listed in the top portion of the Forms tab, the + bottom portion displays detailed information about the way each of of that + form's elements is specified in the HTML source:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Label</strong>: The element's label (if it is tagged as such + in the HTML).</li> + <li><strong>Field Name</strong>: The element's name.</li> + <li><strong>Type</strong>: The element's input type, such as + <tt>TEXT</tt> (for submitting text), <tt>RADIO</tt> (for a radio button), + or <tt>HIDDEN</tt> (for storing information that is submitted but not + displayed on the screen).</li> + <li><strong>Current Value</strong>: The current value of the element. For + example, the current value of a text element is the text it currently + contains.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="links_tab">Links (Page Info Tab)</h2> + +<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu and click the Links tab, you + see a list of all the links available on that page. The following information + is displayed for each link:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Name</strong>: The text displayed in the browser as a link.</li> + <li><strong>Address</strong>: The <a href="glossary.xhtml#url">URL</a> for the + page to which the link points.</li> + <li><strong>Type</strong>: The type of link, such Anchor (for a link to a + specific place in an HTML document) or Form Submission.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="media_tab">Media (Page Info Tab)</h2> + +<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu and click the Media tab, you + see a list of all the images and other media elements displayed by the + page.</p> + +<p>The top portion lists basic information about each element, including its + address (<a href="glossary.xhtml#url">URL</a>) and type.</p> + +<p>When you select a media element listed in the top portion of the Media tab, + the bottom portion displays available information about that element, such as + description, size, or dimensions.</p> + +<p>You can also see the selected element at the bottom of the dialog box. To + see larger images, you need to click the lower-right corner of the Page Info + dialog box and drag.</p> + +<p>To save a media element as a separate file:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Save As</strong>: Select the element you want to save, click Save + As, and navigate to the location where you want to save it.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="privacy_tab">Privacy (Page Info Tab)</h2> + +<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu and click the Privacy tab, you + see a list of all the special elements that are part of the page.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Page Components</strong>: Under the page URL, there are many + categories. To see the list of items in any category, double-click on + the name: + <ul> + <li><strong>Links</strong>: Shows all of the links.</li> + <li><strong>Java Applets</strong>: Lists the Java applets (if any).</li> + <li><strong>Image Maps</strong>: Shows all of the image maps.</li> + <li><strong>Form Submissions</strong>: List the script names used to + gather used data on the page.</li> + <li><strong>Frames</strong>: Shows the frames which make up the page.</li> + <li><strong>Images</strong>: Displays all of the images used in the + page.</li> + <li><strong>External Loaded Documents</strong>: Contains the list of the + external documents loaded to display the page (such as css files or + images).</li> + <li><strong>Generic Objects</strong>: Shows a list of generic + objects.</li> + <li><strong>Scripts</strong>: Lists all of the scripts in the page.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Policy</strong>: This button will try to open the policy file for + the site whose page is currently shown.</li> + <li><strong>Summary</strong>: Select this if you want to view the Privacy + Policy Viewer, showing concise data about the privacy policy of the site + you are browsing.</li> + <li><strong>Options</strong>: This will try to open the page on the remote + site that allows the user to modify his/her own personal data stored on the + remote site.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="security_tab">Security (Page Info Tab)</h2> + +<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu and click the Security tab, you + see information about + <a href="glossary.xhtml#authentication">authentication</a> and + <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">encryption</a> for the web page you are + viewing. The top portion indicates whether the website's identity has + been verified, and the bottom portion describes whether the page was + encrypted when it was received by the browser.</p> + +<p>You can also open the Security tab directly by clicking the lock icon in the + lower-right corner of any browser window.</p> + +<p>The top portion of the Security tab can display any of these messages:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Website Identity Not Verified</strong>: The website you are + viewing did not present a certificate to authenticate itself. Therefore, + Certificate Manager cannot verify its identity. It is possible, though + unlikely, that the website is not what it claims to be.</li> + <li><strong>Website Identity Verified</strong>: The certificate that + Certificate Manager has used to verify this website's identity was + issued by a certificate authority (CA) marked as one that you trust. You + can be reasonably confident that the website is what it claims to be.</li> +</ul> + +<p>The bottom portion of the Security tab can display any of these + messages:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Connection Not Encrypted</strong>: It is possible that other + people can view information sent from your computer to the website or + information sent by the website to your computer, but it is unlikely that + someone is actually doing so.</li> + <li><strong>Connection Encrypted</strong>: In general, the strength of an + encrypted connection depends on the length of the keys used for encryption, + measured in bits. The longer the key, the stronger the + encryption—that is, the harder it is to for an unauthorized person to + unscramble the encrypted information. + + <p>The Page Info window describes encryption strength in one of three + ways:</p> + + <ul> + <li><strong>High-grade encryption</strong>: Strongest encryption + available, using 128-bit keys at a minimum.</li> + <li><strong>Medium-grade encryption</strong>: Somewhat stronger than + low-grade encryption, using 56- or 64-bit keys.</li> + <li><strong>Low-grade encryption</strong>: Weakest encryption available, + using 40-bit keys.</li> + </ul> + + <p>Most websites support high-grade encryption. If you are viewing an older + website that supports a weaker form of encryption, it is possible that + other people can view information sent from your computer to the website + or information sent by the website to your computer, but it is unlikely + that someone is actually doing so.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>Lack of any encryption or lack of strong encryption should be of concern + only if you are sending or viewing confidential information, such as your + credit card number.</p> + +<p>You can quickly check the encryption status of a web page by noting the + state of the lock icon at the bottom-right corner of the browser window. For + more details, see + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page">Checking + Security for a Web Page</a>.</p> + +<p>©right.string;</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/passwords_help.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/passwords_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..466cdf5864 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/passwords_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,476 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Password Settings</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="password_settings">Password Settings</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to set your password preferences, set your Master + Password, and control other aspects of password handling.</p> + +<p>For step-by-step descriptions of various tasks related to passwords, see + <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Using the Password + Manager</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#passwords">Privacy & Security Preferences - + Passwords</a></li> + <li><a href="#password_manager">Password Manager</a></li> + <li><a href="#master_passwords">Privacy & Security Preferences - + Master Passwords</a></li> + <li><a href="#change_master_password">Change Master Passwords</a></li> + <li><a href="#master_password_timeout">Master Password Timeout</a></li> + <li><a href="#reset_master_password">Reset Master Password</a></li> + <li><a href="#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good Password</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="passwords">Privacy & Security Preferences - Passwords</h2> + +<p>This section describes the Passwords preferences panel. If you're not + already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Passwords. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<h3>Password Manager</h3> + +<p>Password Manager preferences allow you to</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Remember passwords</strong>: Select this checkbox to turn + Password Manager on, so that it asks to store your user names and passwords + at appropriate times and enters them for you automatically when + they're requested. To turn off Password Manager, deselect the same + checkbox.</li> + <li><strong>Manage Stored Passwords</strong>: Click this button to manage + information about your stored passwords and the sites whose user names and + passwords you don't want to be stored.</li> +</ul> + +<p>For detailed information about using Password Manager, including how to + override it for individual sites and how to view and manage stored passwords, + see <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Using the + Password Manager</a>.</p> + +<h3 id="encrypting_versus_obscuring">Encrypting Versus Obscuring</h3> + +<p>If you use Password Manager or Form Manager to save passwords and personal + data, this sensitive information is stored on your computer in a file + that's difficult, but not impossible, for an intruder to read. This way + of storing information is sometimes described as <q>obscuring</q>. This + is the default setting that applies to information stored by Password Manager + or Form Manager.</p> + +<p>For improved protection, you may choose to protect the file with encryption. + Encryption makes it more difficult (but again, not impossible) for an + unauthorized person to view your stored sensitive information.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Use encryption when storing sensitive data</strong>: Select this + checkbox to turn on encryption, or deselect it to turn off encryption.</li> +</ul> + +<p>If you have not previously set a + <a href="glossary.xhtml#master_password">master password</a>, you will be + asked to create one. To do so, follow the instructions as they appear on your + screen.</p> + +<p>Using encryption versus obscuring for stored sensitive data is a tradeoff + between improved security and convenience:</p> + +<ul> + <li>If you use encryption, you will need to enter a master password + periodically, which can be inconvenient. (For information about controlling + how often it is requested, see the discussion of the Master Password + timeout at + <a href="#master_passwords">Privacy & Security Preferences - Master + Passwords</a>.)</li> + <li>If you use obscuring, you may not have to set a master password at all + (unless you're using certificates for identification purposes), but it + may be easier for a stranger who has access to your computer to steal your + passwords.</li> +</ul> + +<p>For more details, see + <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Encrypting + Stored Sensitive Information</a>.</p> + +<h2 id="password_manager">Password Manager</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use Password Manager dialog box to control + your stored passwords. If you are not already viewing it, follow these + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Passwords. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>Click Manage Stored Passwords.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Alternatively, open the Tools menu, choose Password manager, and then choose + Manage Stored Passwords from the submenu.</p> + +<p>The Password Manager has two tabs:</p> + +<ol> + <li><strong>Passwords Saved</strong>: Click this tab to view the list of + sites for which Password Manager has saved your user name and + password—that is, the sites for which you selected <q>Yes</q> + in response to Password Manager's request to store logon + information. + + <p>The second column shows the user name for each site. If the password is + stored in encrypted form, <q>(encrypted)</q> appears after the user + name.</p> + + <p>By default, stored passwords are not displayed.</p> + + <ul> + <li>To see the list of stored passwords, click Show Passwords and confirm + your choice.</li> + <li>To hide the passwords, click Hide Passwords.</li> + </ul> + + <p>If you remove an entry from the list, the stored user name and password + will be discarded, and you will need to log in manually the next time you + visit that site.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Passwords Never Saved</strong>: Click this tab to view the list + of sites for which you selected <q>Never for this site</q> in response + to Password Manager's request to store logon information. + + <p>If a site is included on this list, you will always have to type in your + user name and password manually when you log onto the site.</p> + + <p>If you remove an entry from this list, Password Manager will again ask + you, the next time you log onto the site, whether to store your user name + and password.</p> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>Regardless of which tab you are viewing, you can remove entries from the + list as follows:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Remove</strong>: Select one or more entries that you want to + remove, then click Remove.</li> + <li><strong>Remove All</strong>: Click this button to remove all the entries + listed in the tab you are viewing.</li> +</ul> + +<p>For more information about the Password Manager, see <a href= + "using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Using the Password + Manager</a>.</p> + +<h2 id="master_passwords">Privacy & Security Preferences - Master + Passwords</h2> + +<p>This section describes the Master Passwords preferences panel. If you are + not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Master Passwords. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>A master password protects a security device, which is a software or + hardware device that stores sensitive information associated with your + identity, such as keys or certificates.</p> + +<p>For example, the browser has a built-in Software Security Device, and you + can also use external security devices, such as smart cards, if your computer + is configured to use them.</p> + +<p>The master password for the browser's built-in Software Security Device + also protects stored sensitive information such as email passwords, website + passwords, and other data stored by the Password Manager and Form + Manager.</p> + +<p>Each security device, whether it is software or hardware, has its own + separate Master Password.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Change Password</strong>: Click this button to set or change any + of your master passwords. For information about using the Change Master + Password dialog box that appears when you click this button, see + <a href="#change_master_password">Change Master Password</a>.</li> + <li>You can control how often the browser requests your master password: + <ul> + <li><strong>The first time it is needed</strong>: This setting + (selected by default) causes the browser to request your master + password only the first time it needs access to the private key + database after launching. The browser will not request the master + password again until after you exit and relaunch it. This setting + provides the lowest level of protection.</li> + <li><strong>Every time it is needed</strong>: This setting ensures that + the browser will never access your saved personal information without + first requesting your master password. This setting provides the + highest level of protection.</li> + <li><strong>If it has not been used for [__] minutes or longer</strong>: + This setting causes the browser to request your master password if it + needs to access your personal information and the specified interval + has elapsed since the last time it did so.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Reset Master Password</strong>: Click this button to reset the + master password for the Software Security Device. For more information, + see <a href="#reset_master_password">Reset Master Password</a>.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="change_master_password">Change Master Password</h2> + +<p>You must remember your old master password to change it with the Change + Password button.</p> + +<p>This section describes the Change Master Password dialog box. If you're + not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Master Passwords. (If + no subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>Click Change Password.</li> +</ol> + +<p>A master password protects a security device, which is a software or + hardware device that stores sensitive information associated with your + identity, such as keys or certificates.</p> + +<p>For example, the browser has a built-in Software Security Device, and you + can also use external security devices, such as smart cards, if your computer + is configured to use them.</p> + +<p>The master password for the browser's built-in Software Security Device + also protects your master key. Your master key is used to encrypt sensitive + information such as email passwords, website passwords, and other data stored + by the Password Manager and Form Manager.</p> + +<p>You use the Change Master Password dialog box to provide the following + information:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Security Device</strong>: Each security device requires a + separate master password. For example, if you are using one or more smart + cards to store some of your certificates, you should set a separate master + password for each one. If more than one security device is available, a + drop-down list at the top of the Set Master Password dialog box allows you + to choose the device whose password you want to change.</li> + <li><strong>Current password</strong>: If you are changing an existing master + password, you must first type the current password. If you don't type + the current password correctly, you will see the message <q>You did not + enter the current correct Master Password</q> after you click OK. If this + happens, you must retype your current password.</li> + <li><strong>New password</strong>: Type your new password into this + field.</li> + <li><strong>New password (again)</strong>: Type your new password again. If + you don't type it the second time exactly as you did the first time, + the OK button remains inactive. If this happens, try typing the new + password again.</li> +</ul> + +<p>If someone uses your computer who knows or can guess your master password, + that person may be able to access websites while pretending to be you. This + can be dangerous—for example, if you manage your financial accounts + over the Internet.</p> + +<p>Therefore, it's important to select a master password that's + difficult to guess. The <strong>password quality meter</strong> gives you a + rough idea of the quality of your password as you type it based on factors + such as length and the use of uppercase letters, lowercase letters, numbers, + and symbols. It does not guarantee, however, that no one will be able to + guess your password.</p> + +<p>For further guidelines, see <a href="#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing + a Good Password</a>.</p> + +<p>It's also important to record your master password in a safe + place—and <strong>not</strong> anywhere that's easily accessible + to someone else. If you forget this password, you may not be able to access + important information, such as websites that require passwords or + certificates stored on your computer.</p> + +<h2 id="master_password_timeout">Master Password Timeout</h2> + +<p>After you first set a new master password, you will be asked to enter it + only when the newly launched browser first needs it to access personal + information, such as a user name and password, saved form data, or personal + certificates.</p> + +<p>You can control how often the browser requests your master password:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>The first time it is needed</strong>: This setting + (selected by default) causes the browser to request your master password + only the first time it needs access to the private key database after + launching. The browser will not request the master password again until + after you exit and relaunch it. This setting provides the lowest level + of protection.</li> + <li><strong>Every time it is needed</strong>: This setting ensures that + the browser will never access your saved personal information without + first requesting your master password. This setting provides the highest + level of protection.</li> + <li><strong>If it has not been used for [__] minutes or longer</strong>: + This setting causes the browser to request your master password if it + needs to access your personal information and the specified interval + has elapsed since the last time it did so.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="reset_master_password">Reset Master Password</h2> + +<p><strong>Warning</strong>: If you reset your master password, you will + permanently erase all the encrypted web passwords, email passwords, and form + data saved on your behalf by Password Manager and Form Manager. You will also + lose all your personal certificates associated with the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device">Software Security + Device</a>.</p> + +<p>Note that encrypted passwords and form data will be lost only if you have + turned on encryption for this stored information. For information about + turning encryption on or off, see + <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#turning_encryption_on_and_off">Turning + Encryption On and Off</a>.</p> + +<p>To change your master password rather than resetting it, click the Change + Password button in the Master Passwords preferences panel.</p> + +<p>This section describes the Reset Master Password dialog box. If you're + not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Master Passwords. (If + no subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>Click Reset Password.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Warning</strong>: If you reset your master password, you will + permanently erase all encrypted web passwords, email passwords, and form data + saved on your behalf by Password Manager and Form Manager. You will also lose + all your personal certificates associated with the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device">software security + device</a>.</p> + +<p>Encrypted passwords and form data will be lost only if you have turned on + encryption for this stored information. For information about turning + encryption on or off, see + <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#turning_encryption_on_and_off">Turning + Encryption On and Off</a>.</p> + +<p>If you remember your master password and decide to change it, you can do so + without danger of losing any personal information. If you are viewing the + Reset Master Password alert and you decide you want to change your password + rather than resetting it, click Cancel to return to the Master Passwords + preferences panel, then click Change Password. For details, see + <a href="#change_master_password">Change Master Password</a>.</p> + +<p>Resetting your master password is a last resort that you should use only if + you are absolutely sure you've forgotten it. The seriousness of the + situation depends on how much personal data your forgotten master password + protects.</p> + +<p>Resetting your master password does not create a new password. Instead, it + removes all the data your old master password protects. You will be asked to + specify a new master password the next time the browser needs to store + personal information.</p> + +<p>After you reset your master password, you may also want to re-save personal + information that you want to have prefilled in the future. For example, as + you browse you may want Password Manager to save website and email passwords + again.</p> + +<p>You will also need to enter data by hand until Form Manager accumulates + enough data to fill in forms automatically. In addition, any personal + certificates associated with the software security device will be permanently + erased and you will need to apply for new ones.</p> + +<p><strong>Note for smart card users</strong>: Each smart card has its own + master password. The master password for a smart card protects only the data + on that smart card (such as personal certificates). You can normally change + the master password for a smart card (assuming that you remember it), but you + cannot reset it.</p> + +<h2 id="choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good Password</h2> + +<p>Choosing a good password will help in keeping your personal information + safe and private. To improve the security of your password, follow some + or all of these suggestions:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Special and punctuation characters (*!$+) mixed with letters and + numbers.</li> + <li>Mixed upper and lower-case letters—putting capitals in random + locations throughout a password is effective.</li> + <li>Nonsense words that aren't found in dictionaries but are easy to + pronounce.</li> + <li>Eight or more characters.</li> +</ul> + +<p>You should avoid personal information that could be guessed. So the + following common items should be avoided:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Personal or family names, your initials or birthdays.</li> + <li>Your social security number.</li> + <li>Names of pets or famous places.</li> + <li>Phone numbers or addresses.</li> + <li>Words from any kind of dictionary.</li> + <li>Your username, login name or computer's name.</li> + <li>Repetition of the same letter or symbol.</li> + <li>Sequences of keyboard keys, such as <q>12345</q> or <q>qwerty</q>.</li> + <li>Any minor modification of the above, such as appending a character to the + end of your name or spelling backwards.</li> +</ul> + +<p>A good way to choose a secure but easily remembered password is to use the + first character of each word in a phrase. For instance, <q>StNh*nbsS</q> + stands for <q>Surfing the Net has never been so Suite</q>; the asterisk in + the middle is included for increased security. (Don't use this + password!)</p> + +<p>To further protect your personal data, you are advised to follow these + simple rules:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Never give the password out to anyone.</li> + <li>If someone has learnt your password, change it immediately.</li> + <li>Every few months, change your password.</li> + <li>Choose a password you can remember so you don't have to write it + down.</li> + <li>Avoid letting people observe you typing your password.</li> +</ul> + +<p>©right.string;</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/privacy_help.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/privacy_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..55ce260cad --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/privacy_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,246 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Privacy on the Internet</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="using_privacy_features">Using Privacy Features</h1> + +<p>Your browser includes features you can use to enhance the privacy and + security of your personal information. The sections that follow describe how + your browser can help you control cookies, passwords, forms, and images while + you are surfing the Internet.</p> + +<p>Some web sites publish their privacy policies according to the Platform for + Privacy Preferences (P3P) standard. For information on how to customize your + browser based on this standard, see + <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#setting_privacy_levels">Setting Privacy + Levels</a>.</p> + +<p>For information about related &brandShortName; security features, see + <a href="mail_sec_help.xhtml">Signing & Encrypting Messages</a> and + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml">Using Certificates</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">Privacy topics: + <ul> + <li><a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Privacy on the Internet</a></li> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager">Using the + Cookie Manager</a></li> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Using the + Password Manager</a></li> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_form_manager">Using the Form + Manager</a></li> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Encrypting + Stored Sensitive Information</a></li> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_images">Managing Images</a></li> + <li><a href="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#controlling_popups">Controlling Popups</a></li> + <li><a href="privsec_help.xhtml">Privacy & Security Preferences</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h1 id="privacy_on_the_internet">Privacy on the Internet</h1> + +<p>This section summarizes some background information about privacy on the + Internet. It also describes several things you can do to help safeguard your + own privacy. It is not intended to provide a complete description of Internet + privacy issues.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#what_information_does_my_browser_give_to_a_web_site">What + Information Does My Browser Give to a Web Site?</a></li> + <li><a href="#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work">What Are Cookies, and + How Do They Work?</a></li> + <li><a href="#how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages">How Can I + Control Web Pages in Email Messages?</a></li> + <li><a href="#how_can_i_make_sure_unauthorized_people_dont_use_information_about_me">How + Can I Make Sure Unauthorized People Don't Use Information About + Me?</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="what_information_does_my_browser_give_to_a_web_site">What Information + Does My Browser Give to a Web Site?</h2> + +<p>When your browser displays a web page—for example, each time you click + a link or type a URL, or when a web page is displayed in an email + message—it gives certain kinds of information to the site. This + information may include (but is not limited to) your operating environment, + your Internet address, and the page you're coming from.</p> + +<h3>Operating Environment</h3> + +<p>The site is told something about your operating environment, such as your + browser type and operating system. This helps the site present the page in + the best way for your screen. For example, the site might learn that you use + the French version of Mozilla 1.2 on a Windows 2000 computer.</p> + +<h3 id="internet_address">Internet Address</h3> + +<p>Your browser must tell the site your Internet address (also known as the + Internet Protocol, or IP address) so the site knows where to send the page + you are requesting. The site can't present the page you want to see + unless it knows your IP address.</p> + +<p>Your IP address can be either temporary or fixed (static).</p> + +<p>If you connect to the Internet through a standard modem that's attached + to your phone line, then your Internet service provider (ISP) may assign you + a temporary IP address each time you log on. You use the temporary IP address + for the duration of your Internet session—for example, until you sign + off or hang up your dial-up connection, or otherwise end your computer's + live connection with the Internet. Each ISP has many IP addresses, and they + assign the addresses at random to users.</p> + +<p>If you have DSL, a cable modem, or a fiber-optic connection, you may have a + fixed IP address that you use every time you connect.</p> + +<p>Your IP address is not the same as your email address.</p> + +<h3>Referring Page</h3> + +<p>The site is also told which page you were reading when you clicked a link to + see one of the site's pages. This allows the site to know which site + referred you. Or, as you traverse the site, it allows the site to know which + of its pages you came from.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work">What Are Cookies, and How Do + They Work?</h2> + +<p>A cookie is a small bit of information used by some web sites. When you + visit a site that uses cookies, the site might ask your browser to place one + or more cookies on your hard disk.</p> + +<p>Later, when you return to the site, your browser sends back the cookies that + belong to the site.</p> + +<p>When you are using the default cookie settings, this activity is invisible + to you, and you won't know when a site is setting a cookie or when your + browser is sending a web site's cookie back. However, you can set your + preferences so that you will be asked before a cookie is set. For information + on how to do this, see + <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#setting_privacy_levels">Setting Privacy + Levels</a>.</p> + +<h3>How Do Sites Use Cookie Information?</h3> + +<p>Cookies allow a site to know something about your previous visits. For + example, if you typically search for local weather or purchase books at a web + site, the site may use cookies to remember what city you live in or what + authors you like, so it can make your next visit easier and more useful.</p> + +<p>Many web sites publish privacy policies that describe how they use the + information they receive.</p> + +<p>You can check a web site's privacy policy to see what it says about the + information it collects, how that information is used, and what choices you + have regarding the use of that information. To learn how to do this, see + <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#viewing_privacy_policies">Viewing Privacy + Policies</a>.</p> + +<p>For information on how to manage cookies with the aid of published privacy + policies, see <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#setting_privacy_levels">Setting + Privacy Levels</a>.</p> + +<h3 id="what_are_third-party_cookies">What Are Third-Party Cookies?</h3> + +<p>If your browser stores a site's cookie, it will return the cookie only + to that particular site. Your browser will not provide one site with cookies + set by another. Since a web site can only receive its own cookies, it can + learn about your activities while you are at that site but not your + activities in general while surfing the Web.</p> + +<p>But sometimes a web site displays content that is hosted on another web + site. That content can be anything from an image to text or an advertisement. + The other web site that hosts such elements also has the ability to store a + cookie in your browser, even though you don't visit the site directly. +</p> + +<p>Cookies that are stored by a site other than the one you are visiting are + called <strong>third-party cookies</strong> or <strong>foreign + cookies</strong>. Web sites sometimes use third-party cookies with + <strong>transparent GIFs</strong>, which are special images that help sites + count users, track email responses, learn more about how visitors use the + site, or customize your browsing experience. (Transparent GIFs are also known + as web beacons or web bugs.)</p> + +<p>If you want, you can adjust your cookie preferences so that sites can store + ordinary cookies but not third-party ones.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages">How Can I Control Web + Pages in Email Messages?</h2> + +<p>You can disable cookies, images, JavaScript, and plugins completely for + web pages that are received as part of email messages.</p> + +<p>While it may be convenient to enable some or all of these capabilities when + you're browsing the web, they may not be necessary in single web pages + sent as attachments to messages.</p> + +<p>For information on enabling or disabling cookies, images, JavaScript, and + plugins in email messages, see the following sections:</p> + +<ul> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies">Privacy & Security + Preferences - Cookies</a></li> + <li><a href="mail_help.xhtml#message_display">Mail & Newsgroups + Preferences - Message Display</a></li> + <li><a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins">Advanced + Preferences - Scripts & Plugins</a></li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="how_can_i_make_sure_unauthorized_people_dont_use_information_about_me">How + Can I Make Sure Unauthorized People Don't Use Information About Me?</h2> + +<p>The best way to keep your information private is to read the privacy + policies for the web sites you visit and the Internet services you use, and + to be cautious about giving out your personal information online.</p> + +<p>The Internet is a public network. When you send your name, phone number, + address, and other personal information over the network (via a web page, + email, or any other method), it is possible that someone else may be able to + intercept it.</p> + +<p>Here are some questions you might ask about a web site's privacy + policy:</p> + +<ul> + <li>What kinds of personal information is this site gathering?</li> + <li>How will the site use the information?</li> + <li>Will the site share the information with others and do I have choices + regarding the use of any shared information?</li> + <li>Can I access some or all of the information a site gathers about me, in + order to inspect or update it?</li> + <li>How does the site protect the information?</li> + <li>How do I contact the web site if I have questions or problems?</li> +</ul> + +<p>For information about checking a web site's privacy policy, see + <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#viewing_privacy_policies">Viewing Privacy + Policies</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<p>©right.string;</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/privsec_help.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/privsec_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f112a21db8 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/privsec_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Privacy & Security Preferences</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1>Privacy & Security Preferences</h1> + +<p>The sections listed below describe the Privacy & Security preferences. + To see the preference panels, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Click the Privacy & Security category. If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand the list, then + click the name for the preferences you want to view or change.</li> +</ol> + +<p>For help with a panel's settings, click the appropriate link below.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">Related sections: + <ul> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies">Cookies</a></li> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#images">Images</a></li> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#forms">Forms</a></li> + <li><a href="passwords_help.xhtml">Passwords</a></li> + <li><a href="passwords_help.xhtml#master_passwords">Master Passwords</a></li> + <li><a href="ssl_help.xhtml">SSL</a></li> + <li><a href="certs_prefs_help.xhtml">Certificates</a></li> + <li><a href="validation_help.xhtml">Validation</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<p>©right.string;</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/profiles_help.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/profiles_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3db8bc48d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/profiles_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,227 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Managing Profiles</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="managing_profiles">Managing Profiles</h1> + +<p>If you use the Internet at home and at work, you may want to have access to + a different set of bookmarks, preferences, address books, email accounts, + Sidebar setup, and so on. Similarly, family members may want to share a copy + of the same browser software but keep their Internet identities separate.</p> + +<p>The Profile Manager lets you create different profiles, each with its own + bookmarks, preferences, email settings, and so on. You automatically create a + default profile when you first install your browser software. After you + create one or more additional profiles, you will be asked which you want to + use each time you launch the browser.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#creating_a_new_profile">Creating a New Profile</a></li> + <li><a href="#deleting_or_renaming_a_profile">Deleting or Renaming a + Profile</a></li> + <li><a href="#roaming_profiles">Roaming Profiles</a></li> + <li><a href="#roaming_prefs">Roaming User Preferences</a></li> + <li><a href="#roaming_item_selection">Roaming User Preferences - Item + selection</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="creating_a_new_profile">Creating a New Profile</h2> + +<p>To create a profile:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Profile Manager: + <ul> + <li><strong>If &brandShortName; is running</strong>: Open the Tools menu + and select Switch Profile.</li> + <li><strong>If &brandShortName; is closed</strong>:<span class="win"> + Open the Start menu and choose Programs, then &brandShortName;, then + Profile Manager.</span><span class="mac"> Hold down the + <kbd>Option</kbd> key while you're starting &brandShortName; from + the Finder or the Dock.</span><span class="unix"> Type the following at + the command line: <kbd>./mozilla -profilemanager</kbd></span></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click Create Profile, read the Profile description, and then click + Next.</li> + <li>Enter a profile name. This can be anything you like, such as your real + name or a name that's related to what you use the profile for, such as + <q>School</q>.</li> + <li>Accept the default location for the new profile, or click the Choose + Folder button and navigate to the location you want.</li> + <li>If you have additional Language Packs installed, click + Select Language and choose the language you want.</li> + <li>Click Finish.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_profiles">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="deleting_or_renaming_a_profile">Deleting or Renaming a Profile</h2> + +<p>You may want to delete profiles that you don't normally use. To delete + or rename an existing profile:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Profile Manager: + <ul> + <li><strong>If &brandShortName; is running</strong>: Open the Tools menu + and select Switch Profile. <strong>Note</strong>: You can't delete + the profile that is in use.</li> + <li><strong>If &brandShortName; is closed</strong>: + <span class="win"> Open the Start menu and choose Programs, then + &brandShortName;, then Profile Manager.</span><span class="mac"> Hold + down the <kbd>Option</kbd> key while you're starting + &brandShortName; from the Finder or the Dock.</span><span class="unix"> + Type the following at the command line: + <kbd>./mozilla -profilemanager</kbd></span></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>To delete a profile, select its name and click Delete Profile. In the + confirmation box, choose one of the following options: + <ul> + <li><strong>Delete files</strong>: Deletes the whole profile folder + with its stored data (bookmarks, preferences, email + accounts, and so on). <em>Make sure that you won't need anything + from the profile in the future before you choose this option.</em></li> + <li><strong>Don't delete files</strong>: Removes the profile from + the list of available profiles, but keeps the profile folder. By + choosing this option none of your profile's stored data will be + deleted.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>To rename a profile, select its name, click Rename Profile, and follow the + instructions.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_profiles">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="roaming_profiles">Roaming Profiles</h2> + +<p>Roaming profiles allow you to store your profile and associated settings on + a central server or file share. The advantage of this is that your settings + can follow you from one machine to another. For example, you may wish to use + &brandShortName; both at work and at home keeping your bookmarks, address + book, and other settings in sync, or a company may want to allow its + employees to use their &brandShortName; profile on any computer.</p> + +<p>Roaming profiles can be stored on a HTTP or FTP server. You will need a + user name and password on that server, so that you can have write access + to the appropriate directory for storing and retrieving your profile. + Alternatively, for computers that use a common file share, you can store + the profile in a local directory using the Copy method.</p> + +<p>Whenever you start &brandShortName;, your profile is downloaded and whenever + you shutdown &brandShortName;, your profile is uploaded.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_profiles">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="roaming_prefs">Roaming User Preferences</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the main Roaming User preferences panel. + If you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Click on the Roaming User category.</li> + <li>Select <strong>Enable remote profile storage</strong> to activate roaming + for the current profile.</li> + <li>Select one of the following: + <ul> + <li><strong>HTTP / FTP</strong>: Choose this if you wish to have the + profile information copied to a FTP or HTTP server. + <ul> + <li><strong>Base URL</strong>: Type the URL of the directory where + the roaming profile will be stored. This can be an FTP, HTTP or + HTTPS URL. FTP is probably easiest to set up on a home network. + In other cases, especially when transmitting over the Internet, + it is strongly recommended to use HTTPS, because otherwise, all + your saved passwords and bookmarks (depending on your Item + Selection) might be read by other people on the same network. + + <p><strong>Examples</strong>:<br/> + <kbd><https://user@http-server/dir/></kbd><br/> + <kbd><ftp://user@ftp-server//home/user/dir/></kbd><br/> + <kbd><ftp://user@ftp-server/dir/></kbd></p> + + </li> + <li><strong>Username</strong>: Type the user name that will be + used to access the FTP or HTTP server.</li> + <li><strong>Save password</strong>: Enable this option to save the + password for the user name that you have supplied.</li> + <li><strong>Password</strong>: Type the password for the user name + that you supplied.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>File Copy</strong>: Choose this if you wish to have the + profile information copied to a local directory. + <ul> + <li>Click <strong>Browse</strong> and select the directory where you + wish the profile information to be copied to and retrieved + from.</li> + </ul> + </li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_profiles">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="roaming_item_selection">Roaming User Preferences - Item selection</h2> + +<p>By default, only bookmarks, cookies, and the personal addressbook are stored + on the roaming server. If all items are greyed out, make sure to have Roaming + enabled.To enable or disable roaming of other profile informations, follow + these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Roaming User category, click Item Selection. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Roaming User to expand the + list.)</li> + <li>Select the items that you wish to be included in the roaming profile + synchronization.</li> +</ol> + +<p>You cannot roam your local email, partly because that would take too long. + Use IMAP for this purpose.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you are using a slow connection, be aware that + some files can be quite large, so this will impact your startup time. + &brandShortName; will have to download locally all of the files you + selected from the list before being fully functional, and save them back + to the remote server when you exit &brandShortName;.</p> + +<p>For further information about setting up Roaming Access on a server, see + the online document + <a href="http://www.klomp.org/mod_roaming/">mod_roaming - Roaming Access + module for Apache</a> or + <a href="http://web.archive.org/web/20020207131101/http://help.netscape.com/products/client/communicator/manual_roaming2.html">Manually + Implementing Roaming Access</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_profiles">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<p>©right.string;</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..21cdb57ca3 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,348 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>&brandShortName; Keyboard Shortcuts</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1>&brandShortName; Keyboard Shortcuts</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#using_shortcuts">Using Shortcuts</a></li> + <li><a href="#general_mozilla_shortcuts">General &brandShortName; + Shortcuts</a></li> + <li><a href="#help_window_shortcuts">Help Window Shortcuts</a></li> + <li><a href="shortcuts-navigator.xhtml">Browser Shortcuts</a></li> + <li><a href="shortcuts-mailnews.xhtml">Mail & Newsgroups + Shortcuts</a></li> + <li><a href="shortcuts-composer.xhtml">Composer Shortcuts</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="using_shortcuts">Using Shortcuts</h2> + +<p>This document uses the following format for listing shortcuts:</p> + +<p><strong>Example:</strong></p> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Copy</td> + <td>Ctrl+C</td> + <td>Cmd+C</td> + <td>Ctrl+C</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p>To perform a command, press the buttons listed together at the same time. + For example, to copy in Windows, press Ctrl and C at the same time.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: The plus sign (+) means that you must press two keys + surrounding the plus sign at the same time. If there is more than one plus + sign (such as Ctrl+Shift+C), it means that all three buttons surrounding the + plus sign must be pressed at the same time.</p> + +<p><strong>Abbreviations:</strong></p> + +<ul> + <li>Ctrl = Control Key</li> + <li>Cmd = Command key on the Mac OS Keyboard</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Some keyboard shortcuts perform different functions + based on cursor location (focus). For example, if you press Home on Windows + while viewing a web page, &brandShortName; will move to the top of the web + page. However, if you press Home on Windows while the cursor is in a text + field, the cursor will go to the beginning of the text field.</p> + +<h2 id="general_mozilla_shortcuts">General &brandShortName; Shortcuts</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Copy</td> + <td>Ctrl+C</td> + <td>Cmd+C</td> + <td>Ctrl+C</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Paste</td> + <td>Ctrl+V</td> + <td>Cmd+V</td> + <td>Ctrl+V</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Cut</td> + <td>Ctrl+X</td> + <td>Cmd+X</td> + <td>Ctrl+X</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Select All</td> + <td>Ctrl+A</td> + <td>Cmd+A</td> + <td>Alt+A</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Close Window</td> + <td>Ctrl+W</td> + <td>Cmd+W</td> + <td>Ctrl+W</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Delete Next Word</td> + <td>Ctrl+Del</td> + <td></td> + <td>Ctrl+Del</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go Up One Page</td> + <td>Page Up</td> + <td>Page Up</td> + <td>Page Up</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go Down One Page </td> + <td>Page Down</td> + <td>Page Down</td> + <td>Page Down</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go Up One Line</td> + <td>Up Arrow</td> + <td>Up Arrow</td> + <td>Up Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go Down One Line</td> + <td>Down Arrow</td> + <td>Down Arrow</td> + <td>Down Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Undo</td> + <td>Ctrl+Z</td> + <td>Cmd+Z</td> + <td>Ctrl+Z</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Redo</td> + <td>Ctrl+Y or Ctrl+Shift+Z</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+Z</td> + <td>Ctrl+Y or Ctrl+Shift+Z</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Find</td> + <td>Ctrl+F</td> + <td>Cmd+F</td> + <td>Ctrl+F</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Find Again</td> + <td>Ctrl+G or F3</td> + <td>Cmd+G</td> + <td>Ctrl+G</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Find Links As You Type</td> + <td>' (apostrophe)</td> + <td>' (apostrophe)</td> + <td>' (apostrophe)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Find Text As You Type</td> + <td>/</td> + <td>/</td> + <td>/</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open Context Menu</td> + <td>Shift+F10</td> + <td>Ctrl+Space</td> + <td>Shift+F10</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + Open Main Menu <span class="noMac">(switches to the first drop-down menu + at the top of the window)</span> + </td> + <td>Alt or F10</td> + <td>(Mac OS X: Controlled through keyboard preference in Control Panel)</td> + <td>F10</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move to beginning of line (in a text editing field)</td> + <td>Home</td> + <td>Cmd+Left Arrow</td> + <td>Ctrl+A</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move to end of line (in a text editing field)</td> + <td>End</td> + <td>Cmd+Right Arrow</td> + <td>Ctrl+E</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Exit &brandShortName;</td> + <td>Ctrl+Q</td> + <td>Cmd+Q</td> + <td>Ctrl+Q</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Start Browser</td> + <td>Ctrl+1</td> + <td>Cmd+1</td> + <td>Ctrl+1</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Start Mail & Newsgroups</td> + <td>Ctrl+2</td> + <td>Cmd+2</td> + <td>Ctrl+2</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Start Composer</td> + <td>Ctrl+4</td> + <td>Cmd+4</td> + <td>Ctrl+4</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Start Address Book</td> + <td>Ctrl+5</td> + <td>Cmd+5</td> + <td>Ctrl+5</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Start IRC Chat</td> + <td>Ctrl+6</td> + <td>Cmd+6</td> + <td>Ctrl+6</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open Help Window</td> + <td>F1</td> + <td>Cmd+?</td> + <td>F1</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<h2 id="help_window_shortcuts">Help Window Shortcuts</h2> + +<p>These shortcuts are available from Help windows.</p> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Navigate Links within Content Pane (right pane)</td> + <td>Tab</td> + <td>Tab</td> + <td>Tab</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Switch between Content Pane and Search/Contents/Index/Glossary + (toggle)</td> + <td>F6</td> + <td>F6</td> + <td>F6</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Navigate Index Terms (while Index Pane is selected)</td> + <td>Up/Down Arrow</td> + <td>Up/Down Arrow</td> + <td>Up/Down Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Scroll Pane (Content, Table of Contents, or Index)</td> + <td>Up/Down Arrow</td> + <td>Up/Down Arrow</td> + <td>Up/Down Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Expand/Collapse Table of Contents Tree Structure</td> + <td>Left/Right Arrow</td> + <td>Left/Right Arrow</td> + <td>Left/Right Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Print Page</td> + <td>Ctrl+P</td> + <td>Cmd+P</td> + <td>Ctrl+P</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go Back to Previous Page</td> + <td>Alt+Left Arrow</td> + <td>Cmd+Left Arrow</td> + <td>Alt+Left Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go Forward One Page</td> + <td>Alt+Right Arrow</td> + <td>Cmd+Right Arrow</td> + <td>Alt+Right Arrow</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p>©right.string;</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_composer.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_composer.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2a75ba1be9 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_composer.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Composer Shortcuts</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1>Composer Shortcuts</h1> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>New Composer Page</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+N</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+N</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+N</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Save Page</td> + <td>Ctrl+S</td> + <td>Cmd+S</td> + <td>Ctrl+S</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open File</td> + <td>Ctrl+O</td> + <td>Cmd+O</td> + <td>Ctrl+O</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Close Page</td> + <td>Ctrl+W</td> + <td>Cmd+W</td> + <td>Ctrl+W</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Publish</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+S</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Find and Replace</td> + <td>Ctrl+F</td> + <td>Cmd+F</td> + <td>Ctrl+F</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Find Again</td> + <td>Ctrl+G</td> + <td>Cmd+G</td> + <td>Ctrl+G</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Find Previous</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+G</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+G</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+G</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Check Spelling</td> + <td>Ctrl+K</td> + <td>Cmd+K</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+K</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Insert/Edit Link</td> + <td>Ctrl+L</td> + <td>Cmd+L</td> + <td>Ctrl+L</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Increase Indent</td> + <td>Ctrl+[</td> + <td>Cmd+[</td> + <td>Ctrl+[</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Decrease Indent</td> + <td>Ctrl+]</td> + <td>Cmd+]</td> + <td>Ctrl+]</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Discontinue Text Styles</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+Y</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+Y</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+Y</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Discontinue Link</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+K</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+K</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+K</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Remove Named Anchors</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+A</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+A</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+A</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Select Row/Column</td> + <td>Ctrl+Drag</td> + <td>Cmd+Drag</td> + <td>Ctrl+Drag</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Select Cells(s)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Click (drag to select block of cells, or continue clicking + to select individual cells)</td> + <td>Cmd+Click (drag to select block of cells, or continue clicking + to select individual cells)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Click (drag to select block of cells, or continue clicking + to select individual cells)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Decrease Font Size</td> + <td>Ctrl+- (minus sign)</td> + <td>Cmd+- (minus sign)</td> + <td>Ctrl+- (minus sign)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Increase Font Size</td> + <td>Ctrl++ (plus sign)</td> + <td>Cmd++ (plus sign)</td> + <td>Ctrl++ (plus sign)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Text Style Bold</td> + <td>Ctrl+B</td> + <td>Cmd+B</td> + <td>Ctrl+B</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Text Style Italic</td> + <td>Ctrl+I</td> + <td>Cmd+I</td> + <td>Ctrl+I</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Text Style Underline</td> + <td>Ctrl+U</td> + <td>Cmd+U</td> + <td>Ctrl+U</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Text Style Fixed Width</td> + <td>Ctrl+T</td> + <td>Cmd+T</td> + <td>Ctrl+T</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..247253fa9a --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,353 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Mail & Newsgroups Shortcuts</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1>Mail & Newsgroups Shortcuts</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#general_mail_and_newsgroups_shortcuts">General Mail & + Newsgroups Shortcuts</a></li> + <li><a href="#message_list_shortcuts">Message List Shortcuts</a></li> + <li><a href="#message_compose_shortcuts">Message Compose Shortcuts</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="general_mail_and_newsgroups_shortcuts">General Mail & Newsgroups + Shortcuts</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Move to Next Mail Pane (Folder, QuickSearch, Thread, + Message Panes)</td> + <td>F6</td> + <td>F6</td> + <td>F6</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Toggle Message Pane Visibility</td> + <td>F8</td> + <td>F8</td> + <td>F8</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Toggle Folder Pane Visibility</td> + <td>F9</td> + <td/> + <td>F9</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>New Message</td> + <td>Ctrl+M</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+M</td> + <td>Ctrl+M</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Get New Messages</td> + <td>Ctrl+D</td> + <td>Cmd+D</td> + <td>Ctrl+D</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Get All New Messages</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+D</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+D</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+D</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Search Messages</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+S</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<h2 id="message_list_shortcuts">Message List Shortcuts</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Save Message as File</td> + <td>Ctrl+S</td> + <td>Cmd+S</td> + <td>Ctrl+S</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open Message (in a new window)</td> + <td>Ctrl+O</td> + <td>Cmd+O</td> + <td>Ctrl+O</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Delete Message</td> + <td>Del</td> + <td>Del</td> + <td>Del</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Delete Message Immediately (without placing it in the Trash + folder)</td> + <td>Shift+Del</td> + <td>Shift+Del</td> + <td>Shift+Del</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Undo Delete Message</td> + <td>Ctrl+Z</td> + <td>Cmd+Z</td> + <td>Ctrl+Z</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Select All Messages</td> + <td>Ctrl+A</td> + <td>Cmd+A</td> + <td>Alt+A</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Select Thread</td> + <td>Alt+Shift+A</td> + <td>Alt+Shift+A</td> + <td>Alt+Shift+A</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Collapse All Threads</td> + <td>\ (backslash key)</td> + <td>\ (backslash key)</td> + <td>\ (backslash key)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Expand All Threads</td> + <td>* (asterisk key)</td> + <td>* (asterisk key)</td> + <td>* (asterisk key)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Message Source</td> + <td>Ctrl+U</td> + <td>Cmd+U</td> + <td>Ctrl+U</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go to Next Message</td> + <td>F</td> + <td>F</td> + <td>F</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go to Next Unread Message</td> + <td>N</td> + <td>N</td> + <td>N</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go to Next Unread Thread</td> + <td>T</td> + <td>T</td> + <td>T</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go to Previous Message</td> + <td>B</td> + <td>B</td> + <td>B</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go to Previous Unread Message</td> + <td>P</td> + <td>P</td> + <td>P</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Reply to Message (replies only to sender)</td> + <td>Ctrl+R</td> + <td>Cmd+R</td> + <td>Ctrl+R</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Reply to All in Message (replies to sender and to other email addresses + in message)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+R</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+R</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+R</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Forward Message</td> + <td>Ctrl+L</td> + <td>Cmd+L</td> + <td>Ctrl+L</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Edit Message As New (compose new email using the body and attachments + of the selected message)</td> + <td>Ctrl+E</td> + <td>Cmd+E</td> + <td>Ctrl+E</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Remove Message Label</td> + <td>0</td> + <td>0</td> + <td>0</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Label Message (5 customizable labels)</td> + <td>1, 2, 3, 4 and 5</td> + <td>1, 2, 3, 4 and 5</td> + <td>1, 2, 3, 4 and 5</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Mark Message As Read</td> + <td>M</td> + <td>M</td> + <td>M</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Mark Thread As Read</td> + <td>R</td> + <td>R</td> + <td>R</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Mark Thread As Read and Move to Next Unread Message</td> + <td>T</td> + <td>T</td> + <td>T</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Mark Messages As Read by Date</td> + <td>C</td> + <td>C</td> + <td>C</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Mark All Messages in Selected Folder As Read</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+C</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+C</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+C</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Flag Message</td> + <td>I</td> + <td>I</td> + <td>I</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Mark Message As Junk</td> + <td>J</td> + <td>J</td> + <td>J</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Mark Message As Not Junk</td> + <td>Shift+J</td> + <td>Shift+J</td> + <td>Shift+J</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Mark Message As Not Scam</td> + <td>Shift+P</td> + <td>Shift+P</td> + <td>Shift+P</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<h2 id="message_compose_shortcuts">Message Compose Shortcuts</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Paste As Quotation</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+O</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+O</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+O</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Paste Without Formatting</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+V</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+V</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+V</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Rewrap</td> + <td>Ctrl+R</td> + <td>Cmd+R</td> + <td>Ctrl+R</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Send Message Now</td> + <td>Ctrl+Enter</td> + <td>Cmd+Return</td> + <td>Ctrl+Enter</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Send Message Later</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+Enter</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+Return</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+Enter</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_navigator.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_navigator.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..94d32894e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_navigator.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,541 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> + <title>Browser Shortcuts</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1>Browser Shortcuts</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#bookmarks_shortcuts">Bookmarks Shortcuts</a></li> + <li><a href="#page_navigation_shortcuts">Page Navigation Shortcuts</a></li> + <li><a href="#page_viewing_shortcuts">Page Viewing Shortcuts</a></li> + <li><a href="#tabbed_browsing_shortcuts">Tabbed Browsing Shortcuts</a></li> + <li><a href="#sidebar_shortcuts">Sidebar Shortcuts</a></li> + <li><a href="#forms_shortcuts">Forms Shortcuts</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="bookmarks_shortcuts">Bookmarks Shortcuts</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Open Manage Bookmarks Window </td> + <td>Ctrl+B</td> + <td>Cmd+B</td> + <td>Ctrl+B</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Add Page to Bookmarks</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+D</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+D</td> + <td></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>File Bookmark (to customize and file a page you are bookmarking)</td> + <td>Ctrl+D</td> + <td>Cmd+D</td> + <td>Ctrl+D</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Sort Bookmarks Folder (selected folder in Manage Bookmarks window) + </td> + <td>Ctrl+S</td> + <td>Cmd+S</td> + <td>Ctrl+S</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Sort Bookmarks Folder by Name (selected folder in Manage Bookmarks + window) + </td> + <td>Ctrl+N</td> + <td>Cmd+N</td> + <td>Ctrl+N</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Bookmark Properties (for selected bookmark in Manage Bookmarks window) + </td> + <td>Ctrl+I</td> + <td>Cmd+I</td> + <td>Ctrl+I</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<h2 id="page_navigation_shortcuts">Page Navigation Shortcuts</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Open History Window</td> + <td>Ctrl+H</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+H</td> + <td>Ctrl+H</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Reload</td> + <td>Ctrl+R</td> + <td>Cmd+R</td> + <td>Ctrl+R</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Force Reload (not from cache)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+R</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+R</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+R</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Back</td> + <td>Alt+Left Arrow or Backspace</td> + <td>Cmd+Left Arrow, Cmd+[ or Delete (Backspace)</td> + <td>Alt+Left Arrow or Ctrl+[</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Forward</td> + <td>Alt+Right Arrow</td> + <td>Cmd+Right Arrow, Cmd+] or Shift+Delete (Backspace)</td> + <td>Alt+Right Arrow or Ctrl+]</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Up</td> + <td>Alt+Up Arrow</td> + <td>Opt+Up Arrow</td> + <td>Alt+Up Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Stop</td> + <td>Esc</td> + <td>Cmd+. or Esc</td> + <td>Esc</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Home</td> + <td>Alt+Home</td> + <td>Cmd+Home</td> + <td>Alt+Home</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go to Bottom of Page</td> + <td>End</td> + <td></td> + <td>End</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go to Top of Page</td> + <td>Home</td> + <td>Home</td> + <td>Home</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Select All Text in Location Bar</td> + <td>Ctrl+L or Alt+D</td> + <td>Cmd+L</td> + <td>Ctrl+L or Alt+D</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open Web Page Location</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+L</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+L</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+L</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open Selected Link in a Web Page</td> + <td>Enter</td> + <td>Return</td> + <td>Enter</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open search engine page</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+S</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move to Next Frame (in web pages using frames)</td> + <td>F6</td> + <td>Ctrl+Tab or F6 (if F6 is not programmed for another command)</td> + <td>F6</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move to Previous Frame (in web pages using frames)</td> + <td>Shift+F6</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+Tab or Shift+F6 (if F6 is not programmed for + another command)</td> + <td>Shift+F6</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>New Browser Window</td> + <td>Ctrl+N</td> + <td>Cmd+N</td> + <td>Ctrl+N</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move to Next/Previous Link or Form Element in a Web Page</td> + <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td> + <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td> + <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open File</td> + <td>Ctrl+O</td> + <td>Cmd+O</td> + <td>Ctrl+O</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Close Window</td> + <td>Ctrl+W</td> + <td>Cmd+W</td> + <td>Ctrl+W</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Close Window (with more than one tab)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+W</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+W</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+W</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Save Page As</td> + <td>Ctrl+S</td> + <td>Cmd+S</td> + <td>Ctrl+S</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Save Linked Page (when a link is selected)</td> + <td>Shift+Enter</td> + <td>Opt+Return</td> + <td>Shift+Enter</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Edit Page</td> + <td>Ctrl+E</td> + <td>Cmd+E</td> + <td>Ctrl+E</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Print Page</td> + <td>Ctrl+P</td> + <td>Cmd+P</td> + <td>Ctrl+P</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go Up One Page</td> + <td>Page Up or Shift+Space</td> + <td>Page Up or Shift+Space</td> + <td>Page Up, Shift+Space or Backspace</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go Down One Page</td> + <td>Page Down or Space</td> + <td>Page Down or Space</td> + <td>Page Down, Space or Shift+Backspace</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go Up One Line</td> + <td>Up Arrow</td> + <td>Up Arrow</td> + <td>Up Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go Down One Line</td> + <td>Down Arrow</td> + <td>Down Arrow</td> + <td>Down Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Turn on/off Caret Mode</td> + <td>F7</td> + <td>F7 (if F7 is not programmed for another command)</td> + <td>F7</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<h2 id="page_viewing_shortcuts">Page Viewing Shortcuts</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Full Screen (toggle)</td> + <td>F11</td> + <td></td> + <td>F11 (may depend on window manager)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Zoom Text Smaller</td> + <td>Ctrl+- (minus sign)</td> + <td>Cmd+- (minus sign)</td> + <td>Ctrl+- (minus sign)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Zoom Text Larger</td> + <td>Ctrl++ (plus sign)</td> + <td>Cmd++ (plus sign)</td> + <td>Ctrl++ (plus sign)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>No zoom (100%)</td> + <td>Ctrl+0</td> + <td>Cmd+0</td> + <td>Ctrl+0</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>View Page Information</td> + <td>Ctrl+I</td> + <td>Cmd+I</td> + <td>Ctrl+I</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>View Page Source</td> + <td>Ctrl+U</td> + <td>Cmd+U</td> + <td>Ctrl+U</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<h2 id="tabbed_browsing_shortcuts">Tabbed Browsing Shortcuts</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>New Browser Tab</td> + <td>Ctrl+T</td> + <td>Cmd+T</td> + <td>Ctrl+T</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Switch to Next Tab (when using Tabbed Browsing with more than one + tab)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Tab or Ctrl+Page Down</td> + <td>Cmd+Opt+Right Arrow or Ctrl+Page Down</td> + <td>Ctrl+Tab or Ctrl+Page Down</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Switch to Previous Tab (when using Tabbed Browsing with more + than one tab) + </td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+Tab or Ctrl+Page Up</td> + <td>Cmd+Opt+Left Arrow or Ctrl+Page Up</td> + <td>Ctrl+Page Up</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Close Tab (Close window if one page open)</td> + <td>Ctrl+W</td> + <td>Cmd+W</td> + <td>Ctrl+W</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move Tab Left (when tab is focused)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Left Arrow or Ctrl+Up Arrow</td> + <td>Cmd+Left Arrow or Cmd+Up Arrow</td> + <td>Ctrl+Left Arrow or Ctrl+Up Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move Tab Right (when tab is focused)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Right Arrow or Ctrl+Down Arrow</td> + <td>Cmd+Right Arrow or Cmd+Down Arrow</td> + <td>Ctrl+Right Arrow or Ctrl+Down Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move Tab to Beginning (when tab is focused)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Home</td> + <td>Cmd+Home</td> + <td>Ctrl+Home</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move Tab to End (when tab is focused)</td> + <td>Ctrl+End</td> + <td>Cmd+End</td> + <td>Ctrl+End</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open Link in a New Foreground Tab (when link is focused)</td> + <td>Insert (or Alt+Insert) *</td> + <td>(Alt+Insert) *</td> + <td>Insert (or Alt+Insert) *</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open Link in a New Background Tab (when link is focused)</td> + <td>Alt+Insert (or Insert) *</td> + <td>Alt+Insert</td> + <td>Alt+Insert (or Insert) *</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p>* Shortcuts in parentheses apply when the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"> Switch to new tabs + opened from links</a> setting is disabled. Depending on the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"> Open tabs instead + of windows</a> settings, more keys might be available.</p> + +<h2 id="sidebar_shortcuts">Sidebar Shortcuts</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Open/Close Sidebar (toggle)</td> + <td>F9</td> + <td/> + <td>F9</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Switch to Next Sidebar Panel</td> + <td>Alt+Page Down</td> + <td>Opt+Page Down</td> + <td>Alt+Page Down</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Switch to Previous Sidebar Panel</td> + <td>Alt+Page Up</td> + <td>Opt+Page Up</td> + <td>Alt+Page Up</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<h2 id="forms_shortcuts">Forms Shortcuts</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td> Move to Next/Previous Item in Form</td> + <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td> + <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td> + <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Submit Form</td> + <td>Enter</td> + <td>Return</td> + <td>Enter</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Press Selected Button / Select Radio Button</td> + <td>Space</td> + <td>Space</td> + <td>Space</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Select an Item from a List</td> + <td>Up Arrow, Down Arrow or First Letter of Item Name</td> + <td>Up Arrow, Down Arrow or First Letter of Item Name</td> + <td>Up Arrow, Down Arrow or First Letter of Item Name</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Check/Uncheck Checkbox (toggle)</td> + <td>Space</td> + <td>Space</td> + <td>Space</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open a Drop-Down Menu</td> + <td>Alt+Down Arrow</td> + <td>Opt+Down Arrow</td> + <td>Alt+Down Arrow</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/ssl_help.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/ssl_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8b1f042758 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/ssl_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>SSL Settings</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="ssl_settings">SSL Settings</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to set your SSL preferences.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssl">Privacy & Security + Preferences - SSL</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="privacy_and_security_preferences_ssl">Privacy & Security + Preferences - SSL</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the SSL preferences panel. If you are not + already viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click SSL. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<h3 id="ssl_protocol_versions">SSL Protocol Versions</h3> + +<p>The Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) protocol defines rules governing mutual + authentication between a web site and browser software and the encryption of + information that flows between them. The Transport Layer Security (TLS) + protocol is an IETF standard based on SSL. TLS 1.0 can be thought of as SSL + 3.1.</p> + +<p>You should normally leave these three checkboxes selected to ensure that + both older and newer web servers can work with the browser:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Enable SSL version 3</strong>: Allows newer web servers to work + with the browser.</li> + <li><strong>Enable TLS</strong>: Allows web servers that support TLS to take + advantage of it.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Important note regarding TLS</strong>: Some servers that do not + implement SSL correctly cannot negotiate the SSL handshake with client + software (such as the browser) that supports TLS. Such servers are known as + <q>TLS intolerant</q>.</p> + +<p>When the Enable TLS option in the SSL preferences panel is selected, the + browser attempts to use the TLS protocol when making secure connections with + a server. If that connection fails because the server is TLS intolerant, the + browser will fall back to using SSL 3.0.</p> + +<h3 id="ssl_warnings">SSL Warnings</h3> + +<p>It's easy to tell when the web site you are viewing is using an encrypted + connection. If the connection is encrypted, the lock icon in the lower-right + corner of the browser window is locked. If the connection is not encrypted, + the lock icon is unlocked.</p> + +<p>If you want additional warnings, you can select one or more of the warning + checkboxes in the SSL preferences panel. Some people find these warnings + annoying.</p> + +<p>To activate any of these warnings, select the corresponding checkbox:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Loading a page that supports encryption</strong>: Select this + warning if you want to be reminded whenever you are loading a page that + supports encryption.</li> + <li><strong>Loading a page that uses low-grade encryption</strong>: Select + this warning if you want to be reminded whenever you are loading a page + that supports low-grade encryption. (Low-grade encryption is the weakest + encryption available, using 40-bit keys.)</li> + <li><strong>Leaving a page that supports encryption</strong>: Select this + warning if you want to be reminded whenever you are leaving a page that + supports encryption for one that does not.</li> + <li><strong>Sending form data from an unencrypted page to an unencrypted + page</strong>: Select this warning if you want to be reminded whenever you + are submitting data over an unencrypted connection. If you send unencrypted + information over the Internet, it can easily be intercepted by other + people.</li> + <li><strong>Viewing a page with an encrypted/unencrypted mix</strong>: + Select this warning if you want to be alerted whenever you are viewing a + page that includes any information that's not encrypted.</li> +</ul> + +<p>For short definitions, click + <a href="glossary.xhtml#authentication">authentication</a>, + <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">encryption</a>, or + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a>.</p> + +<p>For more information about ciphers and encryption, see the following online + documents:</p> + +<ul> + <li> + <a href="http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Introduction_to_Public-Key_Cryptography">Introduction + to Public-Key Cryptography</a></li> + <li> + <a href="http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Introduction_to_SSL">Introduction + to SSL</a></li> + <li> + <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/projects/security/pki/nss/nss-3.11/nss-3.11-algorithms.html">Encryption + Technologies Available in NSS 3.11</a>.</li> +</ul> + +<p>©right.string;</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/suite-toc.rdf b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/suite-toc.rdf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..52cf592092 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/suite-toc.rdf @@ -0,0 +1,1176 @@ +<?xml version="1.0"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE rdf:RDF SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + +<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" + xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#"> + + <rdf:Description about="urn:root"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="welcome" nc:name="Help and Support Center" nc:link="welcome_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help" nc:name="Using the Help Window" nc:link="help_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="ieusers"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav" nc:name="Browsing the Web" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail" nc:name="Using Mail" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp" nc:name="Creating Web Pages" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust" nc:name="Customizing &brandShortName;" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help" nc:name="Using Privacy Features" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs" nc:name="Using Certificates" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="profile-help" nc:name="Managing Profiles" nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="shortcuts" nc:name="&brandShortName; Keyboard Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tools" nc:name="Tools and Development" nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#help-help"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help-window" nc:name="Finding the Topic You Want" nc:link="help_help.xhtml#finding_the_topic_you_want"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help-retrace" nc:name="Retracing Your Steps and Printing" nc:link="help_help.xhtml#retracing_your_steps"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help-buttons" nc:name="Using Help Buttons" nc:link="help_help.xhtml#using_help_buttons"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help-tips" nc:name="Search Tips" nc:link="help_help.xhtml#search_tips"/></rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#nav"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc" nc:name="Navigating Web Pages" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#navigating_web_pages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-search" nc:name="Searching the Web" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_web"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-printsave" nc:name="Copying, Saving, and Printing Pages" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-language" nc:name="Using Languages and International Content" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_languages_and_international_content"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-pluginsdownloads" nc:name="Plugins and Downloads" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-ses" nc:name="Improving Speed and Efficiency" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#improving_speed_and_efficiency"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-proxies" nc:name="Proxies" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#proxies"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-page-info" nc:name="Viewing Page Info" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-view" nc:name="Viewing Your Home Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#viewing_your_home_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-move" nc:name="Moving to Another Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#moving_to_another_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-link" nc:name="Clicking a Link" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#clicking_a_link"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-steps" nc:name="Retracing Your Steps" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#retracing_your_steps"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-reload" nc:name="Stopping and Reloading" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#stopping_and_reloading"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-bmark" nc:name="Visiting Bookmarked Pages" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#visiting_bookmarked_pages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-tabbed" nc:name="Using Tabbed Browsing" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-sidebar" nc:name="Using Sidebar" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_sidebar"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-search"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-searchweb" nc:name="Fast Searches" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#fast_searches"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-smartsearch" nc:name="Sidebar Advanced Search Mode" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#sidebar_advanced_search_mode"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-searchprefs" nc:name="Setting Search Preferences" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_search_preferences"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-searchpage" nc:name="Searching Within a Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_within_a_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-find_as_you_type" nc:name="Using Find-as-you-type" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_find_as_you_type"/></rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-searchbookmark" nc:name="Searching the Bookmarks or History List" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_bookmarks_or_history_list"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-printsave"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-copy" nc:name="Copying Part of a Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_part_of_a_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-save" nc:name="Saving All or Part of a Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#saving_all_or_part_of_a_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-print" nc:name="Printing a Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#printing_a_page"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-language"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-charencode" nc:name="Selecting Character Encodings and Fonts" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#selecting_character_encodings_and_fonts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-languagepref" nc:name="Setting Language Preferences" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_language_preferences"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-webcontent" nc:name="Finding a &brandShortName; version in your own language" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#finding_localized_version"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-pluginsdownloads"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-plugins" nc:name="Plugins" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-helperapps" nc:name="Helper Applications" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#helper_applications"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-dlmanager" nc:name="Download Manager" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#download_manager"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-ses"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-autoload" nc:name="Automatic Loading" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#automatic_loading"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-keywords" nc:name="Using Custom Bookmark Keywords" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#custom_keywords"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-cache" nc:name="Changing Cache Settings" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#changing_cache_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-smartup" nc:name="Getting the Latest Software Automatically" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#getting_the_latest_software_automatically"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-mousewheel" nc:name="Using a Mouse Wheel" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_a_mouse_wheel"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#nav-proxies"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-prox" nc:name="Setting Proxy Values" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_proxy_values"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#nav-page-info"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_general" nc:name="General Tab" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#general_tab"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_forms" nc:name="Forms Tab" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#forms_tab"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_links" nc:name="Links Tab" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#links_tab"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_media" nc:name="Media Tab" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#media_tab"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_security" nc:name="Security Tab" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#security_tab"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + +<!-- MAIL HELP SECTION --> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc" nc:name="Getting Started with Mail" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-read" nc:name="Reading Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#reading_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send" nc:name="Sending Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#sending_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html" nc:name="Creating HTML Mail Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_html_mail_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-attach" nc:name="Using Attachments" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_attachments" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-delete" nc:name="Deleting Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#deleting_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-address" nc:name="Using Address Books" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_address_books" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-folders" nc:name="Organizing Your Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#organizing_your_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk" nc:name="Controlling Junk Mail" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#controlling_junk_mail" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-importing-other" nc:name="Importing Mail from Other Programs" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#importing_mail_from_other_programs" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-news" nc:name="Getting Started With Newsgroups" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#getting_started_with_newsgroups" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-offline" nc:name="Working Offline" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#working_offline" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt" nc:name="Signing & Encrypting Messages" nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-account-settings" nc:name="Mail and Newsgroups Account Settings" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-mailprefs" nc:name="Mail and Newsgroup Preferences" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + + <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-setup" nc:name="Using the Mail Account Setup Wizard" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_the_mail_account_setup_wizard"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add" nc:name="Setting Up Additional Accounts" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-change" nc:name="Changing the Settings for an Account" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#changing_the_settings_for_an_account"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-read"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-notify" nc:name="Getting New Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#getting_new_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-view" nc:name="Choosing How You View the Mail Window" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#choosing_how_you_view_the_mail_window"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-thread" nc:name="Sorting and Threading Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#sorting_and_threading_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-printsave" nc:name="Saving and Printing Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#saving_and_printing_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-scripts" nc:name="Controlling Images, Scripts, and Plugins" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#controlling_images_scripts_and_plugins"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-send"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-compose" nc:name="Composing Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-new" nc:name="Using the Compose Window" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_the_message_composition_window" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-address" nc:name="Addressing a Message" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#addressing_a_message" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-options" nc:name="Selecting Message Sending Options" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#selecting_message_sending_options" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-reply" nc:name="Replying to a Message" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#replying_to_a_message" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-forward" nc:name="Forwarding a Message" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#forwarding_a_message" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-receipt" nc:name="Confirming That Your Message Was Opened" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#confirming_that_your_message_was_opened" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-edit" nc:name="Saving and Editing a Message Draft" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#saving_and_editing_a_message_draft" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-template" nc:name="Creating and Using Templates" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_and_using_templates" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-html"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-use" nc:name="Using HTML in Your Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_html_in_your_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-options" nc:name="Choosing HTML Mail Sending Options" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#choosing_html_mail_sending_options" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-address" nc:name="Specifying Recipients for HTML Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#specifying_recipients_for_html_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-source" nc:name="Viewing HTML Message Source" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#viewing_the_message_source_for_html_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-question" nc:name="Using the HTML Mail Question Dialog Box" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_the_html_mail_question_dialog_box" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-html-use"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-edit" nc:name="Editing or Inserting HTML" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#editing_or_inserting_html_elements" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-attach"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-attach-file" nc:name="Attaching a File or Web Page" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#attaching_a_file_or_web_page" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-attach-view" nc:name="Viewing and Opening Attachments" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#viewing_and_opening_attachments" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-attach-save" nc:name="Saving Attachments" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#saving_attachments" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-delete"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-delete-server" nc:name="Deleting POP or IMAP Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#deleting_pop_or_imap_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-delete-trash" nc:name="Moving Messages to and from the Trash" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#moving_messages_to_and_from_the_trash" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-address"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-about" nc:name="About Mail Address Books" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#about_address_books" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-names" nc:name="Adding Entries to Your Address Books" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#adding_entries_to_your_address_books" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-book" nc:name="Creating a New Address Book" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_address_book" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-card" nc:name="Creating a New Address Book Card" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_address_book_card" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-list" nc:name="Creating a Mailing List" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_a_mailing_list" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-listedit" nc:name="Editing a Mailing List" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#editing_a_mailing_list" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_ab_search" nc:name="Searching Address Books" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#searching_address_books_and_directories" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-import" nc:name="Importing Address Books" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#importing_address_books" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-export" nc:name="Exporting Address Books" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#exporting_address_books" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-sync-LDAP-add" nc:name="Adding and Removing LDAP Directories" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-add-card"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-card-properties" nc:name="Editing Card Properties" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#viewing_or_editing_card_properties" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail_ab_search"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_advanced_ab_search" nc:name="Searching for Specific Entries" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#searching_for_specific_entries" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-add-sync-LDAP-add"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-ldap-properties" nc:name="Directory Server Settings" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#directory_server_settings" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-folders"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-creating" nc:name="Creating a Folder" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_a_folder"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-renaming" nc:name="Renaming a Folder" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#renaming_a_folder"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-copying" nc:name="Moving or Copying a Folder" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#moving_or_copying_a_folder"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-opening" nc:name="Filing Messages in Folders" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#filing_messages_in_folders"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-sharing" nc:name="Sharing Folders" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#sharing_folders_with_other_users"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tagging-messages" nc:name="Tagging Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#tagging_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-flagging" nc:name="Marking or Flagging Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#marking_or_flagging_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="message-views-using" nc:name="Using Message Views" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_message_views"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-filters" nc:name="Creating Message Filters" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_message_filters"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="search-mailnews" nc:name="Searching Through Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#searching_through_messages"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#folder-sharing"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-subscribing" nc:name="Subscribing to a Shared Folder" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#subscribing_to_a_shared_folder"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#tagging-messages"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tag-apply" nc:name="Applying a Tag" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#applying_a_tag"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tag-customize" nc:name="Customizing Tags" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#customizing_tags"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tag-sort" nc:name="Sorting Messages by Tags" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#sorting_messages_by_tags"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tag-remove" nc:name="Removing Tags" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#removing_tags"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#message-views-using"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="message-views-create-new" nc:name="Creating a Custom View" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_a_custom_view"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-filters"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="send-filter" nc:name="Filtering Messages from a Specific Sender" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#filtering_messages_from_a_specific_sender"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#search-mailnews"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="search_messages" nc:name="Searching for Specific Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#searching_for_specific_messages"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-junk"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk-controls" nc:name="Using Junk Mail Controls" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_junk_mail_controls" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk-options" nc:name="Junk Mail Controls Options" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#junk_controls_options" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk-filters" nc:name="Junk Mail Controls and Filters" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#junk_controls_and_filters" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk-phishing" nc:name="Phishing Detection" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#phishing_detection" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-importing-other"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-importing-mail-messages" nc:name="Importing Mail Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#importing_mail_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-importing-mail-settings" nc:name="Importing Mail Settings" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#importing_mail_settings" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-news"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-subscribe" nc:name="Subscribing to Newsgroups" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#subscribing_to_newsgroups"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-reading-news" nc:name="Reading Newsgroup Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#reading_newsgroup_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-posting" nc:name="Posting Newsgroup Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#posting_newsgroup_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-replying-news" nc:name="Contributing to Ongoing Discussions" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#contributing_to_ongoing_discussions"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-monitoring" nc:name="Monitoring Threads" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#monitoring_threads"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-delete-news" nc:name="Removing a Newsgroup" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#removing_a_newsgroup"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-add-newsserver" nc:name="Adding a Newsgroup Server" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#adding_a_newsgroup_server"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-offline"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-setup" nc:name="Setting Up Mail to Work Offline" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#setting_up_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups_to_work_offline"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-inbox" nc:name="Downloading Your Inbox" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#downloading_your_inbox_for_offline_use"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-folder" nc:name="Downloading an Individual Folder" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#downloading_an_individual_folder_for_offline_use"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-flagged" nc:name="Downloading Selected or Flagged Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#downloading_selected_or_flagged_messages_for_offline_use"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-directory" nc:name="Downloading Directory Entries" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#downloading_directory_entries_for_offline_use"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-accounts" nc:name="Setting Up Your Accounts for Working Offline" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#setting_up_your_accounts_for_working_offline"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-items" nc:name="Selecting Items for Offline Viewing" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-sync" nc:name="Downloading and Synchronizing Your Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-go" nc:name="Working Offline and Reconnecting Later" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#working_offline_and_reconnecting_later"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#sign-encrypt"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-about" nc:name="Digital Signatures & Encryption" nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#about_digital_signatures_and_encryption" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-get" nc:name="Getting Other People's Certificates" nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#getting_other_peoples_certificates" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-config" nc:name="Configuring Security Settings" nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#configuring_security_settings" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-signing" nc:name="Signing & Encrypting a New Message" nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-read" nc:name="Reading Signed & Encrypted Messages" nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#reading_signed_and_encrypted_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="compose_security" nc:name="Message Security - Compose Window" nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#message_security_compose_window" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="received_security" nc:name="Message Security - Received Message" nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#message_security_received_message" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#sign-encrypt-about"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-about-sig" nc:name="How Digital Signatures Work" nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#how_digital_signatures_work" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-about-encrypt" nc:name="How Encryption Works" nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#how_encryption_works" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-account-settings"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_account_identity" nc:name="Account Settings" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#account_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-choose" nc:name="Server Settings" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#server_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_copies" nc:name="Copies & Folders" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#copies_and_folders"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_addressing_settings" nc:name="Composition & Addressing" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#addressing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-offline-space" nc:name="Offline and Disk Space" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#offline_and_disk_space"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-account-receipts" nc:name="Return Receipts" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#return_receipts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-account-junk" nc:name="Junk Settings" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#junk_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_security_settings" nc:name="Security" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#security"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_local_folders_settings" nc:name="Local Folders" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#local_folders"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_smtp" nc:name="Outgoing Server (SMTP)" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#outgoing_server"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-choose"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-choose-IMAP" nc:name="About IMAP" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#about_internet_message_access_protocol"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-choose-POP" nc:name="About POP" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#about_post_office_protocol"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_server_imap" nc:name="IMAP Server Settings" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#imap_server_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-imap-advanced" nc:name="Advanced IMAP Server Settings" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#advanced_imap_server_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_server_pop3" nc:name="POP Server Settings" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#pop_server_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_server_nntp" nc:name="News Server Settings" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#news_server_settings"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-offline-space"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_offline_imap" nc:name="IMAP" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#offline_and_disk_space_settings_imap"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_offline_pop3" nc:name="POP" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#disk_space_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_offline_nntp" nc:name="News" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#offline_and_disk_space_settings_nntp"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail_security_settings"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_security_settings_certs" nc:name="About Certificates" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#about_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_security_settings_sign" nc:name="Digital Signing" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#digital_signing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_security_settings_encrypt" nc:name="Encryption" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#encryption"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-mailprefs"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_general" nc:name="Mail and Newsgroups" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroups"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_display" nc:name="Message Display" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#message_display"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_notifications" nc:name="Notifications" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#notifications"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_messages" nc:name="Composition" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#composition"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_formatting" nc:name="Send Format" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#send_format"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_addressing" nc:name="Addressing" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#addressing_preferences"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-prefs-junk" nc:name="Junk Mail" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#global_junk_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-prefs-tags" nc:name="Tags" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#tags"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-prefs-receipts" nc:name="Return Receipts" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_character_encoding" nc:name="Character Encoding" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#character_encoding"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_offline" nc:name="Offline and Disk Space" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#offline_and_disk_space_preferences"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<!-- COMPOSER HELP SECTION --> + +<rdf:Description about="#comp"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc" nc:name="Starting a New Page" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#starting_a_new_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="page_change" nc:name="Formatting Your Web Pages" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_your_web_pages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table" nc:name="Adding Tables to Your Web Page" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_tables_to_your_web_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-image" nc:name="Adding Images to Your Web Page" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_images_to_your_web_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-page" nc:name="Setting Page Properties" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_properties"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="link_properties" nc:name="Creating Links" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_links_in_composer"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish" nc:name="Publishing Your Pages" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-prefs" nc:name="Composer Preferences" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#composer_preferences"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-create" nc:name="Creating a New Page" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-save" nc:name="Saving and Browsing Your Page" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#saving_and_browsing_your_new_page"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#page_change"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="props-para" nc:name="Formatting Paragraphs, Headings, and Lists" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="lists" nc:name="Working with Lists" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#working_with_lists"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="char" nc:name="Changing Text Color, Style, and Font" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_text_color_style_and_font"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="style-remove" nc:name="Removing or Discontinuing Text Styles" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#removing_or_discontinuing_text_styles"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="find-text" nc:name="Finding and Replacing Text" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#finding_and_replacing_text"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="props-hrule" nc:name="Inserting Horizontal Lines" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_horizontal_lines"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="special-chars" nc:name="Inserting Special Characters" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_special_characters"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="html-tag" nc:name="Inserting HTML Elements and Attributes" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_html_elements_and_attributes"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="validate-html" nc:name="Validating the HTML" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#validating_the_html"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-choose" nc:name="Choosing the Right Editing Mode" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#choosing_the_right_editing_mode"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#props-hrule"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="props-hrule-horiz" nc:name="Setting Horizontal Line Properties" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_horizontal_line_properties"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#html-tag"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="advanced_property_editor" nc:name="Using the Advanced Property Editor" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#using_the_advanced_property_editor"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-table"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-insert" nc:name="Inserting a Table" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_a_table"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="table_properties" nc:name="Changing a Table's Properties" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_a_tables_properties"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-add" nc:name="Adding/Deleting Rows, Columns, and Cells" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_and_deleting_rows_columns_and_cells"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-select" nc:name="Selecting Table Elements" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#selecting_table_elements"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-copy" nc:name="Moving, Copying, and Deleting Tables" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#moving_copying_and_deleting_tables"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-tableize" nc:name="Converting Text into a Table" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#converting_text_into_a_table"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-table-add"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-change-default" nc:name="Changing the Default Table Editing Behavior" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_the_default_table_editing_behavior"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-image"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-image-insert" nc:name="Inserting an Image into Your Page" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_an_image_into_your_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="image_properties" nc:name="Editing Image Properties" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#editing_image_properties"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-page"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-page-props" nc:name="Setting Page Properties and Meta Tags" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_properties_and_meta_tags"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-page-appear" nc:name="Setting Colors and Background" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#link_properties"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-links-inpage" nc:name="Within the Same Page" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_links_within_the_same_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-links-others" nc:name="To Other Pages" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_links_to_other_pages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-links-images" nc:name="Using Images as Links" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#using_images_as_links"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-links-remove" nc:name="Removing or Discontinuing Links" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#removing_or_discontinuing_links"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-publish"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-prepare" nc:name="Publishing a Document" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_a_document"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-update" nc:name="Updating a Published Document" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#updating_a_published_document"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-as" nc:name="Changing the File Name or Publishing Location" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_the_filename_or_publishing_location"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-newsite" nc:name="Creating a New Publishing Site" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_publishing_site"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-default" nc:name="Choosing the Default Publishing Site" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#choosing_the_default_publishing_site"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-delete" nc:name="Deleting a Publishing Site" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#deleting_a_publishing_site"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting" nc:name="Solving Common Publishing Problems" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#solving_common_publishing_problems"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-settings" nc:name="Publishing Settings" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_settings"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-publish-prepare"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-tips" nc:name="Publishing Tips" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#tips_for_avoiding_broken_links_or_missing_images"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting-settings" nc:name="Verifying Your Publishing Settings" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#verifying_your_publishing_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting-files" nc:name="Checking Your File Names" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#checking_your_filenames"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting-errors" nc:name="Fixing Publishing Errors" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#fixing_publishing_errors"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-publish-settings"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-publishtab" nc:name="Publish Page - Publish" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publish_page_publish"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-settingstab" nc:name="Publish Page - Settings" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publish_page_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-site-settings" nc:name="Publish Settings" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publish_settings"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-prefs"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="composer_prefs_general" nc:name="Composer" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#composer"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="composer_prefs_newpage" nc:name="New Page Settings" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#new_page_settings"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<!-- CUSTOMIZATION HELP CONTENT --> + +<rdf:Description about="#cust"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-doc" nc:name="Sidebar" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#sidebar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed" nc:name="Tabbed Browsing" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-font" nc:name="Changing Fonts, Colors, and Themes" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-toolbar" nc:name="Toolbars" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#toolbars"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk" nc:name="Bookmarks" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#bookmarks"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-page" nc:name="Specifying How &brandShortName; Starts Up" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref" nc:name="Appearance Preferences" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_navigator" nc:name="Browser Preferences" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_advanced" nc:name="Advanced Preferences" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#cust-doc"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-define" nc:name="What is Sidebar?" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_sidebar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-openclose" nc:name="Opening, Closing, and Resizing Sidebar" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#opening_closing_and_resizing_sidebar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-using" nc:name="Viewing Sidebar Tabs" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#viewing_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-adding" nc:name="Adding Sidebar Tabs" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#adding_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-indiv" nc:name="Customizing Individual Sidebar Tabs" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#customizing_individual_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-reorg" nc:name="Reorganizing Sidebar Tabs" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#reorganizing_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-removing" nc:name="Removing Sidebar Tabs" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#removing_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cust-tabbed"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-whatis" nc:name="What is Tabbed Browsing?" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedsetting" nc:name="Setting up Tabbed Browsing" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#setting_up_tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedopening" nc:name="Opening Tabs" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#opening_tabs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedmoving" nc:name="Moving Tabs" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#moving_tabs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedbookmarking" nc:name="Bookmarking Tabs" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#bookmarking_tabs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedclosing" nc:name="Closing Tabs" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#closing_tabs"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cust-font"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-fonts" nc:name="Changing the Default Font" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_the_default_fonts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-colors" nc:name="Changing the Default Colors" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_the_default_colors"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-themes" nc:name="Changing the Theme" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_the_theme"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cust-toolbar"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-main" nc:name="Navigation Toolbar" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#navigation_toolbar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-personal" nc:name="Personal Toolbar" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#personal_toolbar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-status" nc:name="Status Bar" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#status_bar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-taskbar" nc:name="Component Bar" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#component_bar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-hide" nc:name="Hiding a Toolbar" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#hiding_a_toolbar"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cust-bkmk"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-intro" nc:name="What Are Bookmarks?" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_are_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-use" nc:name="Using Bookmarks" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#using_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-create" nc:name="Creating New Bookmarks" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#creating_new_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-organize" nc:name="Organizing Your Bookmarks" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#organizing_your_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-change" nc:name="Changing Individual Bookmarks" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_individual_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-search" nc:name="Searching Your Bookmarks" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#searching_your_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-multiple" nc:name="Exporting or Importing a Bookmark List" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cust-page"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-startpage" nc:name="Specifying a Starting Page" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_a_starting_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-home" nc:name="Changing Your Home Page" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_your_home_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-start" nc:name="Specifying Which Components Open at Launch" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_which_components_open_at_launch"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#appearance_pref"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref_content" nc:name="Content" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#content"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref_fonts" nc:name="Fonts" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#fonts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref_colors" nc:name="Colors" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#colors"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#navigator_pref_navigator"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_history" nc:name="History" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#history"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_languages" nc:name="Languages" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#languages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_helper_applications" nc:name="Helper Applications" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#helper_applications"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_location_bar" nc:name="Location Bar" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#location_bar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_internet_searching" nc:name="Internet Search" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#internet_search"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_tabbed_browsing" nc:name="Tabbed Browsing" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_downloads" nc:name="Downloads" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#downloads"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#advanced_pref_advanced"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_scripts" nc:name="Scripts & Plugins" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_keyboard_nav" nc:name="Keyboard Navigation" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_cache" nc:name="Cache" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#cache"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_proxies" nc:name="Proxies" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_http_networking" nc:name="HTTP Networking" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#http_networking"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_installation" nc:name="Software Installation" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#software_installation"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_mouse_wheel" nc:name="Mouse Wheel" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#mouse_wheel"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_dom_inspector" nc:name="DOM Inspector" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#dom_inspector"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<!-- To load Advanced Proxy Preferences Help content from prefs --> +<rdf:Description ID="nav-prefs-advanced-proxy-advanced" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#advanced_proxy_preferences"/> + +<!-- USING PRIVACY FEATURES CONTENT --> +<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc" nc:name="Privacy on the Internet" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#privacy_on_the_internet"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies" nc:name="Using the Cookie Manager" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password" nc:name="Using the Password Manager" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-forms" nc:name="Using the Form Manager" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_form_manager"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt" nc:name="Encrypting Stored Sensitive Information" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="images-help-managing" nc:name="Managing Images" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_images"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="pop_up_blocking" nc:name="Controlling Popups" nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen" nc:name="Privacy & Security Preferences" nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#privacy-doc"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc-visit" nc:name="What Information Does My Browser Give to a Website?" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#what_information_does_my_browser_give_to_a_web_site"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc-cookies" nc:name="What Are Cookies, and How Do They Work?" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc-email" nc:name="How Can I Control Web Pages in Email Messages?" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc-unauth" nc:name="How Can I Make Sure Unauthorized People Don't Use Information About Me?" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_make_sure_unauthorized_people_dont_use_information_about_me"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-cookies"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-manage" nc:name="Enabling & Disabling Cookies" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#enabling_and_disabling_cookies"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-site" nc:name="Managing Cookies Site-By-Site" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_cookies_site-by-site"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-view" nc:name="Viewing Cookies" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#viewing_cookies"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-remove" nc:name="Removing Cookies" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#removing_cookies"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-policies" nc:name="Setting Privacy Levels" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#setting_privacy_levels"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-settings" nc:name="Cookie Manager Settings" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookie_manager_settings"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-cookies-settings"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cookies_prefs" nc:name="Cookie Preferences" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cookies_stored" nc:name="Stored Cookies" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#stored_cookies"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cookie_sites" nc:name="Cookie Sites" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookie_sites"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy_levels" nc:name="Privacy Settings" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#privacy_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cookie_notify" nc:name="Cookie Notification" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookie_notification"/> </rdf:li> + + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#privacy_levels"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy_levels-level" nc:name="Level of Privacy" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#level_of_privacy"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy_levels-accept" nc:name="Cookie Acceptance Policy" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookie_acceptance_policy"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-password"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-manage" nc:name="Remembering User Names and Passwords" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_password_manager_to_remember_user_names_and_passwords"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-auto" nc:name="Entering Names and Passwords Automatically" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#entering_user_names_and_passwords_automatically"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-onoff" nc:name="Turning On and Off" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#turning_password_manager_on_and_off"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-view" nc:name="Managing Stored Passwords" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#viewing_and_managing_stored_passwords"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-settings" nc:name="Password Settings" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#password_settings"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-password-settings"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="passwords_prefs" nc:name="Password Preferences" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="password_mgr" nc:name="Password Manager" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#password_manager"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="passwords_master" nc:name="Master Password Preferences" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#master_passwords"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="master-prefs-change" nc:name="Change Master Password" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#change_master_password"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="master-prefs-timeout" nc:name="Master Password Timeout" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#master_password_timeout"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="master-prefs-reset" nc:name="Reset Master Password" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#reset_master_password"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="choosing-good-password" nc:name="Choosing a Good Password" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-forms"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-forms-saveinfo" nc:name="Saving Form Data" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#saving_form_data"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-forms-auto" nc:name="Filling Out Forms Automatically" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#filling_out_forms_automatically"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-forms-notify" nc:name="Turning off Form Manager Notification" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#turning_off_form_manager_notification"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-forms-view-edit" nc:name="Managing Stored Form Data" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_stored_form_data"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-sites-view-edit" nc:name="Editing Stored Site Information" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#editing_stored_site_information"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-forms-forms" nc:name="Viewing Privacy Policies" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#viewing_privacy_policies"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="form_settings" nc:name="Form Settings" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#form_settings"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#form_settings"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="forms_prefs" nc:name="Form Preferences" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#forms"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="forms_data" nc:name="Form Manager - Data" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#form_manager_data"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="forms_sites" nc:name="Form Manager - Sites" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#form_manager_sites"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="forms_prefill" nc:name="Prefill Form Data" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#prefill_form_data"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-encrypt"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt-on" nc:name="Turning Encryption On and Off" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#turning_encryption_on_and_off"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt-master" nc:name="Setting a Master Password" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#setting_a_master_password"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt-change" nc:name="Changing Your Master Password" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#changing_your_master_password"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt-logout" nc:name="Logging Out of Your Master Password" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#logging_out_of_your_master_password"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt-forget" nc:name="What to Do If You Forget Your Master Password" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#what_to_do_if_you_forget_your_master_password"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#pop_up_blocking"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="pop_up_blocking_prefs" nc:name="Popup Preferences" nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + +<rdf:Description about="#images-help-managing"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="images_prefs" nc:name="Image Preferences" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#images"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + +<!-- USING CERTIFICATES CONTENT --> +<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-get" nc:name="Getting Your Own Certificate" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#getting_your_own_certificate"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-info" nc:name="Checking Security For a Web Page" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage" nc:name="Managing Certificates" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices" nc:name="Managing Smart Cards and Other Security Devices" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-ssl" nc:name="Managing SSL Warnings and Settings" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_ssl_warnings_and_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation" nc:name="Controlling Validation" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#controlling_validation"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-context-help" nc:name="Certificate Settings" nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#certificate_settings"/> </rdf:li> + + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + +<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-manage"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage-my" nc:name="That Identify You" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_you"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage-others" nc:name="That Identify Others" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_others"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage-sites" nc:name="That Identify Websites" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_websites"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage-cas" nc:name="That Identify CAs" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_certificate_authorities"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-devices"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices-about" nc:name="About Security Devices and Modules" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_security_devices_and_modules"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices-devices" nc:name="Using Security Devices" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#using_security_devices"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices-modules" nc:name="Using Security Modules" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#using_security_modules"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices-fips" nc:name="Enabling FIPS Mode" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#enable_fips_mode"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-ssl"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="ssl-settings" nc:name="SSL Settings" nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#ssl-settings"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="ssl_prefs" nc:name="SSL Preferences" nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssl"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-validation"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation-how" nc:name="How Validation Works" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#how_validation_works"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation-crls" nc:name="Managing CRLs" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_crls"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation-ocsp" nc:name="Configuring OCSP" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#configuring_ocsp"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="validation_prefs" nc:name="Validation Settings" nc:link="validation_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-validation-crls"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation-crls-next" nc:name="About the Next Update Date" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_the_next_update_date"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation-crls-import" nc:name="Importing CRLs" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#importing_crls"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation-crls-view" nc:name="Viewing and Managing CRLs" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#viewing_and_managing_crls"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#validation_prefs"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="validation-prefs" nc:name="Validation Preferences" nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_validation"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="validation-crl-manage" nc:name="Manage CRLs" nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#manage_crls"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="validation-crl-import" nc:name="CRL Import Status" nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#crl_import_status"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="validation-crl-auto-update-prefs" nc:name="Automatic CRL Update Preferences" nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#automatic_crl_update_preferences"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-context-help"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="certs_prefs" nc:name="Certificate Preferences" nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="certs-help" nc:name="Certificate Manager" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_devices" nc:name="Device Manager" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#device_manager"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert-dialog-help" nc:name="Certificate Information and Decisions" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<!-- YOUR CERTIFICATES CONTENT --> + +<rdf:Description about="#certs-help"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="my_certs" nc:name="Your Certificates" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="others_certs" nc:name="Other People's Certificates" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#other_peoples_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="web_certs" nc:name="Website Certificates" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#web_site_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="ca_certs" nc:name="Authorities" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#authorities"/> </rdf:li> + + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#my_certs"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert_backup_pwd" nc:name="Choose a Certificate Backup Password" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#choose_a_certificate_backup_password"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="delete_my_certs" nc:name="Delete Your Certificate" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#delete_your_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#others_certs"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="delete_email_certs" nc:name="Delete Email Certificates" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#delete_email_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#web_certs"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="edit_web_certs" nc:name="Edit Website Certificate Settings" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#edit_web_site_certificate_trust_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="delete_web_certs" nc:name="Delete Website Certificate" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#delete_web_site_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#ca_certs"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="edit_ca_certs" nc:name="Edit CA Certificate Settings" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#edit_ca_certificate_trust_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="delete_ca_certs" nc:name="Delete CA Certificate" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#delete_ca_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + +<rdf:Description about="#cert-dialog-help"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert_details" nc:name="Certificate Viewer" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#certificate_viewer"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="which_token" nc:name="Choose Security Device" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#choose_security_device"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="priv_key_copy" nc:name="Encryption Key Copy" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#encryption_key_copy"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="backup_your_cert" nc:name="Certificate Backup" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#certificate_backup"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="which_cert" nc:name="User Identification Request" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#user_identification_request"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="new_ca" nc:name="New Certificate Authority" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#new_certificate_authority"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert-dialog-help-website" nc:name="Website Certificates" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#web_site_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cert_details"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert-dialog-help-details-general" nc:name="General Tab" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#general_tab"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert-dialog-help-details-details" nc:name="Details Tab" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#details_tab"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cert-dialog-help-website"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="new_web_cert" nc:name="Website Certified by an Unknown Authority" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#web_site_certified_by_an_unknown_authority"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="exp_web_cert" nc:name="Server Certificate Expired" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#server_certificate_expired"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="not_yet_web_cert" nc:name="Server Certificate Not Yet Valid" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#server_certificate_not_yet_valid"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="bad_name_web_cert" nc:name="Domain Name Mismatch" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#domain_name_mismatch"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + +<!-- PROFILE HELP CONTENT STARTS--> +<rdf:Description about="#profile-help"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="profile-help-create" nc:name="Creating a New Profile" nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_profile"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="profile-help-delete" nc:name="Deleting or Renaming a Profile" nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#deleting_or_renaming_a_profile"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="profile-help-roaming" nc:name="Roaming Profiles" nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#roaming_profiles"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="profile-help-roaming-prefs" nc:name="Roaming Preferences" nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#roaming_prefs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="profile-help-roaming-item-selection" nc:name="Item Selection" nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#roaming_item_selection"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<!-- TOOLS AND DEVELOPMENT CONTENT STARTS --> + +<rdf:Description about="#tools"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="tools-js_console" nc:name="Error Console" nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#js_console"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="tools-inspector" nc:name="DOM Inspector" nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#inspector"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="tools-venkman" nc:name="JavaScript Debugger" nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#venkman"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<!-- KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS CONTENT STARTS --> +<rdf:Description about="#shortcuts"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_using" nc:name="Using Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#using_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_general" nc:name="General &brandShortName; Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#general_mozilla_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator" nc:name="Browser Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts-navigator.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_mail" nc:name="Mail & Newsgroups Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts-mailnews.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_composer" nc:name="Composer Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts-composer.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_help" nc:name="Help Window Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#help_window_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#shortcuts_navigator"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_bookmarks" nc:name="Bookmark Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts-navigator.xhtml#bookmarks_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_page_navigation" nc:name="Page Navigation Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts-navigator.xhtml#page_navigation_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_page_viewing" nc:name="Page Viewing Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts-navigator.xhtml#page_viewing_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_tabbed_browsing" nc:name="Tabbed Browsing Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts-navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_sidebar" nc:name="Sidebar Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts-navigator.xhtml#sidebar_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_forms" nc:name="Forms Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts-navigator.xhtml#forms_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#shortcuts_mail"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_mail_general" nc:name="General Mail Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts-mailnews.xhtml#general_mail_and_newsgroups_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_mail_message_list" nc:name="Message List Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts-mailnews.xhtml#message_list_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_mail_message_compose" nc:name="Message Compose Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts-mailnews.xhtml#message_compose_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +</rdf:RDF> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/suitehelp.rdf b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/suitehelp.rdf new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..0ac56fe7db --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/suitehelp.rdf @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE window [ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd"> + %brandDTD; +]> + +<RDF xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" + xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" + xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#"> + + <!-- SEAMONKEY MASTER HELP DOCUMENT --> + <Description rdf:about="urn:root" + nc:title="&brandFullName; Help" + nc:defaulttopic="welcome" + nc:base="chrome://communicator/locale/help/"> + <nc:panellist> + <Seq> + <li> + <Description nc:panelid="toc" + nc:datasources="suite-toc.rdf" + nc:platform="win mac os2 unix"/> + </li> + <li> + <Description nc:panelid="toc" + nc:datasources="help-win.rdf" + nc:platform="win"/> + </li> + <li> + <Description nc:panelid="search" + nc:datasources="rdf:null" + nc:platform="win mac os2 unix" + nc:emptysearchtext="[No matching items found.]" + nc:emptysearchlink="chrome://help/locale/welcome.xhtml#search_tips"/> + </li> + <li> + <Description nc:panelid="glossary" + nc:datasources="help-glossary.rdf" + nc:platform="win mac os2 unix"/> + </li> + <li> + <Description nc:panelid="index" + nc:datasources="help-indexAZ.rdf help-index1.rdf" + nc:platform="win mac os2 unix"/> + </li> + <li> + <Description nc:panelid="index" + nc:datasources="help-win.rdf" + nc:platform="win"/> + </li> + </Seq> + </nc:panellist> + </Description> +</RDF> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/using_certs_help.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/using_certs_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..978a3ea866 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/using_certs_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,743 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Using Certificates</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="using_certificates">Using Certificates</h1> + +<p>A certificate is the digital equivalent of an ID card. Just as you may have + several ID cards for different purposes, such as a driver's license, an + employee ID card, or a credit card, you can have several different + certificates that identify you for different purposes.</p> + +<p>This section describes how to perform operations related to + certificates.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#getting_your_own_certificate">Getting Your Own + Certificate</a></li> + <li><a href="#checking_security_for_a_web_page">Checking Security for a Web + Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#managing_certificates">Managing Certificates</a></li> + <li><a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Managing + Smart Cards and Other Security Devices</a></li> + <li><a href="#managing_ssl_warnings_and_settings">Managing SSL Warnings and + Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#controlling_validation">Controlling Validation</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h1 id="getting_your_own_certificate">Getting Your Own Certificate</h1> + +<p>Much like a credit card or a driver's license, a certificate is a form + of identification you can use to identify yourself over the Internet and + other networks. Like other commonly used personal IDs, a certificate is + typically issued by an organization with recognized authority to issue such + identification. An organization that issues certificates is called a + <strong>certificate authority (CA)</strong>.</p> + +<p>You can obtain certificates that identify you from public CAs, from system + administrators or special CAs within your organization, or from websites + offering specialized services that require a means of identification more + reliable that your name and password.</p> + +<p>Just as the requirements for a driver's license vary depending on the + type of vehicle you want to drive, the requirements for obtaining a + certificate vary depending on what you want to use it for. In some cases + getting a certificate may be as easy as going to a website, entering some + personal information, and automatically downloading the certificate into your + browser. In other cases you may have to go through more complicated + procedures.</p> + +<p>You can obtain a certificate today by visiting the URL for a certificate + authority and following the on-screen instructions. For a list of certificate + authorities, see the online document + <a href="https://certs.netscape.com/">Client Certificates</a>.</p> + +<p>Once you obtain a certificate, it is automatically stored in a + <a href="glossary.xhtml#security_device">security device</a>. Your browser + comes with its own built-in Software Security Device. A security device can + also be a piece of hardware, such as a smart card.</p> + +<p>Like a driver's license or a credit card, a certificate is a valuable + form of identification that can be abused if it falls into the wrong hands. + Once you've obtained a certificate that identifies you, you should + protect it in two ways: by backing it up and by setting your + <a href="glossary.xhtml#master_password">master password</a>.</p> + +<p>When you first obtain a certificate, you may be prompted to back it up. If + you haven't yet created a master password, you will be asked to create + one.</p> + +<p>For detailed information about backing up a certificate and setting your + master password, see <a href="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates">Your + Certificates</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="checking_security_for_a_web_page">Checking Security for a Web Page</h1> + +<p>When you're viewing any web page, the lock icon near the lower-right + corner of the window informs you whether the entire contents of the page was + protected by <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">encryption</a> while it was + being received by your computer:</p> + +<table summary="lock icons"> + <tr> + <td><img alt="closed lock icon" + src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-secure.gif"/></td> + <td>A closed lock means that the page was protected by encryption when it + was received.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><img alt="open lock icon" + src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-insecure.gif"/></td> + <td>An open lock means the page was not protected by encryption when it was + received.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><img alt="broken lock icon" + src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-broken.gif"/></td> + <td>A broken lock means that some or all of the elements within the page + were not protected by encryption when the page was received, even though + the outermost HTML page was encrypted.</td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>For more details about the encryption status of the page when it was + received, click the lock icon (or open the View menu, choose Page Info, and + click the Security tab).</p> + +<p>The Security tab for Page Info provides two kinds of information:</p> + +<ul> + <li>The top half describes whether the website displaying the page has been + verified. (For information on certificate verification, see + <a href="#controlling_validation">Controlling Validation</a>.)</li> + <li>The bottom half describes whether the contents of the page you are + viewing is protected by encryption while in transit over the network.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Important</strong>: The lock icon describes only the encryption + status of the page while it was being received by your computer. To be + notified before you send or receive information without encryption, select + the appropriate SSL warning options. See <a href="ssl_help.xhtml">Privacy + & Security Preferences - SSL</a> for details.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="managing_certificates">Managing Certificates</h1> + +<p>You can use the Certificate Manager to manage the certificates you have + available. Certificates may be stored on your computer's hard disk or on + <a href="glossary.xhtml#smart_card">smart cards</a> or other security devices + attached to your computer.</p> + +<p>To open the Certificate Manager:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Certificates. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>In the Manage Certificates section, click Manage Certificates. You see + the Certificate Manager.</li> +</ol> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#managing_certificates_that_identify_you">Managing + Certificates that Identify You</a></li> + <li><a href="#managing_certificates_that_identify_others">Managing + Certificates that Identify Others</a></li> + <li><a href="#managing_certificates_that_identify_websites">Managing + Certificates that Identify Websites</a></li> + <li><a href="#managing_certificates_that_identify_certificate_authorities">Managing + Certificates that Identify Certificate Authorities</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="managing_certificates_that_identify_you">Managing Certificates that + Identify You</h2> + +<p>When you first open the Certificate Manager, you'll notice that it has + several tabs across the top of its window. The first tab is called Your + Certificates, and it displays the certificates your browser has available + that identify you. Your certificates are listed under the names of the + organizations that issued them.</p> + +<p>To perform an action on one or more certificates, click the entry for the + certificate (or <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>-click + to select more than one), then click the View, Backup, or Delete button. Each + of these buttons brings up another window that allows you to perform the + action. Click the Help button in any window to obtain more information about + using that window.</p> + +<p>The following buttons under Your Certificates don't require a + certificate to be selected. You use them to perform these actions:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Import</strong>: Click this button if you want to import a + certificate that you've previously backed up or transferred from one + machine to another.</li> + <li><strong>Backup All</strong>: Click this button to back up all your own + certificates stored in the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device">Software Security + Device</a>.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Important</strong>: Certificates on smart cards cannot be backed up. + Whether you select some of your certificates and click Backup, or click + Backup All, the resulting backup file will not include any certificates + stored on smart cards or other external security devices. You can only back + up certificates that are stored on the built-in Software Security Device.</p> + +<p>For more details about any of these tasks, see + <a href="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="managing_certificates_that_identify_others">Managing Certificates that + Identify Others</h2> + +<p>When you compose a mail message, you can choose to attach your digital + signature to it. A <a href="glossary.xhtml#digital_signature">digital + signature</a> allows recipients of the message to verify that the message + really comes from you and hasn't been tampered with since you sent + it.</p> + +<p>Every time you send a digitally signed message, your encryption certificate + is automatically included with the message. This certificate allows the + message recipients to send you encrypted messages.</p> + +<p>One of the easiest ways to obtain someone else's encryption certificate + is for that person to send you a digitally signed message. Certificate + Manager automatically stores other people's certificates whenever they + are received in this way.</p> + +<p>To view all the certificates identifying other people that are available to + the Certificate Manager, click the Other People's tab at the top of the + Certificate Manager window. You can send encrypted messages to anyone for + whom a valid certificate is listed. Certificates are listed under the names + of the organizations that issued them.</p> + +<p>To perform an action on one or more certificates, click the entry for the + certificate (or <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>-click + to select more than one), then click the View or Delete button. Each of these + buttons brings up another window that allows you to perform the action. Click + the Help button in any window to obtain more information about using that + window.</p> + +<p>For more details, see + <a href="certs_help.xhtml#other_peoples_certificates">Other People's + Certificates</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="managing_certificates_that_identify_websites">Managing Certificates + that Identify Websites</h2> + +<p>Some websites use certificates to identify themselves. Such identification + is required before the website can encrypt information transferred between + the site and your computer (or vice versa), so that no one can read the data + while in transit.</p> + +<p>If the URL for a website begins with <tt>https://</tt>, the website has a + certificate. If you visit such a website and its certificate was issued by a + CA that the Certificate Manager doesn't know about or doesn't + trust, you will be asked whether you want to accept the website's + certificate. When you accept a new website certificate, the Certificate + Manager adds it to its list of website certificates.</p> + +<p>To view all the website certificates available to your browser, click the + Websites tab at the top of the Certificate Manager window.</p> + +<p>To perform an action on one or more website certificates, click the entry + for the certificate (or <kbd>Shift</kbd>-clickto select more than one), then + click the View, Edit, or Delete button. Each of these buttons brings up + another window that allows you to perform the corresponding action.</p> + +<p>The Edit button allows you to specify whether your browser will trust the + selected website certificates in the future.</p> + +<p>For more details, see + <a href="certs_help.xhtml#web_site_certificates">Website Certificates</a>. +</p> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="managing_certificates_that_identify_certificate_authorities">Managing + Certificates that Identify Certificate Authorities</h2> + +<p>Like other commonly used forms of ID, a certificate is issued by an + organization with recognized authority to issue such identification. An + organization that issues certificates is called a + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority + (CA)</a>. A certificate that identifies a CA is called a CA certificate.</p> + +<p>Certificate Manager typically has many CA certificates on file. These CA + certificates permit Certificate Manager to recognize and work with + certificates issued by the corresponding CAs. However, the presence of a CA + certificate in this list does <em>not</em> guarantee that the certificates it + issues can be trusted. You or your system administrator must make decisions + about what kinds of certificates to trust depending on your security + needs.</p> + +<p>To view all the CA certificates available to your browser, click the + Authorities tab at the top of the Certificate Manager window.</p> + +<p>To perform an action on one or more CA certificates, click the entry for the + certificate (or <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>-click + to select more than one), then click the View, Edit, or Delete button. Each + of these buttons brings up another window that allows you to perform the + action. Click the Help button in any window to obtain more information about + using that window.</p> + +<p>The Edit button allows you to view and control the trust settings for each + certificate. Trust settings for a CA certificate let you to specify which + kinds of certificates issued by that CA you are willing to trust.</p> + +<p>For more details, see + <a href="certs_help.xhtml#authorities">Authorities</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Managing Smart Cards + and Other Security Devices</h1> + +<p>A smart card is a small device, typically about the size of a credit card, + that contains a microprocessor and is capable of storing information about + your identity (such as your <a href="glossary.xhtml#private_key">private + keys</a> and <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificates</a>) and + performing cryptographic operations.</p> + +<p>To use a smart card, you typically need to have a smart card reader (a piece + of hardware) attached to your computer, as well as software on your computer + that controls the reader.</p> + +<p>A smart card is just one kind of security device. A security device + (sometimes called a token) is a hardware or software device that provides + cryptographic services and stores information about your identity. Use the + Device Manager to work with smart cards and other security devices.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#about_security_devices_and_modules">About Security Devices + and Modules</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_security_devices">Using Security Devices</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_security_modules">Using Security Modules</a></li> + <li><a href="#enable_fips_mode">Enable FIPS Mode</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="about_security_devices_and_modules">About Security Devices and + Modules</h2> + +<p>The Device Manager displays a window that lists the available security + devices. You can use the Device Manager to manage any security devices, + including smart cards, that support the Public Key Cryptography Standard + (PKCS) #11.</p> + +<p>A <a href="glossary.xhtml#pkcs_11_module">PKCS #11 module</a> (sometimes + called a security module) controls one or more security devices in much the + same way that a software driver controls an external device such as a printer + or modem. If you are installing a smart card, you must install the PKCS #11 + module for the smart card on your computer as well as connecting the smart + card reader.</p> + +<p>By default, the Device Manager controls two internal PKCS #11 modules that + manage three security devices:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>&brandShortName; Internal PKCS #11 Module</strong>: Controls two + security devices: + <ul> + <li><strong>Generic Crypto Services</strong>: A special security device + that performs all cryptographic operations required by the + &brandShortName; Internal PKCS #11 Module.</li> + <li><strong>Software Security Device</strong>: Stores your certificates + and keys that aren't stored on external security devices, + including any CA certificates that you may have installed in addition + to those that come with the browser.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Builtin Roots Module</strong>: Controls a special security device + called the Builtin Object Token. This security device stores the default + <a href="glossary.xhtml#ca_certificate">CA certificates</a> that come with + the browser.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Return to + beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_security_devices">Using Security Devices</h2> + +<p>The Device Manager allows you to perform operations on security devices. To + open the Device Manager, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Certificates. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>In the Certificates panel, click Manage Security Devices.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Device Manager lists each available PKCS #11 module in boldface, and the + security devices managed by each module below its name.</p> + +<p>When you select a security device, information about it appears in the + middle of the Device Manager window, and some of the buttons on the right + side of the window become available. For example, if you select the Software + Security Device, you can perform these actions:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click Login or Logout to log in or out of the Software Security Device. + If you are logging in, you will be asked to supply the master password for + the device. You must be logged into a security device before your browser + software can use it to provide cryptographic services.</li> + <li>Click Change Password to change the master password for the device.</li> +</ul> + +<p>You can perform these actions on most security devices. However, you cannot + perform them on the Builtin Object Token or Generic Crypto Services, which + are special devices that must normally be available at all times.</p> + +<p>For more details, see <a href="certs_help.xhtml#device_manager">Device + Manager</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Return to + beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_security_modules">Using Security Modules</h2> + +<p>If you want to use a smart card or other external security device, you must + first install the module software on your computer and, if necessary, connect + any associated hardware. Follow the instructions that come with the + hardware.</p> + +<p>After a new module is installed on your computer, follow these steps to load + it:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Certificates. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>In the Certificates panel, click Manage Security Devices.</li> + <li>Click Load.</li> + <li>In the Load PKCS #11 Module dialog box, click the Browse button, locate + the module file, and click Open.</li> + <li>Fill in the Module Name field with the name of the module and click + OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The new module will then show up in the list of modules with the name you + assigned to it.</p> + +<p>To unload a PKCS #11 module, select its name and click Unload.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Return to + beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="enable_fips_mode">Enable FIPS Mode</h2> + +<p>Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) 140-1 is a + US government standard for implementations of cryptographic + modules—that is, hardware or software that encrypts and decrypts data + or performs other cryptographic operations (such as creating or verifying + digital signatures). Many products sold to the US government must comply with + one or more of the FIPS standards.</p> + +<p>To enable FIPS mode for the browser, you use the Device Manager:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Certificates. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>In the Certificates panel, click Manage Devices.</li> + <li>Click the Enable FIPS button. When FIPS is enabled, the name NSS Internal + PKCS #11 Module changes to NSS Internal FIPS PKCS #11 Module and the Enable + FIPS button changes to Disable FIPS.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To disable FIPS-mode, click Disable FIPS.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Return to + beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="managing_ssl_warnings_and_settings">Managing SSL Warnings and + Settings</h1> + +<p>The Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) protocol allows your computer to exchange + information with other computers on the Internet in encrypted form—that + is, the information is scrambled while in transit so that no one else can + make sense of it. SSL is also used to identify computers on the Internet by + means of <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificates</a>.</p> + +<p>The Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocol is a new standard based on SSL. + By default, the browser supports both SSL and TLS. This approach works for + most people, because it guarantees that the browser will work with virtually + all other existing software on the Internet that supports any version of SSL + or TLS.</p> + +<p>However, in some circumstances system administrators or other knowledgeable + persons may wish to adjust the SSL settings to fine-tune them for special + security needs or to account for bugs in some older software products.</p> + +<p>You shouldn't adjust the SSL settings for your browser unless you know + what you're doing or have the assistance of someone else who does. If + you do need to adjust them for some reason, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, select SSL. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>For more details, see <a href="ssl_help.xhtml">SSL Settings</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="controlling_validation">Controlling Validation</h1> + +<p>As discussed above under <a href="#getting_your_own_certificate">Get Your + Own Certificate</a>, a certificate is a form of identification, much like a + driver's license, that you can use to identify yourself over the + Internet and other networks. However, also like a driver's license, a + certificate may expire or become invalid for some other reason. Therefore, + your browser software needs to confirm the validity of any given certificate + in some way before trusting it for identification purposes.</p> + +<p>This section describes how Certificate Manager validates certificates and + how to control that process. To understand the process, you should have some + familiarity with <a href="glossary.xhtml#public-key_cryptography">public-key + cryptography</a>. If you are not familiar with the use of certificates, you + should check with your system administrator before attempting to change any + of your browser's certificate validation settings.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#how_validation_works">How Validation Works</a></li> + <li><a href="#managing_crls">Managing CRLs</a></li> + <li><a href="#configuring_ocsp">Configuring OCSP</a></li> + <li><a href="validation_help.xhtml">Validation Settings</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="how_validation_works">How Validation Works</h2> + +<p>Whenever you use or view a certificate stored by Certificate Manager, it + takes several steps to verify the certificate. At a minimum, it confirms that + the CA's digital signature on the certificate was created by a CA whose + own certificate is (1) present in the Certificate Manager's list of + available CA certificates and (2) marked as trusted for issuing the kind of + certificate being verified.</p> + +<p>If the CA certificate is not itself present, the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_chain">certificate chain</a> for the CA + certificate must include a higher-level CA certificate that is present and + correctly trusted. Certificate Manager also confirms that the certificate + being verified is currently marked as trusted in the certificate store. If + any one of these checks fails, Certificate Manager marks the certificate as + unverified and won't recognize the identity it certifies.</p> + +<p>A certificate can pass all these tests and still be compromised in some way; + for example, the certificate may be revoked because an unauthorized person + has gained access to the certificate's private key. A compromised + certificate can allow an unauthorized person (or website) to pretend to be + the certificate owner.</p> + +<p>One way to combat this threat is for Certificate Manager to check a + certificate revocation list (CRL) as part of the verification process (see + <a href="#managing_crls">Managing CRLs</a>, below). Typically, you download a + CRL to your browser by clicking a link. If a CRL is present, Certificate + Manager checks any certificate issued by the same CA against the list as part + of the verification process.</p> + +<p>The reliability of CRLs depends on the frequency with which they are both + updated by a server and checked by a client. You can configure your + <a href="validation_help.xhtml#automatic_crl_update_preferences">Automatic + CRL Update Preferences</a> so that a CRL will be updated automatically at + regular intervals with the version currently on the server.</p> + +<p>Another way to combat the threat of compromised certificates is to use a + special server that supports the Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP). + Such a server can answer client queries about individual certificates (see + <a href="#configuring_ocsp">Configuring OCSP</a>, below).</p> + +<p>The server, called an OCSP responder, receives an updated CRL periodically + from the CA that issues the certificates to be verified. You can configure + Certificate Manager to submit a status request for a certificate to the OCSP + responder, and the OCSP responder confirms whether the certificate is + valid.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#controlling_validation">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="managing_crls">Managing CRLs</h2> + +<p>A certificate revocation list (CRL) is a list of revoked certificates. A + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a> + might revoke a certificate, for example, if it has been compromised in some + way—much the way a credit card company might revoke your credit card if + you report that it's been stolen.</p> + +<p>This section describes how to import and manage CRLs.</p> + +<p>For background information, see + <a href="#how_validation_works">How Validation Works</a>.</p> + +<p>For detailed descriptions of CRL settings that you can control, see + <a href="validation_help.xhtml">Validation Settings</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#about_the_next_update_date">About the <q>Next Update</q> + Date</a></li> + <li><a href="#importing_crls">Importing CRLs</a></li> + <li><a href="#viewing_and_managing_crls">Viewing and Managing CRLs</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="about_the_next_update_date">About the <q>Next Update</q> Date</h3> + +<p>The browser uses the CRLs it has available to check the validity of + certificates issued by the corresponding CAs. If a certificate is listed as + revoked, the browser won't accept it as evidence of identity.</p> + +<p>A CA typically publishes an updated CRL at regular intervals. Every CRL + includes a date, specified in the Next Update field, by which the CA will + publish the next update of that CRL. In general, if the date in the Next + Update field is earlier than the current date, you should obtain the most + recent version of the CRL. To view CRL information and set up automatic CRL + updating, see <a href="#viewing_and_managing_crls">Viewing and Managing + CRLs</a>.</p> + +<p>CAs are required to produce a new CRL by the Next Update date. However, the + absence of the most recent CRL does not by itself invalidate a certificate. + For this reason, if the most recent CRL is not available, a certificate may + be validated even though the most recent CRL shows it as expired. Automatic + CRL updating can help to avoid this situation.</p> + +<h3 id="importing_crls">Importing CRLs</h3> + +<p>You can import the latest CRL from a CA into your browser. To import a CRL, + follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Go to the URL specified by the CA or by your system administrator and + click the link for the CRL that you want to import. + + <p>The Import Status dialog box appears.</p> + </li> + <li>Confirm that the CRL was imported successfully and that it's the one + you wanted. In most cases you should also click Yes, which enables + automatic updating of the CRL you just imported.</li> + <li>The next step depends on whether you click Yes or No in the Import Status + dialog box: + <ul> + <li><strong>Yes</strong>: The Automatic CRL Update Preferences dialog box + appears. In this case, go on to step 4.</li> + <li><strong>No</strong>: The Import Status dialog box closes. If you + change your mind and decide to enable automatic updates after all, see + <a href="#viewing_and_managing_crls">Viewing and Managing + CRLs</a>.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Select the option labeled <q>Enable Automatic Update for this + CRL</q>.</li> + <li>Decide how you want to schedule the automatic updates: + <ul> + <li><strong>Update [__] days before Next Update date</strong>: Select + this option if you want to base the update frequency on the frequency + with which the CRL publisher publishes a new version of the CRL.</li> + <li><strong>Update every [__] days</strong>: Select this option if you + want to specify an update interval unrelated to the CRL's Next + Update date.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK to confirm your choices.</li> +</ol> + +<h3 id="viewing_and_managing_crls">Viewing and Managing CRLs</h3> + +<p>You can view and manage CRLs available to the browser through the + browser's Validation preferences:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Validation. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>Click Manage CRLs in the Validation panel to see a list of the CRLs + available to Certificate Manager.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To delete or update a CRL, select it and click the appropriate button.</p> + +<p>To set up automatic updates for a CRL, select the CRL and click Settings. + The Automatic CRL Update Preferences dialog box appears:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the option labeled <q>Enable Automatic Update for this + CRL</q>.</li> + <li>Decide how you want to schedule the automatic updates: + <ul> + <li><strong>Update [__] days before Next Update date</strong>: Select + this option if you want to base the update frequency on the frequency + with which the CRL publisher publishes a new version of the CRL.</li> + <li><strong>Update every [__] days</strong>: Select this option if you + want to specify an update interval unrelated to the CRL's Next + Update date.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK to confirm your choices.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#controlling_validation">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="configuring_ocsp">Configuring OCSP</h2> + +<p>The settings that control OCSP are part of Validation preferences. To view + Validation preferences, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Validation. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>For information about the OCSP options available, see + <a href="validation_help.xhtml#ocsp">OCSP</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#controlling_validation">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<p>©right.string;</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/using_priv_help.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/using_priv_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3c9b68b4bb --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/using_priv_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,1608 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Using Privacy Features</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="using_the_cookie_manager">Using the Cookie Manager</h1> + +<p>A cookie is a small amount of information on your computer that is used by + some sites. For a brief overview, see + <a href="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work">What Are + Cookies and How Do They Work?</a></p> + +<p>Before loading a web page that uses cookies, your browser handles the + page's cookies by doing two things:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Accepts or rejects any requests by the site to <strong>set</strong> + (store) one or more cookies on your computer.</li> + <li>Accepts or rejects any requests by the site to <strong>read</strong> + cookies it previously stored on your computer. A site can't + actually read cookies or any other data on your computer—instead, + your browser gets the cookies and sends them back to the site.</li> +</ul> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#enabling_and_disabling_cookies">Enabling & Disabling + Cookies</a></li> + <li><a href="#managing_cookies_site-by-site">Managing Cookies + Site-By-Site</a></li> + <li><a href="#viewing_cookies">Viewing Cookies</a></li> + <li><a href="#removing_cookies">Removing Cookies</a></li> + <li><a href="#setting_privacy_levels">Setting Privacy Levels</a></li> + <li><a href="#cookie_manager_settings">Cookie Manager Settings</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="enabling_and_disabling_cookies">Enabling & Disabling Cookies</h2> + +<p>You can specify how cookies should be handled by setting your Cookies + preferences. The default setting is <q>Allow all cookies</q>.</p> + +<p>To change your Cookies preferences:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Cookies. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>Set your Cookies preferences.</li> +</ol> + +<p>For more information about the effect of each setting, see + <a href="#cookies">Privacy & Security Preferences - Cookies</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="managing_cookies_site-by-site">Managing Cookies Site-By-Site</h2> + +<p>To set cookie permissions for the current site:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li> + <li>Choose one of the following items: + <ul> + <li><strong>Block Cookies from this Site</strong>: Block the + current site from setting cookies.</li> + <li><strong>Use Default Cookie Permissions</strong>: Reset + cookie permission for the current site and use the + <a href="#cookie_manager_settings">default settings</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Allow Session Cookies from this Site</strong>: Allow + the current site to set session cookies. Persistent cookies from + this site will be downgraded to session cookies.</li> + <li><strong>Allow Cookies from this Site</strong>: Allow the + current site to set cookies.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>To <a href="#add_cookie_sites">set cookie permission</a> for several sites + or a site you are not viewing, use the Cookie Manager.</p> + +<p>If you have selected <q>Ask for each cookie</q> in + <a href="#cookie_manager_settings">Privacy & Security Preferences - + Cookies</a>, you will be warned (while browsing) that a web site is asking to + set a cookie. When you see such a warning, you can choose to + Allow, Allow for Session, or Deny the cookie.</p> + +<p>Other dialog options:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Use my choice for all cookies from this site</strong>: + If you check this option, you will not be warned the next time + that site tries to set or modify a cookie, and your <q>allow</q> or + <q>deny</q> response will still be in effect.</li> + <li><strong>Show Details</strong>/<strong>Hide Details</strong>: + Click the button to show or hide <a href="#viewing_cookies">detailed + information</a> of the cookie.</li> +</ul> + +<p>If you want to change a remembered response later, use the Cookie Manager + to edit <a href="#stored_cookies">stored cookies</a> and + <a href="#cookie_sites">add or remove cookie sites</a>.</p> + +<p>To stop automatically accepting or rejecting cookies from a site:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li> + <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window + opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li> + <li>Click the Cookie Sites tab. The sites for which you have allowed or + denied cookies are listed.</li> + <li>Click to select the site from which you no longer want to automatically + accept cookies, and then click Remove Cookie.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="viewing_cookies">Viewing Cookies</h2> + +<p>To view detailed information about cookies:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li> + <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window + opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li> + <li>Select a cookie to see its details.</li> +</ol> + +<p>For more information about the information displayed, see + <a href="#stored_cookies">Stored Cookies</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="removing_cookies">Removing Cookies</h2> + +<p><strong>Important</strong>: To remove cookies, follow the steps in this + section. Do not try to edit the cookies file on your computer.</p> + +<p>To remove one or more cookies from your computer:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li> + <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window + opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li> + <li>Select one or more cookies and click Remove Cookie, or click Remove All + Cookies.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Even though you've removed the cookies now, you will reacquire those + same cookies the next time you return to the site.</p> + +<p>To prevent that from happening, select the checkbox labeled <q>Don't + allow sites that set removed cookies to set future cookies</q>. When this + checkbox is selected, sites for the cookies that you are removing are + added to the list of sites whose cookies will automatically be rejected.</p> + +<p>You must click OK for your changes to take effect.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="setting_privacy_levels">Setting Privacy Levels</h2> + +<p>Many sites develop and publish their privacy policies based on the + Platform for Privacy Preferences (P3P) standard. The information that follows + applies only to sites that post a privacy policy based on the P3P standard + and the browser's implementation of that standard. The browser's + implementation may not be, in all cases, identical to the standard published + by the World Wide Web Consortium.</p> + +<p>A site's P3P privacy policy describes, in a standardized way, what + kind of information the site collects, to whom it gives that information, and + how it uses the information. For information about viewing a site's + privacy policy, see <a href="#viewing_privacy_policies">Viewing Privacy + Policies</a>.</p> + +<p>&brandShortName;'s implementation of the P3P standard defines three + levels of privacy: low, medium, and high (the default is medium). You can + select one of these predefined privacy levels, or you can specify your own + custom privacy settings in detail. Once you have set your preferred privacy + level, your browser can compare your preferences with the site's P3P + policy (if any) and accept or reject cookies accordingly.</p> + +<p>For example, your privacy settings may require the browser to reject cookies + that collect personal information without informing you. Alternatively, you + can adjust your privacy settings so that the browser simply warns you when a + cookie is used in this way, while allowing the action to take place.</p> + +<p>To control the privacy settings you want your browser to enforce for all + sites:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Cookies. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>Select the option labeled <q>Allow cookies based on privacy + settings</q>.</li> + <li>Click View.</li> + <li>In the Privacy Settings dialog box, select the level of privacy you want, + or select <q>custom</q> and specify your own privacy settings as + discussed below.</li> + <li>Click OK to confirm your settings.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Your browser handles cookies according to the settings you select. If you do + not select a preferred setting, the browser defaults to medium. The low, + medium, and high options are predefined by &brandShortName;. For more + information about these predefined options, see + <a href="#privacy_settings">Privacy Settings</a>.</p> + +<p>When the <q>custom</q> option is selected, you can specify your own + privacy settings in detail. Depending on the P3P policy of the site setting + the cookie, and depending on whether or not the site setting the cookie is + the one you are viewing, you can select whether you want the Cookie Manager + to accept the cookie, reject it, accept it just for the current session (that + is, until you exit the browser), or flag it.</p> + +<p>If you choose Reject, Flag, or Session for a given category of cookies, the + Cookie Manager displays the cookie notification icon + (<img alt="cookie notification icon" + src="chrome://communicator/skin/permissions/taskbar-cookie.gif"/>) + near the lower-right corner of the browser window whenever a site that + fits the category sets a cookie. When this icon is displayed, you can click + it to get information about the affected cookies.</p> + +<p><q>First party cookies</q> are cookies set by the site you are + visiting. <q>Third-party cookies</q>, also known as + <a href="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_third-party_cookies">foreign cookies</a>, + are set by sites other than the one you are viewing.</p> + +<p>For more details, see <a href="#privacy_settings">Privacy Settings</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="cookie_manager_settings">Cookie Manager Settings</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to set your Cookies preferences and control other + aspects of cookie handling.</p> + +<p>For step-by-step descriptions of various tasks related to cookies, see + <a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Using the Cookie Manager</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#cookies">Privacy & Security Preferences - + Cookies</a></li> + <li><a href="#stored_cookies">Stored Cookies</a></li> + <li><a href="#cookie_sites">Cookie Sites</a></li> + <li><a href="#privacy_settings">Privacy Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#cookie_notification">Cookie Notification</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="cookies">Privacy & Security Preferences - Cookies</h2> + +<p>Your browser is set by default to accept all cookies. This section describes + how to use the Cookies preferences panel to change that setting. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Cookies. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>Cookies help sites keep track of information for you, such as the + contents of your on-line shopping cart or which cities' weather you want + to know about. For a brief overview, see + <a href="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work">What Are + Cookies and How Do They Work?</a></p> + +<p>You can select one of these options:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Block cookies</strong>: Select this option to refuse all + cookies.</li> + <li><strong>Allow cookies for the originating website only</strong>: Select + this option if you don't want to accept or return + <a href="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_third-party_cookies">foreign + cookies</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Allow cookies based on privacy settings</strong>: Select this + option if you handle cookies based on your privacy settings. If you select + this option, click the View Privacy Settings button to confirm or modify + your privacy settings.</li> + <li><strong>Allow all cookies</strong>: This is the default option. Select + this option to permit all sites not explicitly blocked to set cookies on + your computer.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Blocking cookies does not remove old cookies. By + blocking cookies you only block sites from setting new cookies, and old + cookies will still be sent to sites. To completely block a site from receiving + old cookies, you need to <a href="#removing_cookies">remove its cookies</a>. +</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: <a href="#cookie_sites">Per-site cookie permission</a> + supersedes default cookie setting. For example, if you allow a site to set + cookies, the site can set cookies even if you choose <q>Block cookies</q>. +</p> + +<p>If you allow cookies or do not change the default setting, you can also + select the following preferences:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Accept cookies normally</strong>: Select this + if you want sites to set or modify cookies without restrictions.</li> + <li><strong>Accept for current session only</strong>: Select this to delete + the cookie the next time you exit your browser.</li> + <li><strong>Accept cookies for [__] days</strong>: Select this if you + want to limit the length of time any cookie can remain on your computer, + then type the number of days.</li> + <li><strong>Ask for each cookie</strong>: Select this if you want + Cookie Manager to warn you each time a site is about to store a cookie. + In addition, you can choose <strong>except for session cookies</strong>: so + that &brandShortName; will not warn you if the site is setting cookies + which will be deleted when you exit your browser.</li> +</ul> + +<p>You can also get more information about your stored cookies:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Manage Stored Cookies</strong>: Click this button to view + information about the cookies currently stored on your computer and which + sites are allowed to set them.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="stored_cookies">Stored Cookies</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Stored Cookies tab of the Cookie + Manager. If you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li> + <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window + opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Stored Cookies tab lists all the cookies stored on your computer, the + sites they belong to, and their current status.</p> + +<p>If you can't see the Status column, click the icon in the upper-right + corner of the table and select Status. This column indicates which cookies + have been flagged or accepted according to your + <a href="#privacy_settings">Privacy Settings</a>.</p> + +<p>When you select a cookie in this list, the following information about that + cookie appears in the bottom portion of the tab:</p> + +<table class="defaultTable"> + <thead> + <tr> + <th>Item</th> + <th>Explanation</th> + </tr> + </thead> + <tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Name</td> + <td>The name assigned to the cookie by its originator.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Information</td> + <td>A string of characters containing the information a site tracks + for you. It might contain a user key or name by which you are + identified to the site, information about your interests, and so + forth.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Host or domain</td> + <td>Provides the name of the cookie's host or domain. + + <p>A <strong>host</strong> cookie is sent back, during subsequent + visits, only to the <a href="glossary.xhtml#server">server</a> that + set it.</p> + + <p>A <strong>domain</strong> cookie is sent back to any site + that's in the same domain as the site that set it. A site's + domain is the part of its URL that contains the name of an + organization, business, or school—such as netscape.com or + washington.org.</p> + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Path</td> + <td>The file pathway. This is provided only if the cookie should be sent + back to all URLs that are on that path or lower. For example, + <tt>http://a.b/x/y/z.html</tt> means that the cookie can also be set + for path <tt>x/</tt>.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Send For</td> + <td>When this field is <q>For encrypted connections only</q> it means + that the browser checks the connection whenever the server asks for a + cookie and will not send it unless the connection is encrypted + (HTTPS).</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Expires</td> + <td>The date and time at which the cookie will be deactivated. The + browser regularly removes expired cookies from your computer.</td> + </tr> + </tbody> +</table> + +<p>To remove cookies, click one of these buttons:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Remove Cookie</strong>: Removes the selected cookie or cookies + from the list.</li> + <li><strong>Remove All Cookies</strong>: Removes all cookies from the + list.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Select this checkbox to prevent the cookies you remove from being added back + into the list later:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Don't allow sites that set removed cookies to set future + cookies</strong></li> +</ul> + +<p>Even if you remove cookies now, you will reacquire those same cookies the + next time you return to the site. To prevent that from happening, select + this checkbox. When this checkbox is selected, sites for the cookies that + you are removing are added to the list of sites whose cookies will + automatically be rejected.</p> + +<p>You must click Close for your changes to take effect.</p> + +<h2 id="cookie_sites">Cookie Sites</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Cookie Sites tab of the Cookie + Manager. If you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li> + <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window + opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li> + <li>Click the Cookie Sites tab.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Cookie Sites tab of the Cookie Manager lists the sites for which your + decisions have been remembered, and what your decisions were. It also allows + you to add and remove sites from the list.</p> + +<h3 id="add_cookie_sites">Adding Cookie Sites</h3> + +<p>To add cookies sites manually:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Enter the site address, e.g. <tt>www.mozilla.org</tt></li> + <li>Set the site cookie permission: + <ul> + <li><strong>Block</strong>: Click this button to add the site as a site + blocked from setting cookies.</li> + <li><strong>Session</strong>: Click this button to add the site as a site + that can set session cookies. Persistent cookies from this site will + be downgraded to session cookies.</li> + <li><strong>Allow</strong>: Click this button to add the site as a + site that can set cookies.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Repeat the steps to add additional sites.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="remove_cookie_sites">Removing Cookie Sites</h3> + +<p>To remove a cookie site:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Remove Site</strong>: Removes the selected site or sites from the + list.</li> + <li><strong>Remove All Sites</strong>: Removes all sites from the list.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Once you've removed a site from this list, Cookie Manager remembers + nothing about it. If the <q>Ask for each cookie</q> option is selected in + the Cookies preferences panel, you will be warned when any site not in this + list requests permission to set a cookie.</p> + +<h2 id="privacy_settings">Privacy Settings</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Privacy Settings window. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Cookies. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>Select the radio button labeled <q>Allow cookies based on privacy + settings</q>.</li> + <li>Click View Privacy Settings.</li> +</ol> + +<p>For more information about using privacy settings, see + <a href="#setting_privacy_levels">Setting Privacy Levels</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#level_of_privacy">Level of Privacy</a></li> + <li><a href="#cookie_acceptance_policy">Cookie Acceptance Policy</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="level_of_privacy">Level of Privacy</h3> + +<p>The level of privacy you set here determines how your browser treats cookies + according to privacy policies based on the P3P standard that published by + some sites and on the settings displayed under Cookie Acceptance Policy + for first-party and third-party cookies.</p> + +<p><q>First party cookies</q> are cookies set by the site you are + visiting. <q>Third-party cookies</q>, also known as + <a href="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_third-party_cookies">foreign + cookies</a>, are set by sites other than the one you are viewing.</p> + +<p>You can select one of the following privacy levels:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>low</strong>: Select this if you want to accept all first-party + cookies without regard to a site's privacy policy. + + <p>When this setting is selected, the browser accepts all third-party + cookies, but <strong>flags</strong> third-party cookies from sites that + indicate they may collect personally identifiable information without + your consent. Flagged cookies are listed as <q>flagged</q> in the + status column of the Cookie Manager's + <a href="#stored_cookies">Stored Cookies</a> tab.</p> + + <p>When a cookie is first flagged, the Cookie Manager displays the cookie + notification icon (<img alt="cookie notification icon" + src="chrome://communicator/skin/permissions/taskbar-cookie.gif"/>) near + the lower-right corner of the browser window (if it's not already + present). You can click the cookie notification icon to see more detailed + information about the flagged cookies.</p> + + </li> + <li><strong>medium</strong>: Select this if you want to accept and flag both + first-party and third-party cookies set by sites that may be collecting + personally identifiable information without your consent. This is the + default setting.</li> + <li><strong>high</strong>: Select this if you want the same settings as + medium, with the following differences: + <ul> + <li>Reject third-party cookies set by sites that may be collecting + information without your consent that can be used to identify you.</li> + <li>Accept, for the current session only, third-party cookies that may be + collecting information without your consent that can be used to + identify you, but also provide a web page or some other mechanism that + allows you to withhold your consent.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>custom</strong>: Select this if you want to set your own custom + Cookie Acceptance Policy. The default settings for <q>custom</q> are + whatever they happened to be just before you select this option. You can + modify them by selecting from the drop-down menus in the Cookie Acceptance + Policy portion of the dialog box.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To see the exact effect of each privacy-level setting, select it and then + examine the Cookie Acceptance Policy settings.</p> + +<h3 id="cookie_acceptance_policy">Cookie Acceptance Policy</h3> + +<p>If you select the <strong>custom</strong> option in the top portion of the + Privacy Settings dialog box, you can choose one of four settings from the + drop-down list in each of the eight categories shown in the bottom portion. + These settings cause Cookie Manager to perform the following actions:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Accept</strong>: Accept all cookies in the category.</li> + <li><strong>Session</strong>: Accept all cookies in the category for the + current session only—that is, until you exit the browser.</li> + <li><strong>Reject</strong>: Reject all cookies in the category.</li> + <li><strong>Flag</strong>: Lists the cookie's status as + <q>flagged</q> in the status column of the Cookie Manager's + <a href="#stored_cookies">Stored Cookies</a> tab and display the cookie + notification icon.</li> +</ul> + +<p>The cookie notification icon (<img alt="cookie notification icon" + src="chrome://communicator/skin/permissions/taskbar-cookie.gif"/>) appears + near the lower-right corner of the browser window. You can click it to get + information about the affected cookies or modify your privacy settings.</p> + +<p>Sites are classified in four categories for each of the two types + (first-party and third-party) of cookies:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Site has no privacy policy</strong>: Site does not publish any + kind of privacy policy. There is no way of knowing what kinds of + information such sites collect or what they do with it.</li> + <li><strong>Site collects personally identifiable information without your + consent</strong>: Site publishes a privacy policy, but does not ask your + permission when it collects personally identifiable information.</li> + <li><strong>Site collects personally identifiable information with only your + implicit consent</strong>: Site collects information about you unless you + go to a web page (or use some other designated mechanism) to explicitly + withhold your consent (opt-out).</li> + <li><strong>Site does not collect personally identifiable information without + your explicit consent</strong>: Sites will not collect personally + identifiable information unless you have explicitly agreed (opt-in).</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="cookie_notification">Cookie Notification</h2> + +<p>The cookie notification icon (<img alt="cookie notification icon" + src="chrome://communicator/skin/permissions/taskbar-cookie.gif"/>) is + displayed in the status bar near the lower-right corner of the browser + window. It appears when a site has used a cookie in a way that requires you + to be notified according to your current <a href="#privacy_settings">Privacy + Settings</a>.</p> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Cookie Notification dialog box, which + appears when you click the Cookie Notification icon. You can take the + following actions from this dialog box:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Turn Off Privacy Settings</strong>: Click this button to disable + your Privacy Settings. This has the same effect as selecting <q>Enable + all cookies</q> in <a href="#cookies">Privacy & Security + Preferences - Cookies</a>. After you take this action, your browser will + accept all cookies.</li> + <li><strong>View Cookie Manager</strong>: Click this button to open the + Cookie Manager, where you can view the current status of all your cookies + and identify the cookies that caused the notification icon to appear.</li> + <li><strong>View Privacy Settings</strong>: Click this button to open the + Privacy Settings dialog box. The settings in this dialog box determine how + sites can use cookies on your computer and what actions cause the cookie + notification icon to be displayed.</li> + <li><strong>Close</strong>: Click this button to exit the Cookie Notification + dialog box without taking any action.</li> +</ul> + +<p>For more information about using privacy settings, see + <a href="#setting_privacy_levels">Setting Privacy Levels</a>.</p> + +<h1 id="using_the_password_manager">Using the Password Manager</h1> + +<p>Many sites require you to type a user name and password before you can + enter the site. For instance, personalized pages and sites containing your + financial information usually require you to log in.</p> + +<p>The user name and password you use at a particular site can be read by the + site's administrator. Potentially, that person could then attempt to log + into other sites where you may have used the same user name and password. If + this concerns you, you may wish to use a different password at every site + with which you register.</p> + +<p>Password Manager can help you remember some or all of your names and + passwords by storing them on your computer's hard disk, and entering + them for you automatically when you visit such sites.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href= + "#using_password_manager_to_remember_user_names_and_passwords">Using + Password Manager to Remember User Names and Passwords</a></li> + <li><a href="#entering_user_names_and_passwords_automatically">Entering + User Names and Passwords Automatically</a></li> + <li><a href="#turning_password_manager_on_and_off">Turning Password Manager + On and Off</a></li> + <li><a href="#viewing_and_managing_stored_passwords">Viewing and Managing + Stored Passwords</a></li> + <li><a href="passwords_help.xhtml">Password Settings</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="using_password_manager_to_remember_user_names_and_passwords">Using + Password Manager to Remember User Names and Passwords</h2> + +<p>When Password Manager is active (as it is by default), it gives you an + opportunity to save user names and passwords on your hard drive that you + enter while using the Internet.</p> + +<p>For example, after you log onto a site from a page that requests a user + name and password, a dialog box appears asking, <q>Do you want Password + Manager to remember this logon?</q> When you see this dialog box, you can + click one of the following buttons:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Yes</strong>: The next time you return to the site you'll + see that your user name and password are already filled in. All you have to + do is click the Login button (or equivalent) to send them to the + server.</li> + <li><strong>Never for this site</strong>: Password Manager will not ask in + the future if you want to save your user name and password for that + site.</li> + <li><strong>No</strong>: Password Manager won't remember the user name + and password, but will ask again the next time you visit the site.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Similarly, when you log onto an email account or an FTP site, or perform any + other action that requires the browser itself to display a special dialog box + for your login information, you can select this option in the dialog box:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Use Password Manager to remember these values</strong></li> +</ul> + +<p>The next time you check your email or perform other tasks that require a + password only, the password will be submitted directly without any further + action on your part. For tasks that require you to enter both a user name and + password, you need to click a Login button or equivalent after Password + Manager fills in the information.</p> + +<p>Password Manager saves your user names and passwords on your own computer in + a file that's difficult, but not impossible, for an intruder to read. + See <a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Encrypting Stored + Sensitive Information</a> for information on protecting your stored user + names and passwords with encryption technology.</p> + +<p>If the Password Manager dialog box described above does not appear when you + click Submit after typing your user name and password, Password Manager may + be turned off or the site may disallow its use.</p> + +<p>To check whether Password Manager is currently active, see + <a href="#turning_password_manager_on_and_off">Turning Password Manager On + and Off</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_password_manager">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="entering_user_names_and_passwords_automatically">Entering User Names + and Passwords Automatically</h2> + +<p>There are two different ways that Password Manager can fill in user names + and passwords on your behalf:</p> + +<ul> + <li>You use Password Manager to remember your user name and password for a + site (using the three-button dialog box described in + <a href= + "#using_password_manager_to_remember_user_names_and_passwords">Using + Password Manager to Remember User Names and Passwords</a>). + + <p>The next time you visit the site, Password Manager automatically fills + in your user name and password on the site's log in page. You can + then click the Login button, or equivalent, to send the information to + the server.</p> + </li> + <li>You use Password Manager to remember your user name and password for an + email account, an FTP site, or in any other situation where you type login + information in a dialog box that displays a checkbox labeled <q>Use + Password Manager to remember these values</q>. + + <p>In most cases, the next time you attempt to access that server, Password + Manager automatically fills in your user name and password in the same + dialog box. You can then click OK to send the information to the + server.</p> + + <p>In some cases, such as when you open your email account, + &brandShortName; needs to send only the password to the server, and does + so immediately without displaying the dialog box or requiring any further + action on your part.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_password_manager">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="turning_password_manager_on_and_off">Turning Password Manager On and + Off</h2> + +<p>Password Manager is on by default. To turn it off:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Passwords. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>In the Password Manager section, deselect <q>Remember passwords</q> + to turn Password Manager off.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To turn Password Manager on, follow steps 1 and 2 above, but select the + checkbox in step 3 rather than deselecting it.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_password_manager">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="viewing_and_managing_stored_passwords">Viewing and Managing Stored + Passwords</h2> + +<p>To see the user names and passwords you have stored and to display a list of + sites from which logon information never is saved:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the Tools menu, choose Password Manager, and then choose Manage + Stored Passwords from the submenu. You see the Password Manager window with + the Passwords Saved tab opened. + <ul> + <li>To see your saved passwords, click Show Passwords and confirm your + choice.</li> + <li>To hide your passwords, click Hide Passwords.</li> + <li>To remove an entry from the list, click it and then click Remove. The + next time you visit the site, you will need to enter your user name + and password again, since Password Manager will no longer have the + information.</li> + </ul> + Click the Passwords Never Saved tab to see a list of the sites for which + you instructed Password Manager never to store user names and passwords. To + remove a site from this list, click it and then click Remove. The next + time you log into the site, you can use the stored user name and + password (if available) or indicate that you want Password Manager to save + the information for that site.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_password_manager">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="using_the_form_manager">Using the Form Manager</h1> + +<p>Many web pages contain forms for you to fill out—order forms for + online shopping, information databases, and so forth.</p> + +<p>Form Manager can save the personal data you enter into online forms, such as + your name, address, phone, credit card numbers, and so on. This information + is stored on your hard drive. Then, when a site presents you with a form, + Form Manager can fill it in automatically.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#saving_form_data">Saving Form Data</a></li> + <li><a href="#filling_out_forms_automatically">Filling Out Forms + Automatically</a></li> + <li><a href="#turning_off_form_manager_notification">Turning Off Form + Manager Notification</a></li> + <li><a href="#managing_stored_form_data">Managing Stored Form Data</a></li> + <li><a href="#editing_stored_site_information">Editing Stored Site + Information</a></li> + <li><a href="#viewing_privacy_policies">Viewing Privacy Policies</a></li> + <li><a href="#form_settings">Form Settings</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="saving_form_data">Saving Form Data</h2> + +<p>By default, when you fill out an online form and click Submit, Form Manager + detects the form and displays a dialog box asking if you want to save the + personal data you just entered. Soon, Form Manager will have enough data to + begin filling out forms automatically.</p> + +<p>There are two ways to save personal data:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Each time you submit an online form that includes certain kinds of + information, such as your name and address, Form Manager asks if you want + the information saved. Click Yes. + + <p>Note that Form Manager prompts you only if its automatic notification + feature is turned on. (This feature is turned on by default.) For + details, see <a href="#turning_off_form_manager_notification">Turning Off + Form Manager Notification</a>.</p> + </li> + <li>After you fill out a form (but before you submit it), open the Edit menu + and choose Save Form Info.</li> +</ul> + +<p>When Form Manager asks if you want to save values that you've entered + in a form (the first method described above), it gives you three options:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Yes</strong>: Click this button to save the information you + entered. In the future, you can automatically fill in a form that requests + the same information.</li> + <li><strong>Never for this site</strong>: Click this button to ensure that + Form Manager will not ask in the future if you want to save information + that you enter in forms at this site. + + <p>You may want to do this if you want to ensure that you'll always + have to enter sensitive information manually at a particular site. You + can change your mind later if you like; for details, see + <a href="#editing_stored_site_information">Editing Stored Site + Information</a>.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>No</strong>: Form Manager won't save the information you + entered, but will ask again the next time you enter form information at + this site.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Form Manager stores your personal data on your own computer in a file + that's difficult, but not impossible, for an intruder to read. See + <a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Encrypting Stored + Sensitive Information</a> for information on protecting your information with + encryption technology.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_form_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="filling_out_forms_automatically">Filling Out Forms Automatically</h2> + +<p>You can use the Form Manager to fill out forms automatically in two ways: + either one field at a time, or multiple fields at once. In both cases, the + information is not actually sent to the site until you click the Submit + button or perform some similar action.</p> + +<p>To fill out a single field automatically in an online form, double-click in + the field. If Form Manager has stored the data for that field, it will fill + it in. You can edit the filled-in data if necessary.</p> + +<p>To fill out multiple fields in an online form all at once:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Go to the online form you want to fill out.</li> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Fill in Form. + + <p>Note that the Fill in Form menu item won't be accessible if the + Form Manager hasn't yet stored any relevant information.</p> + </li> + <li>A dialog box called Prefill Form Data appears (unless you have previously + chosen to bypass it for this site). This shows exactly what information + Form Manager is about to fill in. You can use this dialog box as follows: + <ul> + <li>To prevent a field from being filled in automatically, deselect the + checkbox beside it.</li> + <li>To prevent any fields from being filled in automatically, click + Cancel.</li> + </ul> + + <p><strong>Important</strong>: You can also choose to bypass this dialog + box in the future. However, if you bypass this screen, you risk filling + in personal information (such as your credit card number) inadvertently. + For details, see below.</p> + </li> + <li>Click OK to confirm your choices. Form Manager then fills in the form as + you specified. + + <p>The form is now filled in with the saved information. You may still need + to provide some additional information that the Form Manager does not + have available. The information is not actually sent to the site until + you click Submit or perform some similar action.</p> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>In addition to providing a convenient way to confirm saved data and fill in + a form all at once, the Prefill Form Data dialog box is useful for two + reasons:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Prefill Form Data can help you prevent malicious sites from collecting + data you are not aware of. + + <p>For example, it's possible for a site to hide a field on a form + where you can't see it and specify that field to be a credit card + number. If you prefill the form without first examining the information + displayed in the Prefill Form Data dialog box, you may end up providing + your credit card number to such a site without realizing it. Prefill + Form Data lets you see every value that will be provided to the site, + allowing you to detect such tricks.</p> + </li> + <li>Prefill Form Data allows you to select which of several saved values for + a given field you want to use for a particular site.</li> +</ul> + +<p>For a detailed description of the Prefill Form Data dialog box, see + <a href="#prefill_form_data">Prefill Form Data</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_form_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="turning_off_form_manager_notification">Turning Off Form Manager + Notification</h2> + +<p>Form Manager is set to prompt you to save information whenever you submit an + online form that includes certain kinds of information, such as your name and + address. To stop these messages from appearing on your screen:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Forms. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>In the Form Manager section, deselect <q>Save form data from web pages + when completing forms</q>.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Note that deselecting this option turns off the notification feature, but + not Form Manager. The form data it may have already collected is still + available.</p> + +<p>You can still open the Edit menu and choose Save Form Info any time you want + to save information from a form you've just filled in, or choose Fill in + Form (or double-click each field) to fill in a form automatically.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_form_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="managing_stored_form_data">Managing Stored Form Data</h2> + +<p>To examine or edit personal data that Form Manager has saved:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>From the Privacy & Security category, click Forms. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>Click Manage Stored Form Data.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Form Manager dialog box for editing data appears. Click the + subcategories on the left to view or edit the corresponding data in the panel + on the right. To view subcategories that aren't visible, double-click a + category to expand the list.</p> + +<p>To add information not currently included in one of the drop down lists on + the right, select the blank item and start typing. Similarly, select existing + text to edit or delete it.</p> + +<p>The last category on the left side, Other Saved Information, includes panels + for two special kinds of data:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Concatenations</strong> lists data stored as a single element + that would normally be stored as two or more elements. For example, data + stored from a single Full Name field that includes both your first and last + names would be stored here together rather than separately in those + individual categories.</li> + <li><strong>URL-Specific</strong> lists fields and the values to use for each + of them that are applicable only for the site where you entered + them.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_form_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="editing_stored_site_information">Editing Stored Site Information</h2> + +<p>As explained in <a href="#saving_form_data">Saving Form Data</a>, you can + choose <q>Never for this site</q> when Form Manager prompts you to save + data you've entered in a form. Similarly, you can choose not to display + the Prefill Form Data dialog box on a site-by-site basis.</p> + +<p>Form Manager lets you change your mind about these decisions at any time. To + view site-specific information about your saved form data:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>From the Privacy and Security category, click Forms. (If no subcategories + are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand the list.)</li> + <li>Click Manage Sites.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Form Manager dialog box for managing sites appears:</p> + +<ul> + <li>The Forms Never Previewed tab lists the sites for which you've + decided not to display the Prefill Form Data dialog box.</li> + <li>The Forms Never Saved tab lists the sites for which you've asked not + to be prompted to save form data.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To remove a site from either list and thus restore the default behavior, + select the site and click Remove. For more details, see + <a href="#form_manager_sites">Form Manager - Sites</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_form_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="viewing_privacy_policies">Viewing Privacy Policies</h2> + +<p>When you provide personal information such as your name, phone number, or + email address to a site, or when the site collects personal information in + other ways, the site can use the information for its own purposes (such as + shipping you a product or customizing your browsing experience) and can + potentially share it with others.</p> + +<p>Before providing personal information on an online form, you must decide + whether or not you trust the site—just as you judge whether or not + you trust a catalog company before you provide your credit card number on the + company's order form.</p> + +<p>One way to evaluate a site's trustworthiness is to examine its + published privacy policy. Sites publish privacy statements online, and + some of them publish such statements based on the Platform for Privacy + Preferences (P3P) standard and the browser's implementation of that + standard.</p> + +<p>A site's privacy policy describes what kind of information the site + collects, to whom it gives that information, and how it uses the information. + Sites publish privacy policies in both human-readable form and as a file + that can be interpreted by the browser according to your + <a href="#privacy_settings">Privacy Settings</a>.</p> + +<p>To view a site's privacy policy, browse to the site and follow these + steps:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the View menu and choose Page Info. The Page Info window + appears.</li> + <li>Click the Privacy tab.</li> + <li>Click these buttons to see the corresponding information: + <ul> + <li><strong>Policy</strong>: Click this button to view the site's + published privacy policy on the web.</li> + <li><strong>Summary</strong>: Click this button to view a summary of the + site's built-in XML policy file, which defines the site's + policies in detail.</li> + <li><strong>Options</strong>: Click this button to view a web page + provided by the site where you can choose to withhold or grant your + consent to certain kinds of information gathering.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>Many web pages are made up of a variety of text, images, advertisements, and + other elements, some of which may be controlled by different companies.</p> + +<p>To view the same information for any individual element of the web page:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Double-click the categories to see addresses for individual + components.</li> + <li>Select the component whose privacy policy you want to examine.</li> + <li>Click the buttons as described above.</li> +</ol> + +<p>For more information on controlling your privacy, see + <a href="#setting_privacy_levels">Setting Privacy Levels</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_form_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="form_settings">Form Settings</h1> + +<p>When you fill out an online form, Form Manager normally detects the form + and, when you click Submit, gives you an opportunity to save the data you + entered.</p> + +<p>This section describes the preferences and other settings that control the + way Form Manager works.</p> + +<p>For step-by-step instructions on using these settings, see + <a href="#using_the_form_manager">Using the Form Manager</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#forms">Privacy & Security Preferences - Forms</a></li> + <li><a href="#form_manager_data">Form Manager - Data</a></li> + <li><a href="#form_manager_sites">Form Manager - Sites</a></li> + <li><a href="#prefill_form_data">Prefill Form Data</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="forms">Privacy & Security Preferences - Forms</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Forms preferences panel. If you are + not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Forms. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<h3 id="form_manager">Form Manager</h3> + +<p>When you fill out an online form and click Submit, Form Manager displays a + dialog box that asks if you want it to save the form data you just entered + (but only some of the filled-in fields include standard ones such as name and + address).</p> + +<p>If you click Yes at least some of the time, Form Manager will soon have + enough data to begin filling out forms automatically.</p> + +<p>Form preferences allow you to:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Save form data from web pages when completing forms</strong>: + This checkbox determines whether you are asked if you want to save form + data every time you submit a new form. This option is selected by default. + If you deselect it, Form Manager never asks if you want to save form data. + The only way to save form data is for you open the Edit Menu and choose + Save Form Info while viewing a form that you've just filled in. + + <p>Note that deselecting this option turns off the notification feature, + but not Form Manager. The form data it may have already collected is + still available. You can still open the Edit Menu and choose Fill in Form + or Save Form Info.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Manage Stored Form Data</strong>: Click this button to examine or + edit personal data that Form Manager has saved. For details, see + <a href="#form_manager_data">Form Manager - Data</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Manage Sites</strong>: Click this button to view site-specific + information about your saved form data. For details, see + <a href="#form_manager_sites">Form Manager - Sites</a>.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="form_manager_data">Form Manager - Data</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the window that allows you to edit data + saved on your behalf by the Form Manager. If you are not already viewing this + window, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Forms. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>Click Manage Stored Form Data.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Form Manager window for managing stored form data allows you to perform + two tasks:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Category</strong>: Double-click a category in the Category column + to view its subcategories, and click a subcategory to view its data on the + right side of the window. To edit or add to the displayed data, click in a + field and type. + + <p>To add information not currently included in one of the drop down lists + on the right, select the blank item and start typing. Similarly, select + existing text to edit or delete it.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Remove All Saved Data</strong>: Click this button to remove all + the saved data at once.</li> +</ul> + +<p>The last category on the left side, Other Saved Information, includes panels + for two special kinds of data:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Concatenations</strong>: The Form Manager typically captures and + prefills individual elements, such as first and last name, and combines + them when necessary. If it encounters a page that asks for a full name, for + example, it prefills it with the first and last name it has stored + previously. + + <p>However, if the Form Manager hasn't yet stored your first and last + name, it saves the full name (if you ask it to) as a single element in + the Concatenations panel.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>URL-Specific</strong>: This panel lists URL-specific fields and + the values to use for each of them at each URL for which you have entered + such information.</li> +</ul> + +<p>For step-by-step instructions on using the Form Manager, see + <a href="#using_the_form_manager">Using the Form Manager</a>.</p> + +<h2 id="form_manager_sites">Form Manager - Sites</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the dialog box that allows you to edit + site information saved on your behalf by Form Manager. If you are not already + viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Forms. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>Click Manage Sites.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Form Manager window for managing sites has two tabs:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Forms Never Previewed</strong>: Click this tab to view the list + of sites for which you selected <q>Bypass this screen when prefilling + this form in the future</q> after choosing Fill in Form from the Edit + menu. + + <p>If you remove an entry from this list, Form Manager will again give you + an opportunity to review form data for that site before filling it + in.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Forms Never Saved</strong>: Click this tab to view the list of + sites for which you selected <q>Never for this site</q> in response to + the Form Manager's request to store form data. + + <p>If you remove an entry from this list, Form Manager will again ask + whether to store form data when you submit forms at that site (assuming + that the main Form Manager notification option has been selected in + <a href= "#forms">Privacy & Security Preferences - Forms</a>).</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>Regardless of which tab you are viewing, you can remove entries from the + list as follows:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Remove</strong>: Select one or more entries that you want to + remove, then click this button to remove them.</li> + <li><strong>Remove All</strong>: Click this button to remove all the entries + for the tab you are viewing.</li> +</ul> + +<p>See the descriptions of each tab above for the consequences of removing + entries.</p> + +<p>For step-by-step instructions on working with form data, see + <a href="#using_the_form_manager">Using the Form Manager</a>.</p> + +<h2 id="prefill_form_data">Prefill Form Data</h2> + +<p>This section describes the window that normally appears when you open the + Edit menu and choose Fill In Form.</p> + +<p>However, the Fill in Form menu item is enabled only if you have previously + used Form Manager to save some form data and are now viewing a web page that + is requesting some of the same data. For step-by-step instructions on working + with form data, see <a href="#using_the_form_manager">Using the Form + Manager</a>.</p> + +<p>The Prefill Form Data window allows you to perform these actions:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Click in a field to edit the displayed data</strong>: Any changes + you make here will be reflected in the data used to fill in this form, but + won't change your stored data.</li> + <li><strong>Select alternate data</strong>: Click the arrow on the right side + of any field to display a drop-down menu for that field. If you have + previously used Form Manager to save alternate information (for example, a + different mailing address), the available alternates are listed in the + menu.</li> + <li><strong>Check the items that you would like to have prefilled</strong>: + Only the items with checkmarks beside them will be filled in automatically. + When you first open the window, all the items are checked. Click to + deselect any that you don't want filled in automatically.</li> + <li><strong>Bypass this screen when prefilling this form in the + future</strong>: Select this checkbox to avoid seeing this window the next + time you visit this site. This can be convenient; for example, if you + frequently need to enter the same data at the same site. + + <p><strong>Important</strong>: If you bypass this screen, you risk filling + in personal information (such as your credit card number) inadvertently. + For details, see <a href="#filling_out_forms_automatically">Filling Out + Forms Automatically</a>.</p> + + <p>If you change your mind about this decision, you can restore the + Prefill Form Data window for this site. For details, see + <a href="#form_manager_sites">Form Manager - Sites</a>.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>View Stored Form Data</strong>: Click this button to examine or + edit all personal data that Form Manager has saved. For details, see + <a href="#form_manager_data">Form Manager - Data</a>.</li> +</ul> + +<h1 id="encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Encrypting Stored Sensitive + Information</h1> + +<p>If you use Password Manager or Form Manager to save passwords and personal + data, then this sensitive information is stored on your computer in a file + that's difficult, but not impossible, for an intruder to read.</p> + +<p>For example, if your computer is in an area where unauthorized people have + access to it, it's possible for a determined person to read the file + containing your sensitive information.</p> + +<p>For a greater degree of security, you may want to protect the file with + encryption. Encryption makes it much harder for an unauthorized person to + view your stored sensitive information.</p> + +<p>Your decision about whether to use encryption for stored sensitive data is a + tradeoff between improved security and convenience.</p> + +<p>If you use encryption, you will need to enter a master password + periodically, which can be inconvenient. If you don't, it may be easier + for a stranger who has access to your computer to steal your passwords.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#turning_encryption_on_and_off">Turning Encryption On and + Off</a></li> + <li><a href="#setting_a_master_password">Setting a Master Password</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_your_master_password">Changing Your Master + Password</a></li> + <li><a href="#logging_out_of_your_master_password">Logging Out of Your + Master Password</a></li> + <li><a href="#what_to_do_if_you_forget_your_master_password">What to Do If + You Forget Your Master Password</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="turning_encryption_on_and_off">Turning Encryption On and Off</h2> + +<p>To turn on encryption for your stored sensitive information:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Passwords. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>In the Encrypting versus Obscuring section, select <q>Use encryption + when storing sensitive data</q>.</li> + <li>Click OK. If you haven't previously set a master password, a new + dialog box appears and leads you through the process of setting it.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To turn encryption off, deselect <q>Use encryption when storing sensitive + data</q>.</p> + +<p>You must supply your master password when you turn encryption on or off.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="setting_a_master_password">Setting a Master Password</h2> + +<p>If you choose to encrypt your stored sensitive information, you'll need + a master password. With encryption selected, you'll be asked for your + master password at least once during a &brandShortName; session in which you + access any of your stored sensitive information.</p> + +<p>If you choose encryption, but don't already have a master password, + you'll be prompted to create one the first time you try to save or + retrieve your sensitive information.</p> + +<p>If your master password has not previously been set, you can set at this + time:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Master Passwords. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>In the Change Master Password section, click Change Password to open the + Change Master Password dialog box.</li> + <li>Enter your desired master password, and retype it to confirm the + spelling.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Make sure your new password is difficult to guess. For some suggestions on + how to improve password security, see + <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good + Password</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="changing_your_master_password">Changing Your Master Password</h2> + +<p>To change your master password:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Master Passwords. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>In the Change Master Password section, click Change Password to open the + Change Master Password dialog box.</li> + <li>Enter your current master password.</li> + <li>Enter your new master password, and retype it to confirm the + spelling.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Make sure your new password is difficult to guess. For some guidelines, see + <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good + Password</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="logging_out_of_your_master_password">Logging Out of Your Master + Password</h2> + +<p>Normally, you are asked for your master password once during each + &brandShortName; session during which you access any of your stored sensitive + information.</p> + +<p>It's also possible to require that your master password be requested + each time it is needed, or after a certain amount of time has passed. For + details, see <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#master_password_timeout">Master + Password Timeout</a>.</p> + +<p>You can log out of your master password so that it must be entered again + before any sensitive information can be stored or retrieved. This is useful + if you are going to leave your computer unattended for a period of time.</p> + +<p>To log out of your master password:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Password Manager.</li> + <li>Select Log Out from the submenu.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="what_to_do_if_you_forget_your_master_password">What to Do If You Forget + Your Master Password</h2> + +<p>If you forget your master password and you have chosen to encrypt sensitive + data (see <a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Encrypting + Stored Sensitive Information</a>), you won't be able to access any of + the stored password and form data that it protects (assuming you have turned + on encryption). Your master password is your most important password. Make + sure you remember it or record it in a safe place.</p> + +<p>As a last resort, it's possible to reset your master password if you + are sure you can't remember it. However, resetting your master password + permanently erases all the web passwords, email passwords, and form data + saved on your behalf by Password Manager and Form Manager. You will also lose + all your personal certificates associated with the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device">Software Security + Device</a>.</p> + +<p>Before taking this drastic step, read + <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#reset_master_password">Reset Master + Password</a>.</p> + +<p>If you are sure you can't remember or retrieve your master password, + follow these instructions to reset it:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Master Passwords. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>Click Reset Master Password.</li> + <li>In the Reset Master Password dialog box, click Reset.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="managing_images">Managing Images</h1> + +<p>If you wish, you can choose not to download any images when you browse the + web. This greatly restricts what you can view online, but may be helpful if + you have a slow connection and wish to shorten the time it takes web pages to + load.</p> + +<p>You can also control how frequently animated images repeat their animation, + or turn off animation completely.</p> + +<p>The next section describes how to control these image settings. The default + settings allow all images to be accepted and allow them to repeat their + animation.</p> + +<h2 id="images">Privacy & Security Preferences - Images</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to set preferences for images. To view the + preference settings for images:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Images. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<h3 id="image_acceptance_policy">Image Acceptance Policy</h3> + +<p>Image Acceptance preferences allow you to control whether and where + Navigator displays images:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Do not load any images</strong>: Select this option if you do not + want Navigator to display images.</li> + <li><strong>Accept images that come from the originating server + only</strong>: Select this option if you do not want to load images from + third-party sites.</li> + <li><strong>Accept all images</strong>: Select this option if you want + Navigator to display all images. (This option is selected by default.)</li> +</ul> + +<h3>Animated images should loop</h3> + +<p>These settings control how many times animated images repeat their + animation:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>As many times as the image specifies</strong>: Select this if you + want image animation to repeat as many times as specified within each + image. (This option is selected by default.)</li> + <li><strong>Once</strong>: Select this if you want image animation to occur + once, overriding the number of times specified within each image.</li> + <li><strong>Never</strong>: Select this if you do not want image + animation.</li> +</ul> + +<p>©right.string;</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/validation_help.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/validation_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2e89d0c34f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/validation_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,267 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Validation Settings</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="validation_settings">Validation Settings</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to set Validation preferences and how to control + Certificate Revocation List (CRL) settings.</p> + +<p>For step-by-step descriptions of various tasks related to validation and + CRLs, see <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#controlling_validation">How + Certificate Validation Works</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#privacy_and_security_preferences_validation">Privacy & + Security Preferences - Validation</a></li> + <li><a href="#manage_crls">Manage CRLs</a></li> + <li><a href="#crl_import_status">CRL Import Status</a></li> + <li><a href="#automatic_crl_update_preferences">Automatic CRL Update + Preferences</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="privacy_and_security_preferences_validation">Privacy & Security + Preferences - Validation</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Validation Settings panel. If you are + not already viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Validation. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>For background information on certificate validation, see + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#controlling_validation">How Certificate + Validation Works</a>.</p> + +<h3 id="crl">CRL</h3> + +<p>A certificate revocation list (CRL) is a list of revoked certificates that + is generated and signed by a + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority + (CA)</a>. It's possible to download a CRL to your browser, which can + check it to ensure that certificates are still valid before permitting their + use for authentication.</p> + +<p>Click Manage CRLs to see a list of the CRLs available to Certificate + Manager.</p> + +<p>For more information about managing CRLs, see + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_crls">Managing CRLs</a>.</p> + +<h3 id="ocsp">OCSP</h3> + +<p>The Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP) makes it possible for + Certificate Manager to perform an online check of a certificate's + validity each time the certificate is viewed or used. This process involves + checking the certificate against a certificate revocation list (CRL) + maintained at a specified website. Your computer must be online for OCSP to + work.</p> + +<p>To specify how Certificate Manager uses OCSP, choose one of these settings + in the OCSP section of Validation Settings:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Do not use OCSP for certificate verification</strong>: Select + this setting if you don't want Certificate Manager to perform an + online status check each time it verifies a certificate. Instead, whenever + Certificate Manager performs + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_verification">certificate + verification</a>, it only confirms the certificate's validity period + and that it is correctly signed by a CA whose own CA certificate is both + listed under the CA Certificates tab (in the main Certificate Manager + window) and marked as trusted for issuing that kind of certificate.</li> + <li><strong>Use OCSP to verify only certificates that specify an OCSP service + URL</strong>: Select this setting if you want Certificate Manager perform + an online status check each time it verifies a certificate that specifies a + URL for the purpose of performing such a check. If a URL is specified by + the certificate, Certificate Manager makes sure that the certificate is + listed there as valid and checks the validity period and trust + settings.</li> + <li><strong>Use OCSP to verify all certificates, using the URL and signer + specified here</strong>: Select this setting if you want Certificate + Manager to perform an online status check each time it verifies any + certificate. If you select this setting, you should also choose the + certificate from the Response Signer pop-up menu that identifies the signer + of the OCSP responses. With this setting, the only certificates Certificate + Manager recognizes are those that can be verified by an OCSP response + signed with the Response Signer certificate (or signed using a certificate + that chains to it). + + <p>When you choose a Response Signer certificate from the pop-up menu, + Certificate Manager fills in the Service URL (if available) for that + signer automatically. If the Service URL is not filled in automatically, + you must provide it yourself; ask your system administrator for + details.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="manage_crls">Manage CRLs</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Manage CRLs dialog box. To view it, + follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Validation. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>Click Manage CRLs.</li> +</ol> + +<p>This dialog box displays a list of the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#crl">CRLs</a> that you have + downloaded for use by your browser. Typically, you download a CRL by + clicking a URL. For information about how CRLs work, see + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_crls">Managing CRLs</a>.</p> + +<p>To select a CRL, click it. You can then perform any of these actions:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Deletes the CRL permanently from your hard disk. + Don't do this unless you're sure you no longer need the CRL for + validating certificates. If in doubt, consult your system + administrator.</li> + <li><strong>Settings</strong>: Opens the + <a href="#automatic_crl_update_preferences">Automatic CRL Update + Preferences</a> dialog box, which allows you to activate automatic CRL + updates for the selected CRL and specify how frequently they should be + performed.</li> + <li><strong>Update</strong>: Immediately updates the selected CRL + (if possible).</li> +</ul> + +<p>The Manage CRLs dialog box provides the following information about each + CRL:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Organization (O)</strong>: The name of the organization that + issued the CRL.</li> + <li><strong>Organizational Unit (OU)</strong>: The name of the organizational + unit that issued the CRL (such as the root CA for a particular kind of + certificate).</li> + <li><strong>Last Update</strong>: The date on which the browser's copy + of this CRL was last updated.</li> + <li><strong>Next Update</strong>: The next date on which an updated version + of this CRL will be published by the CRL issuer.</li> + <li><strong>Auto Update</strong>: Indicates whether Auto Update has been + enabled for this CRL. To view the settings that control auto updating, + select the CRL and click Settings.</li> + <li><strong>Auto Update Status</strong>: + <ul> + <li>If Auto Update has not been enabled, or if it has been enabled but + the next scheduled update has not yet occurrred, this field will be + blank.</li> + <li>After at least one auto update has occurred, this field shows + <q>failed</q> if the most recent auto update failed, or + <q>OK</q> if the most recent auto update was successful.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="crl_import_status">CRL Import Status</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the CRL Import Status dialog box, which + appears when you first attempt to import a CRL or when you successfully + update it manually.</p> + +<p>This dialog box informs you</p> + +<ul> + <li>whether your attempt to import or update the CRL was successful</li> + <li>what organization issued the CRL</li> + <li>when the next update of this CRL will be published</li> + <li>whether Automatic Update is enabled for this CRL</li> +</ul> + +<p>If Automatic Update is not enabled, you can turn it on from here:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Yes</strong>: Click Yes to enable automatic updating of this CRL. + If you click this button, the Automatic CRL Update Preferences dialog box + appears next. The next section describes how to set these preferences.</li> + <li><strong>No</strong>: Click No if you wish to leave Automatic Update + disabled.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="automatic_crl_update_preferences">Automatic CRL Update Preferences</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Automatic CRL Update Preferences + dialog box. If you are not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Validation. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>Click Manage CRLs, then select the CRL whose auto update preferences you + want to view or change.</li> + <li>Click Settings.</li> +</ol> + +<p>This dialog box displays the following options and information:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Enable Automatic Update for this CRL</strong>: Select this option + if you want the CRL you selected to be updated automatically according to + the schedule you set here. (Note that you can't select this option if + the CRL doesn't specify a Next Update date.) + + <p>If you enable Automatic Update, you must select one of these radio + buttons:</p> + <ul> + <li><strong>Update X days before Next Update date</strong>: Select this + option if you want to base the update frequency on the frequency with + which the CRL publisher publishes a new version of the CRL.</li> + <li><strong>Update every X days</strong>: Select this option if you + want to specify an update interval unrelated to the CRL's Next + Update date.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>CRL would be imported from</strong>: Indicates the URL from which + the browser originally imported the CRL. This setting cannot be changed. To + specify a different location, delete the CRL and re-import it from the new + location.</li> + <li><strong>Previous Consecutive Update Failures</strong>: Indicates how + many times update attempts for this CRL have failed consecutively, + including the most recent failure: + <ul> + <li>If the most recent attempt was successful, this reads + <q>None</q> even if there were previous unsuccessful + attempts.</li> + <li>If the most recent attempt failed, this indicates the number of + consecutive failures and the error message for the most recent + failure.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>Click OK to confirm your choices.</p> + +<p>©right.string;</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/welcome_help.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/welcome_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bb1b2469a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/help/welcome_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>&brandShortName; Help</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1>Welcome to &brandShortName; Help</h1> + +<p>To display information about &brandShortName; in this window, <strong>click + tabs or topics in the left frame</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Contents</strong> shows main topics and subtopics.</li> + <li><strong>Search</strong> lets you search built-in &brandShortName; + Help.</li> + <li><strong>Index</strong> lists all topics alphabetically.</li> + <li><strong>Glossary</strong> defines key terms.</li> +</ul> + +<p>For more information on using &brandShortName; Help, see + <a href="help_help.xhtml">Using the Help Window</a>.</p> + +<table width="100%" border="0"> + <tr valign="top"> + <td><h3>Help on the Web</h3></td> + <td><h3>Mozilla Community</h3></td> + </tr> + <tr valign="top"> + <td> + <p><strong><a href="x-moz-url-link:app.releaseNotesURL">Release Notes</a></strong></p> + + <p>Latest information about known problems or issues with + &brandShortName;.</p> + </td> + <td> + <p><strong><a href="http://www.mozillazine.org/">MozillaZine</a></strong></p> + + <p>The oldest community site around, providing news flashes, polls, and + Web forums.</p> + </td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td> + <p><strong><a href="http://www.mozilla.org/start/1.5/troubleshooting/">Troubleshooting</a></strong></p> + + <p>Answers to some of the most frequently encountered problems.</p> + </td> + <td> </td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td> + <p><strong><a href="http://plugindoc.mozdev.org/">PluginDoc</a></strong></p> + + <p>Up-to-date information on &brandShortName; plugins.</p> + </td> + <td></td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td colspan="2"><h2>Peer Support</h2></td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td> + <p><strong><a href="http://forums.mozillazine.org/index.php">MozillaZine + Forums</a></strong></p> + + <p>Web forums for Mozilla users like you.</p> + </td> + <td> + <p><strong><a href="http://www.mozilla.org/support/#community">User + Newsgroups</a></strong></p> + + <p>User newsgroups hosted by mozilla.org.</p> + </td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td> + <p><strong><a href="irc://moznet/mozillazine/">Realtime Chat</a></strong></p> + <p>Chat with &brandShortName; users via IRC.</p> + </td> + <td></td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td colspan="2"><h2>User Feedback</h2></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + <p><strong><a href="http://www.mozilla.org/quality/qfa.html">Quality + Feedback Agent</a></strong></p> + </td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>©right.string;</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help-toc.rdf b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help-toc.rdf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..15f3dbb5e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help-toc.rdf @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" + xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#"> + + <rdf:Description about="urn:root"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="use-help" nc:name="උදව් කවුළුව භාවිතයෙන්" + nc:link="chrome://help/locale/welcome.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#use-help"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="use-help-finding-the-topic-you-want" nc:name="ඔබට අවශ්‍ය මාතෘකාව තෝරන්න" nc:link="chrome://help/locale/welcome.xhtml#finding_the_topic_you_want"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="use-help-search" nc:name="සෙවිමේ ඉඟි" nc:link="chrome://help/locale/welcome.xhtml#search_tips"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +</rdf:RDF> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c440f861c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY printCmd.commandkey "p"> + +<!ENTITY findOnCmd.commandkey "F"> +<!ENTITY findAgainCmd.commandkey "G"> +<!ENTITY findAgainCmd.commandkey2 "VK_F3"> + +<!ENTITY backButton.label "පසුපසට"> +<!ENTITY backButton.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY backButton.tooltip "පිටුවක් පසුපසට"> +<!ENTITY forwardButton.label "ඉදිරියට"> +<!ENTITY forwardButton.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY forwardButton.tooltip "පිටුවක් ඉදිරියට"> +<!ENTITY copyCmd.label "කොපි කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY copyCmd.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY selectAllCmd.label "සියල්ල තොරන්න"> +<!ENTITY selectAllCmd.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY goBackCmd.commandkey "["> +<!ENTITY goForwardCmd.commandkey "]"> +<!ENTITY homeButton.label "මුල් පිටුව"> +<!ENTITY homeButton.tooltip "උදව් ආරම්භක පිටුවට යාමට"> +<!ENTITY printButton.label "මුද්‍රණය"> +<!ENTITY printButton.tooltip "මෙම පිටුව මුද්‍රණයට"> +<!ENTITY closeWindow.commandkey "W"> + +<!ENTITY search.emptytext "සොයන්න"> +<!ENTITY searchHeader.label "සෙවුම් තොරතුරු"> +<!ENTITY toctab.label "අන්තර්ගතය"> +<!ENTITY toctab.accesskey "C"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : +fullZoomEnlargeCmd.commandkey3, fullZoomReduceCmd.commandkey2 and +fullZoomResetCmd.commandkey2 are alternative acceleration keys for zoom. +If shift key is needed with your locale popular keyboard for them, +you can use these alternative items. Otherwise, their values should be empty. --> + +<!ENTITY fullZoomReduceCmd.commandkey "-"> +<!ENTITY fullZoomReduceCmd.commandkey2 "-"> +<!ENTITY fullZoomEnlargeCmd.commandkey "+"> +<!ENTITY fullZoomEnlargeCmd.commandkey2 "="> <!-- + is above this key on many keyboards --> +<!ENTITY fullZoomEnlargeCmd.commandkey3 "="> +<!ENTITY fullZoomResetCmd.commandkey "0"> +<!ENTITY fullZoomResetCmd.commandkey2 "0"> + +<!ENTITY helpSearch.commandkey "k"> + +<!ENTITY zLevel.label "සැමවිටම ඉහළින්"> +<!ENTITY zLevel.accesskey "T"> + +<!ENTITY fullZoomReduceBtn.label "කුඩා කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY fullZoomReduceBtn.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY fullZoomEnlargeBtn.label "විශාල කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY fullZoomEnlargeBtn.accesskey "I"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1ae449b98c --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help.properties @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +emptySearchText=සෙවූ අයිතමයන් හමු නොවීය.\u0020 diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/welcome.xhtml b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/welcome.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1d059973f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/welcome.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +] +> +<!-- +Contributors: + R.J. Keller <rlk@trfenv.com> (original author) + Jeff Walden <jwalden+code@mit.edu> + Steffen Wilberg <steffen.wilberg@web.de> +--> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> + <title>උදව් කවුළුව භාවිතයෙන්</title> + <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="chrome://help/skin/helpFileLayout.css"/> +</head> + +<body> + +<h1 id="help_window_top">උදව් කවුළුව භාවිතයෙන්</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#finding_the_topic_you_want">Finding the Topic You Want</a></li> + <li><a href="#search_tips">Search Tips</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="finding_the_topic_you_want">Finding the Topic You Want</h2> + +<p>To display help information in this window, click a topic in the + <em>Contents</em> sidebar. Click the <span class="noMac">plus icon</span> + <span class="mac">triangle</span> next to a topic to see its subtopics.</p> + +<p>To search for a help topic, type a word or phrase in the <em>Search</em> bar + to see related topics. Click on a topic to read about it. If your search + doesn't return any topics, try typing fewer words or a different combination + of words. The results will be displayed in the <em>Search</em> sidebar as you + type. To display the contents in the sidebar again, click the close button on + the <em>Search</em> sidebar, clear the <em>Search</em> bar, or press + <kbd>Esc</kbd>.</p> + +<p>To see information related to the Help topic you are reading, click links in + the Help window just as you would in a regular web page. You can also move + back and forth between pages you've already seen using the Back and Forward + buttons.</p> + +<h2 id="search_tips">Search Tips</h2> + +<p>If you don't find what you want, here are a few helpful tips:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Be sure that you are searching for something that relates to + &brandShortName;; this is not a general Internet search.</li> + <li>Try to broaden your search - don't be too specific; terms could be worded + differently than your search.</li> + <li>Avoid being too broad with your search. For example, a common word like + "page" will likely return more topics than you want.</li> +</ul> + +<div class="contentsBox"><em>09 July 2005</em></div> +<p>Copyright © 2003-2007 Contributors to the Mozilla Help Viewer Project.</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/migration/migration.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/migration/migration.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..28141f980a --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/migration/migration.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY migrationWizard.title "Import Wizard"> + +<!ENTITY importAllFrom.label "Import All Items from:"> +<!ENTITY importBookmarksFrom.label "Import Bookmarks from:"> + +<!ENTITY importFromThunderbird.label "Thunderbird"> +<!ENTITY importFromThunderbird.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY importFromFile.label "File"> +<!ENTITY importFromFile.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY importFromNothing.label "Don't import anything"> +<!ENTITY importFromNothing.accesskey "D"> + +<!ENTITY importSource.title "Import Settings and Data"> +<!ENTITY importItems.title "Items to Import"> +<!ENTITY importItems.label "Select which items to import:"> + +<!ENTITY selectProfile.title "Select Profile"> +<!ENTITY selectProfile.label "The following profiles are available to import from:"> + +<!ENTITY migrating.title "Importing…"> +<!ENTITY migrating.label "The following items are currently being imported…"> + +<!ENTITY done.title "Import Complete"> +<!ENTITY done.label "The following items were successfully imported:"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/migration/migration.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/migration/migration.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bcb9dc9274 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/migration/migration.properties @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# the following section is used in the first-time migration wizard +# new and scary, however if these strings are not present, we will simply +# skip this wizard page +homePageStartDefault=Default SeaMonkey Home Page +homePageStartCurrent=Current SeaMonkey Home Page +homePageImport=Import your home page from %S + +homePageMigrationPageTitle=Home Page Selection +homePageMigrationDescription=Please select the home page you wish to use: +# end safe-to-not-have section + +sourceNamethunderbird=Thunderbird + +importedBookmarksFolder=From %S + +importedSeamonkeyBookmarksTitle=SeaMonkey 1.x, Netscape 6/7 or Mozilla 1.x + +# Import Sources +# These are the string names for the values given in nsISuiteProfileMigrator.idl +# _generic will apply to all import sources unless specifically overriden by another +# item. +# e.g. 1_ie=Internet Options will display "Internet Options" rather than "Preferences" when +# importing from Internet Explorer. +1_generic=Preferences + +2_generic=Cookies + +4_generic=Browsing History + +8_generic=Home Page + +16_generic=Saved Passwords + +32_generic=Bookmarks + +64_generic=Other Data + +128_generic=Account Settings + +256_generic=Address Books + +512_generic=Junk Mail Training + +1024_generic=Newsgroup Folders + +2048_generic=Mail Folders diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/notification.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/notification.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5d45ebe5dc --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/notification.properties @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +popupWarningButton=Preferences +popupWarningButton.accesskey=P + +xpinstallHostNotAvailable=unknown host +xpinstallPromptWarning=%S prevented this website (%S) from asking you to install software on your computer. +xpinstallPromptInstallButton=Install Software… +xpinstallPromptInstallButton.accesskey=I +xpinstallDisabledMessageLocked=Software installation has been disabled by your system administrator. +xpinstallDisabledMessage=Software installation is currently disabled. Click Enable and try again. +xpinstallDisabledButton=Enable +xpinstallDisabledButton.accesskey=n + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (addonsInstalled, addonsInstalledNeedsRestart): +# Semi-colon list of plural forms. See: +# http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals +# #1 first add-on's name, #2 number of add-ons, #3 application name +addonsInstalled=#1 has been installed successfully.;#2 add-ons have been installed successfully. +addonsInstalledNeedsRestart=#1 will be installed after you restart #3.;#2 add-ons will be installed after you restart #3. +addonInstallRestartButton=Restart Now +addonInstallRestartButton.accesskey=R +addonInstallManageButton=Open Add-ons Manager +addonInstallManageButton.accesskey=O + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (addonError-1, addonError-2, addonError-3, addonError-4, addonErrorIncompatible, addonErrorBlocklisted): +# #1 is the add-on name, #2 is the host name, #3 is the application name +# #4 is the application version +addonError-1=The add-on could not be downloaded because of a connection failure on #2. +addonError-2=The add-on from #2 could not be installed because it does not match the add-on #3 expected. +addonError-3=The add-on downloaded from #2 could not be installed because it appears to be corrupt. +addonError-4=#1 could not be installed because #3 cannot modify the needed file. +addonErrorBlocklisted=#1 could not be installed because it has a high risk of causing stability or security problems. +addonErrorIncompatible=#1 could not be installed because it is not compatible with #3 #4. + +geolocation.remember=Remember for this website + +# Block autorefresh +refreshBlocked.goButton=Allow +refreshBlocked.goButton.accesskey=A +refreshBlocked.refreshLabel=%S prevented this page from automatically reloading. +refreshBlocked.redirectLabel=%S prevented this page from automatically redirecting to another page. + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/openLocation.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/openLocation.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b96ff1dec7 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/openLocation.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from content/openLocation.xul --> + +<!ENTITY enter.label "Enter the web location (URL), or specify the local file you would like to open:"> +<!ENTITY enter.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY chooseFile.label "Choose File…"> +<!ENTITY chooseFile.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY newWindow.label "New browser window"> +<!ENTITY newTab.label "New browser tab"> +<!ENTITY editNewWindow.label "New Composer window"> +<!ENTITY open.label "Open"> +<!ENTITY caption.label "Open Web Location"> +<!ENTITY openWhere.label "Open in:"> +<!ENTITY openWhere.accesskey "O"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/openLocation.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/openLocation.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..09108d4154 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/openLocation.properties @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +chooseFileDialogTitle=Choose File +existingNavigatorWindow=Existing browser window diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/permissions/cookieViewer.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/permissions/cookieViewer.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3cdc8ca031 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/permissions/cookieViewer.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY tab.cookiesonsystem.label "Stored Cookies"> +<!ENTITY tab.bannedservers.label "Cookie Sites"> +<!ENTITY div.bannedservers.label "Manage sites that can and cannot store cookies on your computer."> +<!ENTITY div.cookiesonsystem.label "View and remove cookies that are stored on your computer."> +<!ENTITY treehead.cookiename.label "Cookie Name"> +<!ENTITY treehead.cookiedomain.label "Site"> +<!ENTITY treehead.cookieexpires.label "Expires"> +<!ENTITY treehead.infoselected.label "Information about the selected Cookie"> +<!ENTITY button.removecookie.label "Remove Cookie"> +<!ENTITY button.removecookie.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY button.removeallcookies.label "Remove All Cookies"> +<!ENTITY button.removeallcookies.accesskey "e"> + +<!ENTITY search.placeholder "Search Cookies"> +<!ENTITY focusSearch.key "f"> +<!ENTITY selectAll.key "a"> + +<!ENTITY props.name.label "Name:"> +<!ENTITY props.value.label "Content:"> +<!ENTITY props.domain.label "Host:"> +<!ENTITY props.path.label "Path:"> +<!ENTITY props.secure.label "Send For:"> +<!ENTITY props.expires.label "Expires:"> + +<!ENTITY treehead.sitename.label "Site"> +<!ENTITY treehead.status.label "Status"> +<!ENTITY windowtitle.label "Cookie Manager"> + +<!ENTITY blockSite.label "Block"> +<!ENTITY blockSite.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY allowSite.label "Allow"> +<!ENTITY allowSite.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY allowSiteSession.label "Session"> +<!ENTITY allowSiteSession.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY removepermission.label "Remove Site"> +<!ENTITY removepermission.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY removeallpermissions.label "Remove All Sites"> +<!ENTITY removeallpermissions.accesskey "e"> + +<!ENTITY futureCookies.label "Don't allow sites that set removed cookies to set future cookies"> +<!ENTITY futureCookies.accesskey "D"> + + +<!-- +Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, + based on en-US entities. +--> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/permissions/cookieViewer.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/permissions/cookieViewer.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4f908e50ef --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/permissions/cookieViewer.properties @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# note this section of the code may require some tinkering in other languages =( +# format in dialog: site [can/cannot] set cookies +can=site can set cookies +cannot=site cannot set cookies +canSession=site can set session cookies +domain=Domain for which this cookie applies: +host=Server which set the cookie: +hostColon=Host: +domainColon=Domain: +forSecureOnly=Encrypted connections only +forAnyConnection=Any type of connection +expireAtEndOfSession = At end of session +deleteAllCookies=Are you sure you want to delete all the cookies? +deleteAllCookiesTitle=Remove All Cookies +deleteAllCookiesYes=&Remove +deleteAllCookiesSites=Are you sure you want to delete all of the cookie sites? +deleteAllSitesTitle=Remove All Sites +deleteAllSitesYes=&Remove + + +# +#Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, +# based on en-US entities. + + +deleteSelectedCookies = Are you sure you want to delete the selected cookies? +deleteSelectedCookiesTitle = Remove Selected Cookies +deleteSelectedCookiesYes = &Remove +deleteSelectedCookiesSites = Are you sure you want to delete the selected cookie websites? +deleteSelectedSitesTitle = Remove Selected Websites +deleteSelectedSitesYes = &Remove diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/permissions/permissionsManager.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/permissions/permissionsManager.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..07df780d7a --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/permissions/permissionsManager.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowtitle.label "Exceptions"> +<!ENTITY treehead.sitename.label "Site"> +<!ENTITY treehead.status.label "Status"> +<!ENTITY remove.label "Remove Site"> +<!ENTITY remove.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY removeall.label "Remove All Sites"> +<!ENTITY removeall.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY address.label "Address of web site:"> +<!ENTITY address.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY block.label "Block"> +<!ENTITY block.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY session.label "Allow for Session"> +<!ENTITY session.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY allow.label "Allow"> +<!ENTITY allow.accesskey "A"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/permissions/permissionsManager.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/permissions/permissionsManager.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0b0118df81 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/permissions/permissionsManager.properties @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +installpermissionstext=You can specify which web sites are allowed to install extensions and updates. Type the exact address of the site you want to allow and then click Allow. +installpermissionstitle=Allowed Sites - Software Installation +installpermissionshelp=advanced_pref_installation +popuppermissionstext=You can specify which web sites are allowed to open popup windows. Type the exact address of the site you want to allow and then click Allow. +popuppermissionstitle=Allowed Sites - Popups +popuppermissionshelp=pop_up_blocking +imagepermissionstext=You can specify which web sites are allowed to load images. Type the exact address of the site you want to manage and then click Block or Allow. +imagepermissionstitle=Exceptions - Images +imagepermissionshelp=images-help-managing + +can=Allow +canSession=Allow for Session +cannot=Block + +alertInvalidTitle=Invalid Web Site Entered +alertInvalid=The web site %S is invalid. diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/places/places.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/places/places.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f331d02f47 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/places/places.properties @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + + + +# +#Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, +# based on en-US entities. + + +load-js-data-url-error = For security reasons, javascript or data urls cannot be loaded from the history window or sidebar. +noTitle = (no title) + +bookmarksMenuEmptyFolder = (Empty) + +bookmarksBackupTitle = Bookmarks backup filename + +bookmarksRestoreAlertTitle = Revert Bookmarks +bookmarksRestoreAlert = This will replace all of your current bookmarks with the backup. Are you sure? +bookmarksRestoreTitle = Select a bookmarks backup +bookmarksRestoreFilterName = JSON + +bookmarksRestoreFormatError = Unsupported file type. +bookmarksRestoreParseError = Unable to process the backup file. + +bookmarksLivemarkLoading = Live Bookmark loading… +bookmarksLivemarkFailed = Live Bookmark feed failed to load. + +menuOpenLivemarkOrigin.label = Open "%S" + +searchBookmarks = Search Bookmarks + +SelectImport = Import Bookmarks File +EnterExport = Export Bookmarks File + +detailsPane.noItems = No items + +mostVisitedTitle = Most Visited +recentlyBookmarkedTitle = Recently Bookmarked +recentTagsTitle = Recent Tags + +OrganizerQueryHistory = History +OrganizerQueryAllBookmarks = All Bookmarks +OrganizerQueryTags = Tags + +lockPrompt.text = The bookmarks and history system will not be functional because one of %S's files is in use by another application. Some security software can cause this problem. +lockPromptInfoButton.label = Learn More + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-advanced.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-advanced.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4f643a2bb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-advanced.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE 'Advanced' prefs settings --> +<!ENTITY pref.advanced.title "Advanced"> + +<!ENTITY prefCheckDefault.caption "System Integration"> +<!ENTITY prefCheckDefaultClient.label "Check default application settings on startup"> +<!ENTITY prefCheckDefaultClient.accesskey "C"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-appearance.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-appearance.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6fe68e865b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-appearance.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The Appearance prefs dialog. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.appearance.title "Appearance"> +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (onStartLegend.label): Don't translate "&brandShortName;". + Place &brandShortName; in the phrase where the name of the application should appear +--> +<!ENTITY onStartLegend.label "When &brandShortName; starts up, open"> +<!ENTITY navCheck.label "Browser"> +<!ENTITY navCheck.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY showToolsLegend.label "Show toolbars as"> +<!ENTITY picsNtextRadio.label "Pictures and text"> +<!ENTITY picsNtextRadio.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY picsOnlyRadio.label "Pictures only"> +<!ENTITY picsOnlyRadio.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY textonlyRadio.label "Text only"> +<!ENTITY textonlyRadio.accesskey "x"> +<!ENTITY showHideTooltips.label "Show Tooltips"> +<!ENTITY showHideTooltips.accesskey "T"> + +<!ENTITY pref.locales.title "User Interface Language"> +<!ENTITY selectLocale.label "Select the language for text that appears in dialog boxes, menus, toolbars and button labels:"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applicationManager.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applicationManager.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..86883d0e39 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applicationManager.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY appManager.title "Application details"> +<!ENTITY appManager.style "width: 40ch; min-height: 20em;"> +<!ENTITY remove.label "Remove"> +<!ENTITY remove.accesskey "R"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applicationManager.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applicationManager.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0d35bd49f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applicationManager.properties @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +descriptionHandleProtocol=The following applications can be used to handle %S links +descriptionHandleWebFeeds=The following applications can be used to handle Web Feeds +descriptionHandleFile=The following applications can be used to handle %S content + +descriptionWebApp=This web application is hosted at: +descriptionLocalApp=This application is located at: diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applications.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applications.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..61f6476700 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applications.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The Applications prefs dialog --> +<!ENTITY pref.applications.title "Helper Applications"> + +<!ENTITY typeColumn.label "Content Type"> +<!ENTITY typeColumn.accesskey "T"> + +<!ENTITY actionColumn2.label "Action"> +<!ENTITY actionColumn2.accesskey "A"> + + +<!-- +Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, + based on en-US entities. +--> + +<!ENTITY search.placeholder "Search Types and Actions"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applications.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applications.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..749a5bd6be --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applications.properties @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +#### Applications + +fileEnding=%S file +saveFile=Save File + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (useApp, useDefault): %S = Application name +useApp=Use %S +useDefault=Use %S (default) + +useOtherApp=Use other… +fpTitleChooseApp=Select Helper Application +manageApp=Application Details… +webFeed=Web Feed +videoPodcastFeed=Video Podcast +audioPodcastFeed=Podcast +alwaysAsk=Always ask + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (usePluginIn): +# %1$S = plugin name (for example "QuickTime Plugin-in 7.2") +# %2$S = brandShortName from brand.properties (for example "Minefield") +usePluginIn=Use %S (in %S) + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (previewInApp, addLiveBookmarksInApp): %S = brandShortName +previewInApp=Preview in %S + +addNewsBlogsInApp = Subscribe in %S + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (typeDescriptionWithType): +# %1$S = type description (for example "Portable Document Format") +# %2$S = type (for example "application/pdf") +typeDescriptionWithType=%S (%S) + + +# +#Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, +# based on en-US entities. + + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-cache.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-cache.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fe01282e7d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-cache.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from content/pref-cache.xul --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE Cache prefs dialog --> +<!ENTITY pref.cache.title "Cache"> +<!ENTITY pref.cache.caption "Set Cache Options"> +<!ENTITY cachePara "The cache keeps copies of frequently visited web pages on your hard disk. (Clicking Reload always shows you the latest version of a page.)"> +<!ENTITY diskCacheFolder.label "Cache Folder Location:"> +<!ENTITY clearDiskCache.label "Clear Cache"> +<!ENTITY clearDiskCache.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY chooseDiskCacheFolder.label "Choose Folder…"> +<!ENTITY chooseDiskCacheFolder.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY diskCacheFolderExplanation "Cache files will be stored in a subfolder named "Cache" of the directory you specify. Restart &brandShortName; for changes to take effect."> + +<!ENTITY prefetchTitle.label "Link Prefetching"> +<!ENTITY enablePrefetch.label "Prefetch web pages when idle, so that links in web pages designed for prefetching can load more quickly"> +<!ENTITY enablePrefetch.accesskey "P"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-certs.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-certs.dtd new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..a552807c18 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-certs.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY managecerts.caption "Manage Certificates"> +<!ENTITY managecerts.text "Use the Certificate Manager to manage your personal certificates, as well as those of other people and certificate authorities."> +<!ENTITY managecerts.button "Manage Certificates…"> +<!ENTITY managecerts.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY managedevices.caption "Manage Security Devices"> +<!ENTITY managedevices.text "Use this button to manage your security devices, such as smart cards."> +<!ENTITY managedevices.button "Manage Security Devices…"> +<!ENTITY managedevices.accesskey "S"> + +<!ENTITY ssl.label "SSL"> + +<!ENTITY pref.certs.title "Certificates"> +<!ENTITY certs.label "Certificates"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-colors.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-colors.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..653e0dd292 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-colors.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from content/pref-colors.xul --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE Color management prefs --> +<!ENTITY pref.colors.title "Colors"> +<!ENTITY color "Text and Background"> +<!ENTITY textColor.label "Text:"> +<!ENTITY textColor.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY backgroundColor.label "Background:"> +<!ENTITY backgroundColor.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY useSystemColors.label "Use system colors"> +<!ENTITY useSystemColors.accesskey "s"> + +<!ENTITY underlineLinks.label "Underline links"> +<!ENTITY underlineLinks.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY links "Link Colors"> +<!ENTITY linkColor.label "Unvisited Links:"> +<!ENTITY linkColor.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY activeLinkColor.label "Active Links:"> +<!ENTITY activeLinkColor.accesskey "c"> +<!ENTITY visitedLinkColor.label "Visited Links:"> +<!ENTITY visitedLinkColor.accesskey "V"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (someProvColors): This is the start of a sentence and will be followed by the following radio buttons. --> +<!ENTITY someProvColors "When a web page provides its own colors and background"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (alwaysUseDocColors.label): This is option one, and it appends to 'someProvColors' above. --> +<!ENTITY alwaysUseDocumentColors.label "Always use the colors and background specified by the web page"> +<!ENTITY alwaysUseDocumentColors.accesskey "A"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (ignoreDocColors.label): This is option two, and it appends to 'someProvColors' above. --> +<!ENTITY useMyColors.label "Use my chosen colors, ignoring the colors and background image specified"> +<!ENTITY useMyColors.accesskey "m"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-content.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-content.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..21029d9d2c --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-content.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The Appearance > Content prefs dialog. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.content.title "Content"> +<!ENTITY pref.content.description "These settings influence how website and message content appears in &brandShortName;."> + +<!ENTITY useSmoothScroll.label "Use smooth scrolling"> +<!ENTITY useSmoothScroll.accesskey "U"> + +<!ENTITY textZoomOnly.label "Zoom only text instead of full pages"> +<!ENTITY textZoomOnly.accesskey "Z"> +<!ENTITY enableAutomaticImageResizing.label "Resize large images to fit in the browser window"> +<!ENTITY enableAutomaticImageResizing.accesskey "R"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-cookies.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-cookies.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7fda40684a --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-cookies.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.cookies.title "Cookies"> + +<!-- cookies --> + +<!ENTITY cookiePolicy.label "Cookie Acceptance Policy"> + +<!ENTITY disableCookies.label "Block cookies"> +<!ENTITY disableCookies.accesskey "B"> + +<!ENTITY cookieRetentionPolicy.label "Cookie Retention Policy"> + +<!ENTITY acceptNormally.label "Accept cookies normally"> +<!ENTITY acceptNormally.accesskey "n"> + +<!ENTITY acceptForSession.label "Accept for current session only"> +<!ENTITY acceptForSession.accesskey "s"> + +<!ENTITY acceptforNDays.label "Accept cookies for"> +<!ENTITY acceptforNDays.accesskey "f"> +<!ENTITY days.label "days"> + +<!ENTITY manageCookies.label "Manage Cookies and Sites"> +<!ENTITY manageCookiesDescription.label "Allows you to view and manage stored cookies and per-site settings for accepting and rejecting cookies. Per-site settings will override the settings above."> + +<!ENTITY viewCookies.label "Cookie Manager"> +<!ENTITY viewCookies.accesskey "M"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-download.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-download.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6602fcaa17 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-download.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.download.title "Downloads"> + +<!ENTITY downloadBehavior.label "When starting a download"> +<!ENTITY doNothing.label "Don't open anything"> +<!ENTITY doNothing.accesskey "D"> + +<!ENTITY openProgressDialog.label "Open a progress dialog"> +<!ENTITY openProgressDialog.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY openDM.label "Open the download manager"> +<!ENTITY openDM.accesskey "m"> + +<!ENTITY downloadLocation.label "When saving a file"> +<!ENTITY saveTo.label "Save files to"> +<!ENTITY saveTo.accesskey "v"> +<!ENTITY chooseDownloadFolder.label "Choose Folder…"> +<!ENTITY chooseDownloadFolder.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY alwaysAsk.label "Always ask me where to save files"> +<!ENTITY alwaysAsk.accesskey "A"> + +<!ENTITY finishedBehavior.label "When a download completes"> +<!ENTITY playSound.label "Play a sound"> +<!ENTITY playSound.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY browse.label "Browse…"> +<!ENTITY browse.accesskey "B"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-fonts.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-fonts.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..64fabbcfb4 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-fonts.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from content/pref-fonts.xul --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE 'Fonts' prefs dialog --> +<!ENTITY pref.fonts.title "Fonts"> + +<!ENTITY language.label "Fonts for:"> +<!ENTITY language.accesskey "t"> + +<!ENTITY typefaces.label "Typeface"> +<!ENTITY sizes.label "Size (pixels)"> + +<!ENTITY proportional.label "Proportional:"> +<!ENTITY proportional.accesskey "P"> + +<!ENTITY serif.label "Serif:"> +<!ENTITY serif.accesskey "s"> +<!ENTITY sans-serif.label "Sans-serif:"> +<!ENTITY sans-serif.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY monospace.label "Monospace:"> +<!ENTITY monospace.accesskey "m"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (fantasy.label): 'Fantasy' means 'Ornate' --> +<!ENTITY fantasy.label "Fantasy:"> +<!ENTITY fantasy.accesskey "f"> +<!ENTITY cursive.label "Cursive:"> +<!ENTITY cursive.accesskey "c"> + +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.japanese "Japanese"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.trad-chinese "Traditional Chinese(Taiwan)"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.simpl-chinese "Simplified Chinese"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.trad-chinese-hk "Traditional Chinese(Hong Kong)"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.korean "Korean"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.cyrillic "Cyrillic"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.el "Greek"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.thai "Thai"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.hebrew "Hebrew"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.arabic "Arabic"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.devanagari "Devanagari"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.tamil "Tamil"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.armenian "Armenian"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.bengali "Bengali"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.canadian "Unified Canadian Syllabary"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.ethiopic "Ethiopic"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.georgian "Georgian"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.gujarati "Gujarati"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.gurmukhi "Gurmukhi"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.khmer "Khmer"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.malayalam "Malayalam"> +<!-- Minimum font size --> +<!ENTITY minSize.label "Minimum font size:"> +<!ENTITY minSize.accesskey "z"> +<!ENTITY minSize.none "None"> + +<!-- default font type --> +<!ENTITY useDefaultFontSerif.label "Serif"> +<!ENTITY useDefaultFontSansSerif.label "Sans Serif"> + +<!ENTITY useDocumentFonts.label "Allow documents to use other fonts"> +<!ENTITY useDocumentFonts.accesskey "o"> + +<!-- leaving this stuff in for now --> + +<!ENTITY header2 "When a webpage chooses its own fonts"> +<!ENTITY useDefaultFont.label "Use my default fonts, ignoring the fonts the page has chosen"> +<!ENTITY useDefaultFont.accesskey "u"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-history.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-history.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a24481d587 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-history.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.history.title "History"> + +<!ENTITY pref.history.caption "Browsing History"> +<!ENTITY historyPages.label "History is a list of previously visited pages."> +<!ENTITY enableHistory.label "Remember visited pages"> +<!ENTITY enableHistory.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY clearHistory.label "Clear History"> +<!ENTITY clearHistory.accesskey "s"> + +<!ENTITY locationBarHistory.caption "Location Bar History"> +<!ENTITY clearLocationBar.label "Clear the list of websites stored in the location bar menu."> +<!ENTITY clearLocationBarButton.label "Clear Location Bar"> +<!ENTITY clearLocationBarButton.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY formfillHistory.caption "Form and Search History"> +<!ENTITY enableFormfill.label "Enable form and search history"> +<!ENTITY enableFormfill.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY formfillExpire.label "Remember form and search history for up to"> +<!ENTITY formfillExpire.accesskey "f"> +<!ENTITY formfillDays.label "days"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-http.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-http.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..273c68b2cc --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-http.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.http.title "HTTP Networking"> + +<!-- Network--> +<!ENTITY prefDirect.label "Direct Connection Options"> +<!ENTITY prefProxy.label "Proxy Connection Options"> +<!ENTITY prefEnableHTTP10.label "Use HTTP 1.0"> +<!ENTITY prefEnableHTTP10.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY prefEnableHTTP10Proxy.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY prefEnableHTTP11.label "Use HTTP 1.1"> +<!ENTITY prefEnableHTTP11.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY prefEnableHTTP11Proxy.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY prefPara "HTTP connections may be fine-tuned using these options to enhance either performance or compatibility. Some proxy servers, for example, are known to require HTTP/1.0 (see the release notes for details)."> + + +<!-- +Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, + based on en-US entities. +--> + +<!ENTITY prefUseragent.label "User Agent String"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-images.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-images.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e33db6d60a --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-images.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.images.title "Images"> + +<!ENTITY imageBlocking.label "Image Acceptance Policy"> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (onStartLegend.label): Don't translate "&brandShortName;". + Place "&brandShortName;" in the phrase where the name of the application should + appear +--> +<!ENTITY imageDetails "Specify how &brandShortName; handles images."> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-keynav.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-keynav.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e8839a6fb5 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-keynav.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.keyNav.title "Keyboard Navigation"> +<!ENTITY tabNavigationBehavior.label "Tab Key Navigation"> +<!ENTITY tabNavigationLinks.label "Links"> +<!ENTITY tabNavigationLinks.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY tabNavigationForms.label "Buttons, radio buttons, checkboxes, and selection lists"> +<!ENTITY tabNavigationForms.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY tabNavigationTextboxes.label "Note: text boxes and scrollable regions are always part of the tabbing order."> +<!ENTITY tabNavigationDesc.label "When Tab or Shift+Tab is pressed, move between:"> + + + +<!-- +Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, + based on en-US entities. +--> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-languages.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-languages.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..81741cee56 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-languages.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE 'Languages' preferences dialog --> + +<!ENTITY languages.customize.prefLangDescript "Web pages are sometimes available in more than one language. Choose languages for displaying web pages, in order of preference."> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.title "Languages"> +<!ENTITY langtitle.label "Languages for Web Pages"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.prefAddLangDescript "Select the language(s) you would like to add."> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.addButton.label "Add…"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.addButton.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.deleteButton.label "Remove"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.deleteButton.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.add.title.label "Add Languages"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.available.label "Languages:"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.active.label "Languages in order of preference:"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.active.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.others.label "Others:"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.others.accesskey "O"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE Character Encoding Preferences Dialog: Do NOT localize the terms "en-bz, ar-jo" --> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.others.examples "e.g.: en-bz, ar-jo"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.moveUp.label "Move Up"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.moveUp.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.moveDown.label "Move Down"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.moveDown.accesskey "D"> + + +<!-- +Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, + based on en-US entities. +--> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-languages.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-languages.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a77e020f2a --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-languages.properties @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +illegalOtherLanguage=The following entries were not valid language codes: +illegalOtherLanguageTitle=Invalid language code(s) +# LOCALIZATION NOTE: Next two strings are for language name representations with +# and without the region. +# e.g. languageRegionCodeFormat : "French/Canada [fr-ca]" languageCodeFormat : "French [fr]" +# %1$S = language name, %2$S = region name, %3$S = language-region code +languageRegionCodeFormat=%1$S/%2$S [%3$S] +# %1$S = language name, %2$S = language-region code +languageCodeFormat=%1$S [%2$S] diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-links.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-links.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..59d839e8e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-links.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + + +<!-- +Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, + based on en-US entities. +--> + +<!ENTITY linksHeader.label "Link Behavior"> +<!ENTITY newWindow.label "Link open behavior"> +<!ENTITY newWindowDescription.label "Open links meant to open a new window in"> +<!ENTITY external.label "Links from other applications"> +<!ENTITY externalDescription.label "Open links passed from other applications in"> + +<!ENTITY openCurrent.label "The current tab/window"> +<!ENTITY newWindowGroupCurrent.accesskey "c"> +<!ENTITY externalGroupCurrent.accesskey "u"> + +<!ENTITY openTab.label "A new tab in the current window"> +<!ENTITY newWindowGroupTab.accesskey "t"> +<!ENTITY externalGroupTab.accesskey "a"> + +<!ENTITY openWindow.label "A new window"> +<!ENTITY newWindowGroupWindow.accesskey "w"> +<!ENTITY externalGroupWindow.accesskey "o"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-locationbar.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-locationbar.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..70a3e6d87b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-locationbar.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The Location Bar prefs panel --> +<!ENTITY pref.locationBar.title "Location Bar"> + +<!ENTITY autoComplete.label "Autocomplete"> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteAutoFill.label "Automatically prefill the best match"> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteAutoFill.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteShowPopup.label "Show list of matching results"> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteShowPopup.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchOnlyTyped.label "Match only websites you've typed previously"> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchOnlyTyped.accesskey "M"> + +<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatch.label "Match"> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatch.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchAnywhere "Anywhere in the location or title"> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchWordsFirst "Anywhere but preferring word boundaries"> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchWords "Only on word boundaries"> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchStart "Only at the beginning of the location or title"> + +<!ENTITY unknownLocations.label "Unknown Locations"> +<!ENTITY domainGuessing.label "Add "www." and ".com" to the location if a web page is not found"> +<!ENTITY domainGuessing.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY keywords.label "Perform a web search when entered text is not a web location"> +<!ENTITY keywords.accesskey "P"> + + +<!-- +Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, + based on en-US entities. +--> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-masterpass.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-masterpass.dtd new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..e8e025b94c --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-masterpass.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY changepassword.caption "Change Master Password"> +<!ENTITY changepassword.text "Your master password protects sensitive information such as web passwords and certificates."> +<!ENTITY changepassword.button "Change Password…"> +<!ENTITY changepassword.accesskey "C"> + +<!ENTITY resetpassword.caption "Reset Master Password"> +<!ENTITY resetpassword.text "If you reset your master password, all of your stored web and e-mail passwords, form data, personal certificates, and private keys will be lost."> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-mousewheel.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-mousewheel.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..40fd68ae07 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-mousewheel.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE Mouse-wheel management prefs, for those lucky OSes that support mouse wheels --> + +<!ENTITY pref.mouseWheel.title "Mouse Wheel"> +<!ENTITY mouseWheelPanel.label "Specify mouse wheel behavior when used with this modifier key: "> +<!ENTITY usingJustTheWheel.label "No modifier key"> +<!ENTITY history.label "Move back and forward in the browsing history"> +<!ENTITY history.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY historyHoriz.accesskey "b"> +<!ENTITY zoom.label "Zoom the page in or out"> +<!ENTITY zoom.accesskey "Z"> +<!ENTITY zoomHoriz.accesskey "e"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-navigator.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-navigator.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dd4925fc27 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-navigator.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.navigator.title "Browser"> + +<!ENTITY navRadio.label "Display on"> +<!ENTITY navRadio.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY navStartPageMenu.label "Browser Startup"> +<!ENTITY newWinPageMenu.label "New Window"> +<!ENTITY newTabPageMenu.label "New Tab"> + +<!ENTITY blankPageRadio.label "Blank page"> +<!ENTITY blankPageRadio.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY homePageRadio.label "Home page"> +<!ENTITY homePageRadio.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY lastPageRadio.label "Last page visited"> +<!ENTITY lastPageRadio.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY restoreSessionRadio.label "Restore Previous Session"> +<!ENTITY restoreSessionRadio.accesskey "P"> + +<!ENTITY homePageIntro.label "Clicking the Home button takes you to this group of pages:"> +<!ENTITY useCurrent.label "Use Current Page"> +<!ENTITY useCurrent.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY useCurrentGroup.label "Use Current Group"> +<!ENTITY useCurrentGroup.accesskey "G"> +<!ENTITY browseFile.label "Choose File…"> +<!ENTITY browseFile.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY useDefault.label "Restore Default"> +<!ENTITY useDefault.accesskey "R"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-passwords.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-passwords.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f9b2641f13 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-passwords.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.passwords.title "Passwords"> + +<!ENTITY signonHeader.caption "Password Manager"> +<!ENTITY signonDescription.label "Password Manager stores your login information for password-protected websites, mail servers, and news servers, and enters the information automatically when needed."> + +<!ENTITY signonEnabled.label "Remember passwords"> +<!ENTITY signonEnabled.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY viewSignons.label "Manage Stored Passwords"> +<!ENTITY viewSignons.accesskey "M"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-popups.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-popups.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f66e80c0fe --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-popups.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.popups.title "Popup Windows"> + +<!ENTITY pref.popups.caption "Popup Windows"> + +<!ENTITY popupBlock.label "Block unrequested popup windows"> +<!ENTITY popupBlock.accesskey "B"> + +<!ENTITY whenBlock.description "When a popup window has been blocked:"> +<!ENTITY playSound.label "Play a sound:"> +<!ENTITY playSound.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY systemSound.label "System beep"> +<!ENTITY systemSound.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY customSound.label "Custom sound file"> +<!ENTITY customSound.accesskey "C"> + +<!ENTITY selectSound.label "Browse…"> +<!ENTITY selectSound.accesskey "o"> + +<!ENTITY displayIcon.label "Display an icon in the browser status bar"> +<!ENTITY displayIcon.accesskey "D"> + +<!ENTITY displayNotification.label "Display a notification bar at the top of the content area"> +<!ENTITY displayNotification.accesskey "N"> + +<!ENTITY popupNote.description "Note: Blocking all popups may prevent important features of some websites from working, such as login windows for banks and shopping websites. For details of how to allow specific websites to use popups while blocking all others, click Help. Even if blocked, websites may use other methods to show popups."> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-proxies-advanced.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-proxies-advanced.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..319aacb255 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-proxies-advanced.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The Advanced Proxy Preferences dialog --> +<!ENTITY pref.proxies.advanced.title "Advanced Proxy Preferences"> +<!ENTITY protocols.caption "Protocol-Specific Proxies"> +<!ENTITY protocols.description "Normally the same proxy can handle all protocols listed here."> +<!ENTITY http.label "HTTP Proxy:"> +<!ENTITY http.accesskey "x"> +<!ENTITY ssl.label "SSL Proxy:"> +<!ENTITY ssl.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY ftp.label "FTP Proxy:"> +<!ENTITY ftp.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY reuseProxy.label "Use HTTP Proxy settings for all protocols"> +<!ENTITY reuseProxy.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY port.label "Port:"> +<!ENTITY HTTPPort.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY SSLPort.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY FTPPort.accesskey "r"> + +<!ENTITY socks.caption "Generic Proxy"> +<!ENTITY socks.description "A SOCKS proxy is a generic proxy sometimes used in corporate or similar environments."> +<!ENTITY socks.label "SOCKS Proxy:"> +<!ENTITY socks.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY socks4.label "SOCKS v4"> +<!ENTITY socks4.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY socks5.label "SOCKS v5"> +<!ENTITY socks5.accesskey "K"> +<!ENTITY socksRemoteDNS.label "Use for resolving hostnames (recommended for SOCKS v5)"> +<!ENTITY socksRemoteDNS.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY SOCKSport.accesskey "t"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-proxies.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-proxies.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..01baaefd77 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-proxies.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from content/pref-proxies.xul --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The Proxies preferences dialog --> +<!ENTITY pref.proxies.title "Proxies"> +<!ENTITY pref.proxies.desc "A Proxy is a network service that can filter and speed up your Internet connection."> +<!ENTITY proxyTitle.label "Configure Proxies to Access the Internet"> +<!ENTITY directTypeRadio.label "Direct connection to the Internet"> +<!ENTITY directTypeRadio.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY systemTypeRadio.label "Use system proxy settings"> +<!ENTITY systemTypeRadio.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY manualTypeRadio.label "Manual proxy configuration:"> +<!ENTITY manualTypeRadio.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY wpadTypeRadio.label "Automatically discover the proxy configuration"> +<!ENTITY wpadTypeRadio.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY autoTypeRadio.label "Automatic proxy configuration URL:"> +<!ENTITY autoTypeRadio.accesskey "c"> +<!ENTITY reload.label "Reload"> +<!ENTITY reload.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY http.label "Proxy:"> +<!ENTITY http.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY port.label "Port:"> +<!ENTITY HTTPPort.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY advanced.label "Advanced…"> +<!ENTITY advanced.accesskey "v"> +<!ENTITY noproxy.label "No Proxy for:"> +<!ENTITY noproxy.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY noproxyExplain.label "Example: .mozilla.org, .net.nz, 192.168.1.0/24"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-scripts.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-scripts.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..49b3a866aa --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-scripts.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from content/pref-scripts.xul --> + +<!ENTITY navigator.label "Browser"> +<!ENTITY navigator.accesskey "B"> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (enableJavaScript.label): 'JavaScript' should never be translated --> +<!ENTITY enableJavaScript.label "Enable JavaScript for"> +<!ENTITY allowScripts.label "Allow scripts to:"> +<!ENTITY allowScripts.accesskey "s"> +<!ENTITY allowWindowMoveResize.label "Move or resize existing windows"> +<!ENTITY allowWindowFlip.label "Raise or lower windows"> +<!ENTITY allowWindowStatusChange.label "Change status bar text"> +<!ENTITY allowContextmenuDisable.label "Disable or replace context menus"> +<!ENTITY allowHideStatusBar.label "Hide the status bar"> + + +<!-- +Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, + based on en-US entities. +--> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-search.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-search.dtd new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..683b5b7b6e --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-search.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from content/pref-search.xul --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The Search prefs dialog --> + +<!ENTITY pref.search.title "Internet Search"> +<!ENTITY legendHeader "Default Search Engine"> +<!ENTITY defaultSearchEngine.label "Search using:"> +<!ENTITY defaultSearchEngine.accesskey "S"> + +<!ENTITY searchResults.label "Search Results"> + +<!ENTITY openInTab.label "Open new tabs for sidebar search results"> +<!ENTITY openInTab.accesskey "n"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-security.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-security.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..88a0651910 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-security.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE 'Privacy and Security' prefs settings --> +<!ENTITY pref.security.title "Privacy & Security"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-smartupdate.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-smartupdate.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7f12886cc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-smartupdate.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE UI for Software Updates prefs --> +<!ENTITY pref.smartUpdate.title "Software Installation"> + +<!ENTITY daily.label "daily"> +<!ENTITY weekly.label "weekly"> + +<!ENTITY appDaily.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY appWeekly.accesskey "w"> + + +<!-- +Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, + based on en-US entities. +--> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-ssl.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-ssl.dtd new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..389184fd58 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-ssl.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY SSLClientAuthMethod.caption "Client Certificate Selection"> + +<!ENTITY warn.enteringsecure "Loading a page that supports encryption"> +<!ENTITY warn.enteringsecure.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY warn.insecurepost "Sending form data from an unencrypted page to an unencrypted page"> +<!ENTITY warn.insecurepost.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY warn.leavingsecure "Leaving a page that supports encryption"> +<!ENTITY warn.leavingsecure.accesskey "a"> + +<!ENTITY certselect.description "Decide how &brandShortName; selects a security certificate to present to websites that require one:"> +<!ENTITY certselect.auto "Select Automatically"> +<!ENTITY certselect.auto.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY certselect.ask "Ask Every Time"> +<!ENTITY certselect.ask.accesskey "E"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-tabs.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-tabs.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d69875ccf6 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-tabs.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY tabHeader.label "Tabbed Browsing"> + +<!ENTITY tabDisplay.label "Tab Display"> +<!ENTITY autoHide.label "Hide the tab bar when only one tab is open"> +<!ENTITY background.label "Switch to new tabs opened from links"> +<!ENTITY background.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY warnOnClose.label "Warn me when closing a window with multiple tabs"> +<!ENTITY warnOnClose.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY relatedAfterCurrent.label "Open related tabs after current tab"> +<!ENTITY relatedAfterCurrent.accesskey "O"> + +<!ENTITY openTabs.label "Open tabs instead of windows for"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/preferences.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/preferences.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0a8740338a --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/preferences.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (.label): Preferences categories that appear on the left of the preferences dialog --> +<!ENTITY prefWindow.title "Preferences"> +<!ENTITY categoryHeader "Category"> + +<!ENTITY appear.label "Appearance"> +<!ENTITY content.label "Content"> +<!ENTITY fonts.label "Fonts"> +<!ENTITY colors.label "Colors"> + +<!ENTITY navigator.label "Browser"> +<!ENTITY history.label "History"> +<!ENTITY languages.label "Languages"> +<!ENTITY applications.label "Helper Applications"> +<!ENTITY locationBar.label "Location Bar"> +<!ENTITY search.label "Internet Search"> +<!ENTITY tabWindows.label "Tabbed Browsing"> +<!ENTITY links.label "Link Behavior"> +<!ENTITY download.label "Downloads"> + +<!ENTITY security.label "Privacy & Security"> +<!ENTITY cookies.label "Cookies"> +<!ENTITY images.label "Images"> +<!ENTITY popups.label "Popup Windows"> +<!ENTITY passwords.label "Passwords"> +<!ENTITY certs.label "Certificates"> + +<!ENTITY advance.label "Advanced"> + +<!ENTITY keynav.label "Keyboard Navigation"> +<!ENTITY cache.label "Cache"> +<!ENTITY proxies.label "Proxies"> +<!ENTITY httpnetworking.label "HTTP Networking"> +<!ENTITY smart.label "Software Installation"> +<!ENTITY mousewheel.label "Mouse Wheel"> + +<!ENTITY focusSearch.key "f"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/prefutilities.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/prefutilities.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..48669b5f0f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/pref/prefutilities.properties @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +cachefolder=Choose Cache Folder + +choosehomepage=Choose Home Page +downloadfolder=Choose a Download Folder +desktopFolderName=Desktop +downloadsFolderName=Downloads +choosesound=Choose a sound + +SoundFiles=Sounds + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/printPreview.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/printPreview.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ea64d4147a --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/printPreview.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY print.label "Print…"> +<!ENTITY print.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY pageSetup.label "Page Setup…"> +<!ENTITY pageSetup.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY page.label "Page:"> +<!ENTITY page.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY of.label "of"> +<!ENTITY scale.label "Scale:"> +<!ENTITY scale.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY portrait.label "Portrait"> +<!ENTITY portrait.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY landscape.label "Landscape"> +<!ENTITY landscape.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY close.label "Close"> +<!ENTITY close.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY p30.label "30%"> +<!ENTITY p40.label "40%"> +<!ENTITY p50.label "50%"> +<!ENTITY p60.label "60%"> +<!ENTITY p70.label "70%"> +<!ENTITY p80.label "80%"> +<!ENTITY p90.label "90%"> +<!ENTITY p100.label "100%"> +<!ENTITY p125.label "125%"> +<!ENTITY p150.label "150%"> +<!ENTITY p175.label "175%"> +<!ENTITY p200.label "200%"> +<!ENTITY Custom.label "Custom…"> +<!ENTITY ShrinkToFit.label "Shrink To Fit"> +<!ENTITY customPrompt.title "Custom Scale…"> + +<!ENTITY homearrow.tooltip "First page"> +<!ENTITY endarrow.tooltip "Last page"> +<!ENTITY rightarrow.tooltip "Next page"> +<!ENTITY leftarrow.tooltip "Previous page"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/profile/profileSelection.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/profile/profileSelection.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..51aaa2a959 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/profile/profileSelection.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<!-- -*- Mode: SGML; indent-tabs-mode: nil; -*- --> +<!-- + + This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Select User Profile"> +<!ENTITY profileManager.title "&brandShortName; Profile Manager"> + +<!ENTITY manage.label "Manage Profiles…"> +<!ENTITY manage.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY select.label "Use Profile"> + +<!ENTITY availableProfiles.label "Available Profiles"> + +<!ENTITY introStart.label "To access your personal profile, which contains your stored messages, settings and other personalized information, please choose your profile from the list, and click &start.label; to begin your session."> +<!ENTITY introSwitch.label "To switch to another profile, which contains stored messages, settings and other personalized information, please choose that profile from the list, and click &select.label; to begin using that profile."> +<!ENTITY profileManagerText.label "&brandShortName; stores information about your settings, preferences, bookmarks, stored messages and other user items in your user profile."> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/profile/profileSelection.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/profile/profileSelection.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dd0b5cb540 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/profile/profileSelection.properties @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +deleteLocked=%S cannot delete the profile "%S" because it is in use. +deleteProfile=Deleting a profile will remove the profile from the list of available profiles and cannot be undone.\n\nYou may also choose to delete the profile data files, including your saved mail, settings, and certificates. This option will delete the folder "%S" and cannot be undone.\n\nWould you like to delete the profile data files?\n\n + +manageTitle=Manage User Profiles +selectTitle=Select User Profile + +dirLocked=%S cannot use the profile "%S". It may be in use, unavailable or damaged.\n\nPlease choose another profile or create a new one. + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/quitDialog.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/quitDialog.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..430ec178fa --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/quitDialog.properties @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + + + +# +#Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, +# based on en-US entities. + + +# Strings for the Quit, Restart, and Close-browser dialogs +# used by _onQuitRequest() in nsSuiteGlue.js + +quitDialogTitle = Quit %S +restartDialogTitle = Restart %S + +restartNowTitle = &Restart Now +restartLaterTitle = Restart &Later +quitTitle = &Quit +cancelTitle = &Cancel +saveTitle = &Save and Quit +neverAsk = &Do not ask next time +message = Do you want %S to save your tabs and windows for the next time it starts? +messageNoWindows = Do you want %S to save your tabs for the next time it starts? +messageRestart = %S will try to restore your tabs and windows when it restarts. diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/region.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/region.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..243c27583c --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/region.properties @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# More information about this update link available in the update wizard. +# Only change this if you are providing localized release notes. +app.update.url.details=http://www.seamonkey-project.org/releases/ + + +# +#Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, +# based on en-US entities. + + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/sanitize.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/sanitize.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..69f06d1331 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/sanitize.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY sanitizeDialog.title "Clear Private Data"> + +<!ENTITY sanitizeItems.label "Clear the following items now:"> + +<!ENTITY itemHistory.label "Browsing History"> +<!ENTITY itemHistory.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY itemUrlBar.label "Location Bar History"> +<!ENTITY itemUrlBar.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY itemDownloads.label "Download History"> +<!ENTITY itemDownloads.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY itemFormSearchHistory.label "Saved Form and Search History"> +<!ENTITY itemFormSearchHistory.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY itemCache.label "Cache"> +<!ENTITY itemCache.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY itemCookies.label "Cookies"> +<!ENTITY itemCookies.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY itemOfflineApps.label "Offline Website Data"> +<!ENTITY itemOfflineApps.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY itemPasswords.label "Saved Passwords"> +<!ENTITY itemPasswords.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY itemSessions.label "Authenticated Sessions"> +<!ENTITY itemSessions.accesskey "S"> + + +<!-- +Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, + based on en-US entities. +--> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/search/search-panel.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/search/search-panel.dtd new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..a5951109af --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/search/search-panel.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY search.button.label "Search"> +<!ENTITY search.placeholder "Enter search text"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/shellservice.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/shellservice.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..885ddf9ae8 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/shellservice.properties @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +preferencesLabel=%S &Preferences +safeModeLabel=%S &Safe Mode +desktopBackgroundLeafNameWin=Desktop Background.bmp diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/customize.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/customize.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..662662376b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/customize.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from ./customize.xul --> + +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.customize.label "Customize Tab…"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.customize.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.remove.label "Remove"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.remove.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.additional.label "Available Tabs:"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.additional.accesskey "v"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.add.label "Add"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.add.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.preview.label "Preview…"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.preview.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.up.label "Move Up"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.up.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.down.label "Move Down"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.down.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.more.label "Find More Tabs…"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.more.accesskey "F"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/preview.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/preview.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5947fa9400 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/preview.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY sidebar.preview.title.label "Tab Preview"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/sidebar.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/sidebar.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f59b9f23ea --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/sidebar.properties @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +addPanelConfirmTitle=Add Tab to Sidebar + +dupePanelAlertTitle=Sidebar diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/sidebarOverlay.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/sidebarOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8d276e4e3c --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/sidebarOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY sidebar.panels.label "Sidebar"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.reload.label "Reload"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.reload.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.picker.label "Tabs"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.label "Customize Sidebar…"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.hide.label "Hide Tab"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.hide.accesskey "H"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.switch.label "Switch to Tab"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.switch.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY sidebarCmd.label "Sidebar"> +<!ENTITY sidebarCmd.accesskey "b"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.loading.label "Loading…"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.loadstopped.label "Load stopped"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.loading.stop.label "Stop"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.loading.stop.accesskey "S"> + +<!ENTITY sidebar.no-panels.state "The sidebar is currently empty."> +<!ENTITY sidebar.no-panels.add 'You may add tabs by clicking on the "Tabs" button above.'> +<!ENTITY sidebar.no-panels.hide 'If you would like to completely hide the Sidebar, click on the "View" menu above, and select "Sidebar" from the "Show/Hide" sub-menu.'> +<!ENTITY sidebar.sbDirectory.label "Sidebar Directory…"> + +<!ENTITY sidebar.pagenotfound.label "This tab is not available right now."> +<!ENTITY sidebar.close.tooltip "Close Sidebar"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.open.tooltip "Open Sidebar"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/tasksOverlay.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/tasksOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..022c139c4a --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/tasksOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from tasksOverlay.xul --> +<!ENTITY navigatorCmd.label "Browser"> +<!ENTITY navigatorCmd.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY navigatorCmd.commandkey "1"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (editorCmd.label): DONT_TRANSLATE --> +<!ENTITY editorCmd.label "Composer"> +<!ENTITY editorCmd.accesskey "c"> +<!ENTITY editorCmd.commandkey "4"> + +<!ENTITY errorConsoleCmd.label "Error Console"> +<!ENTITY errorConsoleCmd.accesskey "C"> + +<!ENTITY taskNavigator.tooltip "Browser"> +<!ENTITY taskComposer.tooltip "Composer"> + +<!ENTITY webDevelopment.label "Web Development"> +<!ENTITY webDevelopment.accesskey "W"> + +<!ENTITY windowMenu.label "Window"> +<!ENTITY windowMenu.accesskey "W"> + +<!ENTITY tasksMenu.label "Tools"> +<!ENTITY tasksMenu.accesskey "T"> + +<!ENTITY datamanCmd.label "Data Manager"> +<!ENTITY datamanCmd.accesskey "M"> + +<!ENTITY passwordManagerCmd.label "Password Manager"> +<!ENTITY passwordManagerCmd.accesskey "P"> + +<!ENTITY passwordDisplayCmd.label "Manage Stored Passwords"> +<!ENTITY passwordDisplayCmd.accesskey "M"> + +<!ENTITY passwordExpireCmd.label "Log Out"> +<!ENTITY passwordExpireCmd.accesskey "l"> + +<!ENTITY downloadManagerCmd.label "Download Manager"> +<!ENTITY downloadManagerCmd.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY downloadManagerCmd.commandkey "j"> + +<!ENTITY switchProfileCmd.label "Switch Profile…"> +<!ENTITY switchProfileCmd.accesskey "h"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/typeaheadfind.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/typeaheadfind.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..93c61e476f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/typeaheadfind.properties @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +openparen = ( +closeparen = ) +textfound = Text found: " +textnotfound = Text not found: " +linkfound = Link found: " +linknotfound = Link not found: " +closequote = " +stopfind = Find stopped. +starttextfind = Starting -- find text as you type +startlinkfind = Starting -- find links as you type +repeated = repeated +nextmatch = - next match +prevmatch = - previous match diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/utilityOverlay.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/utilityOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9880f84c9c --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/utilityOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- these things need to move into utilityOverlay.xul --> +<!ENTITY offlineGoOfflineCmd.label "Work Offline"> +<!ENTITY offlineGoOfflineCmd.accesskey "k"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE This file contains the global menu items --> + +<!ENTITY fileMenu.label "File"> +<!ENTITY fileMenu.accesskey "f"> +<!ENTITY newMenu.label "New"> +<!ENTITY newMenu.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY newBlankPageCmd.label "Composer Page"> +<!ENTITY newBlankPageCmd.accesskey "P" > +<!ENTITY newBlankPageCmd.key "n" > +<!ENTITY newPageFromTemplateCmd.label "Page Using Template"> +<!ENTITY newPageFromTemplateCmd.accesskey "t"> +<!ENTITY newPageFromDraftCmd.label "Page Using Draft"> +<!ENTITY newPageFromDraftCmd.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY newNavigatorCmd.label "Browser Window"> +<!ENTITY newNavigatorCmd.key "N"> +<!ENTITY newNavigatorCmd.accesskey "B"> + +<!ENTITY editMenu.label "Edit"> +<!ENTITY editMenu.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY undoCmd.label "Undo"> +<!ENTITY undoCmd.key "Z"> +<!ENTITY undoCmd.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY redoCmd.label "Redo"> +<!ENTITY redoCmd.key "Y"> +<!ENTITY redoCmd.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY cutCmd.label "Cut"> +<!ENTITY cutCmd.key "X"> +<!ENTITY cutCmd.accesskey "t"> +<!ENTITY copyCmd.label "Copy"> +<!ENTITY copyCmd.key "C"> +<!ENTITY copyCmd.accesskey "c"> +<!ENTITY pasteCmd.label "Paste"> +<!ENTITY pasteCmd.key "V"> +<!ENTITY pasteCmd.accesskey "p"> +<!ENTITY pasteGoCmd.label "Paste & Go"> +<!ENTITY pasteGoCmd.accesskey "G"> + +<!ENTITY deleteCmd.label "Delete"> +<!ENTITY deleteCmd.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY selectAllCmd.label "Select All"> +<!ENTITY selectAllCmd.key "A"> +<!ENTITY selectAllCmd.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY preferencesCmd.label "Preferences…"> +<!ENTITY preferencesCmd.key "E"> +<!ENTITY preferencesCmd.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY findTypeTextCmd.label "Find Text As You Type"> +<!ENTITY findTypeTextCmd.accesskey "x"> +<!ENTITY findTypeLinksCmd.label "Find Links As You Type"> +<!ENTITY findTypeLinksCmd.accesskey "k"> + +<!ENTITY viewMenu.label "View"> +<!ENTITY viewMenu.accesskey "v"> +<!ENTITY viewToolbarsMenu.label "Show/Hide"> +<!ENTITY viewToolbarsMenu.accesskey "w"> +<!ENTITY showTaskbarCmd.label "Status Bar"> +<!ENTITY showTaskbarCmd.accesskey "S"> + +<!ENTITY helpMenu.label "Help"> +<!ENTITY helpMenu.accesskey "h"> + +<!ENTITY helpTroubleshootingInfo.label "Troubleshooting Information"> +<!ENTITY helpTroubleshootingInfo.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY releaseCmd.label "Release Notes"> +<!ENTITY releaseCmd.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY updateCmd.label "Check for Updates…"> +<!ENTITY updateCmd.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY aboutCmd.label "About &brandShortName;"> +<!ENTITY aboutCmd.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY aboutCommPluginsCmd.label "About Plugins"> +<!ENTITY aboutCommPluginsCmd.accesskey "p"> + +<!ENTITY direct.label "Online (Proxy: None)"> +<!ENTITY direct.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY manual.label "Online (Proxy: Manual)"> +<!ENTITY manual.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY pac.label "Online (Proxy: Auto URL)"> +<!ENTITY pac.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY wpad.label "Online (Proxy: Auto Discover)"> +<!ENTITY wpad.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY system.label "Online (Proxy: System Proxy)"> +<!ENTITY system.accesskey "S"> + +<!ENTITY proxy.label "Proxy Configuration…"> +<!ENTITY proxy.accesskey "C"> + +<!ENTITY bidiSwitchTextDirectionItem.label "Switch Text Direction"> +<!ENTITY bidiSwitchTextDirectionItem.accesskey "w"> +<!ENTITY bidiSwitchTextDirectionItem.commandkey "X"> + +<!ENTITY customizeToolbarContext.label "Customize…"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbarContext.accesskey "C"> + +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.toolbarmode.label "Settings for this toolbar"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.toolbarmode.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.iconsAndText.label "Icons and Text"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.iconsAndText.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.icons.label "Icons"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.icons.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.text.label "Text"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.text.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.useSmallIcons.label "Use small icons"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.useSmallIcons.accesskey "s"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.labelAlignEnd.label "Show text beside icon"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.labelAlignEnd.accesskey "b"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.useDefault.label "Use default settings"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.useDefault.accesskey "U"> + +<!-- Popup Blocked notification menu --> +<!ENTITY allowPopups.accesskey "p"> +<!ENTITY showPopupManager.label "Manage Popups"> +<!ENTITY showPopupManager.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY dontShowMessage.label "Don't show this message when popups are blocked"> +<!ENTITY dontShowMessage.accesskey "D"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/utilityOverlay.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/utilityOverlay.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6892f0c719 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/utilityOverlay.properties @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# Online/offline tooltips +onlineTooltip0=You are online (proxy: none). Click the icon to go offline. +onlineTooltip1=You are online (proxy: manual). Click the icon to go offline. +onlineTooltip2=You are online (proxy: auto URL). Click the icon to go offline. +onlineTooltip4=You are online (proxy: auto discover). Click the icon to go offline. +onlineTooltip5=You are online (proxy: use system proxy). Click the icon to go offline. +offlineTooltip=You are offline. Click the icon to go online. + +# Popup menus +popupMenuShow=Show %S +popupAllow=Allow popups from %S + +# Check for Updates +updatesItem_default=Check for Updates… +updatesItem_defaultFallback=Check for Updates… +updatesItem_defaultAccessKey=C +updatesItem_downloading=Downloading %S… +updatesItem_downloadingFallback=Downloading Update… +updatesItem_downloadingAccessKey=D +updatesItem_resume=Resume Downloading %S… +updatesItem_resumeFallback=Resume Downloading Update… +updatesItem_resumeAccessKey=D +updatesItem_pending=Apply Downloaded Update Now… +updatesItem_pendingFallback=Apply Downloaded Update Now… +updatesItem_pendingAccessKey=U + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/viewZoomOverlay.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/viewZoomOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7dc91358b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/common/viewZoomOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY zoomEnlargeCmd.label "Larger"> +<!ENTITY zoomEnlargeCmd.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY zoomEnlargeCmd.commandkey "+"> +<!ENTITY zoomEnlargeCmd.commandkey2 "="> <!-- + is above this key on many keyboards --> + +<!ENTITY zoomReduceCmd.label "Smaller"> +<!ENTITY zoomReduceCmd.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY zoomReduceCmd.commandkey "-"> + +<!ENTITY zoomResetCmd.commandkey "0"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdAdvancedEdit.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdAdvancedEdit.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f517bc0e58 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdAdvancedEdit.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY WindowTitle.label "වැඩිමනත් ලක්ෂණ සකසනය"> +<!ENTITY AttName.label "ගතිලක්ෂණ: "> +<!ENTITY AttValue.label "අගය: "> +<!ENTITY PropertyName.label "ලක්ෂණ: "> +<!ENTITY currentattributesfor.label "(සඳහා) වර්තමාන ගතිලක්ෂණ: "> +<!ENTITY tree.attributeHeader.label "ගතිලක්ෂණ"> +<!ENTITY tree.propertyHeader.label "ලක්ෂණ"> +<!ENTITY tree.valueHeader.label "අගය"> +<!ENTITY tabHTML.label "HTML ගතිලක්ෂණ"> +<!ENTITY tabCSS.label "පේළිගත විලාසය"> +<!ENTITY tabJSE.label "ජාවාකේත අංග"> + +<!ENTITY editAttribute.label "ඉහත අයිතමයන්ගේ අගයයන් සැකසීම සඳහා ඒ මත ක්ලික් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY removeAttribute.label "ඉවත් කරන්න"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdColorPicker.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdColorPicker.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6841ada844 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdColorPicker.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "වර්ණය"> +<!ENTITY lastPickedColor.label "අවසන් වරට තෝරාගත් වර්ණය"> +<!ENTITY lastPickedColor.accessKey "L"> +<!ENTITY setColorExample.label "(උදා: "#0000ff" or "blue"):"> +<!ENTITY default.label "පෙරනිමි"> +<!ENTITY default.accessKey "D"> +<!ENTITY palette.label "ඵලකය (Palette):"> +<!ENTITY standardPalette.label "සම්මත"> +<!ENTITY webPalette.label "සියලු වෙබ් වර්ණ"> +<!ENTITY background.label "පසුබිම සඳහා:"> +<!ENTITY background.accessKey "B"> +<!ENTITY table.label "වගුව"> +<!ENTITY table.accessKey "T"> +<!ENTITY cell.label "කොටු(ව)"> +<!ENTITY cell.accessKey "C"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdConvertToTable.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdConvertToTable.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..836c116c07 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdConvertToTable.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!-- Window title --> +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "වගුවට හැරවීම"> +<!ENTITY instructions1.label "සකසනය තෝරාගත් කොටස තුළ සෑම ඡේදයක් සඳහාම නව වගුවක් සාදයි."> +<!ENTITY instructions2.label "තෝරාගත් කොටස තීරුවලට වෙන්කිරීම සඳහා භාවිතා කරන අකුර තෝරන්න:"> +<!ENTITY commaRadio.label "කොමා ලකුණ"> +<!ENTITY spaceRadio.label "හිඩැස (Space)"> +<!ENTITY otherRadio.label "වෙනත් අකුරක්:"> +<!ENTITY deleteCharCheck.label "වෙන්කරන අකුර මකන්න"> +<!ENTITY collapseSpaces.label "අතිරේක හිඩස් නොසලකා හරින්න"> +<!ENTITY collapseSpaces.tooltip "එකළඟ පිහිටි හිඩස් එක් වෙන්කරන අකුරක් බවට හරවන්න"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdDialogOverlay.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdDialogOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ecb90eea47 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdDialogOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY AdvancedEditButton.label "වැඩිමනත් සැකසුම්..."> +<!ENTITY AdvancedEditButton.accessKey "E"> +<!ENTITY AdvancedEditButton.tooltip "HTML ගතිලක්ෂණ, මෝස්තර ගතිලක්ෂණ, සහ JavaScript එක් කිරීම හෝ වෙනස් කිරීම"> +<!ENTITY chooseFileButton.label "ගොනුව තෝරන්න..."> +<!ENTITY chooseFileButton.accessKey "F"> +<!ENTITY chooseFileLinkButton.label "ගොනුව තෝරන්න..."> +<!ENTITY chooseFileLinkButton.accessKey "o"> +<!ENTITY makeUrlRelative.label "URL පිටුවේ ස්ථානයට සාපේක්ෂ වේ"> +<!ENTITY makeUrlRelative.accessKey "r"> +<!ENTITY makeUrlRelative.tooltip "සාපේක්ෂ හා නිරපේක්ෂ URL අතර මාරු වීම. මෙය වෙනස් කිරීම සඳහා, ඔබ පළමුව පිටුව සුරැකිය යුතුමය."> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdNamedAnchorProperties.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdNamedAnchorProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4693727639 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdNamedAnchorProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "නම්කළ නැංගූරම් ලක්ෂණ"> +<!ENTITY anchorNameEditField.label "නැංගූරම් නම:"> +<!ENTITY anchorNameEditField.accessKey "N"> +<!ENTITY nameInput.tooltip "මෙම නම්කළ නැංගූර සඳහා අනන්‍ය නමක් ඇතුළත් කරන්න(ඉලක්කය)"> + + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditConflict.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditConflict.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..84929dc3d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditConflict.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Window title --> +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "සැකසුම් වෙනස්කමි තේරීම"> +<!ENTITY conflictWarning.label "වෙනත් යෙදුමක් විසින්ද මෙම පිටුවට වෙනස්කම් සිදුකර ඇත, නමුත් නොසුරකින ලද වෙනස්කම් ඔබගේ සකසනය තුළද ඇත."> +<!ENTITY conflictResolve.label "කවර නිකුතුව තබාගන්නේදැයි තෝරන්න:"> +<!ENTITY keepCurrentPageButton.label "දැන් පවතික පිටුවේ වෙනස්කම් තබාගන්න"> +<!ENTITY useOtherPageButton.label "අනෙක් වෙනස්කම් මගින් දැන් පවතික පිටුව ප්‍රතිස්ථාපනය කරන්න"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorButtonProperties.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorButtonProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..88a729d2b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorButtonProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "බොත්තම් ලක්ෂණ"> + +<!ENTITY Settings.label "සැකසුම්"> + +<!ENTITY ButtonType.label "ආකාරය"> +<!ENTITY ButtonType.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY submit.value "Submit"> +<!ENTITY reset.value "Reset"> +<!ENTITY button.value "බොත්තම"> + +<!ENTITY ButtonName.label "නම:"> +<!ENTITY ButtonName.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY ButtonValue.label "අගය:"> +<!ENTITY ButtonValue.accesskey "V"> +<!ENTITY tabIndex.label "ටැබ් දර්ශකය:"> +<!ENTITY tabIndex.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY ButtonDisabled.label "අබලැති"> +<!ENTITY ButtonDisabled.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY AccessKey.label "Access Key:"> +<!ENTITY AccessKey.accesskey "K"> + +<!ENTITY RemoveButton.label "බොත්තම ඉවත් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY RemoveButton.accesskey "R"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorColorProperties.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorColorProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6dbbf68f17 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorColorProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Window title --> +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "පිටු වර්ණ සහ පසුතලය"> +<!ENTITY pageColors.label "පිටු වර්ණ"> +<!ENTITY defaultColorsRadio.label "කියවන්නාගේ පෙරනිමි වර්ණ(පිටුවේ වර්ණ භාවිතා නොකරන්න)"> +<!ENTITY defaultColorsRadio.accessKey "D"> +<!ENTITY defaultColorsRadio.tooltip "නරඹන්නාගේ (කියවන්නාගේ ) ගවේශක වර්ණ සැකසුම් පමණක් භාවිතා කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY customColorsRadio.label "රිසිකරණ වර්ණ භාවිතා කරන්න:"> +<!ENTITY customColorsRadio.accessKey "c"> +<!ENTITY customColorsRadio.tooltip "මෙම වර්ණ සැකසුම් නරඹන්නාගේ ගවේශක සැකසුම් ඉක්මවා යනු ඇත"> + +<!ENTITY normalText.label "සාමාන්‍ය පාඨ"> +<!ENTITY normalText.accessKey "N"> +<!ENTITY linkText.label "සබැඳියේ පාඨ"> +<!ENTITY linkText.accessKey "L"> +<!ENTITY activeLinkText.label "සක්‍රීය සබැඳියේ පාඨ"> +<!ENTITY activeLinkText.accessKey "A"> +<!ENTITY visitedLinkText.label "ප්‍රවේශ වූ සබැඳියේ පාඨ"> +<!ENTITY visitedLinkText.accessKey "V"> +<!ENTITY background.label "පසුතලය:"> +<!ENTITY background.accessKey "B"> +<!ENTITY colon.character ":"> +<!ENTITY backgroundImage.label "පසුතල රූපය:"> +<!ENTITY backgroundImage.accessKey "m"> +<!ENTITY backgroundImage.tooltip "රූපයක් ඔබගේ පිටුවේ පසුතලය ලෙස භාවිතා කරන්න"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorFieldSetProperties.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorFieldSetProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..604f1cc8f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorFieldSetProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Field Set Properties"> + +<!ENTITY Legend.label "Legend"> +<!ENTITY Legend.accesskey "L"> + +<!ENTITY EditLegendText.label "Edit Legend:"> +<!ENTITY EditLegendText.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY LegendAlign.label "Align Legend:"> +<!ENTITY LegendAlign.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY AlignDefault.label "පෙරනිමි"> +<!ENTITY AlignLeft.label "වම"> +<!ENTITY AlignCenter.label "මැද"> +<!ENTITY AlignRight.label "දකුණ"> + +<!ENTITY RemoveFieldSet.label "Remove Field Set"> +<!ENTITY RemoveFieldSet.accesskey "R"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorFormProperties.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorFormProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8875d8bf2b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorFormProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "පෝරම ලක්ෂණ"> + +<!ENTITY Settings.label "සැකසුම්"> + +<!ENTITY FormName.label "පෝරම නම:"> +<!ENTITY FormName.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY FormAction.label "කාර්යය URL:"> +<!ENTITY FormAction.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY FormMethod.label "ක්‍රමය:"> +<!ENTITY FormMethod.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY FormEncType.label "කේතනය:"> +<!ENTITY FormEncType.accesskey "c"> +<!ENTITY FormTarget.label "ඉලක්කගත රාමුව:"> +<!ENTITY FormTarget.accesskey "T"> + +<!ENTITY RemoveForm.label "පෝරමය ඉවත් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY RemoveForm.accesskey "R"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorHLineProperties.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorHLineProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..327433c6e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorHLineProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!-- Window title --> +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "තිරස් රේඛා ලක්ෂණ"> + +<!ENTITY dimensionsBox.label "මාන"> +<!ENTITY heightEditField.label "උස:"> +<!ENTITY heightEditField.accessKey "G"> +<!ENTITY widthEditField.label "පළල:"> +<!ENTITY widthEditField.accessKey "W"> +<!ENTITY pixelsPopup.value "පික්සෙල්"> +<!ENTITY alignmentBox.label "පෙළගැසුම"> +<!ENTITY leftRadio.label "වම"> +<!ENTITY leftRadio.accessKey "L"> +<!ENTITY centerRadio.label "මැද"> +<!ENTITY centerRadio.accessKey "C"> +<!ENTITY rightRadio.label "දකුණ"> +<!ENTITY rightRadio.accessKey "R"> + +<!ENTITY threeDShading.label "3-D ඡායාව"> +<!ENTITY threeDShading.accessKey "S"> +<!ENTITY saveSettings.label "පෙරනිමි ලෙස භාවිතා කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY saveSettings.accessKey "D"> +<!ENTITY saveSettings.tooltip "තිරස් රේඛාවක් ඇතුලත් කිරීමේදී භාවිතා කිරීමට මෙම සැකසුම් සුරකින්න"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorImageProperties.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorImageProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d3a81bf1c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorImageProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- These strings are for use specifically in the editor's image and form image dialogs. --> + +<!-- Window title --> +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "රූපයේ ලක්ෂණ"> + +<!ENTITY pixelsPopup.value "පික්සෙල්"> + +<!-- These are in the Location tab panel --> +<!ENTITY locationEditField.label "රූපයේ ස්ථානය:"> +<!ENTITY locationEditField.accessKey "L"> +<!ENTITY locationEditField.tooltip "රූපයේ ගොනුව හෝ ස්ථානය ටයිප් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY title.label "මෙවලම් ඉඟිය:"> +<!ENTITY title.accessKey "T"> +<!ENTITY title.tooltip "The html 'title' attribute that displays as a tooltip"> +<!ENTITY altText.label "විකල්ප පාඨ:"> +<!ENTITY altText.accessKey "A"> +<!ENTITY altTextEditField.tooltip "රූපය පිහිටන ස්ථානහේ පෙන්වීමට පාඨ ටයිප් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY noAltText.label "විකල්ප පාඨ භාවිතා නොකරන්න"> +<!ENTITY noAltText.accessKey "D"> + +<!ENTITY previewBox.label "රූපයේ පෙරදැක්ම"> + +<!-- These controls are in the Dimensions tab panel --> +<!-- actualSize.label should be same as actualSizeRadio.label + ":" --> +<!ENTITY actualSize.label "සත්‍ය විශාලත්වය:"> +<!ENTITY actualSizeRadio.label "සත්‍ය විශාලත්වය"> +<!ENTITY actualSizeRadio.accessKey "A"> +<!ENTITY actualSizeRadio.tooltip "රූපයේ සත්‍ය විශාලත්වයට යළි යන්න"> +<!ENTITY customSizeRadio.label "රිසිකරණ විශාලත්වය"> +<!ENTITY customSizeRadio.accessKey "S"> +<!ENTITY customSizeRadio.tooltip "පිටුවේ පෙනෙන ආකාරයට රූපයේ විශාලත්වය වෙනස් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY heightEditField.label "උස:"> +<!ENTITY heightEditField.accessKey "G"> +<!ENTITY widthEditField.label "පළල:"> +<!ENTITY widthEditField.accessKey "W"> +<!ENTITY constrainCheckbox.label "Constrain"> +<!ENTITY constrainCheckbox.accessKey "C"> +<!ENTITY constrainCheckbox.tooltip "Maintain the image's aspect ratio"> + +<!-- These controls are in the Image Map box of the expanded area --> +<!ENTITY imagemapBox.label "සිතියම් රූපය"> +<!ENTITY removeImageMapButton.label "ඉවත් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY removeImageMapButton.accessKey "R"> + +<!-- These are the options for image alignment --> +<!ENTITY alignment.label "පාඨ රූපයට පෙළගසන්න"> +<!ENTITY bottomPopup.value "පහළදී"> +<!ENTITY topPopup.value "ඉහළදී"> +<!ENTITY centerPopup.value "මැදදී"> +<!ENTITY wrapRightPopup.value "පෙළ එතුම දකුණට"> +<!ENTITY wrapLeftPopup.value "පෙළ එතුම වමට"> + +<!-- These controls are in the Spacing Box --> +<!ENTITY spacingBox.label "හිස් ඉඩ"> +<!ENTITY leftRightEditField.label "වම සහ දකුණ:"> +<!ENTITY leftRightEditField.accessKey "L"> +<!ENTITY topBottomEditField.label "ඉහළ සහ පහළ:"> +<!ENTITY topBottomEditField.accessKey "T"> +<!ENTITY borderEditField.label "තද දාරය:"> +<!ENTITY borderEditField.accessKey "B"> + +<!-- These controls are in the Link Box --> +<!ENTITY showImageLinkBorder.label "සබැඳි රූපය වටා දාරය පෙන්වන්න"> +<!ENTITY showImageLinkBorder.accessKey "B"> +<!ENTITY LinkAdvancedEditButton.label "Link Advanced Edit…"> +<!ENTITY LinkAdvancedEditButton.accessKey "L"> +<!ENTITY LinkAdvancedEditButton.tooltip "Add or modify HTML attributes, style attributes, and JavaScript"> + +<!-- These tabs are currently used in the image input dialog --> +<!ENTITY imageInputTab.label "පෝරමය"> +<!ENTITY imageLocationTab.label "ස්ථානය"> +<!ENTITY imageDimensionsTab.label "මාන"> +<!ENTITY imageAppearanceTab.label "පෙනුම"> +<!ENTITY imageLinkTab.label "සබැඳිය"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInputProperties.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInputProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0403ae1466 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInputProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "පෝරම ක්ෂේත්‍ර ලක්ෂණ"> +<!ENTITY windowTitleImage.label "පෝරම රූප ලක්ෂණ"> + +<!ENTITY InputType.label "ක්ෂේත්‍ර ආකාරය"> +<!ENTITY InputType.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY text.value "පාඨ"> +<!ENTITY password.value "රහස්පදය"> +<!ENTITY checkbox.value "සළකුණු කොටුව"> +<!ENTITY radio.value "වරණ බොත්තම"> +<!ENTITY submit.value "Submit Button"> +<!ENTITY reset.value "Reset Button"> +<!ENTITY file.value "ගොනුනු"> +<!ENTITY hidden.value "සැඟවුණු"> +<!ENTITY image.value "රූප"> +<!ENTITY button.value "බොත්තම"> + +<!ENTITY InputSettings.label "ක්ෂේත්‍ර සැකසුම්"> +<!ENTITY InputName.label "ක්ෂේත්‍ර නම:"> +<!ENTITY InputName.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY GroupName.label "සමූහ නම:"> +<!ENTITY GroupName.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY InputValue.label "ක්ෂේත්‍ර අගය:"> +<!ENTITY InputValue.accesskey "V"> +<!ENTITY InitialValue.label "ආරම්භක අගය:"> +<!ENTITY InitialValue.accesskey "V"> +<!ENTITY InputChecked.label "ආරම්භයේදී සලකුණු ලූ"> +<!ENTITY InputChecked.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY InputSelected.label "ආරම්භයේදී තේරූ"> +<!ENTITY InputSelected.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY InputReadOnly.label "Read Only"> +<!ENTITY InputReadOnly.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY InputDisabled.label "අබලැති"> +<!ENTITY InputDisabled.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY tabIndex.label "ටැබ් දර්ශකය:"> +<!ENTITY tabIndex.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY TextSize.label "ක්ෂේත්‍ර විශාලත්වය:"> +<!ENTITY TextSize.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY TextLength.label "උපරිම දිග:"> +<!ENTITY TextLength.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY AccessKey.label "ප්‍රවේශ යතුර (Access Key):"> +<!ENTITY AccessKey.accesskey "K"> +<!ENTITY Accept.label "පිළිගන්නා ආකාර:"> +<!ENTITY Accept.accesskey "A"> + +<!ENTITY ImageProperties.label "රූපයේ ලක්ෂණ…"> +<!ENTITY ImageProperties.accesskey "E"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertChars.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertChars.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e41c1521ff --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertChars.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!-- Window title --> +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "අනුලකුණු ඇතුළු කිරීම"> +<!ENTITY category.label "වර්ගය"> +<!ENTITY letter.label "අකුර:"> +<!ENTITY letter.accessKey "L"> +<!ENTITY character.label "අනුලකුණ:"> +<!ENTITY character.accessKey "C"> +<!ENTITY accentUpper.label "Accent Uppercase"> +<!ENTITY accentLower.label "Accent Lowercase"> +<!ENTITY otherUpper.label "වෙනත් කැපිටල් අකුරු"> +<!ENTITY otherLower.label "වෙනත් කුඩා අකුරු"> +<!ENTITY commonSymbols.label "පොදු ලකුණු"> +<!ENTITY insertButton.label "ඇතුළු කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY closeButton.label "වහන්න"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertMath.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertMath.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5c96d4204c --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertMath.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Window title --> +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "ගණිතය එක් කරන්න"> + +<!ENTITY sourceEditField.label "LaTeX මූල කේතය ඇතුළත් කරන්න:"> + +<!ENTITY options.label "අභිප්‍රේත"> +<!ENTITY optionInline.label "රේඛීය ප්‍රකාරය"> +<!ENTITY optionInline.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY optionDisplay.label "දෘශ්‍ය ප්‍රකාරය"> +<!ENTITY optionDisplay.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY optionLTR.label "දිශාව වමේ-සිට දකුණට"> +<!ENTITY optionLTR.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY optionRTL.label "දිශාව දකුණේ-සිට-වමට"> +<!ENTITY optionRTL.accesskey "R"> + +<!ENTITY insertButton.label "ඇතුළත් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY insertButton.accesskey "I"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertSource.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertSource.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d9255bc1b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertSource.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Window title --> +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "HTML ඇතුළු කිරීම"> +<!ENTITY sourceEditField.label "HTML ටැග්සි සහ පාඨ ඇතුළු කරන්න:"> +<!ENTITY example.label "උදාහරණ: "> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (exampleOpenTag.label): DONT_TRANSLATE: they are text for HTML tagnames: "<i>" and "</i>" --> +<!ENTITY exampleOpenTag.label "<i>"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (exampleCloseTag.label): DONT_TRANSLATE: they are text for HTML tagnames: "<i>" and "</i>" --> +<!ENTITY exampleCloseTag.label "</i>"> +<!ENTITY exampleText.label "ආයුබෝවන්!"> +<!ENTITY insertButton.label "ඇතුළු කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY insertButton.accesskey "I"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertTOC.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertTOC.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a5a047f879 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertTOC.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY Window.title "පටුන"> +<!ENTITY buildToc.label "මේවා ඇසුරින් පටුන ගොඩනගන්න:"> +<!ENTITY tag.label "ටැග්:"> +<!ENTITY class.label "පංතිය:"> +<!ENTITY header1.label "පෙළ 1"> +<!ENTITY header2.label "පෙළ 2"> +<!ENTITY header3.label "පෙළ 3"> +<!ENTITY header4.label "පෙළ 4"> +<!ENTITY header5.label "පෙළ 5"> +<!ENTITY header6.label "පෙළ 6"> +<!ENTITY makeReadOnly.label "Make the table of contents read-only"> +<!ENTITY orderedList.label "පටුනේ ඇති සියළු සටහන් අංක කරන්න"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertTable.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertTable.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..04200e15ca --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertTable.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Window title --> +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "වගු ඇතුළු කිරීම"> + +<!ENTITY size.label "විශාලත්වය"> +<!ENTITY numRowsEditField.label "පේළි:"> +<!ENTITY numRowsEditField.accessKey "R"> +<!ENTITY numColumnsEditField.label "තීරු:"> +<!ENTITY numColumnsEditField.accessKey "C"> +<!ENTITY widthEditField.label "පළල:"> +<!ENTITY widthEditField.accessKey "W"> +<!ENTITY borderEditField.label "දාරය:"> +<!ENTITY borderEditField.accessKey "B"> +<!ENTITY borderEditField.tooltip "වගුවේ දාරය සඳහා අගයක් ඇතුළු කරන්න, හෝ දාරයක් නැති වගුවක් සඳහා (0) ඇතුළු කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY pixels.label "පික්සෙල්"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorLabelProperties.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorLabelProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dc18bb4c93 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorLabelProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "ලේබල ලක්ෂණ"> + +<!ENTITY Settings.label "සැකසුම්"> +<!ENTITY Settings.accesskey "S"> + +<!ENTITY EditLabelText.label "පාඨ සැකසුම්:"> +<!ENTITY EditLabelText.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY LabelFor.label "පාලනය සඳහා:"> +<!ENTITY LabelFor.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY AccessKey.label "ප්‍රවේශ යතුර (Access Key):"> +<!ENTITY AccessKey.accesskey "K"> + +<!ENTITY RemoveLabel.label "ලේබලය ඉවත් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY RemoveLabel.accesskey "R"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorLinkProperties.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorLinkProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..786278cdd3 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorLinkProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "සබැඳි ලක්ෂණ"> +<!ENTITY LinkURLBox.label "සබැඳි ස්ථානය"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorListProperties.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorListProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f8acd6c6f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorListProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!-- Window title --> +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "ලැයිස්තු ලක්ෂණ"> + +<!ENTITY ListType.label "ලැයිස්තු ආකාරය"> +<!ENTITY bulletStyle.label "බුලට් ආකාරය:"> +<!ENTITY startingNumber.label "ආරම්භය:"> +<!ENTITY startingNumber.accessKey "S"> +<!ENTITY none.value "කිසිවක් නැත"> +<!ENTITY bulletList.value "බුලට් (අංක නොකළ)ලැයිස්තුව"> +<!ENTITY numberList.value "අංක කළ ලැයිස්තුව"> +<!ENTITY definitionList.value "සවිස්තර ලැයිස්තුව"> +<!ENTITY changeEntireListRadio.label "සම්පූර්ණ ලැයිස්තුව වෙනස් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY changeEntireListRadio.accessKey "C"> +<!ENTITY changeSelectedRadio.label "තේරූ අයිතමයන් පමණක් වෙනස් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY changeSelectedRadio.accessKey "i"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPageProperties.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPageProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..065fa50afd --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPageProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Window title --> +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "පිටු ලක්ෂණ"> +<!ENTITY location.label "ස්ථානය:"> +<!ENTITY lastModified.label "අවසන් වරට වෙනස් කළේ:"> +<!ENTITY titleInput.label "සිරස්තලය:"> +<!ENTITY titleInput.accessKey "T"> +<!ENTITY authorInput.label "කතුවරයා:"> +<!ENTITY authorInput.accessKey "A"> +<!ENTITY descriptionInput.label "විස්තරය:"> +<!ENTITY descriptionInput.accessKey "D"> +<!ENTITY locationNewPage.label "[නව පිටුවකි, තවම සුරැකී නැත]"> +<!ENTITY EditHEADSource1.label "Advanced users:"> +<!ENTITY EditHEADSource2.label "To edit other contents of the <head> region, use "HTML Source" in the View Menu or Edit Mode Toolbar."> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPersonalDictionary.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPersonalDictionary.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..39dc8001df --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPersonalDictionary.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Window title --> +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "පෞද්ගලික ශබ්දකෝෂය"> + +<!ENTITY wordEditField.label "නව වදනක්:"> +<!ENTITY wordEditField.accessKey "N"> +<!ENTITY AddButton.label "එක් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY AddButton.accessKey "A"> +<!ENTITY DictionaryList.label "ශබ්දකෝෂයේ වචන:"> +<!ENTITY DictionaryList.accessKey "W"> +<!ENTITY ReplaceButton.label "Replace"> +<!ENTITY ReplaceButton.accessKey "R"> +<!ENTITY RemoveButton.label "ඉවත් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY RemoveButton.accessKey "e"> + +<!ENTITY CloseButton.label "වහන්න"> +<!ENTITY CloseButton.accessKey "C"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPublish.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPublish.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b1ea08564c --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPublish.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!-- Window title --> +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "පිටුව ප්‍රකාශනය"> +<!ENTITY windowTitleSettings.label "ප්‍රකාශන සැකසුම්"> + +<!ENTITY publishTab.label "ප්‍රකාශනය"> +<!ENTITY settingsTab.label "සැකසුම්"> + +<!ENTITY publishButton.label "ප්‍රකාශනය කරන්න"> + +<!-- Publish Tab Panel --> +<!ENTITY siteList.label "අඩවි නම:"> +<!ENTITY siteList.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY siteList.tooltip "ප්‍රකාශනය කිරීමට අවශ්‍ය අඩවිය තෝරන්න"> +<!ENTITY newSiteButton.label "නව අඩවියක්"> +<!ENTITY newSiteButton.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY docDirList.label "මෙම පිටුව සඳහා අඩවියේ උප-ඩාරෙක්ටරිය:"> +<!ENTITY docDirList.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY docDirList.tooltip "මෙම පිටුව සඳහා දුරස්ථ උප-ඩාරෙක්ටරියේ නම තෝරන්න හෝ ඇතුළු කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY publishImgCheckbox.label "රූප සහ අනෙකුත් ගොනු ඇතුලත් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY publishImgCheckbox.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY publishImgCheckbox.tooltip "මෙම පිටුව ආශ්‍රිත රූප සහ අනෙකුත් ගොනු ප්‍රකාශනය කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY sameLocationRadio.label "පිටුවේ ස්ථානයම භාවිතා කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY sameLocationRadio.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY sameLocationRadio.tooltip "පිටුවේ ස්ථානයේම ගොනු ප්‍රකාශනය කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY useSubdirRadio.label "මෙම අඩවියේ උප-ඩාරෙක්ටරිය භාවිතා කරන්න:"> +<!ENTITY useSubdirRadio.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY useSubdirRadio.tooltip "කේරූ දුරස්ථ උප-ඩාරෙක්ටරියේ ගොනු ප්‍රකාශනය කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY otherDirList.tooltip "ගොනු ප්‍රකාශනය කරන දුරස්ථ උප-ඩාරෙක්ටරියේ නම තෝරන්න හෝ ඇතුළු කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY pageTitle.label "පිටු සිරස්තලය:"> +<!ENTITY pageTitle.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY pageTitle.tooltip "කවුළුවේදී සහ පිටුලකුණුහිදී පිටුව හඳුනිගැනීමට සිරස්තලයක් ඇතුළු කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY pageTitleExample.label "උදා.: "My Web Page""> +<!ENTITY filename.label "ගොනු නම:"> +<!ENTITY filename.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY filename.tooltip "මෙම ගොනුවට නමක් ඇතුළු කරන්න, වෙබ් පිටුවක් සඳහා '.html' ඇතුලක් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY filenameExample.label "උදා.,: "mypage.html""> +<!ENTITY setDefaultButton.label "පෙරනිමි සේ සකසන්න"> +<!ENTITY setDefaultButton.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY removeButton.label "අඩවිය ඉවත්කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY removeButton.accesskey "R"> + +<!-- Settings Tab Panel --> +<!ENTITY publishSites.label "අඩවි ප්‍රකාශනය කිරීම"> +<!ENTITY serverInfo.label "සේවාදායක තොරතුරු"> +<!ENTITY loginInfo.label "ප්‍රවේශ තොරතුරු"> +<!ENTITY siteName.label "අඩවි නාමය:"> +<!ENTITY siteName.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY siteName.tooltip "්‍රකිශණය කරන අඩවිය හඳුනාගැනෘමට යොදන විකල්ප නම (nickname) (උදා.: 'MySite')"> +<!ENTITY siteUrl.label "ප්‍රකිශණය කරන ලිපිනය (උදා.: 'ftp://ftp.myisp.com/myusername'):"> +<!ENTITY siteUrl.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY siteUrl.tooltip "ඔබගේ ISP හෝ වෙබ් සේවාදායකයා සපයන FTP:// හෝ HTTP:// ලිපිනය"> +<!ENTITY browseUrl.label "ඔබගේ මුල් පිටුවේ HTTP ලිපිනය (උදා.: 'http://www.myisp.com/myusername'):"> +<!ENTITY browseUrl.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY browseUrl.tooltip "ඔබගේ මුල් ඩාරෙක්ටරියේ HTTP:// ලිපිනය (ගොනු නම ඇතුලත් නොකරන්න)"> +<!ENTITY username.label "පරිශීලක නම:"> +<!ENTITY username.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY username.tooltip "ඔබගේ ISP හෝ වෙබ් සේවාදායකයා වෙත ප්‍රවේශ වීමට ඔබ භාවිතා කරන පරිශීලක නම"> +<!ENTITY password.label "රහස්පදය:"> +<!ENTITY password.accesskey "w"> +<!ENTITY password.tooltip "ඔබගේ පරිශීලක නමට අදාල රහස්පසය"> +<!ENTITY savePassword.label "රහස්පදය සුරකින්න"> +<!ENTITY savePassword.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY savePassword.tooltip "රහස්පද කළමණාකරු භාවාතයෙන් ආරක්ෂිතව ඔබගේ රහස්පදය සුරැකීමට මෙය තෝරන්න"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPublishProgress.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPublishProgress.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..365c11f3b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPublishProgress.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Window title --> +<!ENTITY siteUrl.label "අඩවියේ URL:"> +<!ENTITY docSubdir.label "පිටු උප-ඩිරෙක්ටරිය:"> +<!ENTITY otherSubdir.label "රූප උප-ඩිරෙක්ටරිය:"> + +<!ENTITY status.label "ප්‍රකාශනය…"> +<!ENTITY fileList.label "ප්‍රකාශන තත්ත්වය"> +<!ENTITY succeeded.label "සාර්ථකයි"> +<!ENTITY failed.label "අසාර්ථකයි"> + +<!ENTITY keepOpen "ප්‍රකාශනය සම්පූර්ණ වූ පසුත් මෙම කවුළුව විවෘතව තබාගන්න."> +<!ENTITY closeButton.label "වහන්න"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorReplace.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorReplace.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..14b771981c --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorReplace.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from EdReplace.xul --> + +<!-- extracted from EdReplace.xhtml --> + +<!ENTITY replaceDialog.title "සොයා යළි පිහිටුවන්න"> +<!ENTITY findField.label "පෙළ සොයන්න :"> +<!ENTITY findField.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY replaceField.label "යළි පිහිටුවන්නේ:"> +<!ENTITY replaceField.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY caseSensitiveCheckbox.label "කුඩා/ලොකු අකුරු ගළපන්න"> +<!ENTITY caseSensitiveCheckbox.accesskey "c"> +<!ENTITY wrapCheckbox.label "පේළි කඩන්න"> +<!ENTITY wrapCheckbox.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY backwardsCheckbox.label "පසුපසට සොයන්න"> +<!ENTITY backwardsCheckbox.accesskey "b"> +<!ENTITY findNextButton.label "ඊළඟ ගැලපුම සොයන්න"> +<!ENTITY findNextButton.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY replaceButton.label "යළි පිහිටුවන්න"> +<!ENTITY replaceButton.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY replaceAndFindButton.label "සොයා යළි පිහිටුවන්න"> +<!ENTITY replaceAndFindButton.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY replaceAllButton.label "සියළ්ල යළි පිහිටුවන්න"> +<!ENTITY replaceAllButton.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY closeButton.label "වහන්න"> +<!ENTITY closeButton.accesskey "C"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSaveAsCharset.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSaveAsCharset.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5a9721fd9f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSaveAsCharset.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- These strings are generic to all or most of the editor's dialogs. --> + +<!-- This button is for the progressive disclosure of additional editing functionality --> + +<!-- These strings are for use specifically in the editor's link dialog. --> +<!ENTITY windowTitle2.label "පෙළ සංකේතනය සුරැකීම හා වෙනස් කිරීම"> +<!ENTITY documentTitleTitle.label "පිටු සිරස්තලය"> +<!ENTITY documentCharsetTitle2.label "පෙළ සංකේතනය"> +<!ENTITY documentCharsetDesc2.label "ඔබට ලේඛනය සුරැකීමට අවශ්‍ය පෙළ සංකේතනය තෝරන්න:"> +<!ENTITY documentExportToText.label "පාඨ ලෙසට නිර්යාත කරන්න"> + + + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSelectProperties.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSelectProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f0f99b9b99 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSelectProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "තේරීම් ලැයිස්තු ලක්ෂණ"> + +<!ENTITY Select.label "තේරීම් ලැයිස්තුව"> +<!ENTITY SelectName.label "ලැයිස්තු නම:"> +<!ENTITY SelectName.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY SelectSize.label "උස:"> +<!ENTITY SelectSize.accesskey "H"> +<!ENTITY SelectMultiple.label "බහුවිධ තේරීම්"> +<!ENTITY SelectMultiple.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY SelectDisabled.label "අබලැති"> +<!ENTITY SelectDisabled.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY SelectTabIndex.label "ටැබ් දර්ශකය:"> +<!ENTITY SelectTabIndex.accesskey "I"> + +<!ENTITY OptGroup.label "වරණ සමූහ"> +<!ENTITY OptGroupLabel.label "ලේබලය:"> +<!ENTITY OptGroupLabel.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY OptGroupDisabled.label "අබලැති"> +<!ENTITY OptGroupDisabled.accesskey "D"> + +<!ENTITY Option.label "වරණ"> +<!ENTITY OptionText.label "පාඨ:"> +<!ENTITY OptionText.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY OptionValue.label "අගය:"> +<!ENTITY OptionValue.accesskey "V"> +<!ENTITY OptionSelected.label "ආරම්භයේදී තෝරාගත්"> +<!ENTITY OptionSelected.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY OptionDisabled.label "අබලැති"> +<!ENTITY OptionDisabled.accesskey "D"> + +<!ENTITY TextHeader.label "පාඨ"> +<!ENTITY ValueHeader.label "අගය"> +<!ENTITY SelectedHeader.label "තෝරාගත්"> + +<!ENTITY AddOption.label "වරණ එක් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY AddOption.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY AddOptGroup.label "සමූහය එක් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY AddOptGroup.accesskey "G"> +<!ENTITY RemoveElement.label "ඉවත් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY RemoveElement.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY MoveElementUp.label "ඉහළට ගෙනයන්න"> +<!ENTITY MoveElementUp.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY MoveElementDown.label "පහළට ගෙනයන්න"> +<!ENTITY MoveElementDown.accesskey "D"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSnapToGrid.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSnapToGrid.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..77ac80a77b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSnapToGrid.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!-- Window title --> +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Snap to Grid"> + +<!ENTITY enableSnapToGrid.label "enable Snap to Grid"> +<!ENTITY enableSnapToGrid.accessKey "e"> + +<!ENTITY sizeEditField.label "විශාලත්වය:"> +<!ENTITY sizeEditField.accessKey "S"> + +<!ENTITY pixelsLabel.value "පික්සෙල්"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSpellCheck.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSpellCheck.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..08f5538f0f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSpellCheck.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Window title --> +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "අක්ෂර වින්‍යාස පරීක්ෂාව"> + +<!ENTITY misspelledWord.label "අක්ෂර වැරදි වචනය:"> +<!ENTITY wordEditField.label "Replace with:"> +<!ENTITY wordEditField.accessKey "w"> +<!ENTITY checkwordButton.label "වචන පරීක්ෂාව"> +<!ENTITY checkwordButton.accessKey "k"> +<!ENTITY suggestions.label "යෝජනා:"> +<!ENTITY suggestions.accessKey "u"> +<!ENTITY ignoreButton.label "නොසලකා හරින්න"> +<!ENTITY ignoreButton.accessKey "I"> +<!ENTITY ignoreAllButton.label "සියල්ල නොසලකා හරින්න"> +<!ENTITY ignoreAllButton.accessKey "n"> +<!ENTITY replaceButton.label "Replace"> +<!ENTITY replaceButton.accessKey "R"> +<!ENTITY replaceAllButton.label "Replace All"> +<!ENTITY replaceAllButton.accessKey "A"> +<!ENTITY stopButton.label "නවතන්න"> +<!ENTITY stopButton.accessKey "t"> +<!ENTITY userDictionary.label "පෞද්ගලික ශබ්දකෝෂය:"> +<!ENTITY moreDictionaries.label "තවත් ශබ්දකෝෂ බාගත කරන්න..."> +<!ENTITY addToUserDictionaryButton.label "වචනය එක් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY addToUserDictionaryButton.accessKey "d"> +<!ENTITY editUserDictionaryButton.label "සැකසුම්..."> +<!ENTITY editUserDictionaryButton.accessKey "E"> +<!ENTITY closeButton.label "වහන්න"> +<!ENTITY closeButton.accessKey "C"> +<!ENTITY sendButton.label "යවන්න"> +<!ENTITY sendButton.accessKey "S"> +<!ENTITY languagePopup.label "භාෂාව:"> +<!ENTITY languagePopup.accessKey "L"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorTableProperties.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorTableProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..30631878e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorTableProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY tableWindow.title "වගු ලක්ෂණ"> +<!ENTITY applyButton.label "යොදන්න"> +<!ENTITY applyButton.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY closeButton.label "වහන්න"> +<!ENTITY tableTab.label "වගුව"> +<!ENTITY cellTab.label "කොටු"> +<!ENTITY tableRows.label "පේළි:"> +<!ENTITY tableRows.accessKey "R"> +<!ENTITY tableColumns.label "තීරු:"> +<!ENTITY tableColumns.accessKey "C"> +<!ENTITY tableHeight.label "උස:"> +<!ENTITY tableHeight.accessKey "G"> +<!ENTITY tableWidth.label "පළල:"> +<!ENTITY tableWidth.accessKey "W"> +<!ENTITY tableBorderSpacing.label "දාරයන් සහ හිඩැස්"> +<!ENTITY tableBorderWidth.label "දාරය:"> +<!ENTITY tableBorderWidth.accessKey "B"> +<!ENTITY tableSpacing.label "හිඩැස:"> +<!ENTITY tableSpacing.accessKey "S"> +<!ENTITY tablePadding.label "පිරවුම (Padding):"> +<!ENTITY tablePadding.accessKey "P"> +<!ENTITY tablePxBetwCells.label "කොටු අතර පික්සෙල් ගණන"> +<!ENTITY tablePxBetwBrdrCellContent.label "කොටු දාරය හා අන්තර්ගතය අතර පික්සෙල් ගණනp"> +<!ENTITY tableAlignment.label "වගු පෙළගැසුම:"> +<!ENTITY tableAlignment.accessKey "T"> +<!ENTITY tableCaption.label "Caption:"> +<!ENTITY tableCaption.accessKey "n"> +<!ENTITY tableCaptionAbove.label "වගුවට ඉහළින්"> +<!ENTITY tableCaptionBelow.label "වගුවට පහළින්"> +<!ENTITY tableCaptionLeft.label "වගුවට වම් පසින්"> +<!ENTITY tableCaptionRight.label "වගුවට දකුණු පසින්"> +<!ENTITY tableCaptionNone.label "කිසිවක් නැත"> +<!ENTITY tableInheritColor.label "(Let page colour show through)"> + +<!ENTITY cellSelection.label "තේරීම"> +<!ENTITY cellSelectCell.label "නොටුව"> +<!ENTITY cellSelectRow.label "පේළිය"> +<!ENTITY cellSelectColumn.label "තීරුව"> +<!ENTITY cellSelectNext.label "ඊළඟ"> +<!ENTITY cellSelectNext.accessKey "N"> +<!ENTITY cellSelectPrevious.label "පෙර"> +<!ENTITY cellSelectPrevious.accessKey "P"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE Next 2 form 1 sentence (we don't want to use HTML tag to wrap) --> +<!ENTITY applyBeforeChange.label "දැන් සිදුකළ වෙනස්කමි යොදනු ඇත්තේ තේරීම වෙනස් කිරීමට පෙරයි.."> +<!ENTITY cellContentAlignment.label "අන්තර්ගතය පෙළගැසුම"> +<!ENTITY cellHorizontal.label "තිරස්:"> +<!ENTITY cellHorizontal.accessKey "z"> +<!ENTITY cellVertical.label "සිරස්:"> +<!ENTITY cellVertical.accessKey "V"> +<!ENTITY cellStyle.label "කොටු මෝස්තරය:"> +<!ENTITY cellStyle.accessKey "C"> +<!ENTITY cellNormal.label "සාමාන්‍ය"> +<!ENTITY cellHeader.label "ශීර්ෂය"> +<!ENTITY cellTextWrap.label "පාඨ පේළි කඩනය:"> +<!ENTITY cellTextWrap.accessKey "T"> +<!ENTITY cellWrap.label "පේළි කඩන්න"> +<!ENTITY cellNoWrap.label "පේළි කඩන්න එපා"> +<!ENTITY cellAlignTop.label "ඉහළ"> +<!ENTITY cellAlignMiddle.label "මැද"> +<!ENTITY cellAlignBottom.label "පහළ"> +<!ENTITY cellAlignJustify.label "සමව"> +<!ENTITY cellInheritColor.label "(Let table colour show through)"> +<!ENTITY cellUseCheckboxHelp.label "Use tickboxes to determine which properties are applied to all selected cells"> + +<!-- Used in both Table and Cell panels --> +<!ENTITY size.label "විශාලත්වය"> +<!ENTITY pixels.label "පික්සෙල්"> +<!ENTITY backgroundColor.label "පසුතල රූපය:"> +<!ENTITY backgroundColor.accessKey "B"> +<!ENTITY AlignLeft.label "වය"> +<!ENTITY AlignCenter.label "මැද"> +<!ENTITY AlignRight.label "දකුණ"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorTextAreaProperties.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorTextAreaProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4c692cc464 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorTextAreaProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "පාඨ පෙදෙසි ලක්ෂණ"> + +<!ENTITY Settings.label "සැකසුම්"> + +<!ENTITY TextAreaName.label "ක්ෂේත්‍ර නම:"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaName.accessKey "N"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaRows.label "පේළි:"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaRows.accessKey "R"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaCols.label "තීරු:"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaCols.accessKey "C"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaReadOnly.label "Read Only"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaReadOnly.accessKey "O"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaDisabled.label "අබලැති"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaDisabled.accessKey "D"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaTabIndex.label "ටැබ් දර්ශකය:"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaTabIndex.accessKey "I"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaAccessKey.label "ප්‍රවේශ යතුර (Access Key):"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaAccessKey.accessKey "K"> +<!ENTITY InitialText.label "ආරම්භක පාඨ:"> +<!ENTITY InitialText.accessKey "T"> + +<!ENTITY TextAreaWrap.label "පේළි කැඩීම:"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaWrap.accessKey "W"> +<!ENTITY WrapDefault.value "පෙරනිමි"> +<!ENTITY WrapOff.value "එපා"> +<!ENTITY WrapHard.value "තද"> +<!ENTITY WrapSoft.value "මෘදු"> +<!ENTITY WrapPhysical.value "භෞතික"> +<!ENTITY WrapVirtual.value "අතාත්වික (Virtual)"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/editingOverlay.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/editingOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..36b47ce1a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/editingOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- File menu items --> +<!ENTITY openFileCmd.label "ගොනුවක් විවෘත කරන්න..."> +<!ENTITY openFileCmd.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY openFileCmd.key "O"> +<!ENTITY openRemoteCmd.label "වෙබ් පිටුවක් විවෘත කරන්න..."> +<!ENTITY openRemoteCmd.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY openRemoteCmd.key "L"> +<!ENTITY fileRecentMenu.label "මෑතකාලීන පිටු"> +<!ENTITY fileRecentMenu.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY saveCmd.label "සුරකින්න"> +<!ENTITY saveCmd.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY saveAsCmd.label "සුරකින අයුර…"> +<!ENTITY saveAsCmd.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY publishCmd.label "ප්‍රකාශනය කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY publishCmd.accesskey "b"> +<!ENTITY publishCmd.key "S"> +<!ENTITY publishAsCmd.label "මෙලෙස ප්‍රකාශනය කරන්න…"> +<!ENTITY publishAsCmd.accesskey "h"> +<!ENTITY fileRevert.label "ප්‍රතිවර්තනය කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY fileRevert.accesskey "t"> + +<!-- Edit menu items --> +<!ENTITY publishSettings.label "අඩවි සැකසුම් ප්‍රකාශනය…"> +<!ENTITY publishSettings.accesskey "b"> + +<!-- Toolbar buttons/items --> +<!ENTITY newToolbarCmd.label "නව"> +<!ENTITY newToolbarCmd.tooltip "Create a new Composer page"> +<!ENTITY openToolbarCmd.label "විවෘත කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY openToolbarCmd.tooltip "පෙදෙසි (local) ගොනුවක් විවෘත කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY saveToolbarCmd.tooltip "පෙදෙසි (local) ස්ථානයකට ගොනුව සුරකින්න"> +<!ENTITY publishToolbarCmd.tooltip "දුරස්ථ ස්ථානයකට අප්ලෝඩ් කරන්න"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/editor.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/editor.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ba14aa0b28 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/editor.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Window title --> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (editorWindow.titlemodifier): DONT_TRANSLATE --> +<!ENTITY editorWindow.titlemodifier "සකසනය"> +<!ENTITY editorWindow.titlemodifiermenuseparator " - "> + +<!-- Menu items: the . means that the menu item isn't implemented yet --> + +<!ENTITY compositionToolbar.tooltip "Composition මෙවලම්තීරුව"> +<!ENTITY previewToolbarCmd.label "ගවේෂණය"> +<!ENTITY previewToolbarCmd.tooltip "මෙම පිටුව බ්‍රව්සරය තුළ විවෘත කරන්න"> + +<!ENTITY exportToTextCmd.label "පාඨ බවට පෙරලන්න…"> +<!ENTITY exportToTextCmd.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY previewCmd.label "පිටුව ගවේෂණය "> +<!ENTITY previewCmd.accesskey "w"> +<!ENTITY sendPageCmd.label "පිටුව යවන්න…"> +<!ENTITY sendPageCmd.accesskey "d"> + +<!-- View menu items --> +<!ENTITY compositionToolbarCmd.label "සංයුති මෙවලම් තීරුව"> +<!ENTITY compositionToolbarCmd.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY formattingToolbarCmd.label "හැඩතල මෙවලම් තීරුව"> +<!ENTITY formattingToolbarCmd.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY editmodeToolbarCmd.label "ප්‍රකාර මෙවලම් තීරුව සැකසීම"> +<!ENTITY editmodeToolbarCmd.accesskey "E"> + +<!-- Format menu items --> +<!ENTITY formatMenu.label "හැඩතල"> +<!ENTITY formatMenu.accesskey "o"> + + +<!ENTITY grid.label "Positioning grid"> +<!ENTITY grid.accesskey "t"> +<!ENTITY pageProperties.label "පිටුවේ නම සහ ලක්ෂණ…"> +<!ENTITY pageProperties.accesskey "g"> + +<!ENTITY validateCmd.label "HTML වලංගුකරණය"> +<!ENTITY validateCmd.accesskey "V"> + +<!ENTITY NormalModeTab.label "සාමාන්‍ය"> +<!ENTITY NormalMode.label "සාමාන්‍ය සැකසුම් ආකාරය"> +<!ENTITY NormalMode.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY NormalMode.tooltip "වගුවේ මායිම් සහ නම්කළ ඈඳුම් පෙන්වන්න"> +<!ENTITY AllTagsModeTab.label "HTML ටැග්"> +<!ENTITY AllTagsMode.label "HTML ටැග්"> +<!ENTITY AllTagsMode.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY AllTagsMode.tooltip "සියළු HTML ටැග් සඳහා රූප පෙන්වන්න"> +<!ENTITY HTMLSourceModeTab.dir "ltr"> +<!ENTITY HTMLSourceModeTab.label "මූලය"> +<!ENTITY HTMLSourceMode.label "HTML මූලය"> +<!ENTITY HTMLSourceMode.accesskey "H"> +<!ENTITY HTMLSourceMode.tooltip "HTML මූලයේ සැකසුම්"> +<!ENTITY PreviewModeTab.label "පෙරදැක්ම"> +<!ENTITY PreviewMode.label "පෙරදැක්ම"> +<!ENTITY PreviewMode.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY PreviewMode.tooltip "Display as WYSIWYG (as in the browser)"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/editor.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/editor.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2b153a188c --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/editor.properties @@ -0,0 +1,212 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# moved from content/ +# +# LOCALIZATION NOTE FILE: embedded "\n" represent HTML breaks (<br>) +# Don't translate embedded "\n". +# Don't translate strings like this: %variable% +# as they will be replaced using JavaScript +# +No=නැහැ +Save=සුරකින්න +More=වැඩියෙන් +Less=අඩුවෙන් +MoreProperties=ලක්ෂණ වැඩියෙන් +FewerProperties=ලක්ෂණ කිහිපයක් +PropertiesAccessKey=P +None=කිසිවක් නැත +none=කිසිවක් නැත +OpenHTMLFile=HTML ගොනුව විවෘත කරන්න +OpenTextFile = පාඨ ගොනුවක් විවෘත කරන්න +SelectImageFile=රූප ගොනුව තෝරන්න +SaveDocument=පිටුව සුරකින්න +SaveDocumentAs=පිටුව සුරකින අයුර +SaveTextAs = පාඨ සුරකින අයුර +EditMode=සැකසුම් ප්‍රකාරය +Preview=පෙරදැක්ම +Publish=ප්‍රකාශනය +PublishPage=ප්‍රකාශන පිටුව +DontPublish=ප්‍රකාශනය කරන්න එපා +SavePassword=මෙම රහස්පදය සුරැකීමට රහස්පද කළමණාකරු භාවිතා කරන්න +CorrectSpelling=(නිවැරදි අක්ෂර වින්‍යාසය) +NoSuggestedWords=(යෝජිත වචන නැත) +NoMisspelledWord=අක්ෂර වින්‍යාස වැරදි වචන නැත +CheckSpellingDone=අක්ෂර වින්‍යාස පරීක්ෂා කිරීම සම්පූර්ණ විට. +CheckSpelling=අක්ෂර වින්‍යාස පරීක්ෂා කරන්න +InputError=දෝෂයකි +Alert=අනතුරු ඇඟවීමයි +CantEditFramesetMsg=Composer cannot edit HTML framesets, or pages with inline frames. For framesets, try editing the page for each frame separately. For pages with iframes, save a copy of the page and remove the <iframe> tag. +CantEditMimeTypeMsg=මෙම වර්ගයේ පිටු සැකසිය නොහැක. +CantEditDocumentMsg=නොදන්නා හේතුවක් නිසා මෙම පිටුව සැකසිය නොහැක. +BeforeClosing=වැසීපට පෙර +BeforePreview=නෙවිගේටරය තුළ පෙන්වීමට පෙර +BeforeValidate=ලේඛය සත්‍යාපනයට පෙර +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (SaveFilePrompt, PublishPrompt): Don't translate %title% and %reason% (this is the reason for asking user to close, such as "before closing") +SaveFilePrompt="%title%" %reason% ට වෙනස්කම් සුරකින්නද? +PublishPrompt="%title%" %reason% ට වෙනස්කම් සුරකින්නද? +SaveFileFailed=ගොනුව සුරැකීමට අසමත් විය! + +# Publishing error strings: +# LOCALIZATION NOTE Don't translate %dir% or %file% in the Publishing error strings: +FileNotFound=%file% සොයා ගත නොහැකිය. +SubdirDoesNotExist="%dir%" උප-ඩිරෙක්ටරිය මෙම අඩවියේ නොපවතීහෝ "%file%" ගොනු නම දැනටම වෙනත් උප-ඩිරෙක්ටරියක භාවිතයේ පවතී. +FilenameIsSubdir="%file%" ගොනු නම දැනටම වෙනත් උප-ඩිරෙක්ටරියක භාවිතයේ පවතී. +ServerNotAvailable=සේවාදායකය නොමැත. ඔබගේ සම්බන්ධතාවය පරීක්ෂාකර පසුව නැවත උක්සාහ කරන්න. +Offline=ඔබ දැනට අසම්බන්ධිතව සිටියිe. සම්බන්ධිත වීමට ඕනෑම කවුළුවක දකුණු පස පහළ ඇති අයිකනය ක්ලික් කරන්න. +DiskFull="%file%." ගොනුව සුරැකීමට ඩිස්කයේ ප්‍රමාණවත් ඉඩක් නොමැත +NameTooLong=ගොනු නම හෝ උප ඩිරෙක්ට්‍රි නම දීර්ඝය. +AccessDenied=මෙම නිශ්චයනයට ප්‍රකාශන කිරීමට ඔබට අවසර නැත. +UnknownPublishError=නොදන්නා ප්‍රකාශන දෝෂයක් දක්නට ලැබුණි. +PublishFailed=ප්‍රකාශනය කිරීමට අසමත් විය. +PublishCompleted=ප්‍රකාශනය කිරීම සම්පූර්ණ විය. +AllFilesPublished=සියලු ගොනු ප්‍රකාශනය කරන ලදි +# LOCALIZATION NOTE Don't translate %x% or %total% +FailedFileMsg=%total% ගෙන් ගොනු %x% ක් ප්‍රකාශනය කිරීමට අසමත් විය. +# End-Publishing error strings +Prompt=ප්‍රේරකය +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (PromptFTPUsernamePassword): Don't translate %host% +PromptFTPUsernamePassword=%host% FTP සේවාදායකය සඳහා පරිශීලක නම සහ මුර පදය ඇතුළු කරන්න +RevertCaption=අවසාන සුරැකුමට ප්‍රතිවර්තනය කරන්න +Revert=ප්‍රතිවර්තනය කරන්න +SendPageReason=මෙම පිටුව යැවීමට පෙර +Send=යවන්න +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (PublishProgressCaption, PublishToSite, AbandonChanges): Don't translate %title% +PublishProgressCaption=ප්‍රකාශනය: %title% +PublishToSite=අඩවියට ප්‍රකාශනය: %title% +AbandonChanges="%title%" ට සුරැකී නැති වෙනස්කම් ප්‍රතික්ෂේප කිරීම සහ පිටුව ලබාගැනීම සිදු කරන්නද? +DocumentTitle=පිටු නාමය +NeedDocTitle=කරුණාකර දැනට පවතින පිටුව සඳහා නාමයක් ඇතුළ් කරන්න. +DocTitleHelp=මෙමඟින් කවුළු සිරසිතලහිදී සහ පිටුලකුණුහිදී පිටුව අඳුන්වා දේ. +CancelPublishTitle=ප්‍රකාෂණය එපාද? +## LOCALIZATION NOTE: "Continue" in this sentence must match the text for +## the CancelPublishContinue key below +CancelPublishMessage=ප්‍රකාශනය සිදුවන අතරතුර අවලංගු කිරීමෙන් ඔබාග් ගොනු අසම්පූර්ණව හුවමාරු වීමට ඉඩ ඇත.ඔබ කැමතති අවලංගු කිරීමටද කරගෙන යාමටද? +CancelPublishContinue=කරගෙන යන්න +MissingImageError=gif, jpg, හෝ png වර්ගයේ අනුරුවක් තේරීම හෝ ඇතුළ් කිරීම සිදු කරන්න. +EmptyHREFError=කරුණාකර නව සබැඳියක් සෑදීම සඳහා නිශ්චයනයක් තෝරන්න. +LinkText=සබැඳි පෙළ +LinkImage=සබැඳි අනුරුව +MixedSelection=[මිශ්‍ර තේරීම] +Mixed=(මිශ්‍ර වී ඇත) +EnterLinkText=සබැඳිය පෙන්වීම සඳහා පෙළ ඇතුළු කරන්න: +EnterLinkTextAccessKey=T +EmptyLinkTextError=කරුණාකර මෙම සබැඳිය සඳහා පෙළක් ඇතුළු කරන්න. +EditTextWarning=මෙමගින් පවතින අන්තර්ගතය ප්‍රතිස්ථාපනය (replace) වනු ඇත. +#LOCALIZATION NOTE (ValidateNumber):Don't translate: %n% %min% %max% +ValidateRangeMsg=ඔබ ඇතුළු කළ අංකය (%n%) අනුමත සීමාවෙන් පිටත අගයකි. +ValidateNumberMsg=කරුණාකර %min% සහ %max% අතර අගයක් ඇතුළු කරන්න. +MissingAnchorNameError=කරුණාකර මෙම නැංගූරම (anchor) සඳහා නමක් ඇතුළු කරන්න. +#LOCALIZATION NOTE (DuplicateAnchorNameError): Don't translate %name% +DuplicateAnchorNameError="%name%" මෙම පිටුවේ දැනටම ඇත. කරුණාකර වෙනස් නමක් ඇතුළ් කරන්න. +BulletStyle=බුලට් මෝස්තරය +SolidCircle=ඝන රවුම +OpenCircle=විවෘත රවුම +SolidSquare=ඝන කොටුව +NumberStyle=අංක මෝස්තරය +Automatic=ස්වයංක්‍රීය +Style_1=1, 2, 3...ආකාරයෙන් +Style_I=I, II, III...ආකාරයෙන් +Style_i=i, ii, iii...ආකාරයෙන් +Style_A=A, B, C...ආකාරයෙන් +Style_a=a, b, c...ආකාරයෙන් +Pixels=පික්සල +Percent=ප්‍රතිශතය +PercentOfCell=% (කොටුවෙන්) +PercentOfWindow=% (කවුළුවෙන්) +PercentOfTable=% (වගුවෙන්) +untitledTitle=සිරස්තල රහිත-%S +untitledDefaultFilename=සිරස්තල රහිත +ShowToolbar=මෙවලම්තීරුව පෙන්වන්න +HideToolbar=මෙවලම්තීරුව සඟවන්න +ImapError=රූපය පූරණය කළ නොහැකිය +ImapCheck=\nකරුණාකර නව ස්ථානයක් (URL) තෝරා නැවත උත්සාහ කරන්න. +SaveToUseRelativeUrl=සාපේක්ෂ (Relative) URLs භාවිතා කළ හැක්කේ සුරැකූ පිටුවලදී පමණි +NoNamedAnchorsOrHeadings=(මෙම පිටුව තුළ නම්කළ නැංගූරම් (named anchors) හෝ ශීර්ෂ නැත) +TextColor=පාඨ වර්ණය +HighlightColor=ඉස්මතුතිරීමේ වර්ණය +PageColor=පිටු පසුබිම් වර්ණය +BlockColor=පසුබිම් වර්ණය අවහිර කරන්න +TableColor=වගු පසුබිම් වර්ණය +CellColor=කොටු පසුබිම් වර්ණය +TableOrCellColor=වගු හෝ කොටු වර්ණය +LinkColor=සබැඳි පාඨ වර්ණය +ActiveLinkColor=සක්‍රීය සබැඳි වර්ණය +VisitedLinkColor=ප්‍රවේශ වූ සබැඳි වර්ණය +NoColorError=වර්ණයක් මත ක්ලික් කිරීම හෝ වලංගු HTML වර්ණය අනුලකුණු ඇතුළු කරන්න +Table=වගුව +TableCell=වගුවේ කොටුව +NestedTable=Nested Table +HLine=තිරස් ාර්ඛාව +Link=සබැඳිය +Image=රූපය +ImageAndLink=රූපය සහ සබැඳිය +NamedAnchor=නම්කළ නැංගූරම් (Named Anchor) +List=ලැයිස්තුව +ListItem=ලැයිස්තු අයිතම +Form=පෝරමය +InputTag=පෝරම ක්ෂේත්‍රය +InputImage=පෝරම රූපය +TextArea=පාඨ පොදස +Select=තෝරන ලැයිස්තුව +Button=බොත්තම +Label=ලේබලය +FieldSet=Field Set +Tag=ටැග් +MissingSiteNameError=මෙම ප්‍රකාශිත අඩවිය සඳහා නමක් ඇතුළු කරන්න. +MissingPublishUrlError=මෙම ප්‍රකාශිත අඩවිය සඳහා ස්ථානයක් ඇතුළු කරන්න. +MissingPublishFilename=පවතින පිටුව සඳහා ගොනු නමක් ඇතුළු කරන්න. +#LOCALIZATION NOTE (DuplicateSiteNameError): Don't translate %name% +DuplicateSiteNameError="%name%" නම දැනටම පවතී. කරුණාකර වෙනස් අඩවි නමක් ඇතුළු කරන්න. +AdvancedProperties=වැඩිමනත් ලක්ෂණ... +AdvancedEditForCellMsg=බහුවිධ කොටු තෝරා ඇති විට වැඩිමනත් සැකසුම් කොපවතී. +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (ObjectProperties):Don't translate "%obj%" it will be replaced with one of above object nouns +ObjectProperties=%obj% ලක්ෂණ... +# LOCALIZATION NOTE This character must be in the above string and not confict with other accesskeys in Format menu +ObjectPropertiesAccessKey=o +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (JoinSelectedCells): This variable should contain the "tablejoincells.accesskey" +# letter as defined in editorOverlay.dtd +JoinSelectedCells=තේරූ කොටු එකතු කරන්න +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (JoinCellToRight): This variable should contain the "tablejoincells.accesskey" +# letter as defined in editorOverlay.dtd +JoinCellToRight=දකුණට ඇති කොටුව සමඟ එකතු කරන්න +JoinCellAccesskey=j +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (TableSelectKey): DONT_TRANSLATE +TableSelectKey=Ctrl+ +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (XulKeyMac): DONT_TRANSLATE +XulKeyMac=Cmd+ +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (Del): DONT_TRANSLATE +Del=Del +Delete=මකන්න +DeleteCells=කොටු මකන්න +DeleteTableTitle=පේලි හෝ තීරු මකන්න +DeleteTableMsg=පේලි හෝ තීරු ගණන අඩුකිරීම වගුවේ කොටු හා ඒවායේ අක්තර්ගතය මකාදැමීමට හේතු වේ. ඔබට මෙය කිරීමට අවශ්‍යමද? +Clear=හිස් කරන්න +#Mouse actions +Click=ක්ලික් කරන්න +Drag=ඇදගෙන යන්න +Unknown=ොදන්නා +# +# LOCALIZATION NOTE "RemoveTextStylesAccesskey" is used for both +# menu items: "RemoveTextStyles" and "StopTextStyles" +RemoveTextStylesAccesskey=x +RemoveTextStyles=සියළු පාඨ මෝස්තර ඉවත් කරන්න +StopTextStyles=පාඨ මෝස්තර නතර කරන්න +# +# LOCALIZATION NOTE "RemoveLinksAccesskey" is used for both +# menu items: "RemoveLinks" and "StopLinks" +RemoveLinksAccesskey=n +RemoveLinks=සබැඳි ඉවත් කරන්න +StopLinks=සබැඳි නතර කරන්න +# +NoFormAction=It is recommended that you enter an action for this form. Self-posting forms are an advanced technique that may not work consistently in all browsers. +NoAltText=If the image is relevant to the content of the document, you must supply alternate text that will appear in text-only browsers, and that will appear in other browsers when an image is loading or when image loading is disabled. +# +#NoHeadTag=අවශ්‍ය <head> ටැගය නොමැති නිසා HTML මූලය ආපසු ලේඛණය බවට හැරවිය නොහැකිය. කරුණාකර එය එක් කරන්න. +#NoBodyTag=අවශ්‍ය <body> ටැගය නොමැති නිසා HTML මූලය ආපසු ලේඛණය බවට හැරවිය නොහැකිය. කරුණාකර එය එක් කරන්න. +Malformed=The source could not be converted back into the document because it is not valid XHTML. +NoLinksToCheck=පරීක්ෂා කිරීමට ඈඳුම සමඟ අංග කිසිවක් නොමැත + + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/editorOverlay.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/editorOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d0022e0962 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/editorOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,337 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Attn: Localization - some of the menus in this dialog directly affect mail also. --> + +<!-- File menu items --> + +<!ENTITY saveCmd.key "S"> + +<!-- Edit menu items --> +<!ENTITY pasteNoFormatting.label "හැඩගැසුම් නොමැතිව අලවන්න"> +<!ENTITY pasteNoFormatting.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY pasteNoFormatting.key "V"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: Text for menu item is in editor.properties + Set to: "Table" or "Nested Table" depending on context + This accesskey must be in both strings --> +<!ENTITY pasteAsQuotationCmd.label "උපුටා ගැනීමක් සේ අලවන්න"> +<!ENTITY pasteAsQuotationCmd.accesskey "Q"> +<!ENTITY pasteAsQuotationCmd.key "o"> +<!ENTITY enableInlineSpellChecker.label "ලියන විටදීම අක්ෂර වින්‍යාස පරීක්ෂා කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY enableInlineSpellChecker.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY checkSpellingCmd2.label "අක්ෂර වින්‍යාස පරීක්ෂා කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY checkSpellingCmd2.accesskey "h"> +<!ENTITY checkSpellingCmd2.key "K"> + +<!-- Insert menu items --> +<!ENTITY insertMenu.label "ඇතුලත් කිරීම්"> +<!ENTITY insertMenu.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY insertAnchorCmd.label "නම්කළ නැංගූරම (Named Anchor)..."> +<!ENTITY insertAnchorCmd.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY insertImageCmd.label "රූප..."> +<!ENTITY insertImageCmd.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY insertHLineCmd.label "තිරස් ඉරි"> +<!ENTITY insertHLineCmd.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY insertTableCmd.label "වගු..."> +<!ENTITY insertTableCmd.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY insertHTMLCmd.label "HTML..."> +<!ENTITY insertHTMLCmd.accesskey "H"> +<!ENTITY insertCharsCmd.label "අකුරු සහ සළකුණු..."> +<!ENTITY insertCharsCmd.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY insertBreakAllCmd.label "අනුරුවට පහළින් කඩන්න"> +<!ENTITY insertBreakAllCmd.accesskey "k"> + +<!-- Used just in context popup. --> +<!ENTITY createLinkCmd.label "සබැඳි නිර්මාණය කරන්න..."> +<!ENTITY createLinkCmd.accesskey "k"> +<!ENTITY editLinkCmd.label "නව සකසනය තුළ සබැඳිය සකසන්න"> +<!ENTITY editLinkCmd.accesskey "i"> + +<!-- Font Face SubMenu --> +<!ENTITY FontFaceSelect.tooltip "අකුරු හැඩයක් තෝරන්න"> +<!ENTITY fontfaceMenu.label "අකුරු හැඩ"> +<!ENTITY fontfaceMenu.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY fontVarWidth.label "වෙනස් වන පළල"> +<!ENTITY fontVarWidth.accesskey "V"> +<!ENTITY fontFixedWidth.label "නිශ්චිත පළල"> +<!ENTITY fontFixedWidth.accesskey "x"> +<!ENTITY fontFixedWidth.key "T"> +<!ENTITY fontHelvetica.label "Helvetica, Arial"> +<!ENTITY fontHelvetica.accesskey "l"> +<!ENTITY fontTimes.label "Times"> +<!ENTITY fontTimes.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY fontCourier.label "Courier"> +<!ENTITY fontCourier.accesskey "C"> + +<!-- Font Size SubMenu --> +<!ENTITY FontSizeSelect.tooltip "අකුරු ප්‍රමාණය තෝරන්න"> +<!ENTITY decreaseFontSize.label "කුඩා"> +<!ENTITY decreaseFontSize.accesskey "r"> +<!ENTITY decrementFontSize.key "<"> +<!ENTITY decrementFontSize.key2 ","> <!-- < is above this key on many keyboards --> +<!ENTITY increaseFontSize.label "විශාල"> +<!ENTITY increaseFontSize.accesskey "g"> +<!ENTITY incrementFontSize.key ">"> +<!ENTITY incrementFontSize.key2 "."> <!-- > is above this key on many keyboards --> + +<!ENTITY fontSizeMenu.label "විශාලත්වය"> +<!ENTITY fontSizeMenu.accesskey "z"> +<!ENTITY size-smallCmd.label "කුඩා"> +<!ENTITY size-smallCmd.accesskey "s"> +<!ENTITY size-mediumCmd.label "මධ්‍යම"> +<!ENTITY size-mediumCmd.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY size-largeCmd.label "විශාල"> +<!ENTITY size-largeCmd.accesskey "l"> + +<!-- Font Style SubMenu --> +<!ENTITY fontStyleMenu.label "පාඨ විලාසය"> +<!ENTITY fontStyleMenu.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY styleBoldCmd.label "තද"> +<!ENTITY styleBoldCmd.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY styleBoldCmd.key "B"> +<!ENTITY styleItalicCmd.label "ඇල"> +<!ENTITY styleItalicCmd.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY styleItalicCmd.key "I"> +<!ENTITY styleUnderlineCmd.label "යටින් ඉරි ඇඳි"> +<!ENTITY styleUnderlineCmd.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY styleUnderlineCmd.key "U"> +<!ENTITY styleStrikeThruCmd.label "මැදින් ඉරි ඇඳි"> +<!ENTITY styleStrikeThruCmd.accesskey "k"> +<!ENTITY styleSuperscriptCmd.label "උඩුලකුණු (Superscript)"> +<!ENTITY styleSuperscriptCmd.accesskey "p"> +<!ENTITY styleSubscriptCmd.label "යටිලකුණු (Subscript)"> +<!ENTITY styleSubscriptCmd.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY styleNonbreakingCmd.label "නොකැඩුණු"> +<!ENTITY styleNonbreakingCmd.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY styleEm.label "අවධාරණය කළ"> +<!ENTITY styleEm.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY styleStrong.label "දැඩිව අවධාරණය කළ"> +<!ENTITY styleStrong.accesskey "t"> +<!ENTITY styleCite.label "Citation"> +<!ENTITY styleCite.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY styleAbbr.label "කෙටියෙදුම"> +<!ENTITY styleAbbr.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY styleAcronym.label "සංකේතනාමය"> +<!ENTITY styleAcronym.accesskey "r"> +<!ENTITY styleCode.label "කේතය"> +<!ENTITY styleCode.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY styleSamp.label "ආදර්ශ ප්‍රතිදානය (Sample Output)"> +<!ENTITY styleSamp.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY styleVar.label "විචල්‍ය"> +<!ENTITY styleVar.accesskey "V"> + +<!ENTITY formatFontColor.label "පාඨ වර්ණය..."> +<!ENTITY formatFontColor.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY tableOrCellColor.label "වගු හෝ කොටු පසුබිම් වර්ණය..."> +<!ENTITY tableOrCellColor.accesskey "B"> + +<!ENTITY formatRemoveStyles.key "Y"> +<!ENTITY formatRemoveLinks.key "K"> +<!ENTITY formatRemoveNamedAnchors.label "නම්කළ නැංගූරම් ඉවත්කිරීම"> +<!ENTITY formatRemoveNamedAnchors.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY formatRemoveNamedAnchors2.key "A"> + +<!ENTITY paragraphMenu.label "ඡේදය"> +<!ENTITY paragraphMenu.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY paragraphParagraphCmd.label "ඡේදය"> +<!ENTITY paragraphParagraphCmd.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY heading1Cmd.label "ශීර්ෂය 1"> +<!ENTITY heading1Cmd.accesskey "1"> +<!ENTITY heading2Cmd.label "ශීර්ෂය 2"> +<!ENTITY heading2Cmd.accesskey "2"> +<!ENTITY heading3Cmd.label "ශීර්ෂය 3"> +<!ENTITY heading3Cmd.accesskey "3"> +<!ENTITY heading4Cmd.label "ශීර්ෂය 4"> +<!ENTITY heading4Cmd.accesskey "4"> +<!ENTITY heading5Cmd.label "ශීර්ෂය 5"> +<!ENTITY heading5Cmd.accesskey "5"> +<!ENTITY heading6Cmd.label "ශීර්ෂය 6"> +<!ENTITY heading6Cmd.accesskey "6"> +<!ENTITY paragraphAddressCmd.label "ලිපිනය"> +<!ENTITY paragraphAddressCmd.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY paragraphPreformatCmd.label "Preformat"> +<!ENTITY paragraphPreformatCmd.accesskey "f"> + +<!-- List menu items --> +<!ENTITY formatlistMenu.label "ලැයිස්තුව"> +<!ENTITY formatlistMenu.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY noneCmd.label "කිසිවක් නැත"> +<!ENTITY noneCmd.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY listBulletCmd.label "බුලට් යෙදූ"> +<!ENTITY listBulletCmd.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY listNumberedCmd.label "අංක යෙදූ"> +<!ENTITY listNumberedCmd.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY listTermCmd.label "පදය"> +<!ENTITY listTermCmd.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY listDefinitionCmd.label "අර්ථ දැක්වීම්"> +<!ENTITY listDefinitionCmd.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY listPropsCmd.label "ලැයිස්තු ගුණාංග..."> +<!ENTITY listPropsCmd.accesskey "L"> + +<!ENTITY ParagraphSelect.tooltip "ඡේද හැඩතලයක් තෝරන්න "> +<!-- Shared in Paragraph, and Toolbar menulist --> +<!ENTITY bodyTextCmd.label "බ‍ඳේ පාඨ"> +<!ENTITY bodyTextCmd.accesskey "T"> +<!-- isn't used in menu now, but may be added in future --> +<!ENTITY advancedPropertiesCmd.label "වැඩිදුර ගුණාංග"> +<!ENTITY advancedPropertiesCmd.accesskey "v"> + +<!-- Align menu items --> +<!ENTITY alignMenu.label "පෙළගැස්ම"> +<!ENTITY alignMenu.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY alignLeft.label "වම"> +<!ENTITY alignLeft.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY alignLeft.tooltip "වමට පෙළගැස්මA"> +<!ENTITY alignCenter.label "මැද"> +<!ENTITY alignCenter.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY alignCenter.tooltip "මැදට පෙළගැස්ම"> +<!ENTITY alignRight.label "දකුණ"> +<!ENTITY alignRight.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY alignRight.tooltip "දකුණට පෙළගැස්ම"> +<!ENTITY alignJustify.label "සමව පෙළ"> +<!ENTITY alignJustify.accesskey "J"> +<!ENTITY alignJustify.tooltip "සමව පෙළගැස්ම"> + +<!-- Layer toolbar items --> +<!ENTITY layer.tooltip "ස්තරය"> +<!ENTITY layerSendToBack.tooltip "පසුපසට යවන්න"> +<!ENTITY layerBringToFront.tooltip "මතුපිටට තන්න"> + +<!ENTITY increaseIndent.label "එබුම (Indent) වැඩි කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY increaseIndent.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY increaseIndent.key "]"> +<!ENTITY decreaseIndent.label "එබුම (Indent) අඩු කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY decreaseIndent.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY decreaseIndent.key "["> + +<!ENTITY colorsAndBackground.label "පිටු වර්ණ සහ පසුබිම..."> +<!ENTITY colorsAndBackground.accesskey "u"> + +<!-- Table Menu --> +<!ENTITY tableMenu.label "වගු"> +<!ENTITY tableMenu.accesskey "b"> + +<!-- Select Submenu --> +<!ENTITY tableSelectMenu.label "තෝරන්න"> +<!ENTITY tableSelectMenu.accesskey "S"> + +<!ENTITY tableSelectMenu2.label "වගු තෝරන්න"> +<!ENTITY tableSelectMenu2.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY tableInsertMenu2.label "වගු ඇතුලත් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY tableInsertMenu2.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY tableDeleteMenu2.label "වගු මකන්න"> +<!ENTITY tableDeleteMenu2.accesskey "D"> + +<!-- Insert SubMenu --> +<!ENTITY tableInsertMenu.label "ඇතුලත් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY tableInsertMenu.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY tableTable.label "වගු"> +<!ENTITY tableTable.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY tableRow.label "පේළි"> +<!ENTITY tableRows.label "පේළි(ය)"> +<!ENTITY tableRow.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY tableRowAbove.label "පේළිය ඉහළින්"> +<!ENTITY tableRowAbove.accesskey "R"> +<!-- uses tablerow.accesskey --> +<!ENTITY tableRowBelow.label "පේළිය පහළින්"> +<!ENTITY tableRowBelow.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY tableColumn.label "තීරු"> +<!ENTITY tableColumns.label "තීරු(ව)"> +<!ENTITY tableColumn.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY tableColumnBefore.label "තීරුව පෙර"> +<!ENTITY tableColumnBefore.accesskey "o"> +<!-- uses tablecolumn.accesskey --> +<!ENTITY tableColumnAfter.label "තීරුව පසුව"> +<!ENTITY tableColumnAfter.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY tableCell.label "කොටු"> +<!ENTITY tableCells.label "කොටු(ව)"> +<!ENTITY tableCell.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY tableCellContents.label "කොටු අන්තර්ගතය"> +<!ENTITY tableCellContents.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY tableAllCells.label "සියළු කොටු"> +<!ENTITY tableAllCells.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY tableCellBefore.label "කොටුව පෙර"> +<!ENTITY tableCellBefore.accesskey "C"> +<!-- uses tablecell.accesskey --> +<!ENTITY tableCellAfter.label "කොටුව පසු"> +<!ENTITY tableCellAfter.accesskey "f"> +<!-- Delete SubMenu --> +<!ENTITY tableDeleteMenu.label "මකන්න"> +<!ENTITY tableDeleteMenu.accesskey "D"> + +<!-- text for "Join Cells" is in editor.properties + ("JoinSelectedCells" and "JoinCellToRight") + the access key must exist in both of those strings + But value must be set here for accesskey to draw properly +--> +<!ENTITY tableJoinCells.label "j"> +<!ENTITY tableJoinCells.accesskey "j"> +<!ENTITY tableSplitCell.label "කොටුව බෙදන්න"> +<!ENTITY tableSplitCell.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY convertToTable.label "තෝරාගත් කොටසින් වගුව සෑදීම"> +<!ENTITY convertToTable.accesskey "r"> +<!ENTITY tableProperties.label "වගු ලක්ෂණ..."> +<!ENTITY tableProperties.accesskey "o"> + + +<!-- Toolbar-only items --> +<!ENTITY menuBar.tooltip "මෙනු තීරුව"> +<!ENTITY formatToolbar.tooltip "හැඩතල මෙවලම්තීරුව"> +<!ENTITY cutToolbarCmd.tooltip "කපන්න"> +<!ENTITY copyToolbarCmd.tooltip "පිටපත් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY pasteToolbarCmd.tooltip "අලවන්න"> +<!ENTITY findToolbarCmd.label "සෙයෙන්න"> +<!ENTITY findToolbarCmd.tooltip "පිටුවේ පාඨ සෙවීම"> +<!ENTITY spellToolbarCmd.label "අක්ෂර වින්‍යාසය"> +<!ENTITY spellToolbarCmd.tooltip "තෝරාගත් කොටාස් හෝ පිටුවේ අක්ෂර වින්‍යාසය පරීක්ෂා කිරීම"> +<!ENTITY imageToolbarCmd.label "රූප"> +<!ENTITY imageToolbarCmd.tooltip "නව රූපයක් ඇතුළු කිරීම හෝ කෝරාගත් රූපයක ලක්ෂණ සැකසීම"> +<!ENTITY hruleToolbarCmd.label "තිරස් රේඛාව"> +<!ENTITY hruleToolbarCmd.tooltip "නව තිරසි රේඛාවක් ඇතුළු කිරීම හෝ කෝරාගත් රේඛාවක ලක්ෂණ සැකසීම"> +<!ENTITY tableToolbarCmd.label "වගු"> +<!ENTITY tableToolbarCmd.tooltip "නව වතුවක් ඇතුළු කිරීම හෝ කෝරාගත් වගුවක ලක්ෂණ සැකසීම"> +<!ENTITY linkToolbarCmd.label "සබැඳි"> +<!ENTITY linkToolbarCmd.tooltip "නව සබැඳියන් එක් කිරීම හෝ කෝරාගත් සබැඳියක ලක්ෂණ සැකසීම"> +<!ENTITY anchorToolbarCmd.label "නැංගූරම"> +<!ENTITY anchorToolbarCmd.tooltip "නව නම්කළ නැංගූරමක් (named anchor) ඇතුලත් කිරීම හෝ තෝරාගත් එකක ලක්ෂණ සැකසීම"> +<!ENTITY TextColorButton.tooltip "පාඨ සඳහා වර්ණ තේරීම"> +<!ENTITY BackgroundColorButton.tooltip "පසුබිම සඳහා වර්ණ තේරීම"> +<!ENTITY HighlightColorButton.tooltip "පාඨ ඉස්මතු කිරීම සඳහා වර්ණ තේරීම"> + +<!-- Editor toolbar --> +<!ENTITY decreaseFontSizeToolbarCmd.tooltip "කුඩා ප්‍රමාණාය් පාඨ"> +<!ENTITY increaseFontSizeToolbarCmd.tooltip "විශාල ප්‍රමාණාය් පාඨ"> +<!ENTITY boldToolbarCmd.tooltip "තද"> +<!ENTITY italicToolbarCmd.tooltip "ඇල"> +<!ENTITY underlineToolbarCmd.tooltip "යටින් ඉරි ඇඳි"> +<!ENTITY bulletListToolbarCmd.tooltip "බුලට් යෙදූ ලැයිස්තුවක් යෙදීම හෝ ඉවත්කිරීම"> +<!ENTITY numberListToolbarCmd.tooltip "අංක යෙදූ ලැයිස්තුවක් යෙදීම හෝ ඉවත්කිරීම"> +<!ENTITY outdentToolbarCmd.tooltip "Outdent text (වමට ගෙනයාමට)"> +<!ENTITY indentToolbarCmd.tooltip "Indent text (දකුණට ගෙනයාමට)"> +<!ENTITY AlignPopupButton.tooltip "පාඨ පෙළගැසුම තේරීම"> +<!ENTITY InsertPopupButton.tooltip "ඈඳුමක්, නැංගූරමක්, රූපයක් , තිරස් රේඛාවක් හෝ වගුවක් ඇතුලත් කිරීම"> +<!ENTITY alignLeftButton.tooltip "වම් මාර්ජීනය ඔස්සේ පාඨ පෙළගස්සන්න"> +<!ENTITY alignCenterButton.tooltip "පාඨ පෙළගැස්ම හරි මැදින්"> +<!ENTITY alignRightButton.tooltip "දකුණු මාර්ජීනය ඔස්සේ පාඨ පෙළගස්සන්න"> +<!ENTITY alignJustifyButton.tooltip "දකුණු සහ වම් මාර්ජීනයන් ඔස්සේ පාඨ පෙළගස්සන්න"> + + +<!-- Structure Toolbar Context Menu items --> +<!ENTITY structSelect.label "තෝරන්න"> +<!ENTITY structSelect.accesskey "s"> +<!ENTITY structRemoveTag.label "ටැග් ඉවත් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY structRemoveTag.accesskey "r"> +<!ENTITY structChangeTag.label "ටැග් වෙනස් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY structChangeTag.accesskey "c"> + +<!-- TOC manipulation --> +<!ENTITY insertTOC.label "ඇතුලත් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY insertTOC.accesskey "i"> +<!ENTITY updateTOC.label "යාවත්කාලීන කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY updateTOC.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY removeTOC.label "ඉවත් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY removeTOC.accesskey "r"> +<!ENTITY tocMenu.label "පටුන..."> +<!ENTITY tocMenu.accesskey "b"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/editorSmileyOverlay.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/editorSmileyOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8962ab6367 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/editorSmileyOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Smiley Menu items --> +<!ENTITY insertSmiley.label "Smiley"> +<!ENTITY insertSmiley.accesskey "S"> + +<!ENTITY smiley1Cmd.label "Smile"> +<!ENTITY smiley1Cmd.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY smiley1Cmd.tooltip "smiley face ඇතුළත් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY smiley2Cmd.label "Frown"> +<!ENTITY smiley2Cmd.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY smiley2Cmd.tooltip "frowning face ඇතුළත් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY smiley3Cmd.label "Wink"> +<!ENTITY smiley3Cmd.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY smiley3Cmd.tooltip "winking face ඇතුළත් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY smiley4Cmd.label "Tongue-out"> +<!ENTITY smiley4Cmd.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY smiley4Cmd.tooltip "tongue-out face ඇතුළත් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY smiley5Cmd.label "Laughing"> +<!ENTITY smiley5Cmd.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY smiley5Cmd.tooltip "laughing face ඇතුළත් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY smiley6Cmd.label "Embarrassed"> +<!ENTITY smiley6Cmd.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY smiley6Cmd.tooltip "embarrassed face ඇතුළත් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY smiley7Cmd.label "Undecided"> +<!ENTITY smiley7Cmd.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY smiley7Cmd.tooltip "undecided face ඇතුළත් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY smiley8Cmd.label "Surprise"> +<!ENTITY smiley8Cmd.accesskey "p"> +<!ENTITY smiley8Cmd.tooltip "surprised face ඇතුළත් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY smiley9Cmd.label "Kiss"> +<!ENTITY smiley9Cmd.accesskey "K"> +<!ENTITY smiley9Cmd.tooltip "kissing face ඇතුළත් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY smiley10Cmd.label "Yell"> +<!ENTITY smiley10Cmd.accesskey "Y"> +<!ENTITY smiley10Cmd.tooltip "yelling face ඇතුළත් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY smiley11Cmd.label "Cool"> +<!ENTITY smiley11Cmd.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY smiley11Cmd.tooltip "cool face ඇතුළත් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY smiley12Cmd.label "Money-Mouth"> +<!ENTITY smiley12Cmd.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY smiley12Cmd.tooltip "money-mouth face ඇතුළත් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY smiley13Cmd.label "Foot-in-Mouth"> +<!ENTITY smiley13Cmd.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY smiley13Cmd.tooltip "foot-in-mouth face ඇතුළත් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY smiley14Cmd.label "Innocent"> +<!ENTITY smiley14Cmd.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY smiley14Cmd.tooltip "innocent face ඇතුළත් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY smiley15Cmd.label "Cry"> +<!ENTITY smiley15Cmd.accesskey "r"> +<!ENTITY smiley15Cmd.tooltip "crying face ඇතුළත් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY smiley16Cmd.label "Lips-are-Sealed"> +<!ENTITY smiley16Cmd.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY smiley16Cmd.tooltip "lips-are-sealed face ඇතුළත් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY SmileButton.tooltip "smiley face ඇතුළත් කරන්න"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/prefs/editorPrefsOverlay.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/prefs/editorPrefsOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e7e1e3c5d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/prefs/editorPrefsOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (editorCheck.label): DONT_TRANSLATE --> +<!ENTITY editorCheck.label "සකසනය"> +<!ENTITY editorCheck.accesskey "c"> + +<!ENTITY compose.label "සකසනය"> +<!ENTITY editing.label "නව පිටු සැකසීම"> +<!ENTITY publish.label "ප්‍රකාශණය"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/prefs/pref-composer.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/prefs/pref-composer.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..243c1d08bd --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/prefs/pref-composer.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from content/pref-composer.xul --> + +<!-- extracted from content/pref-composer.xhtml --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE 'Composer' prefs dialog. Similar to Communcator 4.x Document Properties/Colors and Background --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (pref.composer.title): DONT_TRANSLATE --> +<!ENTITY pref.composer.title "සකසනය"> + +<!ENTITY recentFiles.title "මෑතකාලීන පිටු මෙනුව"> +<!ENTITY documentsInMenu.label "ලැයිස්තුගතකරන උපරිම පිටු ගණන:"> +<!ENTITY documentsInMenu.accesskey "n"> + +<!ENTITY savingFiles.title "පිටු සුරැකීමේදී හෝ ප්‍රකාශණයේදී "> +<!ENTITY preserveExisting.label "මූලික හැඩගැසුම් ආරක්ෂා කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY preserveExisting.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY preserveExisting.tooltip "පිටුවේ පේළි කඩනයන් හා මූලික හැඩගැසුම් ආරක්ෂා කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY saveAssociatedFiles.label "පිටු සුරැකීමේදී රූප සහ අනෙකුත් අදාල ගොනු ආරක්ෂා කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY saveAssociatedFiles.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY showPublishDialog.label "පිටු ප්‍රකාශණයේදී සෑමවිටම ප්‍රකාශණ දෙබස් කවුළුව පෙන්වන්න"> +<!ENTITY showPublishDialog.accesskey "A"> + +<!ENTITY composerEditing.label "සැකසුමි"> +<!ENTITY maintainStructure.label "කොටු (cells) ඇතුළු කිරීමේදී හා මැකීමේදී වගුවේ සැකැස්ම (layout) පවත්වා ගන්න"> +<!ENTITY maintainStructure.tooltip "Preserves table's rectangular shape by automatically adding cells after inserting or deleting cells"> +<!ENTITY maintainStructure.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY useCSS.label "Use CSS styles instead of HTML elements and attributes"> +<!ENTITY useCSS.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY crInPCreatesNewP.label "Return in a paragraph always creates a new paragraph"> +<!ENTITY crInPCreatesNewP.accesskey "R"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/prefs/pref-editing.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/prefs/pref-editing.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e18d271d1b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/editor/prefs/pref-editing.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.editing.title "නව පිටු සැකසුම්"> + +<!ENTITY authorName.label "කතුවරයා:"> +<!ENTITY authorName.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY pageColorHeader "පෙරනිමි පිටු පෙනුම"> + +<!ENTITY defaultColors.label "කියවන්නාගේ පෙරනිමි වර්ණ(පිටුවේ වර්ණ භාවිතා නොකරන්න)"> +<!ENTITY defaultColors.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY customColors.label "රිසිකරණ වර්ණ භාවිතා කරන්න:"> +<!ENTITY customColors.accesskey "c"> + +<!ENTITY normalText.label "සාමාන්‍ය පාඨ"> +<!ENTITY normalText.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY linkText.label "සබැඳියේ පාඨ"> +<!ENTITY linkText.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY activeLinkText.label "සක්‍රීය සබැඳියේ පාඨ"> +<!ENTITY activeLinkText.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY visitedLinkText.label "ප්‍රවේශ වූ සබැඳියේ පාඨ"> +<!ENTITY visitedLinkText.accesskey "V"> +<!ENTITY background.label "පසුතලය:"> +<!ENTITY background.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY colon.character ":"> + +<!ENTITY backgroundImage.label "පසුතල රූපය:"> +<!ENTITY backgroundImage.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY chooseFile.label "ගොනුව තෝරන්න…"> +<!ENTITY chooseFile.accesskey "o"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/CustomHeaders.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/CustomHeaders.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0f0858c0ae --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/CustomHeaders.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY window.title "Customize Headers"> +<!ENTITY addButton.label "Add"> +<!ENTITY addButton.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY removeButton.label "Remove"> +<!ENTITY removeButton.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY newMsgHeader.label "New message header:"> +<!ENTITY newMsgHeader.accesskey "N"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/FilterEditor.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/FilterEditor.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..aeef23d647 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/FilterEditor.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY window.title "Filter Rules"> + +<!ENTITY filterName.label "Filter name:"> +<!ENTITY filterName.accesskey "i"> + +<!ENTITY junk.label "Junk"> +<!ENTITY notJunk.label "Not Junk"> + +<!ENTITY lowestPriorityCmd.label "Lowest"> +<!ENTITY lowPriorityCmd.label "Low"> +<!ENTITY normalPriorityCmd.label "Normal"> +<!ENTITY highPriorityCmd.label "High"> +<!ENTITY highestPriorityCmd.label "Highest"> + +<!ENTITY contextDesc.label "Apply filter when:"> +<!ENTITY contextManual.label "Manually Run"> + +<!ENTITY filterActionDesc.label "Perform these actions:"> +<!ENTITY filterActionDesc.accesskey "P"> + +<!-- New Style Filter Rule Actions --> +<!ENTITY moveMessage.label "Move Message to"> +<!ENTITY copyMessage.label "Copy Message to"> +<!ENTITY forwardTo.label "Forward Message to"> +<!ENTITY replyWithTemplate.label "Reply with Template"> +<!ENTITY markMessageRead.label "Mark As Read"> +<!ENTITY markMessageStarred.label "Mark As Flagged"> +<!ENTITY setPriority.label "Set Priority to"> +<!ENTITY addTag.label "Tag Message"> +<!ENTITY setJunkScore.label "Set Junk Status to"> +<!ENTITY deleteMessage.label "Delete Message"> +<!ENTITY deleteFromPOP.label "Delete From POP Server"> +<!ENTITY fetchFromPOP.label "Fetch From POP Server"> +<!ENTITY ignoreThread.label "Ignore Thread"> +<!ENTITY ignoreSubthread.label "Ignore Subthread"> +<!ENTITY watchThread.label "Watch Thread"> +<!ENTITY stopExecution.label "Stop Filter Execution"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE + The values below are used to control the widths of the filter action widgets. + Change the values only when the localized strings in the popup menus + are truncated in the widgets. + --> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/FilterListDialog.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/FilterListDialog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9200d24b5f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/FilterListDialog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY filterListDialog.title "Message Filters"> +<!ENTITY nameColumn.label "Filter Name"> +<!ENTITY activeColumn.label "Enabled"> +<!ENTITY newButton.label "New…"> +<!ENTITY newButton.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY editButton.label "Edit…"> +<!ENTITY editButton.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY deleteButton.label "Delete"> +<!ENTITY deleteButton.accesskey "t"> +<!ENTITY reorderUpButton.label "Move Up"> +<!ENTITY reorderUpButton.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY reorderDownButton.label "Move Down"> +<!ENTITY reorderDownButton.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY filterHeader.label "Enabled filters are run automatically in the order shown below."> +<!ENTITY filtersForPrefix.label "Filters for:"> +<!ENTITY filtersForPrefix.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY viewLogButton.label "Filter Log"> +<!ENTITY viewLogButton.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY runFilters.label "Run Now"> +<!ENTITY runFilters.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY stopFilters.label "Stop"> +<!ENTITY stopFilters.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY folderPickerPrefix.label "Run selected filter(s) on:"> +<!ENTITY folderPickerPrefix.accesskey "c"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/SearchDialog.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/SearchDialog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5b79c936ad --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/SearchDialog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- for SearchDialog.xul --> +<!ENTITY searchHeading.label "Search for messages in:"> +<!ENTITY searchHeading.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY searchSubfolders.label "Search subfolders"> +<!ENTITY searchSubfolders.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY resetButton.label "Clear"> +<!ENTITY resetButton.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY openButton.label "Open"> +<!ENTITY openButton.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY deleteButton.label "Delete"> +<!ENTITY deleteButton.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY searchDialogTitle.label "Search Messages"> +<!ENTITY results.label "Results"> +<!ENTITY goToFolderButton.label "Open Message Folder"> +<!ENTITY goToFolderButton.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY saveAsVFButton.label "Save as Search Folder"> +<!ENTITY saveAsVFButton.accesskey "v"> + +<!-- for ABSearchDialog.xul --> +<!ENTITY abSearchHeading.label "Search in:"> +<!ENTITY abSearchHeading.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY propertiesButton.label "Properties"> +<!ENTITY propertiesButton.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY composeButton.label "Compose"> +<!ENTITY composeButton.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY abSearchDialogTitle.label "Advanced Address Book Search"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abAddressBookNameDialog.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abAddressBookNameDialog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f73630a8f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abAddressBookNameDialog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> +<!ENTITY name.label "Address Book Name:"> +<!ENTITY name.accesskey "A"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abCardOverlay.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abCardOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..017168edac --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abCardOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY Contact.tab "Contact"> +<!ENTITY Contact.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY Name.box "Name"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: + NameField1, NameField2, PhoneticField1, PhoneticField2 + those fields are either LN or FN depends on the target country. + "FirstName" and "LastName" can be swapped for id to change the order + but they should not be translated (same applied to phonetic id). + Make sure the translation of label corresponds to the order of id. +--> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (NameField1.id) : DONT_TRANSLATE --> +<!ENTITY NameField1.id "FirstName"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (NameField2.id) : DONT_TRANSLATE --> +<!ENTITY NameField2.id "LastName"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (PhoneticField1.id) : DONT_TRANSLATE --> +<!ENTITY PhoneticField1.id "PhoneticFirstName"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (PhoneticField2.id) : DONT_TRANSLATE --> +<!ENTITY PhoneticField2.id "PhoneticLastName"> + +<!ENTITY NameField1.label "First:"> +<!ENTITY NameField1.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY NameField2.label "Last:"> +<!ENTITY NameField2.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY PhoneticField1.label "Phonetic:"> +<!ENTITY PhoneticField2.label "Phonetic:"> +<!ENTITY DisplayName.label "Display:"> +<!ENTITY DisplayName.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY NickName.label "Nickname:"> +<!ENTITY NickName.accesskey "N"> + +<!ENTITY PrimaryEmail.label "Email:"> +<!ENTITY PrimaryEmail.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY SecondEmail.label "Additional Email:"> +<!ENTITY SecondEmail.accesskey "i"> +<!ENTITY PreferMailFormat.label "Prefers to receive messages formatted as:"> +<!ENTITY PreferMailFormat.accesskey "v"> +<!ENTITY PlainText.label "Plain Text"> +<!ENTITY HTML.label "HTML"> +<!ENTITY Unknown.label "Unknown"> + +<!ENTITY WorkPhone.label "Work:"> +<!ENTITY WorkPhone.accesskey "k"> +<!ENTITY HomePhone.label "Home:"> +<!ENTITY HomePhone.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY FaxNumber.label "Fax:"> +<!ENTITY FaxNumber.accesskey "x"> +<!ENTITY PagerNumber.label "Pager:"> +<!ENTITY PagerNumber.accesskey "g"> +<!ENTITY CellularNumber.label "Mobile:"> +<!ENTITY CellularNumber.accesskey "b"> + +<!ENTITY Home.tab "Private"> +<!ENTITY Home.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY HomeAddress.label "Address:"> +<!ENTITY HomeAddress.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY HomeAddress2.label ""> +<!ENTITY HomeAddress2.accesskey ""> +<!ENTITY HomeCity.label "City:"> +<!ENTITY HomeCity.accesskey "y"> +<!ENTITY HomeState.label "State/Province:"> +<!ENTITY HomeState.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY HomeZipCode.label "ZIP/Postal Code:"> +<!ENTITY HomeZipCode.accesskey "Z"> +<!ENTITY HomeCountry.label "Country:"> +<!ENTITY HomeCountry.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY HomeWebPage.label "Web Page:"> +<!ENTITY HomeWebPage.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY Birthday.label "Birthday:"> +<!ENTITY Birthday.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY In.label ""> +<!ENTITY Year.placeholder "Year"> +<!ENTITY Or.value "or"> +<!ENTITY Age.placeholder "Age"> +<!ENTITY YearsOld.label ""> + +<!ENTITY Work.tab "Work"> +<!ENTITY Work.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY JobTitle.label "Title:"> +<!ENTITY JobTitle.accesskey "i"> +<!ENTITY Department.label "Department:"> +<!ENTITY Department.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY Company.label "Organization:"> +<!ENTITY Company.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY WorkAddress.label "Address:"> +<!ENTITY WorkAddress.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY WorkAddress2.label ""> +<!ENTITY WorkAddress2.accesskey ""> +<!ENTITY WorkCity.label "City:"> +<!ENTITY WorkCity.accesskey "y"> +<!ENTITY WorkState.label "State/Province:"> +<!ENTITY WorkState.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY WorkZipCode.label "ZIP/Postal Code:"> +<!ENTITY WorkZipCode.accesskey "Z"> +<!ENTITY WorkCountry.label "Country:"> +<!ENTITY WorkCountry.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY WorkWebPage.label "Web Page:"> +<!ENTITY WorkWebPage.accesskey "e"> + +<!ENTITY Other.tab "Other"> +<!ENTITY Other.accesskey "h"> +<!ENTITY Custom1.label "Custom 1:"> +<!ENTITY Custom1.accesskey "1"> +<!ENTITY Custom2.label "Custom 2:"> +<!ENTITY Custom2.accesskey "2"> +<!ENTITY Custom3.label "Custom 3:"> +<!ENTITY Custom3.accesskey "3"> +<!ENTITY Custom4.label "Custom 4:"> +<!ENTITY Custom4.accesskey "4"> +<!ENTITY Notes.label "Notes:"> +<!ENTITY Notes.accesskey "N"> + +<!ENTITY Photo.tab "Photo"> +<!ENTITY Photo.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY GenericPhoto.label "Generic Photo"> +<!ENTITY GenericPhoto.accesskey "G"> +<!ENTITY DefaultPhoto.label "Default"> +<!ENTITY PhotoFile.label "On this Computer"> +<!ENTITY PhotoFile.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY BrowsePhoto.label "Browse"> +<!ENTITY BrowsePhoto.accesskey "r"> +<!ENTITY PhotoURL.label "On the Web"> +<!ENTITY PhotoURL.accesskey "b"> +<!ENTITY PhotoURL.placeholder "Paste or type the web address of a photo"> +<!ENTITY UpdatePhoto.label "Update"> +<!ENTITY UpdatePhoto.accesskey "u"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abMailListDialog.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abMailListDialog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e8526bb840 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abMailListDialog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Title --> +<!ENTITY mailListWindow.title "Mailing List"> + +<!-- Labels --> +<!ENTITY addToAddressBook.label "Add to: "> + +<!-- Access Keys --> +<!ENTITY addToAddressBook.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY ListName.label "List Name: "> +<!ENTITY ListName.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY ListNickName.label "List Nickname: "> +<!ENTITY ListNickName.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY ListDescription.label "Description: "> +<!ENTITY ListDescription.accesskey "e"> + +<!-- See bug 58485, when we implement drag and drop, add 'or drag addresses' back in --> +<!ENTITY AddressTitle.label "Type email addresses to add them to the mailing list:"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abMainWindow.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abMainWindow.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f36852d9be --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abMainWindow.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Title --> +<!ENTITY addressbookWindow.title "Address Book"> + +<!-- Menus: the . means that the menu item isn't implemented yet --> + +<!-- File Menu --> +<!ENTITY newContact.label "Contact…"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (newContact.accesskey) : DONT_TRANSLATE --> +<!ENTITY newContact.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY newListCmd.label "Mailing List…"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (newListCmd.accesskey) : DONT_TRANSLATE --> +<!ENTITY newListCmd.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY newAddressBookCmd.label "Address Book…"> +<!ENTITY newAddressBookCmd.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY newLDAPDirectoryCmd.label "LDAP Directory…"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (newLDAPDirectoryCmd.accesskey) : DONT_TRANSLATE --> +<!ENTITY newLDAPDirectoryCmd.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY newIM.label "IM"> +<!ENTITY printContactViewCmd.label "Print Contact…"> +<!ENTITY printContactViewCmd.accesskey "p"> +<!ENTITY printContactViewCmd.key "P"> +<!ENTITY printPreviewContactViewCmd.label "Print Preview Contact"> +<!ENTITY printPreviewContactViewCmd.accesskey "v"> +<!ENTITY printAddressBook.label "Print Address Book…"> +<!ENTITY printAddressBook.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY printPreviewAddressBook.label "Print Preview Address Book"> +<!ENTITY printPreviewAddressBook.accesskey "B"> + +<!-- Edit Menu --> +<!ENTITY deleteAbCmd.label "Delete Address Book"> +<!ENTITY deleteContactCmd.label "Delete Contact"> +<!ENTITY deleteContactsCmd.label "Delete Selected Contacts"> +<!ENTITY deleteListCmd.label "Delete List"> +<!ENTITY deleteListsCmd.label "Delete Selected Lists"> +<!ENTITY deleteItemsCmd.label "Delete Selected Items"> +<!ENTITY swapFirstNameLastNameCmd.label "Swap First/Last Name"> +<!ENTITY swapFirstNameLastNameCmd.accesskey "w"> +<!ENTITY propertiesCmd.label "Properties…"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (propertiesCmd.accesskey) : DONT_TRANSLATE --> +<!ENTITY propertiesCmd.accesskey "i"> +<!ENTITY propertiesCmd.key "i"> + +<!-- View Menu --> +<!ENTITY showAbToolbarCmd.label "Address Book Toolbar"> +<!ENTITY showAbToolbarCmd.accesskey "o"> + +<!ENTITY menu_ShowNameAs.label "Show Name As"> +<!ENTITY menu_ShowNameAs.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY firstLastCmd.label "First Last"> +<!ENTITY firstLastCmd.accesskey "f"> +<!ENTITY lastFirstCmd.label "Last, First"> +<!ENTITY lastFirstCmd.accesskey "l"> +<!ENTITY displayNameCmd.label "Display Name"> +<!ENTITY displayNameCmd.accesskey "d"> + +<!-- Tasks Menu --> +<!ENTITY importCmd.label "Import…"> +<!ENTITY importCmd.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY exportCmd.label "Export…"> +<!ENTITY exportCmd.accesskey "E"> + +<!-- Toolbar and Popup items --> +<!ENTITY newContactButton.label "New Contact"> +<!ENTITY newContactButton.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY newlistButton.label "New List"> +<!ENTITY newlistButton.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY editItemButton.label "Properties"> +<!ENTITY editItemButton.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY newmsgButton.label "Compose"> +<!ENTITY newmsgButton.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY deleteItemButton.label "Delete"> +<!ENTITY deleteItemButton.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY newimButton.label "Instant Message"> +<!ENTITY newimButton.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY searchNameAndEmail.placeholder "Search Name and Email"> +<!ENTITY searchBox.title "Search"> + +<!-- Tooltips --> +<!ENTITY addressbookToolbar.tooltip "Address Book Toolbar"> +<!ENTITY newContactButton.tooltip "Create a new address book contact"> +<!ENTITY newlistButton.tooltip "Create a new list"> +<!ENTITY editItemButton.tooltip "Edit the selected item"> +<!ENTITY newmsgButton.tooltip "Send a mail message"> +<!ENTITY newIM.tooltip "Send an instant message or chat"> +<!ENTITY deleteItemButton.tooltip "Delete selected item"> +<!ENTITY advancedButton.tooltip "Advanced address search"> + +<!-- Card Summary Pane --> + +<!-- Status Bar --> +<!ENTITY statusText.label ""> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (hideSwapFnLnUI) : DONT_TRANSLATE --> +<!-- Swap FN/LN UI Set to "false" to show swap fn/ln UI --> +<!ENTITY hideSwapFnLnUI "true"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abNewCardDialog.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abNewCardDialog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..709f2b6bd0 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abNewCardDialog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Labels --> +<!ENTITY chooseAddressBook.label "Add to: "> +<!ENTITY chooseAddressBook.accesskey "t"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abResultsPaneOverlay.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abResultsPaneOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..03615a68c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abResultsPaneOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY GeneratedName.label "Name"> +<!ENTITY GeneratedName.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY PrimaryEmail.label "Email"> +<!ENTITY PrimaryEmail.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY Company.label "Organization"> +<!ENTITY Company.accesskey "z"> +<!ENTITY _PhoneticName.label "Phonetic Name"> +<!ENTITY _PhoneticName.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY NickName.label "Nickname"> +<!ENTITY NickName.accesskey "i"> +<!ENTITY SecondEmail.label "Additional Email"> +<!ENTITY SecondEmail.accesskey "l"> +<!ENTITY Department.label "Department"> +<!ENTITY Department.accesskey "r"> +<!ENTITY JobTitle.label "Title"> +<!ENTITY JobTitle.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY CellularNumber.label "Mobile"> +<!ENTITY CellularNumber.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY PagerNumber.label "Pager"> +<!ENTITY PagerNumber.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY FaxNumber.label "Fax"> +<!ENTITY FaxNumber.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY HomePhone.label "Home Phone"> +<!ENTITY HomePhone.accesskey "H"> +<!ENTITY WorkPhone.label "Work Phone"> +<!ENTITY WorkPhone.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY sortAscending.label "Ascending"> +<!ENTITY sortAscending.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY sortDescending.label "Descending"> +<!ENTITY sortDescending.accesskey "D"> + +<!-- context menu --> +<!ENTITY composeEmail.label "Compose Email To"> +<!ENTITY composeEmail.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY copyAddress.label "Copy Email Address"> +<!ENTITY copyAddress.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY deleteAddrBookCard.label "Delete"> +<!ENTITY deleteAddrBookCard.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY newAddrBookCard.label "New Card…"> +<!ENTITY newAddrBookCard.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY newAddrBookMailingList.label "New Mailing List…"> +<!ENTITY newAddrBookMailingList.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY addrBookCardProperties.label "Properties"> +<!ENTITY addrBookCardProperties.accesskey "P"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abSelectAddressesDialog.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abSelectAddressesDialog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c2d4b8ab59 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abSelectAddressesDialog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Title --> +<!ENTITY selectAddressWindow.title "Select Addresses"> + +<!-- Buttons --> +<!ENTITY toButton.label "To->"> +<!ENTITY toButton.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY ccButton.label "Cc->"> +<!ENTITY ccButton.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY bccButton.label "Bcc->"> +<!ENTITY bccButton.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY newButton.label "New…"> +<!ENTITY newButton.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY editButton.label "Edit…"> +<!ENTITY editButton.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY removeButton.label "Remove"> +<!ENTITY removeButton.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY lookIn.label "Look in:"> +<!ENTITY lookIn.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY for.label "for:"> +<!ENTITY for.accesskey "f"> +<!ENTITY addressMessageTo.label "Address message to:"> + +<!-- Tooltips items --> +<!ENTITY addressPickerNewButton.tooltip "Create a new address book card"> +<!ENTITY addressPickerEditButton.tooltip "Edit the selected card"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/addressBook.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/addressBook.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..778027d4a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/addressBook.properties @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# The following are used by the Mailing list dialog +# +emptyListName=You must enter a list name. +lastFirstFormat=%S, %S +firstLastFormat=%S %S + +newContactTitle=New Contact +# %S will be the card's display name +newContactTitleWithDisplayName=New Contact for %S +editContactTitle=Edit Contact +# %S will be the card's display name +editContactTitleWithDisplayName=Edit Contact for %S +# don't translate vCard +editVCardTitle=Edit vCard +# %S will be the card's display name, don't translate vCard +editVCardTitleWithDisplayName=Edit vCard for %S + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (cardRequiredDataMissingMessage): do not localize \n +cardRequiredDataMissingMessage=You must enter at least one of the following items:\nEmail Address, First Name, Last Name, Display Name, Organization. +cardRequiredDataMissingTitle=Required Information Missing +incorrectEmailAddressFormatMessage=The primary e-mail address must be of the form user@host. +incorrectEmailAddressFormatTitle=Incorrect Email Address Format + +viewListTitle=Mailing List: %S +mailListNameExistsTitle=Mailing List Already Exists +mailListNameExistsMessage=A Mailing List with that name already exists. Please choose a different name. + +propertyPrimaryEmail=Email +propertyListName=List Name +propertySecondaryEmail=Additional Email +propertyNickname=Nickname +propertyDisplayName=Display Name +propertyWork=Work +propertyHome=Home +propertyFax=Fax +propertyCellular=Mobile +propertyPager=Pager +propertyBirthday=Birthday +propertyCustom1=Custom 1 +propertyCustom2=Custom 2 +propertyCustom3=Custom 3 +propertyCustom4=Custom 4 + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (cityAndStateAndZip): +## %1$S is city, %2$S is state, %3$S is zip +cityAndStateAndZip=%1$S, %2$S %3$S +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (cityAndStateNoZip): +## %1$S is city, %2$S is state +cityAndStateNoZip=%1$S, %2$S +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (cityOrStateAndZip): +## %1$S is city or state, %2$S is zip +cityOrStateAndZip=%1$S %2$S + +stateZipSeparator= + +prefixTo=To +prefixCc=Cc +prefixBcc=Bcc +emptyEmailAddCard=You cannot add a card that has no primary email address +emptyEmailAddCardTitle=Cannot Add Card +addressBook=Address Book + +browsePhoto=Contact Photo + +# mailnews.js +ldap_2.servers.pab.description=Personal Address Book +ldap_2.servers.history.description=Collected Addresses +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (ldap_2.servers.oe.description is only used on Windows) +ldap_2.servers.oe.description=OE Contacts +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (ldap_2.servers.osx.description is only used on Mac OS X) +ldap_2.servers.osx.description=Mac OS X Address Book + +# status bar stuff +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (totalContactStatus): +## %1$S is address book name, %2$S is card count +totalContactStatus=Total contacts in %1$S: %2$S +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (matchesFound): do not localize %S +noMatchFound=No matches found + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (contactsCopied): Semi-colon list of plural forms +## %1$S is the number of contacts that were copied. This should be used multiple +## times wherever you need it. Do not replace by %S. +contactsCopied=%1$S contact copied;%1$S contacts copied + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (contactsMoved): Semi-colon list of plural forms +## %1$S is the number of contacts that were moved. This should be used multiple +## times wherever you need it. Do not replace by %S. +contactsMoved=%1$S contact moved;%1$S contacts moved + +# LDAP directory stuff +invalidName=Please enter a valid Name. +invalidHostname=Please enter a valid Hostname. +invalidPortNumber=Please enter a valid Port Number. +invalidResults=Please enter a valid number in the results field. +abReplicationOfflineWarning=You must be online to perform LDAP replication. +abReplicationSaveSettings=Settings must be saved before a directory may be downloaded. + +LDIFFiles=LDIF +CSVFiles=Comma Separated +TABFiles=Tab Delimited +VCFFiles=vCard +failedToExportTitle=Export Failed +failedToExportMessageNoDeviceSpace=Failed to export addressbook, no space left on device. +failedToExportMessageFileAccessDenied=Failed to export addressbook, file access denied. + +# For getting authDN for replication using dlg box +AuthDlgTitle=Address Book LDAP Replication +AuthDlgDesc=To access the directory server, enter your user name and password. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(joinMeInThisChat) +# use + for spaces +joinMeInThisChat=Join+me+in+this+Chat. + +# For printing +headingHome=Home +headingWork=Work +headingOther=Other +headingPhone=Phone +headingDescription=Description +headingAddresses=Addresses + +# For corrupt .mab files +corruptMabFileTitle=Corrupt Address Book File +corruptMabFileAlert=One of your address book files (%1$S file) could not be read. A new %2$S file will be created and a backup of the old file, called %3$S, will be created in the same directory. + +# For locked .mab files +lockedMabFileTitle=Unable to Load Address Book File +lockedMabFileAlert=Unable to load address book file %S. It may be read-only, or locked by another application. Please try again later. diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/ldapAutoCompErrs.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/ldapAutoCompErrs.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d70b0da538 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/ldapAutoCompErrs.properties @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# These are error strings for problems that happen while in the +# various states declared in nsILDAPAutoCompFormatter.idl. Note that +# the number that indexes each error state is the same as the number +# corresponding to that state in nsILDAPAutoCompFormatter.idl. + +## @name ERR_STATE_UNBOUND +## @loc none +0=LDAP initialization problem + +## @name ERR_STATE_INITIALIZING +## @loc none +1=LDAP server connection failed + +## @name ERR_STATE_BINDING +## @loc none +2=LDAP server connection failed + +## @name ERR_STATE_BOUND +## @loc none +3=LDAP server communications problem + +## @name ERR_STATE_SEARCHING +## @loc none +4=LDAP server search problem + + +# The format of the alert dialog itself +# +## @name ALERT_FORMAT +## @loc None of %1$S, %2$S and %3$S should be localized. +## %1$S is the error code itself, %2$S is an LDAP SDK error message from +## chrome://mozldap/locale/ldap.properties, and %3$S is a hint relating +## to that specific error, found in this file. +errorAlertFormat=Error code %1$S: %2$S\n\n %3$S + +## The following errors are for error codes other than LDAP-specific ones. +## Someday mozilla will actually have a system for mapping nsresults to +## error strings that's actually widely used, unlike nsIErrorService. But +## until it does, these strings live here… + +## @name HOST_NOT_FOUND +## @loc none +5000=Host not found + +## @name GENERIC_ERROR +## @loc none +9999=Unknown error + + +# Hints to for the user, associated with specific error codes (ie error code +# + 10000) + + +## @name TIMELIMIT_EXCEEDED_HINT +## @loc none +10003=Please try again later, or else contact your System Administrator. + +## @name STRONGAUTH_REQUIRED_HINT +## @loc none +10008=Strong authentication is not currently supported. + +## @name INVALID_SYNTAX_HINT +## @loc none +10021=Verify that the search filter is correct, and then try again, or else contact your System Administrator. To verify that the search filter is correct, from the Edit menu, choose Preferences, then choose Mail & Newsgroups, and then choose Addressing. Click Edit Directories, and select the LDAP server being used. Click Edit, and then click Advanced to display the Search Filter. + +## @name NO_SUCH_OBJECT_HINT +## @loc none +10032=Verify that the Base DN is correct, and then try again, or else contact your System Administrator. To verify that the Base DN is correct, from the Edit menu, choose Preferences, then choose Mail & Newsgroups, and then choose Addressing. Click Edit Directories, and select the LDAP server being used. Click Edit to display the Base DN. + +## @name BUSY_HINT +## @loc none +10051=Please try again later. + +## @name SERVER_DOWN_HINT +## @loc none +10081=Verify that the Hostname and Port Number are correct, and then try again, or else contact your System Administrator. To verify that the Hostname and Port Number are correct, from the Edit menu, choose Preferences, then choose Mail & Newsgroups, and then choose Addressing. Click Edit Directories, and select the LDAP server being used. Click Edit to display the Hostname. Click Advanced to display the Port Number. + +## @name TIMEOUT_HINT +## @loc none +10085=Please try again later. + +## @name FILTER_ERROR_HINT +## @loc none +10087=Verify that the search filter is correct, and then try again, or else contact your System Administrator. To verify that the search filter is correct, from the Edit menu, choose Preferences, then choose Mail & Newsgroups, and then choose Addressing. Click Edit Directories, and select the LDAP server being used. Click Edit, and then click Advanced to display the Search Filter. + +## @name NO_MEMORY_HINT +## @loc none +10090=Please close some other windows and/or applications and try again. + +## @name CONNECT_ERROR_HINT +## @loc none +10091=Verify that the Hostname and Port Number are correct, and then try again, or else contact your System Administrator. To verify that the Hostname and Port Number are correct, from the Edit menu, choose Preferences, then choose Mail & Newsgroups, and then choose Addressing. Click Edit Directories, and select the LDAP server being used. Click Edit to display the Hostname. Click Advanced to display the Port Number. + +## @name HOST_NOT_FOUND_HINT +## @loc none +15000=Verify that the Hostname is correct, and then try again, or else contact your System Administrator. To verify that the Hostname is correct, from the Edit menu, choose Preferences, then choose Mail & Newsgroups, and then choose Addressing. Click Edit Directories, and select the LDAP server being used. Click Edit to display the Hostname. + +## @name GENERIC_HINT +## @loc none +19999=Please contact your System Administrator. diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/addressingWidgetOverlay.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/addressingWidgetOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..038042c293 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/addressingWidgetOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- address labels --> +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE addressingWidgetOverlay.dtd The basic mail/news composition headers as they are seen in UI --> +<!ENTITY toAddr.label "To:"> +<!ENTITY ccAddr.label "Cc:"> +<!ENTITY bccAddr.label "Bcc:"> +<!ENTITY replyAddr.label "Reply-To:"> +<!ENTITY newsgroupsAddr.label "Newsgroup:"> +<!ENTITY followupAddr.label "Followup-To:"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/askSendFormat.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/askSendFormat.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..11e06a452b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/askSendFormat.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE askSendFormat.dtd UI for dialog that asks the user, which format to use for sending a message --> +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "HTML Mail Question"> + +<!ENTITY recipient.label "Some of the recipients are not listed as being able to receive HTML mail."> + +<!ENTITY question.label "Would you like to convert the message to plain text or send it in HTML anyway?"> + +<!ENTITY plainTextAndHtml.label "Send in Plain Text and HTML"> +<!ENTITY plainTextAndHtml.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY plainTextOnly.label "Send in Plain Text Only"> +<!ENTITY plainTextOnly.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY htmlOnly.label "Send in HTML Only"> +<!ENTITY htmlOnly.accesskey "H"> + +<!ENTITY send.label "Send"> +<!ENTITY send.accesskey "S"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/askSendFormat.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/askSendFormat.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b594a444fd --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/askSendFormat.properties @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +convertibleYes=Your message can be converted to plain text without losing information. +convertibleAltering=Your message can be converted to plain text without losing important information. However, the plain text version might look different from what you saw in the composer. +convertibleNo=However, you used formatting (e.g. colors) that will not be converted to plain text. +recommended=(recommended) diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/composeMsgs.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/composeMsgs.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8f0352581f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/composeMsgs.properties @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# The following are used by the compose back end +# +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (unableToOpenFile, unableToOpenTmpFile): +## %S will be replaced with the name of file that could not be opened +unableToOpenFile=Unable to open the file %S. +unableToOpenTmpFile=Unable to open the temporary file %S. Check your 'Temporary Directory' setting. + + +## Strings use for the save message dialog shown when the user close a message compose window +saveDlogTitle=Save Message + +## generics string +defaultSubject=(no subject) +chooseFileToAttach=Attach File(s) + +## +windowTitlePrefix=Compose: + +## String used by the dialog that informs the user about the newsgroup recipient +recipientDlogMessage=This account only supports email recipients. Continuing will ignore newsgroups. + +#String used by the alert that tells the user an e-mail address is invalid +addressInvalid=%1$S is not a valid e-mail address because it is not of the form user@host. You must correct it before sending the e-mail. + +## String used for attachment pretty name, when attachment is a message +messageAttachmentSafeName=Attached Message +## String used for attachment pretty name, when attachment is message part +partAttachmentSafeName=Attached Message Part + +## String used by the Initialization Error dialog +initErrorDlogTitle=Message Compose + +## Strings used by Save as Draft/Template dialog +SaveDialogTitle=Save Message + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (SaveDialogMsg): %1$S is folder name, %2$S is host name +SaveDialogMsg=Your message has been saved to the folder %1$S under %2$S. +CheckMsg=Do not show me this dialog box again. + +## Strings used by prompt when Quitting while in progress +quitComposeWindowTitle=Sending Message + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (quitComposeWindowMessage): don't translate \n +quitComposeWindowMessage2=%1$S is currently in the process of sending a message.\nWould you like to wait until the message has been sent before quitting or quit now? +quitComposeWindowQuitButtonLabel2=&Quit +quitComposeWindowWaitButtonLabel2=&Wait + +## Strings used by prompt for Ctrl-Enter check before sending message +sendMessageCheckWindowTitle=Send Message +sendMessageCheckLabel=Are you sure you are ready to send this message? +sendMessageCheckSendButtonLabel=Send + +## reply header in composeMsg +## user specified +mailnews.reply_header_originalmessage=-------- Original Message -------- + +## Strings used by the rename attachment dialog +renameAttachmentTitle=Rename Attachment +renameAttachmentMessage=New attachment name: + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(smtpEnterPasswordPrompt): Do not translate the +## word $S. Place the word $S where the host name should appear. +smtpEnterPasswordPrompt=Enter your password for %S: + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(smtpEnterPasswordPromptWithUsername): Do not translate the +## words %1$S and %2$S. Place the word %1$S where the host name should appear, +## and %2$S where the user name should appear. +smtpEnterPasswordPromptWithUsername=Enter your password for %2$S on %1$S: + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/mailComposeEditorOverlay.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/mailComposeEditorOverlay.dtd new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..e367a329b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/mailComposeEditorOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY attachImageSource.label "Attach this image to the message"> +<!ENTITY attachImageSource.accesskey "s"> + +<!ENTITY attachLinkSource.label "Attach the source of this link to the message"> +<!ENTITY attachLinkSource.accesskey "s"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/messengercompose.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/messengercompose.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0f931ac42f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/messengercompose.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE messengercompose.dtd Main UI for message composition --> +<!ENTITY msgComposeWindow.title "Compose: (no subject)"> + +<!ENTITY fromAddr.label "From:"> +<!ENTITY fromAddr.accesskey "r"> +<!ENTITY subject.label "Subject:"> +<!ENTITY subject.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY attachments.label "Attachments:"> +<!ENTITY attachments.accesskey "c"> + +<!-- menu items: the . means that the menu item isn't implemented yet --> + +<!-- menu items: the . means that the menu item isn't implemented yet --> +<!ENTITY saveCmd.label "Save"> +<!ENTITY saveCmd.accesskey "s"> +<!ENTITY saveAsCmd.label "Save As"> +<!ENTITY saveAsCmd.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY saveAsFileCmd.label "File…"> +<!ENTITY saveAsFileCmd.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY saveAsDraftCmd.label "Draft"> +<!ENTITY saveAsDraftCmd.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY saveAsTemplateCmd.label "Template"> +<!ENTITY saveAsTemplateCmd.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY attachMenu.label "Attach"> +<!ENTITY attachMenu.accesskey "t"> +<!ENTITY attachFileCmd.label "File(s)…"> +<!ENTITY attachFileCmd.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY attachPageCmd.label "Web Page…"> +<!ENTITY attachPageCmd.accesskey "W"> +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE attachVCardCmd.label Don't translate the term 'vCard' --> +<!ENTITY attachVCardCmd.label "Personal Card (vCard)"> +<!ENTITY attachVCardCmd.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY sendNowCmd.label "Send Now"> +<!ENTITY sendCmd.keycode "VK_RETURN"> +<!ENTITY sendNowCmd.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY sendLaterCmd.label "Send Later"> +<!ENTITY sendLaterCmd.keycode "VK_RETURN"> +<!ENTITY sendLaterCmd.accesskey "L"> + +<!ENTITY accountManagerCmd.label "Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings…"> +<!ENTITY accountManagerCmd.accesskey "m"> + +<!-- View menu items --> +<!ENTITY showComposeToolbarCmd.label "Mail Toolbar"> +<!ENTITY showComposeToolbarCmd.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY showFormatToolbarCmd.label "Formatting Toolbar"> +<!ENTITY showFormatToolbarCmd.accesskey "F"> + +<!-- Format menu items --> +<!ENTITY formatMenu.label "Format"> +<!ENTITY formatMenu.accesskey "o"> + +<!-- Options menu items --> +<!ENTITY optionsMenu.label "Options"> +<!ENTITY optionsMenu.accesskey "p"> + +<!ENTITY quoteCmd.label "Quote Message"> +<!ENTITY quoteCmd.accesskey "Q"> +<!ENTITY selectAddressCmd.label "Select Addresses…"> +<!ENTITY selectAddressCmd.key ""> +<!ENTITY selectAddressCmd.accesskey "A"> + +<!ENTITY priorityMenu.label "Priority"> +<!ENTITY priorityMenu.accesskey "p"> +<!ENTITY lowestPriorityCmd.label "Lowest"> +<!ENTITY lowestPriorityCmd.accesskey "l"> +<!ENTITY lowPriorityCmd.label "Low"> +<!ENTITY lowPriorityCmd.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY normalPriorityCmd.label "Normal"> +<!ENTITY normalPriorityCmd.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY highPriorityCmd.label "High"> +<!ENTITY highPriorityCmd.accesskey "i"> +<!ENTITY highestPriorityCmd.label "Highest"> +<!ENTITY highestPriorityCmd.accesskey "H"> + +<!ENTITY returnReceiptMenu.label "Return Receipt"> +<!ENTITY returnReceiptMenu.accesskey "t"> + +<!ENTITY outputFormatMenu.label "Format"> +<!ENTITY outputFormatMenu.accesskey "f"> +<!ENTITY autoFormatCmd.label "Auto-Detect"> +<!ENTITY autoFormatCmd.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY plainTextFormatCmd.label "Plain Text Only"> +<!ENTITY plainTextFormatCmd.accesskey "p"> +<!ENTITY htmlFormatCmd.label "Rich Text (HTML) Only"> +<!ENTITY htmlFormatCmd.accesskey "r"> +<!ENTITY bothFormatCmd.label "Plain and Rich (HTML) Text"> +<!ENTITY bothFormatCmd.accesskey "l"> + +<!ENTITY fileCarbonCopyCmd.label "Send a Copy To"> +<!ENTITY fileCarbonCopyCmd.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY fileHereMenu.label "File Here"> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE Toolbar items Don't change any "chrome://" URLs --> +<!-- Toolbar items --> +<!ENTITY sendButton.label "Send"> +<!ENTITY addressButton.label "Address"> +<!ENTITY attachButton.label "Attach"> +<!ENTITY spellingButton.label "Spelling"> +<!ENTITY saveButton.label "Save"> +<!ENTITY stopButton.label "Stop"> + +<!--tooltips--> +<!-- We already inherit &menuBar.tooltip and &mailToolbar.tooltip from messenger.dtd --> +<!ENTITY addressBar.tooltip "Address Bar"> +<!ENTITY formatToolbar.tooltip "Formatting Toolbar"> +<!ENTITY sendButton.tooltip "Send this message now"> +<!ENTITY sendlaterButton.tooltip "Send this message later"> +<!ENTITY addressButton.tooltip "Select a recipient from an Address Book"> +<!ENTITY attachButton.tooltip "Include an attachment"> +<!ENTITY saveButton.tooltip "Save this message"> +<!ENTITY stopButton.tooltip "Stop the current transfer"> + +<!ENTITY openAttachment.label "Open"> +<!ENTITY openAttachment.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY renameAttachment.label "Rename…"> +<!ENTITY renameAttachment.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY attachFile.label "Attach File(s)…"> +<!ENTITY attachFile.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY attachPage.label "Attach Web Page…"> +<!ENTITY attachPage.accesskey "W"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/sendProgress.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/sendProgress.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2179bbda1f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/sendProgress.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY status.label "Status:"> +<!ENTITY progress.label "Progress:"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/sendProgress.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/sendProgress.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..13121f5fd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/sendProgress.properties @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (percentMsg): +# This string is used to format the text to the right of the progress meter. +# %S% will be replaced by the percentage of the file that has been saved +percentMsg=%S%% + +messageSent=Your message has been sent. +messageSaved=Your message has been saved. diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/custom.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/custom.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f51faa3a68 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/custom.properties @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +colonInHeaderName=The header you entered contains an invalid character, such as ':', a non-printable character, a non-ascii character, or an eight bit ascii character. Please remove the invalid character and try again. diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/downloadheaders.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/downloadheaders.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a1895ec19b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/downloadheaders.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY all.label "Download all headers"> +<!ENTITY all.accesskey "D"> +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (download.label): + consider the download.label and headers.label as a single sentence + with the number of headers to be downloaded inserted between them: + EXAMPLE: "Download" <some number> "headers" + Either label could be set to null ("") if required grammatically. +--> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (download.label): + consider the download.label and headers.label as a single sentence + with the number of headers to be downloaded inserted between them: + EXAMPLE: "Download" <some number> "headers" + Either label could be set to null ("") if required grammatically. +--> + +<!ENTITY download.label "Download"> +<!ENTITY download.accesskey "o"> +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (headers.label): see note for download.label --> +<!ENTITY headers.label "headers"> +<!ENTITY headers.accesskey "h"> +<!ENTITY mark.label "Mark remaining headers as read"> +<!ENTITY mark.accesskey "M"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/fieldMapImport.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/fieldMapImport.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0cd09f62cb --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/fieldMapImport.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.title "Import Address Book"> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.recordNumber "Imported data for Record: "> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.next.label "Next"> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.next.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.previous.label "Previous"> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.previous.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.text "Use Move Up and Move Down to match the address book fields on the left to the correct data for import on the right. Uncheck items you do not want to import."> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.up.label "Move Up"> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.up.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.down.label "Move Down"> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.down.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.fieldListTitle "Address Book fields"> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.dataTitle "Record data to import"> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.skipFirstRecord.label "First record contains field names"> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.skipFirstRecord.accessKey "F"> + + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/filter.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/filter.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0a6bddd1f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/filter.properties @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +mustSelectFolder=You must select a target folder. +enterValidEmailAddress=Enter a valid e-mail address to forward to. +pickTemplateToReplyWith=Choose a template to reply with. +mustEnterName=You must give this filter a name. +cannotHaveDuplicateFilterTitle=Duplicate Filter Name +cannotHaveDuplicateFilterMessage=The filter name you entered already exists. Please enter a different filter name. +deleteFilterConfirmation=Are you sure you want to delete the selected filter(s)? +untitledFilterName=Untitled Filter +matchAllFilterName = Match All Messages +filterListBackUpMsg=Your filters do not work because the msgFilterRules.dat file, which contains your filters, could not be read. A new msgFilterRules.dat file will be created and a backup of the old file, called rulesbackup.dat, will be created in the same directory. +customHeaderOverflow=You've exceeded the limit of 50 custom headers. Please remove one or more custom headers and try again. +filterCustomHeaderOverflow=Your filters have exceeded the limit of 50 custom headers. Please edit the msgFilterRules.dat file, which contains your filters, to use fewer custom headers. +invalidCustomHeader=One of your filters uses a custom header that contains an invalid character, such as ':', a non-printable character, a non-ascii character, or an eight-bit ascii character. Please edit the msgFilterRules.dat file, which contains your filters, to remove invalid characters from your custom headers. +continueFilterExecution=Applying filter %S failed. Would you like to continue applying filters? +promptTitle=Running Filters +promptMsg=You are currently in the process of filtering messages.\nWould you like to continue applying filters? +stopButtonLabel=Stop +continueButtonLabel=Continue + +searchTermsInvalidTitle = Search Terms Invalid + +# for junk mail logging / mail filter logging +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(junkLogDetectStr) +# %1$S=author, %2$S=subject, %3$S=date +junkLogDetectStr=Detected junk message from %1$S - %2$S at %3$S +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(logMoveStr) +# %1$S=message id, %2$S=folder URI +logMoveStr=moved message id = %1$S to %2$S +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(logCopyStr) +# %1$S=message id, %2$S=folder URI +logCopyStr=copied message id = %1$S to %2$S +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(filterLogDetectStr) +# %1$S=filter name %2$S=author, %3$S=subject, %4$S=date +filterLogDetectStr=Applied filter "%1$S" to message from %2$S - %3$S at %4$S +filterMissingCustomAction=Missing Custom Action + + +# +#Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, +# based on en-US entities. + + +filterAction2=priority changed +filterAction3=deleted +filterAction4=marked as read +filterAction5=thread killed +filterAction6=thread watched +filterAction7=flagged +filterAction8=tagged +filterAction9=replied +filterAction10=forwarded +filterAction11=execution stopped +filterAction12=deleted from POP3 server +filterAction13=left on POP3 server +filterAction14=junk score +filterAction15=body fetched from POP3 server +filterAction16=copied to folder +filterAction17=tagged +filterAction18=ignored subthread +filterAutoNameStr = %1$S %2$S: %3$S diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/folderProps.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/folderProps.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5ee02691ca --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/folderProps.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY folderProps.windowtitle.label "Properties"> + +<!ENTITY generalInfo.label "General Information"> +<!ENTITY folderRebuildSummaryFileTip2.label "Rebuild Summary File Index"> +<!ENTITY folderRebuildSummaryFile2.label "Repair Folder"> +<!ENTITY folderRebuildSummaryFile2.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY folderRebuildSummaryFile.explanation "Sometimes the folder index (.msf) file becomes damaged and messages may appear missing or deleted messages continue showing; repairing the folder may fix these issues."> +<!ENTITY folderIncludeInGlobalSearch.label "Include messages in this folder in Global Search results"> +<!ENTITY folderIncludeInGlobalSearch.accesskey "G"> + +<!ENTITY retention.label "Retention Policy"> +<!ENTITY retentionUseAccount.label "Use my account settings"> +<!ENTITY retentionUseAccount.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY daysOld.label "days old"> +<!ENTITY message.label "messages"> +<!ENTITY retentionCleanup.label "Keep messages:"> +<!ENTITY retentionCleanupImap.label "Keep messages, both the local copies and their originals on the server:"> +<!ENTITY retentionCleanupPop.label "Keep messages, including their originals on the server:"> +<!ENTITY retentionDeleteMsg.label "Delete messages more than"> +<!ENTITY retentionDeleteMsg.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY retentionKeepAll.label "All messages"> +<!ENTITY retentionKeepAll.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY retentionKeepRecent.label "The newest"> +<!ENTITY retentionKeepRecent.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY retentionApplyToFlagged.label "Always keep flagged messages"> +<!ENTITY retentionApplyToFlagged.accesskey "e"> + +<!ENTITY folderSynchronizationTab.label "Synchronization"> +<!ENTITY folderCheckForNewMessages2.label "When getting new messages for this account, always check this folder"> +<!ENTITY folderCheckForNewMessages2.accesskey "c"> + +<!ENTITY offlineFolder.check.label "Select this folder for offline use"> +<!ENTITY offlineFolder.check.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY offlineFolder.button.label "Download Now"> +<!ENTITY offlineFolder.button.accesskey "D"> + +<!ENTITY selectofflineNewsgroup.check.label "Select this newsgroup for offline use"> +<!ENTITY selectofflineNewsgroup.check.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY offlineNewsgroup.button.label "Download Now"> +<!ENTITY offlineNewsgroup.button.accesskey "D"> + +<!ENTITY folderProps.name.label "Name:"> +<!ENTITY folderProps.name.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY folderProps.location.label "Location:"> +<!ENTITY folderProps.location.accesskey "L"> + +<!ENTITY folderSharingTab.label "Sharing"> +<!ENTITY privileges.button.label "Privileges…"> +<!ENTITY privileges.button.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY permissionsDesc.label "You have the following permissions:"> +<!ENTITY folderType.label "Folder Type:"> + +<!ENTITY folderQuotaTab.label "Quota"> +<!ENTITY folderQuotaUsage.label "Usage:"> +<!ENTITY folderQuotaStatus.label "Status:"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/folderpane.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/folderpane.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dc1a22ecfd --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/folderpane.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> +<!ENTITY nameColumn.label "Name"> +<!ENTITY unreadColumn.label "Unread"> +<!ENTITY totalColumn.label "Total"> +<!ENTITY folderSizeColumn.label "Size"> +<!ENTITY folderLocationToolbarItem.title "Folder Location"> +<!ENTITY mailViewsToolbarItem.title "Mail Views"> +<!ENTITY searchToolbarItem.title "Search"> +<!ENTITY searchSubjectOrAddress.placeholder "Search Subject or Address"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/gloda.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/gloda.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..713a50e774 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/gloda.properties @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + + + +# +#Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, +# based on en-US entities. + + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (*.facetLabel): These are the labels used to label the facet +# displays in the global search facet display mechanism. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (*.includeLabel): The label to use for the included group +# in the facet display. If not provided, we will fall back to +# "glodaFacetView.facets.included.fallbackLabel". + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (*.excludeLabel): The label to use for the excluded group +# in the facet display. If not provided, we will fall back to +# "glodaFacetView.facets.excluded.fallbackLabel". + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (*.remainderLabel): The label to use for the remaining items +# that are neither part of the included group or the excluded group in the +# facet display. If not provided, we will fall back to +# "glodaFacetView.facets.remainder.fallbackLabel". + +gloda.message.attr.folder.facetLabel = Mail Folder + +gloda.message.attr.fromMe.facetLabel = From Me + +gloda.message.attr.toMe.facetLabel = To Me + +gloda.message.attr.involves.facetLabel = People +gloda.message.attr.involves.includeLabel = involving any of: +gloda.message.attr.involves.excludeLabel = not involving: +gloda.message.attr.involves.remainderLabel = other participants: + +gloda.message.attr.date.facetLabel = Date + +gloda.message.attr.attachmentTypes.facetLabel = Attachments + +gloda.message.attr.mailing-list.facetLabel = Mail List Involved + +gloda.message.attr.tag.facetLabel = Tags + +gloda.message.attr.star.facetLabel = Flagged + +gloda.message.attr.read.facetLabel = Read + +gloda.message.attr.repliedTo.facetLabel = Replied + +gloda.message.attr.forwarded.facetLabel = Forwarded + +gloda.mimetype.category.archives.label = Archives +gloda.mimetype.category.documents.label = Documents +gloda.mimetype.category.images.label = Images +gloda.mimetype.category.media.label = Media (Audio, Video) +gloda.mimetype.category.pdf.label = PDF Files +gloda.mimetype.category.other.label = Other diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/importDialog.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/importDialog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dedb286114 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/importDialog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY importDialog.windowTitle "Import"> +<!ENTITY importAll.label "Import Everything"> +<!ENTITY importAll.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY importMail.label "Mail"> +<!ENTITY importMail.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY importAddressbook.label "Address Books"> +<!ENTITY importAddressbook.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY importSettings.label "Settings"> +<!ENTITY importSettings.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY importFilters.label "Filters"> +<!ENTITY importFilters.accesskey "F"> + +<!ENTITY window.width "40em"> +<!ENTITY window.macWidth "45em"> + +<!ENTITY importTitle.label "&brandShortName; Import Wizard"> +<!ENTITY importShortDesc.label "Import Mail, Address Books, Settings, and Filters from other programs"> + +<!ENTITY importDescription1.label "This wizard will import mail messages, address book entries, preferences, and/or filters from other mail programs and common address book formats into &brandShortName;."> +<!ENTITY importDescription2.label "Once they have been imported, you will be able to access them from within &brandShortName;."> + +<!ENTITY selectDescription.label "Please select the type of file that you would like to import:"> +<!ENTITY selectDescription.accesskey "P"> + +<!ENTITY back.label "< Back"> +<!ENTITY forward.label "Next >"> +<!ENTITY finish.label "Finish"> +<!ENTITY cancel.label "Cancel"> + +<!ENTITY select.label "or select the type of material to import:"> + +<!ENTITY title.label "Title"> +<!ENTITY processing.label "Importing…"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/importMsgs.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/importMsgs.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5c1347d0a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/importMsgs.properties @@ -0,0 +1,316 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# The following are used by the import code to display status/error +# and informational messages +# + +# +# The following are used by the import code to display status/error +# and informational messages +# + +# Success message when no address books are found to import +## @name IMPORT_NO_ADDRBOOKS +## @loc None +2000=No address books were found to import. + +# Error: Address book import not intialized +## @name IMPORT_ERROR_AB_NOTINITIALIZED +## @loc None +2001=Unable to import address books: initialization error. + +# Error: Unable to create the import thread +## @name IMPORT_ERROR_AB_NOTHREAD +## @loc None +2002=Unable to import address books: cannot create import thread. + +# Error: Unable to create the import thread +## @name IMPORT_ERROR_GETABOOK +## @loc None +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (Error 2003): Do not translate the word "%S" below. +2003=Error importing %S: unable to create address book. + +# Success message when no mailboxes are found to import +## @name IMPORT_NO_MAILBOXES +## @loc None +2004=No mailboxes were found to import + +# Error: Mailbox import not intialized +## @name IMPORT_ERROR_MB_NOTINITIALIZED +## @loc None +2005=Unable to import mailboxes, initialization error + +# Error: Unable to create the import thread +## @name IMPORT_ERROR_MB_NOTHREAD +## @loc None +2006=Unable to import mailboxes, cannot create import thread + +# Error: Unable to create the proxy object for importing mailboxes +## @name IMPORT_ERROR_MB_NOPROXY +## @loc None +2007=Unable to import mailboxes, cannot create proxy object for destination mailboxes + +# Error: Error creating destination mailboxes +## @name IMPORT_ERROR_MB_FINDCHILD +## @loc None +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (Error 2008): Do not translate the word "%S" below. +# Place %S in your translation where the name of the mailbox should appear. +2008=Error creating destination mailboxes, cannot find mailbox %S + +# Error: Error creating destination mailboxes +## @name IMPORT_ERROR_MB_CREATE +## @loc None +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (Error 2009): Do not translate the word "%S" below. +# Place %S in your translation where the name of the mailbox should appear. +2009=Error importing mailbox %S, unable to create destination mailbox + +# Error: No destination folder to import mailboxes +## @name IMPORT_ERROR_MB_NODESTFOLDER +## @loc None +2010=Unable to create folder to import mail into + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC_START +## @loc None +2100=First Name + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2101=Last Name + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2102=Display Name + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2103=Nickname + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2104=Primary Email + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2105=Secondary Email + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2106=Work Phone + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2107=Home Phone + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2108=Fax Number + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2109=Pager Number + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2110=Mobile Number + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2111=Home Address + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2112=Home Address 2 + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2113=Home City + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2114=Home State + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2115=Home ZipCode + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2116=Home Country + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2117=Work Address + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2118=Work Address 2 + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2119=Work City + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2120=Work State + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2121=Work ZipCode + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2122=Work Country + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2123=Job Title + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2124=Department + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2125=Organization + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2126=Web Page 1 + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2127=Web Page 2 + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2128=Birth Year + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2129=Birth Month + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2130=Birth Day + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2131=Custom 1 + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2132=Custom 2 + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2133=Custom 3 + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2134=Custom 4 + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC_END +## @loc None +2135=Notes + +2136 = Screen Name + +#Error strings +ImportAlreadyInProgress=An import operation is currently in progress. Try again when the current import has finished. + +#Error strings for settings import +ImportSettingsBadModule=Unable to load settings module +ImportSettingsNotFound=Unable to find settings. Check to make sure the application is installed on this machine. +ImportSettingsFailed=An error occurred while importing settings. Some, or all, of the settings may not have been imported. +# LOCALIZATION NOTE : Do not translate the word "%S" below. +ImportSettingsSuccess=Settings were imported from %S + +#Error string for mail import +ImportMailBadModule=Unable to load mail import module +ImportMailNotFound=Unable to find mail to import. Check to make sure the mail application is correctly installed on this machine. +# LOCALIZATION NOTE : Do not translate the word "%S" below. +ImportMailFailed=An error occurred importing mail from %S +# LOCALIZATION NOTE : Do not translate the word "%S" below. +ImportMailSuccess=Mail was successfully imported from %S + +# Error string for address import +ImportAddressBadModule=Unable to load address book import module. +ImportAddressNotFound=Unable to find any address books to import. Check to make sure the selected application or format is correctly installed on this machine. +ImportEmptyAddressBook=Can't import empty address book %S. +# LOCALIZATION NOTE : Do not translate the word "%S" below. +ImportAddressFailed=An error occurred importing addresses from %S. +# LOCALIZATION NOTE : Do not translate the word "%S" below. +ImportAddressSuccess=Addresses successfully imported from %S. + +# Error string for filters import +ImportFiltersBadModule=Unable to load filters import module. +# LOCALIZATION NOTE : The %S will get replaced by the name of the import module. +ImportFiltersFailed=An error occurred importing filters from %S. +# LOCALIZATION NOTE : The %S will get replaced by the name of the import module. +ImportFiltersSuccess=Filters successfully imported from %S. +# LOCALIZATION NOTE : The %S will get replaced by the name of the import module. +ImportFiltersPartial=Filters partially imported from %S. Warnings below: + +#Progress strings +# LOCALIZATION NOTE : Do not translate the word "%S" below. +MailProgressMeterText=Converting mailboxes from %S +# LOCALIZATION NOTE : Do not translate the word "%S" below. +AddrProgressMeterText=Converting address books from %S + +#Import file dialog strings +ImportSelectSettings=Select Settings File +ImportSelectMailDir=Select Mail Directory +ImportSelectAddrDir=Select Address Book Directory +ImportSelectAddrFile=Select Address Book File + +# Folder Names for imported Mail +DefaultFolderName=Imported Mail +# LOCALIZATION NOTE: Do not translate the word "%S" below. +ImportModuleFolderName=%S Import + + + +# +#Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, +# based on en-US entities. + + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/junkLog.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/junkLog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b84e7dd46b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/junkLog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY clearLog.label "Clear Log"> +<!ENTITY clearLog.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY closeLog.label "Close"> +<!ENTITY closeLog.accesskey "o"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/junkMailInfo.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/junkMailInfo.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..900d9d66d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/junkMailInfo.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY window.title "About Junk Mail"> +<!ENTITY window.width "450"> +<!ENTITY info1a.label "Mail automatically detects incoming messages that appear to be junk mail (also known as spam). Messages that Mail thinks are junk will display a junk icon"> +<!ENTITY info1b.label "."> +<!ENTITY info2.label "At first, you must train Mail to identify junk mail by using the Junk toolbar button to mark messages as junk or not junk."> +<!ENTITY info3.label "Once Mail is correctly identifying junk mail, you can use the Junk Mail Controls to automatically move incoming junk mail to the Junk folder."> +<!ENTITY info4.label "For more information, click Help."> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/localMsgs.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/localMsgs.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..40f88e4fa5 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/localMsgs.properties @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# The following are used by the local mail code to display progress/status/error messages +# + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(pop3EnterPasswordPrompt): Do not translate the words "%1$S" +# and "%2$S" below. Place the word %1$S where the user name should appear, and +# %2$S where the host name should appear. +pop3EnterPasswordPrompt=Enter your password for %1$S on %2$S: + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(pop3PreviouslyEnteredPasswordIsInvalidPrompt): Do not +# translate the words "%1$S" and "%2$S" below. Place the word %1$S where the +# user name should appear, and %2$S where the host name should appear. +pop3PreviouslyEnteredPasswordIsInvalidPrompt=Please enter a new password for user %1$S on %2$S: + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailEditorOverlay.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailEditorOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..be8fca049d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailEditorOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!ENTITY sendPage.label "Send Page…"> +<!ENTITY sendPage.accesskey "g"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailOverlay.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..df95640fac --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!ENTITY newMessageCmd.key "M"> +<!ENTITY newMessageCmd.label "Message"> +<!ENTITY newMessageCmd.accesskey "m"> + +<!ENTITY newContactCmd.label "Contact…"> +<!ENTITY newContactCmd.accesskey "C"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailTasksOverlay.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailTasksOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7538470e3a --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailTasksOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (messengerCmd.label): DONT_TRANSLATE --> +<!ENTITY messengerCmd.label "Mail & Newsgroups"> +<!ENTITY messengerCmd.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY messengerCmd.commandkey "2"> +<!ENTITY addressBookCmd.label "Address Book"> +<!ENTITY addressBookCmd.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY addressBookCmd.commandkey "5"> + +<!ENTITY taskMessenger.tooltip "Mail & Newsgroups"> +<!ENTITY taskAddressBook.tooltip "Address Book"> + +<!-- searchAddressesCmd is also used by addressbook --> +<!ENTITY searchAddressesCmd.label "Search Addresses…"> +<!ENTITY searchAddressesCmd.accesskey "A"> + +<!ENTITY searchMailCmd.label "Search Messages…"> +<!ENTITY searchMailCmd.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY searchMailCmd.key "f"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailViewList.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailViewList.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..01dabeb93b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailViewList.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE msgViewPickerOverlay.dtd UI for showing various views on a folder --> + +<!ENTITY mailViewListTitle.label "Customize Message Views"> +<!ENTITY viewName.label "View Name"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailViewSetup.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailViewSetup.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..598f7a23fb --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailViewSetup.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE msgViewPickerOverlay.dtd UI for showing various views on a folder --> + +<!ENTITY mailViewSetupTitle.label "Message View Setup"> +<!ENTITY mailViewHeading.label "Message view name:"> +<!ENTITY mailViewHeading.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY searchTermCaption.label "When this view is selected, display only messages that:"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailviews.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailviews.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0257ac6d5d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailviews.properties @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# Mail Views +# + +mailViewPeopleIKnow=People I Know +mailViewRecentMail=Recent Mail +mailViewLastFiveDays=Last 5 Days +mailViewNotJunk=Not Junk +mailViewHasAttachments=Has Attachments diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/mapi/mapi.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/mapi/mapi.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c687dda694 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/mapi/mapi.properties @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# MAPI Messages +loginText=Please enter your password for %S: +loginTextwithName=Please enter your username and password +loginTitle=%S Mail +PasswordTitle=%S Mail + +# MAPI Security Messages +mapiBlindSendWarning=Another application is attempting to send mail using your user profile. Are you sure you want to send mail? +mapiBlindSendDontShowAgain=Warn me whenever other applications try to send mail from me diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/markByDate.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/markByDate.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c34c23d9d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/markByDate.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY messageMarkByDate.label "Mark Messages as Read by Date"> +<!ENTITY markByDateLower.label "Mark messages as read from:"> +<!ENTITY markByDateLower.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY markByDateUpper.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY markByDateUpper.label "To:"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/messenger.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/messenger.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..99be47d0eb --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/messenger.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,565 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY messengerWindow.title "තැපැල් සහ පුවත්සමූහ"> +<!ENTITY titleModifier.label "&brandShortName;"> +<!ENTITY titleSeparator.label " - "> + +<!ENTITY tabmailClose.label "Close Tab"> +<!ENTITY tabmailClose.tooltip "Close tab"> +<!ENTITY tabmailNewButton.tooltip "Duplicate current tab"> +<!ENTITY tabmailCloseButton.tooltip "Close current tab"> +<!ENTITY tabmailAllTabs.tooltip "List all tabs"> + +<!-- menu items: the . means that the menu item isn't implemented yet --> + +<!ENTITY newMessage.label "New Message"> +<!ENTITY newMessage.accesskey "N"> +<!-- File Menu --> +<!ENTITY newFolderCmd.label "බලුමක්..."> +<!ENTITY newFolderCmd.accesskey "F"> + +<!ENTITY newVirtualFolderCmd.label "සුරැකූ සෙවුමක්..."> +<!ENTITY newVirtualFolderCmd.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY newTabCmd.label "Duplicate Tab"> +<!ENTITY newTabCmd.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY newTabCmd.key "t"> +<!ENTITY closeTabCmd.label "Close Tab"> +<!ENTITY closeTabCmd.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY newAccountCmd.label "ගිණුමක්..."> +<!ENTITY newAccountCmd.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY openMessageFileCmd.label "සුරැකූ ලිපියක් විවෘත කරන්න..."> +<!ENTITY openMessageFileCmd.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY openAttachmentCmd.label "ඇමුණුම්"> +<!ENTITY openAttachmentCmd.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY saveAsMenu.label "සුරකින අයුර"> +<!ENTITY saveAsMenu.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY saveAsFileCmd.label "ගොනුවක් ලෙස"> +<!ENTITY saveAsFileCmd.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY saveAsFileCmd.key "s"> +<!ENTITY saveAsTemplateCmd.label "ආකෘතියක් ලෙස"> +<!ENTITY saveAsTemplateCmd.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY getNewMsgCmd.label "Get New Messages"> +<!ENTITY getNewMsgCmd.accesskey "G"> +<!ENTITY getNewMsgCmd2.key "d"> +<!ENTITY getNewMsgForCmd.label "නව ලිපි ලබාගන්න"> +<!ENTITY getNewMsgForCmd.accesskey "w"> +<!ENTITY getAllNewMsgCmdPopupMenu.label "සියලු ගිණුම් සඳහා වූ"> +<!ENTITY getAllNewMsgCmdPopupMenu.accesskey "A"> + +<!ENTITY getAllNewMsgCmd2.key "d"> +<!ENTITY getNextNMsgCmd.label "ඊළඟ නව ලිපි 500 ලබාගන්න"> +<!ENTITY getNextNMsgCmd.accesskey "t"> +<!ENTITY sendUnsentCmd.label "නොයැවූ ලිපි යවන්න"> +<!ENTITY sendUnsentCmd.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY subscribeCmd.label "දායකත්වය ලබාගන්න..."> +<!ENTITY subscribeCmd.accesskey "b"> + +<!ENTITY renameFolder.label "බහලුම යළි නම් කරන්න..."> +<!ENTITY renameFolder.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY compactFolders.label "බහලුමේ සංකෝචනය කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY compactFolders.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY emptyTrashCmd.label "ලිපි මකන්න"> +<!ENTITY emptyTrashCmd.accesskey "y"> +<!ENTITY offlineMenu.label "අසම්බන්ධිත"> +<!ENTITY offlineMenu.accesskey "l"> +<!ENTITY synchronizeOfflineCmd.label "දැන් බාගන්න/සමකාලික කරන්න…"> +<!ENTITY synchronizeOfflineCmd.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY settingsOfflineCmd.label "අසම්බන්ධිත සැකසුම්..."> +<!ENTITY settingsOfflineCmd.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY downloadSelectedCmd.label "තෝරාගත් ලිපි ලබාගන්න"> +<!ENTITY downloadSelectedCmd.accesskey "l"> + +<!ENTITY downloadFlaggedCmd.label "Get Flagged Messages"> +<!ENTITY downloadFlaggedCmd.accesskey "G"> + +<!-- Edit Menu --> +<!ENTITY deleteMsgCmd.label "ලිපිය මකන්න"> +<!ENTITY deleteMsgCmd.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY undeleteMsgCmd.label "ලිපිය මැකීම අහෝසි කරන්න."> +<!ENTITY undeleteMsgCmd.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY cancelNewsMsgCmd.label "ලිපිය අත්හැර දමන්න"> +<!ENTITY cancelNewsMsgCmd.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY deleteMsgsCmd.label "තෝරාගත් ලිපි මකන්න"> +<!ENTITY deleteMsgsCmd.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY undeleteMsgsCmd.label "තෝරාගත් ලිපි මැකීම අහෝසි."> +<!ENTITY undeleteMsgsCmd.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY deleteFolderCmd.label "බහලුම මකන්න"> +<!ENTITY deleteFolderCmd.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY unsubscribeNewsgroupCmd.label "දායකත්වය අත්හරින්න "> +<!ENTITY unsubscribeNewsgroupCmd.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY selectMenu.label "තෝරන්න"> +<!ENTITY selectMenu.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY selectThreadCmd.label "සබැඳි ලිපි (Thread)"> +<!ENTITY selectThreadCmd.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY selectThreadCmd.key "a"> +<!ENTITY selectFlaggedCmd.label "Starred Messages"> +<!ENTITY selectFlaggedCmd.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY folderPropsCmd.label "ලක්ෂණ..."> +<!ENTITY folderPropsFolderCmd.label "බහලුම් ලක්ෂණ..."> +<!ENTITY folderPropsNewsgroupCmd.label "පුවත්සමූහ ලක්ෂණ..."> +<!ENTITY folderPropsCmd.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY accountManagerCmd.label "ගිණුමේ සැකසුම්..."> +<!ENTITY accountManagerCmd.accesskey "c"> + +<!ENTITY undoDeleteMsgCmd.label "ලිපි මැකීම අහෝසි."> +<!ENTITY redoDeleteMsgCmd.label "ලිපි මැකීම යළි කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY undoMoveMsgCmd.label "ලිපි ගෙනයාම අහෝසි ක."> +<!ENTITY redoMoveMsgCmd.label "ලිපි ගෙනයාම යළි කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY undoCopyMsgCmd.label "ලිපි කොපි කිරීම අහෝසි."> +<!ENTITY redoCopyMsgCmd.label "ලිපි කොපි කිරීම යළි කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY undoMarkAllCmd.label "Undo Mark All Read"> +<!ENTITY redoMarkAllCmd.label "Redo Mark All Read"> +<!ENTITY undoDefaultCmd.label "අහෝසි."> +<!ENTITY redoDefaultCmd.label "යළි කරන්න"> + + +<!-- View Menu --> +<!ENTITY showMessengerToolbarCmd.label "ලිපි මෙවලම් තීරුව"> +<!ENTITY showMessengerToolbarCmd.accesskey "o"> +<!-- showSearchToolbarCmd is also used by addressbook --> +<!ENTITY showSearchToolbarCmd.label "සෙවුම් පුවරුව"> +<!ENTITY showSearchToolbarCmd.accesskey "e"> + +<!ENTITY messagePaneLayoutStyle.label "ආකෘතිය"> +<!ENTITY messagePaneLayoutStyle.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY messagePaneClassic.label "Classic View"> +<!ENTITY messagePaneClassic.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY messagePaneWide.label "පුළුල් පෙනුම"> +<!ENTITY messagePaneWide.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY messagePaneVertical.label "සිරස් පෙනුම"> +<!ENTITY messagePaneVertical.accesskey "V"> + + +<!ENTITY showMessagePaneCmd.label "පණිවිඩ පුවරුව"> +<!ENTITY showMessagePaneCmd.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY showThreadPaneCmd.label "Thread Pane"> +<!ENTITY showThreadPaneCmd.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY showFolderPaneCmd.label "බහලුම් පුවරුව"> +<!ENTITY showFolderPaneCmd.accesskey "F"> + +<!-- Sort Menu --> +<!ENTITY sortMenu.label "පිළිවෙළ කරන අයුර"> +<!ENTITY sortMenu.accesskey "S"> + +<!ENTITY sortByDateCmd.label "දිනය"> +<!ENTITY sortByDateCmd.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY sortByReceivedCmd.label "ලැබීම"> +<!ENTITY sortByReceivedCmd.accesskey "v"> +<!ENTITY sortByFlagCmd.label "සංඥා"> +<!ENTITY sortByFlagCmd.accesskey "l"> +<!ENTITY sortByPriorityCmd.label "ප්‍රමුඛතාවය"> +<!ENTITY sortByPriorityCmd.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY sortBySizeCmd.label "විශාලත්වය"> +<!ENTITY sortBySizeCmd.accesskey "z"> +<!ENTITY sortByStatusCmd.label "තත්ත්වය"> +<!ENTITY sortByStatusCmd.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY sortByTagsCmd.label "Tags"> +<!ENTITY sortByTagsCmd.accesskey "g"> +<!ENTITY sortByJunkStatusCmd.label "නිසරු"> +<!ENTITY sortByJunkStatusCmd.accesskey "J"> +<!ENTITY sortBySubjectCmd.label "ලිපියේ විෂයය"> +<!ENTITY sortBySubjectCmd.accesskey "b"> +<!ENTITY sortByFromCmd.label "එවන්නා"> +<!ENTITY sortByFromCmd.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY sortByRecipientCmd.label "ලබන්නා"> +<!ENTITY sortByRecipientCmd.accesskey "c"> +<!ENTITY sortByUnreadCmd.label "කියවූ"> +<!ENTITY sortByUnreadCmd.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY sortByOrderReceivedCmd.label "ලැබුණු පිළිවෙළ"> +<!ENTITY sortByOrderReceivedCmd.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY sortByAttachmentsCmd.label "ඇමුණුම්"> +<!ENTITY sortByAttachmentsCmd.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY sortAscending.label "ආරෝහණ"> +<!ENTITY sortAscending.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY sortDescending.label "අවරෝහණ"> +<!ENTITY sortDescending.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY sortThreaded.label "දාමයට අනුව"> +<!ENTITY sortThreaded.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY sortUnthreaded.label "දාමයට නොවේ"> +<!ENTITY sortUnthreaded.accesskey "h"> +<!ENTITY groupBySort.label "Grouped By Sort"> +<!ENTITY groupBySort.accesskey "G"> +<!ENTITY msgsMenu.label "ලිපි"> +<!ENTITY msgsMenu.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY threads.label "සබැඳි"> +<!ENTITY threads.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY allMsgsCmd.label "සියළු ලිපි"> +<!ENTITY allMsgsCmd.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY expandAllThreadsCmd.label "සියළු සබැඳි විහිදවන්න"> +<!ENTITY expandAllThreadsCmd.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY expandAllThreadsCmd.key "*"> +<!ENTITY collapseAllThreadsCmd.label "සියළු සබැඳි හකුළන්න"> +<!ENTITY collapseAllThreadsCmd.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY collapseAllThreadsCmd.key "\"> +<!ENTITY unreadMsgsCmd.label "නොකියවූ"> +<!ENTITY unreadMsgsCmd.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY threadsWithUnreadCmd.label "Threads with Unread"> +<!ENTITY threadsWithUnreadCmd.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY watchedThreadsWithUnreadCmd.label "Watched Threads with Unread"> +<!ENTITY watchedThreadsWithUnreadCmd.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY ignoredThreadsCmd.label "නොසලකා හැරි සබැඳුම්"> +<!ENTITY ignoredThreadsCmd.accesskey "i"> + +<!ENTITY headersMenu.label "ශීර්ෂ"> +<!ENTITY headersMenu.accesskey "H"> +<!ENTITY headersAllCmd.label "සියල්ල"> +<!ENTITY headersAllCmd.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY headersNormalCmd.label "සාමාන්‍ය"> +<!ENTITY headersNormalCmd.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY bodyMenu.label "ලිපියේ බඳ මෙලෙස"> +<!ENTITY bodyMenu.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY bodyAllowHTML.label "Original HTML"> +<!ENTITY bodyAllowHTML.accesskey "H"> +<!ENTITY bodySanitized.label "සරල HTML"> +<!ENTITY bodySanitized.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY bodyAsPlaintext.label "සාමාන්‍ය පෙළ"> +<!ENTITY bodyAsPlaintext.accesskey "P"> + +<!ENTITY bodyMenuFeed.label "Feed Message Body As"> +<!ENTITY bodyMenuFeed.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY viewFeedWebPage.label "Web Page"> +<!ENTITY viewFeedWebPage.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY viewFeedSummary.label "Summary"> +<!ENTITY viewFeedSummary.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY viewFeedSummaryFeedPropsPref.label "Default Format"> +<!ENTITY viewFeedSummaryFeedPropsPref.accesskey "D"> + +<!ENTITY viewAttachmentsInlineCmd.label "ඇමුණුම් ලිපිය තුළම පෙන්වන්න"> +<!ENTITY viewAttachmentsInlineCmd.accesskey "A"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : +fullZoomEnlargeCmd.commandkey3, fullZoomReduceCmd.commandkey2 and +fullZoomResetCmd.commandkey2 are alternative acceleration keys for zoom. +If shift key is needed with your locale popular keyboard for them, +you can use these alternative items. Otherwise, their values should be empty. --> + + + +<!-- Search Menu --> + +<!ENTITY reloadCmd.label "Reload"> +<!ENTITY reloadCmd.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY stopCmd.label "නවතන්න"> +<!ENTITY stopCmd.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY pageSourceCmd.label "පණිවිඩ මූලය"> + + +<!-- +Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, + based on en-US entities. +--> + +<!ENTITY pageSourceCmd.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY pageSourceCmd.key "u"> + +<!ENTITY findCmd.label "මේ ලිපියේ සොයන්න..."> + +<!-- Go Menu --> + +<!-- Go Menu --> +<!ENTITY goMenu.label "යන්න"> +<!ENTITY goMenu.accesskey "G"> +<!ENTITY nextMenu.label "ඊළග"> +<!ENTITY nextMenu.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY nextMsgCmd.label "ලිපියට"> +<!ENTITY nextMsgCmd.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY nextMsgCmd.key "f"> +<!ENTITY nextUnreadMsgCmd.label "නොකියවූ ලිපියට"> +<!ENTITY nextUnreadMsgCmd.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY nextUnreadMsgCmd.key "n"> +<!ENTITY nextFlaggedMsgCmd.label "Flagged Message"> +<!ENTITY nextFlaggedMsgCmd.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY nextUnreadThread.label "නොකියවූ සබැඳි ලිපියට"> +<!ENTITY nextUnreadThread.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY nextUnreadThread.key "t"> +<!ENTITY prevMenu.label "පෙර"> +<!ENTITY prevMenu.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY prevMsgCmd.label "ලිපියට"> +<!ENTITY prevMsgCmd.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY prevMsgCmd.key "b"> +<!ENTITY prevUnreadMsgCmd.label "නොකියවූ ලිපියට"> +<!ENTITY prevUnreadMsgCmd.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY prevUnreadMsgCmd.key "p"> +<!ENTITY goBackCmd.label "පසුපසට"> +<!ENTITY goBackCmd.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY goBackCmd.commandKey "["> +<!ENTITY goForwardCmd.label "ඉදිරියට"> + +<!ENTITY goForwardCmd.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY goForwardCmd.commandKey "]"> +<!ENTITY prevFlaggedMsgCmd.label "Flagged Message"> +<!ENTITY prevFlaggedMsgCmd.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY startPageCmd.label "ආරම්භක පිටුවට"> +<!ENTITY startPageCmd.accesskey "S"> + +<!ENTITY msgMenu.label "ලිපි"> +<!ENTITY msgMenu.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY newMsgCmd.label "නව ලිපි"> +<!ENTITY newMsgCmd.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY newNewMsgCmd.label "ලිපියක්"> +<!ENTITY newNewMsgCmd.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY replyMsgCmd.label "පිළිතුරු"> +<!ENTITY replyMsgCmd.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY replyMsgCmd.key "r"> +<!ENTITY replyNewsgroupCmd.label "පුවත්සමූහයට පිළිතුරු"> +<!ENTITY replyNewsgroupCmd.accesskey "y"> +<!ENTITY replySenderCmd.label "එවූ තැනැත්තාට පිළිතුරු"> +<!ENTITY replySenderCmd.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY replyToAllMsgCmd.label "සැමට පිළිතුරු"> +<!ENTITY replyToAllMsgCmd.accesskey "p"> +<!ENTITY replyToAllMsgCmd.key "r"> +<!ENTITY replyToSenderAndNewsgroupCmd.label "Reply to Sender and Newsgroup"> +<!ENTITY replyToSenderAndNewsgroupCmd.accesskey "p"> +<!ENTITY replyToAllRecipientsCmd.label "Reply to All Recipients"> +<!ENTITY replyToAllRecipientsCmd.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY forwardMsgCmd.label "යොමුව"> +<!ENTITY forwardMsgCmd.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY forwardMsgCmd.key "l"> +<!ENTITY forwardAsMenu.label "යොමුව මෙලෙස"> +<!ENTITY forwardAsMenu.accesskey "w"> +<!ENTITY forwardAsInline.label "ලිපිය තුළම"> +<!ENTITY forwardAsInline.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY forwardAsAttachmentCmd.label "ඇමුණුමක් සේ"> +<!ENTITY forwardAsAttachmentCmd.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY createFilter.label "පෙරහනක් සාදන්න..."> +<!ENTITY createFilter.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY archiveMsgCmd.label "Archive"> +<!ENTITY archiveMsgCmd.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY archiveMsgCmd.key "a"> +<!ENTITY moveMsgToMenu.label "ගෙන යන්න"> +<!ENTITY moveMsgToMenu.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY copyMessageLocation.label "ලිපි ස්ථානය පිටපත් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY copyMessageLocation.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY copyMsgToMenu.label "පිටපත් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY copyMsgToMenu.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY moveCopyMsgRecentMenu.label "මෑතකිලීන"> +<!ENTITY moveCopyMsgRecentMenu.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY killThreadMenu.label "සබැඳුම නොසලකා හරින්න"> +<!ENTITY killThreadMenu.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY killThreadMenu.key "k"> +<!ENTITY killSubthreadMenu.label "Ignore Subthread"> +<!ENTITY killSubthreadMenu.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY killSubthreadMenu.key "k"> +<!ENTITY watchThreadMenu.label "Watch Thread"> +<!ENTITY watchThreadMenu.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY watchThreadMenu.key "w"> +<!ENTITY fileHereMenu.label "මෙහි ගොනුගත කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY fileHereMenu.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY copyHereMenu.label "මෙතනට පිටපත් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY copyHereMenu.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY tagMenu.label "ටැග්"> +<!ENTITY tagMenu.accesskey "g"> +<!ENTITY tagCustomize.label "රිසිකරණය…"> +<!ENTITY tagCustomize.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY markMenu.label "සළකුණු කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY markMenu.accesskey "k"> +<!ENTITY markThreadAsReadCmd.label "Thread As Read"> +<!ENTITY markThreadAsReadCmd.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY markThreadAsReadCmd.key "r"> +<!ENTITY markReadByDateCmd.label "කියවූ දිනය අනුව..."> +<!ENTITY markReadByDateCmd.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY markReadByDateCmd.key "c"> +<!ENTITY markAllReadCmd.label "සියල්ල කියවූ ලෙස"> +<!ENTITY markAllReadCmd.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY markAllReadCmd.key "c"> +<!ENTITY markAsJunkCmd.label "නිසරු සේ"> +<!ENTITY markAsJunkCmd.accesskey "J"> +<!ENTITY markAsJunkCmd.key "j"> +<!ENTITY markAsNotJunkCmd.label "නිසරු නොවන"> +<!ENTITY markAsNotJunkCmd.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY markAsNotJunkCmd.key "j"> +<!ENTITY recalculateJunkScoreCmd.label "නිසරු ලිපි පාලක ක්‍රියා ක."> +<!ENTITY recalculateJunkScoreCmd.accesskey "C"> + +<!-- Windows Menu --> + +<!-- Tools Menu --> + +<!ENTITY markAsShowRemoteCmd.label "Show Remote Content"> +<!ENTITY markAsShowRemoteCmd.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY markAsShowRemoteCmd.key "r"> +<!ENTITY markAsNotPhishCmd.label "As Not Scam"> +<!ENTITY markAsNotPhishCmd.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY markAsNotPhishCmd.key "p"> +<!ENTITY openFeedMessage.label "Open Feed Message"> +<!ENTITY openFeedMessage.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY openFeedWebPageInWindow.label "Web Page in New Window"> +<!ENTITY openFeedWebPageInWindow.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY openFeedSummaryInWindow.label "Summary in New Window"> +<!ENTITY openFeedSummaryInWindow.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY openFeedWebPageInMP.label "Toggle Web Page and Summary in Message Pane"> +<!ENTITY openFeedWebPageInMP.accesskey "T"> + +<!ENTITY searchMailCmd.label "ලිපි සොයන්න..."> +<!ENTITY searchMailCmd.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY searchMailCmd.key "f"> +<!ENTITY searchAddressesCmd.label "ලිපින සොයන්න..."> +<!ENTITY searchAddressesCmd.accesskey "S"> + +<!ENTITY filtersCmd.label "ලිපි පෙරණ..."> +<!ENTITY filtersCmd.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY filtersApply.label "බහලුම මත පෙරහන ක්‍රියා ක."> +<!ENTITY filtersApply.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY filtersApplyToSelection.label "තේරූ ලිපි මත පෙරහන් ක්‍රියා කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY filtersApplyToSelection.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY filtersApplyToMessage.label "ලිපි මත පෙරහන ක්‍රියා කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY filtersApplyToMessage.accesskey "s"> + +<!ENTITY runJunkControls.label "බහලුමේ නිසරු ලිපි පාලක ක්‍රියා කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY runJunkControls.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY deleteJunk.label "බහලුමේ නිසරු සේ සළකුණු කර ඇති ලිපි මකන්න"> +<!ENTITY deleteJunk.accesskey "l"> + +<!ENTITY importCmd.label "ආයාත කරන්න..."> +<!ENTITY importCmd.accesskey "I"> + +<!ENTITY nameColumn.label "නම"> +<!-- Thread Pane --> +<!ENTITY unreadColumn.label "නොකියවූ"> +<!-- Quick Search Menu Bar --> +<!ENTITY totalColumn.label "එකතුව"> + +<!-- Mail Toolbar --> +<!ENTITY getMsgButton.label "ලිපි ලබාගන්න"> +<!ENTITY getAllNewMsgCmd.label "සියළු නව ලිපි ලබා ගැනීමට"> +<!ENTITY newMsgButton.label "ලියන්න"> +<!ENTITY newHTMLMessageCmd.label "Compose in HTML"> +<!ENTITY newHTMLMessageCmd.accesskey "H"> +<!ENTITY newPlainTextMessageCmd.label "Compose in Plain Text"> +<!ENTITY newPlainTextMessageCmd.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY replyButton.label "පිළිතුරු යවන්න"> +<!ENTITY replyAllButton.label "සැමට පිළිතුරු"> +<!ENTITY forwardButton.label "යොමු කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY fileButton.label "ගොනු"> +<!ENTITY nextButton.label "ඊළඟ"> +<!ENTITY goBackButton.label "Go Back"> +<!ENTITY goForwardButton.label "Go Forward"> +<!ENTITY deleteButton.label "මකන්න"> +<!ENTITY undeleteButton.label "Undelete"> +<!ENTITY markButton.label "සළකුණු කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY printButton.label "මුද්‍රණය"> +<!ENTITY stopButton.label "නවතන්න"> +<!ENTITY junkButton.label "නිසරු ලිපි"> +<!ENTITY notJunkButton.label "නිසරු සේ නොගැනෙන ලිපි"> +<!ENTITY searchButton.title "Advanced Search"> + +<!ENTITY menuBar.tooltip "Menu Bar"> +<!ENTITY mailToolbar.tooltip "Mail Toolbar"> +<!ENTITY searchToolbar.tooltip "Search Bar"> +<!-- Mac OS X Application Menu (Cocoa widgets) --> +<!ENTITY advancedButton.tooltip "Advanced message search"> +<!ENTITY getMsgButton.tooltip "නව ලිපි ලබා ගැනීමට"> +<!ENTITY newMsgButton.tooltip "නව ලිපියක් ඇරඹීමට"> +<!ENTITY replyButton.tooltip "ලිපියට පිළිතුරු ලිවීමට"> +<!ENTITY replyAllButton.tooltip "එවන්නා ඇතුළු සැමට පිළිතුරු සැපයීමට"> +<!-- Mail Toolbar Tooltips--> + +<!ENTITY replyAllButtonNews.tooltip "Reply to sender and newsgroup"> +<!ENTITY forwardButton.tooltip "තෝරාගත් ලිපිය යොමු කිරීමට"> +<!ENTITY fileButton.tooltip "තෝරාගත් ලිපිය ගොනුගත කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY nextButton.tooltip "මීලඟ නොකියවූ ලිපියට"> +<!ENTITY goBackButton.tooltip "පෙර ලිපියට"> +<!ENTITY goForwardButton.tooltip "ඉදිරි ලිපියට"> +<!ENTITY deleteButton.tooltip "තෝරාගත් ලිපි හෝ බහලුම් මැකීමට"> +<!ENTITY undeleteButton.tooltip "Undelete selected message"> +<!ENTITY markButton.tooltip "ලිපි සළකුණු කිරීමට"> +<!ENTITY printButton.tooltip "ලිපිය මුද්‍රණය කිරීමට"> +<!ENTITY stopButton.tooltip "ලිපි යැවීම/ලබාගැනීම නතර කිරීමට"> +<!-- Tags Menu Popup --> + + +<!-- Folder Pane --> + +<!ENTITY junkButton.tooltip "තෝරාගත් ලිපි නිසරු සේ සළකුණු කිරීමට"> +<!ENTITY notJunkButton.tooltip "තෝරාගත් ලිපි නසරු නොවන සේ සළකුණු කිරීමට"> + +<!-- Statusbar --> +<!ENTITY statusText.label "කළා"> + +<!-- Mac OS X Window Menu --> + +<!-- Thread Pane Context Menu --> +<!ENTITY contextOpenNewWindow.label "ලිපිය නව කවුළුවක විවෘත කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY contextOpenNewWindow.accesskey "W"> + +<!ENTITY contextOpenNewTab.label "Open Message in New Tab"> +<!ENTITY contextOpenNewTab.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY contextReplySender.label "එවූ තැනැත්තාට පිළිතුරු"> +<!ENTITY contextReplySender.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY contextReplyNewsgroup.label "පුවත්සමූහයට පිළිතුරු"> +<!ENTITY contextReplyNewsgroup.accesskey "y"> +<!ENTITY contextReplyAll.label "සැමට පිළිතුරු"> +<!ENTITY contextReplyAll.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY contextReplySenderAndNewsgroup.label "Reply to Sender and Newsgroup"> +<!ENTITY contextReplySenderAndNewsgroup.accesskey "p"> +<!ENTITY contextForward.label "යොමු කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY contextForward.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY contextForwardAsAttachment.label "ඇමුණුමක් ලෙස යොමු කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY contextForwardAsAttachment.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY contextArchive.label "Archive"> +<!ENTITY contextArchive.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY contextMoveMsgMenu.label "ගෙන යන්න"> +<!ENTITY contextMoveMsgMenu.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY contextCopyMsgMenu.label "පිටපත් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY contextCopyMsgMenu.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY contextMoveCopyMsgRecentMenu.label "මෑතකාලීන"> +<!ENTITY contextMoveCopyMsgRecentMenu.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY contextSaveAs.label "සුරකින අයුර..."> +<!ENTITY contextSaveAs.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY contextPrint.label "මුද්‍රණය..."> +<!ENTITY contextPrint.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY contextPrintPreview.label "මුද්‍රණය පෙර දැක්ම"> +<!ENTITY contextPrintPreview.accesskey "v"> + +<!-- Junk Bar --> + + +<!-- Folder Pane Context Menu --> +<!ENTITY folderContextGetMessages.label "ලිපි ලබාගන්න"> +<!ENTITY folderContextGetMessages.accesskey "G"> +<!ENTITY folderContextOpenNewWindow.label "විවෘත කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY folderContextOpenNewWindow.accesskey "O"> + +<!ENTITY folderContextOpenNewTab.label "Open in New Tab"> +<!ENTITY folderContextOpenNewTab.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY folderContextRename.label "යළි නම් කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY folderContextRename.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY folderContextRemove.label "මකන්න"> +<!ENTITY folderContextRemove.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY folderContextCompact.label "සංයුක්ත කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY folderContextCompact.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY folderContextEmptyTrash.label "මැකූ ලිපි ඉවත් කිරීම"> +<!ENTITY folderContextEmptyTrash.accesskey "y"> +<!ENTITY folderContextEmptyJunk.label "නිසරු ලිපි ඉවත් කිරීම"> +<!ENTITY folderContextEmptyJunk.accesskey "J"> +<!ENTITY folderContextSendUnsentMessages.label "නොයැවූ ලිපි යවන්න"> +<!ENTITY folderContextSendUnsentMessages.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY folderContextUnsubscribe.label "දායකත්වය අත්හරින්න"> +<!ENTITY folderContextUnsubscribe.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY folderContextMarkNewsgroupRead.label "පුවත්සමූහය කියවූ සේ ලකුණු කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY folderContextMarkNewsgroupRead.accesskey "k"> +<!ENTITY folderContextMarkMailFolderRead.label "බහලුම කියවූ සේ ලකුණු කරන්න"> +<!ENTITY folderContextMarkMailFolderRead.accesskey "k"> +<!ENTITY folderContextNew.label "නව උප බහලුමක්..."> +<!ENTITY folderContextNew.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY folderContextSubscribe.label "දායකත්වය ලබාගන්න..."> +<!ENTITY folderContextSubscribe.accesskey "b"> +<!ENTITY folderContextSearchMessages.label "ලිපි සොයන්න..."> +<!ENTITY folderContextSearchMessages.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY folderContextProperties.label "ලක්ෂණ..."> +<!ENTITY folderContextProperties.accesskey "P"> + +<!ENTITY folderContextSettings.label "සැකසුම්…"> +<!ENTITY folderContextSettings.accesskey "e"> + + +<!ENTITY focusSearchInput.key "k"> +<!ENTITY advancedButton.label "Advanced…"> +<!ENTITY advancedButton.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY searchButton.label "Search Messages…"> +<!ENTITY searchButton.accesskey "S"> + +<!ENTITY all.label "සියල්ල"> +<!ENTITY all.accesskey "A"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/messenger.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/messenger.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..22716611f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/messenger.properties @@ -0,0 +1,359 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# The following are used by the messenger application + +# The following are used by the messenger application +renameFolder=Rename Folder… +removeAccount=Delete Account… +removeFolder=Delete Folder +newFolderMenuItem=Folder… +newSubfolderMenuItem=Subfolder… +newFolder=New Folder… +newSubfolder=New Subfolder… +folderProperties=Folder Properties +getMessages=Get Messages +getMessagesFor=Get Messages For Account +advanceNextPrompt=Advance to next unread message in %S? +titleNewsPreHost=on +titleMailPreHost=for +replyToSender=Reply to Sender +reply=Reply +EMLFiles=Mail Files +OpenEMLFiles=Open Message +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(defaultSaveMessageAsFileName): Do not translate ".eml" +# in the line below. Also, the complete file name should be 8.3. +defaultSaveMessageAsFileName=message.eml +SaveMailAs=Save Message As +SaveAttachment=Save Attachment +SaveAllAttachments=Save All Attachments +ChooseFolder=Choose Folder +LoadingMessageToPrint=Loading message to print… +MessageLoaded=Message loaded… +PrintingMessage=Printing message… +PrintPreviewMessage=Print Previewing message… +PrintingContact=Printing contact… +PrintPreviewContact=Print Previewing contact… +PrintingAddrBook=Printing AddressBook… +PrintPreviewAddrBook=Print Previewing AddressBook… +PrintingComplete=Done. +PreviewTitle=%S - %S +LoadingMailMsgForPrint=(Loading content for Printing) +LoadingMailMsgForPrintPreview=(Loading content for Print Preview) +saveAttachmentFailed=Unable to save the attachment. Please check your file name and try again later. +saveMessageFailed=Unable to save the message. Please check your file name and try again later. +fileExists=%S already exists. Do you want to replace it? + +downloadingNewsgroups=Downloading Newsgroups for Offline Use +downloadingMail=Downloading Mail for Offline Use +sendingUnsent=Sending Unsent Messages + +folderExists=A folder with that name already exists. Please enter a different name. +folderCreationFailed=The folder could not be created because the folder name you specified contains an unrecognized character. Please enter a different name and try again. + +compactingFolder=Compacting folder %S… +autoCompactAllFoldersTitle=Compact Folders + +confirmFolderDeletionForFilter=Deleting the folder '%S' will disable its associated filter(s). Are you sure you want to delete the folder? +alertFilterChanged=Filters associated with this folder will be updated. +filterDisabled=The folder '%S' could not be found, so filter(s) associated with this folder will be disabled. Verify that the folder exists, and that filters point to a valid destination folder. +filterFolderDeniedLocked=The messages could not be filtered to folder '%S' because another operation is in progress. +parsingFolderFailed=Unable to open the folder %S because it is in use by some other operation. Please wait for that operation to finish and then select the folder again. +deletingMsgsFailed=Unable to delete messages in folder %S because it is in use by some other operation. Please wait for that operation to finish and then try again. +alertFilterCheckbox=Do not warn me again. +compactFolderDeniedLock=The folder '%S' cannot be compacted because another operation is in progress. Please try again later. +compactFolderWriteFailed=The folder '%S' could not be compacted because writing to folder failed. Verify that you have enough disk space, and that you have write privileges to the file system, then try again. +filterFolderWriteFailed=The messages could not be filtered to folder '%S' because writing to folder failed. Verify that you have enough disk space, and that you have write privileges to the file system, then try again. +copyMsgWriteFailed=The messages could not be moved or copied to folder '%S' because writing to folder failed. To gain disk space, from the File menu, first choose Empty Trash, and then choose Compact Folders, and then try again. +cantMoveMsgWOBodyOffline=While working offline, you cannot move or copy messages that were not downloaded for offline use. From the Mail window, open the File menu, choose Offline, then uncheck Work Offline, and then try again. +operationFailedFolderBusy=The operation failed because an other operation is using the folder. Please wait for that operation to finish and then try again. +folderRenameFailed=The folder could not be renamed. Perhaps the folder is being reparsed, or the new name is not a valid folder name. +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(verboseFolderFormat): %1$S is folder name, %2$S is server name +verboseFolderFormat=%1$S on %2$S +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(filterFolderTruncateFailed): %1$S is replaced by the folder name, %2$S is replaced by the brandShortName +filterFolderTruncateFailed=There was an error truncating the Inbox after filtering a message to folder '%1$S'. You may need to shutdown %2$S and delete INBOX.msf. + +mailboxTooLarge=The folder %S is full, and can't hold any more messages. To make room for more messages, delete any old or unwanted mail and compact the folder. +errorGettingDB=Unable to open the summary file for '%S'. Perhaps there was an error on disk, or the full path is too long. + +defaultServerTag=(Default) + +# Used in message database list view to provide a text value for graphic based cells. +messageUnread=Unread +messageHasFlag=Flagged +messageHasAttachment=Has Attachment +messageJunk=Junk +messageExpanded=Expanded +messageCollapsed=Collapsed + +# Used in the SMTP Account Settings panel when a server value has no properties +smtpServerList-NotSpecified=<not specified> +smtpServer-ConnectionSecurityType-0=None +smtpServer-ConnectionSecurityType-1=STARTTLS, if available +smtpServer-ConnectionSecurityType-2=STARTTLS +smtpServer-ConnectionSecurityType-3=SSL/TLS +smtpServers-confirmServerDeletionTitle=Delete Server +smtpServers-confirmServerDeletion=Are you sure you want to delete the server: \n %S? + +# Account Settings - Both Incoming and SMTP server +authNo=No authentication +authOld=Password, original method (insecure) +authPasswordCleartextInsecurely=Password, transmitted insecurely +authPasswordCleartextViaSSL=Normal password +authPasswordEncrypted=Encrypted password +authKerberos=Kerberos / GSSAPI +authNTLM=NTLM +authAnySecure=Any secure method (deprecated) +authAny=Any method (insecure) + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(serverType-nntp): Do not translate "NNTP" in the line below +serverType-nntp=News Server (NNTP) +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(serverType-pop3): Do not translate "POP" in the line below +serverType-pop3=POP Mail Server +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(serverType-imap): Do not translate "IMAP" in the line below +serverType-imap=IMAP Mail Server +serverType-none=Local Mail Store + +sizeColumnHeader=Size +linesColumnHeader=Lines + +# status feedback stuff +documentDone= +documentLoading=Loading Message… + +unreadMsgStatus=Unread: %S +selectedMsgStatus=Selected: %S +totalMsgStatus=Total: %S + +# localized folder names + +localFolders=Local Folders + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (inboxFolderName): OK to translate all foldernames, bugzilla #57440 & bugzilla #23625 fixed +inboxFolderName=Inbox +trashFolderName=Trash +sentFolderName=Sent +draftsFolderName=Drafts +templatesFolderName=Templates +outboxFolderName=Outbox +junkFolderName=Junk +archivesFolderName=Archives + +# "Normal" priority is often blank, +# depending on the consumers of these strings +priorityLowest=Lowest +priorityLow=Low +priorityNormal=Normal +priorityHigh=High +priorityHighest=Highest + +#Group by date thread pane titles +today=Today +yesterday=Yesterday +lastWeek=Last Week +twoWeeksAgo=Two Weeks Ago +older=Old Mail + +#Grouped By Tags +untaggedMessages=Untagged Messages + +# Grouped by status +messagesWithNoStatus=No Status + +#Grouped by priority +noPriority=No Priority + +#Grouped by has attachments +noAttachments=No Attachments +attachments=Attachments + +#Grouped by flagged +notFlagged=Not Flagged +groupFlagged=Flagged + +# defaults descriptions for tag prefs listed in mailnews.js +# (we keep the .labels. names for backwards compatibility) +mailnews.tags.remove=Remove All Tags +mailnews.labels.description.1=Important +mailnews.labels.description.2=Work +mailnews.labels.description.3=Personal +mailnews.labels.description.4=To Do +mailnews.labels.description.5=Later + +# Format definition tag menu texts. +# This is necessary in order to get the accesskeys to be the on the first +# character of the menu text instead of after the menu text. +# If a key definition exists for the tag at index n, that key's key will be +# taken as the accesskey, eg. +# <key id="key_tag3" key="&tagCmd3.key;" oncommand="ToggleMessageTagKey(3);"/> +# makes the third tag have the accesskey &tagCmd3.key;. +# In the menuitem's label, this accesskey appears at %1$S below; %2$S will be +# replaced by the tag label. +mailnews.tags.format=%1$S %2$S + +replied=Replied +forwarded=Forwarded +new=New +read=Read +flagged=Flagged + +# for junk status picker in search and mail views +junk=Junk + +# for junk score origin picker in search and mail views +junkScoreOriginPlugin=Plugin +junkScoreOriginFilter=Filter +junkScoreOriginWhitelist=Whitelist +junkScoreOriginUser=User +junkScoreOriginImapFlag=IMAP Flag + +# for the has attachment picker in search and mail views +hasAttachments=Has Attachments + +# for the Tag picker in search and mail views. +tag=Tag + +# mailnews.js +mailnews.send_default_charset=ISO-8859-1 +mailnews.view_default_charset=ISO-8859-1 + +# generate display names in last first order +# valid mail.addr_book.displayName.lastnamefirst are: true or false +mail.addr_book.displayName.lastnamefirst=false + +# valid mail.addr_book.show_phonetic_fields are: true or false +mail.addr_book.show_phonetic_fields=false + +# valid format options are: +# 1: yyyy/mm/dd +# 2: yyyy/dd/mm +# 3: mm/dd/yyyy +# 4: mm/yyyy/dd +# 5: dd/mm/yyyy +# 6: dd/yyyy/mm +# +# 0: auto-detect the current locale format +# a separator has to be either '/', '-', '.' and the year in Chistian year +# otherwise mm/dd/yyyy (option 3) is used +# +mailnews.search_date_format=0 +# separator for search date (e.g. "/", "-"), or empty when search_date_format is zero +mailnews.search_date_separator= +# leading zeros for day and month values, not used if mailnews.search_date_format is not zero +mailnews.search_date_leading_zeros=true + +# accountCentral +mailnews.account_central_page.url=chrome://messenger/content/msgAccountCentral.xul +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(acctCentralTitleFormat): %1$S is brand, %2$S is account type, %3$S is account name +acctCentralTitleFormat=%1$S %2$S - %3$S +mailAcctType=Mail +newsAcctType=News + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(nocachedbodytitle): Do not translate "<TITLE>" or "</TITLE>" in the line below +nocachedbodytitle=<TITLE>Go Online to View This Message</TITLE>\n + +# mailWindowOverlay.js +confirmUnsubscribeTitle=Confirm Unsubscribe +confirmUnsubscribeText=Are you sure you want to unsubscribe from %S? + +# msgHdrViewOverlay.js +deleteAttachments=The following attachments will be permanently deleted from this message:\n%S\nThis action cannot be undone. Do you wish to continue? +detachAttachments=The following attachments have been successfully saved and will now be permanently deleted from this message:\n%S\nThis action cannot be undone. Do you wish to continue? +deleteAttachmentFailure=Failed to delete the selected attachments. + +# This is the format for prepending accesskeys to the +# each of the attachments in the file|attachments menu: +# ie: 1 file.txt +# 2 another file.txt +attachmentDisplayNameFormat=%S %S + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(biffNotification): %1$S is the number of new messages +biffNotification_message=has %1$S new message +biffNotification_messages=has %1$S new messages + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(macBiffNotification is Mac only): +# %1$S is the number of new messages +# %2$S is a list of names and/or email addresses separated by biffNotification_separator +# %3$S is the number of new messages not displayed in the biff alert +macBiffNotification_message=%1$S new message from %2$S. +macBiffNotification_messages=%1$S new messages from %2$S. +macBiffNotification_messages_extra=%1$S new messages from %2$S and %3$S more. +# Used to separate names/email addresses in a list. Note the trailing space ', ' +macBiffNotification_separator=,\u0020 + +quotaPercentUsed=%S%% full + +# for message views +confirmViewDeleteTitle=Confirm +confirmViewDeleteMessage=Are you sure you want to delete this view? + +# for virtual folders +confirmSavedSearchDeleteMessage=Are you sure you want to delete this saved search? + +## @name ENTER_PASSWORD_PROMPT +## @loc None +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (passwordPrompt): Do not translate the word %S below. +# Place the word "%S" in your translation where the email address +# or the username should appear +passwordPrompt=Enter your password for %1$S on %2$S: + +## @name ENTER_PASSWORD_PROMPT_TITLE +## @loc None +passwordTitle=Mail Server Password Required + +# for checking if the user really wants to open lots of messages +openWindowWarningTitle=Confirm + +# for warning the user that a tag he's trying to create already exists +tagExists=A tag with that name already exists! + +# for checking if the user really wants to delete the adaptive filter training set +confirmResetJunkTrainingTitle=Confirm +confirmResetJunkTrainingText=Are you sure you want to reset the adaptive filter training data? + +# for the virtual folder list dialog title +# %S is the name of the saved search folder +editVirtualFolderPropertiesTitle=Edit Saved Search Properties for %S + +#alert to inform the user to choose one or more folders to search for a saved search folder +alertNoSearchFoldersSelected=You must choose at least one folder to search for the saved search folder. + +# These are displayed in the message and folder pane windows +# LOCALIZATION NOTE %.*f is the abbreviated size in the appropriate units +byteAbbreviation2=%.*f bytes +kiloByteAbbreviation2=%.*f KB +megaByteAbbreviation2=%.*f MB +gigaByteAbbreviation2=%.*f GB + +# Error message if message for a message id wasn't found +errorOpenMessageForMessageIdTitle=Error opening message-id +errorOpenMessageForMessageIdMessage=Message for message-id %S not found + +# Warnings to alert users about phishing urls +confirmPhishingTitle=Email Scam Alert +#LOCALIZATION NOTE %1$S is the brand name, %2$S is the host name of the url being visited +confirmPhishingUrl1=%1$S thinks this website is suspicious! It may be trying to impersonate the web page you want to visit. Most legitimate websites use names instead of numbers. Are you sure you want to visit %2$S? +confirmPhishingUrl2=%1$S thinks this website is suspicious! It may be trying to impersonate the web page you want to visit. Are you sure you want to visit %2$S? + +# mailCommands.js +emptyJunkTitle=Confirm +emptyJunkMessage=Are you sure you want to permanently delete all messages and subfolders in the Junk folder? +emptyJunkDontAsk=Don't ask me again. +emptyTrashTitle=Confirm +emptyTrashMessage=Are you sure you want to permanently delete all messages and subfolders in the Trash folder? +emptyTrashDontAsk=Don't ask me again. + +# junkCommands.js +junkAnalysisPercentComplete=Junk analysis %S complete +processingJunkMessages=Processing Junk Messages + +# Messenger bootstrapping messages +fileNotFoundTitle = File Not Found +#LOCALIZATION NOTE(fileNotFoundMsg): %S is the filename +fileNotFoundMsg = The file %S does not exist. + +mailServerLoginFailedTitle=Login Failed +mailServerLoginFailedRetryButton=&Retry +mailServerLoginFailedEnterNewPasswordButton=&Enter New Password + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/mime.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/mime.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9de0f93dcb --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/mime.properties @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# The following are used by libmime to emit header display in HTML +# + +# Mail subject +## @name MIME_MHTML_SUBJECT +## @loc None +1000=Subject + +# Resent-Comments +## @name MIME_MHTML_RESENT_COMMENTS +## @loc +1001=Resent-Comments + +# Resent-Date +## @name MIME_MHTML_RESENT_DATE +## @loc +1002=Resent-Date + +# Resent-Sender +## @name MIME_MHTML_RESENT_SENDER +## @loc +1003=Resent-Sender + +# Resent-From +## @name MIME_MHTML_RESENT_FROM +## @loc +1004=Resent-From + +# Resent-To +## @name MIME_MHTML_RESENT_TO +## @loc +1005=Resent-To + +# Resent-CC +## @name MIME_MHTML_RESENT_CC +## @loc +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (1006): Do not translate "CC" below. +1006=Resent-CC + +# Date +## @name MIME_MHTML_DATE +## @loc +1007=Date + +# Sender +## @name MIME_MHTML_SENDER +## @loc +1008=Sender + +# From +## @name MIME_MHTML_FROM +## @loc +1009=From + +# Reply-To +## @name MIME_MHTML_REPLY_TO +## @loc +1010=Reply-To + +# Organization +## @name MIME_MHTML_ORGANIZATION +## @loc +1011=Organization + +# To +## @name MIME_MHTML_TO +## @loc +1012=To + +# CC +## @name MIME_MHTML_CC +## @loc +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (1013): Do not translate "CC" below. +1013=CC + +# Newsgroups +## @name MIME_MHTML_NEWSGROUPS +## @loc +1014=Newsgroups + +# Followup-To +## @name MIME_MHTML_FOLLOWUP_TO +## @loc +1015=Followup-To + +# References +## @name MIME_MHTML_REFERENCES +## @loc +1016=References + +# Message ID +## @name MIME_MHTML_MESSAGE_ID +## @loc +1021=Message-ID + +# BCC +## @name MIME_MHTML_BCC +## @loc +1023=BCC + +# Link to doc +## @name MIME_MSG_LINK_TO_DOCUMENT +## @loc +1026=Link to Document + +# Get Doc info +## @name MIME_MSG_DOCUMENT_INFO +## @loc +1027=<B>Document Info:</B> + +# Msg Attachment +## @name MIME_MSG_ATTACHMENT +## @loc +1028=Attachment + +# default attachment name +## @name MIME_MSG_DEFAULT_ATTACHMENT_NAME +## @loc +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (1040): Do not translate "%s" below. +# Place the %s where you wish the part number of the attachment to appear +1040=Part %s + +# default forwarded message prefix +## @name MIME_FORWARDED_MESSAGE_HTML_USER_WROTE +## @loc +1041=-------- Original Message -------- + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/mimeheader.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/mimeheader.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8a5c0c04d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/mimeheader.properties @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# The following are used by libmime for header display in XML & HTML +# +TO=To +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (BCC); DONT_TRANSLATE +BCC=BCC +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (CC); DONT_TRANSLATE +CC=CC +DATE=Date +DISTRIBUTION=Distribution +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (FCC); DONT_TRANSLATE +FCC=FCC +FOLLOWUP-TO=Followup-To +FROM=From +STATUS=Status +LINES=Lines +MESSAGE-ID=Message-ID +MIME-VERSION=MIME-Version +NEWSGROUPS=Newsgroups +ORGANIZATION=Organization +REFERENCES=References +REPLY-TO=Reply-To +RESENT-COMMENTS=Resent-Comments +RESENT-DATE=Resent-Date +RESENT-FROM=Resent-From +RESENT-MESSAGE-ID=Resent-Message-ID +RESENT-SENDER=Resent-Sender +RESENT-TO=Resent-To +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (RESENT-CC); Do not translate "CC" +RESENT-CC=Resent-CC +SENDER=Sender +SUBJECT=Subject +APPROVED-BY=Approved-By +USER-AGENT=User-Agent +FILENAME=Filename diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgAccountCentral.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgAccountCentral.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0f7618f8f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgAccountCentral.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY emailSectionHdr.label "Email"> +<!ENTITY readMsgsLink.label "Read messages"> +<!ENTITY composeMsgLink.label "Compose a new message"> + +<!ENTITY newsSectionHdr.label "Newsgroups"> +<!ENTITY subscribeNewsLink.label "Manage newsgroup subscriptions"> + +<!ENTITY accountsSectionHdr.label "Accounts"> +<!ENTITY subscribeImapFolders.label "Manage folder subscriptions"> +<!ENTITY settingsLink.label "View settings for this account"> +<!ENTITY newAcctLink.label "Create a new account"> + +<!ENTITY advFeaturesSectionHdr.label "Advanced Features"> +<!ENTITY searchMsgsLink.label "Search messages"> +<!ENTITY filtersLink.label "Manage message filters"> +<!ENTITY junkSettings.label "Junk mail settings"> +<!ENTITY offlineLink.label "Offline settings"> + +<!ENTITY feedsSectionHdr.label "Feeds"> +<!ENTITY subscribeFeeds.label "Manage subscriptions"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgHdrViewOverlay.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgHdrViewOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..908a8d777e --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgHdrViewOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY toField.label "To: "> +<!ENTITY fromField.label "From: "> +<!ENTITY senderField.label "Sender: "> +<!ENTITY organizationField.label "Organization: "> +<!ENTITY replyToField.label "Reply-To: "> + +<!ENTITY subjectField.label "Subject: "> +<!--# LOCALIZATION NOTE (ccField.label): DONT_TRANSLATE --> +<!ENTITY ccField.label "Cc: "> +<!ENTITY bccField.label "Bcc: "> +<!ENTITY newsgroupsField.label "Newsgroups: "> +<!ENTITY followupToField.label "Followup-To: "> + +<!ENTITY tagsHdr.label "Tags: "> +<!ENTITY dateField.label "Date: "> +<!ENTITY userAgentField.label "User-Agent: "> +<!ENTITY referencesField.label "References: "> +<!ENTITY messageIdField.label "Message-ID: "> +<!ENTITY inReplyToField.label "In-Reply-To: "> +<!ENTITY originalWebsite.label "Website: "> + +<!ENTITY attachmentsTree.label "Attachments:"> +<!ENTITY attachmentsTree.accesskey "c"> +<!ENTITY openAttachmentCmd.label "Open"> +<!ENTITY openAttachmentCmd.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY viewAttachmentCmd.label "View Source"> +<!ENTITY viewAttachmentCmd.accesskey "V"> +<!ENTITY saveAsAttachmentCmd.label "Save As…"> +<!ENTITY saveAsAttachmentCmd.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY detachAttachmentCmd.label "Detach…"> +<!ENTITY detachAttachmentCmd.accesskey "h"> +<!ENTITY deleteAttachmentCmd.label "Delete"> +<!ENTITY deleteAttachmentCmd.accesskey "t"> +<!ENTITY saveAllAttachmentsCmd.label "Save All…"> +<!ENTITY saveAllAttachmentsCmd.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY detachAllAttachmentsCmd.label "Detach All…"> +<!ENTITY detachAllAttachmentsCmd.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY deleteAllAttachmentsCmd.label "Delete All…"> +<!ENTITY deleteAllAttachmentsCmd.accesskey "e"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgHdrViewPopup.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgHdrViewPopup.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..351e09cd97 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgHdrViewPopup.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Message Header View Popup --> +<!ENTITY AddToAddressBook.label "Add To Address Book…"> +<!ENTITY AddToAddressBook.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY SendMailTo.label "Compose Mail To…"> +<!ENTITY SendMailTo.accesskey "s"> +<!ENTITY CopyEmailAddress.label "Copy Email Address"> +<!ENTITY CopyEmailAddress.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY CreateFilterFrom.label "Create Filter From…"> +<!ENTITY CreateFilterFrom.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY copyLinkCmd.label "Copy Link Location"> +<!ENTITY copyLinkCmd.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY CopyMessageId.label "Copy Message-ID"> +<!ENTITY OpenMessageForMsgId.label "Open Message For ID"> +<!ENTITY OpenBrowserWithMsgId.label "Open Browser With Message-ID"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgSynchronize.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgSynchronize.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b8dcf54246 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgSynchronize.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from MsgSynchronize.xul and msgSelectOffline.xul--> + +<!-- extracted from MsgSynchronize.xul and msgSelectOfflineFolders.xul--> + +<!ENTITY MsgSynchronize.label "Download and Sync Messages"> +<!ENTITY MsgSelect.label "Items for Offline Use"> +<!ENTITY MsgSyncDesc.label "If you have already selected mail folders or newsgroups for offline use, you can download and/or sync them now. Otherwise, use the "Select" button to choose mail folders and newsgroups for offline use."> +<!ENTITY MsgSyncDirections.label "Download and/or sync the following:"> +<!ENTITY syncTypeMail.label "Mail messages"> +<!ENTITY syncTypeMail.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY syncTypeNews.label "Newsgroup messages"> +<!ENTITY syncTypeNews.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY sendMessage.label "Send Unsent messages"> +<!ENTITY sendMessage.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY workOffline.label "Work offline once download and/or sync is complete"> +<!ENTITY workOffline.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY selectButton.label "Select…"> +<!ENTITY selectButton.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY MsgSelectDesc.label "Choose mail folders and newsgroups for offline use."> +<!ENTITY MsgSelectInd.label "Download"> +<!ENTITY MsgSelectItems.label "Folders and Newsgroups"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgViewPickerOverlay.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgViewPickerOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..95937c7e33 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgViewPickerOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE msgViewPickerOverlay.dtd UI for showing various views on a folder --> + +<!ENTITY viewPicker.label "View:"> +<!ENTITY viewPicker.accesskey "i"> +<!ENTITY viewAll.label "All"> +<!ENTITY viewAll.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY viewUnread.label "Unread"> +<!ENTITY viewUnread.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY viewNotDeleted.label "Not Deleted"> +<!ENTITY viewNotDeleted.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY viewTags.label "Tags"> +<!ENTITY viewTags.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY viewCustomViews.label "Custom Views"> +<!ENTITY viewCustomViews.accesskey "V"> +<!ENTITY viewVirtualFolder.label "Save View as a Folder…"> +<!ENTITY viewVirtualFolder.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY viewCustomizeView.label "Customize…"> +<!ENTITY viewCustomizeView.accesskey "C"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgmdn.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgmdn.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6a9ccf58f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgmdn.properties @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +## Msg Mdn Report strings +MsgMdnDisplayed=Note: This Return Receipt only acknowledges that the message was displayed on the recipient's computer. There is no guarantee that the recipient has read or understood the message contents. +MsgMdnDispatched=The message was either printed, faxed, or forwarded without being displayed to the recipient. There is no guarantee that the recipient will read the message at a later time. +MsgMdnProcessed=The message was processed by the recipient's mail client without being displayed. There is no guarantee that the message will be read at a later time. +MsgMdnDeleted=The message has been deleted. The person you sent it to may or may not have seen it. They might undelete it at a later time and read it. +MsgMdnDenied=The recipient of the message does not wish to send a return receipt back to you. +MsgMdnFailed=A failure occurred. A proper return receipt could not be generated or sent to you. +# LOCALIZATION NOTE : Do not translate the word "%S" below. +MsgMdnMsgSentTo=This is a Return Receipt for the mail that you sent to %S. +MdnDisplayedReceipt=Return Receipt (displayed) +MdnDispatchedReceipt=Return Receipt (dispatched) +MdnProcessedReceipt=Return Receipt (processed) +MdnDeletedReceipt=Return Receipt (deleted) +MdnDeniedReceipt=Return Receipt (denied) +MdnFailedReceipt=Return Receipt (failed) diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/newFolderDialog.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/newFolderDialog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0d93451d11 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/newFolderDialog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Labels --> +<!ENTITY newFolderDialog.title "New Folder"> +<!ENTITY name.label "Name:"> +<!ENTITY name.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY description.label "Create as a subfolder of:"> +<!ENTITY description.accesskey "c"> +<!ENTITY folderRestriction1.label "This server restricts folders to two special kinds."> +<!ENTITY folderRestriction2.label "Allow your new folder to contain:"> +<!ENTITY foldersOnly.label "Folders Only"> +<!ENTITY messagesOnly.label "Messages Only"> + + +<!-- +Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, + based on en-US entities. +--> + +<!ENTITY accept.label "Create Folder"> +<!ENTITY accept.accesskey "r"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/news.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/news.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a4357b7e5b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/news.properties @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +downloadHeadersTitlePrefix=Download Headers +downloadHeadersInfoText=There are %S new message headers to download for this newsgroup. +cancelDisallowed=This message does not appear to be from you. You may only cancel your own posts, not those made by others. +cancelConfirm=Are you sure you want to cancel this message? +messageCancelled=Message cancelled. +okButtonText=Download + +noNewMessages=There are no new messages on the server. +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (newNewsgroupHeaders): %1$S is the number of the current +# header being downloaded, %2$S is the number of headers to be downloaded, and +# %3$S is the newsgroup whose headers are being downloaded. +newNewsgroupHeaders=Downloading %1$S of %2$S headers on %3$S +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (newNewsgroupFilteringHeaders): %1$S is the name of the MIME +# header being filtered on, %2$S is the number of the current header being +# downloaded, %3$S is the number of headers to be downloaded, and %4$S is the +# newsgroup whose headers are being downloaded. +newNewsgroupFilteringHeaders=Getting headers for filters: %1$S (%2$S/%3$S) on %4$S +downloadingArticles=Downloading articles %S-%S +bytesReceived=Downloading newsgroups: %S received (%SKB read at %SKB/sec) +downloadingArticlesForOffline=Downloading articles %S-%S in %S + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (autoUnsubscribeText): %1$S is the newsgroup and %2$S is the newsgroup-server it is being removed from. +autoUnsubscribeText=The newsgroup %1$S does not appear to exist on the host %2$S. Would you like to unsubscribe from it? + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (autoSubscribeText): %1$S is the newsgroup. +autoSubscribeText=Would you like to subscribe to %1$S? + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (Error -304): In the following item, don't translate "NNTP" +# Error - server error +## @name NNTP_ERROR_MESSAGE +## @loc None +-304=A News (NNTP) error occurred: + +# Error - newsgroup scan error +## @name NNTP_NEWSGROUP_SCAN_ERROR +## @loc None +-305=A News error occurred. The scan of all newsgroups is incomplete. Try to View All Newsgroups again + +# Error - NNTP authinfo failure +## @name NNTP_AUTH_FAILED +## @loc None +-260=An authorization error occurred. Please try entering your name and/or password again. + +# Error - TCP error +## @name TCP_ERROR +## @loc None +-206=A communications error occurred. Try connecting again. TCP Error: diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/newsblog/am-newsblog.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/newsblog/am-newsblog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a030e3ca11 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/newsblog/am-newsblog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY manageSubscriptions.label "Manage Subscriptions…"> +<!ENTITY manageSubscriptions.accesskey "M"> + +<!-- entities from rss.rdf --> +<!ENTITY feeds.accountName "Blogs & News Feeds"> +<!ENTITY feeds.wizardShortName "Feeds"> +<!ENTITY feeds.wizardLongName "Blogs & News Feeds"> +<!ENTITY feeds.wizardLongName.accesskey "F"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/newsblog/feed-subscriptions.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/newsblog/feed-subscriptions.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..10ba7a338c --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/newsblog/feed-subscriptions.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Subscription Dialog --> +<!ENTITY feedSubscriptions.label "Feed Subscriptions"> + +<!ENTITY feedTitle.label "Title:"> + +<!ENTITY button.addFeed.label "Add"> +<!ENTITY button.addFeed.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY button.removeFeed.label "Remove"> +<!ENTITY button.removeFeed.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY button.importOPML.label "Import"> +<!ENTITY button.importOPML.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY button.exportOPML.label "Export"> +<!ENTITY button.exportOPML.accesskey "X"> + +<!ENTITY cmd.close.commandKey "w"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/newsblog/newsblog.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/newsblog/newsblog.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..52cbbc35e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/newsblog/newsblog.properties @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +subscribe-validating-feed=Verifying the feed… +subscribe-cancelSubscription=Are you sure you wish to cancel subscribing to the current feed? +subscribe-cancelSubscriptionTitle=Subscribing to a Feed… +subscribe-feedAlreadySubscribed=You already have a subscription for this feed. +subscribe-errorOpeningFile=Could not open the file. + +subscribe-OPMLImportTitle=Select OPML file to import +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(subscribe-OPMLExportFileDialogTitle): %S is the brandShortName +subscribe-OPMLExportFileDialogTitle=%S OPML Export +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(subscribe-OPMLExportDefaultFileName): %S is the brandShortName +subscribe-OPMLExportDefaultFileName=My%SFeeds.opml + +subscribe-OPMLExportOPMLFilesFilterText=OPML Files + +subscribe-confirmFeedDeletionTitle=Remove Feed +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(subscribe-confirmFeedDeletion): %S is the name of the feed the user wants to unsubscribe from. +subscribe-confirmFeedDeletion=Are you sure you want to unsubscribe from the feed: \n %S? + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(subscribe-gettingFeedItems): +## - The first %S is the number of articles processed so far; +## - The second %S is the total number of items +subscribe-gettingFeedItems=Downloading feed articles (%S of %S)… + +newsblog-noNewArticlesForFeed=There are no new articles for this feed. +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(newsblog-networkError): %S is the feed URL +newsblog-networkError=%S could not be found. Please check the name and try again. +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(newsblog-feedNotValid): %S is the feed URL +newsblog-feedNotValid=%S is not a valid feed. +newsblog-getNewMsgsCheck=Checking feeds for new items… + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(feeds-accountname): This string should be the same as feeds.accountName in am-newsblog.dtd +feeds-accountname=Blogs & News Feeds + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/offline.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/offline.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d78de71c1b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/offline.properties @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE : +# do not localize "\n". use "\n" to make the text fit nicely in the dialog. + +# +# Download Messages Prompt +# +downloadMessagesWindowTitle=Work Offline + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE : +# do not localize "\n". use "\n" to make the text fit nicely in the dialog. +downloadMessagesLabel=Do you want to download messages \nfor offline use before you go offline?\n\n + +downloadMessagesCheckboxLabel=Always ask me when I go offline +downloadMessagesDownloadButtonLabel=Download +downloadMessagesNoDownloadButtonLabel=Don't Download +downloadMessagesCancelButtonLabel=Cancel + +# +# Send Messages Prompt +# +sendMessagesWindowTitle=Work Online + +sendMessagesLabel2=Would you like to send your unsent messages now? +sendMessagesCheckboxLabel=Always ask me when I go online +sendMessagesSendButtonLabel=Send +sendMessagesNoSendButtonLabel=Don't Send +sendMessagesCancelButtonLabel=Cancel + +# +# GetMessages Offline Prompt +# +getMessagesOfflineWindowTitle=Get Messages + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE : +# do not localize "\n". use "\n" to make the text fit nicely in the dialog. +getMessagesOfflineLabel=You are currently offline. Would you like \nto go online to get your new messages?\n\n +getMessagesOfflineGoButtonLabel=Go online + +# +# Send Messages Offline Prompt +# +sendMessagesOfflineWindowTitle=Send Messages + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE : +# do not localize "\n". use "\n" to make the text fit nicely in the dialog. +sendMessagesOfflineLabel=You are currently offline. Would you like \nto go online and send your unsent messages?\n\n +sendMessagesOfflineGoButtonLabel=Go online diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/offlineStartup.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/offlineStartup.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bd2024e761 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/offlineStartup.properties @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +title=Work Online +desc=Would you like to go online now?\n\n(If you choose to work offline, you can go online later - choose `Offline' from the `File' menu, then uncheck `Work Offline'.) +workOnline=Work Online +workOffline=Work Offline diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/outlookImportMsgs.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/outlookImportMsgs.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..43e7b18f37 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/outlookImportMsgs.properties @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# The following are used by the outlook express import code to display status/error +# and informational messages +# + +# +# The following are used by the outlook express import code to display status/error +# and informational messages +# + +# +# The following are used by the Outlook import code to display status/error +# and informational messages +# + +# Short name of import module +## @name OUTLOOKIMPORT_NAME +## @loc None +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2000): DONT_TRANSLATE +2000=Outlook + +2010 = Outlook mail, address books, and settings + +# Success message +## @name OUTLOOKIMPORT_MAILBOX_SUCCESS +## @loc None +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2002): In this item, don't translate "%S" or "%d" +## The variable %S will receive the name of the mailbox +## The variable %d will receive the number of messages +2002=Mailbox %S, imported %d messages + +# Error message +## @name OUTLOOKIMPORT_MAILBOX_BADPARAM +## @loc None +2003=Bad parameter passed to import mailbox. + +# Error message +## @name OUTLOOKIMPORT_MAILBOX_CONVERTERROR +## @loc None +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2004): In this item, don't translate "%S" +## The variable %S will receive the name of the mailbox +2004=Error importing mailbox %S, all messages may not be imported from this mailbox. + +# Address book name +## @name OUTLOOKIMPORT_ADDRNAME +## @loc None +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2005): In this item, don't translate "Outlook" +2005=Outlook address books + +# Description +## @name OUTLOOKIMPORT_ADDRESS_SUCCESS +## @loc None +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2006): In this item, don't translate "%S" +## The variable %S will receive the name of the address book +2006=Imported address book %S + +# Error message +## @name OUTLOOKIMPORT_ADDRESS_BADPARAM +## @loc None +2007=Bad parameter passed to import address book. + +# Error message +## @name OUTLOOKIMPORT_ADDRESS_BADSOURCEFILE +## @loc None +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2008): In this item, don't translate "%S" +## The variable %S will receive the name of the address book +2008=Error accessing file for address book %S. + +# Error message +## @name OUTLOOKIMPORT_ADDRESS_CONVERTERROR +## @loc None +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2009): In this item, don't translate "%S" +## The variable %S will receive the name of the address book +2009=Error importing address book %S, all addresses may not have been imported. + + + + + + + +# +#Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, +# based on en-US entities. + + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/AccountManager.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/AccountManager.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..605d48eb4a --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/AccountManager.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from AccountManager.xul --> + +<!ENTITY accountManagerTitle.label "Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings"> + +<!ENTITY addAccountButton.label "Add Account…"> +<!ENTITY addAccountButton.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY setDefaultButton.label "Set as Default"> +<!ENTITY setDefaultButton.accesskey "f"> +<!ENTITY removeButton.label "Remove Account"> +<!ENTITY removeButton.accesskey "R"> + +<!-- AccountManager.xul --> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : this is part of an inline-style attribute on the account + setting dialog, which specifies the width and height in em units of the dialog. + Localizers ONLY can increase these widths if they are having difficulty getting + panel content to fit. + 1ch = The width of the "0" (ZERO, U+0030) glyph for the current font. + 1em = The height of the font. + XUL/FE DEVELOPERS: DO NOT MODIFY THIS VALUE. It represents the correct size of + this window for en-US. --> +<!ENTITY accountManager.size "width: 97ch; height: 49em;"> +<!ENTITY accountTree.width "width: 31ch;"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/AccountWizard.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/AccountWizard.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6000d54d45 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/AccountWizard.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Entities for AccountWizard --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Account Wizard"> +<!ENTITY accountWizard.size "width: 40em; height: 38em;"> + +<!-- Entities for Account Type page --> + +<!ENTITY accountTypeTitle.label "New Account Setup"> +<!ENTITY accountTypeDirections.label "Select the type of account you would like to set up:"> +<!ENTITY accountTypeMail.label "Email account"> +<!ENTITY accountTypeMail.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY accountTypeNews.label "Newsgroup account"> +<!ENTITY accountTypeNews.accesskey "w"> + +<!-- Entities for Identity page --> + +<!ENTITY identityTitle.label "Identity"> +<!ENTITY identityDesc.label "Each account has an identity, which is the information that identifies you to others when they receive your messages."> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (fullnameDesc.label) : do not translate two of """ in below line --> +<!ENTITY fullnameDesc.label "Enter the name you would like to appear in the "From" field of your outgoing messages"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (fullnameExample.label) : use following directions for below line + 1, do not translate two of """ + 2, Use localized full name instead of "John Smith" +--> +<!ENTITY fullnameExample.label "(for example, "John Smith")."> +<!ENTITY fullnameLabel.label "Your Name:"> +<!ENTITY fullnameLabel.accesskey "Y"> + +<!ENTITY emailLabel.label "Email Address:"> +<!ENTITY emailLabel.accesskey "E"> + +<!-- Entities for Server page --> + +<!-- Entities for Incoming Server page --> + +<!ENTITY incomingServerTypeDesc.label "Select the type of incoming server you are using."> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapType.label) : Do not translate "IMAP" in below line --> +<!ENTITY imapType.label "IMAP"> +<!ENTITY imapType.accesskey "I"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (popType.label) : Do not translate "POP" in below line --> +<!ENTITY popType.label "POP"> +<!ENTITY popType.accesskey "P"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (newsServerNameDesc.label) : Do not translate "NNTP" or the """ entities in below line --> +<!ENTITY newsServerNameDesc.label "Enter the name of your news server (NNTP) (for example, "news.example.net")."> +<!ENTITY newsServerLabel.label "Newsgroup Server:"> +<!ENTITY newsServerLabel.accesskey "w"> + +<!-- Entities for Outgoing Server page --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (haveSmtp1.prefix and haveSmtp1.suffix2) : Do not translate "SMTP" and """ in + these variables. Also, translate haveSmtp1.prefix and haveSmtp1.suffix2 as a single sentence, inserting + text after the """ entity in haveSmtp1.suffix2, if required grammatically. +--> +<!ENTITY haveSmtp1.prefix "Your existing outgoing server (SMTP), ""> + +<!-- Entities for Login page --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (haveSmtp2.prefix and haveSmtp2.suffix2) : Do not translate "SMTP" and """ in + these variables. Also, translate haveSmtp2.prefix and haveSmtp2.suffix2 as a single sentence, inserting + text after the """ entity in haveSmtp2.suffix2, if required grammatically. +--> +<!ENTITY haveSmtp2.prefix "Your existing outgoing (SMTP) username, ""> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (haveSmtp3.prefix and haveSmtp3.suffix2) : Do not translate "SMTP" and """ in + these variables. Also, translate haveSmtp3.prefix and haveSmtp3.suffix2 as a single sentence, inserting + text after the """ entity in haveSmtp3.suffix2, if required grammatically. +--> +<!ENTITY haveSmtp3.prefix "Your outgoing (SMTP) server, ""> + +<!-- Entities for Account name page --> + +<!ENTITY accnameTitle.label "Account Name"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (accnameDesc.label) : do not translate any """ in below line --> +<!ENTITY accnameDesc.label "Enter the name by which you would like to refer to this account (for example, "Work Account", "Home Account" or "News Account")."> +<!ENTITY accnameLabel.label "Account Name:"> +<!ENTITY accnameLabel.accesskey "A"> + +<!-- Entities for Done (Congratulations) page --> + +<!ENTITY completionTitle.label "Congratulations!"> +<!ENTITY completionText.label "Please verify that the information below is correct."> +<!ENTITY serverTypePrefix.label "Incoming Server Type:"> +<!ENTITY serverNamePrefix.label "Incoming Server Name:"> +<!ENTITY smtpServerNamePrefix.label "Outgoing Server Name (SMTP):"> +<!ENTITY newsServerNamePrefix.label "News Server Name (NNTP):"> +<!ENTITY downloadOnLogin.label "Download messages now"> +<!ENTITY downloadOnLogin.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY deferStorageDesc.label "Check this checkbox to store mail for this account in the Local Folders Global Inbox. Otherwise the account appears as a top-level account and its mail is stored in its own directory."> +<!ENTITY deferStorage.label "Use Global Inbox (store mail in Local Folders)"> +<!ENTITY deferStorage.accesskey "G"> +<!ENTITY clickFinish.label "Click Finish to save these settings and exit the Account Wizard."> +<!ENTITY clickFinish.labelMac "Click Done to save these settings and exit the Account Wizard."> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-addressing.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-addressing.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..264400b284 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-addressing.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from am-addressing.xul --> + +<!ENTITY addressing.label "Composition & Addressing"> +<!ENTITY addressingGroupTitle.label "Addressing"> +<!ENTITY autocompleteToMyDomain.label "Automatically append my domain to addresses"> +<!ENTITY autocompleteToMyDomain.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY addressingText.label "When looking up addresses:"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (override.label) : do not translate "LDAP" in below line --> +<!ENTITY useGlobal.label "Use my global LDAP server preferences for this account"> +<!ENTITY useGlobal.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY editDirectories.label "Edit Directories…"> +<!ENTITY editDirectories.accesskey "E"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (directories.label) : do not translate "LDAP" in below line --> +<!ENTITY directories.label "Use a different LDAP server:"> +<!ENTITY directories.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY directoriesNone.label "None"> + +<!-- am-addressing.xul --> + +<!ENTITY compositionGroupTitle.label "Composition"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (useHtml.label) : do not translate "html" in below line --> +<!ENTITY useHtml.label "Compose messages in HTML format"> +<!ENTITY useHtml.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY autoQuote.label "Automatically quote the original message when replying"> +<!ENTITY autoQuote.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY aboveQuote.label "start my reply above the quote"> +<!ENTITY belowQuote.label "start my reply below the quote"> +<!ENTITY selectAndQuote.label "select the quote"> +<!ENTITY place.label "and place my signature"> +<!ENTITY place.accesskey "s"> +<!ENTITY belowText.label "below the quote (recommended)"> +<!ENTITY aboveText.label "below my reply (above the quote)"> +<!ENTITY includeSigOnReply.label "Include signature for replies"> +<!ENTITY includeSigOnReply.accesskey "s"> +<!ENTITY includeSigOnForward.label "Include signature for forwards"> +<!ENTITY includeSigOnForward.accesskey "w"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-advanced.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-advanced.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c26a9db02f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-advanced.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpServer.label): do not translate "SMTP" in below line --> +<!ENTITY smtpServer.label "Outgoing Server (SMTP) Settings"> + +<!ENTITY smtpListAdd.label "Add…"> +<!ENTITY smtpListAdd.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY smtpListEdit.label "Edit…"> +<!ENTITY smtpListEdit.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY smtpListDelete.label "Remove"> +<!ENTITY smtpListDelete.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY smtpListSetDefault.label "Set Default"> +<!ENTITY smtpListSetDefault.accesskey "t"> + +<!ENTITY serverDescription.label "Description: "> +<!ENTITY serverName.label "Server Name: "> +<!ENTITY serverPort.label "Port: "> +<!ENTITY userName.label "User Name: "> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurity.label "Connection Security: "> +<!ENTITY authMethod.label "Authentication method: "> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-copies.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-copies.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..003004fdf7 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-copies.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from am-copies.xul --> + +<!ENTITY copyAndFolderTitle.label "Copies & Folders"> +<!ENTITY sendingPrefix.label "When sending messages, automatically: "> +<!ENTITY fccMailFolder.label "Place a copy in:"> +<!ENTITY fccMailFolder.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY fccReplyFollowsParent.label "Place replies in the folder of the message being replied to"> +<!ENTITY fccReplyFollowsParent.accesskey "l"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (ccAddress.label): do not translate "Cc" in below line --> +<!ENTITY ccAddress.label "Cc these email addresses:"> +<!ENTITY ccAddress.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY ccAddressList.placeholder "Separate addresses with commas"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (bccAddress.label): do not translate "Bcc" in below line --> +<!ENTITY bccAddress.label "Bcc these email addresses:"> +<!ENTITY bccAddress.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY bccAddressList.placeholder "Separate addresses with commas"> +<!ENTITY saveMessageDlg.label "Show confirmation dialog when messages are saved"> +<!ENTITY saveMessageDlg.accesskey "w"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (sentFolderOn.label): OK to translate this, bug #57440 --> +<!ENTITY sentFolderOn.label ""Sent" Folder on:"> +<!ENTITY sentFolderOn.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY sentInOtherFolder.label "Other Folder:"> +<!ENTITY sentInOtherFolder.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY keepArchives.label "Keep message archives in:"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (archivesFolderOn.label): OK to translate this, bug #57440 --> +<!ENTITY archivesFolderOn.label ""Archives" Folder on:"> +<!ENTITY archivesFolderOn.accesskey "v"> +<!ENTITY archiveInOtherFolder.label "Other Folder:"> +<!ENTITY archiveInOtherFolder.accesskey "d"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (draftsFolderOn.label): OK to translate this, bug #57440 --> +<!ENTITY draftsFolderOn.label ""Drafts" Folder on:"> +<!ENTITY draftsFolderOn.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY draftInOtherFolder.label "Other Folder:"> +<!ENTITY draftInOtherFolder.accesskey "t"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (templatesFolderOn.label): OK to translate this, bug #57440 --> +<!ENTITY templatesFolderOn.label ""Templates" Folder on:"> +<!ENTITY templatesFolderOn.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY templateInOtherFolder.label "Other Folder:"> +<!ENTITY templateInOtherFolder.accesskey "e"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-identities-list.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-identities-list.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5f8416aa6f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-identities-list.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY identitiesListAdd.label "Add…"> +<!ENTITY identitiesListAdd.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY identitiesListEdit.label "Edit…"> +<!ENTITY identitiesListEdit.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY identitiesListDelete.label "Delete"> +<!ENTITY identitiesListDelete.accesskey "D"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-identity-edit.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-identity-edit.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..53d7d93b64 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-identity-edit.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY identityDialog.style "width: 67ch;"> +<!ENTITY identityListDesc.label "Configure the settings for this identity:"> + +<!ENTITY settingsTab.label "Settings"> +<!ENTITY copiesFoldersTab.label "Copies & Folders"> +<!ENTITY addressingTab.label "Composition & Addressing"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-junk.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-junk.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d3f5e4c9bd --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-junk.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY junkSettings.label "Junk Settings"> +<!ENTITY level.label "Enable adaptive junk mail controls for this account"> +<!ENTITY level.accesskey "E"> + +<!ENTITY move.label "Move new junk messages to:"> +<!ENTITY move.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY junkFolderOn.label ""Junk" folder on:"> +<!ENTITY junkFolderOn.accesskey "J"> +<!ENTITY otherFolder.label "Other:"> +<!ENTITY otherFolder.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY purge1.label "Automatically delete junk mail older than"> +<!ENTITY purge1.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY purge2.label "days"> + +<!ENTITY ispHeaders.label "Trust junk mail headers set by: "> +<!ENTITY ispHeaders.accesskey "T"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-main.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-main.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ab993436ba --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-main.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from am-main.xul --> + +<!ENTITY accountTitle.label "Account Settings"> +<!ENTITY accountName.label "Account Name:"> +<!ENTITY accountName.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY identityTitle.label "Default Identity"> +<!ENTITY identityDesc.label "Each account has an identity, which is the information that other people see when they read your messages."> +<!ENTITY name.label "Your Name:"> +<!ENTITY name.accesskey "Y"> +<!ENTITY email.label "Email Address:"> +<!ENTITY email.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY replyTo.label "Reply-to Address:"> +<!ENTITY replyTo.accesskey "s"> +<!ENTITY organization.label "Organization:"> +<!ENTITY organization.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY signatureText.label "Signature text:"> +<!ENTITY signatureText.accesskey "x"> +<!ENTITY signatureHtml.label "Use HTML"> +<!ENTITY signatureHtml.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY signatureFile.label "Attach the signature from a file instead:"> +<!ENTITY signatureFile.accesskey "t"> +<!ENTITY choose.label "Choose…"> +<!ENTITY choose.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY editVCard.label "Edit Card…"> +<!ENTITY editVCard.accesskey "d"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (attachVCard.label) : do not translate "vCard" in below line --> +<!ENTITY attachVCard.label "Attach my vCard to messages"> +<!ENTITY attachVCard.accesskey "v"> + +<!ENTITY manageIdentities.label "Manage Identities…"> +<!ENTITY manageIdentities.accesskey "M"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpName.label) : do not translate "SMTP" in below line --> +<!ENTITY smtpName.label "Outgoing Server (SMTP):"> +<!ENTITY smtpName.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY smtpDefaultServer.label "Use Default Server"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-mdn.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-mdn.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bea7aa8a6a --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-mdn.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pane.title "Return Receipts"> +<!ENTITY useGlobalPrefs.label "Use my global return receipt preferences for this account"> +<!ENTITY useGlobalPrefs.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY useCustomPrefs.label "Customize return receipts for this account"> +<!ENTITY useCustomPrefs.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY requestReceipt.label "When sending messages, always request a return receipt"> +<!ENTITY requestReceipt.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY receiptArrive.label "When a receipt arrives:"> +<!ENTITY leaveIt.label "Leave it in my Inbox"> +<!ENTITY leaveIt.accesskey "I"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE moveToSent.label Translate: 'Sent' according to Netscape glossary --> +<!ENTITY moveToSent.label "Move it to my "Sent" folder"> +<!ENTITY moveToSent.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY requestMDN.label "When I receive a request for a return receipt:"> +<!ENTITY returnSome.label "Allow return receipts for some messages"> +<!ENTITY returnSome.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY never.label "Never send a return receipt"> +<!ENTITY never.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY notInToCc.label "If I'm not in the To or Cc of the message:"> +<!ENTITY notInToCc.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY outsideDomain.label "If the sender is outside my domain:"> +<!ENTITY outsideDomain.accesskey "s"> +<!ENTITY otherCases.label "In all other cases:"> +<!ENTITY otherCases.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY askMe.label "Ask me"> +<!ENTITY alwaysSend.label "Always send"> +<!ENTITY neverSend.label "Never send"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-mdn.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-mdn.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..90dd7bcc4d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-mdn.properties @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +## Strings used in prefs. +prefPanel-mdn=Return Receipts diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-offline.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-offline.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dabead6b20 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-offline.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY doNotDownloadPop3Movemail.label "To save disk space, do not download:"> +<!ENTITY doNotDownloadNntp.label "To save disk space, do not download for offline use:"> +<!ENTITY doNotDownloadImap.label "To save disk space, downloading messages from the server and keeping local copies for offline use can be restricted by age or size."> +<!ENTITY offlineNotDownload.label "Messages larger than"> +<!ENTITY offlineNotDownload.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY autosyncNotDownload.label "Don't download messages larger than"> +<!ENTITY autosyncNotDownload.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY kb.label "KB"> +<!ENTITY daysOld.label "days old"> +<!ENTITY message.label "messages"> +<!ENTITY nntpNotDownloadRead.label "Read messages"> +<!ENTITY nntpNotDownloadRead.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY nntpDownloadMsg.label "Messages more than"> +<!ENTITY nntpDownloadMsg.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY retentionCleanup.label "To recover disk space, old messages can be permanently deleted."> +<!ENTITY retentionCleanupImap.label "To recover disk space, old messages can be permanently deleted, both the local copies and their originals on the server."> +<!ENTITY retentionCleanupPop.label "To recover disk space, old messages can be permanently deleted, including their originals on the server."> +<!ENTITY retentionKeepMsg.label "Delete messages more than"> +<!ENTITY retentionKeepMsg.accesskey "t"> +<!ENTITY retentionKeepAll.label "Don't delete any messages"> +<!ENTITY retentionKeepAll.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY retentionKeepRecent.label "Delete all but the most recent"> +<!ENTITY retentionKeepRecent.accesskey "b"> +<!ENTITY retentionApplyToFlagged.label "Always keep flagged messages"> +<!ENTITY retentionApplyToFlagged.accesskey "k"> +<!ENTITY nntpRemoveMsgBody.label "Remove bodies from messages more than"> +<!ENTITY nntpRemoveMsgBody.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY offlineSelectNntp.label "Select newsgroups for offline use…"> +<!ENTITY offlineSelectNntp.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY offlineImapAdvancedOffline.label "Advanced…"> +<!ENTITY offlineImapAdvancedOffline.accesskey "v"> +<!ENTITY syncGroupTitle.label "Message Synchronizing"> +<!ENTITY diskspaceGroupTitle.label "Disk Space"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: (ageAutosyncBefore.label, ageAutosyncMiddle.label, ageAutosyncAfter.label): + The entities ageAutosyncBefore.label, ageAutosyncMiddle.label, and ageAutosyncAfter.label appear + on a single line within the scope of useAutosync.ByAge as follows: + + &ageAutosyncBefore.label [textbox for autosync value] &ageAutosyncMiddle.label; [dropdown for autosync interval] &ageAutosyncAfter.label; +--> +<!ENTITY allAutosync.label "Synchronize all messages locally regardless of age"> +<!ENTITY allAutosync.accesskey "c"> +<!ENTITY ageAutosyncBefore.label "Synchronize the most recent"> +<!ENTITY ageAutosync.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY ageAutosyncMiddle.label ""> +<!ENTITY dayAgeInterval.label "Days"> +<!ENTITY weekAgeInterval.label "Weeks"> +<!ENTITY monthAgeInterval.label "Months"> +<!ENTITY yearAgeInterval.label "Years"> +<!ENTITY ageAutosyncAfter.label ""> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-server-advanced.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-server-advanced.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ef0bcb12e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-server-advanced.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY serverAdvanced.label "Advanced Account Settings"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (serverDirectory.label): DONT_TRANSLATE "IMAP" --> +<!ENTITY serverDirectory.label "IMAP server directory:"> +<!ENTITY serverDirectory.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY usingSubscription.label "Show only subscribed folders"> +<!ENTITY usingSubscription.accesskey "w"> +<!ENTITY dualUseFolders.label "Server supports folders that contain sub-folders and messages"> +<!ENTITY dualUseFolders.accesskey "f"> +<!ENTITY maximumConnectionsNumber.label "Maximum number of server connections to cache"> +<!ENTITY maximumConnectionsNumber.accesskey "M"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (namespaceDesc.label): DONT_TRANSLATE "IMAP" --> +<!ENTITY namespaceDesc.label "These preferences specify the namespaces on your IMAP server"> +<!ENTITY personalNamespace.label "Personal namespace:"> +<!ENTITY personalNamespace.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY publicNamespace.label "Public (shared):"> +<!ENTITY publicNamespace.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY otherUsersNamespace.label "Other Users:"> +<!ENTITY otherUsersNamespace.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY overrideNamespaces.label "Allow server to override these namespaces"> +<!ENTITY overrideNamespaces.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY deferToServer.label "Inbox for different account"> +<!ENTITY deferToServer.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY deferGetNewMail.label "Include this server when getting new mail"> +<!ENTITY deferGetNewMail.accesskey "I"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-server-top.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-server-top.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b564f2b275 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-server-top.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from am-server-top.xul --> + +<!ENTITY securitySettings.label "Security Settings"> +<!ENTITY serverSettings.label "Server Settings"> +<!ENTITY serverType.label "Server Type:"> +<!ENTITY serverName.label "Server Name:"> +<!ENTITY serverName.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY userName.label "User Name:"> +<!ENTITY userName.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY port.label "Port:"> +<!ENTITY port.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY serverPortDefault.label "Default:"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (biffStart.label) : translate below 2 line with grammer dependency + For example, in Japanese cases: + biffStart.label "every" + biffEnd.label "minutes for new messages Check" +--> +<!ENTITY biffStart.label "Check for new messages every "> +<!ENTITY biffStart.accesskey "y"> +<!ENTITY biffEnd.label "minutes"> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurity.label "Connection security:"> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurity.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurityType-0.label "None"> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurityType-1.label "STARTTLS, if available"> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurityType-2.label "STARTTLS"> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurityType-3.label "SSL/TLS"> +<!ENTITY authMethod.label "Authentication method:"> +<!ENTITY authMethod.accesskey "i"> +<!ENTITY leaveOnServer.label "Leave messages on server"> +<!ENTITY leaveOnServer.accesskey "g"> +<!ENTITY headersOnly.label "Fetch headers only"> +<!ENTITY headersOnly.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY deleteByAgeFromServer.label "For at most"> +<!ENTITY deleteByAgeFromServer.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY daysEnd.label "days"> +<!ENTITY deleteOnServer2.label "Until I delete them"> +<!ENTITY deleteOnServer2.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY downloadOnBiff.label "Automatically download new messages"> +<!ENTITY downloadOnBiff.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY deleteMessagePrefix.label "When I delete a message:"> +<!ENTITY modelMoveToTrash.label "Move it to this folder:"> +<!ENTITY modelMoveToTrash.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY modelMarkDeleted.label "Just mark it as deleted"> +<!ENTITY modelMarkDeleted.accesskey "k"> +<!ENTITY modelDeleteImmediately.label "Remove it immediately"> +<!ENTITY modelDeleteImmediately.accesskey "d"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (expungeOnExit.label) : do not translate two of """ in below line --> +<!ENTITY expungeOnExit.label "Clean up ("Expunge") Inbox on Exit"> +<!ENTITY expungeOnExit.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY emptyTrashOnExit.label "Empty Trash on Exit"> +<!ENTITY emptyTrashOnExit.accesskey "x"> +<!ENTITY loginAtStartup.label "Check for new messages at startup"> +<!ENTITY loginAtStartup.accesskey "C"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (maxMessagesStart.label) : translate below 2 lines with grammar dependency + maxMessengerStart.label will be followed by maxMessagesEnd.label with the number + of messages between them +--> +<!ENTITY maxMessagesStart.label "Ask me before downloading more than"> +<!ENTITY maxMessagesStart.accesskey "m"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (maxMessagesEnd.label) : see note for maxMessagesStart.label --> +<!ENTITY maxMessagesEnd.label "messages"> +<!ENTITY alwaysAuthenticate.label "Always request authentication when connecting to this server"> +<!ENTITY alwaysAuthenticate.accesskey "w"> +<!ENTITY newsrcFilePath.label "newsrc file:"> +<!ENTITY newsrcPicker.label "Select newsrc File"> +<!ENTITY abbreviate.label "Show newsgroup names in the Mail Folder pane as:"> +<!ENTITY abbreviateOn.label "Full names (For example, 'netscape.public.mozilla.mail-news')"> +<!ENTITY abbreviateOff.label "Abbreviate names (For example, 'n.p.m.mail-news')"> +<!ENTITY advancedButton.label "Advanced…"> +<!ENTITY advancedButton.accesskey "v"> +<!ENTITY localPath.label "Local directory:"> +<!ENTITY localFolderPicker.label "Select Local Directory"> +<!ENTITY browseFolder.label "Browse…"> +<!ENTITY browseFolder.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY browseNewsrc.label "Browse…"> +<!ENTITY browseNewsrc.accesskey "e"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-serverwithnoidentities.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-serverwithnoidentities.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f568613a16 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-serverwithnoidentities.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY accountName.label "Account Name:"> +<!ENTITY accountName.accesskey "N"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/mailPrefsOverlay.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/mailPrefsOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2f143d4613 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/mailPrefsOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- These are added to the Window menu --> +<!ENTITY mail.label "Mail & Newsgroups"> +<!ENTITY mail.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY addressbook.label "Address Book"> +<!ENTITY addressbook.accesskey "A"> + +<!-- These are added to Preferences dialog --> +<!ENTITY viewingMessages.label "Message Display"> +<!ENTITY notifications.label "Notifications"> +<!ENTITY composingMessages.label "Composition"> +<!ENTITY format.label "Send Format"> +<!ENTITY address.label "Addressing"> +<!ENTITY junk.label "Junk & Suspect Mail"> +<!ENTITY tags.label "Tags"> +<!ENTITY return.label "Return Receipts"> +<!ENTITY networkStorage.label "Network & Storage"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-addressing.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-addressing.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..664f09603e --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-addressing.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.addressing.title "Addressing"> +<!ENTITY emailCollectiontitle.label "Email Address Collection"> +<!ENTITY emailCollectionPicker.label "Add email addresses to my:"> +<!ENTITY emailCollectionPicker.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY emailCollectiontext.label "Email addresses from outgoing messages can be automatically added to a local address book."> + +<!-- Autocompletion --> +<!ENTITY addressingTitle.label "Address Autocompletion"> +<!ENTITY highlightNonMatches.label "Highlight addresses that do not autocomplete"> +<!ENTITY highlightNonMatches.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY addressingEnable.label "Local Address Books"> +<!ENTITY addressingEnable.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY autocompleteText.label "When addressing messages, look for matching entries in:"> +<!ENTITY directories.label "Directory Server:"> +<!ENTITY directories.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY directoriesNone.label "None"> +<!ENTITY editDirectories.label "Edit Directories…"> +<!ENTITY editDirectories.accesskey "E"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-character_encoding.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-character_encoding.dtd new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..bfce522143 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-character_encoding.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY messageDisplay.caption "Message Display"> + +<!ENTITY composingMessages.caption "Composing Messages"> +<!ENTITY useMIME.label "For messages that contain 8-bit characters, use 'quoted printable' MIME encoding. Leave unchecked to send the messages as is."> +<!ENTITY useMIME.accesskey "F"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-composing_messages.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-composing_messages.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..132b21d0fe --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-composing_messages.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.composing.messages.title "Composition"> +<!ENTITY generalComposing.label "General"> +<!ENTITY forwardMsg.label "Forward messages:"> +<!ENTITY inline.label "Inline"> +<!ENTITY inline.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY asAttachment.label "As Attachment"> +<!ENTITY asAttachment.accesskey "A"> + +<!ENTITY replyQuoteInline.label "Quote attachments viewed inline in replies"> +<!ENTITY replyQuoteInline.accesskey "Q"> +<!ENTITY warnOnSendAccelKey.label "Confirm when using keyboard shortcut to send message"> +<!ENTITY warnOnSendAccelKey.accesskey "k"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (autoSave.label): This will concatenate with + "xxx minutes", using a number and (autoSaveEnd.label). --> +<!ENTITY autoSave.label "Automatically save the message every"> +<!ENTITY autoSave.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY autoSaveEnd.label "minutes"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (wrapOutMsg.label): This will concatenate with "xxx characters", using a number and (char.label). --> +<!ENTITY wrapOutMsg.label "Wrap plain text messages at"> +<!ENTITY wrapOutMsg.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY char.label "characters"> + +<!ENTITY defaultMessagesHeader.label "Defaults for HTML Messages"> +<!ENTITY font.label "Font:"> +<!ENTITY font.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY size.label "Size:"> +<!ENTITY size.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY fontColor.label "Text:"> +<!ENTITY fontColor.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY bgColor.label "Background:"> +<!ENTITY bgColor.accesskey "B"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-directory-add.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-directory-add.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a135d3bdec --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-directory-add.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY directoryName.label "Name: "> +<!ENTITY directoryName.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY directoryHostname.label "Hostname: "> +<!ENTITY directoryHostname.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY directoryBaseDN.label "Base DN: "> +<!ENTITY directoryBaseDN.accesskey "b"> +<!ENTITY findButton.label "Find"> +<!ENTITY findButton.accesskey "f"> +<!ENTITY directorySecure.label "Use secure connection (SSL)"> +<!ENTITY directorySecure.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY directoryLogin.label "Bind DN: "> +<!ENTITY directoryLogin.accesskey "i"> +<!ENTITY General.tab "General"> +<!ENTITY Offline.tab "Offline"> +<!ENTITY Advanced.tab "Advanced"> +<!ENTITY portNumber.label "Port number: "> +<!ENTITY portNumber.accesskey "p"> +<!ENTITY searchFilter.label "Search filter: "> +<!ENTITY searchFilter.accesskey "f"> +<!ENTITY scope.label "Scope: "> +<!ENTITY scope.accesskey "c"> +<!ENTITY scopeOneLevel.label "One Level"> +<!ENTITY scopeOneLevel.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY scopeSubtree.label "Subtree"> +<!ENTITY scopeSubtree.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY return.label "Don't return more than"> +<!ENTITY return.accesskey "r"> +<!ENTITY results.label "results"> +<!ENTITY offlineText.label "You can download a local copy of this directory so that it is available for use when you are working offline."> +<!ENTITY saslMechanism.label "Login method: "> +<!ENTITY saslMechanism.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY saslOff.label "Simple"> +<!ENTITY saslOff.accesskey "l"> +<!ENTITY saslGSSAPI.label "Kerberos (GSSAPI)"> +<!ENTITY saslGSSAPI.accesskey "K"> + +<!-- Localization note: this is here because the width of the dialog + is determined by the width of the base DN box; and that is likely + to vary somewhat with the language. +--> +<!ENTITY newDirectoryWidth "36em"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-directory.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-directory.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..874cfe4749 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-directory.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (window.title) : do not translate "LDAP" in below line --> +<!ENTITY pref.ldap.window.title "LDAP Directory Servers"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (directories.label) : do not translate "LDAP" in below line --> +<!ENTITY directories.label "LDAP Directory Server:"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (directoriesText.label) : do not translate "LDAP" in below line --> +<!ENTITY directoriesText.label "Select an LDAP Directory Server:"> +<!ENTITY directoriesText.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY addDirectory.label "Add"> +<!ENTITY addDirectory.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY editDirectory.label "Edit"> +<!ENTITY editDirectory.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY deleteDirectory.label "Delete"> +<!ENTITY deleteDirectory.accesskey "d"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-formatting.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-formatting.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e2807599d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-formatting.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.formatting.title "Send Format"> +<!ENTITY sendMaildesc.label "When sending formatted (HTML) messages and one or more recipients are not listed as being able to receive HTML:"> +<!ENTITY askMe.label "Ask me what to do (Mail prompts you to choose a format)"> +<!ENTITY askMe.accesskey "k"> + +<!-- Html and Plain Text Domains --> +<!ENTITY domain.title "HTML and Plain Text Domains"> +<!ENTITY domaindesc.label "When you send a message to an address with one of the domain names listed below, Mail automatically sends the message in the preferred format (formatted text or plain text)."> +<!ENTITY HTMLdomaintitle.label "HTML Domains"> +<!ENTITY HTMLdomaintitle.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY PlainTexttitle.label "Plain Text Domains"> +<!ENTITY PlainTexttitle.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY AddButton.label "Add…"> +<!ENTITY AddHtmlDomain.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY AddPlainText.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY DeleteButton.label "Delete"> +<!ENTITY DeleteHtmlDomain.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY DeletePlainText.accesskey "t"> + +<!-- Add Domain Name --> +<!ENTITY add.htmltitle "Add HTML Domain Name"> +<!ENTITY add.htmldomain "HTML Domain Name:"> +<!ENTITY add.plaintexttitle "Add Plain Text Domain Name"> +<!ENTITY add.plaintextdomain "Plain Text Domain Name:"> + +<!ENTITY domainnameError.title "Domain Name Error"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: do not translate @string@ --> +<!ENTITY invalidEntryError.label "The domain name @string@ is invalid and will be ignored. Valid domain names must include at least one '.' and characters on either side of it."> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-junk.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-junk.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4707378e01 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-junk.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.junk.title "Junk & Suspect Mail"> +<!ENTITY junkSettings.caption "Global Junk Mail Settings"> +<!ENTITY junkMail.intro "Goto Account Settings to configure account specific junk mail settings."> + +<!-- Junk Mail Controls --> +<!ENTITY manualMark.label "When I mark messages as junk:"> +<!ENTITY manualMark.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY manualMarkModeMove.label "Move them to the account's "Junk" folder"> +<!ENTITY manualMarkModeMove.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY manualMarkModeDelete.label "Delete them"> +<!ENTITY manualMarkModeDelete.accesskey "D"> + +<!ENTITY markAsRead.intro "Mark messages as read:"> +<!ENTITY autoMarkAsRead.label "When &brandShortName; determines that they are junk"> +<!ENTITY autoMarkAsRead.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY manualMarkAsRead.label "When I manually mark them as junk"> +<!ENTITY manualMarkAsRead.accesskey "k"> + +<!ENTITY enableJunkLogging.label "Enable junk filter logging"> +<!ENTITY enableJunkLogging.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY openJunkLog.label "Show log"> +<!ENTITY openJunkLog.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY resetTrainingData.label "Reset training data"> +<!ENTITY resetTrainingData.accesskey "R"> + +<!ENTITY pref.suspectMail.caption "Suspect Mail"> + +<!-- Phishing Detector --> +<!ENTITY pref.phishing.caption "E-mail Scams"> +<!ENTITY enablePhishingDetector.label "Tell me if the message I'm reading is a suspected email scam"> +<!ENTITY enablePhishingDetector.accesskey "T"> + +<!-- Anti Virus --> +<!ENTITY pref.antivirus.caption "Anti-Virus"> +<!ENTITY antiVirus.label "Allow anti-virus clients to scan incoming messages more easily"> +<!ENTITY antiVirus.accesskey "A"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-mailnews.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-mailnews.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b2c59e044f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-mailnews.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.mailnews.title "Mail & Newsgroups"> +<!ENTITY generalSettings.caption "General Settings"> +<!ENTITY confirmMove.label "Confirm when moving folders to the Trash"> +<!ENTITY confirmMove.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY preserveThreading.label "Preserve threading when sorting messages"> +<!ENTITY preserveThreading.accesskey "v"> +<!ENTITY mailBiffOnNewWindow.label "Only check for new mail after opening Mail & Newsgroups"> +<!ENTITY mailBiffOnNewWindow.accesskey "O"> + +<!ENTITY messengerStartPage.caption "Mail Start Page"> +<!ENTITY enableStartPage.label "When Mail launches, show the Start Page in the message area"> +<!ENTITY enableStartPage.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY location.label "Location:"> +<!ENTITY location.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY useDefault.label "Restore Default"> +<!ENTITY useDefault.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY rememberLastMsg.label "Remember the last selected message"> +<!ENTITY rememberLastMsg.accesskey "R"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-notifications.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-notifications.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..673fa9278e --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-notifications.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.notifications.title "Notifications"> +<!ENTITY notifications.caption "Notifications"> +<!ENTITY newMessagesArrive.label "When new messages arrive:"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: (showAlertFor.label, showAlertTimeEnd.label) + showAlertFor.label is associated with the checkbox to show the alert, + leading into a numerical field to enter a time in seconds, followed by + showAlertTimeEnd.label which in en-US is the unit of the value --> + +<!ENTITY showTrayIcon.label "Show a tray icon"> +<!ENTITY showTrayIcon.accesskey "t"> +<!ENTITY bounceSystemDockIcon.label "Animate the Dock icon"> +<!ENTITY bounceSystemDockIcon.accesskey "A"> + +<!ENTITY playSound.label "Play a sound"> +<!ENTITY playSound.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY systemsound.label "System New Mail Sound"> +<!ENTITY systemsound.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY customsound.label "Custom sound file"> +<!ENTITY customsound.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY browse.label "Browse…"> +<!ENTITY browse.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY browse.title "Choose file"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-offline.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-offline.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..764c3ea91b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-offline.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from content/pref-offline.xul --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The 'Offline' preferences dialog --> +<!ENTITY pref.network.title "Network & Storage"> +<!ENTITY pref.offline.caption "Offline"> +<!ENTITY textStartUp "When starting up:"> +<!ENTITY textStartUp.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY menuitemRememberPrevState "Remember previous online state"> +<!ENTITY menuitemAskMe "Ask me for online state at startup"> +<!ENTITY menuitemAlwaysOnline "Always start up online"> +<!ENTITY menuitemAlwaysOffline "Always start up offline"> +<!ENTITY menuitemAutomatic "Detect automatically (if available)"> +<!ENTITY textGoingOnline "Send unsent messages when going online?"> +<!ENTITY radioAutoSend "Yes"> +<!ENTITY radioAutoSend.accesskey "Y"> +<!ENTITY radioNotSend "No"> +<!ENTITY radioNotSend.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY radioAskUnsent "Ask me"> +<!ENTITY radioAskUnsent.accesskey "s"> +<!ENTITY textGoingOffline "Download messages for offline use when going offline?"> +<!ENTITY radioAutoDownload "Yes"> +<!ENTITY radioAutoDownload.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY radioNotDownload "No"> +<!ENTITY radioNotDownload.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY radioAskDownload "Ask me"> +<!ENTITY radioAskDownload.accesskey "k"> +<!ENTITY mailConnections.caption "Mail Connections"> +<!ENTITY mailnewsTimeout.label "Connection timeout:"> +<!ENTITY mailnewsTimeout.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY mailnewsTimeoutSeconds.label "seconds"> +<!ENTITY Diskspace "Disk Space"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-receipts.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-receipts.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b36d1ba706 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-receipts.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE pref-receipts.dtd: UI for Mail/News Return Receipts prefs --> +<!ENTITY pref.receipts.title "Return Receipts"> +<!ENTITY prefReceipts.caption "Return Receipts"> +<!ENTITY requestReceipt.label "When sending messages, always request a return receipt"> +<!ENTITY requestReceipt.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY receiptArrive.label "When a receipt arrives:"> +<!ENTITY leaveIt.label "Leave it in my Inbox"> +<!ENTITY leaveIt.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY moveToSent.label "Move it to my "Sent" folder"> +<!ENTITY moveToSent.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY requestMDN.label "When I receive a request for a return receipt:"> +<!ENTITY returnSome.label "Allow return receipts for some messages"> +<!ENTITY returnSome.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY never.label "Never send a return receipt"> +<!ENTITY never.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY notInToCc.label "If I'm not in the To or Cc of the message:"> +<!ENTITY notInToCc.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY outsideDomain.label "If the sender is outside my domain:"> +<!ENTITY outsideDomain.accesskey "s"> +<!ENTITY otherCases.label "In all other cases:"> +<!ENTITY otherCases.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY askMe.label "Ask me"> +<!ENTITY alwaysSend.label "Always send"> +<!ENTITY neverSend.label "Never send"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-tags.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-tags.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e96c0daa00 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-tags.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.tags.title "Tags"> +<!ENTITY pref.tags.caption "Customize Tags"> +<!ENTITY pref.tags.description "Tags can be used to categorize and prioritize your messages. Modify the appearance and importance of tags using the settings below. Tags near the top are more important than those further down."> +<!ENTITY tagColumn.label "Tag"> +<!ENTITY colorColumn.label "Color"> +<!ENTITY defaultTagName.label "Untitled Tag"> +<!ENTITY addTagButton.label "Add"> +<!ENTITY addTagButton.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY deleteTagButton.label "Delete"> +<!ENTITY deleteTagButton.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY raiseTagButton.label "Raise Importance"> +<!ENTITY raiseTagButton.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY lowerTagButton.label "Lower Importance"> +<!ENTITY lowerTagButton.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY restoreButton.label "Restore Defaults"> +<!ENTITY restoreButton.accesskey "s"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-viewing_messages.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-viewing_messages.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..76f6cdd4a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-viewing_messages.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.viewing.messages.title "Message Display"> +<!ENTITY style.label "Style:"> +<!ENTITY style.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY regular.label "Regular"> +<!ENTITY bold.label "Bold"> +<!ENTITY italic.label "Italic"> +<!ENTITY boldItalic.label "Bold Italic"> +<!ENTITY size.label "Size:"> +<!ENTITY size.accesskey "z"> +<!ENTITY bigger.label "Bigger"> +<!ENTITY smaller.label "Smaller"> +<!ENTITY color.label "Color:"> +<!ENTITY color.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY displayPlainText.caption "Plain text messages"> +<!ENTITY fontPlainText.label "Font:"> +<!ENTITY fontPlainText.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY displayQuoted.label "Settings for quoted messages:"> +<!ENTITY wrapInMsg.label "Wrap text to fit window width"> +<!ENTITY wrapInMsg.accesskey "W"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : (convertEmoticons.label) 'Emoticons' are also known as 'Smileys', e.g. :-) --> +<!ENTITY convertEmoticons.label "Display emoticons as graphics"> +<!ENTITY convertEmoticons.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY generalMessageDisplay.caption "General"> +<!ENTITY autoMarkAsRead.label "Automatically mark messages as read"> +<!ENTITY autoMarkAsRead.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY secondsLabel.label "seconds"> + +<!ENTITY openingMessages.label "When opening messages, display them in:"> +<!ENTITY newWindowRadio.label "A new message window"> +<!ENTITY newWindowRadio.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY existingWindowRadio.label "An existing message window"> +<!ENTITY existingWindowRadio.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY disableContent.label "Block images and other content from remote sources"> +<!ENTITY disableContent.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY showCondensedAddresses.label "Show only display name for people in my address book"> +<!ENTITY showCondensedAddresses.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY closeMsgWindowOnDelete.label "Close message window when deleting the message"> +<!ENTITY closeMsgWindowOnDelete.accesskey "l"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/prefs.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/prefs.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..475705b8c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/prefs.properties @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# The following are used by the Account Wizard +# +enterValidEmail=Please enter a valid email address. +modifiedAccountExists=An account with that user name and server name already exists. Please enter a different user name and/or server name. +userNameChanged=Your User Name has been updated. You may also need to update your Email Address and/or User Name associated with this account. +serverNameChanged=The server name setting has changed. Please verify that any folders used by filters exist on the new server. +# if the user chooses to cancel the wizard when no accounts are there throw a message +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (cancelWizard) +# do not localize "\n\n" +cancelWizard=Are you sure you want to exit the Account Wizard?\n\nIf you exit, any information you have entered will be lost and the account will not be created. +accountWizard=Account Wizard +WizardExit=Exit +WizardContinue=Cancel +failedRemoveAccount=Failed to remove this account. +#LOCALIZATION NOTE: accountName: %1$S is server name, %2$S is user name +accountName=%1$S - %2$S + +confirmDeferAccountTitle=Defer Account? + +#Provide default example values for sample email address +exampleEmailUserName=user +exampleEmailDomain=example.net +emailFieldText=Email Address: +#LOCALIZATION NOTE: defaultEmailText: %1$S is user name, %2$S is domain +defaultEmailText=Enter your email address. This is the address others will use to send email to you (for example, "%1$S@%2$S"). +#LOCALIZATION NOTE: customizedEmailText: %1$S is provider, %2$S is email username, %3$S is sample email, %4$S is sample username +customizedEmailText=Enter your %1$S %2$S (for example, if your %1$S email address is "%3$S", your %2$S is "%4$S"). + +# account manager stuff +prefPanel-server=Server Settings +prefPanel-copies=Copies & Folders +prefPanel-synchronization=Synchronization & Storage +prefPanel-diskspace=Disk Space +prefPanel-addressing=Composition & Addressing +prefPanel-junk=Junk Settings +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (prefPanel-smtp): Don't translate "SMTP" +prefPanel-smtp=Outgoing Server (SMTP) + +# account manager multiple identity support +#LOCALIZATION NOTE: accountName: %1$S +identity-list-title=Identities for %1$S + +identity-edit-req=You must specify a valid email address for this identity. +identity-edit-req-title=Error Creating Identity + +choosefile=Choose a file + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/replicationProgress.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/replicationProgress.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..74191173cc --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/replicationProgress.properties @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +replicationStarted=Replication started… +changesStarted=Started finding changes to replicate… +replicationSucceeded=Replication succeeded +replicationFailed=Replication failed +replicationCancelled=Replication cancelled +# LOCALIZATION NOTE +# do not localize %S. %S is the current entry number (an integer) +currentCount=Replicating directory entry: %S + +downloadButton=Download Now +downloadButton.accesskey=D +cancelDownloadButton=Cancel Download +cancelDownloadButton.accesskey=C + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/smtpEditOverlay.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/smtpEditOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..593393a21b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/smtpEditOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY settings.caption "Settings"> +<!ENTITY security.caption "Security and Authentication"> +<!ENTITY serverName.label "Server Name:"> +<!ENTITY serverName.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY serverDescription.label "Description:"> +<!ENTITY serverDescription.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY serverPort.label "Port:"> +<!ENTITY serverPort.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY userName.label "User Name:"> +<!ENTITY userName.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurity.label "Connection security:"> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurity.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurityType-0.label "None"> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurityType-1.label "STARTTLS, if available"> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurityType-2.label "STARTTLS"> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurityType-3.label "SSL/TLS"> +<!ENTITY smtpEditTitle.label "SMTP Server"> +<!ENTITY serverPortDefault.label "Default:"> +<!ENTITY authMethod.label "Authentication method:"> +<!ENTITY authMethod.accesskey "i"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/region.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/region.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..282976a09c --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/region.properties @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# messenger.properties +# mailnews.js +mailnews.start_page.url=chrome://messenger/content/start.xhtml +# To make mapit buttons to disappear in the addressbook, specify empty string. For example: +# mail.addr_book.mapit_url.format= +# The format for "mail.addr_book.mapit_url.format" is: +# @A1 == address, part 1 +# @A2 == address, part 2 +# @CI == city +# @ST == state +# @ZI == zip code +# @CO == country +mail.addr_book.mapit_url.format=http://maps.google.com/maps?q=@A1%20@A2%20@CI%20@ST%20@ZI%20@CO +mailnews.messageid_browser.url=http://groups.google.com/groups?selm=%mid&rnum=1 + + +# +#Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, +# based on en-US entities. + + +mailnews.localizedRe = diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/renameFolderDialog.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/renameFolderDialog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9f7f57c65e --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/renameFolderDialog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY renameFolderDialog.title "Rename Folder"> +<!ENTITY rename.label "Enter the new name for your folder:"> +<!ENTITY rename.accesskey "E"> + + +<!-- +Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, + based on en-US entities. +--> + +<!ENTITY accept.label "Rename"> +<!ENTITY accept.accesskey "R"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/search-attributes.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/search-attributes.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..010b8cd1ef --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/search-attributes.properties @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +#these need to match nsMsgSearchAttrib interface in nsMsgSearchCore.idl +#and nsMsgSearchAttribMap in nsMsgSearchAdapter.cpp +Subject=Subject +From=From +Body=Body +Date=Date +Priority=Priority +Status=Status +To=To +Cc=Cc +ToOrCc=To or Cc +AgeInDays=Age In Days +SizeKB=Size (KB) +Tags=Tags +# for AB and LDAP +AnyName=Any Name +DisplayName=Display Name +Nickname=Nickname +ScreenName=Screen Name +Email=Email +AdditionalEmail=Additional Email +AnyNumber=Any Number +WorkPhone=Work Phone +HomePhone=Home Phone +Fax=Fax +Pager=Pager +Mobile=Mobile +City=City +Street=Street +Title=Title +Organization=Organization +Department=Department +# more mailnews +FromToCcOrBcc=From, To, Cc or Bcc +JunkScoreOrigin=Junk Score Origin +JunkPercent=Junk Percent +AttachmentStatus=Attachment Status +JunkStatus=Junk Status +Label=Label +Customize=Customize… +MissingCustomTerm=Missing Custom Term diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/search-operators.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/search-operators.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2d8704163b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/search-operators.properties @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +0=contains +1=doesn't contain +2=is +3=isn't +4=is empty + +5=is before +6=is after + +7=is higher than +8=is lower than + +9=begins with +10=ends with + +11=sounds like +12=LdapDwim + +13=is greater than +14=is less than + +15=NameCompletion +16=is in my address book +17=isn't in my address book + + + +# +#Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, +# based on en-US entities. + + +18 = isn't empty +19 = matches +20 = doesn't match diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/search.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/search.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f10ec7b318 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/search.properties @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# search and filter strings + + +# these are the fields that get inserted in the search line +# for "and" searches, this looks like: +# +# searchAnd0 <attribute> searchAnd1 <operator> searchAnd2 <value> searchAnd4 +# +# for example, in english this looks like: +# and the [Sender ] [doesn't contain] [John] +# +# TODO: need to special-case the first line (filterindex==0) +# + +# filter stuff + +# search and filter strings +# +# these are the fields that get inserted in the search line +# for "and" searches, this looks like: +# +# searchAnd0 <attribute> searchAnd1 <operator> searchAnd2 <value> searchAnd4 +# +# for example, in english this looks like: +# and the [Sender ] [doesn't contain] [John] +# +# TODO: need to special-case the first line (filterindex==0) + +searchingMessage=සොයමින්… +labelForStopButton=නවත්තන්න +labelForSearchButton=සොයන්න +labelForStopButton.accesskey=S +labelForSearchButton.accesskey=S + +moreButtonTooltipText=නව රීතියක් එක් කරන්න +lessButtonTooltipText=මෙම රීතිය ඉවත් කරන්න diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/searchTermOverlay.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/searchTermOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fe6a726341 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/searchTermOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY matchAll.label "Match all of the following"> +<!ENTITY matchAll.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY matchAny.label "Match any of the following"> +<!ENTITY matchAny.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY matchAllMsgs.label "Match all messages"> +<!ENTITY matchAllMsgs.accesskey "m"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE + The values below are used to control the widths of the search widgets. + Change the values only when the localized strings in the popup menus + are truncated in the widgets. + --> +<!ENTITY searchTermListAttributesFlexValue "5"> +<!ENTITY searchTermListOperatorsFlexValue "5"> +<!ENTITY searchTermListValueFlexValue "5"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/shutdownWindow.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/shutdownWindow.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..95cbad1768 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/shutdownWindow.properties @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + + +# These strings are loaded and represented by the XUL dialog. +shutdownDialogTitle=Shutdown Progress Window +taskProgress=Processing %1$S of %2$S Tasks + +# These strings are loaded by the individual shutdown tasks. diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6370ce7509 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime.properties @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# The following are used by the smime content type handler +# + +## @name NS_MSG_UNABLE_TO_OPEN_FILE +## LOCALIZATION NOTE: the text can contain HTML tags. +1000=This is an <B>ENCRYPTED</B> or <B>SIGNED</B> message.<br> This Mail application does not support encrypted or signed mail. + + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/am-smime.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/am-smime.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..49c918ca4a --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/am-smime.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY securityTitle.label "Security"> +<!ENTITY securityTab.label "Security"> +<!ENTITY securityHeading.label "To send and receive signed or encrypted messages, you should specify both a digital signing certificate and an encryption certificate."> +<!ENTITY encryptionGroupTitle.label "Encryption"> +<!ENTITY encryptionChoiceLabel.label "Default encryption setting when sending messages:"> +<!ENTITY neverEncrypt.label "Never (do not use encryption)"> +<!ENTITY neverEncrypt.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY alwaysEncryptMessage.label "Required (can't send message unless all recipients have certificates)"> +<!ENTITY alwaysEncryptMessage.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY encryptionCert.message "Use this certificate to encrypt & decrypt messages sent to you:"> +<!ENTITY digitalSign.certificate.button "Select…"> +<!ENTITY digitalSign.certificate.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY digitalSign.certificate_clear.button "Clear"> +<!ENTITY digitalSign.certificate_clear.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY encryption.certificate.button "Select…"> +<!ENTITY encryption.certificate.accesskey "t"> +<!ENTITY encryption.certificate_clear.button "Clear"> +<!ENTITY encryption.certificate_clear.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY signingGroupTitle.label "Digital Signing"> +<!ENTITY signMessage.label "Digitally sign messages (by default)"> +<!ENTITY signMessage.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY signingCert.message "Use this certificate to digitally sign messages you send:"> + + +<!-- +Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, + based on en-US entities. +--> + +<!ENTITY certificates.label "Certificates"> +<!ENTITY manageDevices.label "Manage Security Devices…"> +<!ENTITY manageDevices.accesskey "g"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/am-smime.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/am-smime.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..643eececd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/am-smime.properties @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +## S/MIME error strings. +## Note to localization: %S is a placeholder +NoSenderSigningCert=You specified that this message should be digitally signed, but the application either failed to find the signing certificate specified in your Mail & Newsgroup Account Settings, or the certificate has expired. +NoSenderEncryptionCert=You specified encryption for this message, but the application either failed to find the encryption certificate specified in your Mail & Newsgroup Account Settings, or the certificate has expired. +MissingRecipientEncryptionCert=You specified encryption for this message, but the application failed to find an encryption certificate for %S. + +## Strings used for in the prefs. +prefPanel-smime=Security +NoSigningCert=Certificate Manager can't locate a valid certificate that can be used to digitally sign your messages. +NoEncryptionCert=Certificate Manager can't locate a valid certificate that other people can use to send you encrypted email messages. + +encryption_needCertWantSame=You should also specify a certificate for other people to use when they send you encrypted messages. Do you want to use the same certificate to encrypt & decrypt messages sent to you? +encryption_wantSame=Do you want to use the same certificate to encrypt & decrypt messages sent to you? +encryption_needCertWantToSelect=You should also specify a certificate for other people to use when they send you encrypted messages. Do you want to configure an encryption certificate now? +signing_needCertWantSame=You should also specify a certificate to use for digitally signing your messages. Do you want to use the same certificate to digitally sign your messages? +signing_wantSame=Do you want to use the same certificate to digitally sign your messages? +signing_needCertWantToSelect=You should also specify a certificate to use for digitally signing your messages. Do you want to configure a certificate for digitally signing messages now? + + +# +#Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, +# based on en-US entities. + + +mime_smimeEncryptedContentDesc = S/MIME Encrypted Message +mime_smimeSignatureContentDesc = S/MIME Cryptographic Signature + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/certFetchingStatus.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/certFetchingStatus.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8673b9ed9d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/certFetchingStatus.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE shown while obtaining certificates from a directory --> + +<!ENTITY title.label "Downloading Certificates"> +<!ENTITY info.message "Searching the directory for recipients' certificates. This may take a few minutes."> +<!ENTITY stop.label "Stop Searching"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..648553366d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE msgCompSMIMEOverlay.dtd UI for s/mime hooks in message composition --> + +<!ENTITY menu_securityEncryptRequire.label "Encrypt This Message"> +<!ENTITY menu_securityEncryptRequire.accesskey "E"> + +<!ENTITY menu_securitySign.label "Digitally Sign This Message"> +<!ENTITY menu_securitySign.accesskey "S"> + +<!ENTITY menu_securityStatus.label "View Security Info"> +<!ENTITY menu_securityStatus.accesskey "I"> + +<!ENTITY securityButton.label "Security"> +<!ENTITY securityButton.tooltip "View or change security settings"> + +<!ENTITY menu_viewSecurityStatus.label "Message Security Info"> +<!ENTITY menu_viewSecurityStatus.accesskey "I"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..285d3cbea6 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.properties @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +## S/MIME mail compose window error strings. +NeedSetup=You need to set up one or more personal certificates before you can use this security feature. Would you like to learn how to do this now? diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSecurityInfo.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSecurityInfo.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d8dbe6df27 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSecurityInfo.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE msgCompSecurityInfo.dtd UI for viewing security status when composing a message --> + +<!ENTITY title.label "Message Security"> +<!ENTITY subject.plaintextWarning "Please note: Subject lines of email messages are never encrypted."> +<!ENTITY status.heading "The contents of your message will be sent as follows:"> +<!ENTITY status.signed "Digitally signed:"> +<!ENTITY status.encrypted "Encrypted:"> +<!ENTITY status.certificates "Certificates:"> +<!ENTITY view.label "View"> +<!ENTITY view.accesskey "V"> +<!ENTITY tree.recipient "Recipient"> +<!ENTITY tree.status "Status"> +<!ENTITY tree.issuedDate "Issued"> +<!ENTITY tree.expiresDate "Expires"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSecurityInfo.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSecurityInfo.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bf8ca06592 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSecurityInfo.properties @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +StatusNotFound=Not Found +StatusValid=Valid +StatusExpired=Expired +StatusUntrusted=Not Trusted +StatusRevoked=Revoked +StatusInvalid=Invalid +StatusYes=Yes +StatusNo=No +StatusNotPossible=Not possible diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f8dffb7df8 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE msgReadSMIMEOverlay.dtd UI for s/mime hooks in message reading --> + +<!ENTITY menu_securityStatus.label "Message Security Info"> +<!ENTITY menu_securityStatus.accesskey "I"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c7a1862843 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.properties @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +ImapOnDemand=The displayed message has been digitally signed, but not all its attachments have been downloaded yet. Therefore, the signature cannot be validated. Click OK to download the complete message and validate the signature. +# +#NOTE To translater, anything between %..% and <..> should not be translated. +# the former will be replaced by java script, and the latter is HTML formatting. +# +CantDecryptTitle=%brand% cannot decrypt this message +CantDecryptBody=The sender encrypted this message to you using one of your digital certificates, however %brand% was not able to find this certificate and corresponding private key. <br> Possible solutions: <br><ul><li>If you have a smartcard, please insert it now. <li>If you are using a new machine, or if you are using a new %brand% profile, you will need to restore your certificate and private key from a backup. Certificate backups usually end in ".p12".</ul> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgReadSecurityInfo.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgReadSecurityInfo.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..06f1788987 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgReadSecurityInfo.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE msgReadSecurityInfo.dtd UI for viewing security status when reading a received message --> + +<!ENTITY status.label "Message Security"> +<!ENTITY signatureCert.label "View Signature Certificate"> +<!ENTITY encryptionCert.label "View Encryption Certificate"> + +<!ENTITY signer.name "Signed by:"> +<!ENTITY recipient.name "Encrypted for:"> +<!ENTITY email.address "Email address:"> +<!ENTITY issuer.name "Certificate issued by:"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgSecurityInfo.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgSecurityInfo.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6cac8b9684 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgSecurityInfo.properties @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +## Signature Information strings +SINoneLabel=Message Has No Digital Signature +SINone=This message does not include the sender's digital signature. The absence of a digital signature means that the message could have been sent by someone pretending to have this email address. It is also possible that the message has been altered while in transit over the network. However, it is unlikely that either event has occurred. + +SIValidLabel=Message Is Signed +SIValid=This message includes a valid digital signature. The message has not been altered since it was sent. + +SIInvalidLabel=Digital Signature Is Not Valid +SIInvalidHeader=This message includes a digital signature, but the signature is invalid. + +SIContentAltered=The signature does not match the message content correctly. The message appears to have been altered after the sender signed it. You should not trust the validity of this message until you verify its contents with the sender. +SIExpired=The certificate used to signed the message appears to have expired. Make sure your computer's clock is set correctly. +SIRevoked=The certificate used to sign the message has been revoked. You should not trust the validity of this message until you verify its contents with the sender. +SINotYetValid=The certificate used to sign the message appears not be valid yet. Make sure your computer's clock is set correctly. +SIUnknownCA=The certificate used to sign the message was issued by an unknown certificate authority. +SIUntrustedCA=The certificate used to sign the message was issued by a certificate authority that you do not trust for issuing this kind of certificate. +SIExpiredCA=The certificate used to sign the message was issued by a certificate authority whose own certificate has expired. Make sure your computer's clock is set correctly. +SIRevokedCA=The certificate used to sign the message was issued by a certificate authority whose own certificate has been revoked. You should not trust the validity of this message until you verify its contents with the sender. +SINotYetValidCA=The certificate used to sign the message was issued by a certificate authority whose own certificate is not yet valid. Make sure your computer's clock is set correctly. +SIInvalidCipher=The message was signed using an encryption strength that this version of your software does not support. +SIClueless=There are unknown problems with this digital signature. You should not trust the validity of this message until you verify its contents with the sender. + +SIPartiallyValidLabel=Message is signed +SIPartiallyValidHeader=Although the digital signature is valid, it is unknown whether sender and signer are the same person. + +SIHeaderMismatch=The email address listed in the signer's certificate is different from the email address that was used to send this message. Please look at the details of the signature certificate to learn who signed the message. +SICertWithoutAddress=The certificate used to sign the message does not contain an email address. Please look at the details of the signature certificate to learn who signed the message. + +EINone=This message was not encrypted before it was sent. Information sent over the Internet without encryption can be seen by other people while in transit. + +EIValidLabel=Message Is Encrypted +EIValid=This message was encrypted before it was sent to you. Encryption makes it very difficult for other people to view information while it is traveling over the network. + +EIInvalidLabel=Message Cannot Be Decrypted +EIInvalidHeader=This message was encrypted before it was sent to you, but it cannot be decrypted. + +EIContentAltered=The message contents appear to have been altered during transmission. +EIClueless=There are unknown problems with this encrypted message. + +## Signing Power Information string + +## Encryption Power Information string + + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/start.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/start.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1270f5e62b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/start.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY startpage.title "Welcome to &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups"> +<!--# LOCALIZATION NOTE (headline.label): the URL for <a id="vendorURL"> is fetched from brand.properties --> +<!ENTITY headline.label +'Welcome to <a id="vendorURL" href="">&brandShortName;</a> Mail & Newsgroups!'> +<!ENTITY description.label +"&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups is a powerful open-source mail and news +client, supporting advanced junk mail detection and other useful features."> +<!ENTITY features.title "Features"> +<!ENTITY feat_multiacc.label "Support for multiple accounts"> +<!ENTITY feat_junk.label "Junk Mail detection"> +<!ENTITY feat_feeds.label "Feed Reader"> +<!ENTITY feat_filters.label "Message Filters"> +<!ENTITY feat_htmlmsg.label "HTML message support"> +<!ENTITY feat_abook.label "Address Book"> +<!ENTITY feat_integration.label +"Tight integration with the &brandShortName; application suite"> +<!ENTITY dict.title "Dictionaries"> +<!ENTITY dict_intro.label "Dictionaries are used to check the spelling of your messages."> +<!ENTITY info.title "More Information"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/subscribe.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/subscribe.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9ce66e0559 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/subscribe.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY subscribeDialog.title "Subscribe"> +<!ENTITY subscribeButton.label "Subscribe"> +<!ENTITY subscribeButton.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY unsubscribeButton.label "Unsubscribe"> +<!ENTITY unsubscribeButton.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY newGroupsTab.label "New Groups"> +<!ENTITY newGroupsTab.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY refreshButton.label "Refresh"> +<!ENTITY refreshButton.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY stopButton.label "Stop"> +<!ENTITY stopButton.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY server.label "Account:"> +<!ENTITY server.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY subscribedHeader.label "Subscribe"> +<!-- commenting out until bug 38906 is fixed +<!ENTITY messagesHeader.label "Messages"> --> +<!ENTITY namefield.label "Show items that contain:"> +<!ENTITY namefield.accesskey "O"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/subscribe.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/subscribe.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ea70fb5c9c --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/subscribe.properties @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +columnHeader-nntp=Newsgroup name +columnHeader-imap=Folder name +currentListTab-nntp.label=Current Group List +currentListTab-nntp.accesskey=L +currentListTab-imap.label=Folder List +currentListTab-imap.accesskey=L +pleaseWaitString=Please wait… diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/textImportMsgs.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/textImportMsgs.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..597a2dda76 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/textImportMsgs.properties @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# The following are used by the outlook express import code to display status/error +# and informational messages +# + +# +# The following are used by the outlook express import code to display status/error +# and informational messages +# + +# +# The following are used by the text import code to display status/error +# and informational messages +# + +# Short name of import module +## @name TEXTIMPORT_NAME +## @loc None +2000=Text file (LDIF, .tab, .csv, .txt) + +# Description of import module +## @name TEXTIMPORT_DESCRIPTION +## @loc None +2001=Import an address book from a text file, including: LDIF (.ldif, .ldi), tab-delimited (.tab, .txt) or comma-separated (.csv) formats. + +# Description of import module +## @name TEXTIMPORT_ADDRESS_NAME +## @loc None +2002=Text Address Book + +# Description +## @name TEXTIMPORT_ADDRESS_SUCCESS +## @loc None +2003=Imported address book %S + +# Error message +## @name TEXTIMPORT_ADDRESS_BADPARAM +## @loc None +2004=Bad parameter passed to import address book. + +# Error message +## @name TEXTIMPORT_ADDRESS_BADSOURCEFILE +## @loc None +2005=Error accessing file for address book %S. + +# Error message +## @name TEXTIMPORT_ADDRESS_CONVERTERROR +## @loc None +2006=Error importing address book %S, all addresses may not have been imported. + + + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/threadpane.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/threadpane.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..769e3c914e --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/threadpane.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY threadColumn.label "Thread"> +<!ENTITY fromColumn.label "From"> +<!ENTITY recipientColumn.label "Recipient"> +<!ENTITY attachmentColumn.label "Attachments"> +<!ENTITY subjectColumn.label "Subject"> +<!ENTITY dateColumn.label "Date"> +<!ENTITY priorityColumn.label "Priority"> +<!ENTITY tagsColumn.label "Tags"> +<!ENTITY accountColumn.label "Account"> +<!ENTITY statusColumn.label "Status"> +<!ENTITY sizeColumn.label "Size"> +<!ENTITY junkStatusColumn.label "Junk Status"> +<!ENTITY unreadColumn.label "Unread in Thread"> +<!ENTITY totalColumn.label "Total in Thread"> +<!ENTITY readColumn.label "Read"> +<!ENTITY receivedColumn.label "Received"> +<!ENTITY flagColumn.label "Flag"> +<!ENTITY locationColumn.label "Location"> +<!ENTITY idColumn.label "Order Received"> + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/vCardImportMsgs.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/vCardImportMsgs.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c048c4d520 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/vCardImportMsgs.properties @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + + + +# +#Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, +# based on en-US entities. + + +# +# The following are used by the vCard import code to display status, error, and +# informational messages +# + +vCardImportName = vCard file (.vcf) + +vCardImportDescription = Import an address book from vCard format + +vCardImportAddressName = vCard Address Book + +vCardImportAddressSuccess = Imported address book %S + +vCardImportAddressBadSourceFile = Error accessing file for address book %S. + +vCardImportAddressConvertError = Error importing address book %S, all addresses may not have been imported. diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/viewLog.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/viewLog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5bca64539e --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/viewLog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY viewLog.title "Filter Log"> +<!ENTITY viewLogInfo.text "The Filter Log documents the filters that have been run for this account. Use the check box below to enable logging."> +<!ENTITY clearLog.label "Clear Log"> +<!ENTITY clearLog.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY enableLog.label "Enable the Filter Log"> +<!ENTITY enableLog.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY closeLog.label "Close"> +<!ENTITY closeLog.accesskey "o"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/virtualFolderListDialog.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/virtualFolderListDialog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7d1e37e33e --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/virtualFolderListDialog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY virtualFolderListTitle.title "Select Folder(s)"> +<!ENTITY virtualFolderDesc.label "Select the folders to search:"> + + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/virtualFolderProperties.dtd b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/virtualFolderProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a308131ba5 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/virtualFolderProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY virtualFolderProperties.title "New Saved Search Folder"> +<!ENTITY name.label "Name:"> +<!ENTITY name.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY description.label "Create as a subfolder of:"> +<!ENTITY description.accesskey "C"> + +<!ENTITY searchTermCaption.label "Configure the search criteria used for this saved search folder: "> + +<!ENTITY folderSelectionCaption.label "Select the folders to search: "> +<!ENTITY chooseFoldersButton.label "Choose…"> +<!ENTITY chooseFoldersButton.accesskey "h"> + +<!ENTITY searchOnline.label "Search Online (Gives up-to-date results for IMAP and News folders but increases time to open the folder)"> +<!ENTITY searchOnline.accesskey "S"> + + +<!-- +Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, + based on en-US entities. +--> + +<!ENTITY newFolderButton.label "Create"> +<!ENTITY newFolderButton.accesskey "r"> +<!ENTITY editFolderButton.label "Update"> +<!ENTITY editFolderButton.accesskey "U"> diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/wmImportMsgs.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/wmImportMsgs.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0ae2751905 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mailnews/wmImportMsgs.properties @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + + + +# +#Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, +# based on en-US entities. + + +# +# The following are used by the windows live mail import code to display status/error +# and informational messages +# + +2000 = Windows Live Mail + +2001 = Windows Live Mail settings + +2002 = Mailbox %1$S, imported %2$d messages + +2003 = Bad parameter passed to import mailbox. + +2004 = Error accessing file for mailbox %S. + +2005 = Error importing mailbox %S, all messages may not be imported from this mailbox. + +2006 = Windows Live Mail Address Book + +2007 = Windows Live Mail address book (windows address book) + +2008 = Imported address book %S + +2009 = Error importing address book %S, all addresses may not have been imported. + +2010 = Bad parameter passed to import addressbook. diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mozldap/ldap.properties b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mozldap/ldap.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2d9dbd3e8f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/chrome/mozldap/ldap.properties @@ -0,0 +1,261 @@ +# +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# The following two strings are used when prompting the user for authentication +# information: + +## @name AUTH_PROMPT_TITLE +## @loc none +authPromptTitle=LDAP Server Password Required + +## @name AUTH_PROMPT_TEXT +## @loc %1$S should not be localized. It is the hostname of the LDAP server. +authPromptText=Please enter your password for %1$S. + +# These are string versions of all the errors defined in +# nsILDAPErrors.idl, as well as the nsresult codes based on those +# errors. See that file for the genesis of these codes, as well as +# for info about how to get documentation about their precise +# meanings. + +## @name OPERATIONS_ERROR +## @loc none +1=Operations error + +## @name PROTOCOL_ERROR +## @loc none +2=Protocol error + +## @name TIMELIMIT_EXCEEDED +## @loc none +3=Timelimit exceeded + +## @name SIZELIMIT_EXCEEDED +## @loc none +4=Sizelimit exceeded + +## @name COMPARE_FALSE +## @loc none +5=Compare false + +## @name COMPARE_TRUE +## @loc none +6=Compare true + +## @name STRONG_AUTH_NOT_SUPPORTED +## @loc none +7=Authentication method not supported + +## @name STRONG_AUTH_REQUIRED +## @loc none +8=Strong authentication required + +## @name PARTIAL_RESULTS +## @loc none +9=Partial results and referral received + +## @name REFERRAL +## @loc none +10=Referral received + +## @name ADMINLIMIT_EXCEEDED +## @loc none +11=Administrative limit exceeded + +## @name UNAVAILABLE_CRITICAL_EXTENSION +## @loc none +12=Unavailable critical extension + +## @name CONFIDENTIALITY_REQUIRED +## @loc none +13=Confidentiality required + +## @name SASL_BIND_IN_PROGRESS +## @loc none +14=SASL bind in progress + +## @name NO_SUCH_ATTRIBUTE +## @loc none +16=No such attribute + +## @name UNDEFINED_TYPE +## @loc none +17=Undefined attribute type + +## @name INAPPROPRIATE MATCHIN +## @loc none +18=Inappropriate matching + +## @name CONSTRAINT_VIOLATION +## @loc none +19=Constraint violation + +## @name TYPE_OR_VALUE_EXISTS +## @loc none +20=Type or value exists + +## @name INVALID_SYNTAX +## @loc none +21=Invalid syntax + +## @name NO_SUCH_OBJECT +## @loc none +32=No such object + +## @name ALIAS_PROBLEM +## @loc none +33=Alias problem + +## @name INVALID_DN_ SYNTAX +## @loc none +34=Invalid DN syntax + +## @name IS_LEAF +## @loc none +35=Object is a leaf + +## @name ALIAS_DEREF_PROBLEM +## @loc none +36=Alias dereferencing problem + +## @name INAPPROPRIATE_AUTH +## @loc none +48=Inappropriate authentication + +## @name INVALID_CREDENTIALS +## @loc none +49=Invalid credentials + +## @name INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS +## @loc none +50=Insufficient access + +## @name BUSY +## @loc none +51=The LDAP server is busy + +## @name UNAVAILABLE +## @loc none +52=LDAP server is unavailable + +## @name UNWILLING_TO_PERFORM +## @loc none +53=LDAP server is unwilling to perform + +## @name LOOP_DETECT +## @loc none +54=Loop detected + +## @name SORT_CONTROL_MISSING +## @loc none +60=Sort Control is missing + +## @name INDEX_RANGE_ERROR +## @loc none +61=Search results exceed the range specified by the offsets + +## @name NAMING_VIOLATION +## @loc none +64=Naming violation + +## @name OBJECT_CLASS_VIOLATION +## @loc none +65=Object class violation + +## @name NOT_ALLOWED_ON_NONLEAF +## @loc none +66=Operation not allowed on nonleaf + +## @name NOT_ALLOWED_ON_RDN +## @loc none +67=Operation not allowed on RDN + +## @name ALREADY_EXISTS +## @loc none +68=Already exists + +## @name NO_OBJECT_CLASS_MODS +## @loc none +69=Cannot modify object class + +## @name RESULTS_TOO_LARGE +## @loc none +70=Results too large + +## @name AFFECTS_MULTIPLE_DSAS +## @loc none +71=Affects multiple servers + +## @name OTHER +## @loc none +80=Unknown error + +## @name SERVER_DOWN +## @loc none +81=Can't contact the LDAP server + +## @name LOCAL_ERROR +## @loc none +82=Local error + +## @name ENCODING_ERROR +## @loc none +83=Encoding error + +## @name DECODING_ERROR +## @loc none +84=Decoding error + +## @name TIMEOUT +## @loc none +85=The LDAP server timed out + +## @name AUTH_UNKNOWN +## @loc none +86=Unknown authentication method + +## @name FILTER_ERROR +## @loc none +87=Invalid search filter + +## @name USER_CANCELLED +## @loc none +88=User cancelled operation + +## @name PARAM_ERROR +## @loc none +89=Bad parameter to an LDAP routine + +## @name NO_MEMORY +## @loc none +90=Out of memory + +## @name CONNECT_ERROR +## @loc none +91=Can't connect to the LDAP server + +## @name NOT_SUPPORTED +## @loc none +92=Not supported by this version of the LDAP protocol + +## @name CONTROL_NOT_FOUND +## @loc none +93=Requested LDAP control not found + +## @name NO_RESULTS_RETURNED +## @loc none +94=No results returned + +## @name MORE_RESULTS_TO_RETURN +## @loc none +95=More results to return + +## @name CLIENT_LOOP +## @loc none +96=Client detected loop + +## @name REFERRAL_LIMIT_EXCEEDED +## @loc none +97=Referral hop limit exceeded diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/crashreporter/crashreporter-override.ini b/l10n-si/suite/crashreporter/crashreporter-override.ini new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..78506ddac0 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/crashreporter/crashreporter-override.ini @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +; This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +; License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +; file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# This file is in the UTF-8 encoding +[Strings] +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (CrashReporterProductErrorText2): The %s is replaced with a string containing detailed information. +CrashReporterProductErrorText2=SeaMonkey had a problem and crashed. We'll try to restore your tabs and windows when it restarts.\n\nUnfortunately the crash reporter is unable to submit a crash report.\n\nDetails: %s +CrashReporterDescriptionText2=SeaMonkey had a problem and crashed. We'll try to restore your tabs and windows when it restarts.\n\nTo help us diagnose and fix the problem, you can send us a crash report. diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/defines.inc b/l10n-si/suite/defines.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fb7fe4c937 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/defines.inc @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +#filter emptyLines + +#define MOZ_LANGPACK_CREATOR mozilla.org + +# If non-English locales wish to credit multiple contributors, uncomment this +# variable definition and use the format specified. +# #define MOZ_LANGPACK_CONTRIBUTORS <em:contributor>Joe Solon</em:contributor> <em:contributor>Suzy Solon</em:contributor> + +#unfilter emptyLines diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/extra-jar.mn b/l10n-si/suite/extra-jar.mn new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..591237101e --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/extra-jar.mn @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# this is an empty file +# locales can ship "extra" files from here, to ship a custom set +# of files for the help system +# do not put any blank lines in this file diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/installer/mac/README.txt b/l10n-si/suite/installer/mac/README.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..265ee9d561 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/installer/mac/README.txt @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ + = = = = = = = = = = = = = = SeaMonkey Read Me = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = + + Thank you for downloading SeaMonkey. This file contains information on the + following topics: + + - System & Hardware Requirements + - Installation + - Where Information is Stored + - Uninstallation + - Getting SeaMonkey + - More Information & Feedback + - License + + For information on known problems and installation issues, please read the + release notes. They can be found along with the releases at + + http://www.seamonkey-project.org/releases/. + + + System & Hardware Requirements + ------------------------------ + + System Requirements: + + - Mac OS X 10.4 and later + + + Hardware Requirements: + + - Macintosh computer with an Intel x86 or PowerPC G3/G4/G5 processor + - 256 MB RAM + - 200 MB of free hard disk space + + + Installation + ------------ + + To install SeaMonkey, follow these steps: + + 1. Drag the SeaMonkey application icon to the Applications folder + + 2. Eject the disk image + + 3. If you want SeaMonkey to be accessible from the Dock, drag the SeaMonkey + icon from the Applications folder to the Dock + + + Where Information is Stored + --------------------------- + + When you run SeaMonkey for the first time, a "SeaMonkey" folder is created in + + ~/Library/Application Support/ (where ~ is your home directory). + + Your personal settings, bookmarks, e-mail, passwords etc. are stored in a + profile folder inside the SeaMonkey folder. The profile folder is located at + + ~/Library/Application Support/SeaMonkey/Profiles/[randomString.profileName]. + + SeaMonkey stores its cache in ~/Library/Cache/SeaMonkey. Certain settings + (like the last root folder used by the Save dialog) are stored in + + ~/Library/Preferences/org.mozilla.seamonkey.plist. + + + Uninstallation + -------------- + + To uninstall SeaMonkey (but keep your personal settings, bookmarks etc.), + simply drag the SeaMonkey icon from your Applications folder to the Trash. + + To completely remove all traces of SeaMonkey from your computer + (including your personal settings, bookmarks, e-mail, passwords etc.), + follow these steps: + + 1. Drag the SeaMonkey icon from your Applications folder to the Trash + + 2. Drag the ~/Library/Application Support/SeaMonkey folder to the Trash + + 3. Drag the ~/Library/Cache/SeaMonkey folder to the Trash + + 4. Drag the ~/Library/Preferences/org.mozilla.seamonkey.plist file to the + trash + + + Getting SeaMonkey + ----------------- + + For testing purposes, nightly builds of SeaMonkey are provided regularly. + They reflect the current development and may be buggy. + + Nightly builds from various dates are available on the mozilla.org FTP site + at http://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/seamonkey/nightly/. + + For the very latest builds, see + + http://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/seamonkey/nightly/latest-trunk/. + + If you are looking for a more polished version of SeaMonkey, you can download + official releases from + + http://www.seamonkey-project.org/releases/. + + More Information & Feedback + --------------------------- + + For more info on SeaMonkey, see http://www.seamonkey-project.org/. To submit + bugs or other feedback, see http://www.seamonkey-project.org/dev/get-involved + and check out Bugzilla at https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/ for known bugs, + bug-writing guidelines, and more. You can also get help with Bugzilla by + pointing your IRC client to #mozillazine at irc.mozilla.org. + + + License + ------- + + SeaMonkey is subject to the terms detailed in the license agreement + available at http://www.mozilla.org/legal/eula/seamonkey-en.html. diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/installer/unix/README b/l10n-si/suite/installer/unix/README new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..62f78b1722 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/installer/unix/README @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +========================================================================== + += = = = = = = = = = = = = SeaMonkey Read Me = = = = = = = = = = = = = = + +========================================================================== + +SeaMonkey is subject to the terms detailed in the license agreement +accompanying it. + +This Read Me file contains information about system requirements and +installation instructions for the Linux builds of SeaMonkey. + +For more info on SeaMonkey, see http://www.seamonkey-project.org/ +To submit bugs or other feedback, see +http://www.seamonkey-project.org/dev/get-involved and check out Bugzilla +at https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/ for links to known bugs, bug-writing +guidelines, and more. You can also get help with Bugzilla by pointing your +IRC client to #mozillazine at irc.mozilla.org. + + +========================================================================== + + Getting SeaMonkey + +========================================================================== + +You can download nightly builds of SeaMonkey from the mozilla.org FTP site +at + + http://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/seamonkey/nightly/ + +For the very latest builds, see + + http://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/seamonkey/nightly/latest-trunk/ + +Keep in mind that nightly builds, which are used by mozilla.org developers +for testing, may be buggy. If you are looking for a more polished version +of SeaMonkey, the SeaMonkey project releases builds of SeaMonkey regularly +that you can download from + + http://www.seamonkey-project.org/releases/ + +Be sure to read the SeaMonkey release notes for information on known +problems and installation issues with SeaMonkey. The release notes can be +found at the preceding URL along with the releases themselves. + + +========================================================================== + + System Requirements + +========================================================================== + +* Linux + + - The following library versions (or compatible) are required: + glibc 2.3.2, X.org 1.x, GTK 2.x, fontconfig, pango 1.10, libstdc++ 6. + Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5, Fedora Core 6, ubuntu 6.10 ("Edgy"), + Debian "Lenny" (testing), and openSUSE 10.2 (or later) installations + should work. + - Intel Pentium class processor (500 MHz or faster recommended) + - 128 MB RAM + - 50 MB free hard disk space + + +========================================================================== + + Installation Instructions + +========================================================================== + +Note that the installation instructions use the bash shell. If you're not +using bash, adjust the commands accordingly. + +Install into a clean (new) directory. +Installing on top of previously released builds may cause problems. + +Note: These instructions do not tell you how to build SeaMonkey. +For info on building SeaMonkey from the mozilla.org source code, see + + http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Build_Documentation + + +Installation Instructions +------------------------------- + + Note: There is no installer available, but just extracting the tar.bz2 + to the default directory (usually /usr/local/seamonkey) achieves the + same result as an installer would. + + To install SeaMonkey by downloading the tar.bz2 file: + + 1. Create a directory named "seamonkey" (mkdir seamonkey) and change + to that directory (cd seamonkey). + + 2. Click the link on the site you're downloading SeaMonkey from to + download the package (seamonkey*.tar.bz2) file into the seamonkey + directory. + + 3. Change to the seamonkey directory (cd seamonkey) and decompress the + file with the following command: + + tar jxvf sea*.tar.bz2 + + This creates a "seamonkey" directory under your seamonkey directory. + + 4. Change to the seamonkey directory (cd seamonkey). + + 5. Run SeaMonkey with the following run script: + + ./seamonkey + + + To hook up SeaMonkey complete with icon to the GNOME Panel, + follow these steps: + + 1. Click the GNOME Main Menu button, open the Panel menu, and then open + the Add to Panel submenu and choose Launcher. + + 2. Right-click the icon for SeaMonkey on the Panel and enter the + following command: + + directory_name./seamonkey + + where directory_name is the name of the directory you downloaded + SeaMonkey to. For example, the default directory that SeaMonkey + suggests is /usr/local/seamonkey. + + 3. Type in a name for the icon, and type in a comment if you wish. + + 4. Click the icon button and type in the following as the icon's location: + + directory_name/chrome/icons/default/default.xpm + + where directory_name is the directory where you installed SeaMonkey. + For example, the default directory is + /usr/local/seamonkey/chrome/icons/default/default.xpm. diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/installer/windows/README.txt b/l10n-si/suite/installer/windows/README.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f6d9b0b0b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/installer/windows/README.txt @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +========================================================================== + += = = = = = = = = = = = = SeaMonkey Read Me = = = = = = = = = = = = = = + +========================================================================== + +SeaMonkey is subject to the terms detailed in the license agreement +accompanying it. + +This Read Me file contains information about system requirements and +installation instructions for the Windows builds of SeaMonkey. + +For more info on SeaMonkey, see http://www.seamonkey-project.org/ +To submit bugs or other feedback, see +http://www.seamonkey-project.org/dev/get-involved and check out Bugzilla +at https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/ for links to known bugs, bug-writing +guidelines, and more. You can also get help with Bugzilla by pointing your +IRC client to #mozillazine at irc.mozilla.org. + + +========================================================================== + + Getting SeaMonkey + +========================================================================== + +You can download nightly builds of SeaMonkey from the mozilla.org FTP site +at + + http://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/seamonkey/nightly/ + +For the very latest builds, see + + http://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/seamonkey/nightly/latest-trunk/ + +Keep in mind that nightly builds, which are used by mozilla.org developers +for testing, may be buggy. If you are looking for a more polished version +of SeaMonkey, the SeaMonkey project releases builds of SeaMonkey regularly +that you can download from + + http://www.seamonkey-project.org/releases/ + +Be sure to read the SeaMonkey release notes for information on known +problems and installation issues with SeaMonkey. The release notes can be +found at the preceding URL along with the releases themselves. + + +========================================================================== + + System Requirements + +========================================================================== + +*Windows + + - Windows 2000, XP or Vista + - Intel Pentium class processor (500 MHz or faster recommended) + - 128 MB RAM + - 50 MB free hard disk space + + +========================================================================== + + Installation Instructions + +========================================================================== + +It is strongly recommended that you exit all programs before running the +setup program. Also, you should temporarily disable virus-detection +software. + +Install into a clean (new) directory. Installing on top of previously +released builds may cause problems. + +Note: These instructions do not tell you how to build SeaMonkey. +For info on building SeaMonkey from the mozilla.org source code, see + + http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Build_Documentation + + +Windows Installation Instructions +--------------------------------- + +Note: For Windows 2000/XP systems, you need Administrator privileges to +install SeaMonkey. If you see an "Error 5" message during installation, +make sure you're running the installation with Administrator privileges. + + + To install SeaMonkey by downloading the SeaMonkey installer, + follow these steps: + + 1. Click the link to seamonkey-x.xx.en-US.win32.installer.exe (or + similar file name) on the site you're downloading SeaMonkey from to + download the installer file to your machine. + + 2. Navigate to where you downloaded the file and double-click the + installer file icon on your machine to begin the Setup program. + + 3. Follow the on-screen instructions in the setup program. The program + starts automatically the first time. + + + To install SeaMonkey by downloading the .zip file and installing + manually, follow these steps: + + 1. Click the link to seamonkey-x.xx.en-US.win32.zip (or similar file + name) on the site you're downloading SeaMonkey from to download the + .zip file to your machine. + + 2. Navigate to where you downloaded the file and double-click the + compressed file. + + Note: This step assumes you already have a recent version of WinZip + (or a similar zip tool) installed, and that you know how to use it. + If not, you can get WinZip and information about the program at + www.winzip.com. + + 3. Extract the .zip file to a directory such as + C:\Program Files\mozilla.org\SeaMonkey. + + 4. To start SeaMonkey, navigate to the directory you extracted + SeaMonkey to and double-click the seamonkey.exe icon. diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/installer/windows/custom.properties b/l10n-si/suite/installer/windows/custom.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..22f0dd7e96 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/installer/windows/custom.properties @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE: + +# This file must be saved as UTF8 + +# Accesskeys are defined by prefixing the letter that is to be used for the +# accesskey with an ampersand (e.g. &). + +# Do not replace $BrandShortName, $BrandFullName, or $BrandFullNameDA with a +# custom string and always use the same one as used by the en-US files. +# $BrandFullNameDA allows the string to contain an ampersand (e.g. DA stands +# for double ampersand) and prevents the letter following the ampersand from +# being used as an accesskey. + +# You can use \n to create a newline in the string but only when the string +# from en-US contains a \n. + +REG_APP_DESC=$BrandShortName delivers safe, easy web browsing. A familiar user interface, enhanced security features including protection from online identity theft, and integrated search let you get the most out of the web. +OPTIONAL_COMPONENTS_TITLE=Choose Optional Components +OPTIONAL_COMPONENTS_SUBTITLE=Choose which features of $BrandFullNameDA you want to install. +OPTIONAL_COMPONENTS_LABEL=Optional Components: +DEBUGQA_TITLE=Debug and QA UI +DEBUGQA_TEXT=Provides additional debug and QA UI for $BrandShortName development. +CONTEXT_OPTIONS=$BrandShortName &Options +CONTEXT_SAFE_MODE=$BrandShortName &Safe Mode +SAFE_MODE=Safe Mode +# MAILNEWS_TEXT appears in Windows (All) Programs menu as "SeaMonkey $(MAILNEWS_TEXT)" +MAILNEWS_TEXT=Mail +PROFILE_TEXT=Profile Manager +OPTIONS_PAGE_TITLE=Setup Type +OPTIONS_PAGE_SUBTITLE=Choose setup options +SHORTCUTS_PAGE_TITLE=Set Up Shortcuts +SHORTCUTS_PAGE_SUBTITLE=Create Program Icons +SUMMARY_PAGE_TITLE=Summary +SUMMARY_PAGE_SUBTITLE=Ready to start installing $BrandShortName +SUMMARY_INSTALLED_TO=$BrandShortName will be installed to the following location: +SUMMARY_CLICK=Click Install to continue. +SUMMARY_REBOOT_REQUIRED_INSTALL=A restart of your computer may be required to complete the installation. +SUMMARY_REBOOT_REQUIRED_UNINSTALL=A restart of your computer may be required to complete the uninstall. +SURVEY_TEXT=&Tell us what you thought of $BrandShortName +LAUNCH_TEXT=&Launch $BrandFullNameDA now +CREATE_ICONS_DESC=Create icons for $BrandShortName: +ICONS_DESKTOP=On my &Desktop +ICONS_STARTMENU=In my &Start Menu Programs folder +ICONS_QUICKLAUNCH=In my &Quick Launch bar +WARN_WRITE_ACCESS=You don't have access to write to the installation directory.\n\nClick OK to select a different directory. +WARN_DISK_SPACE=You don't have sufficient disk space to install to this location.\n\nClick OK to select a different location. +WARN_MANUALLY_CLOSE_APP_INSTALL=$BrandShortName must be closed to proceed with the installation.\n\nPlease close $BrandShortName to continue. +WARN_MANUALLY_CLOSE_APP_LAUNCH=$BrandShortName is already running.\n\nPlease close $BrandShortName prior to launching the version you have just installed. +WARN_MANUALLY_CLOSE_APP_UNINSTALL=$BrandShortName must be closed to proceed with the uninstall.\n\nPlease close $BrandShortName to continue. +WARN_RESTART_REQUIRED_UNINSTALL=Your computer must be restarted to complete a previous uninstall of $BrandShortName. Do you want to reboot now? +WARN_RESTART_REQUIRED_UPGRADE=Your computer must be restarted to complete a previous upgrade of $BrandShortName. Do you want to reboot now? +ERROR_CREATE_DIRECTORY_PREFIX=Error creating directory: +ERROR_CREATE_DIRECTORY_SUFFIX=Click Cancel to stop the installation or\nRetry to try again. + +UN_CONFIRM_CLICK=Click Uninstall to continue. +UN_CONFIRM_PAGE_TITLE=Uninstall $BrandFullName +UN_CONFIRM_PAGE_SUBTITLE=Remove $BrandFullName from your computer. +UN_CONFIRM_UNINSTALLED_FROM=$BrandShortName will be uninstalled from the following location: + +STATUS_INSTALL_APP=Installing $BrandShortName… +STATUS_INSTALL_LANG=Installing Language Files (${AB_CD})… +STATUS_INSTALL_OPTIONAL=Installing Optional Components… +STATUS_UNINSTALL_MAIN=Uninstalling $BrandShortName… +STATUS_CLEANUP=A Little Housekeeping… + +BANNER_CHECK_EXISTING=Checking existing installation… + +# _DESC strings support approximately 65 characters per line. +# One line +OPTIONS_SUMMARY=Choose the type of setup you prefer, then click Next. +# One line +OPTION_STANDARD_DESC=$BrandShortName will be installed with the most common options. +OPTION_STANDARD_RADIO=&Standard +# One line +OPTION_COMPLETE_DESC=$BrandShortName will be installed with all available options. +OPTION_COMPLETE_RADIO=C&omplete +# Two lines +OPTION_CUSTOM_DESC=You may choose individual options to be installed. Recommended for experienced users. +OPTION_CUSTOM_RADIO=&Custom diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/installer/windows/mui.properties b/l10n-si/suite/installer/windows/mui.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..68841d5e39 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/installer/windows/mui.properties @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# To make the l10n tinderboxen see changes to this file you can change a value +# name by adding - to the end of the name followed by chars (e.g. Branding-2). + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE: + +# This file must be saved as UTF8 + +# Accesskeys are defined by prefixing the letter that is to be used for the +# accesskey with an ampersand (e.g. &). + +# Do not replace $BrandShortName, $BrandFullName, or $BrandFullNameDA with a +# custom string and always use the same one as used by the en-US files. +# $BrandFullNameDA allows the string to contain an ampersand (e.g. DA stands +# for double ampersand) and prevents the letter following the ampersand from +# being used as an accesskey. + +# You can use \n to create a newline in the string but only when the string +# from en-US contains a \n. +MUI_TEXT_WELCOME_INFO_TITLE=Welcome to the $BrandFullNameDA Setup Wizard +MUI_TEXT_WELCOME_INFO_TEXT=This wizard will guide you through the installation of $BrandFullNameDA.\n\nIt is recommended that you close all other applications before starting Setup. This will make it possible to update relevant system files without having to reboot your computer.\n\n$_CLICK +MUI_TEXT_LICENSE_TITLE=License Agreement +MUI_TEXT_LICENSE_SUBTITLE=Please review the license terms before installing $BrandFullNameDA. +MUI_INNERTEXT_LICENSE_TOP=Press Page Down to see the rest of the agreement. +MUI_INNERTEXT_LICENSE_BOTTOM_CHECKBOX=If you accept the terms of the agreement, click the check box below. You must accept the agreement to install $BrandFullNameDA. $_CLICK +MUI_TEXT_COMPONENTS_TITLE=Choose Components +MUI_TEXT_COMPONENTS_SUBTITLE=Choose which features of $BrandFullNameDA you want to install. +MUI_INNERTEXT_COMPONENTS_DESCRIPTION_TITLE=Description +MUI_INNERTEXT_COMPONENTS_DESCRIPTION_INFO=Position your mouse over a component to see its description. +MUI_TEXT_DIRECTORY_TITLE=Choose Install Location +MUI_TEXT_DIRECTORY_SUBTITLE=Choose the folder in which to install $BrandFullNameDA. +MUI_TEXT_INSTALLING_TITLE=Installing +MUI_TEXT_INSTALLING_SUBTITLE=Please wait while $BrandFullNameDA is being installed. +MUI_TEXT_FINISH_TITLE=Installation Complete +MUI_TEXT_FINISH_SUBTITLE=Setup was completed successfully. +MUI_TEXT_ABORT_TITLE=Installation Aborted +MUI_TEXT_ABORT_SUBTITLE=Setup was not completed successfully. +MUI_BUTTONTEXT_FINISH=&Finish +MUI_TEXT_FINISH_INFO_TITLE=Completing the $BrandFullNameDA Setup Wizard +MUI_TEXT_FINISH_INFO_TEXT=$BrandFullNameDA has been installed on your computer.\n\nClick Finish to close this wizard. +MUI_TEXT_FINISH_INFO_REBOOT=Your computer must be restarted in order to complete the installation of $BrandFullNameDA. Do you want to reboot now? +MUI_TEXT_FINISH_REBOOTNOW=Reboot now +MUI_TEXT_FINISH_REBOOTLATER=I want to manually reboot later +MUI_TEXT_STARTMENU_TITLE=Choose Start Menu Folder +MUI_TEXT_STARTMENU_SUBTITLE=Choose a Start Menu folder for the $BrandFullNameDA shortcuts. +MUI_INNERTEXT_STARTMENU_TOP=Select the Start Menu folder in which you would like to create the program's shortcuts. You can also enter a name to create a new folder. +MUI_TEXT_ABORTWARNING=Are you sure you want to quit $BrandFullName Setup? +MUI_UNTEXT_WELCOME_INFO_TITLE=Welcome to the $BrandFullNameDA Uninstall Wizard +MUI_UNTEXT_WELCOME_INFO_TEXT=This wizard will guide you through the uninstallation of $BrandFullNameDA.\n\nBefore starting the uninstallation, make sure $BrandFullNameDA is not running.\n\n$_CLICK +MUI_UNTEXT_CONFIRM_TITLE=Uninstall $BrandFullNameDA +MUI_UNTEXT_CONFIRM_SUBTITLE=Remove $BrandFullNameDA from your computer. +MUI_UNTEXT_UNINSTALLING_TITLE=Uninstalling +MUI_UNTEXT_UNINSTALLING_SUBTITLE=Please wait while $BrandFullNameDA is being uninstalled. +MUI_UNTEXT_FINISH_TITLE=Uninstallation Complete +MUI_UNTEXT_FINISH_SUBTITLE=Uninstall was completed successfully. +MUI_UNTEXT_ABORT_TITLE=Uninstallation Aborted +MUI_UNTEXT_ABORT_SUBTITLE=Uninstall was not completed successfully. +MUI_UNTEXT_FINISH_INFO_TITLE=Completing the $BrandFullNameDA Uninstall Wizard +MUI_UNTEXT_FINISH_INFO_TEXT=$BrandFullNameDA has been uninstalled from your computer.\n\nClick Finish to close this wizard. +MUI_UNTEXT_FINISH_INFO_REBOOT=Your computer must be restarted in order to complete the uninstallation of $BrandFullNameDA. Do you want to reboot now? +MUI_UNTEXT_ABORTWARNING=Are you sure you want to quit $BrandFullName Uninstall? diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/installer/windows/override.properties b/l10n-si/suite/installer/windows/override.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7a1d68de0b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/installer/windows/override.properties @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE: + +# This file must be saved as UTF8 + +# Accesskeys are defined by prefixing the letter that is to be used for the +# accesskey with an ampersand (e.g. &). + +# Do not replace $(^NameDA) or $(^Name) with a custom string. + +# Do not change $(^NameDA) to $(^Name) or $(^Name) to $(^NameDA). NameDA allows +# Name to contain an ampersand (e.g. DA stands for double ampersand) and +# prevents the letter following the ampersand being used as an accesskey. + +# Do not replace $BrandShortName, $BrandFullName, or $BrandFullNameDA with a +# custom string and always use the same one as used by the en-US files. +# $BrandFullNameDA allows the string to contain an ampersand (e.g. DA stands +# for double ampersand) and prevents the letter following the ampersand from +# being used as an accesskey. + +# You can use \n to create a newline in the string but only when the string +# from en-US contains a \n. + +# Strings that require a space at the end should be enclosed with double +# quotes and the double quotes will be removed. To add quotes to the beginning +# and end of a strong enclose the add and additional double quote to the +# beginning and end of the string (e.g. ""This will include quotes""). + +SetupCaption=$(^Name) Setup +UninstallCaption=$(^Name) Uninstall +BackBtn=< &Back +NextBtn=&Next > +AcceptBtn=I &accept the terms in the License Agreement +DontAcceptBtn=I &do not accept the terms in the License Agreement +InstallBtn=&Install +UninstallBtn=&Uninstall +CancelBtn=Cancel +CloseBtn=&Close +BrowseBtn=B&rowse… +ShowDetailsBtn=Show &details +ClickNext=Click Next to continue. +ClickInstall=Click Install to start the installation. +ClickUninstall=Click Uninstall to start the uninstallation. +Completed=Completed +LicenseTextRB=Please review the license agreement before installing $(^NameDA). If you accept all terms of the agreement, select the first option below. $_CLICK +ComponentsText=Check the components you want to install and uncheck the components you don't want to install. $_CLICK +ComponentsSubText2_NoInstTypes=Select components to install: +DirText=Setup will install $(^NameDA) in the following folder. To install in a different folder, click Browse and select another folder. $_CLICK +DirSubText=Destination Folder +DirBrowseText=Select the folder to install $(^NameDA) in: +SpaceAvailable="Space available: " +SpaceRequired="Space required: " +UninstallingText=$(^NameDA) will be uninstalled from the following folder. $_CLICK +UninstallingSubText=Uninstalling from: +FileError=Error opening file for writing: \r\n\r\n$0\r\n\r\nClick Abort to stop the installation,\r\nRetry to try again, or\r\nIgnore to skip this file. +FileError_NoIgnore=Error opening file for writing: \r\n\r\n$0\r\n\r\nClick Retry to try again, or\r\nCancel to stop the installation. +CantWrite="Can't write: " +CopyFailed=Copy failed +CopyTo="Copy to " +Registering="Registering: " +Unregistering="Unregistering: " +SymbolNotFound="Could not find symbol: " +CouldNotLoad="Could not load: " +CreateFolder="Create folder: " +CreateShortcut="Create shortcut: " +CreatedUninstaller="Created uninstaller: " +Delete="Delete file: " +DeleteOnReboot="Delete on reboot: " +ErrorCreatingShortcut="Error creating shortcut: " +ErrorCreating="Error creating: " +ErrorDecompressing=Error decompressing data! Corrupted installer? +ErrorRegistering=Error registering DLL +ExecShell="ExecShell: " +Exec="Execute: " +Extract="Extract: " +ErrorWriting="Extract: error writing to file " +InvalidOpcode=Installer corrupted: invalid opcode +NoOLE="No OLE for: " +OutputFolder="Output folder: " +RemoveFolder="Remove folder: " +RenameOnReboot="Rename on reboot: " +Rename="Rename: " +Skipped="Skipped: " +CopyDetails=Copy Details To Clipboard +LogInstall=Log install process +Byte=B +Kilo=K +Mega=M +Giga=G diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/profile/bookmarks.extra b/l10n-si/suite/profile/bookmarks.extra new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d9fae48f38 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/profile/bookmarks.extra @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +#filter emptyLines + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE: You can additional bookmark entries here for inclusion +# in your language's default profiles. +# Please do not add many entries here, only things that many users in your +# country will actually need. +# For most localizations, it's enough to localize the descriptions and domain +# names of the Google bookmarks below. + + <DT><H3>Search the Web</H3> + <DL><p> + <DT><A HREF="http://www.google.com/">Google</A> + <DT><A HREF="http://groups.google.com/">Google Groups</A> + <DT><A HREF="http://news.google.com/">Google News</A> + </DL><p> + +#unfilter emptyLines diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/profile/bookmarks.inc b/l10n-si/suite/profile/bookmarks.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bdc2bde2e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/profile/bookmarks.inc @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# Entities below were automatically added by compare-locales, +# based on en-US entities. + + +#define bookmarks_title Bookmarks +#define seamonkey_long The SeaMonkey Project +#define mozillazine mozillaZine +#define mozilla_about About Mozilla +#define seamonkey_l10n +#define seamonkey_and_mozilla SeaMonkey and Mozilla +#define mozdev_seamonkey SeaMonkey Extensions from mozdev.org +#define mozilla_projects Mozilla Projects +#define seamonkey_themes SeaMonkey Themes +#define seamonkey_addons SeaMonkey Add-ons +#define bookmarks_heading Bookmarks +#define mozdev mozdev.org +#define community_support Community & Support +#define extend_seamonkey Extending SeaMonkey +#define seamonkey_dictionaries Spell Checking Dictionaries +#define seamonkey SeaMonkey +#define seamonkey_plugins Plugins for SeaMonkey +#define seamonkey_support SeaMonkey Support Forum (mozillaZine) +#define personal_toolbarfolder Personal Toolbar Folder +#define seamonkey_l10n_long +#define mozilla_org_long The Mozilla Organization +#define seamonkey_community SeaMonkey Community +#define mozilla_org mozilla.org diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/profile/chrome/userChrome-example.css b/l10n-si/suite/profile/chrome/userChrome-example.css new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2a33c2038b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/profile/chrome/userChrome-example.css @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */ + +/* + * Edit this file and copy it as userChrome.css into your + * profile-directory/chrome/ + */ + +/* + * This file can be used to customize the look of Mozilla's user interface + * You should consider using !important on rules which you want to + * override default settings. + */ + +/* + * Do not remove the @namespace line -- it's required for correct functioning + */ +@namespace url("http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"); /* set default namespace to XUL */ + + +/* + * Some possible accessibility enhancements: + */ +/* + * Make all the default font sizes 20 pt: + * + * * { + * font-size: 20pt !important + * } + */ +/* + * Make menu items in particular 15 pt instead of the default size: + * + * menupopup > * { + * font-size: 15pt !important + * } + */ +/* + * Give the Location (URL) Bar a fixed-width font + * + * #urlbar { + * font-family: monospace !important; + * } + */ + +/* + * Eliminate the throbber and its annoying movement: + * + * #throbber-box { + * display: none !important; + * } + */ + +/* + * For more examples see http://www.mozilla.org/unix/customizing.html + */ + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/profile/chrome/userContent-example.css b/l10n-si/suite/profile/chrome/userContent-example.css new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..74e0d9d53a --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/profile/chrome/userContent-example.css @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */ + +/* + * Edit this file and copy it as userContent.css into your + * profile-directory/chrome/ + */ + +/* + * This file can be used to apply a style to all web pages you view + * Rules without !important are overruled by author rules if the + * author sets any. Rules with !important overrule author rules. + */ + +/* + * example: turn off "blink" element blinking + * + * blink { text-decoration: none ! important; } + * + */ + +/* + * example: give all tables a 2px border + * + * table { border: 2px solid; } + */ + +/* + * example: turn off "marquee" element + * + * marquee { -moz-binding: none; } + * + */ + +/* + * example: make search fields on www.mozilla.org black-on-white + * + * @-moz-document url-prefix(http://www.mozilla.org/) { + * #q { background: white ! important; color: black ! important; } + * } + */ + +/* + * For more examples see http://www.mozilla.org/unix/customizing.html + */ + diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/profile/panels.extra b/l10n-si/suite/profile/panels.extra new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..331769712e --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/profile/panels.extra @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +#filter emptyLines + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE: You can place sidebar panel entries here that will be +# in default profiles. Only do this if you know what you're doing! +# For normal localizations, it's best to leave this file unchanged. + +#unfilter emptyLines diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/suite-l10n.js b/l10n-si/suite/suite-l10n.js new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6e0520e894 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/suite-l10n.js @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +#filter substitution + +pref("general.useragent.locale", "@AB_CD@"); +pref("spellchecker.dictionary", "@AB_CD@"); diff --git a/l10n-si/suite/updater/updater.ini b/l10n-si/suite/updater/updater.ini new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..40cec45ef6 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-si/suite/updater/updater.ini @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +; This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +; License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +; file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +; This file is in the UTF-8 encoding +[Strings] +TitleText=%MOZ_APP_DISPLAYNAME% Update +InfoText=%MOZ_APP_DISPLAYNAME% is installing your updates and will start in a few moments… |
